You are on page 1of 4488

STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively. Remove


and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and the
Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary.

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57 LEP 1 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 43 May 01/15


R 57 LEP 2 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 44 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 3 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 45 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 4 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 46 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 5 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 47 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 6 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 48 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 7 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 49 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 8 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 50 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 9 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 51 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 10 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 52 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 11 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 53 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 12 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 54 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 13 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 55 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 14 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 56 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 15 May 01/15 R 57 LEP 57 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 16 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 17 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 1 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 18 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 2 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 19 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 3 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 20 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 4 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 21 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 5 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 22 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 6 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 23 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 7 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 24 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 8 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 25 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 9 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 26 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 10 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 27 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 11 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 28 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 12 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 29 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 13 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 30 May 01/15 R 57 CONTENTS 14 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 31 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 32 May 01/15 57-00-00 1 Aug 01/13
R 57 LEP 33 May 01/15 R 57-00-00 2 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 34 May 01/15 57-00-00 3 Aug 01/12
R 57 LEP 35 May 01/15 57-00-00 4 Aug 01/12
R 57 LEP 36 May 01/15 57-00-00 5 May 01/12
R 57 LEP 37 May 01/15 R 57-00-00 6 May 01/15
R 57 LEP 38 May 01/15 57-00-00 7 Nov 01/05
R 57 LEP 39 May 01/15 57-00-00 8 Aug 01/12
R 57 LEP 40 May 01/15 57-00-00 9 Nov 01/04
R 57 LEP 41 May 01/15 57-00-00 10 Blank
R 57 LEP 42 May 01/15 57-00-00 201 May 01/05

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 1
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-00-00 202 Nov 01/08 57-11-11 17 Aug 01/12


57-00-00 203 Aug 01/04 57-11-11 18 May 01/14
57-00-00 204 Feb 01/02 57-11-11 19 May 01/12
57-00-00 205 Nov 01/08 57-11-11 20 Blank
57-00-00 206 Nov 01/08 57-11-11 21 May 01/12
57-00-00 207 Nov 01/03 57-11-11 22 Blank
57-00-00 208 Nov 01/03 57-11-11 23 May 01/14
57-00-00 209 Feb 01/02 57-11-11 24 Blank
57-00-00 210 Feb 01/02 57-11-11 25 May 01/14
57-00-00 211 Feb 01/02 57-11-11 26 Blank
57-00-00 212 Blank R 57-11-11 101 May 01/15
N 57-11-11 102 May 01/15
57-10-00 1 May 01/14 N 57-11-11 103 May 01/15
57-10-00 2 May 01/14 57-11-11 104 Blank
57-10-00 3 May 01/14 N 57-11-11 105 May 01/15
57-10-00 4 May 01/14 57-11-11 106 Blank
57-10-00 5 Aug 01/14 57-11-11 201 Aug 01/03
57-10-00 6 May 01/14 57-11-11 202 Blank
57-10-00 101 Aug 01/03
57-10-00 102 Blank 57-11-12 1 Nov 01/07
57-10-00 201 Aug 01/03 57-11-12 2 Feb 01/02
57-10-00 202 Blank 57-11-12 3 Feb 01/02
57-11-12 4 May 01/14
57-11-00 1 Feb 01/02 57-11-12 5 May 01/14
57-11-00 2 Feb 01/02 57-11-12 6 May 01/05
57-11-00 101 Aug 01/03 57-11-12 7 Nov 01/07
57-11-00 102 Blank 57-11-12 8 Blank
57-11-00 201 Aug 01/03 57-11-12 101 Aug 01/03
57-11-00 202 Blank 57-11-12 102 Blank
57-11-12 201 Aug 01/03
R 57-11-11 1 May 01/15 57-11-12 202 Blank
57-11-11 2 Nov 01/06
57-11-11 3 Nov 01/06 57-11-13 1 Nov 01/07
57-11-11 4 Blank 57-11-13 2 Feb 01/02
57-11-11 5 Nov 01/06 57-11-13 3 May 01/12
57-11-11 6 Blank 57-11-13 4 May 01/14
57-11-11 7 Nov 01/06 57-11-13 5 May 01/14
57-11-11 8 Blank 57-11-13 6 May 01/12
57-11-11 9 Nov 01/06 57-11-13 7 May 01/12
57-11-11 10 Nov 01/07 57-11-13 8 May 01/12
57-11-11 11 May 01/12 57-11-13 9 May 01/12
57-11-11 12 Jun 01/10 57-11-13 10 Nov 01/12
57-11-11 13 May 01/12 57-11-13 11 Nov 01/12
57-11-11 14 Blank 57-11-13 12 Nov 01/12
57-11-11 15 May 01/12 57-11-13 13 Nov 01/12
57-11-11 16 Blank 57-11-13 14 Nov 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 2
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-11-13 15 Nov 01/12 57-11-18 101 Aug 01/03


57-11-13 16 Nov 01/12 57-11-18 102 Blank
57-11-13 17 Nov 01/12 57-11-18 201 Aug 01/03
57-11-13 18 Nov 01/12 57-11-18 202 Blank
57-11-13 19 Nov 01/12
57-11-13 20 Blank 57-11-29 1 Jun 01/10
57-11-13 101 Aug 01/03 57-11-29 2 Blank
57-11-13 102 Blank 57-11-29 3 Jun 01/10
57-11-13 201 Aug 01/03 57-11-29 4 Blank
57-11-13 202 Blank 57-11-29 5 Jun 01/10
57-11-29 6 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 1 Nov 01/07 57-11-29 7 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 2 Feb 01/02 57-11-29 8 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 3 Jun 01/10 57-11-29 9 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 4 Feb 01/02 57-11-29 10 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 5 May 01/12 57-11-29 11 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 6 May 01/12 57-11-29 12 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 7 May 01/12 57-11-29 13 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 8 May 01/12 57-11-29 14 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 9 May 01/12 57-11-29 15 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 10 May 01/12 57-11-29 16 Blank
57-11-14 101 Aug 01/03 57-11-29 17 Jun 01/10
57-11-14 102 Blank 57-11-29 18 Blank
57-11-14 201 Aug 01/03 57-11-29 19 May 01/14
57-11-14 202 Blank 57-11-29 20 May 01/14
57-11-29 21 Jun 01/10
57-11-18 1 Nov 01/07 57-11-29 22 Jun 01/10
57-11-18 2 Blank 57-11-29 23 Jun 01/10
57-11-18 3 Feb 01/02 57-11-29 24 Blank
57-11-18 4 Blank 57-11-29 101 Aug 01/03
57-11-18 5 Feb 01/03 57-11-29 102 Blank
57-11-18 6 Blank 57-11-29 201 Aug 01/03
57-11-18 7 Aug 01/14 57-11-29 202 Blank
57-11-18 8 Aug 01/14
57-11-18 9 May 01/12 57-16-00 1 Nov 01/07
57-11-18 10 Blank 57-16-00 2 Feb 01/02
57-11-18 11 May 01/12 57-16-00 3 Feb 01/02
57-11-18 12 Blank 57-16-00 4 May 01/12
57-11-18 13 May 01/12 57-16-00 5 May 01/12
57-11-18 14 Blank 57-16-00 6 May 01/12
57-11-18 15 Aug 01/14 57-16-00 7 May 01/12
57-11-18 16 Aug 01/14 57-16-00 8 May 01/12
57-11-18 17 Aug 01/14 57-16-00 9 May 01/12
57-11-18 18 Aug 01/14 57-16-00 10 May 01/12
57-11-18 19 Aug 01/14 57-16-00 11 May 01/12
57-11-18 20 Aug 01/14 57-16-00 12 May 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 3
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-16-00 13 May 01/12 57-19-00 27 Aug 01/10


57-16-00 14 Aug 01/14 57-19-00 28 Blank
57-16-00 15 Aug 01/14 57-19-00 101 Aug 01/03
57-16-00 16 Aug 01/14 57-19-00 102 Blank
57-16-00 101 Aug 01/03 57-19-00 201 Aug 01/03
57-16-00 102 Blank 57-19-00 202 Blank
57-16-00 201 Aug 01/03
57-16-00 202 Blank 57-20-00 1 Nov 01/14
57-20-00 2 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 1 Nov 01/07 57-20-00 3 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 2 Feb 01/02 57-20-00 4 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 3 Feb 01/03 57-20-00 5 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 4 Feb 01/03 57-20-00 6 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 5 Nov 01/07 57-20-00 7 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 6 Blank 57-20-00 8 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 101 Aug 01/03 57-20-00 9 Nov 01/14
57-17-00 102 Blank 57-20-00 10 Blank
57-17-00 201 Aug 01/03
57-17-00 202 Blank 57-21-00 1 Nov 01/02
57-21-00 2 Feb 01/02
57-19-00 1 Nov 01/07
57-19-00 2 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 1 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 3 Jun 01/10 R 57-21-11 2 May 01/15
57-19-00 4 Jun 01/10 R 57-21-11 3 May 01/15
57-19-00 5 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 4 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 6 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 5 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 7 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 6 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 8 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 7 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 9 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 8 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 10 Blank 57-21-11 9 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 11 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 10 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 12 Blank 57-21-11 11 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 13 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 12 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 14 Blank 57-21-11 13 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 15 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 14 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 16 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 15 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 17 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 16 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 18 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 17 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 19 Jun 01/10 57-21-11 18 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 20 Aug 01/10 57-21-11 19 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 21 Aug 01/10 57-21-11 20 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 22 Aug 01/10 57-21-11 21 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 23 Aug 01/10 57-21-11 22 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 24 Aug 01/10 57-21-11 23 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 25 Aug 01/10 57-21-11 24 Nov 01/12
57-19-00 26 Aug 01/10 57-21-11 25 Nov 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 4
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-11 26 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 72 Nov 01/12


57-21-11 27 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 73 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 28 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 74 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 29 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 75 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 30 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 76 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 31 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 77 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 32 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 78 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 33 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 79 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 34 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 80 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 35 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 81 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 36 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 82 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 37 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 83 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 38 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 84 Blank
57-21-11 39 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 85 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 40 May 01/13 57-21-11 86 Blank
57-21-11 41 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 87 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 42 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 88 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 43 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 89 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 44 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 90 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 45 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 91 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 46 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 92 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 47 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 93 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 48 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 94 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 49 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 95 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 50 May 01/13 57-21-11 96 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 51 May 01/13 57-21-11 97 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 52 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 98 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 53 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A1 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 54 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A2 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 55 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A3 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 56 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A4 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 57 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A5 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 58 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A6 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 59 May 01/13 57-21-11 A7 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 60 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A8 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 61 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A9 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 62 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A10 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 63 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A11 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 64 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A12 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 65 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A13 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 66 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A14 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 67 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A15 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 68 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A16 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 69 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A17 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 70 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A18 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 71 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 A19 Nov 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 5
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-11 A20 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 104 Aug 01/13


57-21-11 A21 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 105 Aug 01/13
57-21-11 A22 Feb 01/14 57-21-11 106 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 A23 Feb 01/14 57-21-11 107 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A24 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 108 Aug 01/10
57-21-11 A25 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 109 Aug 01/12
57-21-11 A26 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 110 Aug 01/12
57-21-11 A27 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 111 Aug 01/12
57-21-11 A28 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 112 Aug 01/12
57-21-11 A29 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 113 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A30 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 114 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A31 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 115 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A32 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 116 Blank
57-21-11 A33 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 117 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A34 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 118 Blank
57-21-11 A35 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 119 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A36 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 120 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A37 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 121 May 01/14
57-21-11 A38 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 122 Blank
57-21-11 A39 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 123 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A40 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 124 Blank
57-21-11 A41 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 125 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A42 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 126 Blank
57-21-11 A43 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 127 Aug 01/12
57-21-11 A44 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 128 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A45 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 129 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A46 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 130 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A47 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 131 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A48 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 132 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 A49 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 133 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A50 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 134 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A51 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 135 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A52 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 136 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A53 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 137 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 A54 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 138 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 A55 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 139 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A56 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 140 Feb 01/10
57-21-11 A57 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 141 Aug 01/13
57-21-11 A58 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 142 Aug 01/13
57-21-11 A59 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 143 Aug 01/13
57-21-11 A60 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 144 Aug 01/13
57-21-11 A61 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 145 Aug 01/13
57-21-11 A62 Nov 01/12 57-21-11 146 Blank
57-21-11 101 Feb 01/13 57-21-11 147 Aug 01/13
57-21-11 102 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 148 Blank
57-21-11 103 Feb 01/10 57-21-11 149 Aug 01/13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 6
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-11 150 Blank 57-21-11 228 Feb 01/13


57-21-11 151 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 229 Nov 01/09
57-21-11 152 Blank 57-21-11 230 Nov 01/09
57-21-11 153 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 231 Nov 01/09
57-21-11 154 Blank 57-21-11 232 Nov 01/09
57-21-11 155 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 233 May 01/11
57-21-11 156 Blank 57-21-11 234 May 01/11
57-21-11 157 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 235 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 158 Nov 01/14 57-21-11 236 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 159 Nov 01/14 57-21-11 237 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 160 Nov 01/14 57-21-11 238 Blank
57-21-11 161 Nov 01/14 57-21-11 239 May 01/11
57-21-11 162 Nov 01/14 57-21-11 240 Blank
57-21-11 163 Nov 01/14 57-21-11 241 May 01/11
57-21-11 164 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 242 May 01/11
57-21-11 165 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 243 Feb 01/12
57-21-11 166 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 244 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 167 Aug 01/13 57-21-11 245 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 168 Blank 57-21-11 246 Blank
57-21-11 201 Feb 01/13 57-21-11 247 Feb 01/12
57-21-11 202 Feb 01/12 57-21-11 248 Blank
57-21-11 203 Feb 01/13 57-21-11 249 Feb 01/12
57-21-11 204 Feb 01/13 57-21-11 250 Blank
57-21-11 205 Feb 01/13
57-21-11 206 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 1 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 207 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 2 Feb 01/15
57-21-11 208 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 3 Feb 01/02
57-21-11 209 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 4 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 210 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 5 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 211 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 6 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 212 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 7 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 213 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 8 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 214 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 9 May 01/13
57-21-11 215 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 10 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 216 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 11 Nov 01/07
57-21-11 217 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 12 Feb 01/02
57-21-11 218 Aug 01/09 57-21-13 13 Feb 01/02
57-21-11 219 Aug 01/09 57-21-13 14 Feb 01/02
57-21-11 220 Aug 01/09 57-21-13 15 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 221 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 16 Nov 01/12
57-21-11 222 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 17 Feb 01/15
57-21-11 223 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 18 Feb 01/15
57-21-11 224 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 19 Feb 01/15
57-21-11 225 Nov 01/09 57-21-13 20 Feb 01/15
57-21-11 226 Feb 01/12 57-21-13 21 Feb 01/15
57-21-11 227 Feb 01/13 57-21-13 22 Feb 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 7
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-13 23 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 101 Aug 01/08


57-21-13 24 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 102 Nov 01/08
57-21-13 25 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 103 Aug 01/08
57-21-13 26 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 104 Aug 01/08
57-21-13 27 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 105 Aug 01/08
57-21-13 28 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 106 Aug 01/08
57-21-13 29 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 107 Aug 01/08
57-21-13 30 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 108 Aug 01/08
57-21-13 31 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 201 Nov 01/07
57-21-13 32 Feb 01/15 57-21-13 202 Blank
57-21-13 33 Feb 01/15
57-21-13 34 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 1 Aug 01/12
57-21-13 35 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 2 Aug 01/12
57-21-13 36 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 3 Aug 01/12
57-21-13 37 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 4 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 38 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 5 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 39 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 6 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 40 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 7 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 41 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 8 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 42 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 9 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 43 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 10 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 44 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 11 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 45 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 12 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 46 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 13 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 47 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 14 Feb 01/08
57-21-13 48 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 15 Feb 01/08
57-21-13 49 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 16 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 50 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 17 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 51 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 18 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 52 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 19 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 53 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 20 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 54 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 21 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 55 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 22 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 56 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 23 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 57 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 24 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 58 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 25 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 59 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 26 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 60 Feb 01/15 57-21-18 27 Nov 01/12
57-21-13 61 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 28 Feb 01/12
57-21-13 62 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 29 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 63 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 30 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 64 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 31 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 65 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 32 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 66 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 33 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 67 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 34 Feb 01/02
57-21-13 68 Blank 57-21-18 35 Feb 01/02

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 8
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-18 36 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 82 Nov 01/12


57-21-18 37 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 83 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 38 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 84 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 39 Jun 01/10 57-21-18 85 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 40 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 86 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 41 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 87 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 42 Aug 01/13 57-21-18 88 Aug 01/13
57-21-18 43 Nov 01/07 57-21-18 89 Aug 01/13
57-21-18 44 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 90 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 45 Aug 01/13 57-21-18 91 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 46 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 92 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 47 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 93 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 48 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 94 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 49 Feb 01/10 57-21-18 95 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 50 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 96 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 51 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 97 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 52 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 98 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 53 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 A1 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 54 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 A2 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 55 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A3 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 56 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A4 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 57 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 A5 Aug 01/13
57-21-18 58 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 A6 Aug 01/13
57-21-18 59 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 A7 Aug 01/13
57-21-18 60 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 A8 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 61 Feb 01/02 57-21-18 A9 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 62 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A10 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 63 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A11 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 64 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A12 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 65 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A13 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 66 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A14 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 67 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A15 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 68 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A16 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 69 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A17 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 70 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A18 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 71 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A19 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 72 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A20 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 73 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A21 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 74 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A22 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 75 Feb 01/12 57-21-18 A23 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 76 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A24 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 77 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A25 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 78 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A26 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 79 Aug 01/12 57-21-18 A27 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 80 Aug 01/13 57-21-18 A28 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 81 Nov 01/12 57-21-18 A29 Nov 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 9
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-18 A30 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 1 May 01/15


57-21-18 A31 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 2 May 01/15
57-21-18 A32 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 3 May 01/15
57-21-18 A33 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 4 May 01/15
57-21-18 A34 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 5 May 01/15
57-21-18 A35 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 6 May 01/15
57-21-18 A36 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 7 May 01/15
57-21-18 A37 Nov 01/12 R 57-21-21 8 May 01/15
57-21-18 A38 Nov 01/12 D 57-21-21 9
57-21-18 A39 Nov 01/12 D 57-21-21 10
57-21-18 A40 Nov 01/12 D 57-21-21 11
57-21-18 A41 Nov 01/12 D 57-21-21 12
57-21-18 A42 Nov 01/12 D 57-21-21 13
57-21-18 A43 Nov 01/12 D 57-21-21 14
57-21-18 A44 Nov 01/12 57-21-21 101 Nov 01/07
57-21-18 A45 Nov 01/12 57-21-21 102 Blank
57-21-18 A46 Nov 01/12 57-21-21 201 Nov 01/07
57-21-18 A47 Aug 01/13 57-21-21 202 Blank
57-21-18 A48 Nov 01/12
57-21-18 A49 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 1 Feb 01/15
57-21-18 A50 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 2 Feb 01/15
57-21-18 A51 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 3 Feb 01/02
57-21-18 A52 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 4 Feb 01/02
57-21-18 A53 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 5 Feb 01/15
57-21-18 A54 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 6 Feb 01/15
57-21-18 A55 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 7 Feb 01/03
57-21-18 A56 Nov 01/12 57-21-26 8 Feb 01/15
57-21-18 101 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 9 Feb 01/15
57-21-18 102 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 10 Blank
57-21-18 103 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 101 Nov 01/14
57-21-18 104 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 102 Nov 01/14
57-21-18 105 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 103 Nov 01/14
57-21-18 106 Blank 57-21-26 104 Nov 01/14
57-21-18 107 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 105 Nov 01/14
57-21-18 108 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 106 Blank
57-21-18 109 Nov 01/09 57-21-26 201 Nov 01/07
57-21-18 110 Blank 57-21-26 202 Blank
57-21-18 111 Nov 01/09
57-21-18 112 Blank 57-21-32 1 May 01/11
57-21-18 113 Nov 01/09 57-21-32 2 Feb 01/02
57-21-18 114 Nov 01/09 57-21-32 3 Feb 01/02
57-21-18 115 Nov 01/09 57-21-32 4 Feb 01/02
57-21-18 116 Blank 57-21-32 5 May 01/11
57-21-18 201 Nov 01/07 57-21-32 6 May 01/11
57-21-18 202 Blank 57-21-32 7 May 01/11
57-21-32 8 May 01/11

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 10
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-32 9 May 01/11


57-21-32 10 May 01/08 57-21-33 1 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 11 May 01/11 57-21-33 2 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 12 May 01/11 57-21-33 3 Feb 01/02
57-21-32 13 Aug 01/11 57-21-33 4 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 14 Aug 01/11 57-21-33 5 May 01/11
57-21-32 15 May 01/11 57-21-33 6 May 01/11
57-21-32 16 Nov 01/14 57-21-33 7 May 01/11
57-21-32 17 May 01/11 57-21-33 8 May 01/11
57-21-32 18 May 01/11 57-21-33 9 May 01/11
57-21-32 19 May 01/11 57-21-33 10 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 20 May 01/11 57-21-33 11 May 01/11
57-21-32 21 Aug 01/12 57-21-33 12 May 01/11
57-21-32 22 May 01/11 57-21-33 13 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 23 Nov 01/14 57-21-33 14 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 24 May 01/11 57-21-33 15 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 25 Nov 01/14 57-21-33 16 May 01/11
57-21-32 26 May 01/11 57-21-33 17 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 27 Nov 01/14 57-21-33 18 May 01/11
57-21-32 28 Nov 01/14 57-21-33 19 May 01/11
57-21-32 29 May 01/13 57-21-33 20 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 30 May 01/13 57-21-33 21 May 01/11
57-21-32 31 May 01/13 57-21-33 22 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 32 May 01/13 57-21-33 23 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 33 May 01/13 57-21-33 24 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 34 May 01/13 57-21-33 25 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 35 May 01/13 57-21-33 26 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 36 May 01/13 57-21-33 27 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 37 May 01/13 57-21-33 28 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 38 May 01/13 57-21-33 29 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 39 May 01/13 57-21-33 30 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 40 May 01/13 57-21-33 31 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 41 May 01/13 57-21-33 32 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 42 May 01/13 57-21-33 33 Aug 01/12
57-21-32 43 May 01/13 57-21-33 34 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 44 May 01/13 57-21-33 35 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 45 May 01/13 57-21-33 36 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 46 May 01/13 57-21-33 37 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 47 May 01/13 57-21-33 38 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 48 May 01/13 57-21-33 39 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 49 May 01/13 57-21-33 40 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 50 Blank 57-21-33 41 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 101 Nov 01/07 57-21-33 42 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 102 Blank 57-21-33 43 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 201 Nov 01/07 57-21-33 44 Nov 01/14
57-21-32 202 Blank 57-21-33 45 Nov 01/14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 11
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-33 46 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 35 Aug 01/12


57-21-33 47 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 36 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 48 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 37 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 49 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 38 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 50 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 39 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 51 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 40 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 52 Blank 57-21-34 41 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 101 Nov 01/07 57-21-34 42 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 102 Blank 57-21-34 43 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 201 Nov 01/07 57-21-34 44 Aug 01/12
57-21-33 202 Blank 57-21-34 45 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 46 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 1 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 47 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 2 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 48 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 3 Feb 01/02 57-21-34 49 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 4 May 01/11 57-21-34 50 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 5 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 51 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 6 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 52 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 7 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 53 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 8 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 54 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 9 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 55 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 10 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 56 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 11 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 57 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 12 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 58 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 13 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 59 Nov 01/14
57-21-34 14 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 60 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 15 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 61 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 16 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 62 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 17 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 63 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 18 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 64 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 19 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 65 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 20 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 66 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 21 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 67 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 22 Nov 01/14 57-21-34 68 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 23 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 69 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 24 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 70 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 25 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 71 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 26 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 72 Blank
57-21-34 27 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 101 Nov 01/07
57-21-34 28 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 102 Blank
57-21-34 29 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 201 Nov 01/07
57-21-34 30 Aug 01/12 57-21-34 202 Blank
57-21-34 31 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 32 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 1 Aug 01/12
57-21-34 33 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 2 Nov 01/14
57-21-34 34 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 3 Feb 01/02

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 12
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-21-35 4 Nov 01/14 57-21-35 50 Aug 01/12


57-21-35 5 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 51 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 6 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 52 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 7 Nov 01/14 57-21-35 53 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 8 Nov 01/14 57-21-35 54 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 9 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 55 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 10 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 56 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 11 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 57 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 12 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 58 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 13 Nov 01/14 57-21-35 59 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 14 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 60 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 15 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 61 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 16 Nov 01/14 57-21-35 62 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 17 Nov 01/14 57-21-35 63 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 18 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 64 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 19 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 65 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 20 Aug 01/13 57-21-35 66 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 21 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 67 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 22 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 68 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 23 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 69 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 24 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 70 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 25 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 71 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 26 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 72 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 27 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 73 Aug 01/13
57-21-35 28 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 74 Aug 01/13
57-21-35 29 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 101 Nov 01/07
57-21-35 30 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 102 Blank
57-21-35 31 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 201 Nov 01/07
57-21-35 32 Aug 01/12 57-21-35 202 Blank
57-21-35 33 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 34 Aug 01/12 57-24-00 1 Nov 01/02
57-21-35 35 Aug 01/12 57-24-00 2 Nov 01/02
57-21-35 36 Aug 01/12 57-24-00 3 Nov 01/02
57-21-35 37 Aug 01/12 57-24-00 4 Blank
57-21-35 38 Aug 01/12
57-21-35 39 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 1 Nov 01/14
57-21-35 40 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 2 Aug 01/07
57-21-35 41 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 3 Feb 01/02
57-21-35 42 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 4 Nov 01/14
57-21-35 43 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 5 Aug 01/07
57-21-35 44 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 6 Aug 01/07
57-21-35 45 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 7 Feb 01/02
57-21-35 46 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 8 Nov 01/14
57-21-35 47 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 9 Feb 01/02
57-21-35 48 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 10 Nov 01/14
57-21-35 49 Aug 01/12 57-24-11 11 Feb 01/02

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 13
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-24-11 12 Nov 01/14 57-24-12 201 Nov 01/07


57-24-11 13 Feb 01/02 57-24-12 202 Blank
57-24-11 14 Feb 01/02
57-24-11 15 Nov 01/14 57-26-00 1 Nov 01/02
57-24-11 16 Aug 01/07 57-26-00 2 Feb 01/02
57-24-11 17 Aug 01/07
57-24-11 18 Blank R 57-26-11 1 May 01/15
57-24-11 101 Nov 01/07 57-26-11 2 Feb 01/02
57-24-11 102 Blank 57-26-11 3 Feb 01/02
57-24-11 201 Nov 01/07 57-26-11 4 Feb 01/02
57-24-11 202 Blank 57-26-11 5 Nov 01/07
57-26-11 6 Nov 01/12
57-24-12 1 Aug 01/07 57-26-11 7 Nov 01/12
57-24-12 2 Feb 01/02 57-26-11 8 Nov 01/12
57-24-12 3 Feb 01/02 57-26-11 9 Nov 01/07
57-24-12 4 Feb 01/09 57-26-11 10 Nov 01/07
57-24-12 5 Feb 01/09 R 57-26-11 11 May 01/15
57-24-12 6 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 12 May 01/15
57-24-12 7 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 13 May 01/15
57-24-12 8 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 14 May 01/15
57-24-12 9 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 15 May 01/15
57-24-12 10 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 16 May 01/15
57-24-12 11 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 17 May 01/15
57-24-12 12 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 18 May 01/15
57-24-12 13 Aug 01/07 R 57-26-11 19 May 01/15
57-24-12 14 Aug 01/07 57-26-11 20 Blank
57-24-12 15 Aug 01/07 D 57-26-11 21
57-24-12 16 Feb 01/09 D 57-26-11 22
57-24-12 17 Feb 01/09 57-26-11 101 Nov 01/07
57-24-12 18 Feb 01/09 57-26-11 102 Blank
57-24-12 19 Feb 01/09 57-26-11 201 Nov 01/07
57-24-12 20 Feb 01/09 57-26-11 202 Blank
57-24-12 21 Feb 01/09
57-24-12 22 Aug 01/07 57-26-12 1 Nov 01/02
57-24-12 23 Aug 01/07 57-26-12 2 Feb 01/02
57-24-12 24 Aug 01/07 57-26-12 3 Feb 01/02
57-24-12 25 Aug 01/07 57-26-12 4 Blank
57-24-12 26 Aug 01/07 57-26-12 101 Nov 01/07
57-24-12 27 Aug 01/07 57-26-12 102 Blank
57-24-12 28 Aug 01/07 57-26-12 201 Nov 01/07
57-24-12 29 Feb 01/09 57-26-12 202 Blank
57-24-12 30 Feb 01/09
57-24-12 31 Feb 01/09 57-26-13 1 Aug 01/02
57-24-12 32 Blank 57-26-13 2 May 01/04
57-24-12 101 Nov 01/07 57-26-13 3 Feb 01/02
57-24-12 102 Blank 57-26-13 4 Nov 01/09

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 14
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-26-13 5 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 235 Aug 01/13


57-26-13 6 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 236 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 7 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 237 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 8 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 238 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 101 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 239 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 102 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 240 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 103 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 241 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 104 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 242 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 105 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 243 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 106 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 244 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 107 Nov 01/12 57-26-13 245 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 108 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 246 Aug 01/13
R 57-26-13 201 May 01/15 57-26-13 247 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 202 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 248 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 203 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 249 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 204 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 250 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 205 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 251 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 206 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 252 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 207 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 253 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 208 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 254 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 209 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 255 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 210 Aug 01/13 R 57-26-13 256 May 01/15
57-26-13 211 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 257 Aug 01/14
57-26-13 212 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 258 Aug 01/14
57-26-13 213 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 259 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 214 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 260 Aug 01/13
57-26-13 215 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 261 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 216 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 262 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 217 Aug 01/13 R 57-26-13 263 May 01/15
57-26-13 218 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 264 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 219 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 265 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 220 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 266 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 221 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 267 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 222 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 268 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 223 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 269 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 224 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 270 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 225 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 271 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 226 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 272 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 227 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 273 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 228 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 274 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 229 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 275 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 230 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 276 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 231 Aug 01/14 57-26-13 277 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 232 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 278 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 233 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 279 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 234 Aug 01/13 57-26-13 280 Feb 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 15
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-26-13 281 Feb 01/15


57-26-13 282 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 1 Nov 01/02
57-26-13 283 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 2 Nov 01/14
57-26-13 284 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 3 Nov 01/14
57-26-13 285 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 4 Blank
57-26-13 286 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 101 Nov 01/07
57-26-13 287 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 102 Blank
57-26-13 288 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 201 Nov 01/07
57-26-13 289 Feb 01/15 57-26-17 202 Blank
57-26-13 290 Feb 01/15
57-26-13 291 Feb 01/15 57-26-18 1 Nov 01/14
57-26-13 292 Feb 01/15 57-26-18 2 Feb 01/02
57-26-13 293 Feb 01/15 57-26-18 3 Nov 01/14
57-26-13 294 Feb 01/15 57-26-18 4 Blank
57-26-13 295 Feb 01/15 57-26-18 101 Nov 01/07
57-26-13 296 Feb 01/15 57-26-18 102 Blank
57-26-13 297 Feb 01/15 57-26-18 201 Nov 01/07
57-26-13 298 Blank 57-26-18 202 Blank

57-26-15 1 Feb 01/15 57-26-19 1 Aug 01/09


57-26-15 2 May 01/04 57-26-19 2 Aug 01/04
57-26-15 3 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 3 Feb 01/12
57-26-15 4 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 4 Feb 01/12
57-26-15 5 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 5 Aug 01/04
57-26-15 6 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 6 Feb 01/12
57-26-15 7 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 7 Feb 01/12
57-26-15 8 Feb 01/15 57-26-19 8 Feb 01/12
57-26-15 9 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 9 Nov 01/14
57-26-15 10 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 10 Feb 01/12
57-26-15 11 Nov 01/09 57-26-19 101 Nov 01/07
57-26-15 12 Feb 01/10 57-26-19 102 Blank
57-26-15 13 Feb 01/10 57-26-19 201 Nov 01/07
57-26-15 14 Blank 57-26-19 202 Blank
57-26-15 101 Nov 01/07
57-26-15 102 Blank 57-27-00 1 Nov 01/14
57-26-15 201 Nov 01/07 57-27-00 2 Nov 01/14
57-26-15 202 Blank
57-27-11 1 May 01/13
57-26-16 1 Nov 01/02 57-27-11 2 May 01/13
57-26-16 2 Feb 01/02 57-27-11 3 Jun 01/09
57-26-16 3 Feb 01/02 57-27-11 4 Blank
57-26-16 4 Blank 57-27-11 5 Jun 01/09
57-26-16 101 Nov 01/07 57-27-11 6 Blank
57-26-16 102 Blank 57-27-11 7 Jun 01/09
57-26-16 201 Nov 01/07 57-27-11 8 Blank
57-26-16 202 Blank 57-27-11 9 Jun 01/09

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 16
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-27-11 10 Blank 57-27-12 101 Nov 01/07


57-27-11 11 Jun 01/09 57-27-12 102 Blank
57-27-11 12 Blank 57-27-12 201 Nov 01/07
57-27-11 13 Jun 01/09 57-27-12 202 Blank
57-27-11 14 May 01/13
57-27-11 15 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 1 May 01/14
57-27-11 16 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 2 Nov 01/14
57-27-11 17 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 3 Aug 01/12
57-27-11 18 May 01/13 57-30-00 4 Aug 01/13
57-27-11 19 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 5 Nov 01/13
57-27-11 20 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 6 Nov 01/14
57-27-11 21 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 7 Nov 01/14
57-27-11 22 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 8 Nov 01/14
57-27-11 23 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 9 Nov 01/14
57-27-11 24 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 10 Nov 01/14
57-27-11 25 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 11 Nov 01/14
57-27-11 26 Jun 01/09 57-30-00 12 Blank
57-27-11 27 Aug 01/10
57-27-11 28 Jun 01/09 57-31-21 1 Aug 01/12
57-27-11 29 Jun 01/09 57-31-21 2 Feb 01/02
57-27-11 30 Jun 01/09 57-31-21 3 Feb 01/02
57-27-11 101 Feb 01/15 57-31-21 4 Feb 01/02
57-27-11 102 Feb 01/15 57-31-21 5 Feb 01/02
57-27-11 103 Feb 01/15 57-31-21 6 Feb 01/02
57-27-11 104 Feb 01/15 57-31-21 7 Feb 01/02
57-27-11 105 Feb 01/15 57-31-21 8 Aug 01/11
57-27-11 106 Feb 01/15 57-31-21 9 May 01/08
R 57-27-11 107 May 01/15 57-31-21 10 May 01/08
57-27-11 108 Feb 01/15 57-31-21 11 May 01/08
57-27-11 201 Aug 01/09 57-31-21 12 Nov 01/02
R 57-27-11 202 May 01/15 57-31-21 13 Nov 01/02
57-27-11 203 Aug 01/09 57-31-21 14 Nov 01/02
R 57-27-11 204 May 01/15 57-31-21 15 Nov 01/02
R 57-27-11 205 May 01/15 57-31-21 16 Nov 01/02
57-27-11 206 Aug 01/09 57-31-21 17 Nov 01/02
R 57-27-11 207 May 01/15 57-31-21 18 Nov 01/02
R 57-27-11 208 May 01/15 57-31-21 19 Nov 01/02
57-27-11 209 Aug 01/09 57-31-21 20 May 01/08
R 57-27-11 210 May 01/15 57-31-21 21 May 01/08
57-27-11 211 Aug 01/09 57-31-21 22 May 01/08
57-27-11 212 Blank 57-31-21 23 May 01/08
57-31-21 24 May 01/08
57-27-12 1 Nov 01/02 57-31-21 25 Aug 01/12
57-27-12 2 Feb 01/02 57-31-21 26 Aug 01/12
57-27-12 3 Feb 01/02 57-31-21 27 Aug 01/12
57-27-12 4 Jun 01/10 57-31-21 28 Aug 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 17
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-31-21 29 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 211 Nov 01/09


57-31-21 30 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 212 Nov 01/11
57-31-21 31 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 213 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 32 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 214 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 33 Jun 01/10 57-31-21 215 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 34 Jun 01/10 57-31-21 216 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 35 Jun 01/10 57-31-21 217 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 36 Jun 01/10 57-31-21 218 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 37 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 219 Feb 01/14
57-31-21 38 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 220 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 39 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 221 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 40 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 222 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 41 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 223 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 42 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 224 Nov 01/09
57-31-21 43 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 225 Nov 01/11
57-31-21 44 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 226 Nov 01/11
57-31-21 45 Aug 01/12 57-31-21 227 Nov 01/11
57-31-21 46 Blank 57-31-21 228 Nov 01/11
57-31-21 101 Nov 01/11 57-31-21 229 Nov 01/11
57-31-21 102 Nov 01/11 57-31-21 230 Blank
57-31-21 103 Nov 01/11
57-31-21 104 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 1 Aug 01/09
57-31-21 105 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 2 Nov 01/02
57-31-21 106 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 3 Nov 01/02
57-31-21 107 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 4 Nov 01/02
57-31-21 108 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 5 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 109 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 6 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 110 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 7 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 111 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 8 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 112 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 9 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 113 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 10 Nov 01/02
57-31-21 114 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 11 Nov 01/08
57-31-21 115 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 12 Nov 01/02
57-31-21 116 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 13 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 117 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 14 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 118 Blank 57-31-22 15 Aug 01/09
57-31-21 201 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 16 Aug 01/09
57-31-21 202 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 17 Aug 01/11
57-31-21 203 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 18 Blank
57-31-21 204 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 101 Aug 01/14
57-31-21 205 Nov 01/11 57-31-22 102 Aug 01/14
57-31-21 206 Nov 01/09 57-31-22 103 Nov 01/12
57-31-21 207 Nov 01/09 57-31-22 104 Nov 01/12
57-31-21 208 Nov 01/09 57-31-22 105 Aug 01/14
57-31-21 209 Nov 01/09 57-31-22 106 Aug 01/14
57-31-21 210 Nov 01/09 57-31-22 107 Aug 01/14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 18
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-31-22 108 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 214 Nov 01/12


57-31-22 109 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 215 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 110 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 216 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 111 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 217 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 112 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 218 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 113 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 219 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 114 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 220 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 115 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 221 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 116 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 222 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 117 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 223 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 118 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 224 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 119 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 225 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 120 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 226 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 121 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 227 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 122 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 228 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 123 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 229 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 124 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 230 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 125 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 231 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 126 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 232 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 127 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 233 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 128 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 234 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 129 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 235 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 130 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 236 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 131 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 237 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 132 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 238 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 133 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 239 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 134 Feb 01/15 57-31-22 240 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 135 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 241 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 136 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 242 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 137 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 243 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 138 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 244 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 139 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 245 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 140 Blank 57-31-22 246 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 201 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 247 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 202 Aug 01/14 57-31-22 248 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 203 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 249 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 204 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 250 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 205 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 251 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 206 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 252 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 207 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 253 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 208 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 254 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 209 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 255 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 210 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 256 Aug 01/14
57-31-22 211 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 257 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 212 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 258 Blank
57-31-22 213 Nov 01/12 57-31-22 259 Nov 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 19
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-31-22 260 Blank 57-31-23 23 Nov 01/12


57-31-22 261 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 24 Blank
57-31-22 262 Blank 57-31-23 25 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 263 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 26 Blank
57-31-22 264 Blank 57-31-23 27 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 265 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 28 Blank
57-31-22 266 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 29 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 267 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 30 Blank
57-31-22 268 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 31 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 269 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 32 Blank
57-31-22 270 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 33 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 271 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 34 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 272 Blank 57-31-23 35 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 273 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 36 Blank
57-31-22 274 Blank 57-31-23 37 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 275 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 38 Blank
57-31-22 276 Blank 57-31-23 39 Nov 01/12
57-31-22 277 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 40 Blank
57-31-22 278 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 41 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 279 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 42 Aug 01/13
57-31-22 280 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 43 May 01/14
57-31-22 281 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 44 May 01/14
57-31-22 282 Blank 57-31-23 45 May 01/14
57-31-23 46 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 1 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 47 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 2 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 48 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 3 Aug 01/13 57-31-23 49 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 4 Blank 57-31-23 50 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 5 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 51 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 6 Blank 57-31-23 52 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 7 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 53 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 8 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 54 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 9 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 55 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 10 Blank 57-31-23 56 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 11 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 57 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 12 Blank 57-31-23 58 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 13 Aug 01/13 57-31-23 59 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 14 Blank 57-31-23 60 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 15 Aug 01/13 57-31-23 61 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 16 Blank 57-31-23 62 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 17 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 63 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 18 Aug 01/13 57-31-23 64 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 19 Aug 01/13 57-31-23 65 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 20 Blank 57-31-23 66 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 21 Nov 01/12 57-31-23 67 Nov 01/12
57-31-23 22 Blank 57-31-23 68 Nov 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 20
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-31-23 69 Nov 01/12 R 57-40-00 120 May 01/15


57-31-23 70 Nov 01/12 57-40-00 121 Feb 01/13
57-31-23 71 Nov 01/12 R 57-40-00 122 May 01/15
57-31-23 72 Nov 01/12 R 57-40-00 123 May 01/15
57-31-23 73 Nov 01/12 R 57-40-00 124 May 01/15
57-31-23 74 Nov 01/12 R 57-40-00 125 May 01/15
57-31-23 75 Aug 01/13 57-40-00 126 Feb 01/13
57-31-23 76 Aug 01/13 57-40-00 127 Feb 01/13
57-31-23 201 Nov 01/13 57-40-00 128 Blank
57-31-23 202 Nov 01/13 57-40-00 129 Feb 01/13
57-31-23 203 Nov 01/13 57-40-00 130 Blank
57-31-23 204 Nov 01/13 57-40-00 131 Feb 01/13
57-31-23 205 Nov 01/13 R 57-40-00 132 May 01/15
57-31-23 206 Nov 01/13 R 57-40-00 133 May 01/15
57-31-23 207 Nov 01/13 R 57-40-00 134 May 01/15
57-31-23 208 Blank 57-40-00 135 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 136 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 1 Aug 01/14 57-40-00 137 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 2 Aug 01/14 57-40-00 138 Nov 01/13
57-40-00 3 Nov 01/14 57-40-00 139 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 4 Nov 01/14 57-40-00 140 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 5 Nov 01/14 57-40-00 141 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 6 Nov 01/14 57-40-00 142 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 7 Nov 01/14 57-40-00 143 Nov 01/13
57-40-00 8 Nov 01/14 57-40-00 144 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 9 Nov 01/14 57-40-00 145 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 10 Blank 57-40-00 146 Feb 01/13
57-40-00 101 Aug 01/13 57-40-00 147 Aug 01/13
57-40-00 102 Aug 01/13 57-40-00 148 Aug 01/13
57-40-00 103 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 149 Aug 01/13
57-40-00 104 Aug 01/13 57-40-00 150 Aug 01/13
R 57-40-00 105 May 01/15 57-40-00 151 Aug 01/13
R 57-40-00 106 May 01/15 57-40-00 152 Aug 01/13
R 57-40-00 107 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 201 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 108 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 1 202 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 109 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 1 203 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 110 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 1 204 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 111 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 1 205 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 112 Blank 57-40-00 1 206 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 113 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 1 207 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 114 Blank 57-40-00 1 208 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 115 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 1 209 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 116 Blank 57-40-00 1 210 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 117 Feb 01/13 57-40-00 1 211 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 118 Blank 57-40-00 1 212 Aug 01/14
R 57-40-00 119 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 213 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 21
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-40-00 1 214 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 260 May 01/15


R 57-40-00 1 215 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 261 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 216 Aug 01/14 57-40-00 1 262 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 217 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 263 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 218 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 264 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 219 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 265 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 220 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 266 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 221 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 267 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 222 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 268 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 223 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 269 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 224 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 270 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 225 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 271 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 226 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 272 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 227 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 273 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 228 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 274 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 229 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 275 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 230 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 276 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 231 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 277 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 232 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 278 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 233 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 279 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 234 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 280 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 235 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 281 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 236 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 282 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 237 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 283 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 238 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 284 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 239 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 285 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 240 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 286 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 241 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 287 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 242 Blank R 57-40-00 1 288 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 243 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 289 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 244 Blank R 57-40-00 1 290 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 245 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 291 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 246 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 292 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 247 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 293 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 248 Blank R 57-40-00 1 294 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 249 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 295 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 250 Blank R 57-40-00 1 296 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 251 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 297 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 252 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 298 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 253 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 299 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 254 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 300 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 255 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 301 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 256 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 302 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 257 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 303 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 258 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 304 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 259 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 305 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 22
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-40-00 1 306 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 352 May 01/15


R 57-40-00 1 307 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 353 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 308 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 354 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 309 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 355 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 310 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 356 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 311 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 357 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 312 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 358 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 313 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 359 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 314 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 360 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 315 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 361 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 316 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 362 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 317 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 363 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 318 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 364 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 319 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 365 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 320 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 366 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 321 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 367 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 322 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 368 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 323 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 369 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 324 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 370 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 325 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 371 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 326 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 372 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 327 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 373 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 328 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 374 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 329 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 375 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 330 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 376 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 331 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 377 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 332 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 378 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 333 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 379 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 334 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 380 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 335 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 381 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 336 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 382 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 337 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 383 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 338 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 384 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 339 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 385 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 340 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 386 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 341 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 387 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 342 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 388 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 343 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 389 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 344 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 390 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 345 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 391 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 346 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 392 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 347 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 393 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 348 Blank R 57-40-00 1 394 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 349 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 395 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 350 Blank R 57-40-00 1 396 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 351 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 397 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 23
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-40-00 1 398 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 444 Blank


R 57-40-00 1 399 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 445 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 400 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 446 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 401 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 447 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 402 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 448 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 403 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 449 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 404 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 450 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 405 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 451 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 406 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 452 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 407 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 453 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 408 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 454 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 409 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 455 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 410 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 456 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 411 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 457 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 412 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 458 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 413 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 459 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 414 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 460 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 415 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 461 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 416 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 462 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 417 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 463 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 418 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 464 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 419 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 465 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 420 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 466 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 421 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 467 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 422 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 468 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 423 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 469 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 424 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 470 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 425 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 471 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 426 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 472 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 427 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 473 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 428 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 474 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 429 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 475 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 430 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 476 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 431 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 477 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 432 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 478 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 433 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 479 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 434 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 480 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 435 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 481 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 436 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 482 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 437 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 483 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 438 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 484 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 439 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 485 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 440 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 486 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 441 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 487 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 442 Blank N 57-40-00 1 488 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 443 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 489 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 24
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-40-00 1 490 Blank N 57-40-00 1 536 May 01/15


R 57-40-00 1 491 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 537 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 492 Blank 57-40-00 1 538 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 493 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 539 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 494 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 540 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 495 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 541 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 496 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 542 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 497 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 543 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 498 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 544 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 499 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 545 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 500 Blank 57-40-00 1 546 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 501 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 547 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 502 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 548 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 503 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 549 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 504 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 550 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 505 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 551 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 506 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 552 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 507 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 553 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 508 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 554 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 509 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 555 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 510 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 556 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 511 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 557 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 512 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 558 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 513 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 559 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 514 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 560 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 515 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 561 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 516 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 562 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 517 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 563 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 518 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 564 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 519 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 565 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 520 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 566 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 521 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 567 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 522 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 568 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 523 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 569 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 524 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 570 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 525 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 571 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 526 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 572 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 527 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 573 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 528 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 574 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 529 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 575 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 530 Blank 57-40-00 1 576 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 531 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 577 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 532 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 578 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 533 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 579 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 534 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 580 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 535 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 581 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 25
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-40-00 1 582 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 628 May 01/15


R 57-40-00 1 583 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 629 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 584 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 630 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 585 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 631 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 586 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 632 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 587 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 633 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 588 Blank 57-40-00 1 634 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 589 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 635 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 590 Blank 57-40-00 1 636 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 591 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 637 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 592 Blank 57-40-00 1 638 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 593 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 639 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 594 Blank 57-40-00 1 640 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 595 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 641 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 596 Blank 57-40-00 1 642 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 597 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 643 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 598 Blank R 57-40-00 1 644 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 599 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 645 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 600 Blank R 57-40-00 1 646 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 601 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 647 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 602 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 648 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 603 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 649 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 604 May 01/15 N 57-40-00 1 650 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 605 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 651 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 606 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 652 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 607 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 653 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 608 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 654 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 609 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 655 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 610 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 656 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 611 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 657 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 612 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 658 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 613 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 659 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 614 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 660 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 615 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 661 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 616 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 662 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 617 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 663 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 618 Blank R 57-40-00 1 664 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 619 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 665 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 620 Blank N 57-40-00 1 666 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 621 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 667 May 01/15
57-40-00 1 622 Blank N 57-40-00 1 668 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 623 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 669 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 624 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 670 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 625 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 671 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 626 May 01/15 57-40-00 1 672 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 627 May 01/15 R 57-40-00 1 673 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 26
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-40-00 1 674 Blank 57-41-11 8 Jun 01/09


R 57-40-00 1 675 May 01/15 57-41-11 9 Feb 01/02
57-40-00 1 676 Blank 57-41-11 10 Feb 01/02
R 57-40-00 1 677 May 01/15 57-41-11 11 Aug 01/10
R 57-40-00 1 678 May 01/15 57-41-11 12 Feb 01/02
R 57-40-00 1 679 May 01/15 57-41-11 13 Feb 01/02
R 57-40-00 1 680 May 01/15 57-41-11 14 Feb 01/02
R 57-40-00 1 681 May 01/15 57-41-11 15 Feb 01/08
R 57-40-00 1 682 May 01/15 57-41-11 16 Feb 01/08
R 57-40-00 1 683 May 01/15 57-41-11 17 Feb 01/08
N 57-40-00 1 684 May 01/15 57-41-11 18 Feb 01/08
R 57-40-00 1 685 May 01/15 57-41-11 19 Feb 01/10
N 57-40-00 1 686 May 01/15 57-41-11 20 Feb 01/10
R 57-40-00 1 687 May 01/15 57-41-11 21 Feb 01/10
57-40-00 1 688 Blank 57-41-11 22 Feb 01/10
R 57-40-00 1 689 May 01/15 57-41-11 23 Feb 01/10
57-40-00 1 690 Blank 57-41-11 24 Feb 01/10
R 57-40-00 1 691 May 01/15 57-41-11 25 Feb 01/10
57-40-00 1 692 Blank 57-41-11 26 Feb 01/10
R 57-40-00 1 693 May 01/15 57-41-11 27 Feb 01/11
R 57-40-00 1 694 May 01/15 57-41-11 28 Feb 01/11
R 57-40-00 1 695 May 01/15 57-41-11 29 Feb 01/10
R 57-40-00 1 696 May 01/15 57-41-11 30 Blank
R 57-40-00 1 697 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 101 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 698 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 102 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 699 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 103 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 700 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 104 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 701 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 105 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 702 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 106 May 01/15
R 57-40-00 1 703 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 107 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 704 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 108 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 705 May 01/15 R 57-41-11 109 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 706 May 01/15 N 57-41-11 110 May 01/15
N 57-40-00 1 707 May 01/15 57-41-11 201 Aug 01/14
57-40-00 1 708 Blank R 57-41-11 202 May 01/15
R 57-41-11 203 May 01/15
57-41-00 1 Aug 01/14 R 57-41-11 204 May 01/15
57-41-00 2 Aug 01/02 57-41-11 205 Aug 01/14
R 57-41-11 206 May 01/15
57-41-11 1 Nov 01/02 57-41-11 207 Feb 01/15
57-41-11 2 Feb 01/02 57-41-11 208 Aug 01/14
57-41-11 3 Nov 01/04 57-41-11 209 Aug 01/14
57-41-11 4 Nov 01/03 R 57-41-11 210 May 01/15
57-41-11 5 Feb 01/02 57-41-11 211 Feb 01/15
57-41-11 6 Jun 01/09 57-41-11 212 Aug 01/14
57-41-11 7 Jun 01/09 57-41-11 213 Aug 01/14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 27
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-41-11 214 May 01/15 N 57-41-13 210 May 01/15


57-41-11 215 Feb 01/15
57-41-11 216 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 1 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 217 Aug 01/14 57-41-14 2 Nov 01/02
R 57-41-11 218 May 01/15 57-41-14 3 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 219 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 4 May 01/11
57-41-11 220 Aug 01/14 57-41-14 5 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 221 Aug 01/14 57-41-14 6 Nov 01/02
R 57-41-11 222 May 01/15 57-41-14 7 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 223 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 8 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 224 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 9 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 225 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 10 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 226 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 11 May 01/11
R 57-41-11 227 May 01/15 57-41-14 12 May 01/11
R 57-41-11 228 May 01/15 57-41-14 13 May 01/11
R 57-41-11 229 May 01/15 57-41-14 14 Nov 01/02
R 57-41-11 230 May 01/15 57-41-14 15 Nov 01/02
R 57-41-11 231 May 01/15 57-41-14 16 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 232 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 17 Nov 01/02
57-41-11 233 Feb 01/15 57-41-14 18 May 01/11
57-41-11 234 Blank 57-41-14 19 May 01/11
57-41-14 20 May 01/11
57-41-12 1 May 01/04 57-41-14 21 Nov 01/02
57-41-12 2 Blank 57-41-14 22 Nov 01/02
57-41-12 101 May 01/04 57-41-14 23 May 01/11
57-41-12 102 Blank 57-41-14 24 May 01/11
57-41-14 25 Nov 01/02
57-41-13 1 Nov 01/14 57-41-14 26 Nov 01/02
57-41-13 2 Feb 01/02 57-41-14 27 May 01/11
57-41-13 3 Feb 01/07 57-41-14 28 May 01/11
57-41-13 4 Aug 01/12 57-41-14 29 May 01/11
57-41-13 5 Aug 01/12 57-41-14 30 May 01/11
57-41-13 6 Aug 01/12 57-41-14 31 May 01/11
57-41-13 7 Aug 01/12 57-41-14 32 May 01/11
57-41-13 8 Blank 57-41-14 33 May 01/11
57-41-13 101 Nov 01/07 57-41-14 34 Feb 01/14
57-41-13 102 Blank 57-41-14 35 Feb 01/14
57-41-13 201 May 01/11 57-41-14 36 Feb 01/14
R 57-41-13 202 May 01/15 57-41-14 37 Feb 01/14
57-41-13 203 May 01/11 57-41-14 38 Feb 01/14
57-41-13 204 May 01/11 57-41-14 39 Feb 01/14
57-41-13 205 May 01/11 57-41-14 40 Blank
57-41-13 206 May 01/11 57-41-14 101 May 01/07
R 57-41-13 207 May 01/15 R 57-41-14 102 May 01/15
R 57-41-13 208 May 01/15 57-41-14 103 Aug 01/08
R 57-41-13 209 May 01/15 R 57-41-14 104 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 28
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-41-14 105 May 01/07 57-41-15 38 Nov 01/02


57-41-14 106 May 01/07 57-41-15 39 Nov 01/02
R 57-41-14 107 May 01/15 57-41-15 40 May 01/12
57-41-14 108 May 01/07 57-41-15 41 Nov 01/02
57-41-14 109 May 01/07 57-41-15 42 Aug 01/12
57-41-14 110 May 01/07 57-41-15 43 Nov 01/02
57-41-14 201 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 44 May 01/12
57-41-14 202 Blank 57-41-15 45 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 46 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 1 Aug 01/12 57-41-15 47 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 2 Aug 01/12 57-41-15 48 Nov 01/03
57-41-15 3 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 49 Nov 01/03
57-41-15 4 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 50 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 5 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 51 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 6 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 52 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 7 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 53 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 8 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 54 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 9 Nov 01/07 57-41-15 55 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 10 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 56 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 11 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 57 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 12 May 01/07 57-41-15 58 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 13 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 59 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 14 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 60 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 15 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 61 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 16 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 62 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 17 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 63 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 18 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 64 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 19 May 01/12 57-41-15 65 Aug 01/08
57-41-15 20 May 01/12 57-41-15 66 May 01/12
57-41-15 21 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 67 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 22 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 68 Nov 01/02
57-41-15 23 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 69 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 24 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 70 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 25 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 71 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 26 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 72 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 27 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 73 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 28 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 74 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 29 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 75 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 30 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 76 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 31 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 77 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 32 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 78 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 33 Aug 01/08 57-41-15 79 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 34 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 80 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 35 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 81 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 36 Aug 01/08 57-41-15 82 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 37 Nov 01/02 57-41-15 83 Aug 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 29
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-41-15 84 Aug 01/12 57-41-18 31 Nov 01/13


57-41-15 101 Aug 01/12 57-41-18 32 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 102 Aug 01/12 57-41-18 33 Nov 01/13
R 57-41-15 103 May 01/15 57-41-18 34 Nov 01/13
R 57-41-15 104 May 01/15 57-41-18 35 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 105 Feb 01/06 57-41-18 36 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 106 Feb 01/06 57-41-18 37 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 107 Feb 01/06 57-41-18 38 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 108 May 01/07 57-41-18 39 Nov 01/13
57-41-15 109 May 01/07 57-41-18 40 Blank
57-41-15 110 May 01/07 57-41-18 101 Aug 01/12
57-41-15 111 May 01/07 R 57-41-18 102 May 01/15
57-41-15 112 May 01/07 57-41-18 103 Feb 01/04
57-41-15 201 Nov 01/02 57-41-18 104 Feb 01/04
57-41-15 202 Blank 57-41-18 201 Jun 01/09
R 57-41-18 202 May 01/15
57-41-18 1 Feb 01/03 57-41-18 203 Feb 01/04
57-41-18 2 Feb 01/03 57-41-18 204 Feb 01/04
57-41-18 3 Feb 01/03 57-41-18 205 Feb 01/04
57-41-18 4 Feb 01/03 R 57-41-18 206 May 01/15
57-41-18 5 Feb 01/03 57-41-18 207 Feb 01/04
57-41-18 6 Feb 01/03 57-41-18 208 Feb 01/04
57-41-18 7 Feb 01/03 57-41-18 209 Feb 01/04
57-41-18 8 Feb 01/03 57-41-18 210 Blank
57-41-18 9 Feb 01/09
57-41-18 10 Feb 01/09 57-41-26 1 Feb 01/15
57-41-18 11 Feb 01/09 57-41-26 2 Feb 01/15
57-41-18 12 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 3 Feb 01/15
57-41-18 13 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 4 Nov 01/03
57-41-18 14 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 5 Feb 01/08
57-41-18 15 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 6 Feb 01/08
57-41-18 16 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 7 Feb 01/08
57-41-18 17 Feb 01/09 57-41-26 8 Feb 01/08
57-41-18 18 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 9 Feb 01/08
57-41-18 19 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 10 Nov 01/03
57-41-18 20 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 11 May 01/11
57-41-18 21 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 12 May 01/11
57-41-18 22 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 13 May 01/11
57-41-18 23 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 14 May 01/11
57-41-18 24 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 15 May 01/11
57-41-18 25 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 16 May 01/11
57-41-18 26 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 17 May 01/11
57-41-18 27 Feb 01/03 57-41-26 18 May 01/11
57-41-18 28 Feb 01/02 57-41-26 19 May 01/11
57-41-18 29 Nov 01/13 57-41-26 20 May 01/11
57-41-18 30 Nov 01/13 57-41-26 21 May 01/11

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 30
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-41-26 22 May 01/11 57-41-33 101 Nov 01/07


57-41-26 23 May 01/11 57-41-33 102 Blank
57-41-26 24 Aug 01/12 57-41-33 201 Nov 01/07
57-41-26 25 May 01/11 57-41-33 202 Blank
57-41-26 26 May 01/11
57-41-26 27 May 01/11 57-41-37 1 Feb 01/03
57-41-26 28 May 01/11 57-41-37 2 Feb 01/02
57-41-26 29 May 01/11 57-41-37 3 Feb 01/02
57-41-26 30 May 01/11 57-41-37 4 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 31 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 5 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 32 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 6 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 33 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 7 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 34 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 8 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 35 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 9 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 36 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 10 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 37 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 11 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 38 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 12 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 39 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 13 Feb 01/03
57-41-26 40 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 14 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 41 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 15 Feb 01/03
57-41-26 42 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 16 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 43 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 17 Feb 01/05
57-41-26 44 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 18 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 45 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 19 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 46 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 20 Feb 01/05
57-41-26 47 Aug 01/12 57-41-37 21 Feb 01/05
57-41-26 48 Blank 57-41-37 22 Feb 01/03
57-41-26 101 Nov 01/07 57-41-37 23 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 102 Blank 57-41-37 24 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 201 Nov 01/07 57-41-37 25 Feb 01/14
57-41-26 202 Blank 57-41-37 26 Feb 01/14
57-41-37 27 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 1 Feb 01/02 57-41-37 28 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 2 Feb 01/02 57-41-37 29 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 3 Feb 01/02 57-41-37 30 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 4 Feb 01/02 57-41-37 31 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 5 Feb 01/02 57-41-37 32 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 6 Nov 01/02 57-41-37 33 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 7 Feb 01/12 57-41-37 34 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 8 Feb 01/12 57-41-37 35 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 9 Feb 01/12 57-41-37 36 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 10 Feb 01/12 57-41-37 37 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 11 Feb 01/12 57-41-37 38 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 12 Feb 01/12 57-41-37 39 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 13 Feb 01/12 57-41-37 40 Feb 01/14
57-41-33 14 Blank 57-41-37 41 Feb 01/14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 31
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-41-37 42 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 14 Feb 01/02


57-41-37 43 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 15 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 44 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 16 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 45 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 17 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 46 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 18 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 47 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 19 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 48 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 20 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 49 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 21 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 50 Feb 01/14 R 57-42-21 22 May 01/15
57-41-37 51 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 23 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 52 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 24 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 53 Feb 01/14 R 57-42-21 25 May 01/15
57-41-37 54 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 26 Feb 01/10
57-41-37 55 Feb 01/14 57-42-21 27 May 01/07
57-41-37 56 Blank 57-42-21 28 May 01/07
57-41-37 101 Feb 01/07 57-42-21 29 May 01/07
57-41-37 102 Jun 01/09 57-42-21 30 May 01/07
57-41-37 103 Feb 01/07 57-42-21 31 May 01/07
57-41-37 104 Nov 01/04 57-42-21 32 Blank
57-41-37 105 Feb 01/07 57-42-21 101 Feb 01/02
57-41-37 106 Feb 01/07 57-42-21 102 Blank
57-41-37 107 Aug 01/11 57-42-21 201 Nov 01/13
57-41-37 108 Blank 57-42-21 202 May 01/13
57-41-37 109 Aug 01/11 57-42-21 203 Nov 01/13
57-41-37 110 Blank 57-42-21 204 Nov 01/13
57-41-37 201 Feb 01/07 57-42-21 205 May 01/13
57-41-37 202 Feb 01/07 57-42-21 206 May 01/13
57-41-37 203 Jun 01/09 57-42-21 207 May 01/13
57-41-37 204 Blank 57-42-21 208 May 01/13
57-42-21 209 May 01/13
57-42-12 1 Nov 01/02 57-42-21 210 May 01/13
57-42-12 2 Blank 57-42-21 211 Feb 01/15
57-42-21 212 May 01/13
R 57-42-21 1 May 01/15 57-42-21 213 May 01/13
R 57-42-21 2 May 01/15 57-42-21 214 May 01/13
57-42-21 3 Nov 01/14 57-42-21 215 Feb 01/15
57-42-21 4 May 01/07 57-42-21 216 Feb 01/15
57-42-21 5 Nov 01/02 57-42-21 217 May 01/13
57-42-21 6 May 01/07 57-42-21 218 May 01/13
57-42-21 7 Nov 01/02 57-42-21 219 May 01/13
57-42-21 8 May 01/07 57-42-21 220 May 01/13
57-42-21 9 Feb 01/02 57-42-21 221 May 01/13
57-42-21 10 May 01/07 57-42-21 222 May 01/13
57-42-21 11 Nov 01/14 57-42-21 223 May 01/13
57-42-21 12 May 01/07 57-42-21 224 May 01/13
57-42-21 13 Nov 01/02 57-42-21 225 May 01/13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 32
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-42-21 226 May 01/13 57-43-21 7 Feb 01/02


57-42-21 227 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 8 Feb 01/02
57-42-21 228 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 9 Feb 01/02
57-42-21 229 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 10 Nov 01/02
57-42-21 230 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 11 Feb 01/02
57-42-21 231 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 12 Feb 01/02
57-42-21 232 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 13 Feb 01/02
57-42-21 233 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 14 Nov 01/07
57-42-21 234 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 15 Nov 01/07
57-42-21 235 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 16 Nov 01/07
57-42-21 236 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 17 Nov 01/07
57-42-21 237 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 18 May 01/07
57-42-21 238 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 19 May 01/07
57-42-21 239 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 20 May 01/07
57-42-21 240 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 21 May 01/07
57-42-21 241 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 22 May 01/07
57-42-21 242 Blank 57-43-21 23 May 01/07
57-42-21 243 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 24 May 01/07
57-42-21 244 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 101 Nov 01/07
57-42-21 245 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 102 Blank
57-42-21 246 Blank 57-43-21 201 Nov 01/13
57-42-21 247 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 202 May 01/13
57-42-21 248 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 203 May 01/13
57-42-21 249 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 204 Feb 01/15
57-42-21 250 Blank 57-43-21 205 Nov 01/13
57-42-21 251 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 206 May 01/13
57-42-21 252 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 207 May 01/13
57-42-21 253 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 208 May 01/13
57-42-21 254 Blank 57-43-21 209 May 01/13
57-42-21 255 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 210 May 01/13
57-42-21 256 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 211 May 01/13
57-42-21 257 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 212 Feb 01/15
57-42-21 258 Blank 57-43-21 213 Feb 01/15
57-42-21 259 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 214 May 01/13
57-42-21 260 Blank 57-43-21 215 May 01/13
57-42-21 261 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 216 May 01/13
57-42-21 262 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 217 May 01/13
57-42-21 263 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 218 May 01/13
57-42-21 264 Nov 01/13 57-43-21 219 May 01/13
57-43-21 220 Blank
R 57-43-21 1 May 01/15 57-43-21 221 Feb 01/15
R 57-43-21 2 May 01/15 57-43-21 222 Feb 01/15
57-43-21 3 Nov 01/02 57-43-21 223 May 01/13
57-43-21 4 Feb 01/02 57-43-21 224 May 01/13
57-43-21 5 May 01/07 57-43-21 225 May 01/13
57-43-21 6 May 01/07 57-43-21 226 May 01/13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 33
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-43-21 227 May 01/13 57-43-21 273 Feb 01/15


57-43-21 228 May 01/13 57-43-21 274 Feb 01/15
57-43-21 229 May 01/13 57-43-21 275 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 230 May 01/13 57-43-21 276 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 231 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 277 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 232 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 278 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 233 May 01/13 57-43-21 279 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 234 May 01/13 57-43-21 280 Blank
57-43-21 235 May 01/13 57-43-21 281 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 236 May 01/13 57-43-21 282 Blank
57-43-21 237 May 01/13 57-43-21 283 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 238 May 01/13 57-43-21 284 Blank
57-43-21 239 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 285 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 240 Feb 01/15 57-43-21 286 Blank
57-43-21 241 May 01/13 57-43-21 287 Nov 01/13
57-43-21 242 May 01/13 57-43-21 288 Blank
57-43-21 243 May 01/13
57-43-21 244 May 01/13 57-44-21 1 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 245 May 01/13 57-44-21 2 Feb 01/02
57-43-21 246 Blank 57-44-21 3 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 247 May 01/13 57-44-21 4 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 248 Blank 57-44-21 5 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 249 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 6 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 250 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 7 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 251 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 8 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 252 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 9 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 253 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 10 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 254 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 11 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 255 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 12 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 256 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 13 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 257 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 14 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 258 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 15 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 259 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 16 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 260 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 17 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 261 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 18 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 262 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 19 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 263 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 20 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 264 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 21 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 265 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 22 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 266 Blank 57-44-21 23 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 267 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 24 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 268 Blank 57-44-21 25 Aug 01/10
57-43-21 269 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 26 Blank
57-43-21 270 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 101 Nov 01/07
57-43-21 271 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 102 Blank
57-43-21 272 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 201 Nov 01/13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 34
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-44-21 202 Nov 01/13 57-44-21 248 Nov 01/14


57-44-21 203 Feb 01/15 57-44-21 249 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 204 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 250 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 205 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 251 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 206 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 252 Blank
57-44-21 207 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 253 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 208 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 254 Blank
57-44-21 209 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 255 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 210 Blank 57-44-21 256 Blank
57-44-21 211 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 257 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 212 Blank 57-44-21 258 Blank
57-44-21 213 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 259 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 214 Blank 57-44-21 260 Blank
57-44-21 215 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 261 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 216 Blank 57-44-21 262 Blank
57-44-21 217 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 263 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 218 Blank 57-44-21 264 Blank
57-44-21 219 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 265 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 220 Blank 57-44-21 266 Blank
57-44-21 221 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 267 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 222 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 268 Blank
57-44-21 223 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 269 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 224 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 270 Blank
57-44-21 225 Nov 01/14 57-44-21 271 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 226 Blank 57-44-21 272 Blank
57-44-21 227 Nov 01/14
57-44-21 228 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 1 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 229 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 2 Feb 01/02
57-44-21 230 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 3 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 231 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 4 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 232 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 5 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 233 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 6 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 234 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 7 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 235 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 8 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 236 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 9 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 237 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 10 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 238 Blank 57-45-21 11 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 239 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 12 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 240 Blank 57-45-21 13 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 241 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 14 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 242 Blank 57-45-21 15 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 243 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 16 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 244 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 17 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 245 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 18 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 246 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 19 Aug 01/10
57-44-21 247 Nov 01/14 57-45-21 20 Aug 01/10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 35
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-45-21 21 Aug 01/10 57-45-21 243 Nov 01/13


57-45-21 22 Aug 01/10 57-45-21 244 Blank
57-45-21 101 Nov 01/07 57-45-21 245 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 102 Blank 57-45-21 246 Blank
57-45-21 201 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 247 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 202 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 248 Blank
57-45-21 203 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 249 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 204 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 250 Blank
57-45-21 205 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 251 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 206 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 252 Blank
57-45-21 207 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 253 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 208 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 254 Blank
57-45-21 209 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 255 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 210 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 256 Blank
57-45-21 211 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 257 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 212 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 258 Blank
57-45-21 213 Nov 01/13 57-45-21 259 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 214 Blank 57-45-21 260 Blank
57-45-21 215 Nov 01/13
57-45-21 216 Blank 57-46-21 1 Feb 01/02
57-45-21 217 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 2 Feb 01/02
57-45-21 218 Blank 57-46-21 3 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 219 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 4 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 220 Blank 57-46-21 5 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 221 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 6 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 222 Blank 57-46-21 7 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 223 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 8 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 224 Blank 57-46-21 9 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 225 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 10 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 226 Blank 57-46-21 11 May 01/13
57-45-21 227 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 12 May 01/13
57-45-21 228 Blank 57-46-21 13 May 01/13
57-45-21 229 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 14 May 01/13
57-45-21 230 Blank 57-46-21 15 May 01/13
57-45-21 231 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 16 May 01/13
57-45-21 232 Blank 57-46-21 17 May 01/13
57-45-21 233 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 18 May 01/13
57-45-21 234 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 19 May 01/13
57-45-21 235 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 20 May 01/13
57-45-21 236 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 21 May 01/13
57-45-21 237 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 22 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 238 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 23 Aug 01/10
57-45-21 239 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 24 Blank
57-45-21 240 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 101 Nov 01/07
57-45-21 241 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 102 Blank
57-45-21 242 Blank 57-46-21 201 Nov 01/13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 36
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-46-21 202 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 248 Blank


57-46-21 203 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 249 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 204 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 250 Blank
57-46-21 205 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 251 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 206 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 252 Blank
57-46-21 207 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 253 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 208 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 254 Blank
57-46-21 209 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 255 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 210 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 256 Blank
57-46-21 211 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 257 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 212 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 258 Blank
57-46-21 213 Nov 01/13 57-46-21 259 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 214 Blank 57-46-21 260 Blank
57-46-21 215 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 216 Blank 57-50-00 1 Aug 01/14
57-46-21 217 Nov 01/13 57-50-00 2 Aug 01/14
57-46-21 218 Blank 57-50-00 3 Aug 01/14
57-46-21 219 Nov 01/13 57-50-00 4 Aug 01/14
57-46-21 220 Blank 57-50-00 5 Aug 01/14
57-46-21 221 Nov 01/13 57-50-00 6 Aug 01/14
57-46-21 222 Blank 57-50-00 7 Nov 01/14
57-46-21 223 Nov 01/13 57-50-00 8 Nov 01/14
57-46-21 224 Blank 57-50-00 9 Nov 01/14
57-46-21 225 Nov 01/13 57-50-00 10 Nov 01/14
57-46-21 226 Blank
57-46-21 227 Nov 01/13 57-51-00 1 Aug 01/14
57-46-21 228 Blank 57-51-00 2 Feb 01/02
57-46-21 229 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 230 Blank 57-51-11 1 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 231 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 2 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 232 Blank 57-51-11 3 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 233 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 4 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 234 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 5 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 235 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 6 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 236 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 7 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 237 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 8 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 238 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 9 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 239 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 10 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 240 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 11 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 241 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 12 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 242 Blank 57-51-11 13 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 243 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 14 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 244 Blank 57-51-11 15 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 245 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 16 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 246 Blank 57-51-11 17 Nov 01/13
57-46-21 247 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 18 Nov 01/13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 37
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-51-11 19 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 65 Nov 01/13


57-51-11 20 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 66 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 21 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 67 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 22 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 68 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 23 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 69 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 24 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 70 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 25 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 71 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 26 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 72 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 27 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 73 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 28 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 74 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 29 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 75 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 30 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 76 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 31 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 77 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 32 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 78 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 33 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 79 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 34 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 80 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 35 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 81 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 36 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 82 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 37 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 83 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 38 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 84 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 39 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 85 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 40 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 86 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 41 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 87 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 42 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 88 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 43 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 89 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 44 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 90 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 45 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 91 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 46 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 92 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 47 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 93 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 48 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 94 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 49 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 95 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 50 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 96 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 51 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 97 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 52 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 98 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 53 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 A1 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 54 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 A2 Nov 01/13
57-51-11 55 Feb 01/14 57-51-11 101 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 56 Feb 01/14 57-51-11 102 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 57 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 103 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 58 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 104 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 59 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 105 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 60 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 106 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 61 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 107 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 62 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 108 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 63 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 109 Aug 01/14
57-51-11 64 Nov 01/13 57-51-11 110 Aug 01/14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 38
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-51-11 111 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 4 Feb 01/03


57-51-11 112 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 5 Feb 01/02
57-51-11 113 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 6 Feb 01/02
57-51-11 114 Blank 57-51-12 7 Feb 01/02
57-51-11 115 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 8 Feb 01/02
57-51-11 116 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 9 Feb 01/02
57-51-11 117 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 10 Feb 01/03
57-51-11 118 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 11 Feb 01/03
57-51-11 119 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 12 Feb 01/03
57-51-11 120 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 13 Feb 01/03
57-51-11 201 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 14 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 202 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 15 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 203 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 16 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 204 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 17 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 205 Feb 01/02 57-51-12 18 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 206 Aug 01/14 57-51-12 19 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 207 Feb 01/02 57-51-12 20 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 208 Feb 01/02 57-51-12 21 Nov 01/12
R 57-51-11 209 May 01/15 57-51-12 22 Nov 01/12
R 57-51-11 210 May 01/15 57-51-12 23 Nov 01/12
R 57-51-11 211 May 01/15 57-51-12 24 Nov 01/12
R 57-51-11 212 May 01/15 57-51-12 25 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 213 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 26 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 214 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 27 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 215 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 28 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 216 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 29 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 217 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 30 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 218 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 31 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 219 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 32 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 220 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 33 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 221 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 34 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 222 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 35 Feb 01/13
57-51-11 223 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 36 Feb 01/13
57-51-11 224 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 37 Feb 01/13
57-51-11 225 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 38 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 226 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 39 Nov 01/12
57-51-11 227 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 40 Aug 01/13
57-51-11 228 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 41 Aug 01/13
57-51-11 229 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 42 Aug 01/13
57-51-11 230 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 43 Aug 01/13
57-51-11 231 Feb 01/15 57-51-12 44 Aug 01/13
57-51-11 232 Blank 57-51-12 45 Aug 01/13
57-51-12 46 Blank
57-51-12 1 Nov 01/12 57-51-12 101 Nov 01/07
57-51-12 2 Nov 01/12 57-51-12 102 Blank
57-51-12 3 Feb 01/02 57-51-12 201 Nov 01/07

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 39
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-51-12 202 Blank 57-51-21 45 Feb 01/02


57-51-21 46 Feb 01/02
57-51-21 1 Feb 01/04 57-51-21 47 Nov 01/03
57-51-21 2 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 48 Nov 01/03
57-51-21 3 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 49 Nov 01/03
57-51-21 4 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 50 Nov 01/03
57-51-21 5 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 51 Nov 01/03
57-51-21 6 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 52 Feb 01/04
57-51-21 7 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 53 Jun 01/09
57-51-21 8 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 54 Blank
57-51-21 9 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 101 Nov 01/07
57-51-21 10 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 102 Blank
57-51-21 11 Feb 01/02 57-51-21 201 Nov 01/07
57-51-21 12 Jun 01/09 57-51-21 202 Blank
57-51-21 13 Jun 01/09
57-51-21 14 Jun 01/09 57-51-26 1 Aug 01/12
57-51-21 15 Jun 01/09 57-51-26 2 Aug 01/12
57-51-21 16 Jun 01/09 57-51-26 3 Feb 01/02
57-51-21 17 Jun 01/09 57-51-26 4 Aug 01/12
57-51-21 18 Jun 01/09 57-51-26 5 Feb 01/02
57-51-21 19 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 6 Feb 01/02
57-51-21 20 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 7 Feb 01/10
57-51-21 21 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 8 Feb 01/10
57-51-21 22 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 9 Feb 01/08
57-51-21 23 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 10 Feb 01/08
57-51-21 24 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 11 Feb 01/08
57-51-21 25 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 12 Feb 01/02
57-51-21 26 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 13 Feb 01/09
57-51-21 27 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 14 Feb 01/08
57-51-21 28 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 15 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 29 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 16 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 30 Nov 01/02 57-51-26 17 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 31 Jun 01/09 57-51-26 18 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 32 Jun 01/09 57-51-26 19 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 33 Nov 01/02 57-51-26 20 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 34 Feb 01/04 57-51-26 21 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 35 Feb 01/04 57-51-26 22 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 36 Feb 01/04 57-51-26 23 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 37 Jun 01/10 57-51-26 24 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 38 Jun 01/10 57-51-26 25 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 39 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 26 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 40 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 27 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 41 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 28 Jun 01/10
57-51-21 42 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 29 Aug 01/12
57-51-21 43 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 30 Aug 01/13
57-51-21 44 Feb 01/02 57-51-26 31 Aug 01/13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 40
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-51-26 32 Aug 01/12 57-51-33 29 Feb 01/13


57-51-26 33 Aug 01/13 57-51-33 30 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 34 Aug 01/13 57-51-33 31 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 35 Aug 01/13 57-51-33 32 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 36 Aug 01/13 57-51-33 33 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 37 Aug 01/13 57-51-33 34 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 38 Aug 01/12 57-51-33 35 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 39 Aug 01/12 57-51-33 36 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 40 Aug 01/12 57-51-33 37 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 41 Aug 01/12 57-51-33 38 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 42 Blank 57-51-33 39 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 101 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 40 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 102 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 41 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 103 Jun 01/10 57-51-33 42 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 104 Blank 57-51-33 43 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 201 Nov 01/07 57-51-33 44 Feb 01/13
57-51-26 202 Blank 57-51-33 45 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 46 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 1 Nov 01/02 57-51-33 47 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 2 Feb 01/02 57-51-33 48 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 3 Feb 01/02 57-51-33 49 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 4 Feb 01/02 57-51-33 50 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 5 May 01/06 57-51-33 51 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 6 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 52 Feb 01/13
57-51-33 7 Aug 01/04 57-51-33 101 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 8 Aug 01/04 57-51-33 102 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 9 Aug 01/04 57-51-33 103 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 10 Aug 01/04 R 57-51-33 104 May 01/15
57-51-33 11 Aug 01/04 R 57-51-33 105 May 01/15
57-51-33 12 Aug 01/04 57-51-33 106 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 13 Aug 01/04 57-51-33 107 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 14 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 108 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 15 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 109 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 16 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 110 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 17 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 111 Aug 01/12
57-51-33 18 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 112 Blank
57-51-33 19 Feb 01/13 57-51-33 201 Nov 01/08
57-51-33 20 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 202 May 01/15
57-51-33 21 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 203 May 01/15
57-51-33 22 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 204 May 01/15
57-51-33 23 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 205 May 01/15
57-51-33 24 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 206 May 01/15
57-51-33 25 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 207 May 01/15
57-51-33 26 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 208 May 01/15
57-51-33 27 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 209 May 01/15
57-51-33 28 Feb 01/13 R 57-51-33 210 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 41
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-51-33 211 May 01/15 57-51-36 40 Aug 01/13


R 57-51-33 212 May 01/15 57-51-36 41 Aug 01/13
R 57-51-33 213 May 01/15 57-51-36 42 Blank
R 57-51-33 214 May 01/15 57-51-36 101 Nov 01/07
N 57-51-33 215 May 01/15 57-51-36 102 Blank
57-51-33 216 Blank 57-51-36 201 Nov 01/07
57-51-36 202 Blank
57-51-36 1 Aug 01/12
57-51-36 2 Aug 01/12 57-51-37 1 Nov 01/03
57-51-36 3 May 01/12 57-51-37 2 Feb 01/02
57-51-36 4 Blank 57-51-37 3 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 5 May 01/12 57-51-37 4 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 6 Blank 57-51-37 5 Feb 01/02
57-51-36 7 May 01/12 57-51-37 6 Feb 01/02
57-51-36 8 May 01/12 57-51-37 7 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 9 May 01/12 57-51-37 8 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 10 May 01/12 57-51-37 9 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 11 May 01/12 57-51-37 10 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 12 Blank 57-51-37 11 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 13 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 12 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 14 Blank 57-51-37 13 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 15 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 14 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 16 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 15 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 17 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 16 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 18 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 17 Nov 01/02
57-51-36 19 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 18 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 20 Nov 01/10 57-51-37 19 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 21 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 20 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 22 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 21 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 23 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 22 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 24 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 23 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 25 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 24 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 26 Aug 01/12 57-51-37 25 Nov 01/04
57-51-36 27 Aug 01/12 57-51-37 26 Nov 01/10
57-51-36 28 Aug 01/13 57-51-37 27 Nov 01/10
57-51-36 29 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 28 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 30 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 29 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 31 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 30 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 32 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 31 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 33 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 32 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 34 Aug 01/12 57-51-37 33 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 35 Aug 01/12 57-51-37 34 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 36 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 35 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 37 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 36 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 38 Aug 01/09 57-51-37 37 Aug 01/13
57-51-36 39 Aug 01/13 57-51-37 38 Jun 01/10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 42
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-51-37 39 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 108 May 01/15


57-51-37 40 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 109 May 01/15
57-51-37 41 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 110 May 01/15
57-51-37 42 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 111 May 01/15
57-51-37 43 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 112 May 01/15
57-51-37 44 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 113 May 01/15
57-51-37 45 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 114 May 01/15
57-51-37 46 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 115 May 01/15
57-51-37 47 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 116 May 01/15
57-51-37 48 Jun 01/10 R 57-52-00 117 May 01/15
57-51-37 101 Feb 01/15 N 57-52-00 118 May 01/15
57-51-37 102 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 119 May 01/15
57-51-37 103 Feb 01/15 57-52-00 120 Blank
57-51-37 104 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 121 May 01/15
57-51-37 105 Feb 01/15 57-52-00 122 Blank
57-51-37 106 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 123 May 01/15
57-51-37 107 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 124 May 01/15
57-51-37 108 Blank R 57-52-00 125 May 01/15
57-51-37 109 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 126 May 01/15
57-51-37 110 Blank R 57-52-00 127 May 01/15
57-51-37 111 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 128 May 01/15
57-51-37 112 Blank R 57-52-00 129 May 01/15
57-51-37 113 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 130 May 01/15
57-51-37 114 Blank R 57-52-00 131 May 01/15
57-51-37 201 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 132 May 01/15
57-51-37 202 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 133 May 01/15
57-51-37 203 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 134 May 01/15
57-51-37 204 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 135 May 01/15
57-51-37 205 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 136 May 01/15
57-51-37 206 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 137 May 01/15
57-51-37 207 Feb 01/15 R 57-52-00 138 May 01/15
57-51-37 208 Blank R 57-52-00 139 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 140 May 01/15
57-52-00 1 Aug 01/05 R 57-52-00 141 May 01/15
57-52-00 2 Nov 01/14 R 57-52-00 142 May 01/15
57-52-00 3 Nov 01/14 R 57-52-00 143 May 01/15
57-52-00 4 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 144 May 01/15
57-52-00 5 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 145 May 01/15
57-52-00 6 Blank R 57-52-00 146 May 01/15
57-52-00 101 Aug 01/14 N 57-52-00 147 May 01/15
57-52-00 102 Aug 01/14 N 57-52-00 148 May 01/15
57-52-00 103 Aug 01/14 57-52-00 201 Aug 01/11
R 57-52-00 104 May 01/15 57-52-00 202 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 105 May 01/15 57-52-00 203 Aug 01/11
R 57-52-00 106 May 01/15 57-52-00 204 Aug 01/11
R 57-52-00 107 May 01/15 57-52-00 205 Nov 01/14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 43
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-52-00 206 May 01/15 57-52-00 252 Aug 01/12


R 57-52-00 207 May 01/15 57-52-00 253 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 208 May 01/15 57-52-00 254 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 209 May 01/15 57-52-00 255 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 210 May 01/15 57-52-00 256 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 211 May 01/15 57-52-00 257 Aug 01/12
N 57-52-00 212 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 258 May 01/15
57-52-00 213 Aug 01/11 R 57-52-00 259 May 01/15
57-52-00 214 Blank R 57-52-00 260 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 215 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 261 May 01/15
57-52-00 216 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 262 May 01/15
57-52-00 217 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 263 May 01/15
57-52-00 218 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 264 May 01/15
57-52-00 219 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 265 May 01/15
57-52-00 220 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 266 May 01/15
57-52-00 221 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 267 May 01/15
57-52-00 222 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 268 May 01/15
57-52-00 223 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 269 May 01/15
57-52-00 224 Blank R 57-52-00 270 May 01/15
57-52-00 225 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 271 May 01/15
57-52-00 226 Blank R 57-52-00 272 May 01/15
57-52-00 227 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 273 May 01/15
57-52-00 228 Blank 57-52-00 274 Blank
57-52-00 229 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 275 May 01/15
57-52-00 230 Blank 57-52-00 276 Blank
57-52-00 231 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 277 May 01/15
57-52-00 232 Blank R 57-52-00 278 May 01/15
57-52-00 233 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 279 May 01/15
57-52-00 234 Blank R 57-52-00 280 May 01/15
57-52-00 235 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 281 May 01/15
57-52-00 236 Blank N 57-52-00 282 May 01/15
57-52-00 237 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 283 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 238 May 01/15 57-52-00 284 Blank
R 57-52-00 239 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 285 May 01/15
57-52-00 240 Aug 01/12 57-52-00 286 Blank
R 57-52-00 241 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 287 May 01/15
57-52-00 242 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 288 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 243 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 289 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 244 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 290 May 01/15
57-52-00 245 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 291 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 246 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 292 May 01/15
57-52-00 247 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 293 May 01/15
57-52-00 248 Aug 01/12 N 57-52-00 294 May 01/15
57-52-00 249 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 295 May 01/15
57-52-00 250 Aug 01/12 57-52-00 296 Blank
57-52-00 251 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-00 297 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 44
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-52-00 298 Blank N 57-52-00 344 May 01/15


R 57-52-00 299 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 345 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 300 May 01/15 57-52-00 346 Blank
R 57-52-00 301 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 347 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 302 May 01/15 57-52-00 348 Blank
R 57-52-00 303 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 349 May 01/15
N 57-52-00 304 May 01/15 57-52-00 350 Blank
R 57-52-00 305 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 351 May 01/15
57-52-00 306 Blank N 57-52-00 352 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 307 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 353 May 01/15
57-52-00 308 Blank 57-52-00 354 Blank
R 57-52-00 309 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 355 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 310 May 01/15 57-52-00 356 Blank
R 57-52-00 311 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 357 May 01/15
N 57-52-00 312 May 01/15 N 57-52-00 358 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 313 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 359 May 01/15
57-52-00 314 Blank N 57-52-00 360 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 315 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 361 May 01/15
57-52-00 316 Blank 57-52-00 362 Blank
R 57-52-00 317 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 363 May 01/15
57-52-00 318 Blank 57-52-00 364 Blank
R 57-52-00 319 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 365 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 320 May 01/15 57-52-00 366 Blank
R 57-52-00 321 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 367 May 01/15
N 57-52-00 322 May 01/15 N 57-52-00 368 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 323 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 369 May 01/15
57-52-00 324 Blank N 57-52-00 370 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 325 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 371 May 01/15
57-52-00 326 Blank 57-52-00 372 Blank
R 57-52-00 327 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 373 May 01/15
57-52-00 328 Blank 57-52-00 374 Blank
R 57-52-00 329 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 375 May 01/15
57-52-00 330 Blank 57-52-00 376 Blank
R 57-52-00 331 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 377 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 332 May 01/15 N 57-52-00 378 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 333 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 379 May 01/15
N 57-52-00 334 May 01/15 N 57-52-00 380 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 335 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 381 May 01/15
57-52-00 336 Blank 57-52-00 382 Blank
R 57-52-00 337 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 383 May 01/15
57-52-00 338 Blank 57-52-00 384 Blank
R 57-52-00 339 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 385 May 01/15
57-52-00 340 Blank 57-52-00 386 Blank
R 57-52-00 341 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 387 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 342 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 388 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 343 May 01/15 R 57-52-00 389 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 45
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-52-00 390 May 01/15 57-52-11 9 Feb 01/11


R 57-52-00 391 May 01/15 57-52-11 10 Blank
N 57-52-00 392 May 01/15 57-52-11 11 Feb 01/11
R 57-52-00 393 May 01/15 57-52-11 12 Blank
N 57-52-00 394 May 01/15 57-52-11 13 Feb 01/11
R 57-52-00 395 May 01/15 57-52-11 14 Blank
57-52-00 396 Blank 57-52-11 15 Feb 01/11
R 57-52-00 397 May 01/15 57-52-11 16 Blank
57-52-00 398 Blank 57-52-11 17 Feb 01/11
R 57-52-00 399 May 01/15 57-52-11 18 Blank
R 57-52-00 400 May 01/15 R 57-52-11 101 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 401 May 01/15 R 57-52-11 102 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 402 May 01/15 57-52-11 103 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 403 May 01/15 57-52-11 104 Blank
N 57-52-00 404 May 01/15 57-52-11 105 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 405 May 01/15 57-52-11 106 Blank
N 57-52-00 406 May 01/15 57-52-11 107 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 407 May 01/15 57-52-11 108 Blank
57-52-00 408 Blank 57-52-11 109 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 409 May 01/15 57-52-11 110 Blank
57-52-00 410 Blank 57-52-11 111 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 411 May 01/15 57-52-11 112 Blank
57-52-00 412 Blank 57-52-11 113 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 413 May 01/15 57-52-11 114 Blank
57-52-00 414 Blank 57-52-11 115 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 415 May 01/15 57-52-11 116 Blank
57-52-00 416 Blank 57-52-11 117 Aug 01/12
R 57-52-00 417 May 01/15 57-52-11 118 Blank
57-52-00 418 Blank R 57-52-11 201 May 01/15
R 57-52-00 419 May 01/15 57-52-11 202 Aug 01/12
N 57-52-00 420 May 01/15 57-52-11 203 Feb 01/05
R 57-52-00 421 May 01/15 57-52-11 204 Aug 01/12
N 57-52-00 422 May 01/15 57-52-11 205 Aug 01/12
N 57-52-00 423 May 01/15 57-52-11 206 Aug 01/12
57-52-00 424 Blank 57-52-11 207 Aug 01/12
N 57-52-00 425 May 01/15 57-52-11 208 Nov 01/14
57-52-00 426 Blank 57-52-11 209 Nov 01/14
57-52-11 210 Aug 01/12
57-52-11 1 Nov 01/08 57-52-11 211 Aug 01/12
57-52-11 2 Aug 01/07 57-52-11 212 Blank
57-52-11 3 Nov 01/13 57-52-11 213 Aug 01/12
57-52-11 4 Feb 01/11 57-52-11 214 Blank
57-52-11 5 Nov 01/14 57-52-11 215 Aug 01/12
57-52-11 6 Nov 01/14 57-52-11 216 Aug 01/12
57-52-11 7 Feb 01/11 57-52-11 217 Aug 01/12
57-52-11 8 Blank 57-52-11 218 Aug 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 46
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-52-11 219 Aug 01/12


57-52-11 220 Blank R 57-52-21 1 May 01/15
57-52-11 221 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 2 Aug 01/07
57-52-11 222 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 3 Aug 01/07
57-52-11 223 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 4 Feb 01/11
57-52-11 224 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 5 Feb 01/11
57-52-11 225 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 6 Feb 01/11
57-52-11 226 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 7 Feb 01/11
57-52-11 227 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 8 Feb 01/11
57-52-11 228 Blank 57-52-21 9 Aug 01/07
57-52-11 229 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-21 10 May 01/15
57-52-11 230 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 11 Nov 01/13
57-52-11 231 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-21 12 May 01/15
R 57-52-11 232 May 01/15 57-52-21 13 Nov 01/13
R 57-52-11 233 May 01/15 57-52-21 14 Nov 01/13
57-52-11 234 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 15 Nov 01/13
57-52-11 235 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 16 Nov 01/13
57-52-11 236 Blank R 57-52-21 17 May 01/15
57-52-11 237 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 18 Nov 01/13
57-52-11 238 Blank 57-52-21 101 Feb 01/02
R 57-52-11 239 May 01/15 57-52-21 102 Blank
R 57-52-11 240 May 01/15 R 57-52-21 201 May 01/15
57-52-11 241 Aug 01/12 R 57-52-21 202 May 01/15
57-52-11 242 Blank R 57-52-21 203 May 01/15
R 57-52-11 243 May 01/15 R 57-52-21 204 May 01/15
R 57-52-11 244 May 01/15 R 57-52-21 205 May 01/15
R 57-52-11 245 May 01/15 57-52-21 206 Blank
57-52-11 246 Blank 57-52-21 207 Nov 01/08
57-52-11 247 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 208 Blank
57-52-11 248 Blank 57-52-21 209 Nov 01/08
57-52-11 249 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 210 Blank
R 57-52-11 250 May 01/15 57-52-21 211 Nov 01/08
R 57-52-11 251 May 01/15 57-52-21 212 Blank
R 57-52-11 252 May 01/15 R 57-52-21 213 May 01/15
57-52-11 253 Aug 01/12 57-52-21 214 Blank
57-52-11 254 Blank
57-52-11 255 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 1 Nov 01/08
R 57-52-11 256 May 01/15 57-53-00 2 May 01/12
57-52-11 257 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 3 Feb 01/07
57-52-11 258 Blank 57-53-00 4 Feb 01/07
R 57-52-11 259 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 101 May 01/15
57-52-11 260 Blank 57-53-00 102 Aug 01/14
57-52-11 261 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 103 Aug 01/14
57-52-11 262 Blank 57-53-00 104 Aug 01/14
57-52-11 263 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-00 105 May 01/15
57-52-11 264 Blank R 57-53-00 106 May 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 47
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

R 57-53-00 107 May 01/15 57-53-00 213 Aug 01/11


R 57-53-00 108 May 01/15 57-53-00 214 Blank
R 57-53-00 109 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 215 May 01/15
N 57-53-00 110 May 01/15 57-53-00 216 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 111 May 01/15 57-53-00 217 Aug 01/12
N 57-53-00 112 May 01/15 57-53-00 218 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 113 May 01/15 57-53-00 219 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 114 Blank 57-53-00 220 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 115 May 01/15 57-53-00 221 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 116 May 01/15 57-53-00 222 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 117 May 01/15 57-53-00 223 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 118 May 01/15 57-53-00 224 Blank
R 57-53-00 119 May 01/15 57-53-00 225 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 120 May 01/15 57-53-00 226 Blank
R 57-53-00 121 May 01/15 57-53-00 227 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 122 May 01/15 57-53-00 228 Blank
R 57-53-00 123 May 01/15 57-53-00 229 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 124 May 01/15 57-53-00 230 Blank
R 57-53-00 125 May 01/15 57-53-00 231 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 126 May 01/15 57-53-00 232 Blank
R 57-53-00 127 May 01/15 57-53-00 233 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 128 May 01/15 57-53-00 234 Blank
R 57-53-00 129 May 01/15 57-53-00 235 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 130 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 236 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 131 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 237 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 132 May 01/15 57-53-00 238 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 133 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 239 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 134 May 01/15 57-53-00 240 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 135 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 241 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 136 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 242 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 137 May 01/15 57-53-00 243 Aug 01/12
N 57-53-00 138 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 244 May 01/15
N 57-53-00 139 May 01/15 57-53-00 245 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 140 Blank 57-53-00 246 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 201 Nov 01/14 57-53-00 247 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 202 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 248 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 203 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 249 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 204 Nov 01/14 R 57-53-00 250 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 205 May 01/15 57-53-00 251 Aug 01/12
R 57-53-00 206 May 01/15 57-53-00 252 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 207 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 253 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 208 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 254 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 209 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 255 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 210 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-00 256 May 01/15
57-53-00 211 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-00 257 May 01/15
57-53-00 212 Blank 57-53-00 258 Aug 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 48
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-53-00 259 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 305 May 01/13


57-53-00 260 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 306 Blank
R 57-53-00 261 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 307 May 01/15
57-53-00 262 Aug 01/12 57-53-00 308 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 263 May 01/15 57-53-00 309 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 264 May 01/15 57-53-00 310 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 265 May 01/15 57-53-00 311 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 266 May 01/15 57-53-00 312 Blank
R 57-53-00 267 May 01/15 57-53-00 313 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 268 May 01/15 57-53-00 314 Blank
R 57-53-00 269 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 315 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 270 May 01/15 57-53-00 316 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 271 May 01/15 57-53-00 317 May 01/13
57-53-00 272 Blank 57-53-00 318 May 01/13
57-53-00 273 May 01/13 57-53-00 319 May 01/13
57-53-00 274 Blank 57-53-00 320 Blank
57-53-00 275 May 01/13 57-53-00 321 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 276 May 01/15 57-53-00 322 Blank
R 57-53-00 277 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 323 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 278 May 01/15 57-53-00 324 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 279 May 01/15 57-53-00 325 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 280 May 01/15 57-53-00 326 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 281 May 01/15 57-53-00 327 May 01/13
57-53-00 282 Blank 57-53-00 328 Blank
57-53-00 283 May 01/13 57-53-00 329 May 01/13
57-53-00 284 Blank 57-53-00 330 Blank
57-53-00 285 May 01/13 57-53-00 331 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 286 May 01/15 57-53-00 332 Blank
R 57-53-00 287 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 333 May 01/15
R 57-53-00 288 May 01/15 57-53-00 334 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 289 May 01/15 57-53-00 335 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 290 May 01/15 57-53-00 336 May 01/13
57-53-00 291 May 01/13 57-53-00 337 May 01/13
57-53-00 292 May 01/13 57-53-00 338 Blank
57-53-00 293 May 01/13 57-53-00 339 May 01/13
57-53-00 294 Blank 57-53-00 340 Blank
57-53-00 295 May 01/13 R 57-53-00 341 May 01/15
57-53-00 296 Blank 57-53-00 342 May 01/13
57-53-00 297 May 01/13 57-53-00 343 May 01/13
R 57-53-00 298 May 01/15 57-53-00 344 May 01/13
57-53-00 299 May 01/13 57-53-00 345 May 01/13
57-53-00 300 May 01/13 57-53-00 346 Blank
57-53-00 301 May 01/13 R 57-53-00 347 May 01/15
57-53-00 302 May 01/13 R 57-53-00 348 May 01/15
57-53-00 303 May 01/13 R 57-53-00 349 May 01/15
57-53-00 304 May 01/13 57-53-00 350 Blank

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 49
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-53-00 351 May 01/13 57-53-00 397 May 01/13


57-53-00 352 Blank 57-53-00 398 Blank
R 57-53-00 353 May 01/15 57-53-00 399 May 01/13
57-53-00 354 May 01/13 R 57-53-00 400 May 01/15
57-53-00 355 May 01/13 57-53-00 401 May 01/13
57-53-00 356 May 01/13 57-53-00 402 May 01/13
57-53-00 357 May 01/13 57-53-00 403 May 01/13
57-53-00 358 Blank 57-53-00 404 Blank
57-53-00 359 May 01/13 57-53-00 405 May 01/13
57-53-00 360 Blank 57-53-00 406 Blank
R 57-53-00 361 May 01/15 R 57-53-00 407 May 01/15
57-53-00 362 May 01/13 57-53-00 408 May 01/13
57-53-00 363 May 01/13 57-53-00 409 May 01/13
57-53-00 364 May 01/13 57-53-00 410 May 01/13
57-53-00 365 May 01/13 57-53-00 411 May 01/13
57-53-00 366 Blank 57-53-00 412 Blank
57-53-00 367 May 01/13 57-53-00 413 May 01/13
57-53-00 368 Blank 57-53-00 414 Blank
57-53-00 369 Nov 01/14
57-53-00 370 May 01/13 57-53-11 1 Nov 01/13
57-53-00 371 May 01/13 57-53-11 2 May 01/05
57-53-00 372 May 01/13 57-53-11 3 Nov 01/13
57-53-00 373 Nov 01/14 57-53-11 4 May 01/05
57-53-00 374 Blank 57-53-11 5 May 01/05
57-53-00 375 May 01/13 57-53-11 6 Nov 01/13
57-53-00 376 Blank 57-53-11 7 Feb 01/15
R 57-53-00 377 May 01/15 57-53-11 8 Nov 01/13
R 57-53-00 378 May 01/15 57-53-11 9 Feb 01/13
R 57-53-00 379 May 01/15 57-53-11 10 Blank
57-53-00 380 May 01/13 57-53-11 11 Feb 01/13
R 57-53-00 381 May 01/15 57-53-11 12 Blank
57-53-00 382 May 01/13 57-53-11 13 Feb 01/13
57-53-00 383 May 01/13 57-53-11 14 Blank
57-53-00 384 May 01/13 57-53-11 15 Feb 01/13
57-53-00 385 May 01/13 57-53-11 16 Blank
57-53-00 386 May 01/13 57-53-11 17 Feb 01/13
57-53-00 387 May 01/13 57-53-11 18 Blank
57-53-00 388 May 01/13 57-53-11 19 Feb 01/13
57-53-00 389 May 01/13 57-53-11 20 Blank
57-53-00 390 Blank 57-53-11 101 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 391 May 01/13 R 57-53-11 102 May 01/15
57-53-00 392 Blank 57-53-11 103 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 393 May 01/13 57-53-11 104 Blank
57-53-00 394 Blank 57-53-11 105 Aug 01/12
57-53-00 395 May 01/13 57-53-11 106 Blank
57-53-00 396 Blank 57-53-11 107 Aug 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 50
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-53-11 108 Blank R 57-53-11 240 May 01/15


57-53-11 109 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-11 241 May 01/15
57-53-11 110 Blank 57-53-11 242 Blank
57-53-11 111 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 243 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 112 Blank 57-53-11 244 Blank
57-53-11 113 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-11 245 May 01/15
57-53-11 114 Blank R 57-53-11 246 May 01/15
R 57-53-11 201 May 01/15 57-53-11 247 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 202 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 248 Blank
57-53-11 203 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 249 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 204 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 250 Blank
57-53-11 205 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-11 251 May 01/15
57-53-11 206 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 252 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 207 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 253 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 208 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 254 Blank
57-53-11 209 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 255 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 210 Blank 57-53-11 256 Blank
57-53-11 211 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 257 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 212 Blank 57-53-11 258 Blank
57-53-11 213 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-11 259 May 01/15
57-53-11 214 Blank 57-53-11 260 Blank
57-53-11 215 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 261 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 216 Blank 57-53-11 262 Blank
57-53-11 217 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-11 263 May 01/15
57-53-11 218 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 264 Blank
57-53-11 219 Aug 01/12 57-53-11 265 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 220 Blank 57-53-11 266 Blank
57-53-11 221 Aug 01/12
57-53-11 222 Blank 57-53-21 1 Aug 01/05
57-53-11 223 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 2 May 01/02
57-53-11 224 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 3 May 01/02
57-53-11 225 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 4 May 01/02
57-53-11 226 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 5 May 01/02
57-53-11 227 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 6 May 01/02
57-53-11 228 Blank 57-53-21 7 Aug 01/05
57-53-11 229 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 8 Nov 01/10
57-53-11 230 Aug 01/12 R 57-53-21 9 May 01/15
57-53-11 231 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 10 Feb 01/15
57-53-11 232 Blank 57-53-21 11 Feb 01/15
57-53-11 233 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 12 Feb 01/15
57-53-11 234 Blank 57-53-21 13 Feb 01/15
R 57-53-11 235 May 01/15 57-53-21 14 Feb 01/15
R 57-53-11 236 May 01/15 57-53-21 15 Feb 01/15
57-53-11 237 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 16 Feb 01/15
57-53-11 238 Blank 57-53-21 17 Feb 01/15
57-53-11 239 Aug 01/12 57-53-21 18 Feb 01/15

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 51
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-53-21 19 Aug 01/07 57-53-21 235 Aug 01/05


57-53-21 20 Aug 01/07 57-53-21 236 Blank
57-53-21 21 Aug 01/07 57-53-21 237 Aug 01/05
57-53-21 22 May 01/12 R 57-53-21 238 May 01/15
R 57-53-21 101 May 01/15 57-53-21 239 Feb 01/11
R 57-53-21 102 May 01/15 57-53-21 240 Feb 01/13
57-53-21 103 Feb 01/11 57-53-21 241 Feb 01/13
57-53-21 104 Blank 57-53-21 242 Blank
57-53-21 105 Feb 01/11 57-53-21 243 Feb 01/09
57-53-21 106 Blank 57-53-21 244 Blank
57-53-21 107 Feb 01/11 57-53-21 245 Aug 01/05
57-53-21 108 Blank 57-53-21 246 Blank
R 57-53-21 201 May 01/15 57-53-21 247 Aug 01/05
57-53-21 202 Feb 01/13 57-53-21 248 Blank
57-53-21 203 Feb 01/13
57-53-21 204 Feb 01/13 57-55-11 1 Feb 01/02
R 57-53-21 205 May 01/15 57-55-11 2 Feb 01/02
R 57-53-21 206 May 01/15 57-55-11 3 Aug 01/02
R 57-53-21 207 May 01/15 57-55-11 4 May 01/12
R 57-53-21 208 May 01/15 57-55-11 5 Feb 01/02
R 57-53-21 209 May 01/15 57-55-11 6 Feb 01/02
R 57-53-21 210 May 01/15 57-55-11 7 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 211 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 8 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 212 Blank 57-55-11 9 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 213 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 10 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 214 Blank 57-55-11 11 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 215 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 12 Feb 01/02
R 57-53-21 216 May 01/15 57-55-11 13 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 217 Feb 01/13 57-55-11 14 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 218 Feb 01/13 57-55-11 15 Nov 01/13
57-53-21 219 Feb 01/13 57-55-11 16 Nov 01/13
57-53-21 220 Blank 57-55-11 17 Nov 01/13
57-53-21 221 Feb 01/13 57-55-11 18 Nov 01/12
57-53-21 222 Blank 57-55-11 19 Nov 01/12
57-53-21 223 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 20 May 01/12
57-53-21 224 Blank 57-55-11 21 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 225 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 22 May 01/12
57-53-21 226 Blank 57-55-11 23 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 227 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 24 Feb 01/02
R 57-53-21 228 May 01/15 57-55-11 25 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 229 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 26 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 230 Feb 01/13 57-55-11 27 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 231 Feb 01/13 57-55-11 28 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 232 Blank 57-55-11 29 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 233 Feb 01/09 57-55-11 30 Feb 01/02
57-53-21 234 Blank 57-55-11 31 Feb 01/02

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 52
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-55-11 32 Nov 01/04 57-55-11 120 Blank


57-55-11 33 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 121 Aug 01/11
57-55-11 34 May 01/12 57-55-11 122 Blank
57-55-11 35 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 123 Aug 01/11
57-55-11 36 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 124 Blank
57-55-11 37 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 125 Feb 01/11
57-55-11 38 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 126 Blank
57-55-11 39 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 127 Aug 01/11
57-55-11 40 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 128 Blank
57-55-11 41 May 01/12 57-55-11 201 Aug 01/06
57-55-11 42 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 202 Aug 01/06
57-55-11 43 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 203 Nov 01/11
57-55-11 44 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 204 Jun 01/10
57-55-11 45 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 205 Nov 01/11
57-55-11 46 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 206 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 47 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 207 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 48 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 208 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 49 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 209 Nov 01/11
57-55-11 50 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 210 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 51 Nov 01/11 57-55-11 211 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 52 May 01/12 57-55-11 212 Nov 01/11
57-55-11 53 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 213 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 54 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 214 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 55 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 215 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 56 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 216 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 57 Nov 01/12 57-55-11 217 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 58 Blank 57-55-11 218 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 101 Nov 01/11 57-55-11 219 Nov 01/11
57-55-11 102 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 220 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 103 Feb 01/11 57-55-11 221 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 104 Aug 01/04 57-55-11 222 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 105 Aug 01/04 57-55-11 223 Nov 01/11
57-55-11 106 Aug 01/04 57-55-11 224 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 107 Aug 01/04 57-55-11 225 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 108 Aug 01/04 57-55-11 226 Nov 01/11
57-55-11 109 Aug 01/11 57-55-11 227 Aug 01/10
57-55-11 110 Blank 57-55-11 228 Blank
57-55-11 111 Aug 01/11
57-55-11 112 Blank 57-60-00 1 Nov 01/14
57-55-11 113 Aug 01/11 57-60-00 2 Nov 01/14
57-55-11 114 Blank
57-55-11 115 Aug 01/11 57-61-21 1 Aug 01/07
57-55-11 116 Blank 57-61-21 2 Nov 01/02
57-55-11 117 Aug 01/11 57-61-21 3 Feb 01/02
57-55-11 118 Blank 57-61-21 4 Nov 01/02
57-55-11 119 Aug 01/11 57-61-21 5 Nov 01/02

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 53
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-61-21 6 Feb 01/02 57-61-21 110 Blank


57-61-21 7 Feb 01/02 57-61-21 111 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 8 Feb 01/02 57-61-21 112 Blank
57-61-21 9 Feb 01/02 57-61-21 113 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 10 Feb 01/02 57-61-21 114 Blank
57-61-21 11 Nov 01/02 57-61-21 115 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 12 Feb 01/02 57-61-21 116 Blank
57-61-21 13 Nov 01/02 57-61-21 117 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 14 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 118 Blank
57-61-21 15 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 119 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 16 Nov 01/10 57-61-21 120 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 17 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 121 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 18 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 122 Blank
57-61-21 19 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 123 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 20 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 124 Blank
57-61-21 21 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 125 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 22 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 126 Blank
57-61-21 23 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 127 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 24 Feb 01/08 57-61-21 128 Blank
57-61-21 25 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 201 Feb 01/11
57-61-21 26 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 202 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 27 Aug 01/07 R 57-61-21 203 May 01/15
57-61-21 28 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 204 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 29 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 205 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 30 Feb 01/14 57-61-21 206 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 31 Aug 01/07 R 57-61-21 207 May 01/15
57-61-21 32 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 208 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 33 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 209 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 34 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 210 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 35 Aug 01/07 R 57-61-21 211 May 01/15
57-61-21 36 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 212 Feb 01/11
57-61-21 37 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 213 Feb 01/11
57-61-21 38 Feb 01/14 57-61-21 214 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 39 Feb 01/14 57-61-21 215 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 40 Feb 01/14 57-61-21 216 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 41 Feb 01/14 57-61-21 217 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 42 Blank 57-61-21 218 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 101 Aug 01/07 R 57-61-21 219 May 01/15
R 57-61-21 102 May 01/15 57-61-21 220 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 103 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 221 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 104 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 222 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 105 Aug 01/07 R 57-61-21 223 May 01/15
57-61-21 106 Blank 57-61-21 224 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 107 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 225 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 108 Blank 57-61-21 226 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 109 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 227 Aug 01/07

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 54
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-61-21 228 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 274 Aug 01/07


57-61-21 229 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 275 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 230 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 276 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 231 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 277 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 232 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 278 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 233 Aug 01/07 R 57-61-21 279 May 01/15
R 57-61-21 234 May 01/15 57-61-21 280 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 235 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 281 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 236 Aug 01/07 R 57-61-21 282 May 01/15
57-61-21 237 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 283 Feb 01/11
57-61-21 238 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 284 Feb 01/11
57-61-21 239 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 285 Feb 01/11
57-61-21 240 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 286 Feb 01/11
R 57-61-21 241 May 01/15 57-61-21 287 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 242 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 288 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 243 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 289 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 244 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 290 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 245 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 291 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 246 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 292 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 247 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 293 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 248 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 294 Aug 01/07
R 57-61-21 249 May 01/15 57-61-21 295 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 250 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 296 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 251 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 297 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 252 Aug 01/07 57-61-21 298 Blank
57-61-21 253 Aug 01/07
57-61-21 254 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 1 Nov 01/14
57-61-21 255 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 2 Nov 01/14
57-61-21 256 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 101 Nov 01/08
57-61-21 257 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 102 Feb 01/11
57-61-21 258 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 103 Feb 01/11
R 57-61-21 259 May 01/15 57-70-00 104 Nov 01/08
57-61-21 260 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 105 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 261 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 106 Blank
57-61-21 262 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 107 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 263 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 108 Blank
57-61-21 264 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 109 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 265 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 110 Blank
57-61-21 266 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 111 Aug 01/11
57-61-21 267 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 112 Blank
57-61-21 268 Aug 01/07 57-70-00 113 Feb 01/11
R 57-61-21 269 May 01/15 57-70-00 114 Nov 01/08
57-61-21 270 Feb 01/11 57-70-00 115 Nov 01/08
57-61-21 271 Feb 01/11 57-70-00 116 Blank
57-61-21 272 Feb 01/11 57-70-00 201 May 01/12
57-61-21 273 Feb 01/11 57-70-00 202 May 01/12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 55
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-70-00 203 Jun 01/10 57-72-21 15 Feb 01/14


57-70-00 204 Jun 01/10 57-72-21 16 Blank
57-70-00 205 May 01/12 57-72-21 101 Feb 01/02
57-70-00 206 May 01/12 57-72-21 102 Blank
57-70-00 207 May 01/12 57-72-21 201 Feb 01/02
57-70-00 208 May 01/12 57-72-21 202 Blank
57-70-00 209 May 01/12
57-70-00 210 Blank 57-73-21 1 Nov 01/02
57-73-21 2 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 1 Nov 01/02 57-73-21 3 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 2 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 4 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 3 Feb 01/14 57-73-21 5 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 4 Nov 01/02 57-73-21 6 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 5 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 7 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 6 Feb 01/14 57-73-21 8 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 7 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 9 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 8 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 10 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 9 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 11 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 10 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 12 Feb 01/14
57-71-21 11 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 13 Feb 01/14
57-71-21 12 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 14 Feb 01/14
57-71-21 13 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 15 Feb 01/14
57-71-21 14 Feb 01/02 57-73-21 16 Feb 01/14
57-71-21 15 Feb 01/14 57-73-21 101 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 16 Feb 01/14 57-73-21 102 Blank
57-71-21 17 Feb 01/14 57-73-21 201 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 18 Feb 01/14 57-73-21 202 Blank
57-71-21 101 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 102 Blank 57-74-21 1 Nov 01/02
57-71-21 201 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 2 Feb 01/02
57-71-21 202 Blank 57-74-21 3 Feb 01/02
57-74-21 4 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 1 Nov 01/02 57-74-21 5 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 2 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 6 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 3 Nov 01/02 57-74-21 7 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 4 Nov 01/02 57-74-21 8 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 5 Nov 01/02 57-74-21 9 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 6 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 10 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 7 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 11 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 8 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 12 Feb 01/14
57-72-21 9 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 13 Feb 01/14
57-72-21 10 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 14 Feb 01/14
57-72-21 11 Feb 01/02 57-74-21 15 Feb 01/14
57-72-21 12 Nov 01/13 57-74-21 16 Blank
57-72-21 13 Feb 01/14 57-74-21 101 Feb 01/02
57-72-21 14 Feb 01/14 57-74-21 102 Blank

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 56
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER 57

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

57-74-21 201 Feb 01/02


57-74-21 202 Blank

57-75-21 1 Nov 01/02


57-75-21 2 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 3 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 4 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 5 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 6 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 7 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 8 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 9 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 10 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 11 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 12 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 13 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 14 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 15 Feb 01/14
57-75-21 16 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 17 Feb 01/14
57-75-21 18 Feb 01/14
57-75-21 19 Feb 01/14
57-75-21 20 Blank
57-75-21 101 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 102 Blank
57-75-21 201 Feb 01/02
57-75-21 202 Blank

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

57
Page 57
May 01/15
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHAPTER57
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST 57−00−00


Service Bulletin List 1
General 4
Principal Structural Elements (PSE) 9
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 202
Wing − Repairs 202

CENTER WING 57−10−00


Modification/Service Bulletin List 1
General 101
General 201
MAIN STRUCTURE 57−11−00
Structural Arrangement 1
General 101
General 201

SKINS AND PLATING 57−11−11


Skins and Plating − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Center Wing Box − Allowable Damage 102
General 201

RIBS 57−11−12
Ribs − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS 57−11−13


Stringers and Stiffeners − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
BEAMS 57−11−14
Beams − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201

SPARS 57−11−18
Spars − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURE 57−11−29


Miscellaneous Structure − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

FITTINGS 57−16−00
Fittings − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201

ACCESS COVERS 57−17−00


Access Covers− Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201

MISCELLANEOUS 57−19−00
Miscellaneous − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201
OUTER WING 57−20−00
Modification/Service Bulletin List 1

MAIN STRUCTURE 57−21−00


Structural Arrangement 1
SKINS AND PLATING 57−21−11
Skins and Plating − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Wing Box Skins Structure − Allowable 105
Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 202
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 202
Wing Skin − Repairs 203

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS 57−21−13


Stringers and Stiffeners − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 104
Wing Box Stringers and Stiffeners − 104
Allowable Damage
General 201

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

SPARS 57−21−18
Spars − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Wing Box Front and Rear Spars − 103
Allowable Damage
General 201

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − MAIN LANDING 57−21−21


GEAR SUPPORT
Structure Complete − Main Landing 1
Gear Support − Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

STRIPS − CLOSING PLATES − SEALS 57−21−26


STRIPS − CLOSING PLATES−SEALS − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Attachment Bolts on the Overwing 102
Panel Joint Strips − Allowable Damage
General 201

RIBS 2 THRU 6 57−21−32


Ribs 2 thru 6 − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201
RIBS 7 THRU 12 57−21−33
Ribs 7 thru 12 − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201

RIBS 13 THRU 19 57−21−34


Ribs 13 thru 19 − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
General 201

RIBS 20 THRU 27 57−21−35


Ribs 20 thru 27 − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
General 201

FIXED PARTITION 57−24−00


Structural Arrangement 1

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
3
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

CANS − TRACKS − SLATS 57−24−11


Cans − Tracks − Slats − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

DRY BAY STRUCTURE 57−24−12


Dry Bay Structure − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
General 201

FITTINGS 57−26−00
Structural Arrangement 1

ATTACHMENT − WING TIP 57−26−11


Attachment − Wing Tip − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
ATTACHMENT − PYLON, REAR 57−26−12
Pylon Attachment − Rear − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
ATTACHMENTS − MAIN LANDING GEAR 57−26−13
Attachments − Main Landing Gear − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Main Landing Gear Attachments − 103
Allowable Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 202
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 202
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 203
Main Landing Gear Attachment Fittings 204
− Repairs

BRACKET INSTALLATION − ATTACHMENT, 57−26−15


FLAP TRACKS
Bracket Installation − Attachment, 1
Flap Tracks − Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
4
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

BRACKET − PYLON FAIRING 57−26−16


Bracket − Pylon Fairing − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

ATTACHMENT INSTALLATION − FLAP TRACK 57−26−17


FAIRINGS
Attachment Installation − Flap Track 1
Fairings − Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
BRACKET − JACKING POINT 57−26−18
Bracket − Jacking Point − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

PYLON ATTACHMENT FORWARD 57−26−19


Pylon Attachment Forward − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

ACCESS COVERS 57−27−00


Structural Arrangement 1

WING ACCESS PANELS 57−27−11


Wing Access Panels − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 103
Wing Tank Access Covers − Allowable 103
Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 202
Wing Access Panel − Repairs 202

ACCESS PANELS − FUEL SURGE 57−27−12


Fuel Surge Access Panels − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

WING TIP 57−30−00


Modification/Service Bulletin List 1

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
5
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

WING TIP − STRUCTURE COMPLETE 57−31−21


Wing Tip − Structure Complete − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Composite Wing Tip Structure − 102
Allowable Damage
Metallic Wing Tip Structure − 105
Allowable Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 202
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 202
Wing Tip − Repairs 203

FENCE − WING TIP 57−31−22


Wing Tip Fence − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage 103
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 202
Wing Tip Fence − Repair Schemes 203

SHARKLET 57−31−23
Sharklet − Identification Scheme 1
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 202
Sharklet − Repair Schemes 202
LEADING EDGE AND LEADING EDGE DEVICES 57−40−00
Modification/Service Bulletin List 1
General 101
Safety Precautions 102
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 103
Leading Edge and Leading Edge Devices 105
− Allowable Damage
General 1 201 1
Safety Precautions 1 201 1
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 1 202 1
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 1 202 1
Leading Edge and Leading Edge Devices 1 209 1
− Repairs

LEADING EDGE 57−41−00


Structural Arrangement 1

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
6
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

SKINS AND PLATING 57−41−11


Skins and Plating − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Leading Edge Skins − Allowable Damage 103
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 202
Leading Edge Skins and Plating − 202
Repairs

RIBS − LEADING EDGE 57−41−12


Leading Edge Ribs − Identification 1
Scheme
Leading Edge Ribs − Allowable Damage 101
STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS 57−41−13
Stringers and Stiffeners − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 201
Stringers and Stiffeners − Repairs 202

RIBS − INBOARD LEADING EDGE 57−41−14


Ribs − Inboard Leading Edge − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Leading Edge Ribs − Allowable Damage 102
General 201

RIBS − OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE 57−41−15


Ribs − Outboard Leading Edge − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 103
Leading Edge Ribs − Allowable Damage 104
General 201

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
7
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

SPARS 57−41−18
Spars − Identification Scheme 1
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Leading Edge Sub−Spar − Allowable 102
Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 202
Leading Edge Spar 202
STRIPS − CLOSING PLATES − SEALS 57−41−26
Strips − Closing Plates − Seals − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
MOUNTINGS AND SUPPORTS 57−41−33
Mountings And Supports − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
ACCESS PANELS AND COVERS 57−41−37
Access Panels and Covers − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Access Panels and Covers − General 102
Arrangement
Damage Evaluation 102
Types of Damage 102
Distance Between Damaged/Repaired 102
Areas
Component Zoning 103
Allowable Damage Limits and 103
Repairable Damage Limits
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 201
Access Panels and Cover Repairs 202

RIBS − OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE 57−42−12


Ribs − Outboard Leading Edge − 1
Identification Scheme

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
8
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 1 57−42−21


STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 1 − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 203
Slat 1 Structure − Repairs 204

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 2 57−43−21


Structure Complete − Slat 2− 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 203
Slat 2 Structure − Repairs 204

SLAT 3 − STRUCTURE COMPLETE 57−44−21


Slat 3 − Structure Complete − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 203
Slat 3 Structure − Repairs 203
SLAT 4 − STRUCTURE COMPLETE 57−45−21
Slat 4 − Structure Complete − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 203
Slat 4 Structure − Repairs 203

SLAT 5 − STRUCTURE COMPLETE 57−46−21


Slat 5 − Structure Complete − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 203
Slat 5 Structure − Repairs 203

TRAILING EDGES AND TRAILING EDGE 57−50−00


DEVICES
Modification/Service Bulletin List 1

57 CONTENTS MayPage
Printed in Germany
9
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

TRAILING EDGE 57−51−00


Structural Arrangement 1

SKINS AND PLATING 57−51−11


Skins and Plating − Trailing Edge − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 101
Skins and Plating − Allowable Damage 102
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 202
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 203
Trailing Edge Skins and Plating 203

TRAILING EDGE RIBS 57−51−12


Trailing Edge Ribs − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
General 201

SHROUD BOX STRUCTURE 57−51−21


Shroud Box Structure − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
General 201

STRIPS, CLOSING PLATES AND SEALS 57−51−26


Strips, Closing Plates and Seals − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
T/E Buttstrap Fasteners and Seal 102
Plate Assembly Fasteners − Allowable
Damage
General 201

MOUNTING SUPPORTS 57−51−33


Mounting Supports − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 103
Mounting Supports − Allowable Damage 103
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 202
Flap Tracks Beams 2, 3 and 4 202

57 CONTENTS MayPage01/15
Printed in Germany
10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

TRAILING EDGE ATTACHMENT FITTINGS 57−51−36


Trailing Edge Attachment Fittings − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS 57−51−37


Access Panels and Doors − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Access Panels − Allowable Damage 102
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 202
Access Panels − Repairs 202
INBOARD FLAP 57−52−00
Modification/Service Bulletin List 1
Structural Arrangement 5
General 101
Damage Evaluation 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 101
Minimum Distance of Adjacent Damage 103
Repair Zones 103
Allowable Damage 104
Repair Limits 104
Inboard Flap − Allowable Damage 104
General 201
Safety Precautions 202
Repair Scheme 202
Damage Evaluation 205
Special Tools 205
Repair Materials 206
Repair Environment 206
Inboard Flap − Repairs 206

INBOARD FLAP − SKINS AND PLATING 57−52−11


Identification Scheme 1
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 101
Skins and Plating − Allowable Damage 102
General 201
Safety Precautions 202
Repair Scheme for General Repairs 203
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 204
Skins and Plating − Repairs 206

57 CONTENTS MayPage01/15
Printed in Germany
11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

INBOARD FLAP − STRUCTURE COMPLETE 57−52−21


Identification Scheme 1
General 101
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Scheme 201
Inboard−Flap Structure Complete − 201
Repairs

OUTBOARD FLAP 57−53−00


Modification/Service Bulletin List 1
Structural Arrangement 4
General 101
Damage Evaluation 102
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Minimum Distance of Adjacent Damage 104
Repair Zones 104
Allowable Damage 104
Repair Limits 104
Outboard Flap − Allowable Damage 105
General 201
Safety Precautions 202
Repair Scheme 202
Damage Evaluation 205
Special Tools 205
Repair Materials 205
Repair Environment 206
Outboard Flap − Repairs 206

OUTBOARD FLAP − SKINS AND PLATING 57−53−11


Identification Scheme 1
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 101
Skins and Plating − Allowable Damage 102
General 201
Safety Precautions 202
Repair Scheme for General Repairs 203
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 204
Skins and Plating − Repairs 206

57 CONTENTS MayPage01/15
Printed in Germany
12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

OUTBOARD FLAP − STRUCTURE COMPLETE 57−53−21


Identification Scheme 1
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 101
Outboard Flap − Structure Complete − 102
Allowable Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 202
Repair Scheme for General Repairs 203
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 204
Outboard Flap − Structure Complete − 205
Repairs

FAIRINGS − FLAPS 57−55−11


Fairings − Flaps − Identification 1
Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Flap Track Fairing Structure − 102
Allowable Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 202
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 202
Moveable Fairing, Top cover, Fixed 202
Aft Fairing and Fixed Fwd Fairing −
Repairs
AILERONS 57−60−00
Modification/Service Bulletin List 1

AILERON − STRUCTURE COMPLETE 57−61−21


Aileron − Structure Complete − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 102
Aileron − Structure Complete − 102
Allowable Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 201
Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs 202
Aileron Structure − Repairs 203

57 CONTENTS MayPage01/15
Printed in Germany
13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU C PAGE EFFECTIVITY

SPOILERS 57−70−00
Modification/Service Bulletin List 1
General 101
Allowable Damage 101
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria 101
Spoilers 1 thru 5 − Composite Skin 102
Panels − Allowable Damage
Metallic Center Hinge Fittings − 113
Allowable Damage
General 201
Safety Precautions 201
Repair Schemes for General Repairs 202
Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs 202
Spoilers 1 thru 5 − Repairs 202

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SPOILER 1 57−71−21


Structure Complete − Spoiler 1 − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SPOILER 2 57−72−21


Structure Complete − Spoiler 2 − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SPOILER 3 57−73−21


Structure Complete − Spoiler 3 − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SPOILER 4 57−74−21


Structure Complete − Spoiler 4 − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SPOILER 5 57−75−21


Structure Complete − Spoiler 5 − 1
Identification Scheme
General 101
General 201

57 CONTENTS MayPage01/15
Printed in Germany
14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

1. Service Bulletin List

This list shows which Service Bulletin (SB), including the revision number,
has been incorporated into which manual revision. It also contains the
title of the SB.

SERVICE SERVICE INCLUDED


BULLETIN BULLETIN IN MANUAL DESCRIPTION
NUMBER REVISION REVISION

57−1013 00 May 01/90 Wings − Center Wing − Reinforce Pressure


Floor Fittings
57−1017 00 Feb 01/92 Wings − Center Fuselage − Reinforce Front
Spar Vertical Stringers
57−1018 00 Aug 01/94 Wings − Center Fuselage − Reinforce Lower
Section FR37 to 41
57−1025 00 Nov 01/91 Wings − Center Wing − Reinforce the Floor
Pick up Angles at the Rear Spar
57−1029 00 Feb 01/96 Wings − Center Section − Pressurized Floor
Fittings − Change Material
57−1038 00 Nov 01/94 Inboard and Outboard Flaps − Install a
coupling between Inboard and Outboard Flaps
57−1052 00 Feb 01/95 Wings − Leading Edge Access Panels −
Introduce Pre−formed Rubber Seals
57−1061 02 Mar 28/94 Wings − Naca Duct − Installation of Im
proved Panel
57−1063 00 Feb 01/96 Flight Controls − Flaps − Introduce im
proved Rubbing Strips and improve the
clearance between the Flaps and the Wing
Structure
57−1079 01 Aug 01/96 Wings − Access Panels − Aileron Upper No.2
− Change the method of attachment
57−1083 00 Aug 01/96 Wings − Trailing Edge − Flap Beams −
Introduce New Aft Attachments to Improve
the Resistance to Wear and Corrosion
57−1099 01 Aug 01/00 Wings − Trailing Edge − Introduce addition
al cover block for fairing seal support
57−1118 01 Aug 01/02 Wings − Gear Rib 5 − Change to Gear Rib
Bushes
57−1123 00 Nov 01/04 Wings − Leading Edge − Blowdown Access
Panels − Install modified spacers and ex
trusions to the Blowdown Access Panels
57−1124 00 Nov 01/04 Wings − Gear Rib 5 − Piping Installation −
Modified systems hole pipe guide

Printed in Germany
57−00−00 AugPage 1
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SERVICE SERVICE INCLUDED


BULLETIN BULLETIN IN MANUAL DESCRIPTION
NUMBER REVISION REVISION

57−1145 02 Nov 12/14 Wings − Inboard Flap − Adapt Inboard Flap


for improved Pylon
57−1159 02 May 01/12 Wings − Fittings − Introduce Higher Inter
ference Fit Bushes at Side Stay Fitting
57−1173 00 Jan 31/13 Wings − Wingtip − Introduce Sharklet Device
for A320 Family
57−1174 01 Jul 29/13 Wings − Trailing Edge and Trailing Edge
Devices − Introduce Aileron Upper Access
Panel with increased structural support
(Sharklet)
57−1186 03 Apr 30/14 Wings − Wingtip − Introduce Sharklet Device
for A319 and A320 Aircraft

Printed in Germany
57−00−00 MayPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wings − General
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−00−00 AugPage 3
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. General

A. This chapter contains data about the structural components of the wing.
B. The wing is of cantilever construction and for the purpose of the Struc
tural Repair Manual (SRM) is divided into five major areas.

These are as follows:


− the centre−wing−box between RIBS 1 and fuselage FRAME 36 and FRAME 42
(Refer to SRM Chapter 57−10−00)
− the outer−wing−box between the front and rear spars and between RIB 1
and RIB 27 (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00)
− the wing tip, including the wing fence and sharklet (Refer to SRM
Chapter 57−30−00)
− the leading edge structure between RIB 1 and RIB 27 (Refer to SRM
Chapter 57−40−00)
− the trailing edge structure between RIB 1 and RIB 27 (Refer to SRM
Chapter 57−50−00).

C. Centre Wing Box (Refer to Figure 2)

(1) The centre−wing box is part of the fuselage and provides attachment
for the outer wings and can form an optional integral fuel tank. The
centre wing box comprises of:
− two RIBS 1, left and right
− a front spar, level with FRAME 36
− a rear spar, level with FRAME 42
− two main fuselage frames.

D. Outer Wing (Refer to Figure 3, Sheets 1 and 2)


(1) The outer−wing−box provides primary storage for the fuel. The outer−
wing−box comprises of:
− a front spar, between RIB 1 and RIB 27
− an inner−rear spar between RIB 1 and RIB 6
− a middle−rear spar between RIB 6 and RIB 22
− an outer−rear spar between RIB 22 and RIB 27
− a false−rear spar attached to the middle rear spar at RIB 9
− top and bottom skins
− top and bottom skin stringers
− fittings for the engine−pylon rear−attachment, between RIB 7 and
RIB 8 (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−26−12).
(2) The front spar provides attachment for:
− the leading−edge assemblies (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−41−00)
− the leading−edge slats, Slat 1 thru Slat 5 (Refer to SRM Chapter
57−42−21 thru SRM Chapter 57−46−21)
− the forward attachments for the engine pylons (Refer to SRM Chapter
57−26−19).

(3) The rear spars provides attachments for:

Printed in Germany
57−00−00 AugPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− the trailing−edge assemblies (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−51−00)


− the trailing−edge flaps (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−52−00, Inboard and
SRM Chapter 57−53−00, Outboard)
− the ailerons (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−61−21)
− the spoilers, Spoiler 1 thru Spoiler 5 (Refer to SRM Chapter
57−71−21 thru SRM Chapter 57−75−21)
− the main gear, thru the gear−support rib, jack−anchorage support−
angle and pintle fitting (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−26−13).

Printed in Germany
57−00−00 MayPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Center Wing Indentification


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−00−00 MayPage 6
01/15
STRUCTURALREPAIRMANUAL

OuterWingIdentification
Figure3(sheet1)

Page7
57−00−00 Nov01/05
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Wing Identification


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−00−00 AugPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Principal Structural Elements (PSE)


Refer to SRM Chapter 51-11-12 for the List of PSE Items.

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 NovPage 9
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WINGS - GENERAL - REPAIRS

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARAGRAPH 3


GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIRS CONTAINING NO WEIGHT VARIANT EFFECTIVITY TABLE REFER TO
THE WEIGHT VARIANT EXCLUSION TABLE IN PARAGRAPH 23, GIVEN IN THE
INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.
1. General
This topic contains repairs for the Outer Wing.
NOTE: The Repairs contained in this topic are not applicable to the
A320-200, weight variants 011 and 012.
The General repairs are listed in Table 201.
The Specific repairs are listed in Table 202.
NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to SRM Chapter 51-11-15.
2. Safety Precautions
WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE
MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU
MUST:
- OBEY THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
- PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
- NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH
- NOT SMOKE
- NOT BREATH THE GAS
- GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU USE A DRILL.
3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General repairs - -
applicable to this Topic

Table 201

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 May
Page 201
01/05
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE


Replacement of Drivmatic Rivets 5.A. 201
Manufacture of Repair Bushes 5.B. 202

Table 202
5. Wing − Repairs
A. Replacement of Drivmatic Rivets

(1) Repair General

(a) This scheme provides instructions to replace drivmatic rivets


that are damaged or removed as part of a repair. You must
replace the rivets with oversize titanium bolts and self locking
nuts. If necessary you must use self sealing nuts.

NOTE: This repair is not applicable to the center wing, the inboard
flap or the outboard flap.

(2) Repair Materials


(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Sealant, Polysulfide A/R Material No. 09−001 (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
(3) Repair Procedure (Refer to Figure 201)

Replace Drivmatic rivets as follows:


CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE COUNTERSINKS WHEN YOU
REMOVE THE RIVET.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE THE DAMAGED RIVETS YOU MUST USE SUITABLE
BOLTS AND NUTS TO TEMPORARILY ATTACH THE SKINS TOGETHER. IT
IS RECOMMENDED THAT ALTERNATE HOLES ARE USED.

(a) Remove the rivets (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(b) Drill and ream the holes (Refer to Figure 201 and SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(c) Countersink the holes (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−46−11).


(d) Deburr the holes.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−00−00 Nov 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Remove all unwanted material and use cleaning agent (Material No.
11-026) to clean the area.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE CADMIUM PLATED TOOLS ON PARTS MADE FROM
TITANIUM. CADMIUM PARTICLES CAN CAUSE BRITTLENESS AND CRACKS
IN TITANIUM.
(f) Install the titanium bolt ASNA2026VHK (alternative NSA5476) to
the correct diameter and grip length (Refer to Figure 201). Use
appropriate NSA5472 nuts. You must use self sealing nuts where
necessary (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-42-11).
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERTORQUE THE NUTS.
(g) Torque the nuts (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-49-00). Refer also to
Table 203.
NOTE: Repair hole diameter in millimeters (inches in brackets).

REPAIR HOLE DIAMETER FASTENER TORQUE VALUES


STEEL NUTS ALUMINIUM ALLOY
NUTS
5472/5474 5470/5475
6.210/6.261 ASNA2026 6.78-7.91 nm 7.34-8.47 nm
(0.2445/0.2465) VHK 4 (60-70 lbf in.) (65-75 lbf in.)
7.798/7.849 ASNA2026 12.99-14.12 nm 14.12-14.25 nm
(0.3070/0.3090) VHK 5 (115-125 lbf (125-135 lbf
in.) in.)
9.385/9.436 ASNA2026 22.03-25.99 nm 23.73-25.99 nm
(0.3695/0.3715) VHK 6 (195-230 lbf (210-330 lbf
in.) in.)
10.973/11.024 ASNA2026 32.77-37.85 nm 31.64-37.29 nm
0 VHK 7 (290-335 lbf (280-330 lbf
(0.4320/0.4340) in.) in.)

Table 203
NOTE: If 1st or 2nd oversize fasteners are used in this repair,
you must use NSA 5472 nuts.
(h) If necessary cover the nuts with sealant (Material No. 09-001).
(i) Remove all unwanted material.
(j) Repair the paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-75-12).

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 Aug
Page 203
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Holes, Dimensions and Tolerances


Figure 201

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 Feb
Page 204
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B. Manufacture of Repair Bushes

(1) Repair General


(a) These repair instructions detail the local manufacture of bushes
and washers for use in wing repairs.

(b) The bushes and washers for use in this topic must not be used
unless referred to by a Specific repair.
(c) After the manufacture and installation of bushes, all holes are
produced as transition fits. Refer to Table 205 for hole sizes.
Any designed clearance fit holes should be retained.

(d) Bushes are to be manufactured to the procedures in SRM Chapter


51−00−00.
(e) The surface finish on all manufactured parts is to be 63 micro
inches.

(f) Cut the countersinks where applicable (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−46−00).
NOTE: This repair is not applicable to the centre wing, inboard flap
or the outboard flap.

(2) Repair Materials

(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Bush, Plain 1 −
2 Bush, Countersink 1 −
3 Washer, Square 1 −
4 Washer, Circular 1 −
5 Bush, Plain 1 −
− Alodine 1200 A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxide Primer Paint A/R Material No. 16−006B or 16−006C
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: For materials and codes which identify bushes and washers
(Items 1 thru 5), refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3), Bush
Reference Numbers.

NOTE: For details of the bushes and washers (Items 1 thru 5),
refer to Figure 202.

(3) Bush Reference Numbers.

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−00−00 Nov 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) All bushes referenced to these repair instructions from other


repair topics, will be identified by a sequence of letters and
numbers.

(b) An example of a typical bush reference number is given as:


− R570 40019 B 1E

A description of codes used in this example are as follows:


− R570 40019, is used as the basic number to identify the repair
− Code B details the bush type
− Code 1 details the bush material
− Code E details the bush countersink
Descriptions of the codes are further explained in the paragraphs
that follow:

(c) Bush Type

The types of bush used in this repair are as follows:


− Code A details a plain bush
− Code B details a countersunk bush
− Code C details a plain bush and washer assembly.

(d) Bush Material

The types of bush material used in this repair are as follows:

CODE REPAIR AREA MATERIAL


1 Top Skin 7150−T651/T6511
2 N/A N/A

Table 204

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−00−00 Nov 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Bottom Skin 2024-T351/T3511


4 General S98

Table 204
NOTE: For bush material codes 1 and 3, the bushes can be made
from material supplied as rod or plate, protected by
Chromic Acid Anodising (CAA) or Alodine 1200.
NOTE: Alternative materials may be used if authorised by Airbus
Industrie.
NOTE: The surface finish of completed repair parts must be 63
micro inches.
NOTE: Manufacture washers from Code 4 material unless stated
otherwise. Coat the surface of washers with cadmium plate
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51-21-11).
NOTE: Washers, Item 3 and Item 4 (Refer to paragraph 5.B.(2)), to
be painted with epoxide primer paint after cadmium plating.
(e) Bush Countersink Codes

CODE FINISHED OUTER BUSH DIAMETER 'D1' BUSH COUNTERSINK DIAMETER 'D3'
A Plain Bush - Countersink not Required
B 6.20-7.21 (0.244-0.284) 10.87 (0.428)
C 7.22-8.79 (0.285-0.346) 13.61 (0.536)
D 8.80-10.39 (0.347-0.409) 16.28 (0.641)
E 10.40-11.96 (0.410-0.471) 18.87 (0.743)
F 11.97-13.56 (0.472-0.534) 21.39 (0.842)
G 13.57-15.14 (0.535-0.596) 23.62 (0.930)
H 15.15-16.74 (0.597-0.659) 26.52 (1.044)
J 16.75-20.70 (0.660-0.815) 33.02 (1.300)

Table 205

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 Nov
Page 207
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CODE FINISHED OUTER BUSH DIAMETER 'D1' BUSH COUNTERSINK DIAMETER 'D3'
K 20.71-23.88 (0.816-0.940) 38.35 (1.510)
L 23.89-27.05 (0.941-1.065) 43.69 (1.720)

Table 205
NOTE: Dimensions are given in millimeters (inches in brackets).
NOTE: The finished external diameter of the bush (D1) is to be
+0.0152 mm to +0.0356 mm (+0.0006 in. to +0.0014 in.)
larger than the hole diameter in the material, to produce
an interference fit.
(4) The internal bore diameter of the bush must be produced as a
transition fit.
NOTE: Any design clearance fit holes should be retained.
To determine the internal bore diameter of the bushes, refer to the
required fastener hole size in Table 206.

HOLE SIZE TRANSITION FIT (D2)


(0.1875) 4.7625 Nominal 4.7498/4.8006 (0.1870/0.1890)
1st O/S 5.0825/5.1333 (0.2001/0.2021)
2nd O/S 5.4812/5.5321 (0.2158/0.2178)
(0.2500) 6.3500 Nominal 6.2738/6.3246 (0.2470/0.2490)
1st O/S 6.6700/6.7208 (0.2626/0.2646)
2nd O/S 7.0688/7.1196 (0.2783/0.2803)
(0.3125) 7.9375 Nominal 7.8613/7.9121 (0.3095/0.3115)
1st O/S 8.2575/8.3083 (0.3251/0.3271)
2nd O/S 8.6563/8.7071 (0.3408/0.3428)
(0.3750) 9.5250 Nominal 9.4488/9.4996 (0.3720/0.3740)
1st O/S 9.8450/9.8958 (0.3876/0.3896)
2nd O/S 10.2438/10.2946 (0.4033/0.4053)
(0.4375) 11.1125 Nominal 11.0363/11.0871 (0.4345/0.4365)
1st O/S 11.4325/11.4833 (0.4501/0.4521)
2nd O/S 11.8313/11.8821 (0.4658/0.4678)
(0.5000) 12.7000 Nominal 12.6238/12.6746 (0.4970/0.4990)
1st O/S 13.0200/13.0708 (0.5126/0.5146)
2nd O/S 13.4188/13.4696 (0.5283/0.5303)

Table 206

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 Nov
Page 208
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

HOLE SIZE TRANSITION FIT (D2)


(0.5625) 14.2875 Nominal 14.2113/14.2621 (0.5595/0.5615)
1st O/S 14.6075/14.6583 (0.5751/0.5771)
2nd O/S 15.0063/15.0571 (0.5908/0.5928)
(0.6250) 15.8750 Nominal 15.7988/15.8496 (0.6220/0.6240)
1st O/S 16.1950/16.2458 (0.6376/0.6396)
2nd O/S 16.5938/16.6446 (0.6533/0.6553)
(0.7500) 19.0500 Nominal 18.9738/19.0246 (0.7470/0.7490)
1st O/S 19.3700/19.4208 (0.7626/0.7646)
2nd O/S 19.7688/19.8196 (0.7783/0.7803)
(0.8750) 22.2250 Nominal 22.1615/22.2123 (0.8725/0.8745)
1st O/S 22.5577/22.6085 (0.8881/0.8901)
2nd O/S 22.9565/23.0073 (0.9038/0.9058)

Table 206
NOTE: Dimensions are given in millimeters (inches in brackets).
(5) To determine the thickness of the washers, refer to Table 207.

FINAL BOLT DIAMETER WASHER THICKNESS (T)


3/16 in. Nom. to 9/16 in. 2nd Oversize 2.54 (0.10)
15/8 in. Nom. to 7/8 in. 2nd Oversize 3.81 (0.15)

Table 207
NOTE: Dimensions are given in millimeters (inches in brackets).
(6) To determine the diameter of the washers, refer to Table 208.

FINAL BUSH DIAMETER WASHER DIAMETER (D4)


6.20 to 16.74 (0.244 to 0.659) D1 + 7.62 (0.30)
16.75 to 27.05 (0.660 to 1.065) D1 + 12.70 (0.50)

Table 208
NOTE: Dimensions are given in millimeters (inches in brackets).
(7) Repair instructions for the manufacture of detail parts are as
follows:
(a) Manufacture the required parts to the dimensions given in Tables
204 thru 208, and Figure 202.

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 Feb
Page 209
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Debur all edges and diameters.


(c) Clean all repair parts with cleaning agent, Material No. 11-026
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51-35-00).
WARNING: THE CHEMICALS USED FOR CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING ARE POISONOUS
AND DANGEROUS.
(d) If plain bushes (Item 1) or countersink bushes (Item 2) are
used, apply a protective treatment to the surfaces by the chromic
acid anodizing process (CAA) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-21-11).
WARNING: ALODINE 1200 (MATERIAL NO. 13-002) IS POISONOUS.
(e) Protective treatment, Alodine 1200 (Material No. 13-002), may be
used as an alternative to CAA.
WARNING: CADMIUM PLATED MATERIAL IS POISONOUS.
(f) If a plain bush (Item 5) is used, protect the surfaces with
cadmium plate (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-21-11).
(g) If washers (Item 3) and (Item 4) are used, protect the surfaces
with cadmium plate (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-21-11).
NOTE: The washers (Item 3) and (Item 4) are to be painted with
epoxide primer paint (Material No. 16-006B or Material No.
16-006C) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-35-00) after the surface
is protected with cadmium plate.

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 Feb
Page 210
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Bushes - Wing Repairs


Figure 202

Printed in Germany
57-00-00 PagesFeb211/212
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CENTER WING

1. Modification/Service Bulletin List

This list shows the modifications and the MSN per Standard (STD) of the
aircraft which have these modifications. Modifications with the same num
ber,but with a different suffix letter show a different effectivity,refer to
column S.

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20001K0001 A320 0001


20001K0001 A A320 0002,0003,0032−9999
20001K0001 C A320 0003−9999
20001K0001 D A320 0002−0005,0007,0009,0010,0012−0016,00
19−0021
20001K0001 E A320 0003−9999
20001K0001 F A320 0003−0131
20001K0001 G A320 0003−0088
20001K0001 H A320 0002
20001K0001 J A320 0013−9999
20022J0004 A A320 0006−9999
20023P0010 A320 0002,0006,0008,0011,0017,0018,0022−99
99
20023P0010 A A320 0002,0006,0008,0011,0017,0018,0460−99
99
20023P0010 B A320 0002,0006,0008,0011
20023P0010 C A320 0002,0006,0008,0011,0017,0022−0027
20023P0010 D A320 0022−4208
20024P1020 A320 0002,0006,0008,0011,0017,0022−9999
20024P1020 A A320 0002,0006,0008,0011,0017,0018,0022−00
27

Printed in Germany
57−10−00 MayPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20070P0077 A320 0002−0021,0033,0036,0042−0051,0056−00


58,0061−0063,0069−0072,0074,0075,0078
−0080,0083,0086−0090,0093−0097,0100−0
105,0108−0111,0113−0117,0120,0123,012
8−0139,0143−0148,0151,0155,0156,0158,
0161−0170,0172−0179,0181,0182,0184−01
91,0193−0196,0198−0202,0204,0207,0209
−0212,0214−0219,0223,0224,0226−0228,0
231,0232,0234−0237,0239−0241,0243−024
6,0249−0251,0258,0264,0266−0270,0274,
0278,0279,0283−0289,0300,0303,0309,03
12,0313,0323,0325,0328,0331,0332,0334
,0335,0337,0343,0345,0346,0351,0352,0
356,0365,0366,0369,0371,0375,0377,038
2,0383,0393−0398,0401,0403,0404,0407,
0409,0413,0416,0419−0421,0423,0427,04
31,0432,0435,0436,0438−0440,0442,0445
,0450−0452,0454,0456,0457,0459,0462−0
466,0469,0470,0472,0475,0479,0481−048
3,0485−0490,0492,0497−0510,0512−0525,
0531−0539,0542−0545,0548,0549,0553,05
54,0559,0562,0566−0571,0574,0577,0579
,0585−0589,0592,0596,0603,0613,0635,0
638−0645,0653−0658,0669−0673,0678−070
5,0709−0712,0718−0722,0751,0780,0795
20167P0147 A320 0003,0022−9999
20188P0219 A320 0013−9999
20188P0219 A A320 0013−0039
20188P0219 B A320 0040−9999
20188P0219 C A320 0013−0021
20188P0219 D A320 0013−0121
20188P0219 E A320 0013−0131
20189P0268 A320 0017,0018,0022−9999
20189P0268 A A320 0017,0018,0022−0131
20266P0401 A320 0028−9999
20266P0401 A A320 0028−4208
20266P0403 A320 0028−9999
20267P0402 A320 0044−9999
20295P0452 A A320 0060−0155
20362P0812 A A320 0002−0027
20362P0812 B A320 0002−0027,0108−9999
20371K0677 A320 0076−9999
20371P0524 A320 0076−9999

Printed in Germany
57−10−00 MayPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20371P0526 A320 0076−9999


20371P1023 A320 0076−9999
20371P1038 A320 0076−9999
20371P1038 A A320 0076−0099
20371P1038 B A320 0100−9999
20426P0625 A320 0002−0012
20426P0625 A A320 0003−0012
20446P0605 A320 0089−9999
20446P1388 A320 0089−9999
20534P0821 A320 0022−9999
20534P0821 A A320 0022−4208
20785P1545 A320 0156−9999
20785P1853 A320 0156−9999
20891K0889 A320 0069−0072,0078,0083,0086,0093,0094,01
04,0105,0110,0111,0116,0117,0135,0137
,0147,0161,0162,0172,0200−0202,0209,0
216−0218,0267−0269,0346,0382,0401
20908P1283 A320 0084−9999
20976P1355 A320 0002−0004,0043−0084,0089,0090 57−1013
21003K1014 A320 0031,0032,0034,0040,0041,0052−0055,00 57−1013
59,0060,0064−0073,0076−0078,0081−0088
,0091−0094,0098,0099,0104−9999
21035P1502 A320 0132−9999
21282P1497 A320 0105−9999 57−1029
21282P1497 A A320 0105−0155
21283P1499 A320 0156−9999 57−1025
21284P1500 A320 0132−9999
21287P1475 A320 0132−9999
21288P1517 A320 0102−0121 57−1018
21288P1518 A320 0122−9999
21290P1546 A320 0080−0155 57−1017
21290P1547 A320 0156−9999
21944P1762 A320 0230−9999
22278P1854 A320 0365−9999
22418P2408 A320 0359,0371,0374,0378−9999
22705P2502 A320 0460−9999
22895P2736 A320 0347−9999
25593K4364 A320 0714−9999
26228P4549 A320 0770−9999
26503P4809 A A320 0760−9999
26714P4932 A A320 0881−9999
27117P5475 A320 1030−9999

Printed in Germany
57−10−00 MayPage 3
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

27156P6263 A320 1251−9999


27156P8344 A320 2252−9999
27156P9100 A320 2665−9999
27156P9168 A320 2609−9999
27156P9868 A320 3182−9999
27156P10428 A320 3295−9999
27278P5157 A320 0925−9999
27446P5502 A320 0927,2046,2246,2259,2280,2284−2286,23
07,2314,2336,2352,2368,2384−2386,2415
,2566,3164,3199,3723,3736,3804,3837,4
081,4090,4117,4170,4199,4296,4337,433
9,4364,4388,4408,4632,4780,4795,4827,
4860,4865,4955,5000,5255
27446P5502 A A320 0927,2046,2246,2259,2280,2284−2286,23
07,2314,2336,2352,2368,2384−2386,2415
,2566,3164,3199,3723,3736,3804,3837,4
081,4090,4117,4170,4199,4296,4337,433
9,4364,4388,4408
27447P5503 A320 0927,2046,2246,2259,2280,2284,2286,23
07,2314,2336,2352,2368,2384,2386,2415
,2456,2566
28659P6155 A320 1257−9999
30355K6829 A320 1542−9999
31104P6953 A320 1680−9999
31104P6953 A A320 1680−94208
31204P7128 A320 1689−2466
31892P7395 A320 2003−9999
31892P7395 A A320 2003−2187,2189,2191−2257,2259−2288,22
91,2294,2297,2301−2316,2325−2327,2331
−2336,2340−2401,2403,2405−2443,2447,2
451−9999
31892P7395 C A320 2003−9999
31892P7395 D A320 2003−9999
31892P7395 E A320 2003−9999
31892P7395 H A320 2003−9999
31892P7395 J A320 2003−9999
31892P7395 K A320 2252,2257,2259,2272−9999
31892P7395 L A320 2003−9999
35469P9169 A320 2975−9999
35469P9169 A A320 2975−4208
36993P9963 A320 3224−9999
36993P9963 A A320 3224−3404,3409−3418,3422−3431,3435,34
39−3440,3448−3453,3478

Printed in Germany
57−10−00 MayPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

38356P10461 A320 4149,4202,4242,4253,4269,4272,4291,42


94,4307,4316,4337,4347,4349,4354,4357
,4364,4376,4391−4394,4397,4408,4413,4
414,4419,4432,4442,4448,4454,4475,448
0,4489,4491,4512,4517,4519,4537−9999
38894P11153 A320 4168−9999
38894P11304 A320 3925−9999
38894P12203 A320 4817−9999
38894P14195 A320 6439−9999
39514P11103 A320 4161,4168, 4175,
4187,4193−4195,4205,4210−9999
39515P11260 A320 4090−9999
39888P11403 A320 4168−9999
39891P11400 A320 4161,4168,4175,4177,4179,4187,4191−41
97,4201,4202,4205−4207,4210−9999
150069P11481 A320 4090−9999
150221P11501 A320 4456,4458,4462−4463,4578−9999
154181P13196 A320 5935, 5972, 6006, 6033, 6092, 6141,
6195−9999
160000P11994 A320 5098, 5148, 5182, 5217, 5255, 5281,
5302, 5307, 5312, 5313, 5318, 5323,
5342, 5349, 5355, 5361, 5365, 5390,
5395, 5401, 5408, 5411, 5417, 5423,
5425, 5428, 5430, 5433, 5437−5446,
5452−5463, 5466, 5468, 5472−9999
160031P12414 A320 5255
160038P12897 A320 5255, 5281, 5302, 5307, 5312, 5313,
5318, 5323, 5342, 5349, 5355, 5361,
5365, 5390, 5395, 5401, 5408, 5411,
5417, 5423, 5425, 5428, 5430, 5433,
5437−5446, 5452−5463, 5466−5468,
5472−9999

Printed in Germany
57−10−00 AugPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Center Wing
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−10−00 MayPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CENTER WING

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-10-00 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CENTER WING

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-10-00 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAIN STRUCTURE

1. Structural Arrangement

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- Structural Arrangement Figure 1
1 Skins and Plating 57-11-11
2 Ribs 57-11-12
3 Stringers and Stiffeners 57-11-13
4 Beams 57-11-14
5 Spars 57-11-18
6 Miscellaneous Structure (Not illustrated) 57-11-29

Printed in Germany
57-11-00 FebPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Main Structure
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-11-00 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAIN STRUCTURE

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-00 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAIN STRUCTURE

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-00 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

1. Skins and Plating − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− LWR Panels (Before modification Figure 1


35469P9169)
− UPR Panels Figure 2
− LWR Panels (After modification Figure 3
35469P9169)
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001, where you can find the Modi
fication/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 MayPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (Before modification 35469P9169)


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 NovPage 2
01/06
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (Before modification 35469P9169)


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 3/4
Nov 01/06
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (Before modification 35469P9169)


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 5/6
Nov 01/06
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (Before modification 35469P9169)


Figure 1 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 7/8
Nov 01/06
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (Before modification 35469P9169)


Figure 1 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 NovPage 9
01/06
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bottom Panel FWD 2124T351 D57130032200


ASN−A32858821
1A Bottom Panel FWD 2124T351 D57130232200 A20001K0001C
ASN−A32858821
5 Bottom Panel 2124T351 D57130033200
Center ASN−A32858830
5A Bottom Panel 2124T351 D57130033202 A21035P1502
Center ASN−A32858830
10 Bottom Panel AFT 2124T351 D57130034200
ASN−A32858842
10A Bottom Panel AFT 2124T351 D57130234200 A20001K0001G
ASN−A32858842
10B Bottom Panel AFT 2124T351 D57130234202 A20446P1388
ASN−A32858842
10C Bottom Panel AFT 2124T351 D57130234204 A22418P2408
ASN−A32858842
15 Plate 2124T351 D57130036200
ABS5032A016
15A Plate 2124T351 D57130036202 A20446P1388
ABS5032A016
20 Shim 2124T351 D57130098200 A20001K0001H
ABS5032A016
20A Shim 2124T351 D57130048200 A20001K0001F
ASN−A30118803
25 Plate 2124T3 D57130173200 A20001K0001D
ASN−A30108762
30 Plate PQ1005110100 D57130173204 A20001K0001D
ASN−A35095610 1.0 (0.039)
35 Plate 2024T3 D57130173202 A20001K0001D
ASN−A30108702
40 Plate PQ1005110100 D57130173206 A20001K0001D
ASN−A35095610 1.0 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57130031, D57130173, D57130231, D57130291

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 NovPage01/0710
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

UPR Panels
Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 MayPage01/1211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

UPR Panels
Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 JunPage01/1012
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

UPR Panels
Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 13/14
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

UPR Panels
Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 15/16
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Top Panel FWD 7010T6 D57130052200


ASN−A30048702
1A Top Panel FWD 7010T6 D57130252200 A20188P0219E
ASN−A30048702
1B Top Panel FWD 7010T6 D57130252202 A21287P1475
ASN−A30048702
1C Top Panel FWD 7010T6 D57130374200 A38356P10461
ASN−A30048702
1D Top Panel FWD 7010T6 D57132374200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30048733
5 Top Panel AFT 7010T651 D57130053200
ASN−A30058821
5A Top Panel AFT 7010T651 D57130053202 A21287P1475
ASN−A30058821
5B Top Panel AFT 7010T651 D57132053200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30058830
10 Reinforcement 7010T7451 D57133048200 A27446P5502
Plate ASN−A30988878
10A Reinforcement 7175T7351 D57132448200 A160031P12414
Plate ABS5064A030
15 Reinforcement 7010T7451 D57130319200 A27446P5502
Plate ASN−A30988878
15A Reinforcement 7175T7351 D57132319200 A160031P12414
Plate ABS5064A030
30 Doubler 7075T6 D57130375200 A38356P10461
ASN−A30518677
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130251, D57130336, D57132451, D57132452

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 AugPage01/1217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (After modification 35469P9169)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 MayPage01/1418
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (After modification 35469P9169)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 19/20
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (After modification 35469P9169)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 21/22
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LWR Panels (After modification 35469P9169)


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 23/24
May 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bottom Panel 2124T351 D57130371200 A35469P9169


ASN−A32858839
1A Bottom Panel 2124T351 D57130371202 A27156P10428
ASN−A32858839
1B Bottom Panel 2124T351 D57130394200 A38894P11153
ASN−A32858839
1C Bottom Panel 2027T351 D57132394200 A160000P11994
ABS5480A016
1D Bottom Panel 2027T351 D57132394200 CSN /
ABS5480A016 ACC−004357948−A
(MSN 5564)
1E Bottom Panel 2027T351 D57132401200 A154181P13196
ABS5480A016
5 Plate 2024T351 D57130036202 A35469P9169
ABS5032A016 B154181P13196
5A Plate 2124T351 D57130036202 CSN /
ABS5032A016 ACC−004357948−A
(MSN 5564)
ASSY Dwg.: D57130370, D57132370, D57132405

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 Pages 25/26
May 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

1. General

A. This topic contains allowable reworks on center wing box top skin be
tween FR41 and FR42.
Allowable damage is damage for which a structural repair is not neces
sary. You must remove the damage down to a smooth contour and compare
with the allowable damage limits given in the relevant Chapter.

B. After rework the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the al
lowable limits have not been exceeded. When the limits are exceeded a
repair is necessary. Refer to the column "ACTION OR REPAIR" in the iden
tification page block.

C. For the general repair procedure refer to:


− Chapter 51−73−00 Repair of Minor Damage.
− Chapter 51−74−00 Repair of Corroded Areas.

NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Allowable Damage

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.
CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER
TO PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.
A. Refer to Table 101 to determine the allowable reworks on center wing box
top skin between FR41 and FR42.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−11−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/ PARAGRAPH REPAIR INSPECTION


TYPE CATEGORY INSTRUCTION REF
ERENCE
Center wing box top
skin between FR41 and
Rework 4.A. A −
FR42 − Allowable Re
work

Table 101
NOTE: Refer to each allowable damage paragraph to determine the applicabili
ty.

4. Center Wing Box − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 102.

A. Center Wing Box Top Skin between FR41 and FR42 − Allowable Rework
NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable after modification
21284P1500.

NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable after modification


21287P1475.
NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable after MSN 0132.

NOTE: This allowable damage is valid as shown in Table 102.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−200 000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and/or Aircraft
Type
Table 102
NOTE: Refer to paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary data
about all weight variants and their required information for allow
able damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 101

(a) Remove the fasteners from the corroded area.

(b) Remove the corrosion with rework (Refer to Chapter 51−74−00).

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−11−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) If the corrosion touches the edge of the cruciform fitting or


the Y +/−1292 beam, do a rework on flange (Refer to figure 101)
sufficiently to fully remove the corrosion. Then contact Airbus
before the next flight.

(d) Do a check of the rework with a detailed visual inspection (Re


fer to NTM, Chapter 51−90−00) to make sure that there is no re
maining damage.
(e) Do a check of the rework with high frequency eddy−current testing
(Refer to NTM, Task 51−10−02−250−801) to make sure that the cor
rosion is fully removed.

(f) Do a check of the rework with high frequency eddy−current testing


(Refer to NTM, Task 51−10−08−250−802) for surface breaking
cracks. If you find a crack, contact Airbus before the next
flight.

(g) Do an ultrasonic inspection (Refer to NTM, Task 51−10−04−270−802)


to check the minimum remaining thickness after rework is satis
factory (Refer to figure 101). If not, contact Airbus before the
next flight.

(h) If the distance between two reworks is less than 12.5 mm (0.492
in), extend the reworks to have one reworked area.

(i) Do a check of the maximum permitted total rework surface (Refer


to figure 101).

(j) If there is a hole in the reworked area, do a rototest inspec


tion (Refer to NTM, Task 51−10−01−250−802) to make sure the hole
is free of crack. If not, contact Airbus before the next flight.

(k) First install the oversized fasteners with sealant (Refer to


Chapter 51−40−00 and Chapter 51−76−12). If necessary, for the
correct installation of the fastener head, do a spotfacing with
out increasing the rework depth.

(l) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).


(m) Apply special coatings for corrosion prevention: First apply cor
rosion preventive compound (Material No. 12ABC1), then apply cor
rosion preventive compound (Material No. 12ACC1).

(n) Rework is permanent with no specific maintenance requirement.

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 PagesMay103/104
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Center Wing Box Top Skin between FR41 and FR42− Allowable Rework
Figure 101

Printed in Germany
57−11−11 PagesMay105/106
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-11 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS

1. Ribs − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− RIB 1 Figure 1
− Buttstrap Figure 2
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001,where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−11−12 NovPage 1
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIB 1
Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-11-12 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIB 1
Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-11-12 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 RIB 1 2024T351 D57130092200


ABS5032A016
1A RIB 1 2024T351 D57132413200 A154181P13196
ABS5032A016
5 Triform 7175T73 D57130093200
201
made from
D571300082
00
201
5A Triform 7175T73 D57130093202 A27156P5475
203
made from
D571300082
00
201
5B Triform 7175T73 D57132414200 A160000P11994
201
made from
D571330082
00
201
10 Cruciform 7175T73 D57130094200
201
made from
D571300072
00
201
10A Cruciform 7175T73 D57130094202 A20371P1038
203
made from
D571300072
00
201
10B Cruciform 7175T73 D57130094204 A21944P1762
205
made from
D571300072
00
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130091, D57132091, D57132411

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−12 MayPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

10C Cruciform 7175T73 D57130094206 A27156P5475


207
made from
D571300072
00
201
15 FWD Tee 7175T73 D57130095200
201
made from
D571300032
03
20 AFT Tee 7175T73 D57130096200
201
made from
D571300022
00
201
25 Stringer 7075T6511 D57130097200
ASN−A2256 201
30 Stringer 7075T6511 D57130097202
ASN−A2256 203
35 Stringer 7075T6511 D57130097204
ASN−A2256
35A Stringer 7075T6511 D57130297200 A20267P0402
ASN−A2372
45 RIB 1 RH 2024T351 D57130092201
ABS5032A016
45A RIB 1 RH 2024T351 D57132413202 A154181P13196
ABS5032A016
ASSY Dwg.: D57130091, D57132411

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−12 MayPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Buttstrap
Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-11-12 MayPage 6
01/05
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap,Outer 7175T7351 D57130191200


ASN−A30508900 201
5 Buttstrap,Outer 7175T7351 D57130191202
ASN−A30508899 203
10 Buttstrap,Outer 7175T7351 D57130191204
ASN− 205
A305088997
ASSY Dwg.: D57130190

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−12 Pages 7/8
Nov 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-12 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-12 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS

1. Stringers and Stiffeners − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Stiffeners − LWR Skin Panel Figure 1


− Stiffeners − UPR Skin Panel Figure 2
− UPR Panel − Stringers Reinforcement Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001,where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage 1
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stiffeners - LWR Skin Panel


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-11-13 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130039200


ASN−A22332522
1A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132031200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2233
5 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130039202
ASN−A22332522
5A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130039202 ACA/ NT021702R
ASN−A22332522 (MSN 0150)
5B Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132032200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2233
10 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130039204
ASN−A22332522
10A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132033200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2233
15 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130039206
ASN−A22332522
15A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132034200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2233
20 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130039208
ASN−A22332522
20A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130039210 A23842P3096
ASN−A2235
20B Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132035200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2233
25 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130078200
ASN−A22342527
25A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132036200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2234
30 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130078202
ASN−A22342527
30A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132037200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2234
35 Joint Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130037200
ASN−A22352533
35A Joint Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130037202 A23842P3096
ASN−A2235
35B Joint Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130369200 A35469P9169
ASN−A2235
ASSY Dwg.: D57130031, D57130291, D57130370, D57132370

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 MayPage 3
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35C Joint Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132038200 A160000P11994


ASN−A2235
40 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130040200
ASN−A22352533
40A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132039200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2235
45 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130040202
ASN−A22352530
45A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130040208 A23842P3096
ASN−A22352530
45B Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132040200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2235
50 Joint Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130038200
ASN−A22352533
50A Joint Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130368200 A35469P9169
ASN−A2235
50B Joint Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132041200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2235
55 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130040204
ASN−A22352530
55A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132029200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2235
60 Stiffener 2024T3511 D57130040206
ASN−A22352530
60A Stiffener 2024T3511 D57132030200 A160000P11994
ASN−A2235
65 Reinforcement 2024T351 D57130035200
ASN−A30118891
65A Reinforcement 2024T351 D57130235200
ASN−A30118891
65B Reinforcement 2024T351 D57130236200 A21035P1502
ABS5032A045
65C Reinforcement 2024T351 D57132236200 A160000P11994
ABS5032A045
65D Reinforcement 2024T351 D57132238200 A154181P13196
ABS5432A050
70 Angle LWR 2024T3511 D57130041200
ASN−A22432613
ASSY Dwg.: D57130031, D57130231, D57130291, D57130370, D57132370, D57132405

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 MayPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70A Angle LWR 2024T3511 D57130041202 A23842P3096


ASN−A22432613
70B Angle LWR 2024T3511 D57130367200 A35469P9169
ASN−A2243
ASSY Dwg.: D57130291, D57130370

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 MayPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stiffeners − UPR Skin Panel


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 MayPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stiffeners − UPR Skin Panel


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 MayPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stiffeners − UPR Skin Panel


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 MayPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stiffeners − UPR Skin Panel


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 MayPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130054200


ASN−A22392573
1A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130254200 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23313164
1B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130254202 A21287P1475
ASN−A23313164
1C Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130383200 A150221P11501
ASN−A23313164
1D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132431200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A1332
1E Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132491200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A1332
5 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130055200
ASN−A22372553
10 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130055202
ASN−A22372553
10A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255202 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23293144
10B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255203 A21287P1475
ASN−A23293144
10C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132422200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A835
10D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132482200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A835
15 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130055204
ASN−A22372553
15A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255204 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23293144
15B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255205 A21287P1475
ASN−A23293144
15C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132423200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A835
15D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132483200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A835
20 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130055206
ASN−A22372553
20A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255208 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23293144
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130251, D57130451, D57132441, D57132451

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

20B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255209 A21287P1475


ASN−A23293144
20C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132425200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A753
20D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132485200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A753
25 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130055208
ASN−A22372553
30 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130056200
ASN−A22382563
30A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256200 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23303154
30B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256201 A21287P1475
ASN−A23303154
30C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132428200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A879
30D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132488200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A879
35 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130056202
ASN−A22382563
35A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256202 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23303154
35B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256203 A21287P1475
ASN−A23303154
35C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132429200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A879
35D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132489200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A879
40 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130056204
ASN−A22382563
40A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256204 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23303154
40B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256205 A21287P1475
ASN−A23303154
40C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132430200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A879
40D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132490200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A879
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130251, D57132441, D57132451

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130056206


ASN−A22382563
45A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256206 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23303154
45B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256207 A21287P1475
ASN−A23303154
45C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132433200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A879
45D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132493200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A879
50 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130056208
ASN−A22382563
50A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256208 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23303154
50B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130256209 A21287P1475
ASN−A23303154
50C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132434200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A802
50D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132494200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A802
55 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130057200
ASN−A22392573
55A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130257200 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23313164
55B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130257204 A21287P1475
ASN−A23313164
55C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132432200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A802
55D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132492200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A802
60 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130057202
ASN−A22392573
60A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130257202 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23313164
60B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130257206 A21287P1475
ASN−A23313164
60C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132435200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A1432
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130251, D57132441, D57132451

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132495200 A160038P12897


ABS5639A1432
65 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130057204
ASN−A22392573
65A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130258200 A20188P0219E
ASN−A22402595
65B Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130258204 A21287P1475
ASN−A22402595
65C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132436200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A1432
65D Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132496200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A1432
70 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130058200
ASN−A22402595
70A Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130258202 A21287P1475
ASN−A22402595
70B Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132437200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A1432
70C Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132497200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A1432
75 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255201 A21287P1475
ASN−A23293144
80 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255200 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23293144
85 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255210 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23293144
90 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255212 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23293144
95 Stiffener 7010T6511 D57130255206 A20188P0219E
ASN−A23293144
100 Fitting,Crown 7175T7351 D57130167200
ASN−A30508914 201
105 Fitting,Crown 7175T7351 D57130169200
ASN−A30508914 201
110 Fitting,Crown 7175T7351 D57130249200 A20426P0625
ASN−A30508894 201
115 Fitting,Crown 7175T7351 D57130248200 A20426P0625
ASN−A30508894
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130121, D57130125, D57130166, D57130251, D57132441,
D57132451

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

125 Fitting,Crown 7175T73 D57130012200 A20426P0625


201
125A Fitting,Crown 7010T7451 D57132012200 A160000P11994
ABS5323A060 201
130 Fitting,Crown 7175T73 D57130014200
201
140 Fitting,Crown 7010T7451 D57132218200 A160000P11994
ABS5323A055 201
145 Fitting,Crown 7010T7451 D57132237206 A160000P11994
ABS5323A055 207
150 Fitting,Crown 7010T7451 D57132384202 A160000P11994
ABS5323A055 203
155 Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132421200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A835
155A Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132481200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A835
160 Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132424200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A753
160A Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132484200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A753
165 Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132426200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A753
165A Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132486200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A753
170 Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132427200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A753
170A Stiffener 7349T76511 D57132487200 A160038P12897
ABS5639A753
ASSY Dwg.: D57130166, D57132266, D57132441, D57132451

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

UPR Panel − Stringers Reinforcememnt


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

UPR Panel − Stringers Reinforcememnt


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stabilizer 7175T7351 D57130059200


ASN−A30508903
1A Stabilizer 7175T73 D57130259202 A20188P0219
made from
D571302592
00
5 Stabilizer 7175T73 A57112067205
made from
A571120672
00
10 Stabilizer 7175T73 D57130260202 A20188P0219
made from
D571302602
00
15 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188200 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
20 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188202 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
25 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188204 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
30 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188206 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
35 Reinforcement 7010T6511 D57130245200 A20426P0625
ASN−A22372553 201
40 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130189202 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005 203
45 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130187200 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
50 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130187202 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
55 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130187204 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
60 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130187206 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
65 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130187208 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
70 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188208 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
75 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188210 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130154, D57130251

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188212 A20426P0625


ASN−A3005
85 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188216 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
90 Reinforcement 7010T6511 D57130246200 A20426P0625
ASN−A22382563 201
95 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188220 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
100 Reinforcement 7010T6511 D57130247200 A20426P0625
ASN−A22382563 201
105 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130188224 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
110 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130195200 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
115 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130195202 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
120 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130195204 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
125 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130195206 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
130 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130195208 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
135 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130199200 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005 201
140 Fish−Plate 7010T7651 D57130227200 A20426P0625
ASN−A3101
145 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130198200 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
150 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130198202 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
155 Fish−Plate 7010T7651 D57130228200 A20426P0625
ASN−A3101
160 Plate,Reinforcing 7010T651 D57130198220 A20426P0625
ASN−A3005
165 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130137200
ASN−A30508894 201
165A Fitting 7175T7351 D57132137200 A160000P11994
ABS5064A055 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130154, D57132451

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 NovPage01/1218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

170 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130137202


ASN−A30508894 203
175 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130137204
ASN−A30508894 205
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−13 Pages 19/20
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-13 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-13 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BEAMS

1. Beams − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Beams Figure 1
− Fittings Figure 2
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001,where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 NovPage 1
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beams
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-11-14 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Beam 7175T7351 D57130060200


ASN−A30508905 201
1A Beam 7175T7351 D57130060202 A21284P1500
ASN−A30508905 203
1B Beam 7175T7351 D57130060204 A26714P4932
ASN−A30508905 205
1C Beam 7175T7351 D57130268200 A36993P9963
ASN−A5064A075 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130251

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 JunPage 3
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings
Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-11-14 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130131200


ASN−A30988914 201
1A Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130211200 A20188P0219D
ASN−A30988914 201
1B Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130277200 A21288P1518
ASN−A30988914 201
1C Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57132277200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30988912 201
5 Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130126200
201
made from
D571300062
00
5A Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130126202 A20371K0677
203
made from
D571300062
00
5B Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130306200 A25593K4364
201
made from
D571300062
00
5C Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130306202 A27156P9168
203
made from
D571300062
00
10 Splice Stiffener 7175T73 D57130012200
201
10A Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57132012200 A160000P11994
ABS5323A060 201
15 Shim 2024T3 D57130121208 B160000P11994
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063)
15A Shim 2024T3 D57130221208 A20188P0219
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063) B160000P11994
20 Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130132200
ASN−A30988914 201
20A Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130212200 A20188P0219D
ASN−A30988914 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130121, D57130122, D57130166, D57130221, D57130222, D57130311,
D57130337, D57132337

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 MayPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

20B Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130278200 A21288P1518


ASN−A30988914 201
20C Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57132278200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30988912 201
25 Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130127200
201
made from
D571300062
00
25A Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130127202 A20371K0677
203
made from
D571300062
00
25B Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130307200 A25593K4364
201
made from
D571300062
00
25C Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130307202 A27156P9168
203
made from
D571300062
00
30 Shim 2024T3 D57130122208 B160000P11994
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063)
30A Shim 2024T3 D57130222208 A20188P0219
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063) B160000P11994
35 Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130133200
ASN−A30988914 201
35A Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130213200 A20188P0219D
ASN−A30988914 201
35B Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130279200 A21288P1518
ASN−A30988914 201
35C Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57132279200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30988912 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130122, D57130123, D57130222, D57130223, D57130312, D57130313,
D57130338, D57132338, D57132339

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 MayPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40 Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130128200


201
made from
D571300062
00
40A Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130128202 A20371K0677
203
made from
D571300062
00
40B Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130308200 A25593K4364
201
made from
D571300062
00
40C Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130308202 A27156P9168
203
made from
D571300062
00
45 Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130239200 A20426P0625A
ASN−A30988914 201
50 Shim 2024T3 D57130123208 B160000P11994
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063)
50A Shim 2024T3 D57130223208 A20188P0219
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063) B160000P11994
55 Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130134200
ASN−A30988917 201
55A Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130280200 A21288P1518
ASN−A30988914 201
55B Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57132280200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30988915 201
60 Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130129200
201
made from
D571300062
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57130123, D57130124, D57130223, D57130314, D57130339, D57132340

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 MayPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60A Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130129202 A20371K0677


203
made from
D571300062
00
60B Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130309200 A25593K4364
201
made from
D571300062
00
60C Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130309202 A27156P9168
203
made from
D571300062
00
65 Shim 2024T3 D57130124208 B160000P11994
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063)
65A Shim 2024T3 D57130224208 A20188P0219
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063) B160000P11994
70 Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130135200
ASN−A30988917 201
70A Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130215200 A20188P0219D
ASN−A30988914 201
70B Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57130281200 A21288P1518
ASN−A30988914 201
70C Inner Fitting 7010T7451 D57132281200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30988915 201
75 Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130130200
201
made from
D571300062
00
75A Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130130202 A20371K0677
203
made from
D571300062
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57130124, D57130125, D57130224, D57130225, D57130315, D57130340,
D57132341

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 MayPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75B Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130310200 A25593K4364


201
made from
D571300062
00
75C Outer Fitting 7175T7352 D57130310202 A27156P9168
203
made from
D571300062
00
80 Splice Stiffener 7175T73 D57130014200 A20188P0219C
201
85 Shim 2024T3 D57130125208 B160000P11994
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063)
85A Shim 2024T3 D57130225208 A20188P0219
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063) B160000P11994
90 Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130238200 A20426P0625A
ASN−A30988914 201 A20167P0147
B22015P2090
90A Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130253200 A27156P8344
(LH side) ASN−A30988911
95 Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130218200 A20167P0147
ASN−A30988914 201
95A Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57132218200 A160000P11994
ABS5323A055 201
100 Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130240200 A20426P0625A
ASN−A30988914 201
100A Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130219200 A20167P0147
ASN−A30988914 201
100B Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130250200 A27156P8344
ASN−A30988911 201
100C Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57132250200 A160000P11994
ABS5323A050 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130122, D57130124, D57130125, D57130166, D57130223, D57130224,
D57130225, D57130338, D57130340, D57130341, D57132339, D57132340

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 MayPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130237200 A20426P0625A


ASN−A30988914 201 A20167P0147
B160000P11994
110 Splice 7175T7351 D57130217200 A21288P1517
ASN−A30508891 201 ASB57−1018
115 Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130241200 A20426P0625A
ASN−A30988914 201
115A Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57130220200 A20167P0147
ASN−A30988914 201
115B Splice Stiffener 7010T7451 D57132220200 A160000P11994
ABS5323A055 201
135 Splice Stiffener 7175T7351 D57130167200 A20001K0001H
ASN−A30508914 201
140 Splice Stiffener 7175T7351 D57130242200 A20001K0001H
ASN−A30508914 201
145 Splice Stiffener 7175T73 D57130013200 A20188P0219C
201
150 Splice Stiffener 7175T7451 D57130243200 A20001K0001H
ASN−A30988914 201
155 Splice Stiffener 7175T7351 D57130169200 A20001K0001H
ASN−A30508914 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130121, D57130123, D57130124, D57130125, D57130166, D57130221,
D57130223, D57130225, D57132341

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−14 MayPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BEAMS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-14 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BEAMS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-14 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS

1. Spars − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− FWD Spar Figure 1


− AFT Spar Figure 2
− Frame 36 Figure 3
− Frame 42 Figure 4
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001,where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 Pages 1/2
Nov 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FWD Spar
Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-11-18 Pages 3/4
Feb 01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FWD Spar
Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-11-18 Pages 5/6
Feb 01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar 2024T3 D57130072202


ASN−A30108702
1A Spar 2024T3 D57130072200 A20023P0010A
ASN−A30108702
1B Spar 2024T3 D57132048200 A38894P14195
ASN−A30108702
5 Angle 7010T6511 D57130073200
ASN−A2244
10 Stiffener 7175T7351 D57130074200
ASN−A30508908
10A Stiffener 7175T73 D57130274200 A20295J0084A
10B Stiffener 7175T73 D57130284202 A21290P1547
made from
D571302842
00
10C Stiffener 7175T73 D57130401202 A38894P12203
made from
D571302842
00
15 Stringer 2024T3511 D57130075200
ASN−A2236
15A Stringer 7349T76511 D57132075200 A160000P11994
ABS5639A181
20 Stringer 2024T3511 D57130075202
ASN−A2236
20A Stringer 7349T76511 D57132075202 A160000P11994
ABS5639A181
25 Stringer 2024T3511 D57130075204
ASN−A2236
25A Stringer 7349T76511 D57132075204 A160000P11994
ABS5639A181
30 Stringer 2024T3511 D57130075206
ASN−A2236
30A Stringer 7349T76511 D57132075206 A160000P11994
ABS5639A181
35 Angle TA6VANNELEAD D57130076202
2.0 (0.079)
made from
D571300762
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57130071, D57132071, D57132072

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35A Angle TA6VANNELEAD D57130296200 A20785P1853


ASN−A32008581 1.0 (0.039)
35B Angle TA6VANNELEAD D57130334200 A26503P4809
ASN−A32008581 1.0 (0.039)
40 Shim 35NC6 D57130205200 A20976P1355
ASN−A31792155 201 ASB57−1013
45 Shim clad2024T3 D57130207200 A21290P1546
ASN−A30128762 201
50 Shim clad2024T3 D57130208200 ASB57−1017
ASN−A30128762 201
ASSY Dwg.: D00410006, D57130071, D57130151

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AFT Spar
Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 Pages 9/10
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AFT Spar
Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 Pages 11/12
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AFT Spar
Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 Pages 13/14
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar 7010T7451 D57130082200


ASN−A3098
1A Spar 7010T7451 D57130322200 A26228P4549
ASN−A3098
1B Spar 7010T7451 D57130322202 A31892P7395
ASN−A3098
1C Spar 7010T7451 D57132322200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30988919
1D Spar 7010T7451 D57132022200 A160038P12897
ASN−A30988919
1E Spar 7010T7451 D57132407200 A154181P13196
ASN−A30988919
1F Spar 7010T7451 D57132045200 A38894P14195
ABS5323A120
5 Fitting 7075T73 D57130084200
made from
A571120722
00
10 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130079200
ASN−A30508903
15 Angle 7175T73 D57130083200
ASN−A2241
15A Angle 7175T7351 D57130206200 A21283P1499
ASN−30508897 ASB57−1025
15B Angle 7175T73 D57133020200 A27278P5157
20 Angle 7175T73 D57130083202
ASN−A2241
20A Angle 7175T7351 D57130206202 A21283P1499
ASN−A30508894 ASB57−1025
20B Angle 7175T73 D57133021200 A27278P5157
25 Angle 7175T73 D57130083204
ASN−A2241
25A Angle 7175T7351 D57130206204 A21283P1499
ASN−A30508903 ASB57−1025
25B Angle 7175T73 D57133022200 A27278P5157
30 Splice Tapered 2124T351 D57130333200 A26228P4549
ASN−A3285 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130081, D57130323, D57130331, D57132023, D57132323, D57132409,
D57132469

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage01/1415
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30A Splice Tapered 2124T351 D57132008200 A38894P14195


ASN−A3285 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57132085

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage01/1416
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Frame 36
Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage01/1417
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 FWD Fitting 7175T7352 D57130067200


201
made from
D571300042
00
1A FWD Fitting 7475T7351 D57130067202 A20371P1023
203
made from
D571300172
00
1B FWD Fitting 7475T7351 D57130067204 A31204P7128
205
made from
D571300172
00
5 AFT Fitting 7175T7351 D57130068200
ASN−A30508897
10 Fitting,Splice 7175T7351 D57130108200
ASN−A30508878
ASSY Dwg.: D57130066, D57130101

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage01/1418
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Frame 42
Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage01/1419
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130087200


ASN−A3050
1A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130287200 A20001K0001C
ASN−A3050
5 Fitting 7175T7352 D57130088200
made from
D571300052
00
5A Fitting 7175T7352 D57130288200 A20001K0001C
made from
D571300052
00
5B Fitting 7175T7352 D57130288201
made from
D571300052
00
5C Fitting 7175T7352 D57130288202 A31204P7128
made from
D571330052
00
5D Fitting 7175T7352 D57130288203 03 A31204P7128
made from
D571330052
00
10 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130087201
ASN−A3050
10A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130287201
ASN−A3050
15 Fitting 7175T7352 D57130088201
made from
D571300052
00
20 Joint Fitting 7175T7351 D57130118200
ASN−A30508878
ASSY Dwg.: D57130086, D57130111, D57130286

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−11−18 AugPage01/1420
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-18 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-18 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURE

1. Miscellaneous Structure − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Miscellenaous Structure on the Beams Figure 1


− Miscellenaous Structure on the AFT Spar Figure 2
− Miscellenaous Structure on the FWD Spar Figure 3
− Miscellenaous Structure on the RIB 1 Figure 4
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 Pages 1/2
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the Beams


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 Pages 3/4
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle 2024T3511 D57910164200


ASN−A30063350 2.5
(0.098)L32x32x
2.5
1A Angle AS7G06T6 D57910192202 A20371P0524
made from
D579101922
00
5 Bracket 2024T3 D57910163200
ASN−A30108628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T3ASN
−A30128628
10 Angle 2024T3511 D57910202200
ASN−A30063200
11 Angle 2024T3511 D57910300200 A38356P10461
ASN−A30063250
15 Angle 2024T3511 D57910202202
ASN−A30063200
20 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223200
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
25 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223202
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
30 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223204
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
30A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223220 A20022J0004A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
35 Shim clad2024T3 D57910224200
ASN−A30128565 0.8 (0.031)
40 Shim clad2024T3 D57910224202
ASN−A30128565 0.8 (0.031)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910161, D57910162, D57910165, D57910285

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage 5
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223206


ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
45A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223222 A20022J0004A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
50 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223208
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
50A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223224 A20022J0004A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
55 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223210
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
55A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223226 A20022J0004A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
60 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223212
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
60A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223228 A20022J0004A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
65 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223214
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
65A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223230 A20022J0004A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
70 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223216
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
70A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223232 A20022J0004A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
75 Angle clad2024T3 D57910223218
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910162, D57910285

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage 6
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75A Angle clad2024T3 D57910223234 A20022J0004A


ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
80 Angle clad2024T3 A28233018202 A27446P5502
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910285, D57910499

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage 7
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the AFT Spar


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage 8
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the AFT Spar


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage 9
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the AFT Spar


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage01/1010
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle clad2024T3 D57910172200


ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
5 Angle clad2024T3 D57910155200
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
5A Angle clad2024T4 D57910292200 A31152P7000
ASN−A60988652 2.0 (0.079)
10 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910151200
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
15 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910151202
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
20 Angle clad2024T4 D57910142200
ASN−A30384000 1.6
or (0.063)L40x25x
clad2024T4ASN 1.6
−A60988628
25 Angle clad2024T4 D57910142202
ASN−A30384000 1.6
or (0.063)L40x25x
clad2024T4ASN 1.6
−A60988628
30 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910151204
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
35 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152200
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
40 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152202
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
45 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152204
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
ASSY Dwg.: D57910106, D57910107, D57910150

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage01/1011
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152206


ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
55 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152208
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
60 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152212
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
65 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152214
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4
65A Angle clad2024T4 D57913170200 A27156P9868
ABS−5503A016
70 Angle clad2024T3 D57910205202 A31892P7395A
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988652
70A Angle clad2024T4 D57913171200 A27156P9868
ABS−5503A020
75 Angle 2024T3511 D57910153202
ASN−A30063350 2.5
(0.098)L32x32x
2.5
80 Angle 2024T3511 D57910153200
ASN−A30063350 2.5
(0.098)L32x32x
2.5
85 Angle 2024T3511 D57910153204
ASN−A30062900 2.5
(0.098)L30x30x
2.5
ASSY Dwg.: D57910150

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage01/1012
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

85A Angle 2024T3511 D57913172200 A27156P9868


ASN−A30062900 2.5
(0.098)L30x30x
2.5
90 Angle 2024T3511 D57910204200
ASN−A30063350 2.5
(0.098)L32x32x
2.5
95 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910151206
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
100 Angle clad2024T3 D57910152210
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
105 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910203200
ASN−A30508886
125 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910063200
ASN−A30428652 2.0 (0.079)
130 Angle clad2024T3 A28233018202
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
130A Angle clad2024T4 D57913175200 A27156P9868
ABS−5503A012 1.2 (0.047)
135 Fitting clad2024T42 D57910037200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
140 Tee 2024T3511 D57910038200
ASN−A32124000 201
1.6 (0.063)
145 Tee 2024T3511 D57910039200
ASN−A32124000 1.6
(0.063)T25x40x
1.6
145A Tee 2024T3511 D57910039200 A31892P7395
ASN−A32124000 201
1.6
(0.063)T25x40x
1.6
ASSY Dwg.: D57130081, D57130323, D57910036, D57910062, D57910150, D57910200

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage01/1013
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

150 Angle 2024T3511 D57910040200


ASN−A30062400 1.6
(0.063)T25x16x
1.6
150A Angle 2024T3511 D57910040200 A31892P7395
ASN−A30062400 201
1.6
(0.063)T25x16x
1.6
155 Fitting clad2024T42 D57910037201
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
160 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910061200
ASN−A30428652 2.0 (0.079)
165 Angle clad2024T4 D57913175202 A27156P9868
ABS−5503A012
165A Angle clad2024T3 A28233018200
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
165B Angle clad2024T3 A28233018203 A31892P7395E
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
170 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910260200 A20024P1020A
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
175 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910261200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
175A Bracket clad2024T4 D57913176200
ABS−5503A016
180 Bracket 2014T6 D57910258204
ASN−A2328−3−6
220 Bracket 5086H111 D57913174200 A27156P9868
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
225 Bracket 5086H111 D57913174201 A27156P9868
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910035, D57910036, D57910060, D57910077, D57910258

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage01/1014
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the FWD Spar


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 Pages 15/16
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the FWD Spar


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 Pages 17/18
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910187200


ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
5 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910194200
ASN−A30508909 201
5A Fitting (RH 7175T7351 C00442684520 CSZ /
only) ASN−A30508909 0 NT−004426845
SUFFIX R (MSN
5766)
10 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910222200
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
15 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910222202
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
20 Heatshield clad2024T3 D36110111200
ASN−A30128581 201
1.0 (0.039)
25 Heatshield clad2024T3 D36110112200
ASN−A30128581 201
1.0 (0.039)
30 Heatshield clad2024T3 D36110113200
ASN−A30128581 201
1.0 (0.039)
35 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910049200
ASN−A30428652 2.0 (0.079)
40 Wedge 2024T351 D57910083200
ABS5032A010
45 Lock clad2024T3 D57910084200
ASN−A30128733
50 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910209200
ASN−A30508894
55 Angle clad2024T3 D57910210200
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
60 Angle clad2024T3 D57910210202
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988628
ASSY Dwg.: D36110101, D57910048, D57910082, D57910167, D57910175, D57910193,
D57910221, D5791182

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 MayPage01/1419
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

65 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910211200 B21003K1014


ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
70 Angle 2024T3511 D57910212200
ASN−A30063850
75 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910186200 B21003K1014
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
80 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910186202 A20070P0077
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
85 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910222204
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
90 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910329200 A21003K1014
ASN−A30428600 201
1.2 (0.047)
95 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910331200 A21003K1014
ASN−A30428600
100 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910333200 A21003K1014
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
105 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910326200 A21003K1014
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
125 Bracket clad2024T3 D57913156200 A23842P3096
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
130 Bracket clad2024T3 D57913155200 A23842P3096
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910175, D57910177, D57910179, D579102219

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 MayPage01/1420
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the RIB 1


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage01/1021
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellenaous Structure on the RIB 1


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 JunPage01/1022
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle clad2024T3 A28233018200


ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
1A Angle clad2024T3 A28233018203 A31892P7395H
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910078

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−11−29 Pages 23/24
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURE

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-29 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURE

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-11-29 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FITTINGS

1. Fittings − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Fittings Figure 1
− Fittings − Corner Sealing Figure 2
− Pick−up fittings − Strut Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001,where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 NovPage 1
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings
Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-16-00 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings
Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-16-00 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130077200


ASN−A30508914 201
1A Fitting 7175T73 D57130016204 A20001K0001A
205
made from
D571300162
00
201
1B Fitting 7175T7351 D57130077202
ASN−A30508914 203
1C Fitting 7175T7351 D57130077204 A27156P6263
ASN−A30508914 205
1D Fitting 7175T7351 D57130387200 A150069P11481
ASN−A30508914 201
1E Fitting 7175T7351 D57132387200 A160000P11994
ABS5064A100 201
5 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130089200
ASN−A30508908 201
10 Plate clad2024T3 D28110041200 A20023P0010
ASN−A30128618 1.4 (0.055)
15 Fitting 7175T7351 D28110036200 A20023P0010
ASN−A30508886 201
20 Plate clad2024T3 D28110042200 A20023P0010
ASN−A30128600 201
1.2 (0.047)
25 Angle Fitting 7175T7351 D57130196200
ASN−A30508903 201
30 Plate clad2024T3 D28110041200 A20023P0010
ASN−A30128618 1.4 (0.055)
35 Fitting 7175T73511 D57130045200
ASN−A22542723
35A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130210200 A20446P1388
ASN−A30508891
35B Fitting 7175T7351 D57130305200 A38894P11153
ABS5064A045
40 Fitting 7175T73511 D57130045201
ASN−A22542723
40A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130210201 A20446P1388
ASN−A30508891
ASSY Dwg.: D28110035, D57130031, D57130190, D57130229, D57130291, D57130370,
D57132229

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40B Fitting 7175T7351 D57130324200 A38894P11153


ABS5064A045
ASSY Dwg.: D57130370

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings − Corner Sealing


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings − Corner Sealing


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Fitting 7175−01 D57130102200


201
made from
D571301022
04
1A Fitting 7175T73 D57130103204 A20001K0001E
205
made from
D571301032
00
5 Fitting 7175−01 D57130104200
201
made from
D571301042
04
5A Fitting 7175T73 D57130105204 A20001K0001E
205
made from
D571301052
00
10 Fitting 7175T73 D57130107204
205
made from
D571301072
00
10A Fitting clad2024T3 D57130203200 A20371P1038
ASN−A30128677 201
2.5 (0.089)
15 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130109200
ASN−A30508908 201
15A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130109202 A20785P1853
ASN−A30508908 203
20 Packing 2024T351 D57130101214
ABS5032A008
20A Packing 2024T351 D57130101216 A20001K0001E
ABS5032A008
25 Packing 2024T351 D57130101215
ABS5032A008
25A Packing 2024T351 D57130101217 A20001K0001E
ABS5032A008
ASSY Dwg.: D57130101

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30 Shim 2024T3 D57130203202 A20371P1038


ASN−A30108702 203
35 Fitting 7175−01 D57130114200
201
made from
D571301420
2
35A Fitting 7175T73 D57130115204 A20001K0001E
205
made from
D571301152
00
201
40 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130117200
ASN−A30508903 201
45 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130119204
205
made from
D571301192
00
45A Fitting clad2024T3 D57130202200 A20371P1038A
ASN−A30128677 201
2.5 (0.098)
45B Fitting clad2024T3 D57130202202 A20371P1038B
ASN−A30128677 203
2.5 (0.098)
50 Fitting 7175−01 D57130112200
201
made from
D571301122
04
50A Fitting 7175T73 D57130113204 A20001K0001E
205
made from
D571301132
00
201
50B Fitting 7175T73 D57130332200 A26228P4549
201
made from
D571301132
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57130101, D57130111, D57130331

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Shim 2024T351 D57130116200


ABS5032A008
55A Shim 2024T351 D57130152200 A20001K0001E
ASN−A30118803 B26228P4549
60 Joint Fitting 7175−01 D57130192200
201
made from
D571301922
04
205
60A Joint Fitting 7175T73 D57130197204 A20001K0001E
205
made from
D571301972
00
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130111, D57130179, D57130190

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Pick−up Fitting − Strut


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage01/1211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Pick−up Fitting − Strut


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage01/1212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Pick−up Fitting − Strut


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 MayPage01/1213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130044200


ASN−A30508903 201
1A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130244200 A20001K0001C
ASN−A30508903 201
1B Fitting 7175T7351 D57132046200 A38894P14195
ABS5064A055 201
5 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130043200 ASB57−1029
ASN−A30508894
5A Fitting TA6VANNEALED D57130043202 A21282P1497
ASN−A33048891
5B Fitting TA6V D57130292202 A20785P1545
made from
D571302922
00
10 Tee 7175T73511 D57130046200
ASN−A2242 201
10A Tee 7175T73 D57130356200 A30355K6829
ASN−A5613 201
10B Tee 7175T73 D57130392200 A38894P11153
ASN−A5613 201
15 Boom 7175T7351 D57130042200
ASN−A30508905
15A Boom 7175T7351 D57130042204 A20908P1283
ASN−A30508905
15B Boom 7175T7351 D57132042200 A160000P11994
ASN−A30508905
20 Boom 7175T7351 D57130042202
ASN−A30508905
20A Boom 7175T7351 D57130042206 A20908P1283
ASN−A30508905
20B Boom 7175T7351 D57132042202 A160000P11994
ASN−A30508905
25 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130136200
ASN−A30508886 201
25A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130357200 A30355K6829
ASN−A30508891 201
25B Fitting 7175T7351 D57130393200 A38894P11153
ABS5064A040 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57130031, D57130231, D57130291, D57130370, D57132004, D57132370

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 AugPage01/1414
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130157200


ASN−A30508903 201
35 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130158200
ASN−A30508903 201
70 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130061200
ASN−A30508908
70A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130061202 A20188P0219A
ASN−A30508908
70B Fitting 7175T73 D57130261200 A20188P0219B
made from
D571300092
00
70C Fitting 7175T73 D57132261200 A160000P11994
made from
D571320092
00
75 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130062200
ASN−A30508908
75A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130062202 A20188P0219A
ASN−A30508908
75B Fitting 7175T73 D57130262200 A20188P0219B
made from
D571300102
00
75C Fitting 7175T73 D57132262200 A160000P11994
made from
D571320102
00
80 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130063200
ASN−A30508908
80A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130063204 A20188P0219A
ASN−A30508908
80B Fitting 7175T73 D57130263200 A20188P0219B
made from
D571300112
00
80C Fitting 7175T73 D57132263200 A160000P11994
made from
D571320112
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130156, D57130251, D57132451

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 AugPage01/1415
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

85 Fitting 7175T7351 D57130063202


ASN−A30508908
85A Fitting 7175T7351 D57130063206 A20188P0219A
ASN−A30508908
85B Fitting 7175T73 D57130263202 A20188P0219B
made from
D571300112
02
85C Fitting 7175T73 D57132463200 A160000P11994
made from
D571324122
00
90 Fitting 7175T73 D57132466200 A160000P11994
ABS5445A1157
95 Fitting 7175T73 D57132466202 A160000P11994
ABS5445A1157
100 Fitting 7175T73 D57132467200 A160000P11994
ABS5445A1458
ASSY Dwg.: D57130051, D57130251, D57132451

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−16−00 AugPage01/1416
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FITTINGS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-16-00 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FITTINGS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-16-00 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS COVERS

1. Access Covers− Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Doors Figure 1
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−17−00 NovPage 1
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Doors
Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-17-00 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Doors
Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-17-00 FebPage 3
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Doors
Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-17-00 FebPage 4
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Door 7175T7351 D57130193200


ASN−A30508894
5 Door 7175T7351 D57130194200
ASN−A30508870 3.0 (0.118)
5A Door 7010T7451 D57133229200 A27447P5503
ASN−A3098
ASSY Dwg.: D57130193, D57130194, D57133230

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−17−00 Pages 5/6
Nov 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS COVERS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-17-00 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS COVERS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-17-00 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MISCELLANEOUS

1. Miscellaneous − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Miscellaneous Figure 1
− Miscellaneous Figure 2
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−10−00 Pageblock 001,where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 NovPage 1
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellaneous
Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage 2
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellaneous
Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage 3
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellaneous
Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage 4
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Fitting 2024T3511 D57910007200


ASN−A30063850
5 Fitting 2024T3511 D57910089200 A20188P0219E
ASN−A30063850 2.0
(0.079)L40x20x
2
5A Fitting 2024T3511 D57910358200 A21287P1475
ASN−A30064898
10 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910010200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
15 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910011200
ASN−A30428652 2.0 (0.079)
20 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910012200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
25 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910033200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
30 Doubler clad2024T42 D57910034200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
35 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910017200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
40 Plate clad2024T42 D57910019200
ASN−A30428702
45 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910018200
ASN−A30428652 2.0 (0.079)
50 Bracket 2024T3511 D57910020200
ASN−A30062125
55 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910065200
ASN−A30428652 2.0 (0.079)
60 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910076200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
60A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910226200 A20188P0219
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
60B Bracket clad2024T42 D57910226202 A31892P7395
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
65 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910269200
ASN−A30428628 2.0 (0.079)
65A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910269202 A31892P7395K
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910006, D57910009, D57910016, D57910031, D57910064, D57910075,
D57910098, D57910099, D57910352

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage 5
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Angle clad2024T3 A28233018200


ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
70A Angle clad2024T3 A28233018203 A31892P7395
ASN−A30128600
75 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910002200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
75A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910088200 A20189P0268
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
75B Bracket clad2024T42 D57910370200 A22895P2736
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
80 Fitting 2024T3511 D57910003200
ASN−A32122875 2.0
(0.079)T30x30x
2
80A Fitting 2024T3511 D57910087200 A20189P0268
ASN−A32122875 2.0
(0.079)T30x30x
2
80B Fitting 2024T3511 D57910087202 A31892P7395
ASN−A32122875
85 Fitting 2024T3511 D57910005200
ASN−A30063850
85A Fitting 2024T3511 D57910085200 A20189P0268
ASN−A30063850
85B Fitting 2024T3511 D57910085202 A31892P7395
ASN−A30063850
90 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910251200
ASN−A30428600 1.2
(0.047)L40x20x
2
95 Bracket clad2024T42 D28210064200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
95A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910086200 A20189P0268
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
95B Bracket clad2024T42 D57910086202 A31892P7395
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
100 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910247200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57133230, D57910001, D57910004, D57910051, D57910054, D57910077,
D57910228

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage 6
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910271200 A20189P0268


ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
105 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910243200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
105A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910272200 A20189P0268
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
110 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910233200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
110A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910236200 A20189P0268
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
110B Bracket clad2024T42 D57910356200 A21287P1475
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
110C Bracket clad2024T42 D57910356202 A31892P7395
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
115 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910234200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
115A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910357200 A21287P1475
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
120 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910264200 A20023P0010C
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
125 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910268200 A20023P0010B
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
130 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910265200 A20023P0010C
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
135 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910263200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
140 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910262200
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
140A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910270200 A20189P0268
ASN−A30428600 1.2 (0.047)
145 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910044200
ASN−A30428628 201
1.6 (0.063)
150 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910029200
ASN−A30428628 201
1.6 (0.063)
155 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910027200
ASN−A30428628 201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910026, D57910228, D57910235, D57910238, D57910252, D57910256,
D57910259, D57910355

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage 7
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

155A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910027202 A31892P7395J


ASN−A30428628 203
1.6 (0.063)
160 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910028200
ASN−A30428628 201
1.6 (0.063)
165 Doubler clad2024T42 D57910045200
ASN−A30428600 201
1.2 (0.047)
170 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910032200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
170A Bracket clad2024T42 D57910032202 A31892P7395J
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
205 Bracket clad2024T42 D28410027200 A21287P1475
ASN−A30428628
215 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910420200
ASN−A30508897
215A Fitting 7175T7351 D57910420202 A38356P10461
ASN−A30508897
220 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910421200
ASN−A30508897
225 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910422200
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
230 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910423200
ASN−A30128652 2.0 (0.079)
235 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910430200 A27446P5502
ASN−A3050
240 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910498200 A27446P5502
ASN−A3050
245 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910500200 A27446P5502
ASN−A3050
250 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910482200 A27446P5502
ASN−A30508903
255 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910483200 A27446P5502
ASN−A3050
260 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910480200 A27446P5502
ASN−A30508908
265 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910481200 A27446P5502
ASN−A30508908
ASSY Dwg.: D28410026, D57910026, D57910031, D57910424, D57910495, D57910499

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage 8
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

270 Support 7175T7351 D57910489200 A27446P5502


ASN−A30508903
275 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910457200 A27446P5502
ASN−A30508908
280 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910458200 A27446P5502
ASN−A30508908
285 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910418200 A27446P5502
ASN−A3050
290 Bracket 2014T6 D57910256208 A20189P0268
ASN−A2328
295 Angle clad2024T3 D57913324200
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
300 Angle clad2024T3 D57913323200
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57910256, D57910411, D57910427, D57910494

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 Pages 9/10
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellaneous
Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 Pages 11/12
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellaneous
Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 Pages 13/14
Jun 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellaneous
Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage01/1015
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Miscellaneous
Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage01/1016
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910057200


ASN−A30428652 201
2.0 (0.079)
5 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910058200
ASN−A30428652 201
2.0 (0.079)
10 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910059201
ASN−A30428652 200
2.0 (0.079)
15 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910072200
ASN−A30428652 200
2.0 (0.079)
20 Bracket 2024T351 D57910071200
ASN−A30118894
25 Bracket 2024T351 D57910230200
ASN−A30118876
30 Bracket 2024T351 D57910231200
ASN−A30118876
35 Bracket 2024T351 D57910241200
ASN−A30118876
35A Bracket 2024T351 D57910241202 A31892P7395N
ASN−A30118876
35B Bracket 2024T351 D57910363200 A35469P9169
ASN−A30118876
40 Bracket 2024T351 D57910240200
ASN−A30118876
40A Bracket 2024T351 D57910240202 A31892P7395N
ASN−A30118876
40B Bracket 2024T351 D57910362200 A35469P9169
ASN−A30118876
45 Bracket 2024T351 D57910245200
ASN−A30118876
50 Bracket clad2024T42 D57910267200
ASN−A30428628 1.6 (0.063)
50A Bracket Angle 6061T6 D57910257202 A20266P0403
ASN−A2327−3−4
55 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910111202
ASN−A30988917
ASSY Dwg.: D57910055, D57910056, D57910070, D57910101, D57910229, D57910239,
D57910244, D57910257, D57910267

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage01/1017
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910633200 A39514P11103


ABS5323A105
60 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910111200
ASN−A30988917
60A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910631200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
65 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910110200
ASN−A30988917
65A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910630200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
70 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910112200
ASN−A30988917
70A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910634200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
75 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910113200
ASN−A30988917
75A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910635200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
80 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910114200
ASN−A30988917
80A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910636200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
85 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910115200
ASN−A30988917
85A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910637200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
90 Plate clad2024T3 D57910135200
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
90A Plate clad2024T3 D57910618200 A39514P11103
ABS5044E016
95 Plate 2024T3511 D57910137202
ASN−A30062575
100 Channel clad2024T3 D57910136200
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
105 Angle 2024T3511 D57910137200
ASN−A30062500
110 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910116200
ASN−A30988917
ASSY Dwg.: D57910101, D57910138, D57910600, D57910601, D57910602, D57910603,
D57910604, D57910605, D57910619, D57910632

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage01/1018
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

110A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910638200 A39514P11103


ABS5323A105
115 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910117200
ASN−A30988917
115A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910639200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
120 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910118200
ASN−A30988917
120A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910640200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
125 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910119200
ASN−A30988917
125A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910641200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
130 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910120200
ASN−A30988917
130A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910642200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
135 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910121200
ASN−A30988917
135A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910643200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A110
140 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910122200
ASN−A30988917
140A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910644200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A110
145 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910123200
ASN−A30988917
145A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910645200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A110
150 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910124200
ASN−A30988917
150A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910646200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A110
155 Channel clad2024T3 D57910136202
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
160 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910126200
ASN−A30988917
ASSY Dwg.: D57910101, D57910138, D57910606, D57910607, D57910608, D57910609,
D57910610, D57910611, D57910612, D57910613, D57910614

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 JunPage01/1019
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

160A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910647200 A39514P11103


ABS5323A105
165 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910127200
ASN−A30988917
165A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910648200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
170 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910128200
ASN−A30988917
170A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910649200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A105
175 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910130200
ASN−A30508886
175A Fitting 7175T73 D57910298200 A20468P0665
175B Fitting 7175T7351 D57910336200 A27156P9100
ABS5323A105
180 Plate clad2024T3 D57910132200
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
180A Plate clad2024T3 D57910684200 A39514P11103
ABS5044D012 A27156P9100
185 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910131200
ASN−A30508903 1.2 (0.047)
185A Fitting 7175T7351 D57910294200 A20362P0812A
ASN−A30508903
185B Fitting 7175T73 D57910299200 A20468P0665
made from
D579102972
00
185C Fitting 7175T7351 D57910338200 A27156P9100
ABS5323A065
185D Fitting 7175T7351 D57910320200 A38356P10461
ABS5323A065
190 Bracket 2024T3 D57910282200
ASN−A30108600 1.2 (0.047)
190A Bracket 2024T3 D57910295200 A20362P0812B
ASN−A30108600 1.2 (0.047)
195 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910133200 B31104P6953
ASN−A30988917
200 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910134200 B31104P6953
ASN−A30988917
ASSY Dwg.: D57910101, D57910125, D57910129, D57910131, D57910294, D57910337,
D57910615, D57910616, D57910617, D57910628

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 AugPage01/1020
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

205 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910141200


ASN−A30988917
205A Fitting 7175T7351 D57910650200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A110
210 Plate clad2024T3 D57910169200
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988600
210A Plate clad2024T3 D57910625200 A39514P11103
ABS5044D012
215 Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910146200
ASN−A22895130
215A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910288200 A20266P0401A
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
215B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910672200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
220 Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910146202
ASN−A22895130
220A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910288202 A20266P0401A
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
220B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910673200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
225 Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910146203
ASN−A22895130
225A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910288203 A20266P0401
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
225B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910673201 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
230 Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910146204
ASN−A22895130
230A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910288201 A20266P0401
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
230B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910674200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
235 Zee Section 5086H111 D57910287202
ASN−A30448600 made from
D579102902
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57910101, D57910102, D57910156, D57910286, D57910621, D57910622

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 AugPage01/1021
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

235A Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910147200 A20023P0010C


ASN−A22895130
235B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910290200 A20266P0401A
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
235C Zee Section 5086H111 D57910675200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
240 Zee Section 5086H111 D57910287204
ASN−A30448600 made from
D579102902
03
240A Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910147202 A20023P0010C
ASN−A22895130
240B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910290203 A20266P0401A
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
240C Zee Section 5086H111 D57910676200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
245 Zee Section 5086H111 D57910287203
ASN−A30448600 made from
D579102902
01
245A Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910147201 A20023P0010C
ASN−A22895130
245B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910290201 A20266P0401A
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
245C Zee Section 5086H111 D57910675201 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
250 Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910148200 A20023P0010C
ASN−A22895130
250A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910289200 A20266P0401A
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
250B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910677200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
255 Zee Section clad2024T42 D57910148202
ASN−A22895130
255A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910289201 A20023P0010
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
255B Zee Section 5086H111 D57910506200 A31104P6953A
ASN−A30448600
255C Zee Section 5086H111 D57910678200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
ASSY Dwg.: D57910102, D57910286

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 AugPage01/1022
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

260 Zee Section clad2024T3 D57910149200 A20023P0010D


ASN−A30128618 1.4 (0.055)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60688618
260A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910679200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
265 Angle 2024T3511 D57910144200
ASN−A30062575 201
2.0
(0.079)L25x25x
2
270 Angle 2024T3511 D57910144202
ASN−A30062575 2.0
(0.079)L25x25x
2
275 Angle 2024T3511 D57910144203
ASN−A30062575 2.0
(0.079)L25x25x
2
280 Angle 2024T3511 D57910144204
ASN−A30062575 205
2.0
(0.079)L25x25x
2
285 Angle 2024T3511 D57910188200
ASN−A30064050 2.5
(0.098)L40x25x
2.5
290 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910199200
ASN−A30508908
295 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910196200
ASN−A30508914
300 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910197200
ASN−A30508914
305 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910198200
ASN−A30508908
ASSY Dwg.: D57910102, D57910103, D57910195

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 AugPage01/1023
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

310 Plate 2024T3 D57910278200


ASN−A30108600 1.2 (0.047)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988600
370 Tee 2024T3511 D57910216200
ASN−A22492350 201
2.0
(0.079)T80x50x
2
375 Tee 2024T3511 D57910216202
ASN−A22492350 203
2.0
(0.079)T80x50x
2
385 Channel clad2024T3 D28110040202
ASN−A30128581 1.0 (0.039)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988581
395 Fitting 7010T7451 D57910140200
ASN−A30988917
395A Fitting 7010T7451 D57910620200 A39514P11103
ABS5323A085
400 Plate clad2024T3 D57910624200 A39514P11103
ABS5044D012 1.2 (0.047)
405 Plate clad2024T3 D57910145200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30128628 1.6 (0.063)
410 Angle clad2024T3 D57910173200
ASN−A30128628 201
1.6 (0.063)
410A Angle clad2024T3 D57910143202 A39514P11103
ASN−A30128618 203
1.6 (0.063)
415 Plate clad2024T3 D57910170202
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988600
ASSY Dwg.: D28110035, D57910104, D57910171, D57910195, D57910623, D57910627

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 AugPage01/1024
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

420 Angle clad2024T3 D57910159202


ASN−A30128618 1.4 (0.055)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988618
425 Plate clad2024T3 D57910170200 A20023P0010
ASN−A30128600 201
1.2 (0.047)
425A Plate clad2024T3 D57910626200 A39514P11103
ABS5044E012 201
430 Angle clad2024T3 D57910159200
ASN−A30128618 1.4 (0.055)
or
clad2024T4ASN
−A60988618
435 Angle clad2024T3 D57910174200
ASN−A30128628 201
1.6 (0.063)
435A Angle clad2024T3 D57910143200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30128618 201
1.4 (0.055)
440 Bracket clad2024T3 D57910284200
ASN−A30108618 1.4 (0.055)
445 Bracket 2024T3 D57910284202
ASN−A30108618 1.4 (0.055)
450 Bracket 2024T3 D57910284206
ASN−A30108618 1.4 (0.055)
455 Bracket 2024T3 D57910284210
ASN−A30108618 1.4 (0.055)
460 Plate 7175T7351 D28110038200
ASN−A30508878 201
460A Plate AS7G06T6 D28110047200 A20371P0526
201
made from
D281100462
00
460B Plate AS7G06T6 D28110047202
203
made from
D281100462
02
ASSY Dwg.: D28110043, D28110048, D57910104, D57910171, D57910283, D57910291

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 AugPage01/1025
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

465 Fitting 2024T351 D28110037200 B20371P0526


ABS5032A025
470 Fitting 2024T351 D28110037202 B20371P0526
ABS5032A025
475 Bracket 5086H111 D57910293200 A20534P0821A
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
475A Bracket 5086H111 D57910680200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
480 Bracket 5086H111 D57910293202 A20534P0821A
ASN−A30448600
1.2 (0.047)
480A Bracket 5086H111 D57910681200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
481 Bracket 5086H111 D57910293202 A20534P0821
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
481A Bracket 5086H111 D57910359200 A35469P9169A
ASN−A30448600
481B Bracket 5086H111 D57910683200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
482 Bracket 5086H111 D57910293202 A20534P0821
ASN−A30448600 1.2 (0.047)
482A Bracket 5086H111 D57910360200 A35469P9169A
ASN−A30448600
482B Bracket 5086H111 D57910682200 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448600
540 Angle clad2024T3 A28233018200
ASN−A30128600
1.2 (0.047)
540A Angle clad2024T3 A28233018203 A31892P7395J
ASN−A30128600
1.2 (0.047)
565 Zee Section clad2024T3 D57910149201
ASN−A30128618 1.4 (0.055)
565A Zee Section 5086H111 D57910679201 A39514P11103
ASN−A30448618
570 Plate clad2024T3 D57910170203 A20023P0010
ASN−A30128600 1.2 (0.047)
570A Plate clad2024T3 D57910671200 A39514P11103
ABS5044D012 201
ASSY Dwg.: D28110043, D57133230, D57910077, D57910102, D57910171, D57910627

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 AugPage01/1026
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

585 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910400200 A27446P5502


ASN−A30508878
590 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910401200
ASN−A30508891
595 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910402200
ASN−A30508903
600 Fitting 7075T73511 D57910403200
ASN−A32925286
605 Bracket clad2024T4 D57910404200
ASN−A60988628 1.6 (0.063)
610 Bracket clad2024T4 D57910405200
ASN−A60988628 1.6 (0.063)
615 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910406200
ASN−A30508894
620 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910407200
ASN−A30508894
625 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910408200
ASN−A30508903
630 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910409200
ASN−A30508886
635 Fitting 7175T7351 D57910410200
ASN−A30508848
ASSY Dwg.: D57910425

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−19−00 Pages 27/28
Aug 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MISCELLANEOUS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any
damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-19-00 Aug
Page 101
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MISCELLANEOUS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57-19-00 Aug
Page 201
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

OUTER WING

1. Modification/Service Bulletin List

This list shows the modifications and the Manufacturer Serial Number (MSN)
of the aircraft (A/C) model which have these modifications. Modifications
with the same number, but with a different suffix letter show a different
effectivity, refer to column ’S’.

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20002 J 0001 A320 0003−9999 (included in 21999P2000)


20139 J 0016 A320 0071, 0163, 0164, 0168, 0169, 0179,
0193
20154 J 0031 A320 0003−0021
21641 J 0543 A320 0300−9999
20167 J 0030 A320 0022−9999
20265 J 0080 A320 0022−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20352 J 0115 A320 0004−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20403 J 0160 A320 0044−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20497 J 0248 A320 0012−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20609 J 0261 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20609 J 0262 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20609 J 0263 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20661 J 0367 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21280 J 1448 A320 0126−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21345 J 0476 A320 0153, 0155−0363
21345 J 0505 A320 0153, 0155−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
21345 J 0721 A320 0155−0166, 0168−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
21405 J 0514 A320 0131−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21505 J 0506 A320 0220−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21723 J 0607 A320 0188−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21727 J 0594 A320 0086−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21757 J 0563 A320 0244−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21758 J 0566 A320 0176−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21814 J 0617 A320 0220−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21999 P 2000 A320 03659999

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

22199 J 0689 A320 0002−0008, 0010−0013, 0016−0018, 57−1061


0022−0027, 0029−0034, 0036,
0039−0058, 0060, 0063−0067,
0069−0072, 0074−0078, 0080−0082,
0085, 0086, 0089−0104, 0106−0121,
0123−0125, 0128−0130, 0133−0140,
0142−0148, 0151−0153, 0155−0158,
0160−0162, 0167, 0170−0363, 0365,
0367−0377, 0379−0383, 0386−0396,
0398−0408, 0410, 0411, 0413−0425,
0428, 0429, 0431−0433, 0436−0438,
0440, 0441, 0444−0446, 0448−0449,
0451, 0453, 0455, 0459−0461, 0466,
0467, 0469, 0471, 0476
22276 J 0723 A320 0316−0363
22343 J 0763 A320 0365−9999
22420 J 0767 A320 0290−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
22494 J 0776 A320 0381−9999
22611 J 0774 A320 0459−9999
22612 J 0797 A320 0394−0404, 0406−9999
22688 J 0871 A320 0459−9999
22724 J 0775 A320 0405−9999
22888 J 0900 A320 0260−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
23012 J 0856 A320 0407,0415,0418−9999
23624 J 0912 A320 0415, 0422, 0427, 0440−9999
24418 J 1277 A320 0344−9999
24552 J 1331 A320 0542−9999
24591 J 1322 A320 0559−9999
24659 J 1352 A320 0002, 0005, 0007, 0014, 0019−0021, 57−1083
0028, 0035, 0037, 0038, 0043,
0061−0063, 0100−0102, 0128, 0129,
0131−0133, 0138, 0139, 0148, 0151,
0167, 0170, 0180, 0186−0188, 0196,
0203, 0212, 0219−0222, 0226−0228,
0243, 0245, 0249−0251, 0256,
0285−0287, 0295, 0300, 0316, 0328,
0334, 0335, 0348, 0365, 0383, 0413,
0440, 0448, 0453, 0460, 0461, 0482,
0501, 0507, 0531, 0534, 0549, 0554,
0556−9999
24755 J 1295 A320 0554−9999
25631 J 1559 A320 0601, 0603−9999
25763 J 1599 A320 0657−9999

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

25843 J 1633 A320 0638−9999


25849 J 1630 A320 0671−9999
25850 J 1637 A320 0615−0832, 0836, 0838, 0842−9999
25897 J 1607 A320 0708−0955, 0957−9999
26014 J 1612 A320 0702−9999
26068 J 1640 A320 0751−9999
26496 J 1725 A320 0789−9999
26546 J 1720 A320 0789−9999
26563 J 1731 A320 0836−9999
26578 K 4920 A320 0735−9999
26839 J 1668 A320 0925−1168, 1171, 1179−1198, 1202,
1204, 1207, 1216−1224, 1226, 1228,
1239, 1244, 1250, 1253, 1255, 1258,
1260, 1275, 1277, 1280, 1288, 1291,
1302, 1304, 1306, 1314, 1339, 1369,
1385, 1386, 1400, 1403
26839 J 1752 A320 0945−1163, 1166−1332, 1337−1411,
1427−1432, 1435, 1437, 1443,
1446−1454, 1457, 1464, 1467,
1469−1475, 1478, 1491, 1493, 1495,
1497, 1500, 1512, 1532−9999
28154 J 1930 A320 1081−9999
30040 J 1786 A320 1210−9999
30100 J 2130 A320 1292, 1294, 1296, 1298, 1300−9999
30962 J 2215 A320 1564−9999
31940 J 2288 A320 1777−9999
32025 J 2211 A320 1823−9999
32318 J 2209 A320 1931−9999
32418 J 2318 A320 1904−9999
33262 J 2422 A320 2097−9999 57−1124
33312 J 2440 A320 2212−9999
33312 J 2441 A320 2140−9999
33312 J 2442 A320 2182−9999
33312 J 2443 A320 2140−9999
33312 J 2444 A320 2153−9999
33312 J 2445 A320 2185−9999
33312 J 2446 A320 2199−9999
33312 J 2447 A320 2195−9999
33595 J 2395 A320 2252−9999
33598 J 2420 A320 2374, 2384−9999
33834 J 2511 A320 2102−9999
34807 J 2507 A320 2509−9999

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 3
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

35461 J 2581 A320 2740−9999


35806 J 2705 A320 2835−9999
36385 J 2555 A320 3010−9999
36585 J 2755 A320 3010−9999
36585 H 5666 A320 3010−9999
37211 J 2811 A320 3192−9999
37275 J 2807 A320 3391−9999
37331 J 2816 A320 3192−9999
37332 J 2817 A320 3192, 3196, 3208−3210, 3219,
3227−3228, 3239, 3244, 3257−3259,
3263−3264, 3270, 3275, 3280, 3287,
3296, 3301−3304, 3308, 3314−3316,
3318, 3330−3335, 3341, 3345, 3348,
3351, 3354−3357, 3365, 3374,
3378−3381, 3384−3386, 3392, 3402,
3409, 3414−3418, 3423, 3430,
3437−3439, 3449−3453, 3457, 3468,
3474, 3478−3479, 3481, 3483−3484,
3488, 3495−3501, 3510, 3517−3519,
3524−3526, 3531, 3535, 3538,
3541−3543, 3547, 3550, 3554−3558,
3562, 3567, 3570−3572, 3577, 3581,
3603, 3607, 3613, 3618−3624, 3641,
3650, 3656, 3659, 3668−3670,
3674−3677, 3692−3693, 3697−3701,
3709, 3713, 3716, 3718,−3719,
3726−3729, 3734, 3743−3747
37531 J 2810 A320 3192−9999
37577 J 2847 A320 3312−9999
37627 J 2775 A320 3391−9999
37628 J 2803 A320 3391−9999
37636 J 2630 A320 3293−9999
37637 J 2722 A320 3391−9999
37673 J 2433 A320 3391−9999
38209 J 2765 A320 3959−3974, 3976−3986, 3990−4019,
4023−4026, 4030−4035, 4043−4049,
4055−4081, 4084−4086, 4090−4120,
4124−4133, 4137−4153, 4156−4219,
4223−9999
38380 J 2889 A320 3760−9999
38540 J 2856 A320 3760−9999
38680 J 2950 A320 3473−9999
39164 J 2961 A320 3959−9999

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

39165 J 2965 A320 3760−9999


39366 J 2934 A320 3959−9999
39399 J 2972 A320 3959−9999
39502 J 2963 A320 3837−9999
39701 J 2862 A320 4397−9999
39729 J 3021 A320 4378, 4397−9999
39865 J 2985 A320 4188−9999
39874 J 3057 A320 4188−9999
39886 J 2996 A320 4397−9999
150279 J 3030 A320 4152−4153, 4156−4161, 4165−4167,
4170−4174, 4176−4202, 4205−4216,
4219−4219, 4223−4229, 4232−4235,
4237−4240, 4242−4249, 4252−4260,
4263−4270, 4273−4293, 4295−4297,
4300−4309, 4312−4317,
4321−43294333−4350, 4354−4354,
4356−4357, 4361−4363, 4365−4376,
4379−4391, 4393−4404, 4407−9999
150567 J 3142 A320 3988, 4028, 4051, 4079, 4083, 4088,
4122
150935 J 3129 A320 4397−9999
150945 J 3082 A320 4397−9999
151026 J 3146 A320 4450−9999
152200 J 3372 A320 4680,4684,4686−4690,4694−4709,4712−47
21,4723−4730,4735−4738,4740−4747,4749
−4763,4767−4777,4782−9999
153367 J 3445 A320 5274−9999
153713 J 3280 A320 5472−9999
154426 J 3556 A320 5752−9999
154484 J 3292 A320 5483,5487−9999
154487 J 3444 A320 6362−9999
155881 J 3844 A320 6195−9999
160001 J 3282 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437,544
0−5443,5446,5452,5455,5458,5460,5461,
5463,5466,5468,5472−9999
160003 J 3251 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437−544
6,5452−5463,5472−9999

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160004 J 3252 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53


07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437−544
6,5452−5463,5472−9999
160005 J 3253 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437−544
6,5452−5463,5466−5468,5472−9999
160006 J 3254 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437−544
6,5452−5463,5472−9999
160007 J 3255 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437−544
6,5452−5463,5472−9999
160044 J 3519 A320 5255,5281,5302,5307,5312,5313,5318,53
23,5342,5349,5355,5361,5365,5390,5395
,5401,5408,5411,5417,5423,5425,5428,5
430,5433,5437−5446,5452−5463,5466−546
8,5472−9999

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53


07,5312,5318,5323,5349,5355,5361,5390
,5395,5417,5423,5428,5437,5442,5452,5
458,5460,5463,5468,5472−5473,5476,547
7,5487,5492,5496−5498,5502,5505,5507,
5510,5515−5518,5522,5525,5526,5530,55
32,5533,5537,5539,5542,5547,5548,5552
,5554,5557,5559,5566,5576,5577,5581,5
583,5586,5587,5591−5593,5595,5596,559
8,5599,5601,5604,5607,5608,5612,5613,
5615−5622,5624,5627−5629,5631,5632,56
35,5638,5641−5643,5646,5648,5649,5651
−5654,5657,5658,5660,5661,5665,5666,5
668,5669,5672,5673,5675−5677,5682,568
3,5685−5688,5691,5694,5695,5697,5701−
5703,5706−5708,5710−5712,5714,5716−57
19,5721,5723,5725−5727,5732,5734,5735
,5738,5739,574,5742,5744,5746,5748,57
49,5752,5754,5757,5759,5762,5764,5769
,5772,5773,5775−5778,5780,5782,5785,5
791,5793,5796,5801,5802,5804−5807,580
9,5811−5814,5816,5818,5819,5821−5824,
5828−5831,5835,5839−5841,5844−5848,58
50−5853,5857−5859,5861−5864,5866,5867
,5869−5871,5877−5880,5882,5883,5885,5
888,5889,5891−5894,5896−5898,5901−590
3,5905,5908,5911,5912,5914,5915,5917−
5918,5923−5929,5931,5933−5935,5937,59
40,5942,5943,5950−5952,5954,5957,5959
,5962,5964,5965,5967,5968,5970−5972,5
974,5977,5979,5981,5982,5984,5988−599
0,5992,5993,5995−5997,5999−6001,6003,
6006,6008,6010−6012,6014,6015,6017,60
18,6021−6023,6025,6026,6029,6030,6033
,6034,6036,6037,6039,6041,6043−6045,6
047,6048,6050,6051,6054,6055,6057,605
8,6060−6062,6064−6066,6069,6071−6073,
6075−6082,6084,6086,6088,6090,6092,60
93,6095,6096,6098,6102,6103,6105,6106
,6109−6113,6115,6117,6118,6120,6123,6
125,6127,6128,6131,6134,6135,6137,613
9−6142,6145,6149,6151,6153,6157,6158,
6161,6164,6166,6169−6171,6173

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 6176−6178,6180,6182−6184,6187,6188,61


92,6193,6195,6198,6202,6204,6206−6209
,6212,6213,6215−6218,6220,6223−6226,6
228,6229,6231,6234,6235,6237,6239,624
0,6242,6243,6246−6248,6251,6254,6257−
6260,6262,6265,6267,6270,6274,6275,62
78,6280−6284,6287−6289,6292,6293,6296
,6297,6300−6302,6304,6309,6311,6315,6
317,6318,6320−6323,6325,6327−6329,633
1−6333,6336,6338−6341,6343,6345,6347,
6348,6350,6352,6353,6355−6358,6360−63
62,6365,6367,6369−6370,6372−6375,6377
−6379,6381,6383,6386,6388,6392,6394,6
397,6400,6402,6403,6405,6408,6410−641
3,6416−6418,6421−6424,6426,6428,6430,
6431,6434,6436,6441,6442,6444−6447,64
49,6450,6452,6455,6457,6458,6460,6463
,6465−6467,6470,6471,6474,6476,6480,6
481,6483,6485−6487,6489,6492,6494,649
7,6498,6500,6502,6503,6505,6507,6509,
6510,6513,6516,6518,6521,6522,6524,65
25,6527−6529,6533,6535,6536,6538,6540
−6542,6544,6546,6547,6549,6550,6553,6
555,6557,6559,6561,6562,6564−6566,656
8,6570−6572,6576−6578,6580,6582−6584,
6586,6587,6589,6591,6594,6596−6598,66
04−6608,6614,6616,6619,6622,6624,6626
,6628,6631,6633−6637,6643,6646,6651,6
655,6661,6662,6665,6668,6669,6675,668
0,6681,6683,6686,6689,6690,6692,6706,
6708,6713,6715,6717,6739−9999

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 NovPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Wing − Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−20−00 Pages 9/10
Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAIN STRUCTURE

1. Structural Arrangement

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


1 Skins and Plating Chapter 57-21-11
2 Ribs Chapter 57-21-32
Chapter 57-21-33
Chapter 57-21-34
Chapter 57-21-35
3 Strips, Closing Plates and Seals Chapter 57-21-26
4 Spars Chapter 57-21-18
5 Main Gear Support Structure Complete Chapter 57-21-21
6 Stringers and Stiffeners Chapter 57-21-13
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find
the Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-21-00 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Main Structure - Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-21-00 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

1. Skins and Plating − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Top Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification Figure 2
20167J0030)
1 Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification Figure 3
20167J0030 and Before Modification
160005J3253)
1 Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification Figure 4
160005J3253)
2 Bottom Reinforcing − Pylon and Air Dam Figure 5
3 Reinforcing − Landing Gear Figure 6
4 Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification Figure 7
20167J0030)
4 Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification Figure 8
20167J0030 and Before Modification
160005J3253)
4 Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification Figure 9
160005J3253)
5 Bottom Buttstraps (Before Modification Figure 10
20167J0030)
5 Bottom Buttstraps (After Modification Figure 11
20167J0030 and Before Modification
160005J3253)
5 Bottom Buttstraps (After Modification Figure 12
160005J3253)
6 Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification Figure 13
20167J0030)
6 Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification Figure 14
20167J0030 and Before Modification
160005J3253)
6 Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification Figure 15
160005J3253)
7 Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification Figure 16
20167J0030)
7 Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification Figure 17
20167J0030 and Before Modification
160005J3253)
7 Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification Figure 18
160005J3253)
8 Bottom Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification Figure 19
20167J0030)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

8 Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification Figure 20


20167J0030 and Before Modification
160005J3253)
8 Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification Figure 21
160005J3253)
9 Top Buttstrap (Before Modification Figure 22
20167J0030)
9 Top Buttstrap (After Modification Figure 23
20167J0030 and Before Modification
160005J3253)
9 Top Buttstrap (After Modification Figure 24
160005J3253)
9 Top Buttstrap (After Modification Figure 24
160005J3253)
10 Top Reinforcing − Pylon Figure 25
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 MayPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 MayPage 3
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 1, top BAEM1219 D57251050202 PB201


203
made from
D572512412
00
5 Strap, rib 7 BAEM1219 D57251061200
internal 201
10 Strap, rib 8 BAEM1219 D57251062200
internal 201
15 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208214 Replace
20 Packing L165 D57250204216 Replace
1 (0.039)
25 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208208 Replace
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208206 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57250204, D57251000, D57251123

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 1, top BAEM1219 D57252402000 PB101


001 PB201
5 Strap, rib 7 BAEM1219 D57251061200 B22888J0900
internal 201
10 Strap, rib 8 BAEM1219 D57251062200 B22888J0900
internal 201
15 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208240
17 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208262
20 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208250
25 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208248
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208244
35 Packer L115 D57258623200
40 Packer L113 D57258623204
45 Packer L113 D57258623212
50 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654202 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
55 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654206 A22888J0900
207 B22611J0774
60 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654210 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
65 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654214 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
70 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654218 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
75 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654222 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
80 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654226 A22888J0900
227 B22611J0774
85 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654230 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
90 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654234 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
95 Packing BAEM1219 D57258654238 A22888J0900
B22611J0774
ASSY Dwg.: D57251123, D57252400, D57252504, D57258623, D57258654

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1220
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 4 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 1, top ABS5117C030 D57256674000


001
5 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208240
10 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208228
15 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208226
20 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208262
ASSY Dwg.: D57257486, D57257721

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Reinforcing − Pylon and Air Dam


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Reinforcing − Pylon and Air Dam


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Packer, taper BAEM1213 D57251340200 B35461J2581


201
5 Plate, reinforc L97 D57251092200
ing 201
5A Plate, reinforc L97 D57251092202 A30962J2215
ing 203 B35461J2581
10 Packer, taper BAEM1213 D57251339200 B35461J2581
201
15 Packer, taper BAEM1213 D57251341200 B35461J2581
201
20 Casting, air dam BAEM1306 D57250142200
201
20A Casting, air dam ABM5−5049 D57256585200 A38380J2889
201
25 Casting, air dam BAEM1306 D57250143200
201
25A Casting, air dam ABM5−5049 D57256583200 A38380J2889
201
30 Packer, taper BAEM1213 D57251342200 B35461J2581
201
35 Bracket L165 D57950163200
1.6 (0.063)
40 Bracket L165 D57950161204
1.6 (0.063)
45 Plate, reinforc L97 D57256502200 A35461J2581
ing 201
50 Packer, outboard ABM3−1029 D57256519200 A35461J2581
forward 201
55 Packer, outboard ABM3−1029 D57256517200 A35461J2581
aft 201
60 Packer, inboard ABM3−1029 D57256508200 A35461J2581
aft 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250141, D57251006, D57256518

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Reinforcing − Landing Gear


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Reinforcing − Landing Gear


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Reinforcing, L97 D57251093200


landing gear 201
1A Reinforcing, L97 D57252474200 A20167J0030
landing gear 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57251007, D57252475

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1235
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1236
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1237
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 3, bottom L97 D57251457002 PB201


003
5 Bracket L165 D57950162212
1.6 (0.063)
10 Bracket L165 D57950162213
1.6 (0.063)
15 Bracket L165 D57950160202
1.6 (0.063)
20 Bracket L165 D57950162214
1.6 (0.063)
25 Bracket L165 D57950162218
1.6 (0.063)
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025200
35 Plate, bottom BAEM1213 D57250102202
203
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025202
45 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025208
50 Plate, mounting L109 D57251216200 PB201
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250021, D57251461, D57252500, D57252555

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 MayPage01/1340
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1242
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1243
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1247
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1248
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 8 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1249
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 3, bottom L97 D57252458000 PB201


001
1A Panel 3, bottom L97 D57252458002 PB201 A33595J2395
003
5 Bracket L165 D57950162213
1.6 (0.063)
5A Bracket L165 D57951001201 A37577J2847
1.6 (0.063)
10 Bracket L165 D57950162212
1.6 (0.063)
10A Bracket L165 D57951001200 A37577J2847
1.6 (0.063)
15 Bracket L165 D57950160202
1.6 (0.063)
20 Bracket L165 D57950162214
1.6 (0.063)
25 Bracket L165 D57950162218
1.6 (0.063)
27 Bracket L165 D57951002200 A37577J2847
1.6 (0.063)
29 Bracket L165 D57951003200 A37577J2847
1.6 (0.063)
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025200
35 Plate, bottom BAEM1213 D57250102202
203
35A Plate, bottom ABM3−1029 D57256589200 A39701J2862
201
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025202
45 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025208
50 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208224
55 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208234
60 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208232
65 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208218
70 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208220
75 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208222
80 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208236
85 Plate, mounting L109 D57251216200 PB201 B37577J2847
85A Plate, mounting L109 D57256572200 PB201 A37577J2847
ASSY Dwg.: D57252452, D57252500, D57252501, D57252555, D57259200

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 MayPage01/1350
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Plate, mounting L109 D57251216201 PB201


ASSY Dwg.: D57252555

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 MayPage01/1351
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1252
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1253
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 9 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1254
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 9 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1255
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 9 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1256
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 9 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1257
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 3 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 9 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1258
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 3, bottom ABS5032B033 D57256686000


001
5 Plate, mounting L109 D57256572200 PB201
10 Plate, mounting L109 D57251216201 PB201
15 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025200
20 Plate, bottom ABM3−1029 D57256589200
201
25 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025202
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208222
35 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208246
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208250
45 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208236
ASSY Dwg.: D57252555, D57256594, D57256687, D57257492

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 MayPage01/1359
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Buttstraps (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1260
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Buttstraps (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1261
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap, L97 D57251468200


stringer 8 201
made from
D572512472
00
5 Buttstrap, L97 D57251471200
stringer 11 201
made from
D572512482
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57251400, D57251401

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1262
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Buttstraps (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 11 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1263
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Buttstraps (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 11 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1264
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Buttstraps (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 11 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1265
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap, L97 D57252469000


stringer 8 001
1A Buttstrap, L97 D57252469002 A33598J2420
stringer 8 003
5 Buttstrap, L97 D57252471000
stringer 11 001
5A Buttstrap, L97 D57252471002 A33598J2420
stringer 11 003
10 Bracket L165 D57950162216
1.6 (0.063)
10A Bracket L165 D57951000201 A37577J2847
1.6 (0.063)
15 Bracket L165 D57950162210
1.6 (0.063)
15A Bracket L165 D57951000200 A37577J2847
1.6 (0.063)
20 Bracket L165 D57950161202
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252460, D57252461

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1266
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Buttstraps (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1267
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Buttstraps (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1268
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap ABS5032B032 D57256762000


001
5 Buttstrap ABS5032B032 D57256767000
001
ASSY Dwg.: D57256763, D57256768

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1269
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1270
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1271
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1272
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1273
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1274
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1275
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1276
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1277
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 2, bottom L97 D57251453200 PB201


201
made from
D572512442
00
5 Strip L165 D57250125000
10 Strip L165 D57250126000
15 Strip L165 D57250127000
20 Strip L165 D57250128000
25 Strip L165 D57250129000
30 Angle, drip L97 D57251337200
fence 201
35 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208202
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208200
201
45 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025210
50 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025214
215
ASSY Dwg.: D57250022, D57250207, D57251336, D57251460

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1278
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1279
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1280
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1281
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1282
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Pages 83/84
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Pages 85/86
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1287
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1288
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 14 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1289
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 2, bottom L97 D57252455202 PB201 A150567J3142


203 B150567J3142
made from
D572512442
00
1A Panel 2, bottom L97 D57252495006 PB201 A39502J2963
007
made from
D572512442
00
1B Panel 2, bottom L97 D57252495008 A151026J3146
009
5 Channel, gang 7075−T6 D57251317200
type 25
10 Channel, gang 7075−T6 D57251317202
type 27
15 Channel, gang 7075−T6 D57251317204
type 28
20 Channel, gang 7075−T6 D57251317206
type 29
25 Channel, gang 7075−T6 D57251317208
type 30
30 Angle, drip L97 D57252489200
fence 201
35 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208202
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208216
45 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208200
201
50 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025210
55 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025214
215
60 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025220
ASSY Dwg.: D57251460, D57252451, D57252476, D57252496, D57252502, D57252507

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1290
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1291
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1292
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1293
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1294
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1295
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1296
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1297
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/1298
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A1
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A2
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 15 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A3
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 2, bottom ABS5032B040 D57256683000


001
5 Channel, gang BAEP0025B D57251317230
type 25
10 Channel, gang BAEP0025B D57251317232
type 27
15 Channel, gang BAEP0025B D57251317234
type 28
20 Channel, gang BAEP0025B D57251317236
type 29
25 Channel, gang BAEP0025B D57251317238
type 30
30 Angle, drip L97 D57257047200
fence 201
35 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208228
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208238
ASSY Dwg.: D57256684, D57256685, D57256692, D57257488, D57257491

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A4
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A5
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A6
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A7
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A8
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 NovPage01/12A9
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 6)

Page A10
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 7)

Page A11
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 8)

Page A12
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 9)

Page A13
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 2, top BAEM1219 D57251451202 PB201


203
made from
D572512422
00
5 Packer L164 D57258588200
201
10 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025200
15 Plate, top BAEM1213 D57250103200
201
20 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025202
25 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025204
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025206
35 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025212
213
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208210
45 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208206
50 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208204
205
55 Bracket, escape S534 D57251218200
rope 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250019, D57250206, D57251217, D57251462

Key to Figure 16

Page A14
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 1)
Page A15
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 2)
Page A16
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 3)
Page A17
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 4)
Page A18
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 5)
Page A19
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 6)
Page A20
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 7)
Page A21
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 8)
Page A22
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 17 (sheet 9)
Page A23
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 2, top BAEM1219 D57252403002 PB201


003
1A Panel 2, top BAEM1219 D57252403004 PB201 A38209J2765
005
5 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025200
10 Plate, top BAEM1213 D57250103200
201
10A Plate, top ABM3−1029 D57256590200 A39701J2862
201
15 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025202
20 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025218
25 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025216
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025212
213
35 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208230
40 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208206
45 Bracket, escape S534 D57251218200
rope 201
50 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208204
205
ASSY Dwg.: D57251217, D57252401, D57252500, D57252503, D57252505, D57259200

Key to Figure 17

Page A24
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 1)

Page A25
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 2)

Page A26
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 3)

Page A27
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 4)

Page A28
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 5)

Page A29
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 6)

Page A30
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 7)

Page A31
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 18 (sheet 8)

Page A32
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 2, top ABS5117C030 D57256677000


001
5 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025200
10 Plate, top ABM3−1029 D57256590200
201
15 Plug, sealing L95 D57250025202
20 Bracket, escape S534 D57251218200
rope 201
25 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208226
30 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208262
35 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208230
ASSY Dwg.: D57251217, D57256594, D57257487, D57257490, D57257722

Key to Figure 18

Page A33
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 19 (sheet 1)

Page A34
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 19 (sheet 2)

Page A35
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 19 (sheet 3)

Page A36
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 19 (sheet 4)

Page A37
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 19 (sheet 5)

Page A38
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 19 (sheet 6)

Page A39
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 1, bottom L97 D57251452200 PB201


201
made from
D572512432
00
5 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208202 Replace
10 Shroud L110 D57252545200 Replace
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250206, D57251459, D57252546

Key to Figure 19

Page A40
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 20 (sheet 1)
Page A41
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 20 (sheet 2)
Page A42
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 20 (sheet 3)
Page A43
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 20 (sheet 4)
Page A44
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 20 (sheet 5)
Page A45
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 20 (sheet 6)
Page A46
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 1, bottom L97 D57252453202 PB201


203
5 Bracket L165 D57950160202
1.6 (0.063)
10 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208216
10A Plug, sealing L95 D57250208264 A35461J2581
15 Shroud L110 D57252545200
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57248006, D57252450, D57252454, D57252506, D57252546

Key to Figure 20

Page A47
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 21 (sheet 1)

Page A48
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 21 (sheet 2)

Page A49
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 21 (sheet 3)

Page A50
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 21 (sheet 4)

Page A51
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 21 (sheet 5)

Page A52
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Panel 1 (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 21 (sheet 6)

Page A53
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 1, bottom ABS5032B033 D57256680000


001
5 Plug, sealing L95 D57250208228
10 Shroud L110 D57252545200
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252546, D57256682, D57257489

Key to Figure 21

Page A54
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Buttstrap (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 22

Page A55
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap, BAEM1219 D57251060200


stringer 11 201
made from
D572512462
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57251008

Key to Figure 22

Page A56
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Buttstrap (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160005J3253)
Figure 23
Page A57
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap, BAEM1219 D57252432000


stringer 11 001
made from
D572526462
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57252431

Key to Figure 23

Page A58
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Buttstrap (After Modification 160005J3253)


Figure 24

Page A59
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap ABS5117C030 D57256757000


001
ASSY Dwg.: D57256758

Key to Figure 24

Page A60
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Reinforcing − Pylon


Figure 25

Page A61
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, reinforc BAEM1213 D57251063200


ing 201
1A Plate, reinforc BAEM1213 D57252434200 A20167J0030
ing 201
1B Plate, reinforc ABM3−1031 D57256542202 A35806J2705
ing 203 B153713J3280
1C Plate, reinforc ABM3−1031 D57256542204 A153713J3280
ing 205
ASSY Dwg.: D57251005, D57252433, D57256514

Key to Figure 25

Page A62
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Wing Box Top and Bottom Skins, the Wing Skin area around the Man
hole Access Panels and Manhole Surrounds.
NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter
51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

B. Damage Evaluation
Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

NOTE: If there is less than the minimum permitted distance between dam
aged areas, then the damage must be considered as one large area.

NOTE: Make sure that all corrosion damage has been removed before you
assess the type and limits of damage.

NOTE: For different types of corrosion, refer to Chapter 51−22−00, Para


graph 3.

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded refer to the column ‘ACTION OR REPAIR’ in the Chapter 57−21−11
Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Apply protective treatment to the damaged area after blending (Re
fer to Chapter 51−21−11).
NOTE: Restore the original standard of paint scheme (Refer to Chapter
51−75−12).

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Wing Box
Skin structure that follows:
− Clamped Manhole Surrounds at Number 2 Bottom Skin Panel
− Wing Box Top and Bottom Skins
− Bottom Skin Area around Manhole Surrounds
− Wing Box Top Skin (Sub−Surface Corrosion at Drivmatic Rivet Locations −
Before Modification 25843J1633)
− Bottom Wing Skin Panel Number 3 (Area between Rear Spar and False Rear
Spar)
− Fastener oversize holes at Skin to Stringer and Skin to Stringer/Rib
locations on the Top and Bottom Wing Skins
− Wing Box Top Skin Trailing Edge (T/E) Overhang.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 101.
3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Scratches, Abra A
Clamped Manhole −
sions and Corro <1>
Surrounds at Number 4.A.
sion (Caused by
2 Bottom Skin Panel B 57−21−11−1−002−00
Fretting)
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION
CATEGORY
REFERENCE
Scratches,
Gouges, Abrasions A

and Corrosion <3>
more than 3D 4.B.
f
from any
fastener B 57−21−11−1−001−00
<2>
Scratches,
Gouges, Abrasions A

and Corrosion <3> <4>
less than 3D 4.B.
Wing B
Wi Box T
Top and
d f
from any
Bottom Skins fastener B 57−21−11−1−001−00
<2>
Dents 4.B. A −
Blend−out around
4.B. <5> −
Fastener Heads
Flap Peening
4.B. <5> −
after Blending
Temporary Repair
of Corroded C
4.B. −
Areas around <6>
Fasteners
Bottom Skin Area Scratches, A

around Manhole Gouges, Abrasions 4.C. <1>
Surrounds and Corrosion B 57−21−11−1−002−00
Wing Box Top Skin,
Sub−Surface
Corrosion at Sub−Surface C
Drivmatic Rivets Intergranular 4.D. −
(Before Corrosion <7>
Modification
25843J1633)
Bottom Wing Skin
Panel Number 3
(Area between Rear Corrosion 4.E. B 57−21−11−1−003−00
Spar and False Rear
Spar)
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Allowable Fas A
tener Repair −
<8>
Limits at Topp
4F
4.F.
Skin Stringers
Fastener oversize B
between Rib 1 57−21−11−1−004−00
holes at Skin to and Rib 27 <8>
Stringer locations
on the Top and Allowable Fas A
Bottom Wing Skins tener Repair −
<8>
Limits at Bottom
4F
4.F.
Skin Stringers
B
between Rib 1 57−21−11−1−004−00
and Rib 18 <8>
Fastener oversize
holes at Skin to
Allowable Fas
Stringer/Rib loca
tener Repair 4.F. A −
tions on the Top
Limits
and Bottom Wing
Skins
Scratches,
Wing Box Top Skin
Gouges, Abrasions 4.G. <9>
T/E Overhang
and Corrosion
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101
<1> Repair Category ’A’ is applicable to A320−100 aircraft only for the
structure that follows:

− Bottom Skin upper and lower surfaces around access door cutouts in
rib bays 2 to 3, 6 to 7 and 8 to 13

− Bottom Skin lower surface at fuel tank water drain holes between
ribs 15 to 16 and ribs 22 to 23 for A320−200 aircraft, weight varia
nts 000 thru 010 and 013 only.

<2> The text 3D refers to a distance of 3 x D, where D is the diameter


of the hole. The dimension 3D is measured from the centerline of the
fastener hole.
<3> Repair Category ’A’ is applicable to the structure that follows:

− Top Skin upper surface at attachments to ribs and stringers between


rib 1 and rib 27 from front spar to rear spar

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Top Skin Fixed Leading Edge, upper and lower surfaces forward of
front spar from rib 1 to rib 27
− Top Skin Trailing Edge, upper surface aft of rear spar between rib
1 and rib 9

− Bottom Skin lower surface at fuel tank water drain holes between
ribs 15 to 16 and ribs 22 to 23 for A320−200 aircraft, weight varia
nts 000 thru 010 and 013 only.
<4> Repair Category ’A’ is applicable to the Top Wing Skin structure (less
than 3D from Fasteners) that follows:

− Attachments to rear spar in Rib Bays 12 to 27

− Attachments to front spar in Rib Bays 1 to 27

− Attachments to ribs in Rib Bays 1 to 8, 9 to 15 and 16 to 27


− Stringer 11 spanwise joint in Rib Bays 1 to 18.

<5> Refer to the related allowable damage paragraph for the relevant damage
type and location, to determine the Repair Category for the damage you
have.
<6> Repair life is 4 500 FC/6 000 FH or 20 months whichever comes first.

<7> Life limit is 4 500 FC/6 000 FH or 20 months whichever comes first.

<8> For Repair Category data at Bottom Wing Skin to Stringer oversize
holes, refer to Figure 107 sheets 3 and 4 for locations.

For Repair Category data at Top Wing Skin to Stringer oversize holes,
refer to Figure 107 sheets 5 and 6 for locations.

<9> Refer to the related allowable damage paragraph for the relevant damage
location and blend depths, to determine the Repair Category and In
spection Instruction Reference for the damage you have.

4. Wing Box Skins Structure − Allowable Damage


CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 102.

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE CLAMPED MANHOLE SURROUNDS IN NUMBER 2 BOTTOM WING


SKIN, MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−21−11−1−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE
STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST
INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NEC
ESSARY INFORMATION.

A. Clamped Manhole Surrounds at Number 2 Bottom Skin Panel − Scratches,


Abrasions and Corrosion (Caused by Fretting)

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related repair data ap
plicable to the non−load−carrying access panel surrounds in the Number 2
Bottom Skin Panel between Ribs 1 thru 13. The damage is confined to
scratches, abrasions and corrosion caused by fretting. The fretting is
between the clamp rings that secure the access panel and the Bottom Skin
Panel.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 102.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 102
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For the locations of damage allowed on the manhole surrounds, refer to


Figure 101.

Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the lim
its of allowable damage below (Refer to Chapter 51−74−00).

The maximum reduction in material thickness must not be more than:

− 0.254 mm (0.01 in)


or

− 1.5% of the nominal skin thickness (Refer to Figure 101, dimension D)


whichever is smaller.

NOTE: For allowable damage to the access−door attachment holes in the ac
cess door and the Number 2 Wing−Skin Panel, refer to Chapter
57−27−11, Page Block 101.

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Clamped Manhole Surrounds at Number 2 Bottom Skin Panel − Scratches,


Abrasions and Corrosion (Caused by Fretting)
Figure 101
Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 103.
B. Wing Box Top and Bottom Skins − Allowable Damage

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related repair data ap
plicable to the Wing Box Top and Bottom Skins. The allowable damage Cri
teria/Type for this structure is:
− Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion more than 3D from any fas
tener (refer to Paragraph 4.B.(1))
− Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion less than 3D from any fas
tener (refer to Paragraph 4.B.(2))
− Dents (refer to Paragraph 4.B.(3))
− Blend−out around Fastener Heads (refer to Paragraph 4.B.(4))
− Flap Peening after Blending (refer to Paragraph 4.B.(5))
− Temporary Repair of Corroded Areas around Fasteners (refer to Paragraph
4.B.(6)).

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 103.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200
A320 200 012, 013, 016
014 <1>
015 <1> <2>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 103
<1> Weight Variants 014 and 015 are only valid for the allowable damage that
follows:
− Damage less than 3D from fasteners in Ribs, Spars and Buttstraps on
the Wing Box Skins given in Paragraph 4.B.(2)

− Blend−out around Fastener Heads given in Paragraph 4.B.(4)

− Temporary Repair of Corroded Areas around Fasteners given in Paragraph


4.B.(6).
<2> For aircraft after Modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G.
extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION of


the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary data about all
weight variants and their required information for allowable damage and
repair applicability.

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE BOTTOM WING SKIN, MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED


INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS
57−21−11−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLAN
NING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

(1) Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion more than 3D from any
fastener
(a) For the areas of allowable damage on the Top Skin and Overhang
refer to Figure 103, sheet 1.

For areas of allowable damage on the Bottom Skin, refer to Fig


ure 103, sheet 4.

(b) The areas of damage on the Top Skins between Ribs 1 thru 27 are
categorized as multi−site damage areas. Multi−site damage areas
permit more than one damage site between the ribs across the
chordwise section of the wing.

(c) The areas of damage on the Bottom Skins between Ribs 1 thru 27
are categorized as single−site damage areas. Single−site damage
areas permit only one damage site between ribs across the chord
wise section of the wing.

(d) Damage limitations for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion


on the Top Skin are shown in Figure 102, sheet 1 and 3.

Damage limitations for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion


on the Bottom Skin are shown in Figure 102, sheet 1 and 6.

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP AND BOTTOM WING SKINS, MUST BE INSPECTED AT
DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS
57−21−11−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLAN
NING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

(2) Abrasion, Scratches and Corrosion less than 3D from any Fastener

CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE MATERIAL FROM THE FASTENER HEADS WHEN YOU
BLEND−OUT CORROSION.

FOR THE REMOVAL OF OXIDATION FROM THE FASTENER HEADS, REFER


TO SRM CHAPTER 51−74−00 PARAGRAPH 1.D.

CAUTION: CONTACT AIRBUS IF THE BLEND−OUT IS AROUND AN OVERSIZE FAS


TENER INSTALLED AS DETAILED IN PARAGRAPH 4.F.

(a) Between Top Skin Ribs 1 and 17 at Stringers 1 thru 10, removal
of damage can be up to a 10% decrease of skin thickness adjacent
to fastener positions (that is up to 3D from fastener).

(b) Between Top Skin Ribs 1 and 10 at Stringers 12 thru 17, removal
of damage can be up to a 10% decrease of skin thickness adjacent
to fastener positions (that is up to 3D from fastener).

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Between Bottom Skin Ribs 1 and 27 at Stringers 1 thru 15 (but


not Stringers 8 and 11), removal of damage can be up to a 10%
decrease of skin thickness adjacent to fastener positions (that
is up to 3D from fastener).

(d) For the areas of allowable damage on the Top Skin T/E Overhang
between the Gear Rib and Rib 27, refer to Paragraph 4.G.

(e) The Wing Skin allowable damage limits shown in Paragraphs


4.B.(2)(a) thru 4.B.(2)(c) above only apply around the fasteners
that attach the Wing Skin to the Stringers. For Wing Skin allow
able damage around fasteners attaching the top wing skins to the
spar, ribs and buttstraps, refer to Figure 103, Sheets 2 and 3.
There is no Wing Skin allowable damage around fasteners attaching
the bottom wing skins to the spar, ribs, buttstraps etc.

NOTE: Blends to form a smooth polished contour with a minimum di


ameter of 30 x Max Depth.

NOTE: Damage to the Wing Skin and the Stringer is not permitted
at the same location.
(f) Repair Limits for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion on
the Top Skin are shown in Figure 102, sheet 1 and 4.

For damage limitations of scratches, gouges, abrasions and corro


sion on the Top Skin T/E Overhang between the Gear Rib and Rib
27, refer to Paragraph 4.G.
(3) Dents in the Skins

For the damage limitations on dents in the top skin you must refer
to Figure 102 Sheet 2.

For the damage limitations on dents in the bottom skin you must re
fer to Figure 102 Sheet 5.
(4) Blend−out around Fastener Heads

CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE MATERIAL FROM THE FASTENER HEADS WHEN YOU
BLEND−OUT CORROSION.

FOR THE REMOVAL OF OXIDATION FROM THE FASTENER HEADS, REFER


TO SRM CHAPTER 51−74−00 PARAGRAPH 1.D.

CAUTION: CONTACT AIRBUS IF THE BLEND−OUT IS AROUND AN OVERSIZE FAS


TENER INSTALLED AS DETAILED IN PARAGRAPH 4.F.

(a) For Top Skin corrosion at Stringer attachments:

1 In all cases when blending touches Drivmatic rivets, the rivets


are to be replaced with interference fit bolts of the next
nominal diameter (refer to SRM Chapter 57−00−00 Page Block
201).

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 After blend−out of surface corrosion around Drivmatic rivets,


do an ultrasonic inspection for intergranular corrosion (refer
to NTM Task 57−21−25−270−801).

(b) When the blend depth at the edge of the countersink is less than
0.25 mm (0.01 in), blend−out the damage without fastener removal.

1 Make sure the corroded area/depth is within the allowable dam


age limits given in Paragraph 4.B.(2).
2 Do a High Frequency Eddy Current (HFEC) inspection to the blend
area and make sure that there is no corrosion.

(c) When the blend depth at the edge of the countersink is greater
than or equal to 0.25 mm (0.01 in), do the procedure given below
or do a temporary repair as given in Paragraph 4.B.(6).

1 Remove the fastener and blend the damage (refer to SRM Chapter
51−42−11 for fastener removal and installation).

a Make sure the corroded area/depth is within the allowable


damage limits given in Paragraph 4.B.(2).
b Do a HFEC inspection to the blend area and make sure that
there is no corrosion.

2 The removal of the fastener will:

a Prevent particles from the fastener head being embedded in


the aluminium skin while blending. This will prevent possible
dissimilar metal corrosion in the future.

b Make sure that there is no hidden corrosion under the fas


tener head.

c Prevent damage to the protective treatment of the fastener


while blending.

(5) Flap Peening after Blending

(a) Flap peening is not necessary when the blended area is less than
1 000 mm (1.549 in).

(b) Flap peening is necessary when the blended area is between 1 000
mm (1.549 in) and 19 000 mm (29.445 in).

(c) If the blended area is greater than 19 000 mm (29.445 in) you
must tell AIRBUS.

NOTE: The blended area can be one large single area or the total
of a number of adjacent blended areas. (For example a row
of adjacent fasteners within a rib bay).

(6) Temporary Repair of Corroded Areas around Fasteners

Page 111
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE MATERIAL FROM THE FASTENER HEADS WHEN YOU
BLEND−OUT CORROSION.
FOR THE REMOVAL OF OXIDATION FROM THE FASTENER HEADS, REFER
TO SRM CHAPTER 51−74−00 PARAGRAPH 1.D.

(a) You may do a temporary repair to areas affected by corrosion


around fasteners without fastener removal. The corroded area/depth
must be less than the allowable damage limits.
WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CHEMICAL
CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 13−002) AND EPOXIDE PRIMER (CML
NO. 16−006B) OR (CML NO. 16−006C). THESE MATERIALS ARE DAN
GEROUS.

(b) To do a temporary repair, remove the corrosion (Refer to SRM


Chapter 51−74−00). Visually ensure that the corrosion has been
removed (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−21−11 and SRM Chapter 51−75−12)
and apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) and epox
ide primer (CML No. 16−006B) or (CML No. 16−006C).

NOTE: This repair is temporary because corrosion may remain under


the fastener head as the fastener is not removed.

(c) You must do a permanent repair within 4 500 FC/6 000 FH or 20


months whichever comes first.

Page 112
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits − Wing Box Skins


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 113
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits − Wing Box Skins


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 114
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits − Wing Box Skins


Figure 102 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb115/116
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits − Wing Box Skins


Figure 102 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb117/118
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits − Wing Box Skins


Figure 102 (sheet 5)

Page 119
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits − Wing Box Skins


Figure 102 (sheet 6)

Page 120
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on the Wing Box Skins − Scratches, Gouges, Abra
sions and Corrosion
Figure 103 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesMay121/122
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on the Wing Box Skins − Scratches, Gouges,


Abrasions and Corrosion
Figure 103 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb123/124
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on the Wing Box Skins − Scratches, Gouges,


Abrasions and Corrosion
Figure 103 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb125/126
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on the Wing Box Skins − Scratches, Gouges, Abra
sions and Corrosion
Figure 103 (sheet 4)
Page 127
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND
AIRCRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 104.
CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE MANHOLE SURROUNDS IN THE BOTTOM WING SKIN, MUST BE
INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION
REFERENCE IS 57−21−11−1−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL
REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY
INFORMATION.
C. Bottom Skin Area around Manhole Surrounds − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions
and Corrosion

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related repair data
applicable to the areas of the Bottom Wing Skin around the manhole
access panels between Ribs 1 thru 27. The manhole surround structure is
specified as follows:
− Clamped manholes between rib 1 and rib 13
− Bolted manholes between rib 13 and rib 27
− Open holes.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 104.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 104
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required
information for allowable damage and repair applicability.

For the locations of damage allowed on the Bottom Skin manhole


surrounds, refer to Figure 104, sheet 1.
Damage limitations for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion are
shown in Figure 104, sheets 2 and 3.

Page 128
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Area around Manhole Surrounds − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and
Corrosion
Figure 104 (sheet 1)
Page 129
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Area around Manhole Surrounds − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and
Corrosion
Figure 104 (sheet 2)
Page 130
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Area around Manhole Surrounds − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and
Corrosion
Figure 104 (sheet 3)
Page 131
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 105.
D. Top Wing Skin, Sub−Surface Intergranular Corrosion at Drivmatic Rivet
Locations (Before Modification 25843J1633) − Corrosion Limits

(1) This paragraph is applicable to the drivmatic rivet locations in the


Top Wing Skin between:
− Ribs 1 thru 10 at Stringers 12 thru 16
− Ribs 1 thru 3 at Stringer 17 (Region 2).
The allowable damage is applicable to sub−surface intergranular cor
rosion within Region 2. You must follow the instructions in this
paragraph when you repair the corrosion. You must not exceed the
limits given in this paragraph.

NOTE: This paragraph is not applicable after Modification 25843J1633


This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 105.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 105
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.
CAUTION: SUB−SURFACE INTERGRANULAR CORROSION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS PER
MANENT UNTIL ALL THE CORROSION HAS BEEN REMOVED AND THE AF
FECTED AREA REPAIRED.

(2) Allowable Damage Limits

For repair of sub−surface intergranular corrosion (Refer to Chapter


57−21−11, Page Block 201). Repair is only permitted if all of the
conditions that follow are met (Refer to Figure 105, sheet 1).

(a) All sub−surface corrosion must be in Region 2. Region 2 is be


tween Ribs 1 thru 10, Stringers 12 thru 16, and between Ribs 1
thru 3, Stringer 17 (Refer to Figure 105, sheet 2).
(b) No more than 3 rivets can be affected on any Stringer within a
Rib Bay. The same Stringer must be clear of sub−surface corrosion
in the adjacent Rib Bays. If sub−surface corrosion is found at a
Stringer location in a Rib Bay, the adjacent Stringer locations

Page 132
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

in the same Rib Bay must be corrosion free (Refer to Figure 105,
sheet 3).
NOTE: Surface Wing Skin corrosion to SRM limits at adjacent
Stringers (same Rib Bay) or the same Stringer (same or next
Rib Bay) is permitted. There must not be surface corrosion
outside of the SRM limits at these locations.

(c) It must be possible to remove all of the corrosion locations


with a 25.4 mm (1.0 in) diameter spotface of 3 mm (0.118 in)
depth at each affected rivet.

NOTE: Do not proceed further if you cannot meet these conditions.


Contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: If all of these conditions can be met, you must repair the
corrosion within 4 500 FC/6 000 FH or 20 months whichever
comes first.

Page 133
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits − Top Wing Skin Sub−Surface Corrosion


Figure 105 (sheet 1)

Page 134
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits − Top Wing Skin Sub−Surface Corrosion


Figure 105 (sheet 2)

Page 135
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits − Top Wing Skin Sub−Surface Corrosion


Figure 105 (sheet 3)

Page 136
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 106.
CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE BOTTOM WING SKIN PANEL NUMBER 3 BETWEEN REAR SPAR
AND FALSE REAR SPAR, MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE
INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−21−11−1−003−00 AND IS DE
SCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE
SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM
WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
E. Bottom Skin Panel Number 3 − Area between Rear Spar and False Rear Spar

(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related repair data
applicable to the Trailing Edge of the Bottom Skin Panel Number 3.

This area is contained within the boundaries of the Inner Rear Spar
datum and the False Rear Spar datum (Refer to Figure 106).

You must follow the instructions in this topic when you repair the
corrosion.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 106.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 106
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.
(2) Allowable Damage Limits

CAUTION: CORROSION REMOVAL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A PERMANENT SOLUTION


UNTIL ALL THE CORROSION HAS BEEN REMOVED AND THE AFFECTED
AREA REPAIRED.

(a) For areas of allowable damage and panel thicknesses, refer to


Figure 106, Sheet 1).
1 Find the original panel thickness in the damage area.

2 Blend out the corrosion (Refer to Chapter 51−74−00).

3 Measure the resultant panel thickness.

Page 137
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CHEMI


CAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 13−002) AND EPOXIDE
PRIMER (CML NO. 16−006B) OR (CML NO. 16−006C). THESE
MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

4 If the thickness is equal to or greater than the minimum al


lowable resultant panel thickness listed in the Table in Figure
106 sheet 1, reprotect the exposed metal surfaces with chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
and epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006B) or (CML No. 16−006C) (Re
fer to Chapter 51−75−12).

5 If the thickness is less than the minimum allowable resultant


panel thickness listed in the Thickness Table (see Figure 106,
sheet 1), then a repair is necessary. For Zones A and B (see
Figure 106, sheet 2), refer to Page Block 201 for a specific
repair. For areas outside these Zones, you must contact AIRBUS.

Page 138
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits − Bottom Skin Panel Number 3


Figure 106 (sheet 1)

Page 139
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits − Bottom Skin Panel Number 3


Figure 106 (sheet 2)

Page 140
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 107.
CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP AND BOTTOM WING SKIN STRINGERS, MUST BE IN
SPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE
IS 57−21−11−1−004−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING
DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
F. Fastener oversize holes at Skin to Stringer and Skin to Stringer/Rib
locations on the Top and Bottom Wing Skins

This paragraph contains the allowable fastener repair limits for oversize
holes in the structure that follows:
− Top and Bottom Wing Skins to Stringer fastener holes
− Top and Bottom Wing Skins to Stringer/Rib fastener holes.
This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 107.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 107
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
CAUTION: FOR THE ORIGINAL FASTENER TYPE AND DIAMETER REFER TO THE FAS
TENER SPECIFIED ON THE PRODUCTION DRAWING.

(1) This allowable damage gives instructions to replace top and bottom
wing skins to stringer and rib attachment bolts that are damaged or
removed as part of a repair and require a full oversize of plus
1/16 in (1.588 mm) above the original fastener size diameter, pro
viding the repair area has not been reworked by blend−out of skin,
rib or stringer at the fastener location. For general instructions
related to this allowable damage data, refer to Chapter 51−43−00.

(2) In areas where the repair area has been reworked by blend out of
skin, rib or stringer at the fastener location for general instruc
tions on replacement of bolts that require 1st and 2nd oversize re
pair fasteners above the original fastener diameter, refer to Chapter
51−43−00.

(3) If the oversize nut will not seat without spot−facing or adding a
pad washer, contact AIRBUS.

Page 141
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(4) Fastener holes to be at 90 degrees to the surface of stringer flange


with a tolerance of plus or minus 0.5 degrees.
(5) The countersink head of the repair fastener must comply with the
limits and conditions shown in Chapter 51−46−11 (Countersinking Me
tallic Structure).

(6) The minimum skin thickness requirements for the repair fastener are
given in Chapter 51−46−11.
(7) For fastener repair limits on the bottom wing skin at skin to
stringer locations, refer to Figure 107 sheets 1 thru 4 and 8.

For fastener repair limits on the top wing skin at skin to stringer
locations, refer to Figure 107 sheets 1, 2, 5, 6 and 8.

NOTE: For skin to stringer fasteners not shown as a full oversize of


plus 1/16 in (1.588 mm) in Figure 107 sheets 3 thru 6, refer
to Chapter 51−43−00 for 1st and 2nd oversize repair limits. For
Drivmatic rivets on top skin refer to Paragraph 4.B.(4)(a).

(8) For fastener repair limits on the top and bottom wing skins at skin
to stringer/rib locations, refer to Figure 107 sheets 1, 7 and 8.

Page 142
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 1)

Page 143
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 2)

Page 144
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesAug145/146
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesAug147/148
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesAug149/150
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesAug151/152
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesAug153/154
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Wing Skins − Repair Fastener Oversize Limits


Figure 107 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesAug155/156
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 108.
CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP SKIN T/E OVERHANG IS NOT ALLOWED IN 100 MM
(3.937 IN) OR LESS FROM THE EDGE OF ANY REPAIR PLATE.

THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE NOT ALLOWED IN COMBINATION WITH


DAMAGE TO THE REAR SPAR OR SKINS WITHIN THE SAME RIB BAY UP TO
FIRST STRINGER FORWARD OF REAR SPAR.
G. Wing Box Top Skin T/E Overhang

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data applicable
to the Wing Box Top Skin T/E Overhang between the Gear Rib and Rib 27.
This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 108.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 108
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) The allowable damage blend rework data is applicable to the structure
and locations that follow:
− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of False Rear Spar not extending under
Fittings
− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of Rear Spar not extending under Fit
tings
− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of False Rear Spar extending under Fit
tings
− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of Rear Spar extending under Fittings.
NOTE: Fittings are attachments such as Spoiler Hinges and Riblets but
not T/E Seal Plates or related Butt Straps.

(2) The minimum skin thickness at repair fastener must be as given in


Chapter 51−46−11, Table 1.
NOTE: For Skin Thickness Tables, refer to Chapter 57−21−11 Page Block
001.

(3) For Damage Locations, Blend Depths, Repair Category and Inspection
Instruction Reference, refer to the Tables as given below:
− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of False Rear Spar not extending under
Fittings − refer to Table 109

Page 157
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of Rear Spar not extending under Fit
tings − refer to Table 110
− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of False Rear Spar extending under Fit
tings − refer to Table 111
− Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of Rear Spar extending under Fittings −
refer to Table 112.

(4) Allowable Damage Location/Criteria


NOTE: The text 3D refers to a distance of 3 x D, where D is the
diameter of the hole. The dimension 3D is measured from the
center line of the fastener hole.

MAXIMUM BLEND
INSPECTION
DEPTH (% OF REPAIR
DAMAGE LOCATION INSTRUCTION REF
ORIGINAL SKIN CATEGORY
ERENCE
THICKNESS)
Gear Rib Outer to Inner Jack
50 A −
Rib (WX2440 to WX3386)
Flap Drive Bracket, Damage <
10 A −
3D from Fastener
Inner Jack Rib to Outer Jack 25 A −
Rib (WX3386 to WX3622) 50 B 57−21−11−1−005−00
Outer Jack Rib to Rib 7A 10 A −
(WX3622 to WX4013) 30 B 57−21−11−1−005−00
10 A −
Rib 7A to Spoiler
p 1 Outer 30
Hinge (WX4013 to WX4349) 40 B 57−21−11−1−005−00
50
Spoiler 1 Outer Hinge (WX4349)
10 A −
to Rib 9
Top Skin T/E Overhang, Aft of False Rear Spar Not Extending Under Fittings −
Allowable Damage Location/Criteria
Table 109
MAXIMUM BLEND
INSPECTION
DEPTH (% OF REPAIR
DAMAGE LOCATION INSTRUCTION REF
ORIGINAL SKIN CATEGORY
ERENCE
THICKNESS)
Rib 9 to Rib 11 10 A −
10 A −
Rib 11 to Rib 12 20
B 57−21−11−1−006−00
45
Table 110

Page 158
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAXIMUM BLEND
INSPECTION
DEPTH (% OF REPAIR
DAMAGE LOCATION INSTRUCTION REF
ORIGINAL SKIN CATEGORY
ERENCE
THICKNESS)
Rib 12 to Rib 14 10 A −
10 A −
Rib 14 to Rib 15
30 B 57−21−11−1−006−00
Rib 15 to Rib 17 10 A −
Cruise Roller Bracket, Damage
10 A −
< 3D from Fastener
10 A −
20
Rib 17 to Rib 19
25 B 57−21−11−1−006−00
50
Rib 19 to Rib 20 10 A −
10 A −
35
Rib 20 to Rib 21
40 B 57−21−11−1−006−00
50
10 A −
Rib 21 to Rib 22
30 B 57−21−11−1−006−00
Rib 22 to Rib 23 − Before
10 A −
Modification 25763J1599
Rib 22 to Rib 23 − After Mod 30 A −
ification 25763J1599 50 B 57−21−11−1−006−00
Aileron Jack Fitting 1, Damage
15 A −
< 3D from Fastener
Aileron Jack Fitting 2, Damage
10 A −
< 3D from Fastener
Aileron Hinge Fittings 2 and
30 A −
3, Damage < 3D from Fastener
Rib 23 to Rib 27 50 A −
Top Skin T/E Overhang, Aft of Rear Spar Not Extending Under Fittings − Al
lowable Damage Location/Criteria
Table 110

Page 159
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAXIMUM BLEND
INSPECTION
DEPTH (% OF REPAIR
DAMAGE LOCATION INSTRUCTION REF
ORIGINAL SKIN CATEGORY
ERENCE
THICKNESS)
Gear Rib Outer to Rib 6A
50 A −
(WX2440 to WX3059)
Flap Drive Bracket, Damage <
10 A −
3D from Fastener
Rib 6A to Inner Jack Rib 45 A −
(WX3059 to WX3386) 50 B 57−21−11−1−007−00
15 A −
Inner Jack Rib to O
Outer
ter Jack
40
Rib (WX3386 to WX3622) B 57−21−11−1−007−00
50
20
Outer
O ter Jack Rib to Rib 7A
25 B 57−21−11−1−007−00
(WX3622 to WX4013)
30
20
Rib 7A to Spoiler 1 Outer
O ter
30 B 57−21−11−1−007−00
Hinge (WX4013 to WX4349)
50
Spoiler 1 Outer Hinge (WX4349)
10 B 57−21−11−1−007−00
to Rib 9
Top Skin T/E Overhang, Aft of False Rear Spar Extending Under Fittings − Al
lowable Damage Location/Criteria
Table 111
MAXIMUM BLEND
INSPECTION
DEPTH (% OF REPAIR
DAMAGE LOCATION INSTRUCTION REF
ORIGINAL SKIN CATEGORY
ERENCE
THICKNESS)
Rib 9 to Rib 11 10 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
10
Rib 11 to Rib 12 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
35
Rib 12 to Rib 14 10 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
Rib 14 to Rib 15 25 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
Rib 15 to Rib 17 10 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
Cruise Roller Bracket, Damage
10 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
< 3D from Fastener
Top Skin T/E Overhang, Aft of Rear Spar Extending Under Fittings − Allowable
Damage Location/Criteria
Table 112

Page 160
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAXIMUM BLEND
INSPECTION
DEPTH (% OF REPAIR
DAMAGE LOCATION INSTRUCTION REF
ORIGINAL SKIN CATEGORY
ERENCE
THICKNESS)
10
Rib 17 to Rib 19 15 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
45
Rib 19 and Rib 20 10 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
25
Rib 20 to Rib 21 30 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
50
Rib 21 to Rib 22 30 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
Rib 22 to Rib 23 − Before
10 A −
Modification 25763J1599
Rib 22 to Rib 23 − After Mod 20 A −
ification 25763J1599 50 B 57−21−11−1−008−00
Aileron Jack Fitting 1, Damage
15 A −
< 3D from Fastener
Aileron Jack Fitting 2, Damage
10 A −
< 3D from Fastener
Aileron Hinge Fittings 2 and
30 A −
3, Damage < 3D from Fastener
Rib 23 to Rib 27 50 A −
Top Skin T/E Overhang, Aft of Rear Spar Extending Under Fittings − Allowable
Damage Location/Criteria
Table 112
(5) Wing Box Top Skin T/E Overhang between the Gear Rib and Rib 27 −
Allowable Damage

This allowable damage applies to the removal of damage by blending


on the upper and lower surfaces of the Top Skin T/E Overhang between
the Gear Rib and Rib 27. Remove all damage to a smooth polished
contour and compare with the limits of damage given in paragraphs
4.G.(5)(a) thru 4.G.(5)(d).

When the blend depth at the edge of countersink is less than 0.25
mm (0.01 in), then the fastener can stay in position. When the blend
depth at the edge of countersink is equal to or more than 0.25 mm
(0.01 in), then you must do one of the two procedures:
− remove the fastener before you blend
− perform a temporary repair.

Page 161
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For related data on blending, fastener removal, temporary repair, re−


protection and shimming, refer to Repair Instruction R572−58998.
CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP SKIN T/E OVERHANG, AFT OF FALSE REAR SPAR
NOT EXTENDING UNDER FITTINGS, MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED
INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS
57−21−11−1−005−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

(a) Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of False Rear Spar not extending un
der Fittings − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion

For the areas of allowable damage, refer to Figure 108, sheets 1


and 2.

Damage limitation for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion


are shown in Figure 108, sheets 3 and 4.

NOTE: If damage exists on both upper and lower surfaces in one


Rib bay, refer to Figure 108, sheet 4 for minimum dimension
between damage on upper and lower surface. There is no re
striction for blends on the same surface side.

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP SKIN T/E OVERHANG, AFT OF REAR SPAR NOT
EXTENDING UNDER FITTINGS, MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED IN
TERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS
57−21−11−1−006−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

(b) Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of Rear Spar not extending under Fit
tings − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion

For the areas of allowable damage, refer to Figure 108, sheets 1


and 2.

Damage limitation for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion


are shown in Figure 108, sheets 3 and 4.
NOTE: If damage exists on both upper and lower surfaces in one
Rib bay, refer to Figure 108, sheet 4 for minimum dimension
between damage on upper and lower surface. There is no re
striction for blends on the same surface side.

Page 162
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP SKIN T/E OVERHANG, AFT OF FALSE REAR SPAR
EXTENDING UNDER FITTINGS, MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED IN
TERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS
57−21−11−1−007−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

(c) Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of False Rear Spar extending under
Fittings − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion

For the areas of allowable damage, refer to Figure 108, sheets 1


and 2.

Damage limitation for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion


are shown in Figure 108, sheets 3 and 4.

NOTE: If damage exists on both upper and lower surfaces in one


Rib bay, refer to Figure 108, sheet 4 for minimum dimension
between damage on upper and lower surface. There is no re
striction for blends on the same surface side.
CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP SKIN T/E OVERHANG, AFT OF REAR SPAR EX
TENDING UNDER FITTINGS, MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTER
VALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS
57−21−11−1−008−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

(d) Top Skin T/E Overhang, aft of Rear Spar extending under Fittings
− Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion

For the areas of allowable damage, refer to Figure 108, sheets 1


and 2.

Damage limitation for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion


are shown in Figure 108, sheets 3 and 4.

NOTE: If damage exists on both upper and lower surfaces in one


Rib bay, refer to Figure 108, sheet 4 for minimum dimension
between damage on upper and lower surface. There is no re
striction for blends on the same surface side.

Page 163
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Box Top Skin T/E Overhang between the Gear Rib and Rib 27 − Allowable
Damage
Figure 108 (sheet 1)
Page 164
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Box Top Skin T/E Overhang between the Gear Rib and Rib 27 − Allowable
Damage
Figure 108 (sheet 2)
Page 165
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Box Top Skin T/E Overhang between the Gear Rib and Rib 27 − Allowable
Damage
Figure 108 (sheet 3)
Page 166
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Box Top Skin T/E Overhang between the Gear Rib and Rib 27 − Allowable
Damage
Figure 108 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesAug167/168
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING − REPAIRS

1. General

These repairs are applicable for damage to the Top and Bottom Skins and
Plating on the Wing Box.
The General repairs are listed in Table 201.

The Specific repairs are listed in Table 202.

For details of the necessary repairs and the areas of allowable damage on
the Skins and Plating refer to 57−21−11, Page Block 101.

NOTE: For re−torquing of loose fasteners, refer to Chapter 51−42−11 Para


graph 7.E.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to Chapter


51−11−14.
2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENT,
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS, SEALANTS AND STRUCTURE PAINTS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND THE CAUTIONS INCLUDED
IN THE REFERENCED PROCEDURES.

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE MATERI
ALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU MUST:

− OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE
− NOT BREATHE THE GAS

− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
− THE FLIGHT CONTROLS

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES

− LANDING GEAR AND RELATED DOORS


− COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

CAUTION: USE ONLY SPECIFIED CLEANING MATERIALS AND SOLUTIONS OR THEIR


EQUIVALENTS. THE SURFACE PROTECTION COULD BE DAMAGED IF UNSPECIFIED
MATERIALS ARE USED. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE MANUFACTURER’S MIX
ING, APPLICATION AND TREATMENT INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOLLOWED.
CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION, THE AREA SURROUNDING
THE REPAIR MUST BE COVERED WITH PLASTIC FOIL AND MASKING TAPE.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIRS.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS, IF NECESSARY.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable to this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201
4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Repair of Top Wing Sub−
surface Corrosion within 5.A. 201 B 57−21−11−2−001−00
Allowable Damage Limits
Repair of wear and corro
sion in Wing Skin fasten
er holes by parallel bush
and bridging plate. Bottom 5.B. 202 B 57−21−11−2−002−00
Wing Skin Panel 2 at ac
cess door surrounds, Ribs
13 thru 27
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Repair of wear and corro
sion in Wing Skin fasten
er holes by countersink
headed bush. Bottom Wing 5.C. 203 B 57−21−11−2−003−00
Skin Panel 2 at access
door surrounds, Ribs 13
thru 23
Repair of corrosion in
Wing Skin pockets either
5.D. 204 A −
side of Rib 6A on Bottom
Skin Panel No.3
Repair of Bottom Wing
Skin Panel No.3, replace
ment of Pylon Systems 5.E. 205 A −
Mounting Plate, between
Ribs 7 and 8
Repair of Top Skin Panel
No.2 − Overwing Refuel
5.F. 206 B 57−21−11−2−004−00
Hole, between Ribs 19 and
20
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Wing Skin − Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION


INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−21−11−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE
STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

A. Repair of Top Wing Skin Sub−surface Corrosion.

(1) Repair General


This repair is applicable to Top Wing Skin Sub−surface intergranular
corrosion at Drivmatic Rivet locations between Ribs 1 and 10 and
Stringers 12 thru 16, and between Ribs 1 and 3 and Stringer 17 (Re
gion 2).

For allowable damage limits, refer to Chapter 57−21−11, Page Block


101.

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

If corrosion damage is more than these limits, contact Airbus.

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 203.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

NOTE: This repair is not applicable after Modification 25843J1633.


(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Counterbore Tool 1 Local resource 22.2 mm (0.874


in) or 25.4 mm (1.0 in) diame
ter (as required)
2 Reamer 1 7.8 − 7.85 mm (0.307 − 0.309
in) diameter
3 Filler Washer AR Part number R572−58248−200 (or
−202), make from Aluminium Alloy
(Material Spec. 7150−T6)
4 Chronic Acid Anodise AR Refer to SRM Chapter 51−21−11
5 Primer AR CML No. 16−006B or CML No.
16−006C
6 Fuel Tank Sealant AR CML No. 09−002
7 Fastener (interference fit) AR ASNA2026VHK5−XX (Refer to Chap
ter 51−40−00)
8 Nut AR NSA5474−5K7 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
9 Chemical Conversion Coating AR CML No. 13−002
NOTE: XX shows the correct fastener (Item 7) grip length (Refer to
Chapter 51−42−11).
CAUTION: IF YOU FIND CRACKS/CORROSION AT STAGES 5.A.(3)(a)3 OR
5.A.(3)(a)4, DO NOT CONTINUE FURTHER, CONTACT AIRBUS.

(3) Repair Procedure

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For each corroded Drivmatic rivet hole location, repair the cor
rosion as follows:
NOTE: Measure the distance from the rivet hole center−line to the
edge of the stringer. If the distance is smaller than 14
mm (0.551 in) you must not continue, but refer to Airbus.

1 Remove the rivet (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

2 Spotface to the minimum depth required to remove the corrosion


(Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 1). This must not be greater than
25.4 mm (1.0 in) in diameter or 2.75 mm (0.108 in) in depth.

NOTE: If you cannot remove the corrosion in less than these


limits you must not continue, but refer to Airbus.
3 Do a close visual inspection of the spotface and the hole to
make sure that all corrosion has been removed. Do an applicable
dye penetrant test of the spotfaced area (Refer to NTM Chapter
51−80−00) to make sure that there are no more cracks/corrosion.
Carefully examine the walls and radii of the spotface.
4 Do an Ultrasonic Inspection of the spotface base and the wing
skin immediately adjacent to the spotface (Refer to NTM Chapter
57−21−25) to make sure that all of the corrosion has been re
moved.

5 Increase the spotface depth to 3 mm (0.118 in) to remove the


countersink and to seat the filler washer (Item 3) (Refer to
Figure 201, Sheet 1).

NOTE: The 3 mm (0.118 in) spotface depth is measured from the


original top skin surface (Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 1).

6 Measure the distance between the edges of adjacent spotfaces.


The material should be removed if the distance is less than 3
mm (0.118 in).

7 Apply chemical conversion coating (Item 9) to the spotfaces


(Refer to Chapter 51−21−11) and repair the protective treatment
with primer (Item 5) (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).
NOTE: The primer must be applied in not more than 16 hours af
ter the application of the chemical conversion coating.

8 Ream the hole to between 7.8 mm and 7.85 mm (0.307 in and


0.309 in) diameter (Refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
9 Deburr (Refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

10 Make, or get, the filler washer (Item 3) (Part No.


R572−58248−200 or −202). Choose the correct size for the spot
face (Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 2).

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

11 Wet assemble the filler washer (Item 3), the fastener (Item 7)
and the nut (Item 8) (Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 3, Chapter
51−42−11 and Chapter 51−76−12). Torque the nut (Item 8) to be
tween 115 lbf.in and 125 lbf.in (Refer to Chapter 51−49−00).
Overcoat the nut (Item 8) with sealant (Refer to Chapter
51−76−12).

12 Repair the aircraft paint finish (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).


Make sure that the sealant has fully cured before you apply
the paint.

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Top Wing Skin Sub−surface Corrosion within Allowable Damage Limits
Figure 201 (sheet 1)

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Top Wing Skin Sub−surface Corrosion within Allowable Damage Limits
Figure 201 (sheet 2)

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Top Wing Skin Sub−surface Corrosion within Allowable Damage Limits
Figure 201 (sheet 3)

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−21−11−2−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE
STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.
B. Repair for Wear and Corrosion in the No. 2 Bottom Wing Skin Panel,
Loaded Access Panel Fastener Holes.

(1) General

This repair is applicable to the No. 2 Bottom Wing Skin Panel be
tween Ribs 13 and 27. The repair is made with a parallel bush and
bridging plate. Refer to paragraph 5.C. for a simple bush repair.

NOTE: The repair given at paragraph 5.C. is only applicable between


Ribs 13 and 23.

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 204.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.
(2) Allowable Damage

The allowable damage limits for the holes is given in Chapter


57−27−11. When the damage to any hole is greater than the allowable
limits given, you must do this repair.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Bush A/R Refer to Figure 202


2 Plate Bridging A/R Refer to Figure 202
− Rivet, Solid A/R NAS1097AD4−00
− Rivet, Solid A/R NAS1097AD5−00
− Bush, Guide A/R Local Manufacture
− Aluminium Alloy Sheet 3 mm A/R Material Spec. 7075−T6
(0.118 in) − 3.2 mm (0.126
in) thick
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−001 (Refer to Chapter
51−24−00)
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002 (Refer to Chapter
51−24−00)
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020 (Refer to Chapter
51−23−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodising A/R CML No. 16−006 (Refer to Chapter
51−21−11)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to Chapter
51−21−11)
− Bolt A/R Non−standard (See NOTE)
NOTE: When refitting the Panel after repair you must use bolts with
a grip length 3.2 mm (0.126 in) longer than the standard
bolts.
(4) Repair Principle.
The repair has two parts:

(a) Prepare the Wing Skin hole. Increase and cold expand the Wing
Skin hole. Freeze fit a cadmium−plated corrosion resistant steel
(CRES) parallel bush.

(b) Install a bridging plate between the Wing Skin upper surface and
the Anchor−Nut Gang−Channel. It will be necessary to install
longer fasteners to attach the Bridging Plate.

WARNING: OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS IN THE REFERENCED PROCE
DURES.

(5) Preparation for Repair.


(a) Make sure the LH and RH wing tanks are defueled and drained (Re
fer to AMM Chapter 28−25−00, Page Block 301).

(b) Remove the access panels as necessary (Refer to AMM Chapter


57−27−11, Page Block 401).

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) If the access panels inboard and outboard of Rib 19 are to be


removed, first remove the No.4 Flap Track Fairing (Refer to AMM
Chapter 57−55−11, Page Block 401).

WARNING: OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS IN THE REFERENCED PROCE
DURES.

(6) Repair Procedure to Prepare the Wing Skin Hole and Install the Bush.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU DRILL AND REAM THE HOLES, BE CAREFUL TO KEEP THE
ALIGNMENT AND CONCENTRICITY OF THE HOLES.

(a) Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 1 and remove the rivets that attach
the Gang−Channel to the Bottom Wing Skin (Refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(b) Drill and ream the affected holes to the cold expansion start
hole diameter given in Figure 202, Sheet 1 (Refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(c) Do a check for cracks at the Wing Skin holes (Refer to NTM
Chapter 51−10−01) and also the manhole aperture surface adjacent
to the repair hole (Refer to NTM Chapter 51−10−08). If you find
cracks you must tell Airbus.

NOTE: If the hole dimension is already larger than the maximum


start diameter given in Figure 202, Sheet 1, you must tell
Airbus.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU COLD EXPAND THE HOLE, YOU MUST PULL THE MANDREL
DOWNWARDS THROUGH THE HOLE.

(d) Refer to Chapter 51−48−00, Table 1, 4% Applied Expansion, and


cold expand the repair hole. Final ream to the appropriate diam
eter given in Figure 202, Sheet 1.
(e) Refer to Chapter 51−21−11 and apply Chemical Conversion Coating
(CCC) (CML No. 13−002) to all the repair holes and any bare met
al surfaces.

(f) Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 2 and manufacture a dedicated bush


(Item 1) for each repair hole.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT AFTER THE BUSHES ARE INSTALLED THEY ARE
FLUSH WITH THE TOP AND THE BOTTOM SURFACES OF THE WING
SKIN.

(g) Refer to Chapter 51−72−12 and freeze fit and wet assemble all
the bushes.
(h) When the sealant (CML No. 09−001) has cured, refer to Chapter
51−21−00 and apply paint to any bare CCC treated surfaces.

(7) Repair Procedure to Install the Bridging Plate.

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 3 to find the correct aperture Type
number for the number of the Rib Bay.
(b) Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 4 for the correct shape of the
Bridging Plate (Item 2) for the Type number.

(c) Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 3 for the correct Radial Width (W),
dimensions A and B and radii C and D.

(d) On a sheet of Aluminium Alloy (Material Spec. 7075−T6) (or


equivalent material) 3 mm (0.118 in) to 3.2 mm (0.126 in) thick,
mark out the correct shape for the Type number. Dimensions A, B
and W must be symmetrical each side of its center line.

(e) Cut out the Bridging Plate and deburr.


(f) Refer to Chapter 51−21−11 and apply Chromic Acid Anodising (CAA)
(CML No. 16−006) to the Bridging Plate. If CAA is not available,
apply Chemical Conversion Coating (CCC) (CML No. 13−002).

(g) Apply wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the Bridging Plate.

(h) Put the Bridging Plate against the inner surface of the Wing
Skin and move it to the center in relation to the skin bolt
holes.

(i) Through the skin bolt holes, mark the centers for 4 slave bolts
equally around the Bridging Plate.
(j) Drill the 4 slave bolt holes. The dimension of the holes must
allow for final reaming.

(k) Attach the Bridging Plate to the inner surface of the Wing Skin
in the center position with 4 slave bolts.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU DRILL THE RIVET HOLES IN THE BRIDGING PLATE, BE
CAREFUL TO KEEP THE ALIGNMENT AND CONCENTRICITY OF THE
HOLES IN THE WING SKIN.

(l) Use the holes in the Wing Skin as a template to drill the rivet
holes 3.25 mm (0.128 in) to 3.35 mm (0.132 in) in diameter in
the Bridging Plate.
(m) If any of the holes in the Wing Skin are too large, drill them
out to a diameter of 4.06 mm (0.16 in) to 4.17 mm (0.164 in).
Make a mark next to any larger holes; larger rivets will have to
be used.
(n) Remove the slave bolts and the Bridging Plate. Deburr and apply
CCC (CML No. 13−002) to the rivet holes and other bare metal
surfaces.

(o) Refer to Chapter 51−24−00 and apply sealant (CML No. 09−001) to
the interface surfaces of the Wing Skin, Bridging Plate and Gang−
Channel.

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) Refer to Chapter 51−42−11 and attach the Gang−Channel and the
Bridging Plate to the Wing Skin using solid rivets
(NAS1097AD4−00), or larger solid rivets (NAS1097AD5−00) at the
places marked.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU DRILL AND REAM THE BOLT HOLES IN THE BRIDGING
PLATE, BE CAREFUL TO KEEP THE ALIGNMENT AND CONCENTRICITY
OF THE HOLES IN THE WING SKIN.
(q) From below, use guide bushes with an internal diameter 0.25 mm
(0.01 in) smaller than the final reamed size for the skin bolt.
Make the guide bushes to fit against the bolt holes in the skin
or the installed bushes as necessary.

(r) Drill the Bridging Plate to the pre−reamed size. Ream the holes
for the 5/16 inch bolts to 8.14 mm (0.321 in) to 8.19 mm (0.322
in) and the holes for the 1/4 inch bolts to 6.55 mm (0.258 in)
to 6.6 mm (0.26 in).

(s) Apply CCC (CML No. 13−002) to all the bolt holes in aluminium
alloy.
(t) Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 5 and apply sealant (CML No. 09−002).
Allow to cure.

CAUTION: USE BOLTS WITH A 3.2 MM (0.126 IN) LONGER GRIP LENGTH WHEN
REFITTING THE ACCESS DOORS.
(u) Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 6 and refit the access doors.

(v) In the aircraft log book, write down that longer bolts are
installed. Use a stencil to write the same information on the
aircraft wing skin next to the Access Door.

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Bottom Wing Skin Bolt Holes for Loaded Access Panels Between Ribs
13 and 27
Figure 202 (sheet 1)
Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Bottom Wing Skin Bolt Holes for Loaded Access Panels Between Ribs
13 and 27
Figure 202 (sheet 2)
Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Bottom Wing Skin Bolt Holes for Loaded Access Panels Between Ribs
13 and 27
Figure 202 (sheet 3)
Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Bottom Wing Skin Bolt Holes for Loaded Access Panels Between Ribs
13 and 27
Figure 202 (sheet 4)
Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Bottom Wing Skin Bolt Holes for Loaded Access Panels Between Ribs
13 and 27
Figure 202 (sheet 5)
Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Bottom Wing Skin Bolt Holes for Loaded Access Panels Between Ribs
13 and 27
Figure 202 (sheet 6)
Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−21−11−2−003−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE
STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.
C. Repair for Wear and Corrosion in No. 2 Bottom Wing Skin Panel, Loaded
Access Panel Fastener Holes

(1) General

This repair is applicable to the No. 2 Bottom Wing Skin Panel be
tween Ribs 13 and 23. The repair is made with a countersink headed
bush.

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 205.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Allowable Damage


The allowable damage limits for the holes is given in Chapter
57−27−11. If the damage to any hole is greater than the allowable
limits given, you must do this repair.

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Bush A/R
Refer to Figure 203
− Rivet, Solid A/R
NAS1097AD4−00
− Rivet, Solid A/R
NAS1097AD5−00
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R
CML No. 09−001 (Refer to Chapter
51−24−00)
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002 (Refer to Chapter
51−24−00)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to Chapter
51−21−11)
(4) Repair Principle

The repair has two parts:

(a) Prepare the Wing Skin Hole. Increase, cold expand and countersink
the Wing Skin Hole.
(b) Freeze fit a cadmium plated, countersink head, corrosion resis
tant steel (CRES) bush.

(5) Preparation for Repair

(a) Make sure the LH and RH wing tanks are defueled and drained (Re
fer to AMM Chapter 28−25−00, Page Block 301).

(b) Remove the access panels as necessary (Refer to AMM Chapter


57−27−11, Page Block 401).

(c) If the access panels inboard and outboard of Rib 19 are to be


removed, first remove the No.4 Flap Track Fairing (Refer to AMM
Chapter 57−55−11, Page Block 401).

WARNING: OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS IN THE REFERENCED PROCE
DURES.

(6) Repair Procedure (to cold expand and countersink the Wing Skin hole).
(a) Refer to Figure 203 and remove the rivets that attach the Gang−
Channel to the bottom wing skin. Refer to Chapter 51−42−11 and
remove the Gang−Channel.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU DRILL AND REAM THE HOLES, BE CAREFUL TO KEEP THE
ALIGNMENT AND CONCENTRICITY OF THE HOLES.
(b) Drill and ream the affected holes to the cold expansion start
hole diameter given at Figure 202.

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Do a check for cracks at the Wing Skin holes (Refer to NTM
Chapter 51−10−01), and also the manhole aperture surface adjacent
to the repair hole (Refer to NTM Chapter 51−10−08). If you find
any cracks, you must tell Airbus.

NOTE: If the hole dimension is already larger than the maximum


start diameter given at Figure 202, you must tell Airbus.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU COLD EXPAND THE HOLE, YOU MUST PULL THE MANDREL
DOWNWARDS THROUGH THE HOLE.

(d) Refer to Chapter 51−48−00, Table 1, 4% Applied Expansion, and


cold expand the repair hole. Final ream to the appropriate diam
eter given in Figure 202 (Sheet 1).

(e) Refer to Figure 203 and manufacture a dedicated bush (Item 1)


for each repair hole.

(f) Refer to Chapter 51−46−11 and countersink the upper skin surface
of the Wing Skin holes. Control the depth of the countersink so
that the bush head is 0.0 mm (0.0 in) to 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
above the surface of the Skin Panel.
(g) Machine a radius of 0.76 mm (0.03 in) to 1.02 mm (0.04 in) at
the bottom of the countersink to make a clearance for the under
head radius on the bush. Do a check to make sure the bush head
is the correct dimension above the surface of the skin panel.
Re−machine the countersink and radius, if necessary, to give the
correct dimension.

(h) Refer to Chapter 51−21−11 and apply Chemical Conversion Coating


(CCC) (CML No. 13−002) to all the repair holes and any bare met
al surfaces.
(i) Refer to Chapter 51−72−12 and freeze fit and wet assemble all
the bushes. Make sure the bushes are against the countersinks.

(j) Do a check to make sure the bottom of the bush is the correct
dimension below the lower skin surface. Use a shorter bush if
necessary.
(k) When the sealant (CML No. 09−002) has cured, refer to Chapter
51−21−00 and apply paint to any bare CCC treated surfaces.

(l) Refer to Chapter 51−24−00 and apply sealant (CML No. 09−002) to
the interface of the Wing Skin and Gang−Channel.
(m) Refer to Chapter 51−42−11 and attach the Gang−Channel to the Wing
Skin using solid rivets (NAS1097AD4−00).

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: IF YOU DRILL THE HOLES, BE CAREFUL TO KEEP THE ALIGNMENT


AND CONCENTRICITY OF THE HOLES.
(n) If the rivet holes are too large, drill out to a diameter of
4.06 mm (0.16 in) to 4.17 mm (0.164 in) and use solid rivets
(NAS1097AD5−00).

(o) Refit the access doors.

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Bottom Wing Skin Bolt Holes for Loaded Access Panels Between Ribs
13 and 23
Figure 203
Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
D. Repair of Corrosion in the Wing Skin Pockets either side of Rib 6A on
the Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.3

(1) General

This repair is applicable to the Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.3 ma
chined pockets either side of Rib 6A, aft of the middle rear spar.
This repair may be used when the material thickness after blending
out corrosion in Zones A or B (refer to Figure 204) is less than
the minimum allowable resultant thickness (refer to Figure Page Block
101, Figure 106, Table 112). The repair covers the existing skin
with repair plates.
NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 206.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Plate, Repair, Zone A 1 R572−58335−200 (LH & RH Wing)


(See note)
2 Plate, Repair, Zone B 1 R572−58335−202 (LH Wing) (See
note)
3 Plate, Repair, Zone B 1 R572−58335−203 (RH Wing) (See
note)
4 Bolt A/R NSA5476VHK3−4
5 Bolt A/R NSA5476VHK3−6
6 Bolt A/R NSA5479VHK3−4
7 Bolt A/R NSA5479VHK3−6
8 Nut A/R NSA5472−3K7
9 Washer A/R NAS1252−10L
10 Washer A/R AN960KD10. May be used with, or
as an alternative to, Item 9
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Primer, Epoxide A/R CML No. 16−006B or CML No.
16−006C
NOTE: Make from Aluminum Alloy material 2024T351 (refer to Chapter
51−31−00) t = 2.6 mm (0.104 in, ISWG 12).

(3) Repair Principle

The repair has two parts, depending on the depth of corrosion:


(a) After blending out the corrosion (Refer to Chapter 57−21−11, Page
Block 101), measure the remaining thickness of the bottom skin.

(b) If the skin is between 1 mm (0.039 in) and 1.7 mm (0.067 in)
thick, fit a repair plate to Zone A and/or Zone B.
WARNING: YOU MUST MACHINE THE CUTOUT WITH A 20 MM (0.787 IN) DIAME
TER CUTTER TO THE ORIENTATION/DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 204.

(c) If the skin is less than 1 mm (0.039 in) thick, machine a cut
out in the skin that leaves an edge at least 1 mm (0.039 in)
thick all round. Protect exposed surfaces and fit a repair plate
to Zone A and/or Zone B.

(4) Repair Procedure (to fit repair plates)

NOTE: This procedure applies to either repair plate.

(a) Make, or get, the repair plates (Refer to Figure 204, Sheets 3
and 4).

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Put the repair plate in position (Refer to Figure 204, Sheet 2).

(c) Check the minimum clearances shown. If necessary, fettle the


edges locally to get the correct clearance.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CHEMICAL


CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 13−002) AND EPOXIDE PRIMER (CML
NO. 16−006B/16−006C). THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

(d) Protect exposed metal surfaces with chemical conversion coating


(CML No. 13−002) and Epoxide Primer (CML No. 16−006B or CML No.
16−006C) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−21−11 and SRM Chapter
51−23−11).

(e) Drill sufficient pilot holes in the Wing Skin to secure the re
pair plate.
NOTE: The repair plate is pre−drilled with 2.4 mm (0.095 in) pi
lot holes.

(f) Secure the repair plate and drill the remainder of the holes
(Refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
(g) Ream the holes to between 4.686 mm (0.1845 in) and 4.737 mm
(0.1865 in) diameter (Refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Make the hole
surface finish 1.6 micro−meters. Countersink the holes where ap
plicable. (Refer to Chapter 51−46−00).

(h) Remove the repair plate and deburr. Protect the holes and coun
tersinks with chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) (Refer
to Chapter 51−21−11).

(i) Wet assemble the repair plate and apply a fillet of sealant
around the edges (Refer to Chapter 51−24−00). Torque load the
nuts to between 3.4 N.m and 4.0 N.m. Install the fasteners (Re
fer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(5) Repair Procedure (to machined bottom skin)

(a) Where the bottom skin has been blended, measure the thickness to
find out the shape of the area which is less than 1 mm (0.039
in) thick.
(b) Refer to Figure 204, Sheet 1 and mark out the area to be ma
chined.

WARNING: YOU MUST MACHINE THE CUTOUT TO THE ORIENTATION/DIMENSIONAL


REQUIREMENTS GIVEN IN FIGURE 204.
(c) Use a cutter with a minimum diameter of 20 mm (0.787 in). Ma
chine the cutout, deburr and protect the edges (Refer to Chapter
51−27−11).

(d) Measure the edges of the cutout to ensure they are more than 1
mm (0.039 in) thick.

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Fit a repair plate as detailed in Paragraph 5.D.(4) above.

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion with Repair Plates


Figure 204 (sheet 1)

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion with Repair Plates


Figure 204 (sheet 2)

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion with Repair Plates


Figure 204 (sheet 3)

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion with Repair Plates


Figure 204 (sheet 4)

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
E. Repair of Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.3, replacement of Pylon Systems
Mounting Plate, between Ribs 7 and 8

(1) General

This repair is applicable to the bottom wing skin panel No.3 between
Ribs 7 and 8, aft of the mid rear spar. This repair is applicable
to the structure that follows:
− Damaged bolt location holes on the pylon systems mounting plate
− Chafing damage at the aft edge of the systems feed−through hole on
the bottom wing skin panel No.3.

This repair provides the necessary instructions to replace the pylon


systems mounting plate without the removal of the electrical looms.
NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 207.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Mounting Plate (Before 1 D57251216200 (LH Wing) 2024T3


Modification 37577J2847) clad Aluminum Alloy, 3.2 mm
(0.125 in) thick
1 Mounting Plate (After Mod 1 D57256572200 (LH Wing) 2024T3
ification 37577J2847) clad Aluminum Alloy, 3.2 mm
(0.125 in) thick
1 Mounting Plate 1 D57251216201 (RH Wing) 2024T3
clad Aluminum Alloy, 3.2 mm
(0.125 in) thick
− Fastener A/R EN6115V3 (length to suit) For
oversize fasteners refer to Fig
ure 205.
− Fastener A/R EN6115V4 (length to suit) For
oversize fasteners refer to Fig
ure 205.
− Fastener A/R EN6115V6 (length to suit) For
oversize fasteners refer to Fig
ure 205.
− Sealant A/R CML No. 09−016
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 16−006
(3) Repair Procedure

(a) Removal of the Mounting Plate

1 Do a damage evaluation before you do the repair (Refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
2 Remove the electrical clamp block from the mounting plate.

3 Remove hydraulic pipes and connectors as necessary to make sure


the mounting plate can be removed safely (Refer to AMM Chapter
29−00−00, Page Block 201).
NOTE: The electrical loom must not be removed.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL
METAL.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING STRUCTURE, HY


DRAULIC PIPES OR ELECTRICAL LOOM.
4 Drill out the fasteners from the mounting plate (Refer to
Chapter 51−42−11).

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5 Remove the mounting plate from the bottom skin panel by cutting
the mounting plate adjacent to the electrical loom position
(Refer to Figure 205, Sheet 1).

6 Deburr the fastener holes in the bottom skin panel.

WARNING: GENERAL PURPOSE SOLVENT (CML NO. 11−026) IS DANGEROUS.

7 Clean off the sealant from the bottom skin panel using general
purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026).
8 Do a HFEC rotating probe inspection of the fastener holes (Re
fer to NTM Task 51−10−01−250−801 and Chapter 51−44−11).

(b) Blending of Chafing damage on the aft edge of the Bottom Skin
Panel (systems feed−through hole)
1 Blend out chafing damage on bottom skin panel to a smooth pol
ished contour (Refer to Chapter 51−74−00). Make sure the limits
of the damage are kept (Refer to Figure 205, sheet 2).

2 Do a HFEC inspection of the repair area to check for corrosion


and cracks (Refer to NTM Task 51−10−02−250−801 and NTM Task
51−10−08−250−802).

3 Apply the protective treatment to the surface of the repair


area and restore the original paint scheme (Refer to Chapter
51−21−11 and Chapter 51−75−12).
(c) Manufacture of the Mounting Plate

1 Get the applicable mounting plate listed in the Repair Materi


als Table.

2 Make a slot in the mounting plate to a minimum dimension of 46


mm (1.811 in) (Refer to Figure 205, Sheet 3).
NOTE: The minimum corner radii of the slot are 5 mm (0.197
in).

3 Transfer drill the fastener holes from the old plate onto the
replacement plate (Refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
4 Deburr all fastener holes and sharp edges.

WARNING: GENERAL PURPOSE SOLVENT (CML NO. 11−026) IS DANGEROUS.

5 Clean the repair part with general purpose solvent (CML No.
11−026).
(d) Assembly of the Mounting Plate

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 13−002) IS POI


SONOUS.
1 Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to all bare
metal at the repair area and repair part (Refer to Chapter
51−21−11).

2 Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 16−006) to the repair area and re
pair part (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11).
WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY
THE SEALANT. IT IS SKIN IRRITANT.

3 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−016) to the mating


surfaces of the mounting plate (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).
4 Fasten the mounting plate to the bottom skin panel using the
correct fasteners, refer to Figure 205, Sheet 3 and Chapter
51−42−11. Install 1st or 2nd oversize fasteners wet with seal
ant (CML No. 09−016).

NOTE: You must use clearance fit fasteners in the mounting


plate and interference fit in the structure.

NOTE: If oversizing holes, temporarily clamp the mounting plate


to the skin.

5 Restore the original paint scheme (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

6 Re−install the hydraulic pipes and the connectors through the


mounting plate (Refer to AMM Chapter 29−00−00, Page Block 201).

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb237/238
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.3 and Replacement of Pylon Systems
Mounting Plate
Figure 205 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesMay239/240
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.3 and Replacement of Pylon Systems
Mounting Plate
Figure 205 (sheet 2)
Page 241
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.3 and Replacement of Pylon Systems
Mounting Plate
Figure 205 (sheet 3)
Page 242
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−21−11−2−004−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE
STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.
F. Repair of Top Skin Panel No.2 − Overwing Refuel Hole, between Ribs 19
and 20.

(1) General

This repair is applicable to the overwing refuel hole at Top Skin


Panel No.2. This repair removes corrosion or pitting damage from the
refuel hole flange by re−spotfacing and if necessary a shim can be
installed.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
<1> This repair data is applicable to aircraft before and after modification
38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION of


the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary data about all
weight variants and their required information for allowable damage and
repair applicability.
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Shim A/R 2024T3 Clad aluminum alloy,


thickness 0.5 − 1 mm (0.020 −
0.040 in).
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− A/R CML No. 11−003
Ethyl−Ketone)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−001 (refer to Chapter
51−24−00)
(3) Repair Procedure

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Remove the gravity filler adaptor, refer to AMM Task


28−11−43−000−001.
(b) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (CML No. 11−003).

(c) For small isolated areas of corrosion on the skin flange refer
to Chapter 51−74−00.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW UNWANTED MATERIAL TO ENTER THE FUEL TANK.

(d) Blend out the corrosion to a maximum depth of 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
to form a smooth polished profile. If damage remains proceed to
step 5.F.(3)(e). If all damage has been removed proceed to step
5.F.(3)(f).
(e) For deeper areas of corrosion, machine the skin flange up to a
maximum depth of 1 mm (0.039 in) using controlled tooling. Main
tain the corner radius of 5 mm (0.197 in) and a 45 degree cham
fer at the flange edge.

NOTE: Aperture skin flange thickness is different around circum


ference.

(f) Perform a dye penetrant inspection (Type 1, Method C, Level 3


Sensitivity, Form D) of the machined area to ensure all corrosion
has been removed (refer to NTM Task 51−80−00−004).

(g) Make the repair shim to the dimensions shown (Refer to Figure
206 sheet 2). Thickness as required to meet AMM Chapter 28−11−43
aerodynamic flushness limits.

NOTE: A shim may not be required if the installed adaptor meets


the flushness limits.
(h) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (CML No. 11−003).

(i) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to all bare
metal at the repair area and repair part (refer to Chapter
51−21−11).

(j) Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−001), to the interface
with the wing. Install the shim on the skin flange.

(k) Re−install the gravity filler adaptor (refer to AMM Task


28−11−43−400−001). Make sure the sealant fills the gap between
the gravity filler adaptor and the wing skin.

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−21−11 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(l) After installation check electrical bonding of the gravity filler


adaptor. Refer to AMM Chapter 20−28−00 (maximum limit 10 mil
liohms).

NOTE: To maintain correct electrical bonding, the mating faces of


the shim, adaptor and wing skin must not have protective
treatments applied, other than chemical conversion coating
(step 5.F.(3)(i)).

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb245/246
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Overwing Refuel Hole in Top Skin Panel No. 2


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb247/248
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Overwing Refuel Hole in Top Skin Panel No. 2


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−11 PagesFeb249/250
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS

1. Stringers and Stiffeners − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 1 Figure 2
2 Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 2 and Figure 3
Bottom Skin Joints
3 Stringers − Top Skin Panel 1 Figure 4
4 Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 3 Figure 5
5 Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Figure 6
Modification 20167J0030)
5 Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Figure 7
Modification 20167J0030)
5 Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Figure 8
Modification 22611J0774)
5 Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Figure 9
Modification 25897J1607)
6 Vent Box − Stringers 13 and 14 Figure 10
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers - Bottom Skin Panel 1


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-13 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 1


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, No 1 ABS5261A04 D57251101204 PB101 B160005J3253


lower 205
1A Stringer, No 1 ABS5208−02B D57256726200 PB101 A160005J3253
lower 201
5 Stringer, No 2 BAEM1003 D57251102200 PB101
lower (J4223) 201
5A Stringer, No 2 ABS5261A02 D57252462202 PB101 A20167J0030
lower 203 B160005J3253
5B Stringer, No 2 ABS5208−02B D57256728200 A160005J3253
lower 201
10 Stringer, No 3 BAEM1003 D57251103200 PB101
lower (J4223) 201
10A Stringer, No 3 BAEM1003 D57252463200 PB101 A20167J0030
lower (J4223) 201
10B Stringer, No 3 ABS5208−16D D57256533202 PB101 A35806J2705
lower 203 B160005J3253
10C Stringer, No 3 ABS5208−02B D57256730200 A160005J3253
lower 201
15 Stringer, No 4 BAEM1003 D57251104200 PB101
lower (J4223) 201
15A Stringer, No 4 BAEM1003 D57252464200 PB101 A20167J0030
lower (J4223) 201
15B Stringer, No 4 ABS5208−16D D57256534202 PB101 A35806J2705
lower 203 B160005J3253
15C Stringer, No 4 ABS5208−02B D57256573220 A160005J3253
lower 0
201
20 Stringer, No 5 BAEM1003 D57251105200 PB101
lower (J4223) 201
20A Stringer, No 5 BAEM1003 D57252465200 PB101 A20167J0030
lower (J4223) 201
20B Stringer, No 5 ABS5208−16D D57256535202 PB101 A35806J2705
lower 203 B160005J3253
20C Stringer, No 5 ABS5208−02B D57256734200 A160005J3253
lower 201
25 Stringer, No 6 BAEM1003 D57251106200 PB101
lower (J4223) 201
25A Stringer, No 6 ABS5208−16D D57252466202 PB101 A20167J0030
lower 203 B160005J3253
ASSY Dwg.: D57251459, D57252450, D57256682

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25B Stringer, No 6 ABS5208−02B D57256736200 A160005J3253


lower 201
30 Stringer, No 7 BAEM1003 D57251107200 PB101
lower (J4223) 201
30A Stringer, No 7 ABS5208−16D D57252467202 PB101 A20167J0030
lower 203 B160005J3253
30B Stringer, No 7 ABS5208−02B D57256738200 A160005J3253
lower 201
35 Bracket, support L168 D57952008200
40 Bracket, support L110 D57951958200 B160005J3253
1.4 (0.055)
40A Bracket, support L110 D57955503200
201
1.4 (0.055)
45 Packer, tapered L109 D57951955202 B160005J3253
50 Packer, tapered L109 D57951955200 B160005J3253
55 Flange, support L110 D57951956200
201
1.4 (0.055)
55A Flange, support L110 D57952039200 A23024J0922
201
1.4 (0.055)
60 Bracket L164 D57951968200
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251459, D57252450, D57256682

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 2 and Bottom Skin Joints


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 2 and Bottom Skin Joints


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, No 8 BAEM1003 D57251408000 PB101


(J4234) 001
1A Stringer, No 8 ABS5208−14D D57252468004 PB101 A20167J0030
005 B160005J3253
1B Stringer, No 8 ABS5231−16A D572200 A160005J3253
201
5 Stringer, No 9 ABS5261A03 D57251109202 PB101 B160005J3253
203
5A Stringer, No 9 ABS5208−02B D57256751200 A160005J3253
201
10 Stringer, No 10 ABS5261A03 D57251110202 PB101 B160005J3253
203
10A Stringer, No 10 ABS5208−02B D57256753200 A160005J3253
201
15 Stringer, No 11 BAEM1003 D57251411200 PB101
(J4223) 201
15A Stringer, No 11 ABS5208−15D D57252470204 PB101 A20167J0030
205 B160005J3253
15B Stringer, No 11 ABS5208−02B D57256765200 A160005J3253
201 B160044J3519
15C Stringer, No 11 ABS5208−02B D57252772020 PB101 A160044J3519
0
201
20 Stringer, No 11A L97 D57251506200 PB101 B20167J0030
201
25 Stringer, No 8A L97 D57251504200 PB101 B20167J0030
201
30 Bracket L164 D57951984200 B160005J3253
201
1.2 (0.047)
30A Bracket L164 D57949227200 A160005J3253
201
1.2 (0.047)
35 Joint, stringer L97 D57250806200
No 8 fwd 201
35A Joint, stringer L97 D57250806202 A26068J1640
No 8 fwd 203
40 Joint, stringer L97 D57250807200
No 8 aft 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57251400, D57251401, D57251460, D57251505, D57251507,
D57252460, D57252461, D57256685, D57256763, D57256768

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 MayPage 9
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40A Joint, stringer L97 D57250807202 A26068J1640


No 8 aft 203
45 Bracket, angle ABM3−1029 D57951953202
50 Joint, stringer L97 D57250809200
No 11 fwd 201
50A Joint, stringer L97 D57250809204 A26068J1640
No 11 fwd 205
55 Joint, stringer L97 D57250810200
No 11 aft 201
55A Joint, stringer L97 D57250810202 A26068J1640
No 11 aft 203
60 Bracket, valve ABM3−1029 D57951952202
203
65 Packer L164 D57949223200 A160005J3253
1.2 (0.047)
70 Angle, reinforc L97 D57257706200 A160044J3519
ing 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57256768, D57257707

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 1


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/0711
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers - Top Skin Panel 1


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-13 FebPage01/0212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers - Top Skin Panel 1


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-21-13 FebPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers - Top Skin Panel 1


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-21-13 FebPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, No 11 J4222 D57251081200 PB101


upper 201
1A Stringer, No 11 J4222 D57252416200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
1B Stringer, No 11 J4222 D57252416202 PB101 A22611J0774
upper 203
1C Stringer, No 11 J4357 D57252416204 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 205 B160005J3253
1D Stringer, No 11 J4357 D57256755200 A160005J3253
upper 201
5 Stringer, No 10 J4222 D57251080202 PB101
upper 203
5A Stringer, No 10 J4222 D57252415202 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 203
5B Stringer, No 10 J4222 D57252415204 PB101 A22611J0774
upper 205
5C Stringer, No 10 J4350 D57252415206 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 207 B160005J3253
5D Stringer, No 10 J4350 D57256724200 A160005J3253
upper 201
10 Stringer, No 10 J4222 D57258500210 PB101 B20167J0030
upper 211
15 Stringer, No 9 J4222 D57251079200 PB101
upper 201
15A Stringer, No 9 J4222 D57252414200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
15B Stringer, No 9 J4222 D57252414202 PB101 A22611J0774
upper 203
15C Stringer, No 9 J4357 D57252414204 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 205 B160005J3253
15D Stringer, No 9 J4357 D57256722200 A160005J3253
upper 201
20 Stringer, No 8 J4222 D57251078200 PB101
upper 201
20A Stringer, No 8 J4222 D57252413200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
20B Stringer, No 8 J4356 D57252413202 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 203 B160005J3253
ASSY Dwg.: D57251000, D57251008, D57252400, D57252431, D57256758, D57257721,
D57258500

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

20C Stringer, No 8 J4356 D57256720200 A160005J3253


upper 201
25 Stringer, No 7 J4222 D57251077200 PB101
upper 201
25A Stringer, No 7 J4222 D57252412200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
25B Stringer, No 7 J4356 D57252412202 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 203
30 Stringer, No 6A J4222 D57251097200 PB101
upper 201
30A Stringer, No 6A J4222 D57252411200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201 B21641J0543
35 Stringer, No 6 J4222 D57251076200 PB101
upper 201
35A Stringer, No 6 J4257 D57252410200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
35B Stringer, No 6 J4257 D57252443200 PB101 A21641J0543
upper 201
35C Stringer, No 6 J4356 D57252443202 PB101 A25878J1603
upper 203
35D Stringer, No 6 J4356 D57252443206 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 207
40 Stringer, No 1 J4222 D57251071200 PB101
upper 201
40A Stringer, No 1 J4222 D57252404200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
40B Stringer, No 1 J4352 D57252404202 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 203
45 Stringer, No 2 J4222 D57251072200 PB101
upper 201
45A Stringer, No 2 J4222 D57252405200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
45B Stringer, No 2 J4352 D57252405202 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 203
50 Stringer, No 3 J4222 D57251073200 PB101
upper 201
50A Stringer, No 3 J4222 D57252406200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57251000, D57251005, D57252400, D57252433, D57257721

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50B Stringer, No 3 J4356 D57252406202 PB101 A37636J2630


upper 203
55 Stringer, No 5 J4222 D57251075200 PB101
upper 201
55A Stringer, No 5 J4222 D57252408200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201
55B Stringer, No 5 J4257 D57252442200 PB101 A21641J0543
upper 201
55C Stringer, No 5 J4356 D57252442202 PB101 A25878J1603
upper 203
55D Stringer, No 5 J4356 D57252442206 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 207
60 Stringer, No 4 J4222 D57251074200 PB101
upper 201
60A Stringer, No 4 J4222 D57252407202 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 203
60B Stringer, No 4 J4356 D57252407204 PB101 A37636J2630
upper 205
65 Stringer, No 5A J4222 D57251096200 PB101
upper 201
65A Stringer, No 5A J4257 D57252409200 PB101 A20167J0030
upper 201 B21641J0543
70 Strap, crown BAEM1219 D57251098200
75 Strap, crown BAEM1213 D57251070200
201
75A Strap, crown BAEM1213 D57252486200 A20167J0030
201 B21641J0543
80 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251099200
85 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251059200 B21641J0543
90 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251069200 B21641J0543
95 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250811200 B155959J3668
201
95A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250811202 A155959J3668
203
100 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812200 B155959J3668
201
100A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812214 A155959J3668
215
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57251000, D57251005, D57252400, D57252433

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1517
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812202 B155959J3668


203
105A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812216 A155959J3668
217
110 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812204 B155959J3668
205
110A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812218 A155959J3668
219
115 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812206 B155959J3668
207
115A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812220 A155959J3668
221
120 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812208 B155959J3668
209
120A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812222 A155959J3668
223
125 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812210 B155959J3668
211
125A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812224 A155959J3668
225
130 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812212 B155959J3668
213
130A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250812226 A155959J3668
227
135 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813200 B155959J3668
201
135A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813210 A155959J3668
211
140 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813202 B155959J3668
203
140A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813212 A155959J3668
213
145 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813204 B155959J3668
205
145A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813214 A155959J3668
215
150 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57253000

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1518
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

155 Bracket L164 D57952011200


1.2 (0.047)
160 Cleat L164 D57250296200 B20403J0160
1.6 (0.063)
165 Cleat L164 D57250295200 B20403J0160
1.6 (0.063)
170 Cleat L164 D57250288200 B20403J0160
1.6 (0.063)
175 Cleat L164 D57250243200 B20403J0160
201
1.6 (0.063)
180 Cleat L164 D57250293200 B20403J0160
201
1.6 (0.063)
185 Cleat L164 D57250290200 B20403J0160
1.6 (0.063)
190 Cleat L164 D57250289200 B20403J0160
1.6 (0.063)
195 Bracket L164 D57950234202
203
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252400, D57253000

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1519
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 3


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1520
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Bottom Skin Panel 3


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1521
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, No 15 ABS5261A01 D57251115204 PB101 B160005J3253


lower 205
1A Stringer, No 15 ABS5208−02B D57256708200 A160005J3253
lower 201
5 Stringer, No 14 BAEM1003 D57251114202 PB101
lower (J4223) 203
5A Stringer, No 14 ABS5208−16D D57251114206 PB101 A20167J0030
lower 207 B160005J3253
5B Stringer, No 14 ABS5208−02B D57256706200 A160005J3253
lower 201
10 Stringer, No 13 BAEM1003 D57251113202 PB101
lower (J4223) 203
10A Stringer, No 13 ABS5208−16D D57252473202 PB101 A20167J0030
lower 203 B160005J3253
10B Stringer, No 13 ABS5208−02B D57256704200 A160005J3253
lower 201
15 Stringer, No 12 BAEM1003 D57251112200 PB101
lower (J4223) 201
15A Stringer, No 12 ABS5208−16D D57252472202 PB101 A20167J0030
lower 203 B160005J3253
15B Stringer, No 12 ABS5208−02B D57256702200 A160005J3253
lower 201
20 Bracket L168 D57952009200
25 Angle, support L164 D57952004202
1.2 (0.047)
30 Channel L164 D57952004200
201
1.2 (0.047)
35 Angle L164 D57952004208
1.2 (0.047)
40 Web L164 D57952004210
211
1.2 (0.047)
45 Angle L164 D57952004206
1.2 (0.047)
50 Angle L164 D57952004204
1.2 (0.047)
55 Bracket, support L110 D57951958200 B160005J3253
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251461, D57252452, D57256688, D57952004

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1522
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55A Bracket, support L110 D57955503200 A160005J3253


1.4 (0.055)
60 Flange L110 D57951957200 B160005J3253
201
1.4 (0.055)
60A Flange L110 D57952040200 A160005J3253
201
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251461, D57256688

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1523
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1524
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1525
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1526
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1527
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1528
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1529
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, No 12B BAEM2008 D57251089202 PB101


upper (J4222) 203
5 Stringer, No 13 BAEM2008 D57251083000 PB101
upper (J4222) 001
10 Stringer, No 14 BAEM2008 D57251084000 PB101
upper (J4222) 001
15 Stringer, No 15 BAEM2008 D57251085200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
20 Stringer, No 16 BAEM2008 D57251086200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
25 Stringer, No 17 BAEM2008 D57251087200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
30 Stringer, No 12 BAEM2008 D57251082200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
35 Stringer, No 12A BAEM2008 D57251088200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
40 Stringer, No 15A BAEM2008 D57251094202 PB101
upper (J4222) 203
45 Stringer, No 16A BAEM2008 D57251095202 PB101
upper (J4222) 203
50 Strap, joint BAEM1219 D57251098200 PB101
55 Plate L164 D57950204200
1.2(0.047)
60 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2(0.047)
65 Bracket, joint BAEM1213 D57251132200
70 Angle, reinforc BAEM1213 D57251476200
ing 201
75 Angle, reinforc BAEM1213 D57251475200
ing 201
80 Angle, reinforc BAEM1213 D57251474200
ing 201
85 Angle, reinforc BAEM1213 D57251473200
ing 201
90 Bracket L164 D57951967200
1(0.039)
95 Bracket L164 D57951961200
201
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251462, D57253000

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1530
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Cleat L164 D57951962200


1.2(0.047)
105 Bracket L164 D57951959204
205
1.2(0.047)
110 Bracket L164 D57951963200
201
1.6(0.063)
115 Bracket L164 D57951987200
201
1.2(0.047)
120 Packer L164 D57951987202
2.5(0.098)
125 Cleat L164 D57951964200
1.6(0.063)
130 Bracket L164 D57951960200
201
1.2(0.047)
135 Bracket L164 D57951962200
1.2(0.047)
140 Bracket L164 D57258595200
201
1.2(0.047)
145 Bracket L164 D57951959206
207
1.2(0.047)
150 Cleat L164 D57951975200
201
1.2(0.047)
155 Diaphragm L164 D57951989200
201
1.2(0.047)
160 Diaphragm L164 D57951972200
201
1.2(0.047)
165 Diaphragm L164 D57951990200
201
1.2(0.047)
170 Diaphragm L164 D57951971200
201
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251462

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1531
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

175 Diaphragm L164 D57951973200


201
1.2(0.047)
180 Spacer BAER0363 D57952020200
185 Bracket L164 D57951988200
1.2(0.047)
190 Bracket L164 D57951986200
201
1.2(0.047)
195 Bracket L164 D57951985200
201
1.2(0.047)
200 Bracket L164 D57951959202
203
1.2(0.047)
205 Bracket L164 D57951959201
200
1.2(0.047)
210 Bracket L164 D57951959208
209
1.2(0.047)
215 Bracket L164 D57958500200
201
1.2(0.047)
220 Angle L164 D57251462376
377
1.2(0.047)
225 Cleat L110 D57250294200
1.6(0.063)
230 Diaphragm L164 D57951970200
201
1.2(0.047)
235 Bracket, support L113 D57952012050
assembly 051
240 Diaphragm L164 D57258604200
201
1.2(0.047)
245 Bracket L164 D57951978200
201
1.6(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251462, D57252986, D57258599

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1532
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

250 Bracket L164 D57951977200


1.2(0.047)
255 Bracket L164 D57951981200
1.2(0.047)
260 Bracket L164 D57951979200
1.2(0.047)
265 Bracket L164 D57951976202 Replace
1.6(0.063)
270 Bracket, support L113 D57251951002
assembly
275 Bracket L164 D57951980200
1.2(0.047)
280 Cleat L164 D57951975202
203
1.2(0.047)
285 Cleat L164 D57952021200
1.2(0.047)
290 Diaphragm L164 D57952022200
201
1.2(0.047)
295 Diaphragm L164 D57258599200
201
1.2(0.047)
300 Cleat L113 D57251950200
1.2(0.047)
305 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250813206
stringer No 12 207
310 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250813208
stringer No 13 209
315 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250814200
stringer No 14 201
320 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815200
stringer No 15 201
325 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815202
stringer No 16 203
330 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815204
stringer No 17 205
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57251462, D57258599

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1533
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1534
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1535
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1536
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1537
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, No 12B BAEM2008 D57252419200 PB101


upper (J4222) 201
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4343)
5 Stringer, No 13 BAEM2008 D57252420000 PB101
upper (J4222) 001
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4375)
10 Stringer, No 14 BAEM2008 D57252421000 PB101
upper (J4222) 001
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4349)
15 Stringer, No 15 BAEM2008 D57252422202 PB101
upper (J4222) 203
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4353)
20 Stringer, No 16 BAEM2008 D57252424200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4353)
25 Stringer, No 17 BAEM2008 D57252426200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4353)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252401

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1538
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30 Stringer, No 12 BAEM2008 D57252417200 PB101


upper (J4222) 201
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4352)
35 Stringer, No 12A BAEM2008 D57252418200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4351)
40 Stringer, No 15A BAEM2008 D57252423200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
45 Stringer, No 16A BAEM2008 D57252425200 PB101
upper (J4222) 201
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4222)
−alternative ma BAEM4008
terial (J4354)
50 Strap BAEM1219 D57251098200
55 PLate L164 D57950204200
1.2(0.047)
60 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2(0.047)
65 Bracket, joint BAEM1213 D57251132200
1.2(0.047)
70 Bracket L164 D57951987200
1.2(0.047)
75 Bracket, support L113 D57952012050
assembly 051
80 Bracket L164 D57950233202
1.0(0.039)
85 Retainer L164 D57250232200
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252401, D5725300, D57253000, D57950204

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1539
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Bracket L164 D57950334208


209
1.2(0.047)
−alternative L164 D57950334204
205
1.2(0.047)
95 Cleat L164 D57950333206
207
1.2(0.047)
100 Bracket L164 D57950335216
217
1.2(0.047)
−alternative L164 D57950335208
209
1.2(0.047)
105 Bracket L164 D57950232206
1.6(0.063)
110 Bracket L164 D57951988200
1.2(0.047)
115 Bracket L164 D57258618200
201
1.6(0.063)
120 Cleat L164 D57951964200
1.6(0.063)
125 Cleat L164 D57950333204
205
1.2(0.047)
130 Bracket L164 D57950334210
211
1.2(0.047)
−alternative L164 D57950334206
207
1.2(0.047)
135 Bracket L164 D57950335218
219
1.2(0.047)
−alternative L164 D57950335210
211
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252435, D57253000, D57258618

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1540
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140 Cleat L164 D57951975200


201
1.2(0.047)
145 Diaphragm L164 D57951989204
205
1.2(0.047)
150 Diaphragm L164 D57951972200
201
1.2(0.047)
155 Diaphragm L164 D57951971200
201
1.2(0.047)
160 Diaphragm L164 D57951990200
201
1.2(0.047)
165 Diaphragm L164 D57951973200
201
1.2(0.047)
170 Bracket L164 D57950236200
1.2(0.047)
175 Cleat L164 D57951975202
203
1.2(0.047)
180 Diaphragm L164 D57952022200
201
1.2(0.047)
185 Cleat L164 D57951975204
205
1.2(0.047)
190 Diaphragm L164 D57951973202
203
1.2(0.047)
195 Diaphragm L164 D57258604202
203
1.2(0.047)
200 Bracket L164 D57951986200
201
1.2(0.047)
205 Bracket L164 D57951985200
201
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252435, D57253000

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1541
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

210 Bracket L164 D57951980200


1.2(0.047)
215 Bracket L164 D57950335220
221
1.2(0.047)
220 Bracket L164 D57950232204
1.0(0.039)
225 Bracket L164 D57950335222
223
1.2(0.047)
230 Bracket L164 D57951976202
1.6(0.063)
235 Bracket L164 D57950336207
206
1.6(0.063)
240 Cleat L110 D57951964200
1.6(0.063)
245 Cleat L110 D57252446200 B20403J0160
201
1.6(0.063)
250 Diaphragm L164 D57251970200
201
1.2(0.047)
255 Cleat L113 D57251950200
1.2(0.047)
260 Bracket L164 D57251967200
1.0(0.039)
265 Diaphragm L164 D57251989206
207
1.2(0.047)
270 Diaphragm L164 D57258604200
201
1.2(0.047)
275 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2(0.047)
280 Bracket L164 D57951978200
201
1.6(0.063)
285 Bracket L164 D57951977200
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252401, D57252435, D57253000

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1542
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

290 Cleat L110 D57250294200


1.6(0.063)
295 Bracket L164 D57951981200
1.2(0.047)
300 Bracket L164 D57951979200
1.2(0.047)
305 Cleat L110 D57250298200
1.6(0.063)
310 Bracket, support L113 D57952024000
assembly 1.2(0.047)
315 Packer L164 D57951987202
2.5(0.098)
320 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250813206
stringer 12 207
325 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250813208
stringer 13 209
330 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250814200
stringer 14 201
335 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815200
stringer 15 201
340 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815202
stringer 16 203
345 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815204
stringer 17 205
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57252401, D57252435

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1543
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 22611J0774)


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 22611J0774)


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 22611J0774)


Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 22611J0774)


Figure 8 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1247
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, 12 up J8070 D57252951200 PB101


per 201
5 Stringer, 13 up J4375 D57252420002 PB101
per 003
−alternative ma J4222
terial
10 Stringer, 14 up J8069 D57252421002 PB101
per 003
−alternative ma J4222
terial
15 Stringer, 15 up J4353 D57252930000 PB101
per 001
20 Stringer, 16 up J4353 D57252931000 PB101
per 001
25 Stringer, 17 up J4353 D57252426200 PB101
per 201
−alternative ma J4222
terial
30 Bracket, support L113 D57952012050
assembly 051
35 Cleat L164 D57950333206
207
1.2(0.047)
40 Bracket L164 D57950334208
209
1.2(0.047)
45 Bracket L164 D57951967200
1(0.039)
50 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2(0.047)
55 Bracket L164 D57950336207
206
1.6(0.063)
60 Cleat, assembly L164 D57951964000
1.6(0.063)
65 Diaphragm L164 D57951971200
201
1.2(0.047)
70 Bracket, assem L164 D57951988000
bly 1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252401, D57252435

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1548
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Bracket, support L113 D57952024000


assembly 1.2(0.047)
80 Cleat L113 D57251950200
1.2(0.047)
85 Bracket L113 D57951976202
1.6(0.063)
90 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250813206
stringer 12 207
95 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250813208
stringer 13 209
100 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250814200
stringer 14 201
105 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815200
stringer 15 201
110 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815202
stringer 16 203
115 Fitting, crown BAEM1213 D57250815204
stringer 17 205
120 Bracket L164 D57950335216
217
1.2(0.047)
125 Cleat L164 D57950333204
205
1.2(0.047)
130 Bracket L164 D57950334210
211
1.2(0.047)
135 Bracket L164 D57950335218
219
1.2(0.047)
140 Cleat L164 D57951975200
201
1.2(0.047)
145 Diaphragm L164 D57951989204
205
1.2(0.047)
150 Diaphragm L164 D57951972200
201
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57252435

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1549
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

155 Diaphragm L164 D57951990200


201
1.2(0.047)
160 Cleat L164 D57951975202
203
1.2(0.047)
165 Diaphragm L164 D57952022200
201
1.2(0.047)
170 Diaphragm L164 D57951973200
201
1.2(0.047)
175 Cleat L164 D57951975204
205
1.2(0.047)
180 Diaphragm L164 D57951973202
203
1.2(0.047)
185 Bracket L164 D57951985200
201
1.2(0.047)
190 Bracket, assem L164 D57951986000
bly 001
1.2(0.047)
195 Bracket L164 D57950335220
221
1.2(0.047)
200 Bracket L164 D57950335222
223
1.2(0.047)
205 Diaphragm L164 D57951989206
207
1.2(0.047)
210 Diaphragm L164 D57951970200
201
1.2(0.047)
215 Bracket, assem L164 D57951980000
bly 1.2(0.047)
220 Bracket L164 D57951978200
201
1.6(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252435

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1550
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

225 Bracket, assem L164 D57951977000


bly 1.2(0.047)
230 Bracket L164 D57951981200
1.2(0.047)
235 Bracket, assem L164 D57951979000
bly 1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252435

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1551
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 25897J1607)


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1252
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 25897J1607)


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1253
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 25897J1607)


Figure 9 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1254
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stringers − Top Skin Panel 2 (After Modification 25897J1607)


Figure 9 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1255
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer, 12 up J8070 D57252951200 PB101


per 201
1A Stringer, 12 up J8070 D57252951202 PB101 A37636J2630
per 203 B160005J3253
1B Stringer, 12 up J8070 D57256740200 A160005J3253
per 201
5 Stringer, 13 up J4375 D57252420004 PB101
per 005
5A Stringer, 13 up J4375 D57252420008 PB101 A37636J2630
per 009 B160005J3253
5B Stringer, 13 up J4222 D57256742000 A160005J3253
per 001
10 Stringer, 14 up J4222 D57252421004 PB101
per 005
10A Stringer, 14 up J4353 D57252421008 PB101 A37636J2630
per 009 B160005J3253
10B Stringer, 14 up J4353 D57256674000 A160005J3253
per 001
15 Stringer, 15 up J4353 D57252930002 PB101
per 003
15A Stringer, 15 up J4353 D57252930006 PB101 A37636J2630
per 007 B160005J3253
15B Stringer, 15 up J4353 D57256746000 A160005J3253
per 001
20 Stringer, 16 up J4353 D57252931002 PB101
per 003
20A Stringer, 16 up J4353 D57252931006 PB101 A37636J2630
per 007 B160005J3253
20B Stringer, 16 up J4353 D57256748000 A160005J3253
per 001
25 Stringer, 17 up J4353 D57252426200 PB101
per 201
25A Stringer, 17 up J4353 D57252426202 PB101 A37636J2630
per 203
30 Diaphragm L164 D57951970202 B160005J3253
203
1.2 (0.047)
30A Diaphragm L164 D57949219200 A160005J3253
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252401, D57252435, D57257050, D57257722

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1256
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35 Bracket, support L113 D57952012050


assembly 051
1.5 (0.059)
40 Bracket, support L164 D57951979000 B160005J3253
assembly 001
1.2 (0.047)
40A Bracket, support L164 D57949211200 A160005J3253
assembly 1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket, support L164 D57951980000 B160005J3253
assembly 001
1.2 (0.047)
45A Bracket, support L164 D57949213200 A160005J3253
assembly 1.2 (0.047)
50 Cleat L164 D57950333206
207
1.2 (0.047)
55 Bracket L164 D57950334212
213
1.2 (0.047)
60 Bracket L164 D57951967200
1 (0.039)
65 Bracket L164 D57251978200 B160005J3253
201
1.6 (0.063)
65A Bracket L164 D57249210200 A160005J3253
201
1.6 (0.063)
70 Bracket L164 D57950336207
206
1.6 (0.063)
75 Cleat, assembly L164 D57951964000 B160005J3253
1.6 (0.063)
75A Cleat, assembly L164 D57949201200 A160005J3253
1.6 (0.063)
80 Diaphragm L164 D57951971204
205
1.2 (0.047)
85 Bracket, assem L164 D57951988000
bly 1.2 (0.047)
90 Bracket, support L113 D57952024000 B160005J3253
assembly 1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252401, D57252435, D57257050

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1257
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90A Bracket, support ABP 9−4324B D57949218000 A160005J3253


assembly
95 Cleat L113 D57251950200 B160005J3253
1.2 (0.047)
95A Cleat L113 D57249224200 A160005J3253
1.2 (0.047)
100 Bracket L113 D57951976202 B160005J3253
1.6 (0.063)
100A Bracket L164 D57949207 A160005J3253
1.6 (0.063)
105 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813206 B155959J3668
207
105A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813216 A155959J3668
217
110 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813208 B155959J3668
209
110A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250813218 A155959J3668
219
115 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250814200 B155959J3668
201
115A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250814202 A155959J3668
203
120 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250815200 B155959J3668
201
120A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250815206 A155959J3668
207
125 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250815202 B155959J3668
203
125A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250815208 A155959J3668
209
130 Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250815204 B155959J3668
205
130A Fitting, crown ABM3−1029 D57250815210 A155959J3668
211
135 Bracket L164 D57950335224
225
1.2 (0.047)
140 Cleat L164 D57950333204
205
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57252435, D57257050

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1558
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

145 Bracket L164 D57950334214


215
1.2 (0.047)
150 Bracket L164 D57950335226
227
1.2 (0.047)
155 Cleat L164 D57951975200
201
1.2 (0.047)
160 Diaphragm L164 D57951989208
209
1.2 (0.047)
165 Diaphragm L164 D57951972200
201
1.2 (0.047)
170 Diaphragm L164 D57951990202
203
1.2 (0.047)
175 Cleat L164 D57951975206
207
1.2 (0.047)
180 Cleat L164 D57951975208
209
1.2 (0.047)
185 Diaphragm L164 D57952022204
205
1.2 (0.047)
190 Diaphragm L164 D57951973204
205
1.2 (0.047)
195 Diaphragm L164 D57951973206
207
1.2 (0.047)
200 Cleat L164 D57951975210
211
1.2 (0.047)
205 Cleat L164 D57951975216
217
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252435

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1559
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

210 Cleat L164 D57951975214


215
1.2 (0.047)
215 Bracket, assem L164 D57951986002
bly 003
1.2 (0.047)
220 Bracket L164 D57951985202
203
1.2 (0.047)
225 Bracket L164 D57950335228
229
1.2 (0.047)
230 Bracket L164 D57950335230 B160005J3253
231
1.2 (0.047)
230A Diaphragm L164 D57949200200 A160005J3253
201
1.2 (0.047)
235 Cleat L164 D57951975212 B160005J3253
213
1.2 (0.047)
235A Cleat L164 D57951975206 A160005J3253
207
1.2 (0.047)
240 Diaphragm L164 D57951989210 B160005J3253
211
1.2 (0.047)
240A Diaphragm L164 D57949209200 A160005J3253
201
1.2 (0.047)
245 Bracket, assem L164 D57951977000 B160005J3253
bly 1.2 (0.047)
245A Bracket, assem L164 D57949208000 A160005J3253
bly 1
1.2 (0.047)
250 Bracket L164 D57951981200 B160005J3253
1.2 (0.047)
250A Bracket L164 D57949215200 A160005J3253
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252435, D57257050

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 FebPage01/1560
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Vent Box − Stringers 13 and 14


Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1261
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Vent Box − Stringers 13 and 14


Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1262
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Vent Box − Stringers 13 and 14


Figure 10 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1263
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Vent Box − Stringers 13 and 14


Figure 10 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1264
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57251014290


291
2 (0.079)
1A Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57252427200 A20167J0030
201
2 (0.079)
1B Vent, cover L88 D57252485200 A26496J1725
201
2 (0.079)
1C Vent, cover L88 D57252485206 A38540J2856
207
2 (0.079)
5 Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57251014292
293
2 (0.079)
5A Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57252427202 A20167J0030
203
2 (0.079)
10 Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57251014294
295
2 (0.079)
10A Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57252427204 A20167J0030
205
2 (0.079)
15 Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57251014296
297
2 (0.079)
15A Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57252427206 A20167J0030
207
2 (0.079)
15B Vent, cover L88 D57252485202 A26496J1725
203
2 (0.079)
15C Vent, cover L88 D57252485208 A38540J2586
209
2 (0.079)
20 Plate, reinforc BAEM4001 D57251014216
ing 2 (0.079)
20A Plate, reinforc BAEM4001 D57252427220 A20167J0030
ing 2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251014, D57252427, D57252485

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1265
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25 Plate BAEM4001 D57251117200


1.6 (0.063)
30 Bracket, sealing ABM3−1029 D57251120205
35 Plate, joint BAEM4001 D57251014234
2 (0.079)
35A Plate, joint BAEM4001 D57252427252 A20167J0030
2 (0.079)
40 Packing BAEM1213 D57251014238
40A Packing BAEM1213 D57252427254 A20167J0030
45 Bracket, sealing ABM3−1029 D57251120204
50 Cover, joint BAEM4001 D57251014210
plate 2 (0.079)
50A Cover, joint BAEM4001 D57252427214 A20167J0030
plate 2 (0.079)
55 Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57251541200
60 Plate, reinforc BAEM4001 D57251542200
ing 2 (0.079)
65 Plate, anchor BAEM4001 D57251543200
nut 1.6 (0.063)
70 Plate, reinforc BAEM4001 D57251014218
ing 219
2 (0.079)
70A Plate, reinforc BAEM4001 D57252427222 A20167J0030
ing 223
2 (0.079)
75 Plate BAEM4001 D57251116200 B26496J1725
1.6 (0.063)
80 Plate BAEM4001 D57251118200 B26496J1725
1.6 (0.063)
85 Packing L167 D57251014235
85A Packing L167 D57252427244 A20167J0030
90 Packing L167 D57251014233
90A Packing L167 D57252427242 A20167J0030
95 Packing L167 D57251014237
2 (0.079)
95A Packing L167 D57252427246 A20167J0030
100 Bracket, sealing ABM3−1029 D57251219204
205
ASSY Dwg.: D57251014, D57252427

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 NovPage01/1266
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100A Bracket, sealing ABM3−1029 D57251219206 A20167J0030


207
105 Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57251014298
299
2 (0.079)
105A Vent, cover BAEM4001 D57252427212 A20167J0030
213
105B Vent, cover L88 D57252485204 A26496J1725
205
2 (0.079)
105C Vent, cover L88 D57252485210 A38540J2856
211
2 (0.079)
110 Plate, joint BAEM4001 D57251014308
309
2 (0.079)
110A Plate, joint BAEM4001 D57252427216 A20167J0030
217
2 (0.079)
115 Plate, mounting L109 D57952030200 A20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251014, D57252427, D57252485

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Pages 67/68
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

1. General
CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND
AIRCRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Stringers and Stiffeners on the Wing Box Skins and is valid for the
aircraft shown in Table 101.
NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to SRM
Chapter 51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to SRM


Chapter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G.
extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION of


the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary data about all
weight variants and the required information for allowable damage and
repair applicability.
B. Damage Evaluation

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).
NOTE: Make sure that all corrosion damage has been removed before you do
the damage assessment.

NOTE: Make sure that the thickness of the damaged area has not been
affected by damage on the opposite side.

C. After Rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are
exceeded refer to the column ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ in the SRM Chapter
57−21−13 Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, refer to AIRBUS to determine if a repair


is necessary.
NOTE: After rework check for cracks by detailed visual inspection. If no
cracks are visible check for cracks to NTM 51−10−08 Page Block
601. If cracks are visible or detected you must contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Apply protective treatment to the damaged area after blending


(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−21−11).
NOTE: Restore the original standard of paint scheme (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−75−12).

2. Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSTRUCTION (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Stringers


and Stiffeners at the Wing Box Skins.

NOTE: Figure 101 shows typical ’J’ and ’I’ section stringers. The limits
given in this topic also apply to ’Z’ section stringers.

B. Damage Restrictions

The repair limits for stringers and stiffeners are given in paragraphs
2.B.(1) thru 2.B.(6).

(1) Damage is not allowed in the stringer areas that follow:


− Stringer root joints
− Stringer or stiffener aft of the rear spar
− Stringer web runouts (refer to Figure 101, sheet 2).
(2) Damage to the stringers is not allowed within 150.00 mm (5.905 in.)
to the edge of any dent damage on the skin. This applies to damage
on the outside or inside surface of the wing skin.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Nov 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Damage to the stringer and damage to the skin are not allowed at
the same location.
(4) Damage must not extend into the fillet radii.

(5) The areas of damage on the top stringers are categorized as


multi−site damage areas.

Multi site damage areas permit more than one damage site across the
chordwise section of the wing.
(6) The areas of damage on the bottom stringers are categorized as
single−site damage areas.

Single−site damage areas permit only one damage site across the
chordwise section of the wing.

C. For the description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic,


refer to Table 102.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION
TYPE CATEGORY
REFERENCE
Dents 4.A. − −
Nicks to
the Edges
of the 4.B. 57−21−13−1−001−00
Wing Box Stringers and
Stiffeners Stringer <2>
Flanges B
<1>
Abrasions, <3> <4> <5> <6>
Scratches <7>
4.C.
and
Corrosion
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
<1> For Damage Restrictions on the Stringers and Stiffeners refer to paragraph
2.B.

<2> Inspection Instruction Reference is applicable to Top Skin Stringers


between Rib 8 and Rib 13.

<3> Inspection Task for Top Skin Stringers between Rib 1 and Rib 8 is
covered by SSI 57−20−20 (Task ALI 572020−01−1).
<4> Inspection Task for Top Skin Stringers between Rib 13 and Rib 27 is
covered by SSI 57−21−24 (Task ALI 572124−01−1 or ALI 572124−01−3).

<5> Inspection Task for Bottom Skin Stringers between Rib 1 and Rib 8 is
covered by SSI 57−20−53 (Task ALI 572053−01−1 or ALI 572053−01−2).

<6> Inspection Task for Bottom Skin Stringers between Rib 8 and Rib 18 is
covered by SSI 57−21−58 (Task ALI 572158−01−1 or ALI 572158−01−2).

<7> Inspection Task for Bottom Skin Stringers between Rib 18 and Rib 27 is
covered by SSI 57−21−60 (Task ALI 572160−01−1 or ALI 572160−01−2).

4. Wing Box Stringers and Stiffeners − Allowable Damage


A. Dents

Dents are not allowed in the Stringers or Stiffeners. If you find any
dents or distortions you must check for additional defects. Use a
non−destructive testing technique and report any findings to AIRBUS.

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP WING BOX STRINGERS BETWEEN RIBS 8 AND 13 MUST
BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION
REFERENCE IS 57−21−13−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY
INFORMATION.

B. Nicks to Edge of Stringer Flanges


For the types and locations of damage allowed to this structure, refer
to Figure 101, sheet 1.

Damage Limitations for Nicks to the edge of the Stringer Flanges refer
to Figure 101, sheet 2.

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TOP WING BOX STRINGERS BETWEEN RIBS 8 AND 13 MUST
BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION
REFERENCE IS 57−21−13−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY
INFORMATION.
C. Abrasion, Scratches and Corrosion

For the types and locations of damage allowed to this structure, refer
to Figure 101, sheet 1.

Damage Limitations for Abrasion, Scratches and Corrosion refer to Figure


101, sheet 3.

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits for Damage to Stringers


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits for Damage to Stringers


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Limits for Damage to Stringers


Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−21−13 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−13 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS

1. Spars − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Rear Spar − Inner (Before Modification Figure 2
20167J0030)
1 Rear Spar − Inner (Before Modification Figure 3
28154J1930)
1 Rear Spar − Inner (After Modification Figure 4
28154J1930)
2 Rear False Spar (Before Modification Figure 5
20167J0030)
2 Rear False Spar (After Modification Figure 6
20167J0030)
3 Rear Spar Joint at Rib 6 (Before Modi Figure 7
fication 20167J0030)
3 Rear Spar Joint at Rib 6 (After Modifi Figure 8
cation 20167J0030)
4 Rear Spar − Middle (Before Modification Figure 9
20167J0030)
4 Rear Spar − Middle (Before Modification Figure 10
20609J0621)
4 Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification Figure 11
20609J0621 and Before Modification
160004J3252)
4 Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification Figure 12
160004J3252)
5 Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (Before Modi Figure 13
fication 20167J0030)
5 Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (After Modi Figure 14
fication 20167J0030 and Before Modifica
tion 160004J3252)
5 Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (After Modi Figure 15
fication 160004J3252)
6 Rear Spar − Outer (Before Modification Figure 16
20167J0030)
6 Rear Spar − Outer (Before Modification Figure 17
25763J1599)
6 Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification Figure 18
25763J1599 and Before Modification
160004J3252)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

6 Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification Figure 19


160004J3252)
7 Front Spar (MSN00030003) Figure 20
7 Front Spar (MSN00040021) Figure 21
7 Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modi Figure 22
fication 160003J3251)
7 Front Spar (After Modification Figure 23
160003J3251)
8 Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (Before Figure 24
Modification 20167J0030)
8 Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (After Figure 25
Modification 20167J0030)
NOTE: Refer to SRM 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the Modifi
cation/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage 2
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage 3
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage 8
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, inner rear S07−1218 D57250012000 PB101


002
5 Bracket, support L164 D57950159200
201
1.2 (0.047)
5A Bracket, support L164 D57950332212 A21565J0292
(MSN0017 Only) 213
1.2 (0.047)
10 Angle, support L164 D57950153200
1.2 (0.047)
10A Angle, support L164 D57950332206 A21565J0292
(MSN0017 Only) 207
1.2 (0.047)
15 Angle, support L164 D57950158200
1.2 (0.047)
15A Angle, support L164 D57950332214 A21565J0292
(MSN0017 Only) 1.2 (0.047)
20 Angle, support L164 D57950152204
205
1.6 (0.063)
20A Angle, support L164 D57950332208 A21565J0292
(MSN0017 Only) 209
1.6 (0.063)
25 Fitting, support BAEM1213 D57540456200
30 Bracket, mount L164 D57950151200
ing 1 (0.039)
35 Angle BAEM1218 D57251027200
201
40 Angle, aft mid BAEM1213 D57251028200
201
45 Angle, support L164 D57950153200 B21265J0292
1.2 (0.047)
50 Angle, aft outer BAEM1213 D57251029200
201
55 Strap, reinforc TA56 D57250110200
ing 201
60 Plate, sealing L164 D57251240206
207
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250010, D57251293

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/0814
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

65 Plate L164 D57251240202


203
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250010

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/0815
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0220
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (Before Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 3 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, inner rear ABM3−1030 D57252520000 PB101


002
1A Spar, inner rear ABM3−1030 D57252520004 PB101 A22612J0797
1B Spar, inner rear ABM3−1030 D57252520006 PB101 A24591J1322
008
5 Bracket L164 D57950332212
213
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L164 D57950332206
207
1.2 (0.047)
15 Bracket L164 D57950332214
1.2 (0.047)
20 Bracket L164 D57950332208
209
1.2 (0.047)
25 Fitting, support ABM3−1029 D57540456200
30 Bracket L164 D57950331200
1 (0.039)
35 Bracket L164 D57950331202
1 (0.039)
40 Plate, cover ABM3−1029 D57252525200 B22612J0797
45 Angle BAEM4042 D57251604000
001
50 Angle, aft mid ABM3−1029 D57252528200
201
55 Angle, aft mid ABM3−1029 D57258609000
001
60 Strip, reinforc L110 D57258609200
ing 201
65 Strip, reinforc L110 D57258609202
ing 203
70 Angle, support L164 D57950153200
1.2 (0.047)
75 Angle, aft outer ABM3−1029 D57251029200
201
80 Strap, reinforc TA56 D57250110200
ing 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252121, D57258609

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

85 Bracket L164 D57251240208


209
2.5 (0.098)
90 Bracket, mount L164 D57950151200
ing 1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252121

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0235
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0236
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0237
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Inner (After Modification 28154J1930)


Figure 4 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, inner rear S07−1218 D57252980000 PB101


002
1A Spar, inner rear S07−1218 D57252980004 A150935J3129
006
5 Bracket L164 D57950332212
213
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L164 D57950332206
207
1.2 (0.047)
15 Bracket L164 D57950332214
1.2 (0.047)
20 Bracket L164 D57950332208
209
1.2 (0.047)
25 Fitting, support ABM3−1029 D57540456200
30 Bracket L164 D57950331200
1 (0.039)
35 Bracket L164 D57950331202
1 (0.039)
40 Angle, aft inner ABM3−1030 D57251027200
201
45 Angle, aft mid ABM3−1029 D57252528200
201
50 Angle, support L164 D57950153200
1.2 (0.047)
55 Angle, aft outer ABM3−1029 D57251029200
201
60 Strap, reinforc TA56 D57250110200
ing 201
65 Bracket L164 D57251240208
209
2.5 (0.098)
70 Bracket, mount L164 D57950151200
ing 1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252981

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 JunPage01/1039
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear False Spar (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear False Spar (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle, top RFS BAEM1213 D57250950200


201
5 Shim L165 D57250490250
0.3 (0.012)
10 Spar, rear false BAEM1213 D57250460200
201
15 Angle, bottom BAEM1213 D57250951200
RFS 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250490

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1342
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear False Spar (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/0743
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear False Spar (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle, top RFS BAEM1213 D57250950200


201
5 Shim L165 D57252123200
0.3 (0.012)
5A Shim L165 D57252123214 A37628J2803
0.3 (0.012)
7 Shim L165 D57252123202 A36324J2694
0.5 (0.02)
7A Shim L165 D57252123216 A37628J2803
0.5 (0.02)
10 Spar, rear false BAEM1213 D57252550202 B154359J3400
203
10A Spar, rear false ABM3−1029 D57252550204 A154359J3400
205
15 Angle, bottom BAEM1213 D57250951200
RFS 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252122, D57252123

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1345
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 6 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57250101200


201
5 Bracket, gusset BAEM1213 D57250960200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250100

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1247
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 6 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0248
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57252594200


201
1A Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57252594202 A28154J1930
203
1B Plate, joint ABM3−1029 D57256591200 A39701J2862
201
5 Bracket, gusset BAEM1213 D57250960202
203
5A Bracket, gusset ABM3−1029 D57256592200 A39701J2862
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252500, D57256594

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1049
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0250
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0251
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0252
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0253
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0254
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, middle BAEM1213 D57250042200 PB101


rear 201
5 Bracket L164 D57950171202
203
1 (0.039)
10 Bracket L164 D57950172204
1 (0.039)
15 Bracket L164 D92440060200
201
0.9 (0.035)
20 Plate, cover L164 D57950176202
3 (0.118)
25 Bracket L164 D57950174202
203
1 (0.039)
30 Bracket L164 D57950175200
1 (0.039)
35 Bracket L164 D57950170204
1 (0.039)
40 Bracket L164 D57950171204
205
1 (0.039)
45 Bracket L164 D57950171200
201
1 (0.039)
50 Bracket L164 D57950170202
1 (0.039)
55 Bracket L164 D57950170206
1 (0.039)
60 Bracket L164 D57950170200
201
1 (0.039)
65 Bracket L164 D57950172202
203
1 (0.039)
70 Bracket L164 D57950172200
201
1 (0.039)
75 Bracket L164 D57950173202
203
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250040

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1255
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Bracket L164 D57950173200


201
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250040

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1256
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20609J0261)


Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0257
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20609J0261)


Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0258
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20609J0261)


Figure 10 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0259
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20609J0261)


Figure 10 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0260
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar - Middle (Before Modification 20609J0261)


Figure 10 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-21-18 FebPage01/0261
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, middle BAEM1213 D57252530200 PB101


rear 201
5 Plate, cover L164 D57950176202
203
3 (0.118)
10 Bracket L164 D57950174202
203
1 (0.039)
15 Bracket L164 D92440060200
201
0.9 (0.035)
20 Bracket L164 D57950172204
1 (0.039)
25 Bracket L164 D57950171202
203
1 (0.039)
30 Bracket L164 D57950170204
1 (0.039)
35 Bracket L164 D57950171204
205
1 (0.039)
40 Bracket L164 D57950171200
201
1 (0.039)
45 Bracket L164 D57950175200
1 (0.039)
50 Bracket L164 D57950170202
1 (0.039)
55 Bracket L164 D57950170206
1 (0.039)
60 Bracket L164 D57950170200
201
1 (0.039)
65 Bracket L164 D57950172202
203
1 (0.039)
70 Bracket L164 D57950172200
201
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252130, D57950330

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1262
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Bracket L164 D57950173202


203
1 (0.039)
80 Bracket L164 D57950173200
201
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57950330

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1263
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 20609J0621 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 11 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1264
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 20609J0621 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 11 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1265
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 20609J0621 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 11 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1266
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 20609J0621 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 11 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1267
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 20609J0621 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 11 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1268
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 20609J0621 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 11 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1269
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, middle BAEM1213 D57252530200 PB101


rear 201
5 Bracket L164 D57950343202
203
1 (0.039)
5A Bracket L164 D92440274202 A21814J0617
203
1 (0.047)
5B Bracket L164 D92440274206 A22626J0617
207
1.6 (0.063)
10 Plate, hold down L164 D57950348200
10A Plate, hold down L164 D57950348212 A21814J0617
15 Plate, hold down L164 D57950348202 B21814J0617
20 Bracket L164 D57950343200 B21814J0617
1.2 (0.047)
25 Bracket L164 D57950341200 B21814J0617
1 (0.039)
27 Bracket L164 D92440273206 A21814J0617
207
1.2 (0.047)
30 Bracket L164 D57950342200 B21814J0617
201
1 (0.039)
35 Bracket L164 D92440272204 A21814J0617
205
1.2 (0.047)
37 Bracket L164 D92440273200 A21814J0617
201
1.2 (0.047)
40 Plate, cover L164 D57950176202
203
45 Bracket L164 D57950349200
201
1 (0.039)
50 Bracket L164 D57950175200
1 (0.039)
55 Bracket L164 D57950344200
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252130, D57950340

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1270
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55A Bracket L164 D57950344206 A21814J0617


1 (0.039)
55B Bracket L164 D57950344216 A37275J2807
1 (0.039)
60 Bracket L164 D57950346200
201
1 (0.039)
60A Bracket L164 D57950346216 A21814J0617
217
1 (0.039)
60B Bracket L164 D57950346228 A37275J2807
229
1 (0.039)
65 Bracket L164 D57950346202
203
1 (0.039)
65A Bracket L164 D57950346218 A21814J0617
219
1 (0.039)
65B Bracket L164 D57950346230 A37275J2807
231
1 (0.039)
70 Bracket L164 D57950342204
1 (0.039)
70A Bracket L164 D57950342206 A21814J0617
1 (0.039)
70B Bracket L164 D57950342208 A37275J2807
1 (0.039)
75 Bracket L164 D57950344204
1 (0.039)
75A Bracket L164 D57950344210 A21814J0617
1 (0.039)
80 Plate, hold down L164 D57950348206
80A Plate, hold down L164 D57950348216 A21814J0617
85 Plate, hold down L164 D57950348218 A22724J0775
90 Plate, hold down L164 D57950348220 A22724J0775
95 Bracket L164 D57950346204
205
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57950340

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1271
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

95A Bracket L164 D57950346220 A21814J0617


221
1 (0.039)
95B Bracket L164 D57950346224 A22724J0775
225
1 (0.039)
95C Bracket L164 D57950346234 A37275J2807
235
1 (0.039)
100 Bracket L164 D57950346206
207
1 (0.039)
100A Bracket L164 D57950346222 A21814J0617
223
1 (0.039)
100B Bracket L164 D57950346226 A22724J0775
227
1 (0.039)
100C Bracket L164 D57950346232 A37275J2807
233
1 (0.039)
105 Plate, hold down L164 D57950348204
105A Plate, hold down L164 D57950348214 A21814J0617
110 Bracket L164 D57950347200
201
1.00(0.039)
110A Bracket L164 D57950347220 A21814J0617
221
1 (0.039)
110B Bracket L164 D57950347236 A37275J2807
237
1 (0.039)
115 Bracket L164 D57950347202
203
1 (0.039)
115A Bracket L164 D57950347222 A21814J0617
223
1 (0.039)
115B Bracket L164 D57950347238 A37275J2807
239
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57950340

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1272
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

120 Bracket L164 D57950347208


209
1 (0.039)
120A Bracket L164 D57950347228 A21814J0617
229
1 (0.039)
120B Bracket L164 D57950347234 A22724J0775
235
1 (0.039)
120C Bracket L164 D57950347244 A37275J2807
245
1 (0.039)
125 Bracket L164 D57950347204
205
1 (0.039)
125A Bracket L164 D57950347224 A21814J0617
225
1 (0.039)
125B Bracket L164 D57950347230 A22724J0775
231
1 (0.039)
125C Bracket L164 D57950347240 A37275J2807
241
1 (0.039)
130 Bracket L164 D57950344202
203
1 (0.039)
130A Bracket L164 D57950344208 A21814J0617
209
1 (0.039)
130B Bracket L164 D57950344218 A37275J2807
219
1 (0.039)
135 Bracket L164 D57950347206
1 (0.039)
135A Bracket L164 D57950347226 A21814J0617
1 (0.039)
135B Bracket L164 D57950347232 A22724J0775
1 (0.039)
135C Bracket L164 D57950347242 A37275J2807
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57950340

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1273
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140 Bracket L164 D57950343204


205
1 (0.039)
140A Bracket L164 D57950343216 A21814J0617
217
1 (0.039)
140B Bracket L164 D57950343220 A22724J0775
221
1 (0.039)
140C Bracket L164 D57950343224 A37275J2807
225
1 (0.039)
145 Bracket L164 D57950343206
1 (0.039)
145A Bracket L164 D57950343218 A21814J0617
1 (0.039)
145B Bracket L164 D57950343222 A37275J2807
1 (0.039)
150 Bracket L164 D57950341202
1 (0.039)
150A Bracket L164 D57950341216 A21814J0617
1 (0.039)
150B Bracket L164 D57950341226 A37275J2807
1 (0.039)
155 Bracket L164 D57950341204
205
1 (0.039)
155A Bracket L164 D57950341218 A21814J0617
219
1 (0.039)
160 Bracket L164 D57950341206
207
1 (0.039)
160A Bracket L164 D57950341220 A21814J0617
221
1 (0.039)
165 Bracket L164 D57950345200
1 (0.039)
165A Bracket L164 D57950345208 A21814J0617
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57950340

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1274
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

165B Bracket L164 D57950345216 A22724J0775


217
1 (0.039)
165C Bracket L164 D57950345220 A37275J2807
221
1 (0.039)
170 Bracket L164 D57950345202
203
1 (0.039)
170A Bracket L164 D57950345210 A21814J0617
211
1 (0.039)
170B Bracket L164 D57950345218 A22724J0775
219
1 (0.039)
170C Bracket L164 D57950345222 A37275J2807
223
1 (0.039)
175 Plate, hold down L164 D57950348210
180 Bracket L164 D57950345204
205
1 (0.039)
185 Angle ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
06
190 Angle, reinforc ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
ing 00
195 Angle ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
04
200 Angle ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
03
205 Angle ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
02
210 Plate ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
08
215 Angle ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
10
220 Packer ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
12
225 Packer ABM3−1029 D572−CB075−2 AC06228
14
ASSY Dwg.: D572−CB075, D57950340

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 FebPage01/1275
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1276
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1277
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 12 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1278
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Middle (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 12 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1279
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, middle ABM3−1029 D57257006200 B160038J3602


rear 201
1A Spar, middle ABM3−1029 D57257743200 A160038J3602
rear 201
5 Plate, cover L164 D57950176202
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252130, D57950340

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1380
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1281
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1282
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, joint BAEM1213 D57250121202


203
5 Bracket BAEM1213 D57240223200
201
10 Plate, top S07−1213 D57250134200
201
15 Plate, bottom S07−1213 D57250133200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250019, D57250022, D57250120

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1283
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modifica
tion 160004J3252)
Figure 14 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1284
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modifica
tion 160004J3252)
Figure 14 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1285
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, joint BAEM1213 D57250121202


203
5 Plate, top BAEM1213 D57252592200
201
10 Plate, bottom BAEM1213 D57252593200
201
15 Bracket, spar BAEM1213 D57540223202
joint 203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252590

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1286
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 15 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1287
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar Joint at Rib 22 (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 15 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1388
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, joint ABM3−1029 D57257007200


201
5 Plate, top ABM3−1029 D57257008200 B160038J3602
201
5A Plate, top ABM3−1029 D57257008202 A160038J3602
203
10 Plate, bottom ABM3−1029 D57257009200 B160038J3602
201
10A Plate, bottom ABM3−1029 D57257009202 A160038J3602
203
15 Bracket, spar ABM3−1029 D57557006200
joint 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57257485

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/1389
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − 0uter (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1290
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − 0uter (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 16 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1291
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, outer rear S07−1213 D57250082200 PB101


201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250080

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1292
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − 0uter (Before Modification 25763J1599)


Figure 17 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1293
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − 0uter (Before Modification 25763J1599)


Figure 17 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1294
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − 0uter (Before Modification 25763J1599)


Figure 17 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1295
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − 0uter (Before Modification 25763J1599)


Figure 17 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1296
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, outer rear BAEM1213 D57252540200 PB101


201
1A Spar, rear outer BAEM1213 D57252540202 PB101 A21505J0506
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252140

Key to Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1297
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification 25763J1599 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 18 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/1298
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification 25763J1599 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 18 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/12A1
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification 25763J1599 and Before Modification


160004J3252)
Figure 18 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/12A2
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, outer rear BAEM1213 D57259240200 PB101


201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252140

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/12A3
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 19 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/12A4
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 19 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/13A5
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear Spar − Outer (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 19 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/13A6
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, outer rear ABM3−1029 D57257005200 B160038J3602


201
1A Spar, outer rear ABM3−1029 D57257744200 A160038J3602
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57257610

Key to Figure 19

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 AugPage01/13A7
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/12A8
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 NovPage01/12A9
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 3)

Page A10
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 4)

Page A11
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 5)

Page A12
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 6)

Page A13
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 7)

Page A14
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00030003)


Figure 20 (sheet 8)

Page A15
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, front BAEM1213 D57250202200 PB101


201
5 Strap, crack TA56 D57250203200
stopper 201
10 Plate, stud BAEM1213 D27850007200
201
15 Plate, reinforc BAEM1213 D57251355200
ing 201
20 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224218
ing 1.00(0.039)
25 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224200
ing 0.7 (0.028)
30 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224202
ing 0.7 (0.028)
35 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224220
ing 1 (0.039)
40 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224204
ing 0.7 (0.028)
45 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224206
ing 0.7 (0.028)
50 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224208
ing 0.7 (0.028)
55 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224222
ing 1 (0.039)
60 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224210
ing 0.7 (0.028)
65 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224212
ing 1 (0.039)
70 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224214
ing 1 (0.039)
75 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224215
ing 1.6 (0.063)
80 Plate, reinforc L109 D57250224216
ing 1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250201, D57250209, D57258511

Key to Figure 20

Page A16
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 1)

Page A17
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 2)

Page A18
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 3)

Page A19
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 4)

Page A20
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 5)

Page A21
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 6)

Page A22
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 7)

Page A23
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00040021)


Figure 21 (sheet 8)

Page A24
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, front BAEM1213 D57250223200 PB101


201
5 Strap, crack TA56 D57250203200
stopper 201
10 Plate, stud BAEM1213 D27850007200
201
15 Plate, reinforc BAEM1213 D57251355200
ing 201
20 Bracket L164 D92450007200
201
1.6 (0.063)
25 Bracket L164 D92450040204
205
1.2 (0.047)
30 Bracket L164 D57250301200
201
1.2 (0.047)
35 Bracket L164 D92450040202
1.2 (0.047)
40 Bracket L164 D57250303200
1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket L164 D57251273200
201
1.2 (0.047)
50 Bracket L164 D57250301202
203
1.2 (0.047)
55 Bracket L164 D57250306200
1.2 (0.047)
60 Bracket L164 D57250306202
1.2 (0.047)
65 Bracket L164 D57250301204
1.2 (0.047)
70 Bracket L164 D57250304202
203
1.2 (0.047)
75 Bracket L164 D57250304200
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250209

Key to Figure 21

Page A25
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Bracket L164 D57250307202


203
1.2 (0.047)
85 Bracket L164 D57251275200
201
1.2 (0.047)
90 Bracket L164 D57250305200
1.2 (0.047)
95 Bracket L164 D57250307206
207
2 (0.078)
100 Bracket L164 D57250311200
201
1.2 (0.047)
105 Bracket L164 D57250305202
203
1.2 (0.047)
110 Bracket L164 D57250307200
201
1.2 (0.047)
115 Bracket L164 D57950065200
201
1.6 (0.063)
120 Bracket L164 D57950066200
201
1.6 (0.063)
125 Bracket L164 D57251274200
201
1.2 (0.047)
130 Bracket L164 D57250307204
1.2 (0.047)
135 Bracket L164 D57250306204
205
1.2 (0.047)
140 Bracket L164 D57251280200
201
1.2 (0.047)
145 Bracket L164 D57251279200
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250209

Key to Figure 21

Page A26
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

150 Bracket L164 D57250304206


207
1.2 (0.047)
155 Bracket L164 D57250304204
205
1.2 (0.047)
160 Bracket L164 D57250302212
213
1.2 (0.047)
165 Bracket L164 D57250302204
1.2 (0.047)
170 Bracket L164 D57250301216
217
1.2 (0.047)
175 Bracket L164 D57250302206
207
1.2 (0.047)
180 Bracket L164 D57250301210
211
1.2 (0.047)
185 Bracket L164 D57250302200
201
1.2 (0.047)
190 Bracket L164 D57250301214
215
1.2 (0.047)
195 Bracket L164 D57950207200
1.6 (0.063)
200 Bracket L164 D57251272200
201
1.2 (0.047)
205 Bracket L164 D57250308200
201
1.2 (0.047)
210 Bracket L164 D57251276200
201
1.2 (0.047)
215 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D36150041200
220 Bracket L164 D92450042202
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250209

Key to Figure 21

Page A27
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

225 Bracket L164 D57250309206


1.2 (0.047)
230 Bracket L164 D57250146200
201
1.2 (0.047)
235 Bracket L164 D92450042204
1.2 (0.047)
240 Bracket L164 D57250303202
1.2 (0.047)
245 Bracket L164 D92450043200
1.2 (0.047)
250 Bracket L164 D57250317204
205
1.2 (0.047)
255 Bracket L164 D57250317200
201
1.2 (0.047)
260 Bracket L164 D57250317208
209
1.2 (0.047)
265 Bracket L164 D57250300212
213
1.2 (0.047)
270 Bracket L164 D57250300204
205
1.2 (0.047)
275 Bracket L164 D57250300200
201
1.2 (0.047)
280 Bracket L164 D57250300210
211
1.2 (0.047)
285 Bracket L164 D57250312202
203
1.2 (0.047)
290 Bracket L164 D57250312200
201
1.2 (0.047)
295 Bracket L164 D57250309204
205
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250209

Key to Figure 21

Page A28
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

300 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D36150040200


201
305 Bracket L164 D57250309200
201
1.2 (0.047)
310 Bracket L164 D57250308206
1.2 (0.047)
315 Bracket L164 D57251278200
201
1.2 (0.047)
320 Bracket L164 D57250308204
205
1.2 (0.047)
325 Bracket L164 D57250308202
203
1.2 (0.047)
330 Packer L164 D57251277200
1.2 (0.047)
335 Bracket L164 D57253004200
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250209

Key to Figure 21

Page A29
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 1)

Page A30
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 2)

Page A31
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 3)

Page A32
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 4)

Page A33
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 5)

Page A34
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 6)

Page A35
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 7)

Page A36
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 8)

Page A37
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (MSN00229999 and Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 9)

Page A38
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, front BAEM1213 D57252512202 PB101


203
1A Spar, front BAEM1213 D57252512206 PB101 A21758J0566
207
1B Spar, front BAEM1213 D57252512208 PB101
(MSN03441561) 209
1C Spar, front ABMS1029 D57248004000 PB101 A30962J2215
001
5 Top Hat J4294 D57950264200
10 Top Hat L164 D57950263200
1.2 (0.047)
15 Top Hat L164 D57950262200
1.2 (0.047)
20 Top Hat J4295 D57950259200
25 Cleat L164 D57950260200
201
1.6 (0.063)
30 Bracket L164 D57950258200
201
1.6 (0.063)
35 Bracket L164 D57251371200
201
1.6 (0.063)
35A Bracket L164 D57251371202 A21405J0514
203
1.6 (0.063)
40 Bracket L164 D57950265200
201
1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket L164 D57950265202
203
1.2 (0.047)
50 Bracket L164 D57250307207
2 (0.079)
55 Bracket L164 D92450074200
1.6 (0.063)
60 Top Hat L164 D57950267200 B21044J0418
1.2 (0.047)
65 Member, Z L164 D57950269200
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57248003, D57250258, D57252110, D57950265

Key to Figure 22

Page A39
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Bracket L164 D57950283200


1.2 (0.047)
75 Bracket L164 D57950283202
1.2 (0.047)
80 Plate, extension L164 D57950283208
1.2 (0.047)
85 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D36150111200
90 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D36150110200
201
95 Top Hat L164 D57950273200
1.2 (0.047)
100 Plate, cover L197 D57252516200 B37331J2816
A37332J2817
105 Plate, cover L97 D57252517200 B37331J2816
A37332J2817
110 Plate, cover L97 D57252518200 B37331J2816
A37332J2817
115 Plate, cover L97 D57252519200 B37331J2816
A37332J2817
120 Plate, stud BAEM1213 D27850007200
201
125 Strap, crack TA56 D57250203200
stopper 201
125A Strap, crack ABM3−1029 D57250203202 A26563H1731
stopper 203
125B Strap, crack ABM3−1029 D57250203204 A37627J2775
stopper 205
135 Plate, sealing ABM3−1029 D57252913200 A37331J2816
140 Plate, sealing ABM3−1029 D57252914200 A37331J2816
145 Ring, sealing ABR4−0101−GRA D57251257206 A37331J2816
DE55
155 Plate, sealing ABM3−1029 D57252998200 A37331J2816
160 Plate, sealing ABM3−1029 D57252999200 A37331J2816
165 Ring, sealing ABR4−0101−GRA D57251257204 A37331J2816
DE55
ASSY Dwg.: D57248003, D57252110, D57252914, D57252999, D57256568

Key to Figure 22

Page A40
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 23 (sheet 1)

Page A41
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 23 (sheet 2)

Page A42
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 23 (sheet 3)

Page A43
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 23 (sheet 4)

Page A44
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 23 (sheet 5)

Page A45
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Front Spar (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 23 (sheet 6)

Page A46
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar, front ABM3−1029 D57257004002 B160038J3602


003
1A Spar, front ABM3−1029 D57257742000 A160038J3602
001
5 Top Hat J4294 D57950264200
10 Top Hat L164 D57950263200
1.2 (0.047)
15 Top Hat L164 D57950262200
1.2 (0.047)
20 Top Hat J4295 D57950259200
25 Cleat L164 D57950260200
201
1.6 (0.063)
30 Top Hat L164 D57950273200
1.2 (0.047)
35 Top Hat L164 D57950267200
1.2 (0.047)
40 Plate, stud BAEP4607C D27850007200
201
45 Strap, crack ABM3−1029 D57250203204
stopper 205
ASSY Dwg.: D57248003, D57950259

Key to Figure 23

Page A47
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 24 (sheet 1)

Page A48
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 24 (sheet 2)

Page A49
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 24 (sheet 3)

Page A50
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Door, front spar BAEM1213 D57250800200


root 201
5 Bracket L164 D57250361200
201
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L164 D57250318204
205
1.2 (0.047)
15 Bracket L164 D57250333200
1.2 (0.047)
20 Bracket L164 D57250318202
1.2 (0.047)
25 Fitting, front BAEM1218 D57250802202
spar top 203
30 Bracket L164 D57250363200
201
1.2 (0.047)
35 Fitting, rear BAEM1218 D57250803200
spar bottom 201
40 Bracket L164 D57250333202
1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket L164 D57250331200
201
1.2 (0.047)
50 Bracket L164 D57250333204
1.2 (0.047)
55 Bracket L164 D57250331202
203
1.2 (0.047)
60 Bracket L164 D57250332202
1.2 (0.047)
65 Bracket L164 D57250332200
1.2 (0.047)
70 Bracket L164 D57250331204
205
1.2 (0.047)
75 Bracket L164 D36150081200
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250816, D57250820

Key to Figure 24

Page A51
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Bracket L164 D57250332201


1.2 (0.047)
85 Fitting, front BAEM1213 D57250801200
spar bottom 201
90 Bracket L164 D36150080202
203
1.2 (0.047)
95 Bracket L164 D57250327200
201
1.2 (0.047)
100 Bracket L164 D57250330200
201
1.2 (0.047)
105 Bracket L164 D57250318200
1.2 (0.047)
110 Bracket L164 D57250330208
209
1.2 (0.047)
115 Washer, special BAEM1213 D57250746200
120 Bracket L164 D57250362200
201
1.2 (0.047)
125 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57250808204
205
Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57250808202
203
130 Fitting, rear BAEM1218 D57250804200
spar top 201
135 Fitting, rear BAEM4042 D57251448000
spar aft 001
140 Bracket L164 D36150080200
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250330, D57250816, D57250820

Key to Figure 24

Page A52
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 25 (sheet 1)

Page A53
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 25 (sheet 2)

Page A54
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings at Spar/Wing Root Joint (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 25 (sheet 3)

Page A55
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Door, front spar BAEM1213 D57250800202


root 203
1A Door, front spar BAEM1213 D57250800204 A21723J0607
root 205
5 Top Hat L164 D57950275200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Fitting, front BAEM1218 D57250802202
spar top 203
10A Fitting, front BAEM4042 D57251435200 A21280J1448
spar top 201
10B Fitting, front ABM3−4043 D57251435202 A25631J1559
spar top 203
15 Bracket L164 D57950276200 B21723J0607
201
1.6 (0.063)
20 Member, Z L164 D57950274200
201
1.6 (0.063)
25 Fitting, front BAEM4042 D57251434200
spar bottom 201
30 Member, Z L164 D57950277200
201
1.6 (0.063)
35 Bracket L164 D57950276202 B21723J0607
1.6 (0.063)
40 Bracket L164 D57950189200 A21723J0607
1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57250808204
205
50 Fitting, rear BAEM4042 D57251437200
spar top 201
55 Fitting, rear ABM3−4043 D57251436200
spar bottom 201
55A Fitting, rear ABM3−4049 D57251446200 A25849J1630
spar bottom 201
60 Fitting, rear BAEM1213 D57250805202
spar aft 203
ASSY Dwg.: D57250820, D57251440, D57251441, D57251442, D57251443, D57252515

Key to Figure 25

Page A56
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

1. General
CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND
AIRCRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Wing Box Front and Rear Spars. This data is valid for the aircraft
shown in Table 101.
NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage refer to SRM
Chapter 51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas refer to SRM


Chapter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 013, 014
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required
information for allowable damage and repair applicability.

B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

NOTE: Make sure that all corrosion damage has been removed before you
assess the type and limits of damage.

NOTE: For Web Thickness Tables refer to Chapter 57−21−18 Page Block 001.

NOTE: If a damage is more than the allowable damage permitted limits,


refer to AIRBUS.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are
exceeded refer to the column ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ in the SRM Chapter
57−21−18 Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: All damage is to be crack detected using an approved method when


you have completed the repair.
NOTE: Apply protective treatment to the damaged area after blending
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−21−11).

NOTE: Restore the original standard of paint scheme (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−75−12).

2. Allowable Damage
CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Wing Box
structure that follows:
− Front Spar
− Rear Spar.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic,


refer to Table 102.

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION
TYPE CATEGORY
REFERENCE
Dents 4.A.
Nicks to
the Edges Not
Not Applicable
of the 4.B. Applicable
Spar
Wing Box Front Spar Features
Abrasions, B 57−21−18−1−001−00
Scratches
4.C.(1) A
and −
Corrosion <1> <2>
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION
TYPE CATEGORY
REFERENCE
Dents 4.A.
Nicks to
the Edges Not
Not Applicable
of the 4.B. Applicable
Spar
Wing Box Rear Spar Features
Abrasions, B 57−21−18−1−002−00
Scratches
4.C.(2) A
and −
Corrosion <3>
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
<1> Repair Category Data is applicable to Front Spar Forward Face between Rib
1 and Rib 8, including vicinity of cutouts for Slat Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4
and Build Doors in dry bays. This Repair Category Data is applicable to
aircraft weight variants:

− (A320−200) 000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 013
and 014.
<2> Repair Category Data is applicable to Front Spar Aft Face between Rib 22
and Rib 27.

<3> Repair Category ’A’ is valid only between Rib 6 and Rib 8. Between Rib 5
and Rib 6, contact AIRBUS.
4. Wing Box Front and Rear Spars − Allowable Damage

A. Dents
Dents in the Front and Rear Spar areas are not covered by this topic.

If you find any dents in this area you must report them to AIRBUS.
B. Nicks to the Edges of the Spar Features

Nicks to the edges of the Front and Rear Spar features areas are not
covered by this topic.

If you find any nicks on the edges of any Front and Rear Spar features
you must report them to AIRBUS.
C. Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE FRONT SPAR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED


INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS
57−21−18−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR
PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY
INFORMATION.

(1) For the types and locations of damage allowed on the Front Spar,
refer to Figure 101, sheet 1.
Damage limitations for abrasions, scratches and corrosion on the
Front Spar are shown in Figure 101, sheets 2 thru 4.

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE REAR SPAR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.


THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−21−18−1−002−00 AND IS
DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE
THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

(2) For the types and locations of damage allowed on the Rear Spar,
refer to Figure 102, sheet 1.

Damage limitations for abrasions, scratches and corrosion on the Rear


Spar are shown in Figure 102, sheets 2 thru 4.

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Front Spar


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 PagesNov105/106
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Front Spar


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Front Spar


Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Front Spar


Figure 101 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 PagesNov109/110
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Rear Spar


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 PagesNov111/112
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Rear Spar


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 113
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Rear Spar


Figure 102 (sheet 3)

Page 114
Printed in Germany
57−21−18 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage on Rear Spar


Figure 102 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 PagesNov115/116
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−18 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − MAIN LANDING GEAR SUPPORT

1. Structure Complete − Main Landing Gear Support − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Main Gear Support Structure Complete Figure 1


NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Main Gear Support Structure Complete


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Main Gear Support Structure Complete


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 3
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Main Gear Support Structure Complete


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 4
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Main Gear Support Structure Complete


Figure 1 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 5
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Main Gear Support Structure Complete


Figure 1 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 6
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57250472200


201
5 Stiffener, No 6 ABM3−1029 D57250497202
top skin 203
10 Stiffener, No 5 ABM3−1029 D57250496202
top skin 203
15 Rib, diagonal BAEM1213 D57250471200
outboard 201
20 Stiffener, No 4 ABM3−1029 D57250495202
top skin 203
25 Stiffener, No 3 ABM3−1029 D57250494202
top skin 203
30 Rib, diagonal BAEM1213 D57250470200
inboard 201
35 Stiffener, No 2 ABM3−1029 D57250493202
top skin 203
40 Stiffener, No 1 ABM3−1029 D57250492202
top skin 203
45 Stiffener, top BAEM1213 D57251444000
skin 001
50 Channel, WX 2685 L165 D57250482200
201
1.6 (0.063)
55 Beam, edge top BAEM1213 D57250976200
201
−adaptation L109 D57258601200
201
60 Stiffener, WX BAEM1213 D57250473200
2685 201
65 Rib, 6A BAEM1213 D57250469200
201
65A Rib, 6A BAEM1213 D57252577202 A20167J0030
203
65B Rib, 6A ABM3−1029 D57256593200 A39701J2862
201
70 Stiffener, WX BAEM1213 D57250486200
2825 201
75 Stiffener, bot BAEM1213 D57250483200
tom 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250458, D57250466, D57250477, D57250478, D57250479, D57250480,
D57250481, D57250485, D57250487, D57250498, D57252177

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 7
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75A Stiffener, bot BAEM1213 D57250483202


tom 203
80 Plate, machining BAEM1213 D52840214200
80A Plate, machining BAEM1213 D52853002200 A20167J0030
83 Spacer L97 BT042436202 LTU/
BT042436(MSN200
9)
85 Plate, mounting S98 D52840216200
201
85A Plate, mounting S98 D52853013200 A20167J0030
201
90 Angle BAEM1213 D57250491200
201
95 Packer (adapta L109 D57258601200
tion) 1 (0.039)
100 Packer, rib 6A L165 D57250477202
0.5 (0.02)
100A Packer, rib 6A L165 D57252177202
0.5 (0.02)
105 Hinge, aft OWP BAEM1213 D57250456200
201
110 Hinge, mid OWP BAEM1213 D57250455200
201
115 Hinge, fwd BAEM1213 D57250454200
201
120 Strut, bracket BAEM1213 D57250457200
201
125 Cleat, WX2685 L165 D57250488200
2 (0.079)
130 Cleat, WX2685 BAEM1213 D57250476200
135 Bracket, com BAEM1213 D57250451200
pression 201
140 Cleat, bottom BAEM1213 D57950484200
stiffener 201
145 Packer (adapta L164 D57258521200
tion) 1.6 (0.063)
150 Washer, throat L164 D57258521202
(adaptation) 1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D52853002, D52853009, D52853012, D57250458, D57250459, D57250466,
D57250477, D57250479, D57250481, D57250485, D57252177, D57258521

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 MayPage 8
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − MAIN LANDING GEAR SUPPORT − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − MAIN LANDING GEAR SUPPORT − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−21 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS − CLOSING PLATES − SEALS

1. STRIPS − CLOSING PLATES−SEALS − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Joint Strips and Closing Plate − Over Figure 2
wing Panel
2 MLG Bay Seal − Wing Box Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 FebPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 FebPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Joint Strips and Closing Plate - Overwing Panel


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-26 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Joint Strips and Closing Plate - Overwing Panel


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-26 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strip, joint L165 D57540827210 A20661J0367


211
5.00(0.197)
1A Strip, joint L165 D57548451200 A21345J0586
201
5.00(0.197)
5 Strip, joint L165 D57540827208 A20661J0367
209
5.00(0.197)
5A Strip, joint L165 D57548451202 A21345J0586
203
5.00(0.197)
10 Strip, joint L165 D57540827206 A20661J0367
207
5.00(0.197)
10A Strip, joint L165 D57548451204 A21345J0586
205
5.00(0.197)
15 Strip, nut L110 D57250973204
1.00(0.039)
−alternative ma J4178
terial
20 Strip, joint L165 D57540827204 B20661J0367
205
5.00(0.197)
25 Strip, joint L109 D57540827200 B20661J0367
201
2.50(0.098)
30 Packing L109 D57540827202 B20661J0367
203
2.50(0.098)
35 Seal BAER1004 D57250954202
Grade A 203
2.00(0.079)
35A Seal BAER1004 D57250990202 A21723J0607
Grade A 203
2.00(0.079)
40 Plate L109 D57250954200
201
2.50(0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250459, D57250975

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 FebPage 5
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40A Plate L109 D57250990200 A21723J0607


201
2.50(0.098)
45 Strip, nut L110 D57250973200
201
1.00(0.039)
−alternative ma J4178
terial
50 Strip, nut L110 D57250973202
203
1.00(0.039)
−alternative ma J4178
terial
55 Strip, nut L110 D57250973212
213
1.00(0.039)
−alternative ma J4178
terial
60 Strip, nut L110 D57250973210
211
1.00(0.039)
−alternative ma J4178
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57250459, D57250975

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 FebPage 6
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MLG Bay Seal - Wing Box


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-21-26 FebPage 7
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle, seal sup L110 D57251260212


port 213
1.00(0.039)
5 Strip, retaining L110 D57251260222
223
1.00(0.039)
10 Seal BAER0584 D57251261204
(J4253) 205
15 Seal BAER0584 D57251261206
(J4253) 207
20 Angle, seal sup L110 D57251260216
port 217
1.00(0.039)
−adaptation L110 D57258596200
solution 201
made from
D572512602
00
201
20A Angle, seal sup L110 D57251260224 A32318J2209
port 225
1.00(0.039)
25 Seal BAER0584 D57251261208
(J4253) 209
−adaptation BAER0584 D57258596204
solution (J4253) 205
made from
D572512612
00
201
30 Strip, retaining L110 D57251260218
219
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251262

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 FebPage 8
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35 Strip, retaining L110 D57251260220


221
1.00(0.039)
−adaptation L110 D57258596202
solution 203
made from
D572512602
06
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57251262

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 Pages 9/10
Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS, CLOSING PLATES AND SEALS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU
018.

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data for the Bolts
that attach the Joint Strips to the Overwing Panel and the Wing Top
Skin. This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 101.
NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter
51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−21−26 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

C. After rework the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the al
lowable limits have not been exceeded. When the limits are exceeded re
fer to the column ‘ACTION OR REPAIR’ in the Chapter 57−21−26 Page Block
001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, refer to AIRBUS to determine if a repair


is necessary.

2. Allowable Damage
A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Attachment
Bolts on the Overwing Panel Joint Strips.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.
3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Temporary Allow
4.A.(1)(a)
able Damage Lim
and C
its for Broken
4.A.(1)(c)
Attachment Bolts on the Overwing
g or Missing Bolts
Panel Joint Strips Permanent Repair
4.A.(1)(b)
of Broken or
and A
Missing Bolts by
4.A.(1)(c)
Replacement
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
4. Attachment Bolts on the Overwing Panel Joint Strips − Allowable Damage

A. Broken or missing Bolts

(1) Broken or missing bolts are allowed on the Joint Strips, but you
must replace the bolts at the following intervals:

(a) Broken end bolts and bolts that are adjacent to each other, must
be replaced in less than 350 Flight Hours.

Broken bolts, which are not end bolts and bolts that are not ad
jacent to each other, must be replaced in less than 15 months.
The total number of broken bolts in any one strip must not ex
ceed 25%. Refer to Chapter 51−40−00.

For aircraft after modification 20661J0367, the following restric


tions also apply:
− The total number of broken or missing bolts permitted in a
shorter strip is two with a minimum of three bolts unbroken
and not missing at a strip edge

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−21−26 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− No more than three broken or missing adjacent fasteners are


allowed in the longer strip.
Until the bolts are replaced, bolt hole locations must be covered
with High Speed Tape (applied and inspected in accordance with
Chapter 51−77−12 Paragraph 2.A.).

(b) If the number of bolts which are broken or missing on any one
joint strip is more than 25% of the total number of bolts on
that joint strip, you must replace the bolts before the next
flight, or alternatively, contact AIRBUS for further instruction.

(c) If more than three adjacent bolts are broken at any location on
the strips, you must replace the bolts before the next flight,
except where the missing bolts form a square grouping in which
case four adjacent missing bolts are permitted (bolts located di
agonally from each other are not considered to be adjacent). Al
ternatively contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

For examples of acceptable and non−acceptable arrangements of


missing bolts, refer to Figure 101 Sheets 1 and 2.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−21−26 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel Joint Strip Attachment Bolts − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−21−26 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel Joint Strip Attachment Bolts − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 PagesNov105/106
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS, CLOSING PLATES AND SEALS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−26 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 2 THRU 6

1. Ribs 2 thru 6 − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Rib 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 2
1 Rib 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Figure 3
Before Modification 39729J3021)
1 Rib 2 (After Modification 39729J3021) Figure 4
2 Rib 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 5
2 Rib 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Figure 6
Before Modification 39729J3021)
2 Rib 3 (After Modification 39729J3021) Figure 7
3 Rib 4 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 8
3 Rib 4 (After Modification 20167J0030) Figure 9
4 Rib 5 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 10
4 Rib 5 (After Modification 20167J0030) Figure 11
4 Rib 5 (After Modification 37332J2817) Figure 12
<1>
5 Rib 6 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 13
5 Rib 6 (After Modification 20167J0030) Figure 14
6 Rib 6B (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 15
and Before Modification 37331J2816)
6 Rib 6B (After Modification 37332J2817) Figure 16
<1>
<1> Effective for aircraft with V2500 engines only.

NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage 1
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-21-32 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-21-32 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 2 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-21-32 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 2 BAEM1213 D57250502200


201
5 Plate, sealing L110 D57250837200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Blank L164 D28150069200
15 Bracket L164 D57950236200
1.2 (0.047)
20 Packer L109 D57250602226
25 Packer L109 D57250602224
30 Bracket L164 D57950238206
1 (0.039)
35 Plate, sealing L110 D57250839200
1.2 (0.047)
40 Packer L164 D57250836206
45 Packer L164 D57250836204
50 Bracket L164 D57950235202
1.2 (0.047)
55 Packer L164 D57250836202
60 Packer L164 D57250836200
65 Plate, sealing L110 D57250838200
1.2 (0.047)
70 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250779200
201
75 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250782200
201
80 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250739200
201
85 Plate, sealing L110 D57250840200
1.2 (0.047)
90 Plate, sealing L110 D57250840202
1.2 (0.047)
95 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841200
1.2 (0.047)
100 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841202
1.2 (0.047)
105 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841204
1.2 (0.047)
110 Plate, sealing L110 D57250842200
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D28150000, D57250602, D57253001

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage 5
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

115 Plate, sealing L110 D57250842202


1.2 (0.047)
120 Plate, sealing L110 D57250843200
1.2 (0.047)
125 Plate, sealing L110 D57250843202
1.2 (0.047)
130 Plate, sealing L110 D57250844200
1.2 (0.047)
135 Plate, sealing L110 D57250844202
1.2 (0.047)
140 Cleat, sealing L113 D57250797200
201
1.2 (0.047)
145 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250796200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250602

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage 6
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage 7
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 2 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage 8
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 2 BAEM1213 D57252202200 B33312J2440


203 A38680J2950
−adaptation (RH BAEM1213 D57252202201
rib only)
1A Rib 2 ABS5235 D57252202204 A33312J2440
205
5 Plate, sealing L110 D57250837200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Blank L164 D28150069200
15 Bracket L164 D57950236200
1.2 (0.047)
20 Packer L109 D57252302226
25 Packer L109 D57252302224
30 Bracket L164 D57950238206
1 (0.039)
35 Plate, sealing L110 D57250839200
1.2 (0.047)
40 Plate, blanking BAEM1213 D28250161201
45 Packer L164 D57252399206
50 Packer L164 D57252399204
55 Bracket L164 D57950235202
1.2 (0.047)
60 Packer L164 D57252399202
65 Packer L164 D57252399200
70 Plate, sealing L110 D57250838200
1.2 (0.047)
75 Cleat DTD5636 D57252691206
207
75A Cleat L160 D57252790200
(MSN01569999) 201
80 Cleat DTD5636 D57252692206 B22688J0871
207
80A Cleat L160 D57252750200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
85 Cleat DTD5636 D57250739206
207
85A Cleat L160 D57252791200
(MSN01569999) 201
ASSY Dwg.: D28150000, D57252302, D57253001, D57258625

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage 9
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

90 Plate, sealing L110 D57250840200


1.2 (0.047)
95 Plate, sealing L110 D57250840202
1.2 (0.047)
100 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841200
1.2 (0.047)
105 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841202
1.2 (0.047)
110 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841204
1.2 (0.047)
115 Plate, sealing L110 D57250842200
1.2 (0.047)
120 Plate, sealing L110 D57250842202
1.2 (0.047)
125 Plate, sealing L110 D57250843200
1.2 (0.047)
130 Plate, sealing L110 D57250843202
1.2 (0.047)
135 Plate, sealing L110 D57250844200
1.2 (0.047)
140 Plate, sealing L110 D57250844202
1.2 (0.047)
145 Cleat, sealing L113 D57250797200
201
1.2 (0.047)
150 Cleat DTD5636 D57250796206
207
150A Cleat L160 D57252809200
(MSN01569999) 201
155 Cleat DTD5636 D57252690206
207
155A Cleat L160 D57252850200
(MSN01569999) 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252302

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/0810
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 2 (After Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1111
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 2 (After Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1112
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 2 ABM3−1029 D57256631200 B152200J3372


201
1A Rib 2 ABM3−1029 D57256631204 A152200J3372
205
5 Plate, sealing L110 D57250837200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L164 D57950236200
1.2 (0.047)
15 Packer L109 D57252302226
20 Packer L109 D57252302224
25 Bracket L164 D57950238206
1 (0.039)
30 Plate, sealing L110 D57250839200
1.2 (0.047)
35 Bracket L164 D57950235202
1.2 (0.047)
40 Packer L164 D57252399202
45 Packer L164 D57252399200
50 Plate, sealing L110 D57250838200
1.2 (0.047)
55 Cleat L160 D57252790200
201
60 Cleat L160 D57252791200
201
65 Plate, sealing L110 D57250840200
1.2 (0.047)
70 Plate, sealing L110 D57250840202
1.2 (0.047)
75 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841200
1.2 (0.047)
80 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841202
1.2 (0.047)
85 Plate, sealing L110 D57250841204
1.2 (0.047)
90 Plate, sealing L110 D57250842200
1.2 (0.047)
95 Plate, sealing L110 D57250842202
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252302, D57253001

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 AugPage01/1113
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Plate, sealing L110 D57250843200


1.2 (0.047)
105 Plate, sealing L110 D57250843202
1.2 (0.047)
110 Plate, sealing L110 D57250844200
1.2 (0.047)
115 Plate, sealing L110 D57250844202
1.2 (0.047)
120 Cleat, sealing L113 D57250797200
201
1.2 (0.047)
125 Cleat L160 D57252809200
201
130 Cleat L160 D57252850200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252302

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 AugPage01/1114
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 3 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1115
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 3 BAEM1213 D57250503200


201
5 Packer L109 D57250603236
10 Packer L109 D57250603238
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250730200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250780200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250781200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250783200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250784200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250730202
203
45 Bracket BAEM1213 D57250641200
201
50 Bracket BAEM1213 D57250640200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250603

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 NovPage01/1416
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 3 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1117
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 3 BAEM1213 D57252203200


201
1A Rib 3 BAEM1213 D57252203202 A24591J1321
203
1B Rib 3 ABS5235 D57252203204 A33312J2441
205
1C Rib 3 BAEM1213 D57252203202 A38680J2950
203
5 Packer L109 D57252303238
10 Bracket BAEM1213 D57252260200
201
10A Bracket BAEM1213 D57252260202 A24591J1321
203
15 Bracket BAEM1213 D57252261200
201
15A Bracket BAEM1213 D57252261202 A24591J1321
203
20 Cleat DTD5636 D57250730212
213
20A Cleat L160 D57252751200
(MSN01569999) 201
25 Cleat DTD5636 D57252371206
207
25A Cleat L160 D57252753200
(MSN01569999) 201
30 Cleat DTD5636 D57252368206
207
30A Cleat L160 D57252752200
(MSN01569999) 201
35 Cleat DTD5636 D57252369206 B22688J0871
207
35A Cleat L160 D57252754200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
40 Cleat DTD5636 D57252370206 B22688J0871
207
40A Cleat L160 D57252792200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
45 Cleat DTD5636 D57250730214
215
ASSY Dwg.: D57252303

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1118
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45A Cleat L160 D57252751202


(MSN01569999) 203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252303

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1119
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 3 (After Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1120
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 3 ABM3−1029 D57256632200


201
5 Packer L109 D57252303238
10 Bracket BAEM1213 D57252260202 B153367J3445
203
10A Bracket ABM3−1029 D57257708200 A153367J3445
201
15 Bracket BAEM1213 D57252261202
203
20 Cleat L160 D57252751200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57252753200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57252752200
201
35 Cleat L160 D57252751202
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252303

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 AugPage01/1221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 4 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1122
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 4 BAEM1213 D57250504200


201
5 Packer L109 D57250604222
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250778200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250821200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250822200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250604

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 NovPage01/1423
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 4 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1124
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 4 BAEM1213 D57252204200


201
1A Rib 4 ABS5235 D57252204202 A33312J2442
203
5 Packer L109 D57252304222
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250778200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250778206
207
10A Cleat L160 D57252755200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250778200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250778206
207
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250821200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250821206 B22688J0871
207
15A Cleat L160 D57252756200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250821200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250821206 B22688J0871
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250822200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250822206 B22688J0871
207
20A Cleat L160 D57252793200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250822200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250822206 B22688J0871
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252304

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 NovPage01/1425
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 5 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1126
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 5 BAEM1213 D57250505200


201
1A Rib 5 BAEM1213 D57250505200 A20154J0031
203
5 Packer L109 D57250900204
10 Packer BAEM1213 D57250900200
201
15 Packer BAEM1213 D57250900202
203
20 Packer BAEM1213 D57250900206
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57251530200
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250922201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57251532200
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250922200
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250923200
201
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250924200
201
55 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250925200
201
60 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250927200
201
65 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250928200
201
70 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250920200
201
75 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250929200
201
80 Cleat, welded L113 D57250904000
assembly − stgr 001
4
85 Cleat, welded L113 D57250903000
assembly − stgr 001
5
90 Cleat, stgr 4 L113 D57250901200
201
95 Cleat, stgr 5 L113 D57250902200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250605

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 NovPage01/1427
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Seal, stgr 4 PVC/Nitrile D57250908200


rubber to 201
Dunlop spec.
B193
105 Seal, stgr 5 PVC/Nitrile D57250908202
rubber to 203
Dunlop spec.
B193
110 Seal, stgr 3 PVC/Nitrile D57250909200
lower rubber to 201
Dunlop spec.
B193
115 Cleat, welded L113 D57250905000
assembly 001
ASSY Dwg.: D57250605

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 NovPage01/1428
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 5 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 11 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1329
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 5 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 11 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1330
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 5 BAEM1213 D57252205200


201
1A Rib 5 ABS5235A005 D57252205202 A33312J2443
203
1B Rib 5 ABS5235A005 D57252205204 A37331J2816
205
1C Rib 5 ABM3−1029 D57252205206 A38680J2950
207
1D Rib 5 ABM3−1029 D57252205208 A39164J2961
209
5 Packer ABM3−1029 D57252693204
10 Packer BAEM1213 D57252693200
201
15 Packer BAEM1213 D57252693202
203
20 Packer BAEM1213 D57252693206
25 Cleat L160 D57252757200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57252758200
201
35 Cleat L160 D57252759200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57252760200
201
45 Cleat L160 D57252761200 B22688J0871
201
50 Cleat L160 D57252794200 B22688J0871
201
55 Cleat L160 D57252762200
201
60 Cleat ABM3−1030 D57250901208 B154484J3292
209
60A Cleat ABM3−1029 D57257757200 A154484J3292
201
65 Cleat ABM3−1030 D57250902208 B154484J3292
209
65A Cleat L160 D57252757200 A154484J3292
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252305, D57256525

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1331
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Cleat, welded L113 D57250904000 B35806J2705


assembly − stgr 001
4
75 Cleat, welded L113 D57250903000 B35806J2705
assembly − stgr 001
5
80 Seal, stgr 4 PVC/Nitrile D57250908200 B35806J2705
rubber to 201
Dunlop spec.
B193
85 Seal, stgr 5 PVC/Nitrile D57250908202 B35806J2705
rubber to 203
Dunlop spec.
B193
90 Seal, stgr 3 PVC/Nitrile D57252695200 B35806J2705
lower rubber to 201
Dunlop spec.
B193
95 Seal, stgr 4 PVC/Nitrile D57252696200 B35806J2705
lower rubber to 201
Dunlop spec.
B193
100 Cleat, welded L113 D57250905000 B35806J2705
assembly − stgr 001
3
105 Cleat, welded L113 D57252699000 B35806J2705
assembly − stgr 001
4
110 Carrier, foam L113 D57256552000 A35806J2705
001 B37331J2816
115 Packer ABM3−1029 D57256547200 A35806J2705
201 B37331J2816
120 Carrier, foam L113 D57256553200 A35806J2705
201 B37331J2816
125 Packer ABM3−1029 D57256548200 A35806J2705
201 B37331J2816
130 Carrier, foam L113 D57256554000 A35806J2705
001 B37331J2816
135 Carrier, foam L113 D57256555000 A35806J2705
001 B37331J2816
ASSY Dwg.: D57252305, D57256525

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1332
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140 Cleat L97 D57252730200 B154484J3292


201
140A Cleat ABM3−1029 D57257758200 A154484J3292
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256568

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1333
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 5 (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1334
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 5 (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1335
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 5 ABS5235A005 D57252205204


205
1A Rib 5 ABM3−1029 D57252205206 A38680J2950
207
1B Rib 5 ABM3−1029 D57252205208 A39164J2961
209
5 Packer L109 D57252693208
10 Packer BAEM1213 D57252693200
201
15 Packer BAEM1213 D57252693202
203
20 Packer BAEM1213 D57252693206
25 Cleat L160 D57252757200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57252758200
201
35 Cleat L160 D57252759200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57252760200
201
45 Cleat L160 D57252762200
201
50 Packer ABM3−1029 D57256547200
201
55 Cleat, stgr 4 ABM3−1030 D57250901208
209
60 Carrier, foam L113 D57256552000
001
65 Packer ABM3−1029 D57256548200
201
70 Cleat, stgr 5 ABM3−1030 D57250902208
209
75 Carrier, foam L113 D57256553200
201
80 Carrier, foam L113 D57256554000
001
85 Carrier, foam L113 D57256555000
001
ASSY Dwg.: D57256525

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1336
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 6 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1337
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 6 BAEM1213 D57250506200


201
1A Rib 6 BAEM1213 D57250506200 A20154J0031
203
5 Bracket L164 D57250239200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Packer L109 D57250906208
15 Packer BAEM1213 D57250906202
203
20 Packer L109 D57250906200
201
25 Packer L109 D57250906204
205
30 Packer BAEM1213 D57250906206
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57251533200
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57251534200
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250930200
201
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250931200
201
55 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250932200
201
60 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250933200
201
65 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250934200
201
70 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250921200
201
75 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250935200
201
80 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250936200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250606, D57253001

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1338
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 6 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 14 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1339
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 6 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 14 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1340
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 6 BAEM1213 D57252206200


201
1A Rib 6 ABS5235A006 D57252206204 A33312J2444
205
1B Rib 6 ABS5235A006 D57252206208 A37331J2816
209
5 Bracket L164 D57950239200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Packer L109 D57252306238
15 Plate, sealing L113 D57252698200 B26839J1668
201
1.2 (0.047)
20 Plate, sealing L113 D57252697202 B26839J1668
1.2 (0.047)
25 Plate, sealing L113 D57252697200 B26839J1668
1.2 (0.047)
30 Cleat DTD5636 D57252388206
207
30A Cleat L160 D57252763200
(MSN01569999) 201
35 Cleat DTD5636 D57252387206
207
35A Cleat L160 D57252764200
(MSN01569999) 201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252440200
201
40A Cleat L160 D57252765200
(MSN01569999) 201
45 Cleat DTD5636 D57252385206 B22688J0871
(MSN00220458) 207
45A Cleat L160 D57252766200
(MSN01569999) 201
50 Cleat DTD5636 D57252383206 B22688J0871
207
50A Cleat L160 D57252795200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
55 Cleat DTD5636 D57252384206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252306, D57253001

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1341
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55A Cleat L160 D57252767200


(MSN01569999) 201
60 Cleat L97 D57252731200 B154484J3292
201
65 Cleat L97 D57252732200 B154484J3292
201
70 Cleat ABM3−1029 D57257759200 A154484J3292
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252306, D57256568

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1342
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 6B (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 37331J2816)


Figure 15 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1343
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 6B (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 37331J2816)


Figure 15 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1344
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 6B BAEM1213 D57252228200


(MSN00220299) 201
−adaptation BAEM1213 D57258621000
001
5 Rib 6B BAEM1213 D57252228202
203
5A Rib 6B BAEM1213 D57252228204 A21641J0543
205
10 Packer L113 D57250686200
10A Packer L113 D57256537200 A35806J2705
15 Packer BAEM1213 D57250686208
15A Packer BAEM1213 D57256538200 A35806J2705
201
20 Packer − adapta L113 D57258621200
tion 0.50(0.020)
(MSN00220299)
25 Seal L97 D57252909200 B35806J2705
201
30 Cleat L97 D57252733200
201
35 Seal L97 D57252908200
201
35A Seal ABR4−0117 D57256550200 A35806J2705
201
40 Packer − adapta L113 D57258621202
tion 0.50(0.020)
(MSN00220299)
45 Packer − adapta L113 D57258621204
tion 0.50(0.020)
(MSN00220299)
50 Packer − adapta L113 D57258621212
tion 0.50(0.020)
(MSN00220299)
55 Packer L97 D57252748200 B35806J2705
201
60 Packer − adapta L113 D57258621210
tion 0.50(0.020)
(MSN00220299)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252328, D57256526, D57258621

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1345
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

65 Packer − adapta L113 D57258621208


tion 0.50(0.020)
(MSN00220299)
70 Seal assembly PVC/Nitrile D57252703000 B35806J2705
rubber Dun 001
lop grade
B193 bonded
to L113
75 Packer BAEM1213 D57250686206
207
75A Packer ABM3−1029 D57256539200 A35806J2705
201
80 Packer − adapta L113 D57258621206
tion 1.00(0.039)
(MSN00220299)
85 Cleat, sealing BAEM1213 D57252749200 B35806J2705
201
90 Packer L113 D57250686202 B35806J2705
95 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250688200 B35806J2705
201
100 Plate, restraint L110 D57252729200
2.00(0.079)
105 Packer ABM3−1029 D57256546200 A35806J2705
201
110 Cleat BAEM1213 D57256545200 A35806J2705
201
115 Cleat L113 D57256556000 A35806J2705
001
ASSY Dwg.: D57252328, D57256526, D57258621

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1346
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 6B (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 16 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1347
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 6B (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 16 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 MayPage01/1348
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 6B BAEM1213 D57252228204


205
5 Packer L113 D57256537200
10 Packer BAEM1213 D57256538200
201
15 Cleat L97 D57252733200
201
20 Seal ABR4−0117 D57256550200
201
25 Carrier, foam L113 D57256556200
201
30 Packer ABM3−1029 D57256539200
201
35 Plate, restraint L110 D57252729200
2.00(0.079)
40 Packer ABM3−1029 D57256546200
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57256545200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256526, D57256546

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 Pages 49/50
May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 2 THRU 6 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 2 THRU 6 − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−32 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 7 THRU 12

1. Ribs 7 thru 12 − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Rib 7 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 2
1 Rib 7 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Figure 3
Before Modification 39729J3021)
1 Rib 7 (After Modification 39729J3021) Figure 4
2 Rib 8 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 5
2 Rib 8 (After Modification 20167J0030) Figure 6
3 Rib 9 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 7
3 Rib 9 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Figure 8
Before Modification 39729J3021)
3 Rib 9 (After Modification 39729J3021 and Figure 9
Before Modification 160006J3254)
3 Rib 9 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 10
4 Rib 10 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 11
4 Rib 10 (After Modification 20167J0030) Figure 12
5 Rib 11 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 13
5 Rib 11 (After Modification 20167J0030) Figure 14
6 Rib 12 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 15
6 Rib 12 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 16
and Before Modification 39729J3021)
6 Rib 12 (After Modification 39729J3021 Figure 17
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
6 Rib 12 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 18
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 7 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-21-33 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 7 BAEM1213 D57250507200


201
5 Packer L167 D57250607206
1.40(0.055)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250760200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250759200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250765200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250674200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250826200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250607

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 7 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage 5
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 7 BAEM1213 D57252207200


201
1A Rib 7 BAEM1213 D57252207202 A22611J0774
203
1B Rib 7 ABS5235 D57252207204 A33312J2445
205
5 Packer L109 D57252380200
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252359200
201
10A Cleat L160 D57252768200
(MSN01569999) 201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252358200
201
15A Cleat L160 D57252769200
(MSN01569999) 201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252360200 B22688J0871
201
20A Cleat L160 D57252770200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252357200 B22688J0871
201
25A Cleat L160 D57252796200 B22688J0871
(MSN01569999) 201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252361200
201
30A Cleat L160 D57252852200
(MSN01569999) 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252307

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage 6
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 7 (After Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage 7
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 7 ABS5235A007 D57256633200


201
5 Packer L109 D57252380200
10 Cleat L160 D57252768200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57252769200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57252852200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252307

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage 8
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 8 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage 9
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 8 BAEM1213 D57250508200


201
5 Packer L109 D57250608230
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250658200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250672200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250659200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250673200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250774200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250845200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250846200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250608

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1410
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 8 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage01/1111
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 8 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage01/1112
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 8 BAEM1213 D57252208200


201
1A Rib 8 BAEM1213 D57252208202 A22611J0774
203
1B Rib 8 ABS5235 D57252308206 A33312J2446
207
5 Packer L109 D57252308230 B22611J0774
10 Packer L109 D57252379200
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252372200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252372206
207
15A Cleat L160 D57252797200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252372200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252372206
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252373200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252373206
207
20A Cleat L160 D57252798200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252373200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252373206
207
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252377200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252377206
207
25A Cleat L160 D57252799200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252377200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252377206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252308

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1413
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252375200 B22688J0871


201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252375206 B22688J0871
207
30A Cleat L160 D57252800200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252375200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252375206 B22688J0871
207
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252376200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252376206 B22688J0871
207
35A Cleat L160 D57252771200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252376200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252376206 B22688J0871
207
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252374200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252374206
207
40A Cleat L160 D57252853200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252374200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252374206
207
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252378200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252378206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252308

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1414
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45A Cleat L160 D57252854200


(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252378200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252378206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252308

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1415
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 9 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage01/1116
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 9 BAEM1213 D57250509200


201
5 Packer L109 D57250609222
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250787200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250823200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250824200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250825200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250609

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1417
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 9 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage01/1118
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 9 BAEM1213 D57252209200


201
1A Rib 9 ABS5235 D57252209202 A33312J2447
203
5 Packer L109 D57252309222
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250787200
201
10A Cleat L160 D57252772200
(MSN01569999) 201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250823200
201
15A Cleat L160 D57252773200
(MSN01569999) 201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250824200 B22688J0871
201
20A Cleat L160 D57252774200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250825200 B22688J0871
201
25A Cleat L160 D57252801200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252309

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage01/1119
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 9 (After Modification 39729J3021 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1220
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 9 ABS5235A009 D57256634200


201
5 Packer L109 D57252309222
10 Cleat L160 D57252772200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57252773200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252309

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 MayPage01/1121
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 9 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 9 ABS5235A009 D57252209202


203
5 Packer L109 D57252309222
10 Cleat L160 D57252773200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57252772200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256829

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 10 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 10 BAEM1213 D57250510200


201
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250650200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250650206
207
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250655200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250655206
207
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250651200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250651206
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250652200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250652206
207
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250653200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250653206
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250654200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250654206
207
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250656200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250656206
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250657200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250610

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1425
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 10 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 10 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 10 BAEM1213 D57252210200


201
1A Rib 10 BAEM1213 D57252210202 A22688J0871
203
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250650200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250650206 B22688J0871
207
5A Cleat L160 D57252802200 B22688J0871
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250650200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250650206 B22688J0871
207
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250655200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250655206
207
10A Cleat L160 D57252775200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250655200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250655206
207
15 Cleat J8133 D57250651208
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250651200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250651206
207
20 Cleat J8132 D57250652208
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250652200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250652206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252310

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1428
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25 Cleat J8132 D57250653208


209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250653200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250653206
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250654200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250654206
207
30A Cleat J8132 D57250654208 A22688J0871
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250654200 A22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250654206 A22688J0871
207
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250656200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250656206
35A Cleat L160 D57252810200
(MSN01563190)
35B Cleat L160 D57252810202 A37211J2811
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252664200
−alternative DTD5636 D57252664206
40A Cleat L160 D57252811200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252664200
−alternative DTD5636 D57252664206
45 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652200 A22420J0767
tion 201
50 Cleat, angle L160 D57252845200 A22688J0871
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252310, D57258652

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1429
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 11 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 11 BAEM1213 D57250511200


201
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250666200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250666206
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250667200
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250731200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250663200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250788200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250660200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250661200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250668200
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250664200
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250665200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250611

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1431
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 11 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 14 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 11 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 14 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 AugPage01/1233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 11 BAEM1213 D57252211200


201
1A Rib 11 BAEM1213 D57252211202 A22688J0871
203
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250666200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250666206
5A Cleat L160 D57252816200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250666200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250666206
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250667200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250667206
10A Cleat L160 D57252813200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250667200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250667206
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250731200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250731206 B22688J0871
207
15A Cleat L160 D57252803200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250731200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250731206 B22688J0871
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250663200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250663206
207
20A Cleat L160 D57252776200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250663200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250663206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252311

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1434
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252330200


201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252337206
207
25A Cleat J8128 D57252337208 A22688J0871
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252330200 A22688J0871
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250660200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252337200
201
30A Cleat J8128 D57252337208 A22688J0871
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250660200 A22688J0871
201
35 Cleat J8127 D57250661208
209
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250668200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250668206
40A Cleat L160 D57252815200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250668200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250668206
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252331200
−alternative DTD5636 D57252331206
45A Cleat L160 D57252812200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252331200
−alternative DTD5636 D57252331206
50 Cleat L160 D57252814200
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250665200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250665206
55 Cleat − adapta BAEM1213 D57258652200 A22420J0767
tion 201
60 Cleat L160 D57252845200 A22688J0871
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252311, D57258652

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1435
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 15 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1436
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 15 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1437
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 12 BAEM1213 D57250512200


201
5 Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57250532200
201
10 Rib 12, failsafe BAEM1213 D57250712200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250733200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250734200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250670200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250740200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250669200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250732200
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250798200
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250744200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250612, D57250912

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1438
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 16 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1439
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 16 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1440
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 16 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1441
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 12 BAEM1213 D57252212202


203
1A Rib 12 BAEM1213 D57252212204 A22688J0871
205
5 Rib 12, failsafe BAEM1213 D57252232200
201
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250798200
10A Cleat L160 D57252817200
(MSN01569999)
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252345200
201
15A Cleat L160 D57252841200
(MSN01569999) 201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252292200
20A Cleat L160 D57252818200
(MSN01569999)
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252344200
201
25A Cleat L160 D57252840200
(MSN01569999) 201
30 Cleat J8128 D57252337208
209
35 Cleat J8128 D57252337208
209
40 Cleat J8139 D57252335208
209
45 Cleat J8140 D57252334208
209
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252333200 B22688J0871
201
55 Cleat J8139 D57252332208
209
60 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252343200 B22688J0871
201
65 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252346200
201
65A Cleat L160 D57252842200
(MSN01569999) 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252242, D57252312

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1442
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652209 A22420J0767


tion 208
75 Cleat, angle L160 D57252964200 A22688J0871
201
80 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652210 A22420J0767
tion 211
85 Cleat L160 D57252849202 A22688J0871
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252312, D57258652

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1443
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 39729J3021 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 17 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1444
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 17 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1445
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 17 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1446
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 12 ABM3−1029 D57256635200


201
5 Rib 12, failsafe ABM3−1029 D57256637200
201
10 Cleat L160 D57252817200
15 Cleat L160 D57252841200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57252818200
25 Cleat L160 D57252840200
201
30 Cleat J8128 D57252337208
209
35 Cleat J8139 D57252335208
209
40 Cleat J8140 D57252334208
209
45 Cleat J8139 D57252332208
209
50 Cleat L160 D57252842200
201
55 Cleat, angle L160 D57252964200
201
60 Cleat L160 D57252849202
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252312, D57256639

Key to Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1447
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 18 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1448
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 18 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1449
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 12 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 18 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 NovPage01/1450
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 12 ABM3−1029 D57256812200


201
5 Rib 12, failsafe ABM3−1029 D57256637200
201
10 Cleat L160 D57257195200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57257194200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257193200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257190200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257189200
201
35 Cleat L160 D57257188200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57257187200
201
45 Cleat L160 D57257196200
50 Cleat L160 D57257197200
55 Cleat L160 D57257198200
60 Cleat L160 D57257199200
65 Cleat L160 D57257192200
201
70 Cleat L160 D57257200200
201
75 Cleat L160 D57257201200
201
80 Cleat L160 D57257191200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256792, D57256832

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 Pages 51/52
Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 7 THRU 12 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 7 THRU 12 − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−33 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 13 THRU 19

1. Ribs 13 thru 19 − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Rib 13 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 2
1 Rib 13 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 3
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
1 RIB 13 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 4
2 Rib 14 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 5
2 Rib 14 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 6
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
2 Rib 14 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 7
3 Rib 15 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 8
3 Rib 15 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 9
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
3 Rib 15 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 10
4 Rib 16 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 11
4 Rib 16 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 12
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
4 Rib 16 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 13
5 Rib 17 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 14
5 Rib 17 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 15
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
5 Rib 17 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 16
6 Rib 18 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 17
6 Rib 18 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 18
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
6 Rib 18 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 19
7 Rib 19 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 20
7 Rib 19 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 21
and Before Modification 39729J3021)
7 Rib 19 (After Modification 39729J3021 Figure 22
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
7 Rib 19 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 23
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 13 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-21-34 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 13 BAEM1213 D57250513200


201
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250795200
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250662200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250663200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250741200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250661200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250671200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250668200
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250665200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250613, D57253001

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 MayPage 4
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 13 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 13 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 13 BAEM1213 D57252213200


201
1A Rib 13 BAEM1213 D57252213202 A22688J0871
203
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250795200
10A Cleat L160 D57252819200
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250662200
201
15A Cleat L160 D57252808200 B22420J0767
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252665200
201
20A Cleat L160 D57252784200
201
25 Cleat J8128 D57250741208
209
30 Cleat J8127 D57250661208
209
35 Cleat J8139 D57252659208
209
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250661200 B22688J0871
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250668200
206
45A Cleat L160 D57252815200
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250665200
206
50A Cleat L160 D57252814200
55 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652202 A22420J0767
tion 203
60 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652203 A22420J0767
tion 202
65 Cleat L160 D57252847200 A22688J0871
201
70 Cleat L160 D57252847201 A22688J0871
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250613, D57252313, D57253001, D57258652

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 13 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 13 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 13 ABM3−1029 D57256813200


201
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Cleat L160 D57257202200
15 Cleat L160 D57257208200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257203200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257204200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257205200
201
35 Cleat L160 D57257209200
40 Cleat L160 D57257210200
45 Cleat L160 D57257207200
201
50 Cleat L160 D57257206200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256833, D57257049

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 14 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 14 BAEM1213 D57250514200


201
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250679200
201
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250680200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250678200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250676200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250677200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250675200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250614

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage01/1412
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 14 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 14 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 14 BAEM1213 D57252214200


201
1A Rib 14 BAEM1213 D57252214202 A21727J0594
203
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250679200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250679206 B22688J0871
207
5A Cleat L160 D57252804200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250679200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5653 D57250679206 B22688J0871
207
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252362200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252362206
207
10A Cleat L160 D57252778200
201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252362200
201
−alternative DTD5653 D57252362206
207
15 Cleat J8139 D57252363208
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252363200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252362306
207
20 Cleat, extruded J8128 D57252364208
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252364200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252364206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252314

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage01/1415
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25 Cleat J8128 D57252365208


209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252365200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252365206
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252363200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5336 D57252363206 B22688J0871
207
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250675200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250675206
35A Cleat L160 D57252820200
(MSN1569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250675200
−alternative DTD5653 D57250675206
40 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652204 A22420J0767
tion 205
45 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652205 A22420J0767
tion 204
50 Cleat, angle L160 D57252848200 A22688J0871
201
55 Cleat, angle L160 D57252848201 A22688J0871
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252314, D57258652

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage01/1416
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 14 (After Modification 160006J3254


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 14 (After Modification 160006J3254


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 14 ABM3−1029 D57256814200


201
5 Cleat L160 D57257158200
201
10 Cleat L160 D57257215200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57257155200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257159200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257161200
30 Cleat L160 D57257160200
35 Cleat L160 D57257157200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57257156200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256834

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 15 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1220
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 15 BAEM1213 D57250515200


201
5 Plate L113 D57250565200
201
1.60(0.063)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250745200
201
15 Packer L109 D57250615204
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250910200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250551200
201
30 Plate L113 D57250693200
201
1.60(0.063)
35 Plate L113 D57250694200
201
1.60(0.063)
40 Plate BAEM1213 D57250557200
45 Bracket L164 D57951965000
001
1.20(0.047)
50 Bracket L164 D57951966000
001
1.20(0.047)
55 Plate L113 D57250564200
201
1.60(0.063)
60 Plate L113 D57250695200
201
1.60(0.063)
65 Plate L113 D57250692202
203
1.60(0.063)
70 Plate L113 D57250691200
201
1.60(0.063)
75 Plate L113 D57250566200
201
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250615

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage01/1421
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250550200


201
85 Cleat, stringer BAEM1213 D57250556200
12 201
90 Plate, stringers L113 D57250559200
6 and 7 201
1.60(0.063)
95 Plate, stringers L113 D57250561200
8 and 11 201
1.60(0.063)
100 Plate, stringer L113 D57250563200
12 201
1.60(0.063)
105 Plate, stringers L113 D57250558200
6 and 7 201
1.60(0.063)
110 Plate, stringers L113 D57250560200
8 and 11 201
1.60(0.063)
115 Plate, stringer L113 D57250562200
12 201
1.60(0.063)
120 Cleat, stringer BAEM1213 D57250555200
6
125 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250552200
130 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250554200
201
135 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250553200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250615

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage01/1422
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 15 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 15 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 15 BAEM1213 D57252215200 B21758J0566


201
1A Rib 15 BAEM1213 D57252215202 B22688J0871
203
1B Rib 15 BAEM1213 D57252215204 A22688J0871
205
5 Plate L113 D57250565200
201
1.6 (0.063)
10 Cleat DTD5636 D57252654206 B22688J0871
207
15 Packer L109 D57252315204 B22688J0871
20 Cleat DTD5636 D57250910206 B22688J0871
207
20A Cleat J8143 D57252955202 A22688J0871
25 Cleat DTD5636 D57252651206 B22688J0871
207
30 Plate, sealing L109 D57252653200
201
2 (0.079)
35 Plate L113 D57250694200
201
1.6 (0.063)
40 Packer BAEM1213 D57252657200
45 Bracket L164 D57951965000
001
1.2 (0.047)
50 Bracket L164 D57951966000
001
1.2 (0.047)
55 Plate L113 D57250564200
201
1.6 (0.063)
60 Cleat J8147 D57252650208
209
65 Plate, stringer L113 D57250566200
16 201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252315

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Plate, stringers L113 D57250691200


12 and 15 201
1.6 (0.063)
75 Plate, stringer L113 D57250692202
11 203
1.6 (0.063)
80 Plate, stringer L113 D57250695202
10 203
1.6 (0.063)
85 Cleat DTD5636 D57250556206
207
85A Cleat L160 D57252839200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative DTD5653 D57250556206
207
90 Plate, stringers L113 D57250559200
6 and 7 201
1.6 (0.063)
95 Plate, stringers L113 D57250561200
8 and 11 201
1.6 (0.063)
100 Plate, stringer L113 D57250563200
12 201
1.6 (0.063)
105 Plate, stringers L113 D57250558200
6 and 7 201
1.6 (0.063)
105A Plate, stringers L113 D57250558202 A39399J2972
6 and 7 203
1.6 (0.063)
110 Plate, stringers L113 D57250560200
8 and 11 201
1.6 (0.063)
115 Plate, stringer L113 D57250562200
12 201
1.6 (0.063)
120 Cleat DTD5653 D57250555206
120A Cleat L160 D57252834200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250555206
125 Cleat DTD5653 D57252652206
ASSY Dwg.: D57252315

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

125A Cleat L160 D57252835200


−alternative DTD5636 D57252652206
130 Cleat DTD5653 D57250554206
207
130A Cleat L160 D57252838200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250554206
207
135 Cleat DTD5653 D57250553206
207
135A Cleat L160 D57252837200
201
−alternative DTD5653 D57250553206
207
140 Cleat D57252654215 B22420J0767
Made from
D572526542
01
145 Cleat J8142 D57252953202 A22688J0871
203
150 Cleat D57258652212 B22420J0767
Made from
D572586522
00
−alternative D57258652213 B22420J0767
Made from
D572586522
01
155 Plate, Sealing L109 D57252655200 B21758J0566
160 Plate, sealing L168 D57250541200 A21758J0566
adaptation 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252315, D57258641, D57258652

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 15 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 15 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 15 ABM3−1029 D57256815200


201
5 Plate, seal L109 D57257084200
1.6 (0.063)
10 Plate, seal L109 D57257083200
1.8 (0.071)
15 Plate, seal L109 D57257082200
2.2 (0.087)
20 Plate, seal L109 D57257081200
2.2 (0.087)
25 Plate, seal L109 D57257080200
2.2 (0.087)
30 Plate, seal L109 D57257079200
2.5 (0.098)
35 Plate, seal L109 D57257105200
1.6 (0.063)
40 Plate, seal L109 D57257078200
1.6 (0.063)
45 Plate, seal L109 D57257096200
1.6 (0.063)
50 Plate, seal L109 D57257095200
1.6 (0.063)
55 Plate, seal L109 D57257094200
2 (0.079)
60 Plate, seal L109 D57257093200
2 (0.079)
65 Plate, seal L109 D57257092200
2 (0.079)
70 Plate, seal L109 D57257091200
75 Plate, seal L109 D57257090200
2.2 (0.087)
80 Plate, seal L109 D57257693200
85 Bracket L164 D57949230200
201
1.2 (0.047)
90 Bracket L164 D57949231200
201
1.2 (0.047)
95 Plate, seal L109 D57257692200
ASSY Dwg.: D57256835

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Plate, seal L109 D57257087200


2 (0.079)
105 Plate, seal L109 D57257086200
1.6 (0.063)
110 Plate, seal L109 D57257085200
1.6 (0.063)
115 Cleat L160 D57257238200
120 Cleat L160 D57257237200
125 Cleat L160 D57257231200
201
130 Cleat L160 D57257232200
201
135 Cleat L160 D57257236200
201
140 Cleat L160 D57257254200
145 Cleat L160 D57257235200
201
150 Cleat L160 D57257240200
155 Cleat L160 D57257233200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256835

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 16 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 16 BAEM1213 D57250516200


201
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250754200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250755200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250750200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250751200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250752200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250753200
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250756200
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250757200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250616, D57253001

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 16 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 16 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1235
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 16 BAEM1213 D57252216200


201
1A Rib 16 BAEM1213 D57252216202 A22688J0871
203
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
15 Packer L109 D57252316202
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250754200 B22688J0871
201
20A Cleat L160 D57252805200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252389200
201
25A Cleat L160 D57252779200
201
30 Cleat J8127 D57250750208
209
35 Cleat J8127 D57252390212
213
40 Cleat J8127 D57252353208
209
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252392200 B22688J0871
201
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250756200
50A Cleat L160 D57252823200
55 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252338200
55A Cleat L160 D57252821200
55B Cleat L160 AC003059627− QFA/
200 AC−003059627−A
(MSN2338)
60 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252658200
60A Cleat L160 D57252822200
65 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652206
207
70 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652207
206
ASSY Dwg.: D57252316, D57253001, D57258652

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1236
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846200 A22688J0871


201
80 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846201 A22688J0871
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252316

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1237
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 16 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 13 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 16 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 13 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 16 ABM3−1029 D57256816200


201
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
15 Cleat L160 D57257156200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257157200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257162200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257163200
201
35 Cleat L160 D57257166200
40 Cleat L160 D57257167200
201
45 Cleat L160 D57257168200
50 Cleat L160 D57257169200
201
55 Cleat L160 D57257277200
60 Cleat L160 D57257164200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256836, D57257049

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 17 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 17 BAEM1213 D57250517200


(MSN00010002) 201
1A Rib 17 BAEM1213 D57250517202
203
5 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250754200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250755200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250751200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250752200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250753200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250758200
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250757200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250617, D57253001

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1242
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 17 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 15 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1243
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 17 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 15 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 17 BAEM1213 D57252217200


201
5 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250754200 B22688J0871
201
10A Cleat L160 D57252805200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
15 Packer L109 D57252317202
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252389200
201
20A Cleat L160 D57252779200
201
25 Cleat J8127 D57252390210
211
30 Cleat J8127 D57252353208
209
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252392200 B22688J0871
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250758200
40A Cleat L160 D57252824200
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252338200
45A Cleat BAEM1213 D57252821200
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652206 B22688J0871
207
55 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652207 B22688J0871
206
60 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846200 A22688J0871
201
65 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846201 A22688J0871
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252317, D57253001, D57258652

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 17 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 16 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 17 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 16 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1247
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 17 ABM3−1029 D57256817200


201
5 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
10 Cleat L160 D57257172200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57257230200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257171200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257170200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257165200
35 Cleat L160 D57257156200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57257157200
201
45 Cleat L160 D57257173200
50 Cleat L160 D57257166200
55 Cleat L160 D57257167200
201
60 Cleat L160 D57257169200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256837, D57257049

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1248
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 18 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1249
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 18 BAEM1213 D57250518200


201
5 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
10 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250769200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250752200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250777200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250770200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250753200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250758200
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250757200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250618, D57253001

Key to Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1250
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 18 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 18 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1251
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 18 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 18 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1252
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 18 BAEM1213 D57252218200


201
5 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
10 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250769200 B22688J0871
201
15A Cleat L160 D57252806200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250736200
201
20A Cleat L160 D57252781200
201
25 Cleat J8127 D57252390210
211
30 Cleat J8127 D57252353208
209
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252354200 B22688J0871
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250758200
40A Cleat L160 D57252824200
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252356200
45A Cleat L160 D57252825200
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652206 B22688J0871
207
55 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652207 B22688J0871
206
60 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846200 A22688J0871
201
65 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846201 A22688J0871
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252318, D57253001, D57258652

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1253
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 18 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 19 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1254
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 18 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 19 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1255
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 18 ABM3−1029 D57256818200


201
5 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1 (0.039)
10 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
15 Cleat L160 D57257216200
20 Cleat L160 D57257177200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257175200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257174200
201
35 Cleat L160 D57257176200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57257178200
45 Cleat L160 D57257179200
50 Cleat L160 D57257180200
55 Cleat L160 D57257157200
201
60 Cleat L160 D57257156200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256838, D57257049

Key to Figure 19

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1256
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 20 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1257
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 20 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1258
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 19 BAEM1213 D57250519200


201
5 Bracket L164 D57952005200
201
1.60(0.063)
10 Plate BAEM1213 D57250533200
2.50(0.098)
15 Rib 19, failsafe BAEM1213 D57250719200
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250798200
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250849200
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250735200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250785200
201
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250786200
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250848200
201
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250847200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250619, D57250919

Key to Figure 20

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 NovPage01/1459
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 21 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1260
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 21 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1261
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 39729J3021)


Figure 21 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1262
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 19 BAEM1213 D57252219200


201
5 Rib 19, failsafe BAEM1213 D57952239200
201
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252397200
10A Cleat L160 D57252826200
15 Bracket, welded L113 D57252026200
assembly 201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252398200
201
20A Cleat L160 D57252780200
201
25 Cleat J8128 D57252393208
209
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252394200 B22688J0871
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252396200 B22688J0871
201
40 Cleat J8139 D57252395208
209
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252350200
201
45A Cleat L160 D57252843200
201
50 Bracket L164 D57252025200
201
1.6 (0.063)
55 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652208 B22688J0871
209
60 Cleat, angle L160 D57252964200 A22688J0871
201
65 Cleat BAEM1213 D57258652206 B22688J0871
207
70 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846200 A22688J0871
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252249, D57252319, D57258624, D57258652

Key to Figure 21

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1263
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 39729J3021 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 22 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1264
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 39729J3021 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 22 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1265
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 39729J3021 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 22 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1266
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 19 ABM3−1029 D57256636200


201
5 Rib 19, failsafe ABM3−1029 D57956638200
201
10 Cleat L160 D57252826200
15 Bracket, welded L113 D57252026200
assembly 201
20 Cleat L160 D57252780200
201
25 Cleat J8128 D57252393208
209
30 Cleat J8139 D57252395208
209
35 Cleat L160 D57252843200
201
40 Bracket L164 D57252025200
201
1.6 (0.063)
45 Cleat, angle L160 D57252964200
201
50 Cleat, angle L160 D57252846200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252319, D57256640, D57258624

Key to Figure 22

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1267
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 23 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1268
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 23 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1269
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 19 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 23 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 AugPage01/1270
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 19 ABM3−1029 D57256819200


201
5 Rib 19, failsafe ABM3−1029 D57256789200
201
10 Cleat L160 D57257252200
15 Cleat L160 D57257250200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257246200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257251200
201
30 Bracket L164 D57949228200
201
1.6 (0.063)
35 Cleat L160 D57257249200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57257248200
201
45 Cleat L160 D57257247200
201
50 Cleat L160 D57257253200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256799, D57256839

Key to Figure 23

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 Pages 71/72
Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 13 THRU 19 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 13 THRU 19 − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−34 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 20 THRU 27

1. Ribs 20 thru 27 − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Rib 20 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 2
1 Rib 20 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 3
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
1 Rib 20 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 4
2 Rib 21 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 5
2 Rib 21 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 6
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
2 Rib 21 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 7
3 Rib 22 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 8
3 Rib 22 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 9
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
3 Rib 22 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 10
4 Rib 23 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 11
4 Rib 23 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 12
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
4 Rib 23 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 13
5 Rib 24 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 14
5 Rib 24 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 15
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
5 Rib 24 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 16
6 Rib 25 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 17
6 Rib 25 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 18
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
6 Rib 25 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 19
7 Rib 26 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 20
7 Rib 26 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 21
and Before Modification 160006J3254)
7 Rib 26 (After Modification 160006J3254) Figure 22
8 Rib 27 (Before Modification 20167J0030) Figure 23
8 Rib 27 (After Modification 20167J0030 Figure 24
and Before Modification 160007J3255)
8 Rib 27 (After Modification 160007J3255) Figure 25
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 20 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-21-35 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 20 BAEM1213 D57250520200


201
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250769200
201
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250736200
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250794200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250789200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250790200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250791200
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250792200
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250793200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250620

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 NovPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 20 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 20 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 20 BAEM1213 D57252220202


203
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252220200
201
1A Rib 20 BAEM1213 D57252220204 A22688J0871
205
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250769200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250769206 B22688J0871
207
5A Cleat L160 D57252806200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250769200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250769206 B22688J0871
207
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250736200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250736206
207
10A Cleat L160 D57252781200
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250736200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250736206
207
15 Cleat J8139 D57252347210
211
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252347200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252347206
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252348200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252347208 B22688J0871
209
ASSY Dwg.: D57252320

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 NovPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25 Cleat J8128 D57252349208


209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252349200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252349206
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250791200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250791206
30A Cleat BAEM1213 D57252828200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250791200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250791206
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252340200
−alternative DTD5636 D57252340206
35A Cleat BAEM1213 D57252827200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252340200
−alternative DTD5636 D57252340206
40 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652206 A22420J0767
tion 207
45 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652207 A22420J0767
tion 206
50 Cleat L160 D57252846200 A22688J0871
201
55 Cleat L160 D57252846201 A22688J0871
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252320, D57258652

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 NovPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 20 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 20 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 20 ABM3−1029 D57256820200


201
5 Cleat L160 D57257211200
201
10 Cleat L160 D57257213200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57257212200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257214200
25 Cleat L160 D57257218200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257217200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256840

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 21 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 21 BAEM1213 D57250521200


201
1A Rib 21 BAEM1213 D57250540200 A20086J0020
201
5 Bracket J4243 D57952010200
10 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1.00(0.039)
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250769200
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250770200
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250768200
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250767200
201
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250773200
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250772200
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250771200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250621, D57250721, D57253001

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 NovPage01/1413
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 21 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 21 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 21 BAEM1213 D57252221200


201
1A Rib 21 BAEM1213 D57252221202 A22688J0871
203
5 Bracket J4243 D57952010202
203
10 Bracket L164 D57950238204
1.00(0.039)
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250769200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250769206 B22688J0871
207
15A Cleat L160 D57252806200 B22688J0871
(MSN01560458) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250769200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250769206 B22688J0871
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250736200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250736206
207
20A Cleat L160 D57252781200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250736200 02 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250736206 02 Replace
207
25 Cleat J8128 D57252349208
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252381200
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252349206
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252382200 B22688J0871
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252347208 B22688J0871
209
ASSY Dwg.: D57252321, D57253001

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 NovPage01/1416
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250773200


−alternative DTD5636 D57250773206
35A Cleat L160 D57252830200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250773200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250773206
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250772200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250772206
40A Cleat L160 D57252836200
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250772200
−alternative DTD5636 D57250772206
45 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652206 A22420J0767
tion 207
50 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652207 A22420J0767
tion 206
55 Cleat L160 D57252846200 A22688J0871
201
60 Cleat L160 D57252846201 A22688J0871
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252321, D57258652

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 NovPage01/1417
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIB 21 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIB 21 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 RIB 21 ABM3−1029 D57256821200 B160038J3602


201
1A RIB 21 ABM3−1029 D57256821202 A160038J3602
203
5 Cleat L160 D57257223200
10 Cleat L160 D57257219200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57257222200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257224200
25 Cleat L160 D57257214200
30 Cleat L160 D57257276200
35 Cleat L160 D57257221200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57257220200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256841

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1320
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 22 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 22 BAEM1213 D57258510200


201
made from
D572505222
00
201
−adaptation D57258510000
001
1A Rib 22 BAEM1213 D57250538200 A20086J0020
201
5 Packer L109 D57250567218 Replace
10 Packer L109 D57250567200 Replace
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250572200 Replace
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250574200 Replace
201
25 Packer L109 D57250567214 Replace
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250573200 Replace
201
35 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250706200 Replace
201
40 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250708200 Replace
201
45 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250707200 Replace
201
50 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250706202 Replace
203
55 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250708202 Replace
203
60 Packer L109 D57250567202 Replace
65 Packer L109 D57250567204 Replace
70 Packer BAEM1213 D57250918206 Replace
207
75 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250707202 Replace
203
80 Packer BAEM1213 D57250918204 Replace
205
85 Plate, sealing L109 D57250915200 Replace
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250722, D57258510

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Packer BAEM1213 D57250567210 Replace


95 Packer L109 D57250567216 Replace
100 Packer L109 D57250918200 Replace
105 Packer BAEM1213 D57250918202 Replace
110 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250913200 Replace
201
115 Plate, sealing L109 D57250914200 Replace
201
120 Packer BAEM1213 D57250567206 Replace
207
125 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250916200 Replace
201
130 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250917200 Replace
201
135 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250710200 Replace
201
140 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250709200 Replace
201
145 Fitting BAEM1213 D57250568200 Replace
201
150 Bracket L164 D57952013200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
155 Bracket L164 D57952014200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
160 Bracket, special BAEM1213 D57251352200 Replace
(adaptation) 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250722, D57258585

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 22 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 22 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 22 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 9 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 22 BAEM1213 D57252222200


201
1A Rib 22 BAEM1213 D57252933200 A22688J0792
201
5 Packer L109 D57252282210
211
10 Plate, blanking L109 D57252272200
2 (0.079)
15 Packer L109 D57252282208
20 Cleat DTD5636 D57252287206 B22688J0871
207
25 Cleat DTD5636 D57250574206
207
25A Cleat, angle BAEM1213 D57258652224 A22420J0767
(adaptation)
30 Packer L109 D57250567214 B22688J0871
30A Packer, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652226 A22420J0767
tion B22688J0871
35 Cleat DTD5636 D57252288206 B22688J0871
207
40 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252277200 B22688J0792
201
45 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252276200 B22688J0792
201
50 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252284200 B22688J0792
201
55 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252277202 B22688J0792
203
60 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252276202 B22688J0792
203
65 Packer BAEM1213 D57252282204
205
70 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252284202 B22688J0792
203
75 Packer BAEM1213 D57252282202
203
80 Plate, sealing L109 D57252281200 B22688J0792
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252322, D57252932, D57258652

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

85 Plate, blanking L109 D57252273200


2 (0.079)
90 Packer BAEM1213 D57252282200
95 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252280200
201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252280206
207
100 Plate, sealing L109 D57252279200
201
105 Packer BAEM1213 D57252282206
110 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252270200
201
115 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252271200
201
120 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252275200 B22688J0792
201
125 Fitting BAEM1213 D57252283200 B22688J0792
201
130 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652220 A22420J0767
tion 221
135 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57258652222 A22420J0767
tion 223
140 Cleat, angle J8143 D57252955202 A22688J0792
145 Cleat J8126 D57252934210 A22688J0792
211
150 Cleat L165 D57252936200 A22688J0792
1.2 (0.047)
155 Cleat J8129 D57252934212 A22688J0792
213
160 Plate, sealing L109 D57252938200 A22688J0792
201
165 Plate, sealing L165 D57252935202 A22688J0792
203
1.6 (0.063)
165A Plate, sealing L165 D57252935204 A39399J2972
205
1.6 (0.063)
170 Plate, sealing L165 D57252935200 A22688J0792
201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252322, D57252932, D57258652

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

175 Cleat J8142 D57252954202 A22688J0792


203
180 Cleat J8142 D57252954202 A22688J0792
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252932

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 22 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 22 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 22 ABM3−1029 D57256822200


201
5 Packer ABM3−1029 D57257142200
201
10 Seal Plate L109 D57257098200
2.5 (0.098)
15 Seal Plate L109 D57257097200
2.5 (0.098)
20 Packer L109 D57257141200
25 Packer ABM31029 D57257144200
30 Seal Plate L109 D57257100200
2.5 (0.098)
35 Seal Plate L109 D57257099200
2.5 (0.098)
40 Packer ABM31029 D57257143200
201
45 Cleat L160 D57257245200
201
50 Cleat L160 D57257242200
201
55 Cleat L160 D57257239200
201
60 Cleat L160 D57257240200
65 Cleat L160 D57257241200
201
70 Cleat L164 D57257244200
201
1.6 (0.063)
75 Cleat L160 D57257243200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256842

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 23 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 23 BAEM1213 D57250523200


201
1A Rib 23 BAEM1213 D57250539200 A20086J0020
201
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250764200 Replace
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250762200 Replace
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250763200 Replace
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250761200 Replace
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250738200 Replace
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250623, D57250723

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 23 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1235
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 23 BAEM1213 D57252223200


201
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250764200 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250764206 Replace
5A Cleat L160 D57252832200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250764200 02 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250764206 02 Replace
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250762200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250762206 Replace
207
10A Cleat L160 D57252807200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250762200 02 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250762206 02 Replace
207
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250763200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250763206 Replace
207
15A Cleat, butterfly L160 D57252782200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250763200 02 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250763206 02 Replace
207
20 Cleat J8134 D57252351208 Replace
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252351200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252351206 Replace
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252323

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1236
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25 Cleat J8135 D57252352208 Replace


209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252352200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252352206 Replace
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252342200 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57252342206 Replace
30A Cleat L160 D57252831200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252342200 02 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57252342206 02 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57252323

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1237
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 23 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 13 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 23 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 13 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 23 ABM31029 D57256823200


201
5 Cleat L160 D57257185200
10 Cleat L160 D57257184200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57257183200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257181200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257182200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257186200
ASSY Dwg.: D57256843

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 24 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 24 BAEM1213 D57250524200


201
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250681200 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250681206 Replace
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250762200 Replace
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250776200 Replace
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250761200 Replace
201
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250683200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250683206 Replace
207
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250764200 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57250624, D57253001

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1242
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 24 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1243
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 24 BAEM1213 D57252224200


201
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250681200 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250681206 Replace
10A Cleat L160 D57252833200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250681200 02 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250681206 02 Replace
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250762200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250762206 Replace
207
15A Cleat L160 D57252807200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250762200 02 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250762206 02 Replace
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252367200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252367206 Replace
207
20A Cleat L160 D57252783200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252367200 02 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252367206 02 Replace
207
25 Cleat J8134 D57252351208 Replace
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252366200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252351206 Replace
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57252324, D57253001

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30 Cleat J8137 D57250683208 Replace


209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250683200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250683206 Replace
207
35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250764200 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250764206 Replace
35A Cleat L160 D57252832200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250764200 02 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250764206 02 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57252324

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 24 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 24 ABM3−1029 D57256824200


201
5 Retainer L164 D57252032200
1.2 (0.047)
10 Cleat L160 D57257267200
201
15 Cleat L160 D57257270200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257268200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257269200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257228200
35 Cleat L160 D57257271200
ASSY Dwg.: D57256844, D57257049

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1247
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 25 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1248
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 25 BAEM1213 D57250525200


201
5 Strap BAEM1213 D57250543200 Replace
10 Strap BAEM1213 D57250543201 Replace
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250762200 Replace
201
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250776200 Replace
201
25 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250683200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250683206 Replace
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250544200 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57250625

Key to Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1249
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 25 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1250
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 25 BAEM1213 D57252225200


201
5 Strap J8146 D57250543202 Replace
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250543201 Replace
10 Strap J8146 D57250543203 Replace
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250543200 Replace
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250762200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250762206 Replace
207
15A Cleat L160 D57252807200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250762200 02 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250762206 02 Replace
207
20 Cleat BAEM1213 D57252367200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252367206 Replace
207
20A Cleat L160 D57252783200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252367200 02 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252367206 02 Replace
207
25 Cleat J8137 D57250683208 Replace
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250683200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250683206 Replace
207
30 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250544200 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250544206 Replace
30A Cleat L160 D57252851200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250544200 02 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250544206 02 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57252325

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1251
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250764200 Replace


−alternative DTD5636 D57250764206 Replace
35A Cleat L160 D57252832200 02 Replace
(MSN01569999)
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250764200 02 Replace
−alternative DTD5636 D57250764206 02 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57252325

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1252
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 25 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 19 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1253
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 25 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 19 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1254
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 25 ABM3−1029 D57256825200


201
5 Cleat L160 D57257131200
10 Cleat L160 D57257131201
15 Cleat L160 D57257226200
201
20 Cleat L160 D57257225200
201
25 Cleat L160 D57257227200
201
30 Cleat L160 D57257275200
35 Cleat L160 D57257130200
201
40 Cleat L160 D57257229200
ASSY Dwg.: D57256845

Key to Figure 19

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1255
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 26 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 20

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1256
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 26 BAEM1213 D57250526200


201
5 Plate, backing L109 D57250549200 Replace
201
1.00(0.039)
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250547200 Replace
201
15 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250548200 Replace
201
20 Plate, blanking L113 D57250684200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
25 Cleat, brazed L113 D57250717000 Replace
assembly 001
30 Cleat, brazed L113 D57250716000 Replace
assembly 001
35 Cleat, brazed L113 D57250715000 Replace
assembly 001
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250578200 Replace
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250579200 Replace
201
50 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250580200 Replace
201
55 Seal BAEM1001 D57250594200 Replace
60 Seal BAEM1001 D57250594202 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57250626

Key to Figure 20

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1257
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 26 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 21

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1258
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 26 BAEM1213 D57252226200


201
5 Plate, blanking L113 D57250684200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
10 Cleat J8145 D57252339210 Replace
211
−alternative, L113 D57252339000 Replace
brazed assembly 001
15 Cleat J8145 D57250716208 Replace
209
−alternative, L113 D57250716000 Replace
brazed assembly 001
20 Cleat J8145 D57250715208 Replace
209
−alternative, L113 D57250715000 Replace
brazed assembly 001
25 Cleat J8141 D57250578208 Replace
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250578200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250578206 Replace
207
30 Cleat J8136 D57250579208 Replace
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250579200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250579206 Replace
207
35 Cleat J8138 D57250580208 Replace
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250580200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57250580206 Replace
207
40 Seal BAEM1001 D57250594200 Replace
45 Seal BAEM1001 D57250594202 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57252326

Key to Figure 21

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1259
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 26 (After Modification 160006J3254)


Figure 22

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1260
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 26 ABM3−1029 D57256826200


201
5 Seal plate L109 D57257101200
1.6 (0.063)
10 Seal plate L109 D57257102200
1.8 (0.071)
15 Seal plate L109 D57257103200
2 (0.079)
20 Seal plate L109 D57257104200
1.8 (0.071)
25 Seal plate L109 D57257145200
1.6 (0.063)
30 Seal plate L109 D57257106200
1.6 (0.063)
35 Seal plate L109 D57257107200
40 Seal plate L109 D57257108200
45 Seal plate L109 D57257109200
1.6 (0.063)
50 Cleat L160 D57257273200
201
55 Cleat L160 D57257274200
201
60 Cleat L160 D57257272200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256846

Key to Figure 22

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1261
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 27 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 23

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1262
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 27 BAEM1213 D57250537200


201
5 Post, outer rear BAEM1213 D57250535200
spar 201
10 Packer L109 D57250586202
15 Packer L109 D57250586200
20 Packer L109 D57250586204
25 Bracket L164 D57950241200
1 (0.039)
30 Packer L109 D57250586206
35 Bracket L164 D57950173212
1 (0.039)
40 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250546200
201
45 Cleat BAEM1213 D57250545200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57250727

Key to Figure 23

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1263
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 27 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 24 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1264
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 27 (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 24 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1265
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 27 ABM3−1029 D57252227202


203
1A Rib 27 ABM3−1029 D57252227204 A20609J0263
205
1B Rib 27 ABM3−1029 D57252227206 03 A21505J0506
207
1C Rib 27 ABM3−1029 D57252227208 03 A23012J0856
209
1D Rib 27 ABM3−1029 D57252227210 03 A24418J1277
211
5 Packer L109 D57250586210 Replace B21505J0506
10 Packer, adapta BAEM1213 D57258613200 Replace
tion
−alternative ma L109
terial
15 Packer L109 D57250586208 Replace B21505J0506
20 Packer L109 D57250586212 Replace B21505J0506
25 Bracket L164 D57950241200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
30 Packer L109 D57250586214 Replace B21505J0506
35 Packer L165 D57541489204 Replace
2.00(0.079)
35A Packer L165 D57541489200 03 Replace A24093J1195
1.00(0.039)
40 Post, outer rear BAEM1213 D57250535200 Replace
spar 201
45 Bracket L164 D57950173212 Replace
1.00(0.039)
45A Bracket L164 D57950350200 03 Replace A20609J0263
1.00(0.039)
50 Cleat J8148 D57250581208 Replace
209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250581202 Replace
203
−alternative DTD5636 D57250581206 Replace
207
55 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57250581200 Replace
tion 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252327, D57258613, D57950173

Key to Figure 24

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1266
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60 Cleat J8148 D57250582208 Replace


209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57250582202 Replace
203
−alternative DTD5636 D57250582206 Replace
207
65 Cleat, adapta BAEM1213 D57250582200 Replace
tion 201
70 Cleat L97 D57252482200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252482206 Replace
207
75 Cleat L97 D57252481200 Replace
201
−alternative DTD5636 D57252481206 Replace
207
80 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57252923200 Replace A21505J0506
201
80A Buttstrap J8144 D57252923208 02 Replace
(MSN05029999) 209
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252923200 02 Replace
201
85 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57252923204 Replace A21505J0506
205
85A Buttstrap J8144 D57252923212 02 Replace
(MSN05029999) 213
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252923204 02 Replace
205
90 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57252923206 Replace A21505J0506
207
90A Buttstrap J8144 D57252923214 02 Replace
(MSN05029999) 215
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252923206 02 Replace
207
95 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57252923202 Replace A21505J0506
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252327, D57258613

Key to Figure 24

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1267
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

95A Buttstrap J8144 D57252923210 02 Replace


(MSN05029999) 211
−alternative BAEM1213 D57252923202 02 Replace
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57252327

Key to Figure 24

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1268
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 27 (After Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 25 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1269
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 27 (After Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 25 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1270
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 27 (After Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 25 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1271
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 27 (After Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 25 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1272
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 27 ABM3−1030 D57256964200 B160054J3593


201
1A Rib 27 ABM3−1030 D57257753200 A160054J3593
201
5 Rib 27, LE ABM3−1029 D57256976200
201
10 Rib 27, TE ABM3−1029 D57256986200 B160054J3593
201
10A Rib 27, TE ABM3−1029 D57257747200 A160054J3593
201
15 Carrier plate L165 D57257703200
1.2 (0.047)
20 Strap, TE upper ABM3−1029 D57257262200
201
25 Cleat ABS5117C030 D57256961200
201
30 Cleat ABS5117C030 D57256960200
201
35 Cleat ABS5117C030 D57256959200
201
40 Strap, LE upper ABM3−1029 D57257260200
201
45 Strap, TE lower ABS5032A012 D57257263200
201
50 Cleat ABS5032B040 D57257036200
201
55 Cleat ABS5032B040 D57256963200
201
60 Cleat ABS5032B040 D57256962200
201
65 Strap, LE lower ABS5032A012 D57257261200
201
70 Bracket ABM3−1029 D57256972200
75 Bracket ABM3−1029 D57256973200
201
80 Bush BSB23 D57256965200
85 Bush BSB23 D57256966200
90 Bush BSB23 D57256967200
95 Bush BSB23 D57256968200
ASSY Dwg.: D57256952, D57256953, D57256954

Key to Figure 25

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1373
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Bush BSB23 D57256969200


105 Bush BSB23 D57256970200
110 Bush BSB23 D57256971200
ASSY Dwg.: D57256954

Key to Figure 25

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 AugPage01/1374
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 20 THRU 27 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS 20 THRU 27 − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−21−35 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIXED PARTITION

1. Structural Arrangement

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


1 Dry Bay Structure Complete Chapter 57-24-12
2 Slat Track Cans Chapter 57-24-11
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-24-00 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Partitions - Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-24-00 NovPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Partitions - Structural Arrangement


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-24-00 NovPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CANS − TRACKS − SLATS

1. Cans − Tracks − Slats − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Track Can 1 Figure 2
2 Track Can 2 Figure 2
3 Track Can 3 Figure 2
4 Track Can 4 (Before Modification Figure 3
20167J0030)
5 Track Can 5 Figure 4
6 Track Can 6 Figure 5
7 Track Can 7 Figure 5
8 Track Can 8 Figure 5
9 Track Can 9 Figure 5
10 Track Can 10 Figure 6
11 Track Can 11 Figure 7
12 Track Can 12 Figure 7
13 Track Can 4 (After Modification Figure 8
37331J2816) <1>
<1> Effective for aircraft with CFM and P&W engines only.

NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 NovPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 AugPage 2
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Cans 1, 2 and 3


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-24-11 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track can 1, BACM0123 D57250231000


welded assy 001
1A Track can 1, BACM0123 D57250231002
welded assy 003
−alternative BACM0123 D57250231000
001
5 Track can 2, BACM0123 D57250232000
welded assy 001
5A Track can 2, BACM0123 D57250232002
welded assy 003
−alternative BACM0123 D57250232000
001
10 Track can 3, BACM0123 D57250233000
welded assy 001
10A Track can 3, BACM0123 D57250233002
welded assy 003
−alternative BACM0123 D57250233000
001
15 Cleat L110 D57250285200 B20403J0160
1.00(0.039)
20 Bracket, support L110 D57250271200 B20403J0160
can 1 201
1.00(0.039)
25 Bracket, support L110 D57250272200 B20403J0160
can 2 201
1.00(0.039)
30 Bracket, support L110 D57250273200 B20403J0160
can 3 201
1.00(0.039)
35 Packer, can 1 L165 D57252611206 B20403J0160
2.00(0.079)
40 Packer, can 2 L165 D57252612206 B20403J0160
2.20(0.087)
45 Packer, can 3 L165 D57252613206 B20403J0160
2.00(0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250211, D57250212, D57250213, D57252611, D57252612, D57252613

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 NovPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Can 4 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 AugPage 5
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track can 4, BACM123 D57250234001


welded assy
−alternative BACM123 D57250234002
5 Cleat L110 D57250285200
1.00(0.039)
10 Bracket, support L110 D57250274201
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250214

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 AugPage 6
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Can 5
Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57-24-11 FebPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track can 5, BACM0123 D57250235002


welded assy 003
−alternative BACM0123 D57250235004
005
5 Cleat L110 D57250285200 B20403J0160
1.00(0.039)
10 Bracket, support L110 D57250275200 B20403J0160
201
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250214, D57250215

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 NovPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Cans 6, 7, 8 and 9


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-24-11 FebPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track can 6, BACM0123 D57250236000


welded assy 001
−alternative BACM0123 D57250236002
003
5 Track can 7, BACM0123 D57250237000
welded assy 001
−alternative BACM0123 D57250237002
003
10 Track can 8, BACM0123 D57250238000
welded assy 001
−alternative BACM0123 D57250238002
003
10A Track can 8, BACM0123 D57250238002 A20403J0160
welded assy
−alternative BACM0123 D57250238000
001
15 Track can 9, BACM0123 D57250239000
welded assy 001
15A Track can 9, BACM0123 D57250239006 A20403J0160
welded assy 007
−alternative BACM0123 D57250239000
001
20 Cleat, can 6 L110 D57250285200 B20403J0160
and 7 1.00(0.039)
25 Cleat, can 8 L110 D57250244200 B20403J0160
1.00(0.039)
30 Cleat, can 9 L110 D57250287200 B20403J0160
1.00(0.039)
35 Bracket, support L110 D57250276200 B20403J0160
can 6 201
1.00(0.039)
40 Bracket, support L110 D57250277200 B20403J0160
can 7 201
1.00(0.039)
45 Bracket, support L110 D57250230200 B20403J0160
can 8 201
1.00(0.039)
50 Bracket, support L110 D57250279200 B20403J0160
can 9 201
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250216, D57250217, D57250218, D57250219, D57252618, D57252619

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 NovPage01/1410
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Can 10
Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57-24-11 FebPage01/0211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track can 10, BACM0123 D57250240000


welded assy 001
1A Track can 10, BACM0123 D57250240004
welded assy
−alternative BACM0123 D57250240000
001
−alternative BACM0123 D57250240002
5 Cleat L110 D57250286200 B20403J0160
1.00(0.039)
10 Bracket, support L110 D57250282200 B20403J0160
201
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250220, D57252620

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 NovPage01/1412
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Cans 11 and 12


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-24-11 FebPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Cans 11 and 12


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-24-11 FebPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track can 11, BAEM0120 D57250241000


welded assy 001
5 Track can 12, BAEM0120 D57250242000
welded assy 001
10 Cleat, can 11 L110 D57250287200 B20403J0160
1.00(0.039)
15 Cleat, can 12 L110 D57250286200 B20403J0160
1.00(0.039)
20 Bracket, support L110 D57250283200 B20403J0160
can 11 201
1.00(0.039)
25 Bracket, support L110 D57250284200 B20403J0160
can 12 201
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250221, D57250222

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 NovPage01/1415
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Track Can 4 (After Modification 37331J2816)


Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 AugPage01/0716
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track can 4, BACM123 D57256569000


welded assy 001
ASSY Dwg.: D57256570

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 Pages 17/18
Aug 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT TRACK CANS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT TRACK CANS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−24−11 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DRY BAY STRUCTURE

1. Dry Bay Structure − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Dry Bay Structure (Before Modification Figure 1


20167J0030)
− Dry Bay Structure (After Modification Figure 2
20167J0030 and Before Modification
37331J2816)
− Dry Bay Structure (After Modification Figure 3
37332J2817)<1>
<1> Effective for aircraft with V2500 engines only.

NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage 1
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-24-12 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-24-12 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Block, sealing Rubber D57251178200 Replace


Dunlop Grade
B1931RHD75
5 Packer L165 D57251150314
2(0.079)
10 Plate L109 D57251155200
2(0.079)
15 Packer L165 D57251214200
1.6(0.063)
20 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251159200
25 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251160200
30 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251159201
35 Block, sealing Rubber D57251177200
Dunlop Grade
B1931RHD75
40 Packer L165 D57251150318
45 Post, rib 6 in BAEM1213 D57251152200
board
50 Shim, pack L165 D57251150336
55 Angle L110 D57251181200
2(0.079)
60 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57251165200
2(0.079)
65 Packer L165 D57251213200
3.2(0.126)
70 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57251164200
75 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57251163200
80 Packing, ramped L97 D57251168200
85 Shim, pack L97 D57251150338
90 Post, rib 5 BAEM1213 D57251151200
95 Block, sealing Rubber D57251172200
Dunlop Grade
B1931RHD75
100 Block, sealing L97 D57251183200
7.2(0.283)
105 Packer L165 D57251150316
2(0.079)
110 Cleat, welded L113 D57251184000
assembly 1.6(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251159, D57251190, D57251212

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage 4
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

115 Seal Rubber D57251185200


Dunlop Grade
B1931RHD75
120 Packer L165 D57251190260
2(0.079)
125 Cleat, welded L113 D57251170000
assembly 1.6(0.063)
130 Seal Rubber D57251171200
Dunlop Grade
B1931RHD75
135 Stiffener, rib 6 BAEM1213 D57251175200
outboard
140 Cleat, welded L113 D57251173000
assembly 1.6(0.063)
145 Seal Rubber D57251174200
Dunlop Grade
B1931RHD75
150 Cleat, welded L113 D57251188000
assembly 1.6(0.063)
155 Seal, block Rubber D57251189200
Dunlop Grade
B1931RHD75
160 Packer, nut car L165 D57251150311
rier
165 Packer, nut car L165 D57251150310
rier
170 Channel BAEM1213 D57251211200
175 Channel BAEM1213 D57251212200
180 Carrier BAEM1213 D57251193200
185 Carrier BAEM1213 D57251194200
190 Packer L165 D57251150295
1(0.039)
−alternative L165 D57251150296 Replace
2(0.079)
−alternative L165 D57251150297
3 (0.118)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251190

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage 5
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage 6
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage 7
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage 8
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage 9
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0710
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0711
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0712
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0713
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0714
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


37331J2816)
Figure 2 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0715
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stiffener, upper L97 D57252714200


201
1A Stiffener, upper L97 D57252685200 A21345J0476
201 B26839J1668
5 Cleat, corner L97 D57252719200
5A Cleat, corner L97 D57252682200 A21345J0476
B26839J1668
10 Diaphragm BAER6005 D57252704200 PB201 B26839J1668
201
15 Angle L97 D57252717200
15A Angle L97 D57252688200 A21345J0476
B26839J1668
20 Angle, attach L97 D57252722200
ment 201
22 Angle, attach L97 D57252722201
ment 200
25 Angle, attach L97 D57252721200
ment 201
30 Angle, attach L97 D57252720200
ment 201
35 Packer, upper L165 D57252700292 B26839J1668
build
40 Stiffener, lower L97 D57252715200
201
40A Stiffener, lower L97 D57252686200 A21345J0476
201 B26839J1668
45 Packer, lower L165 D57252700294 B26839J1668
build 2(0.079)
50 Member, chair L110 D57252708200
201
2(0.079)
50A Bracket, support ABM3−1029 D57256531200 A35806J2705
inboard 201
55 Angle, reinforc L110 D57252711200 B26839J1668
ing 201
2(0.079)
60 Packer L165 D57252683204 B35806J2705
2(0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252700, D57252941, D57252942, D57256520

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0916
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

65 Angle, support L97 D57252713202 B35806J2705


203
70 Angle, support L97 D57252713200 B35806J2705
201
75 Block, packing L97 D57252701200 B35806J2705
201
80 Fitting, end rib L97 D57252726202
6 203
80A Fitting, end rib ABM3−1029 D57256528200 A35806J2705
6 201
85 Fitting, end rib L97 D57252725202
5 203
85A Fitting, end rib ABM3−1029 D57256527200 A35806J2705
5 201
90 Clamp, strip AMB3−1029 D57252710208 B35806J2705
95 Seal Rubber D57252904212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
100 Cleat L97 D57252731200
201
105 Seal, upper Rubber D57252903212 B35806J2705
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
110 Plate, restraint L110 D57252729202
2(0.079)
115 Cleat, welded L113 D57252734000 B35806J2705
assembly 001
117 Carrier, foam L113 D57256551000 A35806J2705
STR5 upper 001
120 Cleat L97 D57252732200
201
125 Block, sealing Rubber D57252905212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
130 Block, sealing Rubber D57252902212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
135 Cleat, sealing L97 D57252730200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252700, D57256520

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0917
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140 Seal, upper Rubber D57252900212 B35806J2705


Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
145 Seal, lower Rubber D57252901212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
150 Plate, restraint L110 D57252729204
2(0.079)
155 Plate, throat L165 D57252700288
289
155A Plate, throat L165 D57256536200 A35806J2705
160 Angle, attach L97 D57252723200
ment 201
165 Cleat, corner L97 D57252682203 A21345J0476
B26839J1668
170 Diaphragm BAER6005 D57252705200 PB201
201
170A Diaphragm BAER6005 D57252684200 PB201 A21345J0476
201 B26839J1668
175 Stiffener L97 D57252716200
201
175A Stiffener L97 D57252687200 A21345J0476
201 B26839J1668
180 Angle, attach L97 D57252724200
ment 201
185 Angle L97 D57252718200
185A Angle L97 D57252689200 A21345J0476
B26839J1668
190 Angle, attach L97 D57252724201
ment 200
195 Cleat, corner L97 D57252682202 A21345J0476
B26839J1668
200 Stiffener L97 D57252716200
201
200A Stiffener L97 D57252687200 A21345J0476
201 B26839J1668
205 Angle, attach L97 D57252723201
ment 200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252700, D57252941, D57252942, D57256520

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0918
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

210 Member, chair L110 D57252709200


201
210A Bracket, support ABM3−1029 D57256532200 A35806J2705
outboard 201
215 Packer, lower L165 D57252700298 B26839J1668
build 2(0.079)
220 Angle, reinforc L110 D57252712200 B26839J1668
ing 201
2(0.079)
225 Packer, upper L165 D57252700296 B26839J1668
build
230 Fitting, end L97 D57252728200
201
230A Fitting, end ABM3−1029 D57256530200 A35806J2705
201
235 Fitting, end rib L93 D57252727204
6 205
235A Fitting, end rib L93 D57252727206 A34807J2507
6 207
235B Fitting, end rib ABM3−1029 D57256529200 A35806J2705
6 201
240 Clamp, strip AMB3−1029 D57252710210 B35806J2705
245 Angle, support L97 D57252713204 B35806J2705
205
250 Cleat, welded L113 D57252735000
assembly 001
255 Plate, throat L165 D57252700290 B35806J2705
260 Seal BAEM1306 D57252910206 B35806J2705
207
265 Block, sealing Rubber D57252906212 B35806J2705
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
270 Block, sealing Rubber D57252907212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
275 Seal Rubber D57252746200 B35806J2705
Dunlop Grade 201
B1931RHD75
280 Channel, gang L164 D57252681206 A26839J1668
ASSY Dwg.: D57252700, D57256520

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0919
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

285 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57255021200 A26839J1668


201
290 Channel, gang L164 D57252681202 A26839J1668
295 Channel, gang L164 D57252681204 A26839J1668
300 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57255022202 A26839J1668
203
305 Channel, gang L164 D57252681214 A26839J1668
310 Packer, upper L165 D57252700510 A26839J1668
1(0.039) B35806J2705
315 Packer, lower L165 D57252700512 A26839J1668
1(0.039) B35806J2705
320 Packer, upper L165 D57256521200 A35806J2705
0.5(0.020)
325 Packer, upper L165 D57256521202 A35806J2705
1(0.039)
330 Packer, upper L165 D57256521204 A35806J2705
1.5(0.059)
335 Packer, upper L165 D57256521206 A35806J2705
2(0.079)
340 Packer, upper L165 D57256521208 A35806J2705
2.5(0.098)
345 Packer, upper L165 D57256521210 A35806J2705
350 Packer, lower L165 D57256522200 A35806J2705
0.5(0.020)
355 Packer, lower L165 D57256522202 A35806J2705
1(0.039)
360 Packer, lower L165 D57256522204 A35806J2705
1.5(0.059)
365 Packer, lower L165 D57256522206 A35806J2705
2(0.079)
370 Packer, lower L165 D57256522208 A35806J2705
2.5(0.098)
375 Packer, lower L165 D57256522210 A35806J2705
380 Packer, upper L165 D57252700514 A26839J1668
1(0.039) B35806J2705
385 Packer, upper L165 D57252700516 A26839J1668
1(0.039) B35806J2705
390 Packer, upper L165 D57256523200 A35806J2705
0.5(0.020)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252700, D57256520

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0920
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

395 Packer, upper L165 D57256523202 A35806J2705


1(0.039)
400 Packer, upper L165 D57256523204 A35806J2705
1.5(0.059)
405 Packer, upper L165 D57256523206 A35806J2705
2(0.079)
410 Packer, upper L165 D57256523208 A35806J2705
2.5(0.098)
415 Packer, upper L165 D57256523210 A35806J2705
420 Packer, lower L165 D57256524200 A35806J2705
0.5(0.020)
425 Packer, lower L165 D57256524202 A35806J2705
1(0.039)
430 Packer, lower L165 D57256524204 A35806J2705
1.5(0.059)
435 Packer, lower L165 D57256524206 A35806J2705
2(0.079)
440 Packer, lower L165 D57256524208 A35806J2705
2.5(0.098)
445 Packer, lower L165 D57256524210 A35806J2705
450 Packer L165 D57252700518 A26839J1668
450A Packer L165 D57252705204 A35806J2705
455 Packer, STR5 up ABM3−1029 D57256549200 A35806J2705
per 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252700, D57256520

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0921
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0722
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0723
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0724
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0725
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0726
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0727
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry Bay Structure (After Modification 37332J2817)


Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 AugPage01/0728
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Channel, gang L164 D57252681206


5 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57255021206
207
10 Angle, attach L97 D57252722200
ment 201
15 Channel, gang L164 D57252681202
20 Angle, attach L97 D57252722201
ment 200
25 Angle, attach L97 D57252721200
ment 201
30 Angle, attach L97 D57252720200
ment 201
35 Bracket, support ABM3−1029 D57256531200
inboard 201
40 Packer, upper L165 D57256521200
0.5(0.020)
45 Packer, upper L165 D57256521202
1(0.039)
50 Packer, upper L165 D57256521204
1.5(0.059)
55 Packer, upper L165 D57256521206
2(0.079)
60 Packer, upper L165 D57256521208
2.5(0.098)
65 Packer, upper L165 D57256521210
70 Packer, lower L165 D57256522200
0.5(0.020)
75 Packer, lower L165 D57256522202
1(0.039)
80 Packer, lower L165 D57256522204
1.5(0.059)
85 Packer, lower L165 D57256522206
2(0.079)
90 Packer, lower L165 D57256522208
2.5(0.098)
95 Packer, lower L165 D57256522210
100 Fitting, end rib ABM3−1029 D57256528200
6 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57256520

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0929
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Fitting, end rib ABM3−1029 D57256527200


5 201
110 Seal Rubber D57252904212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
115 Cleat L97 D57252731200
201
120 Plate, restraint L110 D57252729202
2(0.079)
120A Plate, restraint ABS5044E020 D57252729206 A39165J2965
2(0.079)
125 Carrier, foam L113 D57256551000
STR5 upper 001
130 Cleat L97 D57252732200
201
135 Block, sealing Rubber D57252905212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
140 Packer, STR5 up ABM3−1029 D57256549200
per 201
145 Cleat, sealing L97 D57252730200
201
150 Seal, lower Rubber D57252901212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
155 Plate, throat L165 D57256535200
160 Plate, restraint L110 D57252729204
2(0.079)
165 Block, sealing Rubber D57252902212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
170 Channel, gang L164 D57252681204
175 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57255022206
207
180 Angle, attach L97 D57252724200
ment 201
185 Channel, gang L164 D57252681214
190 Angle, attach L97 D57252724201
ment 200
ASSY Dwg.: D57256520

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 FebPage01/0930
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

195 Angle, attach L97 D57252723201


ment 200
200 Angle, attach L97 D57252723200
ment 201
205 Bracket, support ABM3−1029 D57256532200
outboard 201
210 Packer, upper L165 D57256523200
0.5(0.020)
215 Packer, upper L165 D57256523202
1(0.039)
220 Packer, upper L165 D57256523204
1.5(0.059)
225 Packer, upper L165 D57256523206
2(0.079)
230 Packer, upper L165 D57256523208
2.5(0.098)
235 Packer, upper L165 D57256523210
240 Packer, lower L165 D57256524200
0.5(0.020)
245 Packer, lower L165 D57256524202
1(0.039)
250 Packer, lower L165 D57256524204
1.5(0.059)
255 Packer, lower L165 D57256524206
2(0.079)
260 Packer, lower L165 D57256524208
2.5(0.098)
265 Packer, lower L165 D57256524210
270 Packer L165 D57252705204
275 Cleat, welded L113 D57252735000
assembly 001
280 Fitting, end rib ABM3−1029 D57256529202
6 203
285 Fitting, end ABM3−1029 D57256530200
201
290 Block, sealing Rubber D57252907212
Dunlop Grade 213
B1931RHD75
ASSY Dwg.: D57256520

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 Pages 31/32
Feb 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DRY BAY STRUCTURE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DRY BAY STRUCTURE − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−24−12 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FITTINGS

1. Structural Arrangement

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


1 Pylon Attachment - Forward Chapter 57-26-19
2 Attachments - Main landing Gear Chapter 57-26-13
3 Bracket Installation - Attachment, Flap Chapter 57-26-15
Tracks
4 Bracket - Pylon Fairing Chapter 57-26-16
5 Attachment Installation - Flap Track Chapter 57-26-17
Fairings
6 Attachment - Pylon, Rear Chapter 57-26-12
7 Bracket - Jacking Point Chapter 57-26-18
8 Attachment - Wing Tip Chapter 57-26-11
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-26-00 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fittings - Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-00 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT − WING TIP

1. Attachment − Wing Tip − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Wing Tip Attachment (Before Modification Figure 1


20167J0030)
− Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification Figure 2
20167J0030 and Before Modification
160007J3255 and 160008J3256)
− Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification Figure 3
160008J3256)
− Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification Figure 4
160007J3255)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00 Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-26-11 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-26-11 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-26-11 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap, butt L109 D57250643200


201
5 Carrier, nut L164 D57250643204
plate 205
1.2 (0.047)
10 Packer L164 D57950214200
4 (0.157)
15 Bracket L164 D57950213200
201
1 (0.039)
20 Bracket, base BAEM1213 D57250647200
25 Pin, spigot S98 D57250648202
30 Bracket L164 D57950212204
205
1.2 (0.047)
35 Angle, support L164 D57250638200
201
1.6 (0.063)
40 Angle, support L164 D57250639200
201
1.6 (0.063)
45 Strap, butt L109 D57250643202
203
50 Carrier, nut L164 D57250643206
plate 207
1.2 (0.047)
55 Packer L165 D57450010204
1.2 (0.047)
60 Strap L165 D57450010200
201
1.2 (0.047)
65 Packer L165 D57450010202
203
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250628, D57250645

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 NovPage 5
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160007J3255 and 160008J3256)
Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 NovPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160007J3255 and 160008J3256)
Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 NovPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 20167J0030 and Before Modification


160007J3255 and 160008J3256)
Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 NovPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap, butt L165 D57252231200


201
1A Strap, butt L165 D57252231208 A23012J0856
209
1B Strap, butt L165 D57252231210 A24418J1277
211
5 Carrier, nut L164 D57252231204
plate 205
1.2 (0.047)
5A Carrier, nut L164 D57252231212 A37637J2722
plate 213
1.2 (0.047)
10 Packer L164 D57950278200 B20609J0262
15 Bracket L164 D57950279200 B20609J0262
201
1 (0.039)
20 Bracket, base BAEM1213 D57250647200
25 Pin, spigot S98 D57250648202
30 Bracket L164 D57950280200 B20609J0262
1 (0.039)
35 Angle, support L164 D57250638200
201
1.6 (0.063)
35A Angle, support L164 D57250638202 A23012J0856
203
1.6 (0.063)
35B Angle, support L164 D57250638204 A24418J1277
205
1.6 (0.063)
40 Angle, support L164 D57250639200
201
1.6 (0.063)
45 Strap, butt L165 D57252231202
203
50 Carrier, nut L164 D57252231206
plate 207
1.2 (0.047)
50A Carrier, nut L164 D57252231214 A37637J2722
plate 215
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250645, D57252230

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 NovPage 9
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

55 Packer L165 D57450010204


1.2 (0.047)
55A Packer L165 D57450010206 A32418J2318
2.5 (0.098)
60 Strap L165 D57450010200
201
1.2 (0.047)
65 Packer L165 D57450010202
203
2 (0.079)
70 Packer, top L164 D57250635208
209
1.6 (0.063)
75 Packer, bottom L164 D57250635210
211
2.44 (0.096)
80 Bracket L164 D92450251002 A20609J0262
003
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252230

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 NovPage01/0710
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1511
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1512
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1513
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket ABM3−1029 D57356700200


201
5 Carrier, plate L164 D57356701200
201
1.2 (0.047)
10 Front, spigot S144 D57356702200
201
15 Rear, spigot S144 D57356703200
201
20 Carrier plate L164 D57356697200
201
1.2 (0.047)
25 Buttstrap, lower ABS5117C030 D57356696200
201
30 Strap, butt L165 D57455169200
201
1.4 (0.055)
35 Carrier plate L165 D57257687200
201
1.2 (0.047)
40 Carrier plate L165 D57257688200
201
1.2 (0.047)
45 Strap, butt L165 D57455172200
201
1.6 (0.063)
50 Carrier plate L165 D57455237200
201
1.2 (0.047)
55 Packer L165 D57455170200
60 Carrier plate L165 D57257684200
201
1.8 (0.071)
65 Strap, butt ABM3−1029 D57257683200 B160054J3593
201
65A Strap, butt ABM3−1029 D57257754200 A160054J3593
201
70 Carrier plate L165 D57257685200
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57256991, D57257493, D57257682, D57356695, D57356699, D57455171

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1514
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Strap, butt ABM3−1029 D57256992200


201
80 Packing L165 D57541489200
1 (0.039)
85 Carrier plate L165 D57455238200
201
1.2 (0.047)
90 Strap, butt L165 D57455174200
201
1.6 (0.063)
95 Strap, butt L165 D57455248200
201
100 Angle, support L164 D57257680200
201
2.5 (0.098)
105 Angle, support L164 D57256996200 B160054J3593
201
2.5 (0.098)
105A Angle, support L164 D57257751200 A160054J3593
201
2.5 (0.098)
110 Carrier plate L165 D57257752200 A160054J3593
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57256953, D57256991, D57257493, D57455173

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1515
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1516
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Attachment (After Modification 160007J3255)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1517
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap, butt L165 D57455169200


201
1.4 (0.055)
5 Carrier plate L165 D57257687200
201
1.2 (0.047)
10 Carrier plate L165 D57257688200
201
1.2 (0.047)
15 Carrier plate L165 D57455237200
201
1.2 (0.047)
20 Strap, butt L165 D57455172200
201
1.6 (0.063)
25 Packer L165 D57455170200
30 Carrier plate L165 D57257684200
201
1.8 (0.071)
35 Strap, butt ABM3−1029 D57257683200 B160054J3593
201
35A Strap, butt ABM3−1029 D57257754200 A160054J3593
201
40 Carrier plate L165 D57257685200
201
1.2 (0.047)
45 Strap, butt ABM3−1029 D57256992200
201
50 Packing L165 D57541489200
1 (0.039)
55 Carrier plate L165 D57455238200
201
1.2 (0.047)
60 Strap, butt L165 D57455174200
201
1.6 (0.063)
65 Strap, butt ABM3−1029 D57455247200
201
70 Angle, support L164 D57257680200
201
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57256953, D57256991, D57257493, D57257682, D57455171, D57455173

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 MayPage01/1518
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Angle, support L164 D57256996200 B160054J3593


201
2.5 (0.098)
75A Angle, support L164 D57257751200 A160054J3593
201
2.5 (0.098)
80 Carrier plate L165 D57257752200 A160054J3593
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57256953, D57257493

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 Pages 19/20
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT − WING TIP − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT − WING TIP − REPAIR

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−11 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT - PYLON, REAR

1. Pylon Attachment - Rear - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- Pylon Attachment - Rear Figure 1
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-26-12 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Pylon Attachment - Rear


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-12 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Pylon rear, aft TA13 D57250159000


001
made from
D57250165200
201
-alternative TA13 D57252663200
201
5 Fitting, pylon TA13 D57250158000
rear 001
made from
D57250165200
201
-alternative TA13 D57252663200
201
10 Bracket L165 D57950161202
1.60(0.063)
15 Bracket L164 D57952069200 A25690J1579
2.00(0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250190, D57250191, D57252240

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-12 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PYLON − ATTACHMENT, REAR − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−12 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PYLON − ATTACHMENT, REAR − REPAIR

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−12 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENTS - MAIN LANDING GEAR

1. Attachments - Main Landing Gear - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- Attachments - Main Landing Gear Figure 1
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-26-13 AugPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachments - Main Landing Gear


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-26-13 MayPage 2
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachments - Main Landing Gear


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-26-13 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachments − Main Landing Gear


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−26−13 NovPage 4
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, gear sup S07−1038 D57251030000 PB101


port 001
1A Rib, gear sup S07−1038 D57252580000 PB101 A20167J0030
port 001
1B Rib, gear sup S07−1038 D57252580002 PB101
port 003
1C Rib, gear sup S07−1038 D57252580004 PB101 A24552J1331
port 005
1D Rib, gear sup S07−1038 D57252581000 PB101 A36385J2555
port 001 B154426J3556
1E Rib, gear sup S07−1038 D57252581002 PB101 A154426J3556
port 003 B155881J3844
1F Rib, gear sup S07−1038 D57252581004 PB101 A155881J3844
port 005
5 Bracket, strut BAEM1213 D57250963200
bottom 201
5A Bracket, strut BAEM1213 D57250963202 A20167J0030
bottom 203
5B Bracket, strut BAEM1213 D57252915200 A20139J0016
bottom 201
5C Bracket, strut BAEM1213 D57252940200 A22276J0723
bottom 201
5D Bracket, strut ABM3−1029 D57252940202 A26546J1720
bottom 203
10 Plate L165 D57259204200 A28154J1930
201
15 Plate, hinge L97 D57251235200
mounting 201
15A Plate, hinge L97 D57252483202
mounting 203
20 Bush DTD197 D57251021000 PB201
20A Bush DTD197 D57251021002 PB201 ASB 57−1118
A32025J2211
B154426J3556
20B Bush DTD197 D57251021004 PB201 A154426J3556
B155881J3844
20C Bush DTD197 D57251021006 PB201 A155881J3844
25 Washer, anti− L97 D57251374200 B20167J0030
rotation
ASSY Dwg.: D57251016, D57251017, D57252180, D57252181

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−13 AugPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25A Washer, anti− L97 D57252182200 A20167J0030


rotation
30 Bush DTD197 D57251023000 PB201
30A Bush DTD197 D57251023002 PB201 A20167J0030
30B Bush DTD197 D57251023008 PB201 ASB 57−1118
A32025J2211
B36385J2555
30C Bush DTD197 D57251023010 PB201 ASB 57−1118
A32025J2211
B154426J3556
30D Bush DTD197 D57251023016 PB201 A154426J3556
B155881J3844
30E Bush DTD197 D57251023022 PB201 A155881J3844
35 Bush DTD197 D57251022000 PB201
35A Bush DTD197 D57251022002 PB201 ASB 57−1118
A32025J2211
B154426J3556
35B Bush DTD197 D57251022004 PB201 A154426J3556
B155881J3844
35C Bush DTD197 D57251022006 PB201 A155881J3844
40 Pivot, machining TA13 D57251032004
005
40A Pivot, machining TA13 D57252560004 A20167J0030
005
45 Bracket L164 D57950156202
203
45A Bracket L164 D57950332204 A20167J0030
205
50 Machining, jack BAEM1214 D57251034002
anchorage 003
50A Machining, jack BAEM1214 D57252921000 A20167J0030
anchorage 001
50B Machining, jack BAEM4042 D57259162000 A22494J0776
anchorage 001
55 Angle, support BAEM1218 D57251141200 PB101
upper 201
55A Angle, upper BAEM4042 D57252945000 PB101
001
ASSY Dwg.: D57250450, D57251017, D57251033, D57252120, D57252161, D57252181,
D57252190, D57252191, D57259161

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−13 AugPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60 Machining, side BAEM4037 D57251037002


stay 003
60A Machining, side BAEP0025A D57252570000 A20167J0030
stay 001
60B Machining, side BAEP0025A D57252570002 A26014J1612
stay 003
60C Machining, side BAEP0025A D57252570004 A150279J3030
stay 005 ACC−004145661(M
SN05091 RH
ONLY)
65 Bracket L164 D57252031200 A20167J0030
70 Angle, support BAEM1218 D57251142200 PB101
lower 201
70A Angle, support BAEM1218 D57251141200 PB101
lower 201
70B Angle, lower BAEM4042 D57252946000 PB101 A20167J0030
001
75 Packer L109 D57251032218
2.5 (0.098)
75A Packer L109 D57252560218
2.5 (0.098)
80 Washer, throat L97 D57251256200 B20167J0030
202
80A Washer, throat L97 D57251266200
202
85 Bracket BAEM1213 D57250640200
201
90 Bracket BAEM1213 D57250641200
201
95 Bracket L164 D57950332202
203
100 Bracket L164 D57950332218
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57250450, D57251032, D57251036, D57251039, D57251266, D57251288,
D57252120, D57252170, D57252171, D57252190, D57252560, D57256660

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−13 AugPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Bush DTD197 D57251239000 PB201


105A Bush DTD197 D57256655000 PB201 A150279J3030
110 Bush DTD197 D57251018000 PB201
110A Bush DTD197 D57251018002 PB201 A20167J0030
110B Bush DTD197 D57256657000 PB201 A150279J3030
110C Bush(MSN05091) DTD197 C−004145661− A150279J3030
204 ACC−004145661(M
SN05091 RH
ONLY)
120 Bush DTD197 D57251049000 PB201
120A Bush DTD197 D57251049002 PB201 A20167J0030
120B Bush DTD197 D57256659000 PB201 A150279J3030
120C Bush(MSN05091) DTD197 C−004145661− A150279J3030
202 ACC−004145661(M
SN05091 RH
ONLY)
125 Channel Top J4178 D93440086204 B33262J2422
130 Pipe Guide BAER0579 D93456006200 B33262J2422
135 Pipe Guide BAER0579 D93456006202 B33262J2422
140 Pipe Guide BAER0579 D93456006204 B33262J2422
145 Channel Bottom J4178 D93440086202 B33262J2422
150 Channel Top J4178 D93450047202 ASB57−1124
A33262J2422
150A Channel Top L110 D93450047208 ASB57−1124
A33834J2511
155 Pipe Guide ABR40012 D93450045200 ASB57−1124
204 A33262J2422
160 Pipe Guide ABR40012 D93450045202 ASB57−1124
206 A33262J2422
165 Channel Bottom J4178 D93450047200 ASB57−1124
A33262J2422
165A Channel Bottom L110 D93450047206 ASB57−1124
A33834J2511
170 Nut, Special S98 D57251200
200
175 Washer, Tab S515 D57251201
200
ASSY Dwg.: D57251038, D57252171, D57256660, D93056000

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−13 AugPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENTS − MAIN LANDING GEAR − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

1. General
CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Main Landing Gear (MLG) Attachments and is valid for the aircraft
shown in Table 101.
NOTE: For definition of Allowable Damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter
51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1> 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2>
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> Before modification 160001J3282.
<2> After modifications 160001J3282 and 160500J3283.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

C. After rework the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the al
lowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded refer to the column ACTION OR REPAIR in Chapter 57−26−13 Page
Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, refer to AIRBUS to determine if a repair


is necessary.

NOTE: You must blend out the damage and restore the surface protection.
If, after blending, any damage exceeds the limits given in this
topic, refer to AIRBUS.

NOTE: Restore the protective finish to the blended face (Refer to Chapter
51−75−12).

NOTE: Do not put paint in the holes when you restore the protective fin
ish.

2. Allowable Damage

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Main Land
ing Gear Attachment components that follow:
− the Upper and Lower Angle Support Brackets (These brackets attach the
MLG actuator anchorage fitting to the MLG side stay).
− the Gear Rib Systems Support Holes.
B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
TYPE CATEGORY
ERENCE
Scratches, 57−26−13−1−001−00
Gouges, C
Upper and Lower Angle INACTIVE since
Abrasions 4.A.
Support Brackets <1> revision dated
and Cor
rosion Nov 01/12.
57−26−13−1−002−00
Gear Rib System Support C INACTIVE since
Corrosion 4.B.
Holes <1> revision dated
Nov 01/12.
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
<1> Part is a Safe Life item. ALS Part 1−3 Life Limits apply.

NOTE: Refer to each allowable damage paragraph to determine the applicabili


ty.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Main Landing Gear Attachments − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. ALS PART 1−3 LIMITS APPLY.
A. Upper and Lower Angle Support Brackets − Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and
Corrosion

For the types and locations of damage allowed on the mating faces of
the A320−100 structure, refer to Figure 101 Sheet 1.

For the types and locations of damage allowed on the mating faces of
the A320−200 structure, refer to Figure 101 Sheet 2.

Damage caused by corrosion should be repaired by blending.

The maximum permitted depth of material removed from the A320−100 is


given in the Table in Figure 101 Sheet 1.
The maximum permitted depth of material removed from the A320−200 is
given in the Table in Figure 101 Sheet 2.

If the corrosion is deeper than the maximum permitted depth, refer to


AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. ALS PART 1−3 LIMITS APPLY.
B. Gear Rib System Support Holes − Corrosion

NOTE: To gain access to the system support holes, refer to 57−26−13 Page
Block 201.

For the types and locations of damage allowed in the two systems holes
of the gear support rib and to the faces of the rib around the bore
holes, refer to Figure 102.

Damage caused by corrosion should be repaired by blending.

Blends in the system support holes must form a smooth polished profile
in accordance with Chapter 51−74−00 .
NOTE: Take care not to remove excessive material when you blend out the
bores or the web faces around the bore holes.

The maximum permitted depth of material removed is shown in Figure 102,


Sheet 2 and is given as:
− maximum increase in hole diameter of 6 mm (0.236 in) more than the
original specification. That is, 3 mm (0.118 in) on any area of the
circumference and another 3 mm (0.118 in) positioned 180 degrees oppo
site to the first blend area on the same circumference.
− maximum reduction in thickness of the rib is 2 mm (0.079 in). That
is, 1 mm (0.039 in) reduction in thickness on each side of the rib
face.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

If the corrosion is deeper than the maximum permitted depth contact AIR
BUS.
NOTE: Restore the protective finish to the blended bores or rib faces
(Refer to Chapter 57−26−13 Page Block 201).

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Angle Support Brackets


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Angle Support Brackets


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Gear Rib Support Holes − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Gear Rib Support Holes − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT − MAIN LANDING GEAR − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Main
Landing Gear Attachment Fittings.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

For information on the Replacement of Bushes in Situ, refer to Chapter


51−72−12. You must refer to specific bush replacement repairs in this chap
ter.
You must refer to Page Block 101 to find the correct repair to use for the
damage you have.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to 51−11−14.

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE MAIN


LANDING GEAR (MLG) (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 32−11−11, PAGE BLOCK
401).

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE MAIN


LANDING GEAR (MLG) SIDE STAY (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 32−11−16, PAGE
BLOCK 401).

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE MATERI
ALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU MUST:
− OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE

− NOT BREATHE THE GAS


− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND WEAR THE CORRECT PROTEC
TIVE CLOTHING WHEN YOU USE LIQUID NITROGEN. LIQUID NITROGEN IS
DANGEROUS (REFER TO CHAPTER 51−72−12).
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA
GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable to this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Replacement of Side
Stay Attachment
Bushes (Upper Cardon
Joint). 57−26−13−2−001−00
This repair is set 5.A. 201 C INACTIVE since
inactive since revi INACTIVE INACTIVE <1> revision dated
sion dated Nov 01/12 Nov 01/12
and has been super
seded by SB
A320−57−1159
Replacement of Gear 57−26−13−2−002−00
Rib 5 Pintle Bushes. 5.B. 202 C INACTIVE since
For damage in this INACTIVE INACTIVE <1> revision dated
area contact AIRBUS Nov 01/12
57−26−13−2−003−00
Repair by Replacement A
of the Forward Pintle 5.C. 203 INACTIVE since
Bearing Retaining Nut <1> revision dated
Nov 01/12.
Removal of corrosion
from Lug Bores and 57−26−13−2−004−00
lug Faces on Gear Rib 5.D. 204 and 205 C INACTIVE since
5. INACTIVE INACTIVE <1> revision dated
For damage in this Nov 01/12
area contact AIRBUS
Corrosion removal and
application of sur
face protection and C
5.E. 206 −
paint finish to the <1>
gear rib system sup
port holes
Removal of Corrosion
by Oversizing Side
Stay Fitting Lug C
Holes, Spot Facing 5.F. 207 −
Lug Faces and Fitting <1>
High interference Fit
Bushes
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Removal of Corrosion
from MLG Retraction
Jack Anchorage Fit C
ting Bearing Faces 5.G. 208 −
and Edge Chamfers <2>
without Removal from
Aircraft
Removal of Corrosion
from MLG Retraction
Jack Anchorage Fit C
ting Lug Bore, Bear 5.H. 209 <2> −
ing Faces and Edge <3>
Chamfers without Re
moval from Aircraft
Removal of Corrosion
from MLG Retraction
Jack Anchorage Fit C
ting Lug Bore, Bear 5.I. 210 <2> −
ing Faces and Edge <3>
Chamfers after Remov
al from Aircraft
Specific Repairs
Table 202
<1> Part is a Safe Life item.

<2> Retraction jack anchorage fitting is a Safe Life item.

For safe life items: ALS 1−3 limits apply if lower than repair life
limits quoted

<3> From repair embodiment (must include finishing cut to bore regardless
of whether the bore is reworked) otherwise the limits are from first
flight.

5. Main Landing Gear Attachment Fittings − Repairs

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS INACTIVE AND SUPERSEDED BY SB A320−57−1159.


CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. ALS PART 1−3 LIMITS APPLY.

A. Replacement of the Side Stay Attachment Bushes (Upper Cardon Joint)

NOTE: This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 203.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This repair is applicable if the bushes on the side stay attachment
fittings are damaged or worn and need to be replaced.

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Bush − (Before Modification 1 D57251049000


20167J0030)
1 Bush − (After Modification 1 D57251049002
20167J0030)
2 Bush − (Before Modification 1 D57251018000
20167J0030)
2 Bush − (After Modification 1 D57251018002
20167J0030)
3 Bush Assembly 1 D57251239000
4 Washer 1 D57251201200
5 Nut 1 D57251200200
6 Nipple 4 MS15001−1
7 Bush Removal/Installation 1 98D57004018000
Tool
8 Bush Extractor 1 98D57004017000
9 Toothed Socket 1 98D57004016001
10 Facing Tool 1 98D57004023040
11 Alignment Tool 1 MT58081
12 In−Line Honing Tool 1 Special Tool
− Sealant A/R CML No. 09−024
− Sealant, Fuel Tank A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Grease, Synthetic Ester A/R CML No. 04−004
Based
− Honing Fluid, Delapena No.6 A/R CML No. 06−010
− Plastic Spatula 1 Local Resources
− Modelling Clay A/R Local Resources
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.A.(2).

NOTE: Items 7 thru 12 are from the Special Tool Kit 98D57004023000.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the Main Landing Gear (MLG) side stay (Refer to AMM Chap
ter 32−11−16, Page Block 401).

(b) Remove the grease nipples (Item 6 − Figure 201, Sheet 4) from
the bushes (Items 3 and 2 − Figure 201, Sheet 1).

(c) Remove the inboard small diameter bush (Item 1) as follows:


1 Assemble the bush extractor tool (Item 8) as shown in Figure
201, Sheet 2.

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Remove the bush (Item 1) with the extractor tool (Item 8).

(d) Remove the outboard small diameter bush (Item 2) as follows:


1 Assemble the bush extractor tool (Item 8) as shown in Figure
201, Sheet 2.

2 Remove the bush (Item 2) with the extractor tool (Item 8).

(e) Remove the large diameter bush (Item 3) as follows:


1 Disengage the tab washer (Item 4).

2 Remove the special nut (Item 5) with the toothed socket (Item
9) as shown in Figure 201, Sheet 4.

3 Remove and discard the washer (Item 4).


4 Assemble the bush/removal installation tool (Item 7) as shown
in Figure 201, Sheet 3.

5 Remove the bush (Item 3) with the bush removal/installation


tool (Item 7).
(f) Remove the sealant with a plastic spatula. Clean the area with
solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(g) Inspect the inner surface of the holes in the side−stay attach
ment bracket and make sure they are not damaged. Repair if nec
essary.
(h) Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 5. Make sure that dimension K is be
tween 81.000 to 81.030 mm (3.1890 to 3.1901 in).

(i) Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 5. Make sure that dimension M is be
tween 107.00 to 107.03 mm (4.212 to 4.214 in).
NOTE: The internal diameter of the replacement bushes must be:

− Item 1 and Item 2 − 74.70 to 74.75 mm (2.941 to 2.943


in)

− Item 3 − 94.70 to 94.75 mm (3.728 to 3.730 in).

(j) Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 5. If necessary, machine the thrust


face of the bush (Item 2) to get dimension P between 13.90 to
14.10 mm (0.547 to 0.555 in).

(k) Deburr the edge of the holes to SL4083 (Refer to Process and Ma
terials Specification (P.M.S)).
(l) Install (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) the inboard small diameter
bush (Item 1) as follows:

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the hole in


the side−stay attachment bracket.
2 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the area of
the side−stay attachment bracket where the flange of the bush
makes contact.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 1) in the Liquid Nitrogen, refer to


Chapter 51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid
nitrogen.
4 Install the bush (Item 1) in the hole in the side−stay attach
ment bracket, use the removal/installation tool (Item 8) to en
sure the bush is fully installed. Refer to figure 201

5 Allow the bush (Item 1) go back to ambient temperature.


6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(m) Install (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) the outboard small diameter


bush (Item 2) as follows:

1 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the hole in


the side−stay attachment bracket.

2 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the area of


the bush of the side−stay attachment bracket where the flange
of the bush makes contact.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.


CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 2) in the Liquid Nitrogen, refer to


Chapter 51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid
nitrogen.

4 Make sure the grease nipple holes are in the correct position
and install the bush in the hole in the side−stay attachment
bracket, use the removal/installation tool (Item 8) to ensure
the bush is fully installed. Refer to Figure 201 (Sheet 4).
5 Allow the bush (Item 2) go back to ambient temperature.

6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(n) Make sure the distance between the bushes (Item 1 and Item 2) is
clean of sealant.
(o) Install (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) the large diameter bush (Item
3) as follows:

1 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the hole in


the side−stay attachment bracket.

2 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the side−


stay attachment bracket where the flange of the bush makes
contact.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 3) in the Liquid Nitrogen, refer to


Chapter 51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid
nitrogen.
4 Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 4. Make sure the grease nipple
holes are in the correct position and install the bush (item
3) in the hole in the side−stay attachment bracket, use the
removal/installation tool (Item 7) to ensure the bush is fully
installed. Refer to Figure 201 (Sheet 3).
5 Allow the bush (Item 3) go back to ambient temperature.

6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

7 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the rear


face of the tab washer (Item 4).
WARNING: DO NOT OVERTORQUE.

8 Install the tab washer (Item 4) and the special nut (Item 5).
Use the toothed socket (Item 9) to torque the special nut
(Item 5) to 5.65 m.daN (500 lbf.in).

9 If the tab washer (Item 4) does not engage a slot in the spe
cial nut (Item 5), increase the torque until the tab does en
gage.

(p) Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 5 and Line−hone the new bushes (Item
1, Item 2 and Item 3) as follows:
1 Make a boundary with modelling clay to make sure honing fluid
does not go into the fuselage fairing area.

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: USE ONLY DELAPENA NO. 6 HONING FLUID (CML NO. 06−010).

2 Use the line−honing tool (Item 12) and the alignment tool (Item
11) to get dimension L between 95.000 to 95.035 mm (3.740 to
3.741 in) and dimension N between 75.000 mm to 75.030 mm
(2.953 to 2.954 in).

3 Use the facing tool (Item 10) to machine the face of bush
(Item 1) to get dimension R between 58.95 to 59.00 mm (2.320
to 2.322 in).

4 Clean the holes and faces of the bushes (Item 2 and Item 3)
with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

5 Apply a thin layer of grease (CML No. 04−004) to the internal


diameter of the bushes (Item 1, Item 2 and Item 3).
6 Install the grease nipples (Item 6) in the bushes (Item 2 and
Item 3) (Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 4).

7 Apply a bead of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the bushes (Item


1, Item 2 and Item 3) (Refer to Figure 201, Sheet 1).
8 Remove the modelling clay and clean the area.

(q) Install the Main Landing Gear (MLG) side−stay (Refer to AMM
Chapter 32−11−16, Page Block 401).

(r) Remove all ground support equipment. The repair equipment, the
standard and special tools and all other items.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Side−Stay Attachment Bushes


Figure 201 (sheet 1)

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Side−Stay Attachment Bushes


Figure 201 (sheet 2)

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Side−Stay Attachment Bushes


Figure 201 (sheet 3)

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Side−Stay Attachment Bushes


Figure 201 (sheet 4)

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Side−Stay Attachment Bushes


Figure 201 (sheet 5)

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS INACTIVE. FOR THIS TYPE OF DAMAGE, CONTACT AIRBUS.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE APPLIES A THREE STAGE PROCESS TO MAKE SURE
THERE IS A ROBUST SEAL BETWEEN THE BUSH AND LUG. IF THIS PROCESS
IS NOT OBEYED, THE QUALITY OF THE SEAL MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT.

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. ALS PART 1−3 LIMITS APPLY.
B. Replacement of Gear Rib 5 Pintle Bushes

NOTE: This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 204.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair is applicable when the bushes on the gear rib 5
pintle fitting are damaged or worn and need to be replaced.
(b) For bushes before modification 32025J2211 and with no damage to
either the lug bores or the spot faces, comply with SB 57−1118.
This Service Bulletin installs higher interference−fit bushes.

(c) For bushes after modification 32025J2211 and with no damage to


either the lug bores or the spot faces, do the repair in steps
5.B.(4)(a) thru 5.B.(4)(y).

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Washer Anti−Rotation 1 D57251187200


−alternative 1 D57251187202
−alternative 1 D57251187204
Washer Anti−Rotation 1 D57251374200
(MSN0002)

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

Washer Anti−Rotation (After 1 D57252182200


Modification 24552J1331)
2 Bush 1 D57251023000
2 Bush − (After Modification 1 D57251023002
20167J0030)(Before Modifi
cation 32025J2211)
−alternative 1 D57251023004
−alternative 1 D57251023006
2 Bush − (After Modification 1 D57251023008
32025J2211)
2 Bush − (After Modification 1 D57251023010
32025J2211)
−alternative 1 D57251023012
−alternative 1 D57251023014
3 Bush − (Before Modification 1 D57251022000
32025J2211)
Bush − (After Modification 1 D57251022002
32025J2211)
4 Bush − (Before Modification 1 D57251021000
32025J2211)
Bush − (After Modification 1 D57251021002
32025J2211)
5 In−line Honing Tool 1 Special Tool
6 Facing Tool 4 Special Tool
7 Alignment Tool 1 Special Tool
8 Removal/Installation Tool 1 Special Tool
− Sealant A/R CML No. 09−024
− Sealant, Fuel Tank A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Threadlocker Sealant A/R CML No. 08−003
− Flexible Polyurethane Coat A/R CML No. 16−021
ing
− Adhesion Promoter A/R CML No. 09−028
− Honing Fluid, Delapena No.6 A/R CML No. 06−010
− Plastic Spatula 1 Local Resources
− Modelling Clay A/R Local Resources
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.B.(2).

NOTE: Items 5 thru 8 are from the Special Tool Kit 98D57004025.

(3) Table 205 identifies the bush (Item 2) with relevant flange dimen
sions.

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PART NO. ITEM NO. FLANGE DIMENSION (mm) FLANGE DIMENSION (in)
D57251023−000 2 8.0 0.315
D57251023−002 2 7.0 − 7.1 0.275 − 0.279
D57251023−004 2 7.15 − 7.25 0.281 − 0.285
D57251023−006 2 7.25 − 7.35 0.285 − 0.289
D57251023−008 2 8.0 0.315
D57251023−010 2 7.0 − 7.1 0.275 − 0.279
D57251023−012 2 7.15 − 7.25 0.281 − 0.285
D57251023−014 2 7.25 − 7.35 0.285 − 0.289
Bush Flange − Seating Thickness
Table 205
(4) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the Main Landing Gear (MLG) (Refer to AMM Chapter
32−11−11, Page Block 401).

(b) Remove and retain the anti−rotation washer (Item 1).

(c) Clean all unwanted material from the anti−rotation washer (Item
1) with a plastic spatula and solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(d) Remove the bushes (Item 2, Item 3 or Item 4) with the Removal/
Installation Tool (Item 8) (Refer to Figure 202, Sheets 2, 3 and
4).
(e) Clean the internal surface of the holes in the gear rib with a
plastic spatula and solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(f) Inspect the inner surface of the holes in the gear rib for dam
age and repair as necessary.

(g) Make sure dimension E in Figure 202, sheet 1, is between these


limits:
− 96.000 to 96.035 mm (3.779 to 3.780 in)

(h) Make sure dimension D in Figure 202, Sheet 1, is between these


limits:
− 106.000 to 106.035 mm (4.173 to 4.174 in)

(i) If corrosion damage is visible on the lug bores or on the spot


faces, do the repair for oversizing the lug bores in Paragraph
5.D.

(j) Install the bush (Item 4) as follows (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12):

1 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the inner surface of the hole in the gear rib.

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the contact surface between the flange seat of the bush (Item
4) and the gear rib.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.
3 Freeze the bush (Item 4) in Liquid Nitrogen, refer to Chapter
51−72−12for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid nitrogen.

4 Install the bush (Item 4) in the hole in the gear rib, use
the removal/installation tool (Item 8) to ensure the bush is
fully installed (Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 2).
5 Allow the bush (Item 4) to return to the ambient temperature.

6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(k) Install the bush (Item 3) as follows (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12):

1 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the inner


surface of the hole in the gear rib.

2 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the contact


surface between the flange seat of the bush (Item 3) and the
gear rib.
WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 3) in Liquid Nitrogen, refer to Chapter


51−72−12for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid nitrogen.

4 Install the bush (Item 3) in the hole of the gear rib, use
the removal/installation tool (Item 8) to ensure the bush is
fully installed (Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 3)..
5 Allow the bush (Item 3) to go back to ambient temperature.

6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(l) Install the bush (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) as follows:

1 Measure the length across the previously installed bush (Item


3) and the flange of the gear−rib 5 pintle fitting. Use this
measurement to find the correct bush (Item 2) that will give a
final dimension G that is greater than 68.65 mm (2.702 in).
(Refer to Table 205).

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the inner


surface of the hole in the gear rib.
3 Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−024) to the contact
surface between the flange seat of the bush (Item 2) and the
gear rib.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

4 Freeze the bush (Item 2) in Liquid Nitrogen, refer to Chapter


51−72−12for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid nitrogen.
5 Install the bush (Item 2) in the hole of the gear rib, use
the removal/installation tool (Item 8) to ensure the bush is
fully installed.

6 Allow the bush (Item 2) go back to ambient temperature.

7 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).
(m) Make sure the clearance dimension between bushes (Item 2 and Item
3) is free of sealant (Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 1).

CAUTION: USE ONLY DELAPENA NO.6 HONING FLUID (CML NO. 06−010).

(n) Use the in−line honing tool (Item 5) to line−hone the bushes
(Item 2, Item 3 and Item 4) (Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 1).

(o) Use the in−line honing tool (Item 5) and the alignment tool
(Item 7) to obtain dimension C between these limits:
− 98.000 to 98.035 mm (3.8583 to 3.8596 in)
(p) Use the in−line honing tool (Item 5) and the alignment tool
(Item 7) to obtain dimension F between these limits:
− 88.000 to 88.035 mm (3.4646 to 3.4659 in)
(q) Use the facing tool (Item 6) to machine the face of the bush
(Item 2) to obtain a dimension G between these limits:
− 68.50 to 68.60 mm (2.696 to 2.700 in)

(r) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to clean the area.

(s) Install the Anti−Rotation Washer (Item 1) as follows:

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Apply sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of the


Anti−Rotation Washer (Item 1) and the gear rib.
NOTE: Use a locally made clamp to keep the Anti−Rotation Washer
(Item 1) in position until the sealant cures.

(t) Allow the sealant to cure and use solvent (CML No. 11−026) and
cloths to remove any unwanted sealant.
(u) Apply an appropriate adhesion promoter (CML No. 09−028) around
the flanges of all the bushes.

(v) Apply a continuous bead of sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the


bushes (Item 3 and Item 4) (Refer to Figure 202, Sheet 1).

(w) Coat the fillet seal with polyurethane coating (CML No. 16−021)
to protect the sealant from hydraulic fluid.

(x) Install the Main Landing Gear (MLG) (Refer to AMM Chapter
32−11−11, Page Block 401).

(y) Remove all ground support equipment, repair equipment, standard


and special tools and all other items from the repair area.

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Gear Rib 5 Pintle Bushes


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Gear Rib 5 Pintle Bushes


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Gear Rib 5 Pintle Bushes


Figure 202 (sheet 3)

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Gear Rib 5 Pintle Bushes


Figure 202 (sheet 4)

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
C. Repair by Replacement of the Forward Pintle Bearing Retaining Nut

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1> 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2>
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
<1> Before modification 160001J3282.

<2> After modifications 160001J3282 and 160500J3283.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair is applicable if the forward pintle bearing retaining


nut is corroded or damaged and needs to be renewed.
(b) This repair involves the removal of the original nut which is
replaced with a segmented nut. The original nut, part number
D57251041, is replaced with a segmented nut, part number
R57248003002.
(c) For this repair the MLG must be removed (Refer to AMM Chapter
32−11−11, Page Block 401).

(2) Repair Materials

(a) The repair materials for this repair are contained in three tool
kits. These are:
− Repair kit SR5722−01A00000 which contains the segmented nut.
− Repair kit SR5722−01T00000 which contains the durable tools.
− Repair kit SR5722−01C00000 which contains the consumable tools.
A new kit is required for the removal of each nut.

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Repair kit SR5722−01A00000

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Segmented Nut 1 R572 48003−002


(c) Repair kit SR5722−01T00000

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Cutter Guide 2 T7K705373−D520−01


2 Top Plate 1 T7K705373−D520−02
3 Clamp 2 T7K705373−D520−03
4 Clamp Screw 2 T7K705373−D520−04
5 Attachment Plate 1 T7K705373−D520−05
6 Pillar 6 T7K705373−D520−06
7 Thumb Nut 3 T7K705373−D520−07
8 Nose Mount 1 T7K705373−D520−08
9 Lock Screw 8 T7K705373−D520−09
10 Arbor 1 T7K705373−D520−10
11 C’sk Screw 6 T7K705373−D520−15
12 Clamp Screw 8 T7K705373−D520−16
13 Nylon Pad 8 T7K705373−D520−17
14 Dowel 8 T7K705373−D520−18
15 Cap Screw 4 T7K705373−D520−19
16 Dowel 4 T7K705373−D520−20
17 Rack Feed unit 1 T7K705373−D520−21
18 Selock Pin 1 T7K705373−D520−23
19 Storage Container 1 T7K705373−D520−24
20 Cap Screw 1 T7K705373−D520−25
21 Body 1 T7K705373−D520−31
22 Pad 1 T7K705373−D520−32
23 Hand Screw 1 T7K705373−D520−33
24 Long Nose Pliers 1 T7K705373−D520−34
25 Hex Key 1 T7K705373−D520−35
26 Hex Key 1 T7K705373−D520−36

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Repair Kit SR5722−01C00000

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

27 Cutter 3 T7K705373−D520−11
28 Cutter 3 T7K705373−D520−12
29 Cutter 3 T7K705373−D520−13
30 Cutter 3 T7K705373−D520−14
31 Arbor Support Plate 3 T7K705373−D520−22
32 Cutter Protection Plates 6 T7K705373−D520−37
− Cutting Fluid A/R Local Resources
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: The cutting fluid and general purpose solvent are not part
of this tool kit and are obtained from local resources.

(3) Repair Instructions

CAUTION: TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE FWD PINTLE FITTING IF YOU GRIND
THE SPHERICAL BEARING OUT OF THE PINTLE BORE.

(a) Remove the spherical bearing assembly from the pintle fitting
bore (Refer to AMM Chapter 57−26−13, Page Block 401).

NOTE: If the spherical bearing cannot be removed using the stan


dard tooling in accordance with AMM Chapter 57−26−13 Page
Block 401, machine the bearing out of the pintle bore with
a hand−held grinding tool.

(b) Store the bearing for re−assembly if the bearing is serviceable.

NOTE: It is recommended that the bearing is replaced with a new


assembly after Modification 26069J1646 (SB 57−1104), which
gives improved lubrication in this area.

(c) Remove the hydraulic pipe and the two flexible hoses that are
attached to the manifold assembly aft of the pintle fitting.

(d) Use tool kits SR5722−01T00000 and SR5722−01C00000 to install the


nut removal tool as follows:

1 Install the cutter guides (Item 1) into the bore of the pintle
fitting. Position the thin cutter protection plates (Item 32)

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

on the forward face in the gap between the pintle fitting and
the retained nut.
NOTE: The following items (from the consumable tool kit
SR5722−01C00000) must be in an un−used condition before
you start the cutting operation:

− cutter protection plates (Item 32) on the fwd face of


the cutter guides (Item 1)
− cutters (Items 27 thru 30)

− arbor support plate (Item 31)

2 Fit the relevant handed top plate (Item 2) and align the lug
cut−out in the plate with the lug on the pintle fitting. Match
the markings A and B on each part so that the location dowels
(Item 14) slot into place. Secure into position with the hexa
gon socket head screws (Item 15).

3 Clamp the fixture firmly against the pintle fitting with the 4
nylon tipped clamp screws (Item 12).
4 Fit the 2 nut clamps (Items 3 and 4) in place to hold the nut
firmly against the fixture.

NOTE: The clamps must be positioned so that the hexagon socket−


head screws (Item 4) are tightened into the slots pro
vided.
5 Fit the attachment plate (Item 5) onto the 3 pillar attachments
to align with the appropriate RH or LH markings. Secure in
position by installing the knurled thumb nuts (Item 7).

NOTE: The rack−feed drill is usually supplied assembled. Refer


to the assembly instructions supplied with the tool kit
if in a disassembled condition.

6 Fit the first cutter onto the rack−feed drill and slide the
arbor into the first position to be cut.

(e) After the nut removal tool is attached to the pintle fitting,
follow the cutting procedure as follows:
NOTE: The nut is to be cut in four positions to break it into
parts which can then be removed through the bore of the
pintle fitting. To fully break through the nut in each
position requires the use of four back−face cutters of pro
gressively larger diameters. The nut should be completely
cut through in one position (using all four cutters) before
moving on to the next position.

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the two wire−locked retaining


plates attached to the back of the original nut before the
cutting procedure.

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Start to cut the nut at one of the positions either side of


the nut retaining tang. Work clockwise or anti−clockwise until
completion at the other side of the nut tang.

2 Locate the rack−feed drill against the dowel on the attachment


plate. Use the appropriate location to provide the best access
to control the feed of the drill.

3 Secure the rack−feed drill in this position with the 2 lock


screws (Item 9) either side of the mounting plate.

NOTE: Ensure that the drill is completely flush against the at
tachment plate. If this cannot be achieved at first, ad
just the feed of the drill so that the arbor shoulder is
correctly located in the guides.
4 Secure the arbor with the small support plate (Item 31) across
the arbor and fasten in the guide fixture.

5 Move the cutter against the forward face of the nut.

6 Continue to move the cutter aft (back towards the operator)


until it reaches the stop.

NOTE: The cutting speed can be adjusted using the air valve at
the end of the drill.

NOTE: Take care when cutting through the nut. If there are any
signs of problems from the cutter, you must stop cutting
immediately. Inspect the cutter for signs of wear or dam
age and replace with a new cutter if necessary. Do not
continue to cut using a defective cutter as this may
cause the nut to become work hardened.

WARNING: THE DRILL MUST BE DISCONNECTED FROM THE AIR SUPPLY BE
FORE THE CUTTERS ARE CHANGED.

7 After one full cut has been made, change the cutter for the
next higher diameter (This can be done by either removing the
drill fixture from the pintle fitting, or by reaching through
the pintle bore to the cutter).
8 Cut the nut in one position using all four cutters, then pro
ceed to the next cut and follow the steps from 5.C.(3)(e)2
thru 5.C.(3)(e)8. Do this until all four position have been
cut through.

(f) After the cutting operations are complete, disassemble the tool
ing fixture from the pintle fitting and do the following:

1 Remove the broken parts of the retained nut through the bore
of the pintle fitting.

2 Remove all swarf from the cutting operation.

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to flush out the pintle fitting
drain hole and make sure it is free from debris.
4 Remove all residual solvent with soft rags.

5 Visually inspect the forward face of the pintle fitting and


spar cavity. If any damage is found, contact Airbus for further
instructions.

(g) Install the segmented repair nut (repair kit SR5722−01A00000)


into position as follows :

1 Fold the segmented nut into the smallest form and insert
through the bore of the pintle fitting.

2 Install the loose pin (R57248003212) into the first section


(furthest forward part) of the lug which has yet to be joined.
Access for this installation is through the pintle bore.

3 Open out the segmented nut in the cavity in front of the


pintle fitting.

4 Locate the tang of the nut into the correct position in the
pintle fitting.

5 Locate the integral locking plates into their location slots.

NOTE: Take care not to drop the loose pin out of the first
lug. Use a small magnet to recover the pin if it is
dropped into the fitting cavity.

6 Line−up the segments of the nut to enable the final pin to be


fully installed.

7 Grip the pin with long−nosed pliers (Item 24) and manoeuvre the
pin until it locates in the 2nd and 3rd lugs of the nut.
8 Install the pin into the final lug with the clamp device.

NOTE: The pin diameter and the hole diameter in the final lug
is an interference fit.

9 Install the retaining wire (R57248003214) into the slot pro


vided, so that the ends of the wire are positioned adjacent to
the tang of the nut.

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair by Replacement of the Forward Pintle Bearing Retaining Nut


Figure 203 (sheet 1)

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair by Replacement of the Forward Pintle Bearing Retaining Nut


Figure 203 (sheet 2)

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair by Replacement of the Forward Pintle Bearing Retaining Nut


Figure 203 (sheet 3)

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS INACTIVE. FOR THIS TYPE OF DAMAGE, CONTACT AIRBUS.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS FOR THE REMOVAL OF CORROSION OR SURFACE DAMAGE. IF


A CRACK IS DETECTED, YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE APPLIES A THREE STAGE PROCESS TO MAKE SURE
THERE IS A ROBUST SEAL BETWEEN THE BUSH AND LUG. IF THIS PROCESS
IS NOT OBEYED, THE QUALITY OF THE SEAL MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT.

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. ALS PART 1−3 LIMITS APPLY.

D. Removal of corrosion from the Lug Bores and Lug Faces on Gear Rib 5

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair is applicable when the lug bores and the lug faces
on the fwd and aft lugs of gear rib 5 are corroded or damaged.

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the aircraft shown in Table
207.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.

(b) This repair details instructions to remove the corrosion or dam


age by spot facing the lugs, reboring the bores and installing
oversize bushes.

(c) Details for each of the oversize bushes are given in Figure 204
(Sheets 2 thru 4).

NOTE: If you require Airbus to manufacture these bushes, contact


Airbus with the bush dimensions recorded on a proforma
sheet similar to Figure 204 (Sheet 5).

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Washer Anti−Rotation 1 D57251187200


−alternative 1 D57251187202
−alternative 1 D57251187204
1 Washer Anti−Rotation 1 D57251374200
(MSN0002)
1 Washer Anti−Rotation (After 1 D57252182200
Modification 24552J1331)
2 Bush 1 Make from R5725837520000
3 Bush 1 Make from R5725837520200
4 Bush 1 Make from R5725837520400
5 In−line Boring Fixture Tool 1 Tool Kit 7K800256D044
6 Facing Tool 4 Special Tool
7 Alignment Tool 1 Special Tool
8 Removal/Installation Tool 1 Special Tool
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Sealant, Fuel Tank A/R CML No. 09−002
− Liquid Cleaning Agent A/R CML No. 11−027
− Threadlocker Sealant A/R CML No. 08−003
− Honing Fluid, Delapena No.6 A/R CML No. 06−010
− Paint, Polyurethane Finish A/R CML No. 16−018
− Flexible Polyurethane Coat A/R CML No. 16−021
ing
− Adhesion Promoter A/R CML No. 09−028
− Epoxide Primer A/R CML No. 16−006 Type B or C
− Plastic Spatula 1 Local Resources
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.D.(2).
NOTE: Items 6 thru 8 are from the Special Tool Kit 7K800256D044.

(3) Bush Flange Seating Thickness

(a) For the flange dimensions of bush (Item 2) see Figure 204 (Sheet
2).

CAUTION: THE ASSISTANCE OF AN AIRBUS ADVISOR OR WORKING PARTY IS REC


OMMENDED WHEN CARRYING OUT THIS REPAIR FOR THE FIRST TIME.

(4) Repair Instructions


(a) Remove the Main Landing Gear (MLG) (Refer to AMM Chapter
32−11−11, Page Block 401).

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Remove the fixed outer shroud (Refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page
Block 201, Paragraph 5.C.).
NOTE: Support the outboard end of the shroud box, after the fixed
shroud structure is removed.

(c) Remove and retain the anti−rotation washer (Item 1).

(d) Clean all unwanted material from the anti−rotation washer (Item
1) with a plastic spatula and cleaning agent (CML No. 11−027).
(e) Remove the bushes (Item 2, Item 3 or Item 4) with the Removal/
Installation Tool (Item 8). Refer to Figure 202 (Sheets 2, 3 and
4).

(f) Clean the internal surface of the holes in the gear rib with a
plastic spatula and cleaning agent (CML No. 11−027).

(g) Visually inspect the bores and spot faces for corrosion or dam
age.

(h) If no corrosion or damage is visible, do the repair in Paragraph


5.B.
(i) If corrosion or damage is visible do the repair as detailed in
steps 5.D.(4)(j) thru 5.D.(4)(ap).

(j) Measure the thickness of the fwd and aft lugs before any cutting
operations. Record these dimensions on the proforma sheet, simi
lar to the one in Figure 204 (Sheet 5).

NOTE: The dimension across existing spot faces on the fwd lug is
52.50/52.70 mm (2.067/2.075 in). The dimension across exist
ing spot faces on the aft lug is 53.90/54.10 mm
(2.122/2.130 in).
(k) If corrosion or damage is visible on the bores of the lugs or
on the faces of the lugs, install the boring fixture assembly to
the airplane.

WARNING: THE BORING FIXTURE ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY. DO NOT INJURE YOUR


SELF WHEN LIFTING THE BORING FIXTURE ASSEMBLY.
(l) Install the boring fixture assembly to the aircraft in accordance
with Paragraph 5.D.(5).

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THE BORING FIXTURE ASSEMBLY IS LARGE AND HEAVY. TAKE GREAT
CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING STRUCTURE WHEN YOU DO
THIS REPAIR.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE INVOLVES PRECISION MACHINING. ONLY


SPECIALIST MACHINING PERSONNEL ARE RECOMMENDED TO DO THIS
REPAIR.

(m) Oversize the bores of the corroded or damaged lugs.


NOTE: A small off−set may exist between the center of rotation of
the cutter and the bore when you start to oversize the
lug.

(n) Remove the minimum material to obtain a circular hole, concentric


with the hole in the other lug.
(o) The maximum rework limits for oversizing the bores are given in
Table 208.

(p) Spot face the lug faces to remove any corrosion or damage to ob
tain a full flat seating for the bush flanges.
(q) The maximum rework limits for the thickness of the lugs are giv
en in Table 208.

MIN LUG THICKNESS AFTER SPOT


FWD LUG AFT LUG
FACING
49.50 mm (1.949 in) for fwd
99.035 mm (3.899 in) 109.035 mm (4.293 in) lug
Max. Dia. Max. Dia. 50.90 mm (2.004 in) for aft
lug
Maximum Rework Limits
Table 208
(r) When the cutting operations are complete:
− do a visual inspection of the bores and lug faces in accor
dance with NTM Task 51−10−02−220−801
− do a dye penetrant inspection of the bores and lug faces in
accordance with NTM Task 51−80−00 (Type 1, Method C, Level 3
sensitivity, Form D), to check for any remaining corrosion or
cracks
− ensure that no corrosion or damage remains.

NOTE: If damage/corrosion remains and the maximum limits have been


exceeded, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

NOTE: If a crack is detected, you must contact AIRBUS.

(s) When the corrosion or damage has been removed from the bores and
the lug faces, restore the lug bore corner chamfer to 1.20 mm
(0.047 in) / 45 degrees.

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(t) Measure and record on the proforma sheet, similar to the one
shown in Figure 204 (Sheet 5), the dimensions that follow:
− Internal diameter of the fwd lug
− Thickness of the fwd lug after the increase in the spot face
depth
− Increase in depth of the spot face on the fwd face of the fwd
lug
− Increase in depth of the spot face on the aft face of the fwd
lug
− Internal diameter of the aft lug
− Thickness of the aft lug after the increase in the spot face
depth
− Depth of the spot face on the aft face of the aft lug.

NOTE: It is important that you retain a copy of the completed


proforma sheet and keep it with the airplane documentation.

(u) Measure and record the flange thickness of the removed bushes, if
possible.

NOTE: To determine the increase in the spot face depths, measure


the lug thickness at a minimum of 4 positions around the
diameter. Subtract the average measurement before any in
crease in the spot facing.

(v) Manufacture new oversize bushes, (Items 2, 3 and 4) from the in
formation given in Figure 204, (Sheets 2, 3 and 4).
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY EPOXIDE PRIMER (CML NO. 16−006 TYPE B OR C)
TO THE LUG SPOT FACES BEFORE INSTALLING THE BUSHES.

(w) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the surface
of the fwd and aft lug bores and the lug faces.

(x) Check that the flange thickness of bushes (Items 2 and 3) and
the thickness of the fwd lug will be 68.50 to 68.60 mm (2.697
to 2.701 in), before you install the bushes.

NOTE: To achieve this dimension and to reduce further machining


operations, remove excess material from the face of the
bush (Item 2) before installation.
(y) Install the bush (Item 4) as follows (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12):

1 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the inner surface of the hole in the gear rib.

2 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the contact surfaces between the flange seat of the bush (Item
4) and the gear rib.

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 4) in Liquid Nitrogen, refer to Chapter


51−72−12for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid nitrogen.

4 Install the bush (Item 4) in the hole in the gear rib, use
the bush installers and the reaction clamps from the tool kit
(Item 8). Ensure the bush is fully installed and seated. Refer
to Figure 202 (Sheet 2).

5 Allow the bush (Item 4) to return to the ambient temperature.


6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(z) Install the bush (Item 3) as follows (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12):

1 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the inner surface of the hole in the gear rib.

2 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the contact surfaces between the flange seat of the bush (Item
3) and the gear rib.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 3) in the Liquid Nitrogen, refer to


Chapter 51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid
nitrogen.
4 Install the bush (Item 3) in the hole of the gear rib, use
the bush installers and the reaction clamps from the tool kit
(Item 8). Ensure the bush is fully installed and seated. Refer
to Figure 202 (Sheet 3)..

5 Allow the bush (Item 3) to go back to ambient temperature.


6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(aa) Install the bush (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) as fol


lows:

1 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the inner surface of the hole in the gear rib.

2 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the contact surfaces between the flange seat of the bush (Item
2) and the gear rib.

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE HOLE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 2) in the Liquid Nitrogen, refer to


Chapter 51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid
nitrogen.
4 Install the bush (Item 2) in the hole of the gear rib, use
the bush installers and the reaction clamps from the tool kit
(Item 8). Ensure the bush is fully installed and seated.

5 Allow the bush (Item 2) go back to ambient temperature.


6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(ab) Make sure the bushes (Item 2 and Item 3) are fully seated and
that the clearance between bushes (Item 2 and Item 3) is free of
sealant. Refer to Figure 204, (Sheet 1).

CAUTION: USE ONLY DELAPENA NO.6 HONING FLUID (CML NO. 06−010).
(ac) Use the in−line honing tool (Item 5) to line−hone the bushes
(Item 2, Item 3 and Item 4) (Refer to Figure 205).

NOTE: If new stones are needed for the in−line honing tool refer
to paragraph 5.D.(12) for the procedure on Bedding−in New
Honing Stones.
NOTE: For a list of honing problems/symptoms and solutions refer
to paragraph 5.D.(13) on Trouble Shooting when Honing and
Boring.

(ad)Use the in−line honing tool (Item 5) and the alignment tool
(Item 7) to obtain dimension ’m’ between these limits:
− 98.000 to 98.035 mm (3.8583 to 3.8596 in)
(ae)Use the in−line honing tool (Item 5) and the alignment tool
(Item 7) to obtain dimension k between these limits:
− 88.000 to 88.035 mm (3.4646 to 3.4659 in)

(af)Use the facing tool (Item 6) to machine the face of the bush
(Item 2) to obtain a dimension ’n’ between these limits:
− 68.50 to 68.60 mm (2.697 to 2.701 in)
(ag)Use cleaning agent (CML No. 11−027) to clean the area.

(ah)Restore the surface finish of the lug faces only with epoxide
primer (CML No. 16−006 Type B or C) and polyurethane finish
paint (CML No. 16−018).

Page 241
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(ai)Install the Anti−Rotation Washer (Item 1) as follows:


− Apply sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of the
Anti−Rotation Washer (Item 1) and the gear rib.
NOTE: Use a locally made clamp to keep the Anti−Rotation Washer
(Item 1) in position until the sealant cures.

(aj)Allow the sealant to cure and use cleaning agent (CML No.
11−027) with cloths to remove any unwanted sealant.

(ak)Apply an appropriate adhesion promoter (CML No. 09−028) around


the flanges of all the bushes.

(al)Apply a continuous fillet of sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the


bushes (Item 3 and Item 4). Refer to Figure 204, (Sheet 1).
(Refer also to Chapter 51−24−00).
(am)Coat the fillet seal with polyurethane coating (CML No. 16−021)
to protect the sealant from hydraulic fluid.

(an)Install the fixed outer shroud structure (Refer to Chapter


57−51−11 Page Block 201, Paragraph 5.C.).

(ao)Install the Main Landing Gear (MLG) (Refer to AMM Chapter


32−11−11, Page Block 401).

(ap)Remove all ground support equipment, repair equipment, standard


and special tools and all other items from the repair area.

(5) Boring Fixture Tooling


(a) The boring fixture tooling shown in Figure 205, (Sheet 2) can be
adapted with cutting tools from the tooling box to do a number
of tasks on the fwd and aft lugs of gear rib 5.

These tasks are as follows:


− boring the diameter of the fwd lug oversize
− boring the diameter of the aft lug oversize
− spot facing of the fwd face of the fwd lug
− spot facing of the aft face of the fwd lug
− spot facing of the aft face of the aft lug
− restoring the chamfers to the fwd and aft lugs after spot fac
ing.
(6) Tool arrangement for boring the fwd lug oversize (Refer to Figure
205, Sheet 3)

(a) The assembly of the tooling fixture, detailed in paragraphs


5.D.(6)(b) thru 5.D.(6)(m) is used for the installation of the
tooling to the aft gear rib lug and for boring the fwd lug
oversize.

Page 242
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Install the 3−jaw adjustable location bush into the aft gear rib
lug.
(c) Rotate the knurled adjusting collar to engage the jaws against
the bore of the lug.

(d) Position the 3−jaws to avoid the deepest damage on the first cut
and to provide the best fit.

(e) Install the fwd pintle pick−up location bush into the spherical
bearing.

(f) Assemble the boring fixture frame to the base frame with the
items that follow:
− fwd pintle pick−up fitting support bracket
− aft gear rib lug support bracket
− boring bar fwd support post
− quackenbush drill attachment support post
− install the adjustable location pin and adjust until the loca
tion pin is fully retracted.

CAUTION: THE BORING TOOL IS VERY HEAVY. TAKE GREAT CARE WHEN LOCAT
ING THE TOOL TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(g) Lift the boring tool to the aircraft, and locate the aft gear
rib support bracket onto the adjustable bush.

(h) Adjust the location pin to locate in the fwd pintle pin pick−up
location bush.
(i) Hand tighten the knurled nut on the adjustable location pin to
secure the boring fixture in position. Make sure the boring fix
ture is seated firmly against the adjustable bush and that no
gaps are present.

NOTE: Do not overtighten the knurled nut as this will cause the
fixture to be pushed off−centre.

(j) Install the boring bar by sliding the bar through the support
post, through the boring head and into the gear rib support
bracket.
(k) Position the boring head on the bar and secure.

(l) Connect the universal joint to the end of the boring bar and at
tach the quackenbush drill to the support post. Secure the square
drive to the universal joint.

(m) Secure the fixture to the aircraft structure via the tie rod.
(7) Tool arrangement for boring the aft lug oversize (Refer to Figure
205, Sheet 3)

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) The assembly of the tooling fixture, detailed in paragraphs


5.D.(6)(b) thru 5.D.(6)(m) is used for the installation of the
tooling to the fwd gear rib lug and for boring the aft lug
oversize.

The assembly of the tooling fixture is the same with these ex
ceptions:
− the three jaw adjustable location bush is installed into the
fwd gear rib lug using the larger knurled adjusting collar.
− the three bolts in the adjusting collar should be finger
tightened until they begin to contact the fwd face of the fwd
lug
− the two bolts installed in the central support post should be
finger tightened until they begin to contact the adjusting col
lar.

NOTE: These bolts react against the fwd lug when the adjustable
location pin is tightened to secure the fixture in posi
tion.

(8) Tool arrangement for the spot facing of the fwd face of the fwd lug
(Refer to Figure 205, Sheet 4)

(a) Install the tooling fixture to the aft gear rib lug, as detailed
in paragraphs 5.D.(6)(b) thru 5.D.(6)(m).
(b) Disconnect the universal joint and slide the boring bar aft so
that the boring head can be removed from the boring bar.

(c) Select the 129.00 mm (5.070 in) diameter spot face head and
position the spot face assembly on the boring bar, fwd of the
fwd gear rib lug and secure.

(d) Trim the emery cloth to suit the spot face diameter and clamp in
the spot facing assembly.

(e) When close to the finished spot face depth, replace the emery
cloth with fine buffing cloth and polish to remove scratches.
(9) Tool arrangement for the spot facing of the aft face of the fwd lug
(Refer to Figure 205, Sheet 4)

(a) Install the tooling fixture to the aft gear rib lug, as detailed
in paragraphs 5.D.(6)(b) thru 5.D.(6)(m).
(b) Disconnect the universal joint and slide the boring bar aft so
that the boring head can be removed from the boring bar.

(c) Select the 137.00 mm (5.390 in) diameter spot face head and
position the spot face assembly on the boring bar, aft of the
fwd gear rib lug and secure.

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Trim the emery cloth to suit the spot face diameter and clamp in
the spot facing assembly.
(e) When close to the finished spot face depth, replace the emery
cloth with fine buffing cloth and polish to remove scratches.

(10) Tool arrangement for the spot facing of the aft face of the aft lug
(Refer to Figure 205, Sheet 4)

(a) Install the tooling fixture to the fwd gear rib as detailed in
paragraph 5.D.(7)(a).

(b) Disconnect the universal joint and slide the boring bar aft so
the boring head can be removed from the boring bar.

(c) Select the 127.00 mm (5.000 in) diameter spot face head and
position the spot face assembly on the boring bar, aft of the
aft gear rib lug and secure

(d) Trim the emery cloth to suit the spot face diameter and clamp in
the spot facing assembly

(e) When close to the finished spot face depth, replace the emery
cloth with fine buffing cloth and polish to remove scratches.

(11) Tool arrangement to restore the chamfer to either the fwd or aft
lugs after spot facing (Refer to Figure 205, Sheet 4)

(a) Replace the spot face head with the chamfer head and clamp emery
to the assembly

(b) Position and secure the chamfer head to the boring bar after
spot facing of the lug faces as detailed in paragraphs 5.D.(8),
5.D.(9) or 5.D.(10).

(c) Chamfer the corner of the bore and the spot face on the fwd and
aft faces of the fwd gear rib lug and the aft face of the aft
gear rib lug.

The chamfer is to be 45 degrees and 1.20 mm (0.047 in) deep.

(d) Polish the surface to remove scratches.


(12) Bedding−In New Honing Stones

(a) Before using new honing stones follow the steps in 5.D.(12)(b)
thru 5.D.(12)(e).

(b) Remove the square edges of the stones with a file.

(c) Radius the stones to the approximate profile of the cast iron
truing ring along the full length.

(d) Rotate the stones in the cast iron truing ring to identify the
high points on the honing stones.

Page 245
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Remove any high points and repeat until the honing stones rotate
inside the cast iron test bore without binding.
(13) Trouble Shooting when Boring the Lugs and Honing the Bushes

(a) For common problems/symptoms when boring and honing and the cor
rective actions to take refer to Paragraphs 5.D.(13)(b) thru
5.D.(13)(l).

(b) Oval Bores:− Can be corrected by using two stones and two
guides.

(c) Bellmouthed bores:− Reduce the length of the stones and guides.
Reduce the stroke length.

(d) Barrelled bores:− Increase the stroke length and increase the
stone length if possible.

(e) Tapered bores:− Adjust the stroke position to allow more stone to
pass through the tight end of the bore.

(f) Taper in blind bores:− Reduce the stone length to 2/3rd of the
bore length as a maximum. Make a short stroke at the blind end
or dwell as necessary. If the condition persists, reduce the
stone length further and make a short stroke at the blind end
first before honing the remainder of the bore.

(g) Stone glazed:− Stone does not cut. Open the surface of the stone
with a dressing stick. Increase the pressure. Reduce the rota
tional speed and increase the reciprocation speed. Use a softer
stone.

(h) Stone loaded:− Stone is clogged with material. Clean the surface
of the stone with dressing. Increase the stroke speed. Use a
softer stone. Use a coarser stone and increase the honing fluid
supply.

(i) Slow stock removal:− If a slow stock removal is not the result
of Paragraph 5.D.(13)(h), reduce the rotational speed and in
crease the pressure. Use a softer stone. Use a coarse stone.
Change to a 4 stone setting.
(j) Excessive stone wear:− Reduce the pressure. Increase the rotation
speed. Use a harder stone. Use a finer stone.

(k) Pick−up:− Reduce the pressure. Use a softer stone. Use a finer
grit stone. Check the quality of the honing fluid.
(l) Finish too rough:− Reduce the pressure. Use a finer grit stone.
Check the quality of the honing fluid. Increase the rotational
speed.

Page 246
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from the Lug Bores and Lug Faces on Gear Rib 5
Figure 204 (sheet 1)

Page 247
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from the Lug Bores and Lug Faces on Gear Rib 5
Figure 204 (sheet 2)

Page 248
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from the Lug Bores and Lug Faces on Gear Rib 5
Figure 204 (sheet 3)

Page 249
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from the Lug Bores and Lug Faces on Gear Rib 5
Figure 204 (sheet 4)

Page 250
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from the Lug Bores and Lug Faces on Gear Rib 5
Figure 204 (sheet 5)

Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Boring Fixture Tooling


Figure 205 (sheet 1)

Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Boring Fixture Tooling


Figure 205 (sheet 2)

Page 253
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Boring Fixture Tooling


Figure 205 (sheet 3)

Page 254
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Boring Fixture Tooling


Figure 205 (sheet 4)

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: MAKE SURE THE GROUND SAFETY LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
GEAR.
CAUTION: DEVIATIONS FROM THE REPAIR PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS MAY BE REQUIRED
BECAUSE OF LIMITED ACCESS. ANY ADDITIONAL SYSTEMS DISTURBED OR
DISCONNECTED MUST BE FUNCTIONALLY TESTED AFTER RE−ASSEMBLY IN AC
CORDANCE WITH AMM PROCEDURES.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. ALS PART 1−3 LIMITS APPLY.

E. Application of surface protection and paint finish to the gear rib sys
tem support holes

(1) This repair deals with the surface protection on the gear rib system
support holes and on the faces of the webs which surround the sup
port holes.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1> 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2>
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
<1> Before modification 160001J3282.

<2> After modifications 160001J3282 and 160500J3283.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair General

There are two systems support holes in the gear rib.


The fwd system hole locates a guide for hydraulic pipelines.

The aft system hole locates a guide for electrical conduits/looms.

This repair scheme details the procedure to examine the system holes
and remove any surface corrosion in the bores and apply protective
treatments.

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For the general arrangement of the MLG support Rib with the systems
support holes refer to, Figure 206).
(3) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Corrosion Preventative Com A/R CML No. 15−006
pound
− Corrosion Preventative Com A/R CML No. 15−008
pound
(4) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 206)

(a) Gain access to the system support holes in the main gear rib 5.
NOTE: The repair instructions that follow apply to the hydraulic
pipelines in the fwd system hole.

(b) Identify the hydraulic pipes that pass thru the fwd support hole
and loosen the clamps securing the pipes inboard and outboard of
the gear rib.
(c) Remove the two clamp bolts that secure the fwd pipe guide assem
bly. Remove the pipe guide assembly.

(d) Apply a tourniquet with the loose ends secured to the structure
and the center wrapped around the pipes. Tighten the tourniquet
and provide access to the surface of the bore hole.

NOTE: Make sure that none of the pipes foul the structure when
you tighten the tourniquet.

(e) Clean and degrease the bore of the system hole with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).
(f) Examine the surface of the bore hole for signs of corrosion in
accordance with NTM Task 51−10−02−250−801. If no corrosion is
present, proceed to step 5.E.(4)(h).

Page 257
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Blend out corrosion in accordance with Chapter 51−74−00. Blends


must form a smooth polished profile.
NOTE: Before you start to remove the corrosion you must refer to
Chapter 57−26−13 Page Block 101. Where you will find in
formation on the limits of allowable damage.

NOTE: When you do the blend−outs, avoid removing excessive mate


rial, as this will affect the fit of the pipe guide in the
system hole on re−assembly.

NOTE: Any corrosion exceeding the specified limits should be re


ported to AIRBUS.

(h) Apply surface protection to the bore of the system hole in ac
cordance with Chapter 51−21−11.
(i) Restore the paint scheme to the bore of the system hole in ac
cordance with Chapter 51−75−12. Allow the paint to fully cure.

(j) Apply corrosion preventative compound (CML No. 15−006) to the in
ternal surface of the bore.
(k) Remove the tourniquet from the hydraulic pipes and re−assemble
the pipe guide.

(l) Install any hydraulic pipeline assemblies and clamps loosened or


removed in this repair. Make sure there is a gap of 5.00 mm
(0.197 in) between any fastener heads and adjacent structure.
(m) Apply corrosion preventative compound (CML No. 15−008) to the pe
riphery of the pipe guide and the surrounding area.

(n) Remove the guide securing the electrical conduits/looms in the


aft system hole. Apply surface protection and paint finish to the
bore with the same procedure. The procedure to follow for the
aft system hole is from step 5.E.(4)(a) thru to step 5.E.(4)(m).

Page 258
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Gear Rib System Support Holes.


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Page 259
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Gear Rib System Support Holes.


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Page 260
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 210.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001J3282 AND BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−100 AIR
CRAFT AND A320−200 AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 000−007.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001J3282 AND AFTER MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−200 AIR
CRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 008−018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS FOR THE REMOVAL OF CORROSION OR SURFACE DAMAGE. IF


A CRACK IS DETECTED, YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. THE REPAIR LIFE IS 60,000
FC FOR OUTBOARD AND INBOARD LUGS. IF A FINISHING CUT TO THE BORE
HAS BEEN PERFORMED, THE LIFE LIMIT APPLIES FROM REPAIR EMBODIMENT,
OTHERWISE FROM FIRST AIRCRAFT FLIGHT. ALS PART 1−3 LIMITS APPLY IF
LOWER THAN THESE VALUES.

F. Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot


Facing Lug Faces and Fitting high Interference Fit Bushes
(1) Repair General

(a) This repair is applicable when the lug bores and the lug faces
of the side stay fitting outboard and inboard lugs are corroded
or damaged.

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the aircraft shown in Table
210.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in


this paragraph is applicable to aircraft before and after
modification 38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 210
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.

(b) This repair gives instructions to remove the corrosion or damage


by spot facing the lugs, reboring the bores and installing over
size bushes.

Page 261
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Details for each of the oversize bushes are given in Figure 207
(Sheets 5 thru 7).
NOTE: If you require AIRBUS to manufacture these bushes, contact
AIRBUS with the bush dimensions recorded on a proforma
sheet similar to Figure 207 (Sheet 8).

Page 262
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Bush 1 Make from R57258417204


2 Bush 1 Make from R57258417202
3 Bush 1 Make from R57258417200
4 Tab Washer 1 D57251201200
5 Special Nut 1 D57251200200
6 Grease Nipple 4 AS15001−1
7 Bush Extractor 1 98D57004018000
8 Bush Extractor 1 98D57004017000
9 Toothed Socket 1 98D57004016001
10 Spot Facing Tool 1 98D57004043000
11 Boring Tool 1 98D57004038000
12 Facing Tool 1 98D57004023040
13 In−Line Honing Tool Kit 1 98D57004023002
− Grease, Synthetic Ester A/R CML No. 04−004
Based
− Threadlocker Sealant A/R CML No. 08−003
− Fillet Sealant A/R CML No. 09−016
− Adhesion Promoter A/R CML No. 09−028
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Liquid Cleaning Agent A/R CML No. 11−027
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 16−006
− Plastic Spatula 1 Local Resources
− Cotton Swabs A/R Local Resources
− Distilled Water A/R Local Resources
− HF Antidote Gel A/R Local Resources
− Hydrochloric Acid (Specific A/R Local Resources
Gravity 1.18)
− Hydrofluoric Acid (Specific A/R Local Resources
Gravity 1.13 − 40%)
− Liquid Nitrogen A/R Local Resources
− Nitric Acid (Specific A/R Local Resources
Gravity 1.42)
− Paper Tissue or Absorbent A/R Local Resources
Paper
− Polypropylene Measuring 1 Local Resources
Cylinder
− Stainless Steel Tongs A/R Local Resources
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in Paragraph 5.F.(2).

Page 263
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Remove the Main Landing Gear (MLG) side stay assembly (Refer to
AMM Chapter 32−11−16, Page Block 401).
(b) Remove the grease nipples (Item 6) from the bushes (Item 2 and
Item 3).

NOTE: The grease nipples can be used again if they are not dam
aged.

(c) Remove the bush (Item 1) from the inboard lug as follows:
1 Assemble the bush extractor (Item 8) as shown in Figure 207
(Sheet 2).

2 Remove the bush (Item 1) with the bush extractor (Item 8).

(d) Remove the bush (Item 2) from the inboard lug as follows:
1 Assemble the bush extractor (Item 8) as shown in Figure 207
(Sheet 2).

2 Remove the bush (Item 2) with the bush extractor (Item 8).

(e) Remove the bush (Item 3) from the outboard lug as follows:
1 Disengage the tab washer (Item 4).

2 Remove the special nut (Item 5) with the toothed socket (Item
9) as shown in Figure 207 (Sheet 4).

NOTE: The special nut can be used again if it is not damaged.


3 Remove and discard the tab washer (Item 4).

4 Assemble the bush extractor (Item 7) as shown in Figure 207


(Sheet 3).

5 Remove the bush (Item 3) with the bush extractor (Item 7).
(f) Clean the internal surfaces of the holes with a plastic spatula
and liquid cleaning agent (CML No. 11−027).

(g) Visually inspect the bores and spot faces for corrosion or dam
age.
(h) If no corrosion or damage is visible, do the repair in Paragraph
5.A.

(i) If corrosion or damage is visible do the repair as detailed in


steps 5.F.(3)(j) thru 5.F.(3)(as).

(j) Measure the thickness of the inboard and outboard lugs across the
spot face before cutting operations. Record these dimensions on a
proforma sheet, similar to the one in Figure 207 (Sheet 8).

Page 264
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Measure the flange thickness of the removed bushes (Item 1, Item
2 and Item 3). Record these dimensions on a proforma sheet, sim
ilar to the one in Figure 207 (Sheet 8).

WARNING: THE BORING TOOL IS LARGE AND HEAVY. DO NOT INJURE YOURSELF
WHEN LIFTING THE BORING TOOL.

(l) Refer to tool drawing D570−04038 and assemble the boring tool
(Item 11) to the side stay fitting.
CAUTION: THE BORING TOOL IS LARGE AND HEAVY. TAKE GREAT CARE NOT TO
DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING STRUCTURE WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE INVOLVES PRECISION MACHINING. ONLY


SPECIALIST MACHINING PERSONNEL ARE RECOMMENDED TO DO THIS
REPAIR.
(m) Oversize the bores in small increments to remove all corrosion or
damage and get a circular hole, concentric with the hole in the
other lug.

NOTE: Remove only the minimum material necessary from the lug
bores. Take great care not to damage the surrounding struc
ture.

(n) Do a visual inspection to NTM 51−90−00 after each step for cor
rosion or damage.

NOTE: Remove only the minimum material necessary from the lug
bores.

(o) Make sure that corrosion or damage is fully removed from the
bores.

(p) Remove the boring tool (Item 11) from the side stay fitting.

WARNING: THE SPOT FACING TOOL IS HEAVY. DO NOT INJURE YOURSELF WHEN
LIFTING THE SPOT FACING TOOL.

(q) Refer to tool drawing D570−04043 and assemble the spot facing
tool (Item 10) to the side stay fitting.

CAUTION: THE SPOT FACING TOOL IS LARGE AND HEAVY. TAKE GREAT CARE
NOT TO DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING STRUCTURE WHEN YOU DO THIS
REPAIR.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE INVOLVES PRECISION MACHINING. IT IS


HIGHLY RECOMMENDED THAT THIS REPAIR IS PERFORMED BY SPECIAL
IST MACHINING PERSONNEL.
(r) Spot face the lugs in small increments to remove all corrosion
or damage to get a flat mating surface for the bush flanges as
follows:

Page 265
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Spot face the inboard and outboard faces of the outboard lug
to a diameter of 140 mm (5.512 in) with a 3 mm (0.118 in)
corner radius.

2 Spot face the inboard face of the inboard lug to a diameter of


102 mm (4.016 in) with a 3 mm (0.118 in) corner radius.

3 Spot face the outboard face of the inboard lug to a diameter


of 111 mm (4.37 in) with a 3 mm (0.118 in) corner radius.
NOTE: Remove only the minimum material necessary from the lug
faces.

(s) Do a visual inspection to NTM 51−90−00 after each step for cor
rosion or damage.
(t) Make sure that corrosion or damage is fully removed from the lug
faces.

(u) Remove the spot facing tool (Item 10) from the side stay fit
ting.

(v) When the cutting operations are complete, do an acid etch prepa
ration for the dye penetrant inspection on the chamfers and spot
faces in accordance with NTM Task 57−00−01.

(w) Do a dye penetrant inspection of the bores and lugs faces in ac
cordance with NTM 51−80−00 (Type 1 Method C, Level 3 sensitivity,
Form D). Make sure that no corrosion or damage remains.
NOTE: If damage/corrosion remains and the maximum limits have been
exceeded, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

NOTE: If a crack is detected, contact AIRBUS.

(x) Apply finishing cuts to reworked surfaces:


− increase bore diameter by a minimum 1.2 mm (0.047 in). Make
sure that bore concentricity is maintained
− increase spot face depth by a minimum 0.6 mm (0.024 in).

NOTE: If the depth of the spot face on the inboard side of the
outboard lug is more than 1 mm (0.039 in) after the fin
ishing cut is applied, contact AIRBUS. A repair washer may
be necessary for the correct installation of the special
nut (Item 5).

NOTE: If the dimensions after the finishing cuts are more than
the dimensions given in the Table 211, contact AIRBUS.

Page 266
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Lug Maximum Increase in Bore Maximum Reduction in


Diameter Thickness
Outboard 5 mm (0.197 in) 2 mm (0.079 in)
Inboard 2 mm (0.079 in) 2 mm (0.079 in)
Inboard and Outboard Lug − Repair Dimensions
Table 211
(y) When the corrosion or damage has been removed from the bores and
the lug faces, restore the lug bore corner chamfer to 1.75 mm
(0.069 in) ± 0.25 mm (0.01 in) X 45 degrees (both side).

(z) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the lug
bores and spot faces, refer to Chapter 51−21−11.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY EPOXY PRIMER (CML NO. 16−006) TO BORE.

(aa)Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 16−006) to spot faces and chamfers,
refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

(ab)Make new oversize bushes, (Item 1, Item 2 and Item 3), refer to
Figure 207 (Sheets 5, 6 and 7).

(ac)Install the bush (Item 1) (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) as follows:

1 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the bore in the inboard lug.

2 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the area of the inboard lug where the flange of the bush makes
contact.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE BORE.

3 Freeze the bush (Item 1) in liquid nitrogen, refer to Chapter


51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid nitro
gen.
4 Install the bush (Item 1) in the bore of the inboard lug, use
the removal/installation tool (Item 8) to ensure the bush is
fully installed. Refer to Figure 207.

5 Allow the bush (Item 1) go back to ambient temperature.

6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).
(ad)Install the bush (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) as follows:

1 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the bore of the inboard lug.

Page 267
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the area of the bush of the inboard lug where the flange of
the bush makes contact.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE BORE.
3 Freeze the bush (Item 2) in liquid nitrogen, refer to Chapter
51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid nitro
gen.

4 Make sure the grease nipple holes are in the correct position
and install the bush (Item 2) in the bore of the inboard lug.
Refer to Figure 207 (Sheet 4). Use the removal/installation
tool (Item 8) to ensure the bush is fully installed. Refer to
Figure 201 (Sheet 2 ).

5 Allow the bush (Item 2) go back to ambient temperature.


6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(ae)Make sure the bushes (Item 1 and Item 2) are fully seated and
that the clearance between bushes (Item 1 and Item 2) is free of
sealant.

(af)Install the bush (Item 3) (Refer to Chapter 51−72−12) as follows:


1 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to
the bore of the outboard lug.

2 Apply a thin layer of threadlocker sealant (CML No. 08−003) to


the area of the outboard lug where the flange of the bush
makes contact.

WARNING: LIQUID NITROGEN IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUT MORE THAN ONE BUSH AT A TIME INTO THE LIQ
UID NITROGEN. USE CLEAN TONGS TO REMOVE THE BUSH FROM
THE LIQUID NITROGEN AND TO INSTALL IT IN THE BORE.
3 Freeze the bush (Item 3) in liquid nitrogen, refer to Chapter
51−72−12 for minimum period for soaking bush in liquid nitro
gen.

4 Make sure the grease nipple holes are in the correct position
and install the bush (Item 3) in the bore of the outboard lug.
Refer to Figure 207 (Sheet 4). Use the removal/installation
tool (Item 7) to ensure the bush is fully installed. Refer to
Figure 207 (Sheet 3).

5 Allow the bush (Item 3) go back to ambient temperature.

Page 268
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

6 Let the sealant cure. Remove the bush extractor (Item 8).

(ag)Apply a thin layer of sealant (CML No. 09−016) to the rear face
of the tab washer (Item 4). (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

WARNING: DO NOT OVERTORQUE THE SPECIAL NUT (ITEM 5).

(ah)Install new tab washer (Item 4) and the special nut (Item 5).
Use the toothed socket (Item 9) to torque the special nut (Item
5) to 56.5 Nm (500 lbf in).
NOTE: If the tab washer (Item 4) does not engage a slot in the
special nut (Item 5), increase the torque until the tab of
the tab washer (Item 4) engages. Lock the tab washer (Item
4).
(ai)Use the in−line honing tool kit (Item 13) to get internal diame
ter of the bushes as follows:
− Bushes (Item 1 and 2), between 75 mm (2.953 in) to 75.03 mm
(2.954 in)
− Bush (Item 3), between 95 mm (3.74 in) to 95.035 mm (3.742
in).

(aj)Make sure that the bore of the bush (Item 3) is concentric with
the bores of bushes (Item 1 and Item 2) within 0.02 mm (0.001
in).

(ak)Use the facing tool (Item 12) to get dimensions across bushes
(Item 1 and Item 2) between 58.95 mm (2.321 in) to 59 mm (2.323
in) and make sure the thickness of the bush flange (Item 2) is
produced in accordance with Figure 207, Sheet 6.

(al)After bush installation and the facing operation, the flanges of


bushes (Item 1 and Item 2) must lie between two parallel planes
0.02 mm (0.001 in) apart, which are perpendicular to the axis of
the bushes (Item 1 and Item 2).
(am)Clean the bores and faces of the bushes (Item 1, Item 2 and
Item 3) with general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(an)Apply a thin layer of grease (CML No. 04−004) to the internal


diameter of the bushes (Item 1, Item 2 and Item 3).
(ao)Apply adhesion promoter (CML No. 09−028) and then apply a con
tinuous bead of sealant (CML No. 09−016) around the flanges of
all the bushes (Item 1, Item 2 and Item 3). (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).
(ap)Install the grease nipples (Item 6) in the bushes (Item 2 and
Item 3). Refer to Figure 207 (Sheet 4).

(aq)Install new nuts to replace those that were removed when the
boring tool (Item 11) was installed. (Refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

Page 269
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(ar)Install the Main Landing Gear (MLG) side stay assembly (Refer to
AMM Chapter 32−11−16, Page Block 401).
(as)Remove all ground support equipment, repair equipment, standard
and special tools and all other items from the repair area.

Page 270
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 1)
Page 271
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 2)
Page 272
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 3)
Page 273
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 4)
Page 274
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 5)
Page 275
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 6)
Page 276
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 7)
Page 277
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion by Oversizing Side Stay Fitting Lug Holes, Spot Facing
Lug Faces and Fitting High interference Fit Bushes
Figure 207 (sheet 8)
Page 278
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 213.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001J3282 AND BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−100 AIR
CRAFT AND A320−200 AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 000−007.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001J3282 AND AFTER MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−200 AIR
CRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 008−018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE IS NOT APPLICABLE FOR THE REPAIR OF THE
BORE.

CAUTION: THIS IS A REPAIR TO A SAFE LIFE ITEM. IF A REPAIR IS PERFORMED,


THE REPAIR LIFE LIMIT IS 40,000 FC FROM AIRCRAFT FIRST FLIGHT AS
GIVEN IN TABLE 212.

G. Removal of Corrosion from MLG Retraction Jack Anchorage Fitting Bearing


Faces and Edge Chamfers without Removal from Aircraft

(1) Repair General

(a) Below the Retraction Jack Actuator Bearing, corrosion can occur
on the upper and lower bearing faces and the edge chamfers on
both the LH and RH Jack Anchorage Fittings (D57259162) and
(D57252921). This repair procedure gives the necessary steps to
remove this corrosion.

If corrosion is found in the bore of the Jack Anchorage Fitting


or Facing Tool D57004040 is not available, then refer to the
Paragraphs that follow for the repair procedure.
− For repair procedures on aircraft 5.H.
− For repair procedures off aircraft 5.I.

This repair is applicable only when the corrosion is to be re


moved from retraction jack anchorage fitting without removal from
the aircraft.

The life limitation for this repair is given in Table 212.

REWORK REPAIR LIFE LIM


BORE DIAMETER mm (in) IT
LUG THICKNESS mm (in)

103 (4.055) ≥ 35.5 (1.398) 40,000 FC<1>


ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS: BORE DIA = 103mm (4.055 in)
ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS: LUG THICKNESS = 39.7mm (1.563 in)
Life Limitation Table
Table 212
<1> From first flight (no finishing cut on bore).

Page 279
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1> 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2>
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 213
<1> Before modification 160001J3282.

<2> After modifications 160001J3282 and 160500J3283.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.
(b) This repair gives instructions to rework the upper and lower
faces of the retraction jack anchorage fittings when fitted to
the inner spar.
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Spacer Washer A/R Make from 2024−T3
− Facing Tool 1 D57004040
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 10−ABC1
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 04−DAB2
− Polysulfide Sealant − A/R CML No. 06AAB1
Sealant
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in Paragraph 5.G.(2).
(a) Remove the jack anchorage bearing (D57252602), bush (D57252597)
and special washer (D57252601) from the retraction jack anchorage
fitting. Refer to jack anchorage assembly drawing D57259161.

(b) Measure and record the dimensions of removed bush (D57252597). If


the bush (D57252597) is not damaged and the dimensions are in
the tolerance limits given below, the bush (D57252597) can be
used again.
− Inner Diameter = 96 mm (3.7795 in) to 96.035 mm (3.7809 in).
− Outer Diameter after Protective Treatment = 103.079 mm (4.0582
in) to 103.101 mm (4.0591 in)

Page 280
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Length = 38.9 (1.531 in) to 39 mm (1.535 in).


(c) Remove paint from the upper and lower surfaces of retraction jack
anchorage fitting at bearing mating surfaces. Refer to Chapter
51−75−11.

(d) Measure and record the lug thickness at the area to be spot
faced.
(e) Use facing tool (D57004040) and remove corrosion by spot facing
on the upper and lower bearing faces. Refer to Figure 208 and
obey the restrictions given below:
− The minimum depth of each spot face must be 1 mm (0.039 in).
The total amount of spot face on each retraction jack anchorage
fitting must not be more than that permitted in Table 212 and
not more than 3 mm (0.118 in) on either upper or lower bearing
face. This dimension includes final cut step given in Paragraph
5.G.(3)(i). If dimensions are outside the limits, contact AIR
BUS.
− If you spot face the upper and lower bearing faces it is im
portant to complete the spot face on one face before you start
the other face.

(f) Carry out chemical etch process in accordance with R57258980.

Do a dye penetrant inspection on all reworked surfaces as given


in NTM Task 51−80−00, (Type 1, Method C Level sensitivity 3 Form
D). Make sure that there is no corrosion.

(g) If corrosion remains do the procedure given in Paragraphs


5.G.(3)(d), 5.G.(3)(e) and 5.G.(3)(f) as necessary until all cor
rosion is removed. If limits given in paragraph 5.G.(3)(e) above
are reached, stop and report to AIRBUS.
(h) Measure and record the lug thickness and the depth of each spot
face to calculate the required spacer washer (Item 1) thickness.
(i) Apply finishing cuts to reworked surfaces as given below:
− Increase spot face depth by a minimum 0.6 mm (0.024 in) on
each bearing face.

(j) Make spacer washer (Item 1) for each reworked face to the dimen
sions given below:
− Outer diameter = 116.8 mm (4.598 in).
− Inner diameter = outer diameter of removed bush (D57252597) = +
0.1 mm (0.004 in)/+ 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
− Thickness is the spot face depth.

(k) Make a small radius on the spacer washer (Item 1) to make sure
that the spacer washer(s) (Item 1) is correctly fitted on the
lug bore. Refer to Figure 208.

Page 281
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 10−ABC1) IS POISONOUS.

(l) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 10−ABC1) to all bare
metal. Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.

CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY EPOXY PRIMER (CML NO. 04−DAB2) TO THE BORE OF
THE RETRACTION JACK ANCHORAGE FITTING.

(m) Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2). Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

NOTE: Epoxy primer (CML No. 06AAB1) must be applied in 16 hours


of application of the chemical conversion coating (CML No.
10−ABC1).

(n) Restore external paint finish. Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

(o) Assemble retraction jack anchorage fitting with parts listed be
low: Refer to Figure 208.
− Repair bush (D57252597), reference para 5.G.(3)(p)
− Spacer washer(s) (Item 1), reference para 5.G.(3)(p)
− Special washer (D57252601), reference para 5.G.(3)(p)
− Bearing assembly (D57252602), reference para 5.G.(3)(p)

(p) Apply a fillet of sealant (CML No. 06AAB1) to prevent moisture


ingress at both the upper and lower faces. Refer to Chapter
51−76−11.

Page 282
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from MLG Retraction Jack Anchorage Fitting Bearing Faces
and Edge Chamfers without Removal from Aircraft
Figure 208
Page 283
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 215.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001J3282 AND BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−100 AIR
CRAFT AND A320−200 AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 000−007.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001J3282 AND AFTER MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−200 AIR
CRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 008−018.

H. Removal of Corrosion from MLG Retraction Jack Anchorage Fitting Lug Bore,
Bearing Faces and Edge Chamfers without Removal from Aircraft

(1) Repair General

(a) Below the Retraction Jack Actuator Bearing, corrosion can occur
in the bore of the upper and lower bearing faces and the edge
chamfers on both the LH and RH Jack Anchorage Fittings
(D57259162) and (D57252921). This repair procedure gives the nec
essary steps to remove this corrosion.

If corrosion is found in the bore of the Jack Anchorage Fitting


and Boring Tool P/N 8000701−1 is not available, then refer to
Paragraph 5.I. for the repair procedure.

This repair is applicable only when the corrosion is to be re


moved from retraction jack anchorage fitting without removal from
the aircraft.
The life limitation for this repair is given in Table 214.

REWORK REPAIR LIFE LIM


BORE DIAMETER mm (in) LUG THICKNESS mm (in) IT
≤ 105 (4.134) ≥ 34.1 (1.343)
≤ 106 (4.173) ≥ 34.7 (1.366) 30,000 FC<1>
≤ 107 (4.213) ≥ 35.4 (1.394)
≤ 105 (4.134) ≥ 35.6 (1.402)
≤ 106 (4.173) ≥ 36.2 (1.425) 35,000 FC<1>
≤ 107 (4.213) ≥ 37 (1.457)
≤ 105.5 (4.154) 39.7 (1.563) 50,500 FC<1>
Life Limitation Table
Table 214

Page 284
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REWORK REPAIR LIFE LIM


BORE DIAMETER mm (in) LUG THICKNESS mm (in) IT
≤ 107 (4.213) 39.7 (1.563) 45,500 FC<1>
ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS: BORE DIA = 103mm (4.055 in)
ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS: LUG THICKNESS = 39.7mm (1.563 in)
Life Limitation Table
Table 214
<1> From repair embodiment (must include finishing cut to bore
regardless of whether the bore is reworked) otherwise the
limits are from first flight.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1> 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2>
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 215
<1> Before modification 160001J3282.

<2> After modifications 160001J3282 and 160500J3283.


NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.
(b) This repair gives instructions to rework the bore, upper and
lower faces and edge chamfers of the retraction jack anchorage
fittings when fitted to the inner spar.

Page 285
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Bush 1 Make from DTD197 or BS B23 or


AMS4640
2 Spacer Washer A/R Make from 2024−T3
− Facing Tool 1 P/N 8000719−1
− Boring Tool 1 P/N 8000701−1
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 10−ABC1
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 04−DAB2
− Polysulfide Sealant − A/R CML No. 06AAB1
Sealant
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in Paragraph 5.H.(2).

(a) Make sure the retraction actuator bearing (D57252602), retraction


actuator bush (D57252597) and special washer (D57252601) are re
moved from retraction jack anchorage fitting. Refer to jack an
chorage assembly drawing D57259161.

(b) Measure and record the dimensions of removed bush (D57252597). If


the bush (D57252597) is not damaged and the dimensions are in
the tolerance limits given below, the bush (D57252597) can be
used again.
− Inner Diameter = 96 mm (3.7795 in) to 96.035 mm (3.7809 in).
− Outer Diameter after Protective Treatment = 103.079 mm (4.0582
in) to 103.101 mm (4.0591 in)
− Length = 38.9 (1.531 in) to 39 mm (1.535 in).

(c) Remove paint from the upper and lower surfaces of retraction jack
anchorage fitting at bearing mating surfaces. Refer to Chapter
51−75−11.

(d) Measure and record the lug thickness at the area to be spot
faced.

(e) Use facing tool (P/N 8000719−1) and remove corrosion by spot
facing on the upper and lower bearing faces. Refer to Figure 209
and obey the restrictions given below:
− The minimum depth of each spot face must be 1 mm (0.039 in).
The total amount of spot face on each retraction jack anchorage
fitting must not be more than that permitted in Table 214 and
not more than 3 mm (0.118 in) on either upper or lower bearing
face. This dimension includes final cut step given in Paragraph
5.H.(3)(j). If dimensions are outside the limits, contact AIR
BUS.
− If you spot face the upper and lower bearing faces it is im
portant to complete the spot face on one face before you start
Page 286
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

the other face. Measure the depth of each final spot face to
make sure that the correct size of spacer washer (Item 2) can
be made and fitted during assembly.

(f) Oversize the bore of the retraction jack anchorage fitting. Re
move the material in small steps and only the minimum material
necessary from the lug bores to remove corrosion.
(g) Make sure that corrosion or damage is fully removed from the
bores.

(h) Do a dye penetrant inspection on all reworked surfaces as given


in NTM Task 51−80−00, (Type 1, Method C Level 3 sensitivity Form
D). Make sure that there is no corrosion.
(i) If corrosion remains do the procedure given in Paragraphs
5.H.(3)(d), 5.H.(3)(e) and 5.H.(3)(h) as necessary until all cor
rosion is removed. If limits given in paragraph 5.H.(3)(e) above
are reached, stop and report to AIRBUS.

(j) Apply finishing cuts to reworked surfaces as given below:


− If the bore is reworked, increase bore diameter by a minimum
1.2 mm (0.048 in). Make sure that bore concentricity is main
tained
− If the bearing face is reworked, increase spot face depth by a
minimum 0.6 mm (0.024 in) on each bearing face.

(k) Restore the chamfer at the upper and lower faces of the bore to
45 degrees. Make sure the surface finish in the bore is 0.8 mi
crometers (32 microinches) Refer to Figure 209. Make sure that
the bore surface is perpendicular to the flange surface and in a
tolerance of 0.02 mm (0.001 in).

(l) Measure and record the final bore diameter, final lug thickness
and spot face depth(s) (to calculate the required spacer washer
(Item 2) thickness) of the retraction jack anchorage fitting.
WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 10−ABC1) IS POISONOUS.

(m) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 10−ABC1) to the re
worked area. Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY EPOXY PRIMER (CML NO. 04−DAB2) TO BORE OF THE
RETRACTION JACK ANCHORAGE FITTING.

(n) Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2). Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.

NOTE: Epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2) must be applied in 16 hours


of application of the chemical conversion coating (CML No.
10−ABC1).

(o) Restore the external paint finish. Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

Page 287
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) Make a repair bush (Item 1), to the dimensions given in Para
graph 5.H.(3)(q).
(q) Apply cadmium plating to the repair bush (Item 1) to QQ−P−416
type 11, class 2. Refer to PMS Chapter 01−02−21. Repair bush
(Item 1) dimensions:
− Outer diameter (before plating) = Bore diameter + 0.042 mm
(0.0017 in)/+0.064 mm (0.0025 in)
− Outer diameter (after plating) = Bore diameter + 0.062 mm
(0.0024 in)/+0.084 mm (0.0033 in)
− Inner diameter = 96 mm (3.7795 in) to 96.035 mm (3.7809 in)
− Length = Length of the removed bush (−0.1 mm (0.004 in)/+ 0.0
mm (0.0 in)).

(r) Make spacer washer (Item 2) for each reworked face to the dimen
sions given below:
− Outer diameter = 116.8 mm (4.598 in).
− Inner diameter = outer diameter of repair bush (D57252597) = +
0.1 mm (0.004 in)/+ 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
− Thickness is the spot face depth.

(s) Make a small radius on the spacer washer (Item 2) to make sure
that the spacer washer(s) (Item 2) is correctly fitted on the
lug bore. Refer to Figure 209.

WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 10−ABC1) IS POISONOUS.

(t) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 10−ABC1) to the spacer
washer (Item 2). Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.
(u) Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2). Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

NOTE: Epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2) must be applied in 16 hours


of application of the chemical conversion coating (CML No.
10−ABC1).
(v) Restore external paint finish. Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.
(w) Assemble retraction jack anchorage fitting with parts listed be
low: Refer to Figure 209.
− Repair bush (D57252597), reference para 5.H.(3)(x)
− Spacer washer(s) (Item 2), reference para 5.H.(3)(x)
− Special washer (D57252601), reference para 5.H.(3)(x)
− Bearing assembly (D57252602), reference para 5.H.(3)(x)
(x) Apply a fillet of sealant, (CML No. 06AAB1) to prevent moisture
ingress at both the upper and lower faces. Refer to Chapter
51−76−11.

Page 288
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from MLG Retraction Jack Anchorage Fitting Bearing Faces
and Edge Chamfers without Removal from Aircraft
Figure 209
Page 289
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 217.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001J3282 AND BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−100 AIR
CRAFT AND A320−200 AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 000−007.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001J3282 AND AFTER MODIFICATION 160500J3283 FOR A320−200 AIR
CRAFT WEIGHT VARIANTS 008−018.

I. Removal of Corrosion from MLG Retraction Jack Anchorage Fitting Lug Bore,
Bearing Faces and Edge Chamfers after Removal from Aircraft

(1) Repair General

(a) Below the Retraction Jack Actuator Bearing, corrosion can occur
in the bore of the upper and lower bearing faces and the edge
chamfers on both the LH and RH Jack Anchorage Fittings
(D57259162) and (D57252921). This repair procedure gives the nec
essary steps to remove this corrosion.

This repair is applicable only when the retraction jack anchorage


fitting is removed from the aircraft.

The life limitation for this is given in Table 216.

REWORK REPAIR LIFE LIM


BORE DIAMETER mm (in) IT
LUG THICKNESS mm (in)

≤ 105 (4.134) ≥ 34.1 (1.343)


≤ 106 (4.173) ≥ 34.7 (1.366) 30,000 FC<1>
≤ 107 (4.213) ≥ 35.4 (1.394)
≤ 105 (4.134) ≥ 35.6 (1.402)
≤ 106 (4.173) ≥ 36.2 (1.425) 35,000 FC<1>
≤ 107 (4.213) ≥ 37 (1.457)
≤ 105.5 (4.154) 39.7 (1.563) 50,500 FC<1>
Life Limitation Table
Table 216

Page 290
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REWORK REPAIR LIFE LIM


BORE DIAMETER mm (in) IT
LUG THICKNESS mm (in)

≤ 107 (4.213) 39.7 (1.563) 45,500 FC<1>


ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS: BORE DIA = 103mm (4.055 in)
ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS: LUG THICKNESS = 39.7mm (1.563 in)
Life Limitation Table
Table 216
<1> From repair embodiment (must include finishing cut to bore
regardless of whether the bore is reworked) otherwise the
limits are from first flight.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1> 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2>
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 217
<1> Before modification 160001J3282.

<2> After modifications 160001J3282 and 160500J3283.


NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.
(b) This repair gives instructions to rework the bore, upper and
lower faces and edge chamfers of the retraction jack anchorage
fittings.

(c) This repair instruction is to be followed only if the facing and


boring tools (D57004040), (8000719−1) and (8000701−1) are not
available or there is damage in the bore that cannot be reworked
when the fitting is installed in aircraft.

Page 291
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Bush 1 Make from DTD197 or BS B23 or


AMS4640
2 Spacer Washer A/R Make from 2024−T3
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 10−ABC1
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 04−DAB2
− Polysulfide Sealant − A/R CML No. 06AAB1
Sealant
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in Paragraph 5.I.(2).

(a) Make sure the retraction actuator bearing (D57252602), retraction


actuator bush (D57252597) and special washer (D57252601) are re
moved from retraction jack anchorage fitting. Refer to jack an
chorage assembly drawing D57259161.

(b) Measure and record the dimensions of removed bush (D57252597). If


the bush (D57252597) is not damaged and the dimensions are in
the tolerance limits given below, the bush (D57252597) can be
used again.
− Inner Diameter = 96 mm (3.7795 in) to 96.035 mm (3.7809 in).
− Outer Diameter after Protective Treatment = 103.079 mm (4.0582
in) to 103.101 mm (4.0591 in)
− Length = 38.9 (1.531 in) to 39 mm (1.535 in).

(c) Remove the retraction jack anchorage fitting from the side stay,
upper and lower angles. Refer to Chapter 51−42−11.

(d) Remove the nuts that hold the retraction jack anchorage fitting
in place and remove the retraction anchorage fitting from the
inner rear spar. Refer to Chapter 51−42−11.

(e) During the removal of the retraction jack anchorage fitting, if


retraction jack anchorage fitting touches the side stay fitting,
then it is permitted to trim the corner of the retraction jack
anchorage fitting. Refer to Figure 210, Sheet 1 for allowable
trim limits.

(f) If the corner of the retraction jack anchorage fitting is


trimmed, apply protective layer on the reworked area. Refer to
Chapter 51−21−11.

(g) Applicable to aircraft before MSN 539 that have not been subject
to SB A320−57−1089, some fasteners may have their heads on the
rear face of the anchorage fitting.

Page 292
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For removal of retraction jack anchorage fitting, it is permissi


ble to remove the 4 off most inboard fasteners 78,79,80 and 81
as given in SB A320−57−1089 and SB A320−57−1100.

For removal of retraction jack anchorage fitting, it is not nec


essary to remove the eight studs, or 22 bolts from the inner
rear spar. If the removal is necessary, jack the aircraft as
given in SB A320−57−1089 or SB A320−57−1100 and remove the re
quired number of studs or bolts. Record the locations and part
numbers of fasteners and report to AIRBUS.

You must jack the aircraft before the removal of fasteners. If


SB A320−57−1089 or SB A320−57−1100 cannot be obeyed, complete an
Aircraft Configuration Sheet and send to AIRBUS. Refer to Chapter
51−51−00, Paragraph 5.
(h) Do a High Frequency Eddy Current (HFEC) inspection on the open
holes of retraction jack anchorage fitting. Refer to NTM Task
51−10−01−250−801. If you find damage, contact AIRBUS.

(i) Move the retraction jack anchorage fitting to a suitable machin


ing facility.

(j) Remove paint from the upper and lower surfaces of a retraction
jack anchorage fitting at bearing mating surfaces. Refer to Chap
ter 51−75−11.

(k) Measure and record the lug thickness at the area to be spot
faced.

(l) Remove corrosion by spot facing on the upper and lower bearing
faces. Refer to Figure 210, Sheet 2 and obey the restrictions
given below:
− The minimum depth of each spot face must be 1 mm (0.039 in).
The total amount of spot face on each retraction jack anchorage
fitting must not be more than that permitted in Table 216 and
not more than 3 mm (0.118 in) on either upper or lower bearing
face. This dimension includes final cut step given in Paragraph
5.I.(3)(q). If dimensions are outside the limits, contact AIR
BUS.
− If you spot face the upper and lower bearing faces it is im
portant to complete the spot face on one face before you start
the other face. Measure the depth of each final spot face to
make sure that the correct size of spacer washer (Item 2) can
be made and fitted during assembly.
(m) Oversize the bore of the retraction jack anchorage fitting. Re
move the material in small steps and only the minimum material
necessary from the lug bores to remove corrosion.

(n) Make sure that corrosion or damage is fully removed from the
bores.
(o) Carry out chemical etch process in accordance with R57258980.

Page 293
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Do a dye penetrant inspection on all reworked surfaces as given


in NTM Task 51−80−00, (Type 1, Method C, Level sensitivity 3
Form D). Make sure that there is no corrosion.

(p) If corrosion remains do the procedure given in Paragraphs


5.I.(3)(k), 5.I.(3)(l) and 5.I.(3)(o) as necessary until all cor
rosion is removed. If limits given in paragraph 5.I.(3)(l) above
are reached, stop and report to AIRBUS.
(q) Apply finishing cuts to reworked surfaces as given below:
− If the bore is reworked, increase bore diameter by a minimum
1.2 mm (0.048 in). Make sure that bore concentricity is main
tained
− If the bearing face is reworked, increase spot face depth by a
minimum 0.6 mm (0.024 in) on each bearing face.
(r) Restore the chamfer at the upper and lower faces of the bore to
45 degrees. Make sure the surface finish in the bore is 0.8 mi
crometers (32 microinches) Refer to Figure 210, Sheet 2. Make
sure that the bore surface is perpendicular to the flange surface
and in a tolerance of 0.02 mm (0.001 in).
(s) Measure and record the final bore diameter, final lug thickness,
spot face depth(s) (to calculate the required spacer washer (Item
2) thickness) and any trim of the corner from the retraction
jack anchorage fitting.

WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 10−ABC1) IS POISONOUS.


(t) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 10−ABC1) to the re
worked area. Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.

CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY EPOXY PRIMER (CML NO. 04−DAB2) TO BORE OF THE
RETRACTION JACK ANCHORAGE FITTING.
(u) Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2). Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.
NOTE: Epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2) must be applied in 16 hours
of application of the chemical conversion coating (CML No.
10−ABC1).

(v) Restore the external paint finish. Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.


(w) Make a repair bush (Item 1), to the dimensions given in Para
graph 5.I.(3)(x).

(x) Apply cadmium plating to the repair bush 2 (Item 1) to QQ−P−416


type 11, class 2. Refer to PMS Chapter 01−02−21. Repair bush
(Item 1) dimensions:
− Outer diameter (before plating) = Bore diameter + 0.042 mm
(0.0017 in)/ + 0.064 mm (0.0025 in)
− Outer diameter (after plating) = Bore diameter + 0.062 mm
(0.0024 in)/ + 0.084 mm (0.0033 in)

Page 294
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Inner diameter = 96 mm (3.78 in) to 96.035 mm (3.781 in)


− Length = Length of the removed bush (−0.1 mm (0.004 in)/ + 0.0
mm (0.0 in)).

(y) Make spacer washer (Item 2) to the dimensions given below:


− Outer diameter = 116.8 mm (4.598 in)
− Inner diameter = Outer diameter of repair bush (D57252597) +
0.1 mm (0.004 in)/+ 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
− Thickness is the spot face depth.
(z) Make a small radius on the spacer washer (Item 2) to make sure
that the spacer washer(s) (Item 2) is correctly fitted on the
lug bore. Refer to Figure 210, Sheet 2.

WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 10−ABC1) IS POISONOUS.


(aa)Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 10−ABC1) to the spacer
washer (Item 2). Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.

(ab)Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2) to the spacer washer (Item
2). Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.

NOTE: Epoxy primer (CML No. 04−DAB2) must be applied in 16 hours


of application of the chemical conversion coating (CML No.
10−ABC1).

(ac)Restore external paint finish. Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

(ad)Assemble retraction jack anchorage fitting with parts listed be


low: Refer to Figure 210, Sheet 2.
− Repair bush (D57252597), reference para 5.I.(3)(ae)
− Spacer washer(s) (Item 2), reference para 5.I.(3)(ae)
− Special washer (D57252601), reference para 5.I.(3)(ae)
− Bearing assembly (D57252602), reference para 5.I.(3)(ae)
(ae)Apply a fillet of sealant, (CML No. 06AAB1) to prevent moisture
ingress at both the upper and lower faces. Refer to Chapter
51−76−11.

(af)Wet install the retraction jack anchorage fitting to inner rear


spar. Refer to SB A320−57−1089.

Page 295
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from MLG Retraction Jack Anchorage Fitting Lug Bore,
Bearing Faces and Edge Chamfers after Removal from Aircraft
Figure 210 (sheet 1)
Page 296
Printed in Germany
57−26−13 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Removal of Corrosion from MLG Retraction Jack Anchorage Fitting Lug Bore,
Bearing Faces and Edge Chamfers after Removal from Aircraft
Figure 210 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−26−13 PagesFeb297/298
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET INSTALLATION − ATTACHMENT, FLAP TRACKS

1. Bracket Installation − Attachment, Flap Tracks − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Flap Track 2 − Bracket Installation Figure 1


− Flap Track 3 − Bracket Installation Figure 2
(Before Modification 20167J0030)
− Flap Track 3 − Bracket Installation Figure 3
(After Modification 20167J0030)
− Flap Track 4 − Bracket Installation Figure 4
(Before Modification 20167J0030)
− Flap Track 4 − Bracket Installation Figure 5
(After Modification 20167J0030)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 FebPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track 2 - Bracket Installation


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-15 MayPage 2
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Pad, thrust S535 D57250968200


201
1A Pad, thrust S533 D57252972200 A24659J1352
201
5 Pad, thrust S535 D57250969200
201
5A Pad, thrust S533 D57252973200 A24659J1352
201
10 Plate, skin aft BAEM1213 D57250871200
201
10A Plate, skin aft ABM3−1029 D57250871202 A39865J2985
203
15 Packer L109 D57250876236 B20167J0030
20 Packer L109 D57250876238 B20167J0030
25 Packer L109 D57250876240 B20167J0030
30 Bracket, lever BAEM1213 D57250875200
stop 201
30A Bracket, lever ABM3−1029 D57250875202 A24659J1352
stop 203
35 Shim, face plate L109 D57250869204
0.5 (0.02)
35A Shim, face plate L109 D57250869208
2.5 (0.098)
40 Bracket, catch TA13 D57250862204
ing 205
40A Bracket, catch TA13 D57250862206 A22275J0705
ing 207
45 Plate, skin face BAEM1213 D57250855200
201
50 Bush S80 D57250529202
55 Bush, headed S80 D57251424202 A22275J0705
60 Bush, headed S80 D57251424200 A22275J0705
65 Bracket, bearing TA13 D57250852200
201
70 Washer Special S98 D57250742208
70A Washer Special S98 D57250742218 A31940J2288
ASSY Dwg.: D57250862, D57250872, D57250873, D57250876, D57541033

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage 3
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track 3 − Bracket Installation (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage 4
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Packer L109 D57251130258


5 Strip, wear S535 D57251252200
10 Packer L109 D57251130256
15 Bracket TA56 D57251269200
201
20 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251258200
201
25 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251281200
201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57251129200
201
30 Packer L109 D57250866200
1 (0.039)
−alternative L109 D57250866202
1.6 (0.063)
−alternative L109 D57250866204
0.5 (0.02
35 Packer L109 D57250865200
1 (0.039)
−alternative L109 D57250865202
1.6 (0.063)
−alternative L109 D57250865204
0.5 (0.02)
40 Plate, interface BAEM1213 D57250856200
201
45 Fitting TA13 D57250863202
203
50 Bush S80 D57250528202
55 Bush S80 D57250529202
60 Bracket TA13 D57250853200
201
65 Washer Special S98 D57250742208
ASSY Dwg.: D57250880, D57250881, D57250882, D57251130, D57252250, D57541033

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage 5
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track 3 − Bracket Installation (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage 6
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strip, wear S535 D57251252200


201
1A Strip, wear S535 D57252974200 A24659J1352
201
5 Bracket TA56 D57251269200
201
10 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251258200
201
10A Bracket ABM3−1029 D57251258202 A37673J2433
203
15 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251281200
201
15A Bracket ABM3−1029 D57251281202 A37673J2433
203
20 Plate BAEM1213 D57252237200
201
25 Bracket, fail TA13 D57252234000
safe 001
25A Bracket, fail TA13 D57252234002 A22275J0705
safe 003
30 Bush S80 D57250528202
30A Bush, headed S80 D57251424200 A22275J0705
35 Bush S80 D57250529202
35A Bush, headed S80 D57251424200 A22275J0705
40 Bracket TA13 D57252233000
001
45 Packer L109 D57252243200
1 (0.039)
−alternative L109 D57252243202
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L109 D57252243204
1.6 (0.063)
45A Packer L109 D57252243206 A24659J1352
2 (0.079)
−alternative L109 D57252243208
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252250, D57252252, D57252255, D57252256, D57541033

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage 7
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Packer L109 D57250866200


1 (0.039)
−alternative L109 D57250866202
1.6 (0.063)
−alternative L109 D57250866204
0.5 (0.02)
50A Packer L109 D57250866206 A24659J1352
2 (0.079)
−alternative L109 D57250866208
2.5 (0.098)
55 Washer Special S98 D57250742208
55A Washer Special S98 D57250742218 A31940J2288
55B Washer Special S98 D57250742218 A31940J2288
ASSY Dwg.: D57252250, D57541033

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 FebPage 8
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track 4 − Bracket Installation (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage 9
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strip, wear S535 D57251253200


201
5 Bracket TA56 D57251270200
201
10 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251259200
201
15 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251126200
201
20 Plate, interface BAEM1213 D57250857200
201
25 Packer L109 D57250867200
1 (0.039)
−alternative L109 D57250867202
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L109 D57250867204
1.6 (0.063)
30 Packer L109 D57250868200
1 (0.039)
−alternative L109 D57250868202
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L109 D57250868204
1.6 (0.063)
35 Fitting TA13 D57250864202
203
40 Bush S80 D57250528202
45 Bush S80 D57250529202
50 Bracket TA13 D57250854200
201
55 Washer Special S98 D57250742214
ASSY Dwg.: D57250884, D57250885, D57250886, D57251131, D57252251, D57541033

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage01/0910
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track 4 − Bracket Installation (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 NovPage01/0911
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strip, wear S535 D57251253200


201
1A Strip, wear S535 D57252975200 A24659J1352
201
5 Bracket TA56 D57251270200
201
10 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251259200
201
10A Bracket ABM3−1029 D57251259202 A24863J1397
203
10B Bracket ABM3−1029 D57251259204 A37673J2433
205
10C Bracket ABM3−1029 D57256644200 A39886J2996
201
15 Bracket BAEM1213 D57251126200
201
15A Bracket ABM3−1029 D57251126202 A37673J2433
203
20 Plate BAEM1213 D57252238200
201
25 Bracket, fail TA13 D57252235000
safe 001
25A Bracket, fail TA13 D57252235002 A22275J0705
safe 003
30 Bush S80 D57250528202
30A Bush, headed S80 D57251424200 A22275J0705
35 Bush S80 D57250529202
35A Bush, headed S80 D57251424200 A22275J0705
40 Bracket TA13 D57252236000
001
45 Packer L109 D57252245204
1.6 (0.063)
45A Packer L109 D57252245208
2.5 (0.098)
50 Packer L109 D57250868204
1.6 (0.063)
50A Packer L109 D57250868208
2.5 (0.098)
55 Washer Special S98 D57250742214
ASSY Dwg.: D57252251, D57252253, D57252257, D57252258, D57541033

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 FebPage01/1012
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55A Washer Special S98 D57250742220 A31940J2288


ASSY Dwg.: D57252251

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 Pages 13/14
Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET INSTALLATION − ATTACHMENT, FLAP TRACKS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET INSTALLATION − ATTACHMENT, FLAP TRACKS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−15 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET - PYLON FAIRING

1. Bracket - Pylon Fairing - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- Bracket - Pylon Fairing Figure 1
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-26-16 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bracket - Pylon Fairing


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-16 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, hanger TA11 D57250952200 Replace


pylon forging 201
-alternative maÈ TA56
terial
5 Plate, reinforcÈ L109 D57250953200 Replace
ing 2.50(0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250499

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-16 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET INSTALLATION − PYLON FAIRING − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−16 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET INSTALLATION − PYLON FAIRING − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−16 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT INSTALLATION - FLAP TRACK FAIRINGS

1. Attachment Installation - Flap Track Fairings - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- Flap Track Fairing Attachment Brackets Figure 1
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-26-17 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track Fairing Attachment Brackets


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−17 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, keyhole L97 D57240000200


201
5 Plate, keyhole L97 D57240003200
201
10 Plate, keyhole L97 D57240006200
201
15 Plate, keyhole L97 D57240008200
201
20 Plate, rubbing ABM1−6013 D57240001200
201
1.2 (0.047)
25 Plate, rubbing ABM1−6013 D57240004200
1.2 (0.047)
30 Plate, rubbing ABM1−6013 D57240007200
1.2 (0.047)
35 Plate, rubbing ABM1−6013 D57240009200
1.2 (0.047)
40 Bracket, support L97 D57240002200
201
45 Bracket, support L97 D57240005200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57251459, D57251460, D57251461

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−17 Pages 3/4
Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT INSTALLATION − FLAP TRACK FAIRINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−17 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ATTACHMENT INSTALLATION − FLAP TRACK FAIRINGS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−17 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET − JACKING POINT

1. Bracket − Jacking Point − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Jacking Point Bracket Figure 1


NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−26−18 NovPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Jacking Point Bracket


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-18 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, jacking ABM3−1029 D57250045200


201
1A Bracket, jacking ABM3−1029 D57250045202 A20167J0030
203
5 Pad L164 D57250063202
2.5 (0.098)
10 Cover L164 D57250063200
2.5 (0.098)
10A Cover L164 D57250063206 A20167J0030
207
2.5 (0.098)
10B Cover L164 D57250063208 A37531J2810
209
1.6 (0.063)
15 Plate, machining ABM3−1029 D57250043200
201
20 Plate, retaining L164 D57250062200
25 Plate, machining ABM3−1029 D57250047200
30 Plug DUPONT D57250049200
BELRIN
150/500
35 Collar L65 D57250050200
ASSY Dwg.: D57250024, D57250046, D57250049

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−18 Pages 3/4
Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET − JACKING POINT − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−18 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BRACKET − JACKING POINT − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−18 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PYLON ATTACHMENT FORWARD

1. Pylon Attachment Forward − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Pylon Attachment Forward (Before Figure 1


Modification 20167J0030)
− Pylon Attachment Forward (After Figure 2
Modification 20167J0030)
− Pylon Attachment Forward (After Figure 3
Modification 30962J2215)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find
the Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 AugPage 1
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Pylon Attachment Forward (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-26-19 AugPage 2
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, pylon TA13 D57250171000


pick−up 001
5 Bracket, pylon TA13 D57250172000
pick−up 001
10 Bracket L164 D57250310200
201
1.2 (0.047)
15 Bracket, pylon TA13 D57250173000
pick−up 001
20 Plate, mounting BAEM1213 D28250057200
201
25 Bracket, pylon TA13 D57250174000
pick−up 001
30 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D36150038200
201
35 Packing L109 D57250184206
40 Packing L109 D57250184208
45 Spigot TA13 D57250175000
001
50 Angle, support L168 D92450146200
201
55 Sleeve S07−7001 D57250183200
60 Pin S145 D57250180200
65 Packing L109 D57250184202
70 Packing L109 D57250184200
75 Bush S07−7001 D57250185202
80 Bush S07−7001 D57250185200
85 Bracket, cable L164 D92450185200
support 201
1.2 (0.047)
90 Bracket BAEM4002 D36150037200
201
95 Spacer L168 D92450147200
100 Spacer TA7 D57250181200
105 Channel L164 D92450184200
201
2 (0.079)
110 Lug, attachment L165 D57250186200
115 Spacer TA7 D57250181202
ASSY Dwg.: D57250170

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 FebPage 3
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

120 Spacer TA7 D57250181204


ASSY Dwg.: D57250170

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 FebPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Pylon Attachment Forward (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-26-19 AugPage 5
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, pylon BAEM4039 D57252671000


pick−up 001
5 Bracket, pylon BAEM4039 D57252672000
pick−up 001
10 Bracket L164 D57250310200
201
1.2 (0.047)
15 Bracket, pylon BAEM4039 D57252673000
pick−up 001
20 Plate, mounting BAEM1213 D28250170200
201
25 Bracket, pylon BAEM4039 D57252674000
pick−up 001
30 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D36150019200
201
35 Packing L109 D57250184206
40 Packing L109 D57250184208
45 Spigot TA13 D57252675000
001
50 Angle, support L168 D92450146200
201
50A Angle, support L168 D92450146204 A21405J0514
205
55 Sleeve S07−7001 D57250183200
60 Pin S145 D57252680200
65 Packing L109 D57250184202
70 Packing L109 D57250184200
75 Bush ABM9−2063 D57252670236
80 Bracket, cable L164 D92450185200
support 201
1.2 (0.047)
85 Bracket BAEM4002 D36150037200
201
90 Spacer L168 D92450147200
95 Spacer TA7 D57250181200
100 Channel L164 D92450184200
201
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252670

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 FebPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100A Channel L164 D92450184202 A21405J0514


203
2 (0.079)
105 Lug, attachment L165 D57250186200
110 Spacer TA7 D57250181202
120 Spacer TA7 D57250181204
ASSY Dwg.: D57252670

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 FebPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Pylon Attachment Forward (After Modification 30962J2215)


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 FebPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, pylon BAEM4039 D57252671002


pick−up 003
5 Bracket, pylon TA13 D57252672002
pick−up 003
10 Bracket, pylon BAEM4039 D57252673002
pick−up 003
15 Plate, mountingBAEM1213 D28250170200
201
20 Bracket, pylon BAEM4039 D57252674002
pick−up 003
25 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D36150019200
201
30 Spacer L168 D36150049202
35 Packing L109 D57250184206
35A Packing L109 D57250184214 A39874J3057
40 Packing L109 D57250184208
40A Packing L109 D57250184216 A39874J3057
45 Spigot TA13 D57248011000 B154487J3444
001
45A Spigot AIMS03−20−002 D57248011002 A154487J3444
003
50 Spacer L168 D92450147200
55 Angle, support L168 D92450146204
205
60 Sleeve S07−7001 D57250183200
65 Pin S145 D57252680200
70 Packing L109 D57250184202
70A Packing L109 D57250184212 A39874J3057
75 Packing L109 D57250184200
75A Packing L109 D57250184210 A39874J3057
80 Bush ABP4−5142 D57248010200
85 Spacer TA7 D57250181212
90 Channel L164 D92450184202
203
2 (0.079)
95 Lug, attachment L165 D57250186200
100 Spacer TA7 D57250181214
105 Spacer TA7 D57250181216
ASSY Dwg.: D57248010

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 NovPage 9
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

110 Bracket, cable L164 D92450185200


support 201
1.2 (0.047)
115 Bracket BAEM4002 D36150037200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57248010

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 FebPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PYLON ATTACHMENT − FWD − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PYLON ATTACHMENT − FWD − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−26−19 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS COVERS

1. Structural Arrangement

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

1 Access Panel − Outer Wing Chapter 57−27−11


2 Door − Access, Fuel Surge Chapter 57−27−12
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−27−00 NovPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Access Covers − Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−27−00 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WING ACCESS PANELS

1. Wing Access Panels − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Door Assembly Type 30 Figure 2
2 Door Assembly Type 29 Figure 2
3 Door Assembly Type 29A Figure 2
4 Door Assembly Type 28 Figure 3
5 Door Assembly Type 27A Figure 3
6 Door Assembly Type 27 Figure 3
7 Door Assembly Type 25 Figure 4
8 Door Assembly Type 25A Figure 4
9 Door Assembly Type 24 (Before Modifica Figure 6
tion 30100J2130)
10 Door Assembly Type 24 (After Modifica Figure 7
tion 30100J2130)
11 Door Assembly Type 23 and 23R (Before Figure 5
Modification 30100J2130)
12 Door Assembly Type 23R (After Modifica Figure 7
tion 30100J2130)
13 Dry−Bay Closing Panel − A320−100 LH Figure 8
Wing Only (Before Modification
20167J0030)
14 Plate Cover − Outer Figure 4
15 Dry−Bay Closing Panel (After Modifica Figure 9
tion 20167J0030)
16 Dry−Bay Closing Panel (After Modifica Figure 10
tion 26839J1752)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−20−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 MayPage 1
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 MayPage 2
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Door Assemblies Type 29, 29A and 30


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Pages 3/4
Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Door, manhole L97 D57251316200


1A Door, manhole L97 D57251316202 A25850J1637
5 Ring, sealing BAER1001 D57251318200
10 Door, manhole L97 D57251314200
10A Door, manhole L97 D57251314202 A25850J1637
10B Door, manhole ABS5032 D57256626200 A39366J2934
15 Stiffener J4040 D57251308200 B39366J2934
20 Ring, sealing BAER1001 D57251318204
25 Door, manhole L97 D57251315200
25A Door, manhole L97 D57251315202 A25850J1637
ASSY Dwg.: D57251303, D57251304, D57251305, D57256627

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Pages 5/6
Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Door Assemblies Type 27, 27A and 28


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Pages 7/8
Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Door, manhole L97 D57251313200


201
1A Door, manhole L97 D57251481202
203
1B Door, manhole L97 D57251313202
203
5 Ring, sealing BAER1001 D57251318206
10 Stringer L165 D57251334200 B39366J2934
1.6 (0.063)
15 Door, manhole L97 D57251328200
15A Door, manhole L97 D57251328202 A25850J1637
15B Door, manhole ABS5032 D57256623200 A39366J2934
20 Ring, sealing BAER1001 D57251318210
25 Stiffener J4040 D57251308202 B39366J2934
30 Door, manhole L97 D57251312200
30A Door, manhole L97 D57251312202 A25850J1637
30B Door, manhole ABS5032 D57256620200 A39366J2934
ASSY Dwg.: D57251301, D57251302, D57251327, D57256621, D57256624

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Pages 9/10
Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Door Assemblies Type 25, 25A and Outer Cover Plate


Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Pages 11/12
Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Door, manhole L97 D57251311200


1A Door, manhole L97 D57251311202 A25850J1637
1B Door, manhole ABS5032 D57256617200 A39366J2934
5 Stiffener J4040 D57251308204 B39366J2934
10 Ring, sealing BAER1001 D57251318208
15 Door, manhole L97 D57251326200
15A Door, manhole L97 D57251326202
20 Plate, outer L165 D57250281200
cover
ASSY Dwg.: D57250201, D57251300, D57251307, D57256618

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0913
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Door Assemblies Type 23 and 23R (Before Modification 30100J2130)


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 MayPage01/1314
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Ring, clamp L95 A57350117204


5 Gasket, knitted
Aluminum A57350118200
Alloy Mesh
5A Gasket, knitted Aluminum A57350076200 A21757J0563
Alloy Mesh
10 Panel, SPF blown TA59 A57350113004
15 Spacer A57350119200
20 Ring, protection L113 A57350112200
1.00(0.039)
25 Ring, sealing BAER1001 A57350120200
30 Ring, clamp L95 D57251358200
30A Ring, clamp L95 D57251358202 A21757J0563
35 Panel, SPF blown TA59 D57251360000
ASSY Dwg.: D57251012, D57251330, D57251360, D57251470

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0915
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Door Assemblies Type 24 (Before Modification 30100J2130)


Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0916
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spacer BAER0363 D57251338200


5 Ring, clamp L95 D57251323202
5A Ring, clamp L95 D57251323200 A20167J0030
5B Ring, clamp L95 D57251323204 A21757J0563
10 Gasket, knitted
Aluminum D57251324200
Alloy Mesh
10A Gasket, knitted Aluminum D57251433200 A21757J0563
Alloy Mesh
15 Panel, SPF blown TA59 D57251319000
20 Ring, protective L113 D57251322200
1.00(0.039)
25 Ring, sealing BAER1001 D57251335200
ASSY Dwg.: D57251012, D57251306, D57251324, D57251470

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0917
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Door Assemblies Type 23R and 24 (After Modification 30100J2130)


Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 MayPage01/1318
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Door, outer ABS5032 D57251485200


5 Gasket, knitted Aluminum A57350076200
Alloy Mesh
5A Gasket, knitted Aluminum A57350076202 A36585H5666
Alloy Mesh
10 Ring, sealing ABR4−0101 D57251257200
15 Door, inner ABS5032 D57251492200
20 Door, outer ABS5032 D57251488200
25 Gasket, knitted Aluminum D57251433200
Alloy Mesh
25A Gasket, knitted Aluminum D57251433202 A36585J2755
Alloy Mesh
30 Ring, sealing ABR4−0101 D57251257202
35 Door, inner ABS5032 D57251489200
ASSY Dwg.: D57251012, D57251470, D57251482, D57251484

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0919
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry−Bay Closing Panel − A320−100 LH Wing Only (Before Modification


20167J0030)
Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0920
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry−Bay Closing Panel − A320−100 LH Wing Only (Before Modification


20167J0030)
Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0921
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel Composite/ D57251206200 PB201


Honeycomb
5 Member, Z Prepreg D57251206202
10 Seal BAEM3114 D57251196200
65−1RHD
15 Honeycomb, nomex S27−1007
1/8in cell,
9.0lb/cu ft
20 Glasscloth, pre− S27−6005
preg satin weave
25 Foil, aluminum 90%−95% 52µm(0.002)
(1200−0)
ASSY Dwg.: D57251191, D57251206, D57251210

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0922
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry−Bay Closing Panel (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0923
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry−Bay Closing Panel (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0924
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry−Bay Closing Panel (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0925
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry−Bay Closing Panel (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 9 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0926
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel Composite/ D57252707000


Honeycomb
1A Panel Composite/ D57252925000 A21345J0721
Honeycomb
5 Panel Composite/ D57252706000
Honeycomb
5A Panel Composite/ D57252924000 A21345J0721
Honeycomb
10 Honeycomb, nomex BAER1007 D57252707200
1/8in cell,
9.0lb/cu ft
15 Glasscloth, pre− BAEM6005 D57252707202
preg satin weave
20 Member, edge BS2572 D57252707204
Type F2 2.50(0.098)
25 Foil, skin Aluminum D57252707206
90%−95%
(1200.0)
30 Honeycomb, nomex BAER1007 D57252925200
1/8in cell,
9.0lb/cu ft
35 Glasscloth, pre− BAEM6005 D57252925202
preg satin weave
40 Member, edge BS2572 D57252925204
Type F2 2.50(0.098)
45 Foil, skin Aluminum D57252925206
90%−95%
(1200.0)
50 Honeycomb, nomex BAER1007 D57252706200
1/8in cell,
9.0lb/cu ft
55 Glasscloth, pre− BAEM6005 D57252706202
preg satin weave
40%
60 Member, edge BS2572 D57252706204
Type F2 2.50(0.098)
65 Foil, skin Aluminum D57252706206
90%−95%
(1200.0)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252702, D57252706, D57252707, D57252925, D57252926

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 AugPage01/1027
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Honeycomb, nomex BAER1007 D57252924200


1/8in cell,
9.0lb/cu ft
75 Glasscloth, pre− BAEM6005 D57252924202
preg satin weave
40%
80 Member, edge BS2572 D57252924204
Type F2 2.50(0.098)
85 Foil, skin Aluminum D57252924206
90%−95%
(1200.0)
ASSY Dwg.: D57252924

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0928
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dry−Bay Closing Panel (After Modification 26839J1752)


Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0929
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, closing ABM3−1029 D57249048200


5 Panel, closing ABM3−1029 D57249047200
ASSY Dwg.: D57252926

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 JunPage01/0930
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANEL AND COVERS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

1. General
CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT 017, THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS
ONLY APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 160500J3283.

CAUTION: FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT 015, THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS
ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 38525K11750. AFTER MODIFICATION
38525K11750, CONTACT AIRBUS.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Wing Tank Access Covers in the Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.2. This
data is valid for aircraft shown in Table 101.

NOTE: For definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.
NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter


51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
B. Damage Evaluation

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded refer to the column ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ in Chapter 57−27−11 Page
Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, refer to AIRBUS to determine if a repair


is necessary.

NOTE: Apply protective treatment to the damaged area after blending (Re
fer to Chapter 51−21−11).

NOTE: Restore the original standard of paint scheme (Refer to Chapter


51−75−12).
2. Allowable Damage

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Wing Tank
Access Covers in the Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.2 between Rib 13 and Rib
27 only.
NOTE: For the Wing Tank Access Covers between Rib 1 and Rib 13, there is
no allowable damage allowed on the access covers, or in the bolt
hole attachment diameters in the access covers.

NOTE: For damage on the Wing Tank Access Covers between Rib 1 and Rib 13
or in the bolt hole diameters in the area between Rib 1 and Rib
13, contact AIRBUS.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Allowable damage
blend−outs in
4.A. A −
the Access Cov
ers
Allowable damage
increase in the
hole diameters 4.B. A −
Wing Tank Access in the Access
Covers Covers
Allowable damage
increase in the A −
hole diameters
4B
4.B.
in the Bottom
Wing Skin Panel B 57−27−11−1−001−00
No.2
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
4. Wing Tank Access Covers − Allowable Damage
A. Allowable Damage Blend−Outs in the Wing Tank Access Covers

The allowable damage in this paragraph is applicable to abrasions,


scratches and corrosion.

If after blending, any damage exceeds the limits given in this para
graph, you must refer to AIRBUS.
For damage limitations to this structure, refer to the Figure and Sheets
that follow:
− Figure 101 (Sheet 1) shows the general arrangement of the access cov
ers from Ribs 1 thru 27
− Figure 101 (Sheet 2) details the repair limits for the blend−out of
damage on the access covers
− Figure 101 (Sheet 3) shows the general arrangement of the access cov
ers with the allowable loss of material.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: AFTER MODIFICATION 160500J3283 ONLY, THE DAMAGE TO THE INCREASE IN


THE HOLE DIAMETER IN THE BOTTOM WING SKIN PANEL NO. 2, MUST BE
INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REF
ERENCE (IIR) IS 57−27−11−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUC
TURAL REPAIR INSPECTION (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

B. Allowable Damage increase in the hole diameters in the Access Covers and
Bottom Wing Skin Panel No.2

(1) The allowable damage repair information given in this paragraph is


applicable to the bolting of the access covers to the Bottom Wing
Skin.
This information details the maximum permitted concentric diameter of
the access covers and wing−skin bolt holes when you remove damaged
material.

(2) The allowable damage repair information is for damage to the bolt
holes in all the access covers between Rib 13 and Rib 27 (manhole
access covers − types 25, 25A, 27, 27A, 28, 29, 29A and 30).

It is also applicable to the bolt holes in the No.2 Wing Skin Panel
where the access covers attach.

(3) When you have removed corrosion or you have identified wear in the
wing skin bolt holes or an access cover bolt hole, check the dimen
sions of both the bolt hole diameter and the bolt diameters given in
the Table in Figure 102.

If the dimension of the bolt hole diameters in the wing skin are
greater than those in Figure 102, refer to Chapter 57−21−11 Page
Block 201.
If the dimension of the bolt hole diameters in the access cover are
greater than those in Figure 102, contact AIRBUS.

(4) Corrosion must be removed from the countersinks of the access covers.
The length of the parallel hole that remains after deburring must
not be less than 0.25 mm (0.01 in).

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Wing Tank Access Covers − Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion
Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Wing Tank Access Covers − Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion
Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Wing Tank Access Covers − Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion
Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin Wing Tank Access Covers − Increase in Hole Diameters


Figure 102

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANEL − OUTER WING − REPAIRS

1. General

This topic details repairs to the Wing Access Panels.

The general repairs are listed in Table 201.


The specific repairs are listed in Table 202.

For details of the necessary repairs and the areas of allowable damage on
the Outer Wing Access Panels, refer to SRM Chapter 57−27−11, Page Block
101.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE
MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU
MUST:

− OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS

− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING


− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE

− NOT BREATHE THE GAS

− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU USE A DRILL.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.
3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Replacement of damaged blind rivet nuts se
curing type 23R and type 24 Access Panels 5.A. 201 A
to the Bottom Skin
Temporary repair to damaged zinc spray on
5.B. 202 C
Access Panels between Rib 2 and Rib 13
Permanent repair to damaged zinc spray on
5.C. 203 A
Access Panels between Rib 2 and Rib 13
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Wing Access Panel − Repairs
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.

A. Replacement of damaged blind rivet nuts securing type 23R and type 24
Access Panels to the Bottom Skin

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
203.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair is applicable to type 23R and type 24 access panels
on each wing.

(b) This repair is divided into two parts as follows:


− Repair instructions to remove damaged blind rivet nuts and
blind countersunk rivets
− Repair instructions to install new blind rivet nuts and blind
countersunk rivets.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200
A320 200 012, 013, 014, 016
015
<1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
<1> For aircraft after Modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION of


the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary data about all
weight variants and their required information for allowable damage and
repair applicability.
(2) Repair Materials

(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Blind Rivet Nut A/R A571 51994 200 or D572 51333


200
2 Blind Countersunk Rivet A/R ABS 0112−24−03
3 Blind Rivet Nut 1 Goodrich RP 237
Installation Tool
− Polysulfide Sealant A/R CML No. 09−534 or
− Polysulfide Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002C or
− Polysulphide Sealant A/R CML No. 09−560
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in Paragraph
5.A.(2).

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS ALLOWED ONLY ONCE AT EACH BLIND RIVET NUT
POSITION.

(3) Repair instructions to remove damaged blind rivet nuts and blind
countersunk rivets (Refer to Figure 201)
(a) Support the affected access panel.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT METAL.
METAL PARTICLES ARE SHARP AND CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.

(b) Drill out the centre of the blind rivet nut (item 1) with a
drill size between 8.33 mm and 8.38 mm (0.328 in and 0.33 in).

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Drill only to the depth of the inner skin surface (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−44−11).
(c) Drill out the blind countersunk rivet (item 2) with a drill size
of 2.5 mm (0.098 in) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(d) Remove the head of the blind rivet nut (item 1) and the metal
particles of the blind countersunk rivet (item 2) from the area.

(e) Use a pin with a suitable diameter to push the remaining pieces
of the blind rivet nut (item 1) and blind countersunk rivet
(item 2) into the access panel (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(f) If possible use a suitable tool to remove the remaining pieces


of blind countersunk rivet (item 2) and blind rivet nut (item 1)
through the hole for the blind rivet nut (item 1).

(g) If you cannot remove the remaining pieces of the blind rivet nut
(item 1) and blind countersunk rivet (item 2) they must stay in
side the access panel. Put a suitable tool through the hole of
the blind rivet nut (item 1) and push any remaining part of the
blind rivet nut (item 1) and blind countersunk rivet (item 2) to
one side of the hole and into the polyurethane foam (towards the
centre of the access panel). Make sure the remaining pieces of
the blind rivet nut (item 1) and blind countersunk rivet (item
2) inside the access panel are clear of the hole for the new
blind rivet nut (item 1).
(h) Fill any spaces inside the polyurethane foam with polysulfide
sealant, (CML No. 09−534) (alternative polysulfide sealant (CML
No. 09−002C) or polysulphide sealant (CML No. 09−560) are al
lowed). Use the sealant to secure the remaining blind rivet nut
(item 1) and blind countersunk rivet (item 2) pieces inside the
access panel.

(i) Remove any unwanted sealant from the surface of the access panel
with general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026).

CAUTION: THE INSTALLATION PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE


THE LIFE OF THE SEALANT ENDS.

(4) Repair instructions to install new blind rivet nuts and blind coun
tersunk rivets (Refer to Figure 201)

CAUTION: IF THE BLIND RIVET NUT INSTALLATION TOOL (ITEM 3) IS NOT


SET CORRECTLY IT MAY BECOME DAMAGED AND WILL NOT ATTACH
CORRECTLY.

(a) Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the installation pro


cedure for blind rivet nuts (item 1).

(b) Measure the thickness of the metal at the hole for the blind
rivet nut (item 1). Refer to the table in Figure 201 to deter
mine the pull−up (shortening) of the blind rivet nut (item 1)

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

that is required. Set the blind rivet nut installation tool (item
3) accordingly.
(c) Attach the blind rivet nut (item 1) to the correct pull−up stud.
Make sure there is no movement between the head of the blind
rivet nut (item 1) and the anvil surface of the puller.

(d) Put the blind countersunk rivet (item 2) in place with your
hand.
(e) Install the blind rivet nut (item 1) to the manufacturers
instructions (Refer to Figure 201).

(f) Install the blind countersunk rivet (item 2) to the manufacturers


instructions (Refer to Figure 201), also (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(g) Fill the hole in the centre of the blind countersunk rivet (item
2) with polysulfide sealant (CML No. 09−534).

(h) Remove any unwanted sealant with general purpose solvent (CML No.
11−026).
(i) Remove the support from the access panel.

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Blind Rivet Nut Repair in the Access Panel


Figure 201

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

B. Temporary repair to the damaged zinc spray on the access panels between
Rib 2 and Rib 13

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair is applicable to the non−load bearing access panels
between rib 2 and rib 13 on both wings.

(b) This repair may be used to protect small areas where the zinc
spray is missing or damaged. It is recommended that a permanent
repair (refer to Paragraph 5.C.) is done at the next panel re
moval or within 4 500 FC / 6 000 FH or 20 months, whichever oc
curs first.

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in
Table 204.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200
A320 200 012, 013, 014, 016
015
<1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
<1> For aircraft after Modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.
(2) Repair Materials

(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B or CML No.


16−006C
NOTE: Use only the material and item listed in Paragraph 5.B.(2).

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Estimate the loss area of zinc spray which is damaged on the ac
cess panel (Refer to Figure 202).

(b) If the area is greater than 50 mm x 12 mm (1.969 in x 0.472 in)


on either side or on both sides of the central axis in the area
1 and/or 2 (Refer to Figure 202), do a permanent repair or re
place the panel.
(c) If the total area is less than the limits in step 5.B.(3)(b),
degrease the affected areas in accordance with PMS Chapter
01−01−01 (Vapour Degreasing) or PMS Chapter 01−01−03 (Alkaline−Zo
max).

(d) Prepare the affected areas by Vac−blasting in accordance with PMS


Chapter 01−01−14−1, or Vapour−blasting in accordance with PMS
Chapter 01−01−14−2.

(e) Apply epoxy primer (CML No. 16−006B) or (CML No. 16−006C) to the
affected areas in accordance with PMS Chapter 01−02−27.

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Temporary Repair to the Damaged Zinc Spray on the Access Panels


Figure 202

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

C. Permanent repair to damaged zinc spray on Access Panels between Rib 2


and Rib 13

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair is applicable to the non−load bearing access panels
between rib 2 and rib 13 on both wings.

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in
Table 205.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200
A320 200 012, 013, 014, 016
015
<1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
<1> For aircraft after Modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.
(2) Repair Materials

(a) For this repair there are no consumable materials.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Refer to Figure 202 to estimate the loss area of the zinc spray
allowed.

(b) Apply the zinc spray to the areas affected (refer to Figure 203)
in accordance with PMS Chapter 01−02−24.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−27−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Permanent Damage to the Damaged Zinc Spray on the Access Panels


Figure 203

Printed in Germany
57−27−11 PagesAug211/212
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANELS - FUEL SURGE

1. Fuel Surge Access Panels - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- Fuel Surge Access Panels Figure 1
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-20-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-27-12 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fuel Surge Access Panels


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-27-12 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fuel Surge Access Panels


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-27-12 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Cover, manhole ABM3−1029 D57250500202


5 Seal BAER3261 D57250542202
5A Seal ABR4−0090 D57256669000 A150945J3082
10 Plate, abutment L113 D57250743200
15 Bracket BAEM1213 D57250829200
20 Hinge BAEM1213 D57250830200
201
25 Bracket BAEM1213 D57250828200
30 Bush, flanged CRESZ15CN NSA5122C7−03
5
35 Bush, plain CRESZ15CN NSA5121C07−1
25
ASSY Dwg.: D57250501, D57250827, D57250829, D57250830

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−27−12 JunPage 4
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FUEL SURGE ACCESS DOOR − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−27−12 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FUEL SURGE ACCESS DOOR − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−27−12 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WING TIP

1. Modification/Service Bulletin List

This list shows the modifications and the Manufacturer Serial Number (MSN)
of the aircraft (A/C) model which have these modifications. Modifications
with the same number, but with a different suffix letter show a different
effectivity, refer to column ’S’.

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20081 K 0064 A320 0002, 0021


20081 K 0064 A A320 0022−0086, 0089−0164, 0167−0177,
0179−0193, 0195−0197, 0199−0350,
0352−0363, 0365, 0367−0384,
0386−0411, 0413−0433, 0435−0457,
0459−0467, 0469−0472, 0475−0476,
0478, 0483, 0485−0487, 0489−0492,
0496, 0499−0500, 0503−0504, 0506,
0508, 0510−0512, 0523, 0535,
0527−0528, 0533, 0535, 0542−0543,
0546, 0549, 0559−0560, 0562,
0568−0571, 0573−0574, 0577, 0579,
0582, 0584, 0587, 0589−0590, 0592,
0594, 0596, 0601, 0603, 0605, 0607,
0611, 0613, 0615, 0617
20268 J 0071 A320 0022−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20836 J 0372 A320 0036−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21159 J 0434 A320 0002
21159 J 0434 A A320 0037−0162, 0165−0167, 0170−0178,
0180, 0183−0192, 0194, 0196−0258
21999 P 2000 A320 0365−9999
22130 J 0461 A320 0222−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
22131 J 0604 A320 0175−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
23275 J 0992 A320 0339, 0363, 0367, 0372, 0374−9999
23624 J 0912 A320 0415, 0422, 0427−0428, 0440−9999
23644 J 1039 A320 0540−9999
23275 J 0992 A320 0339, 0363, 0367, 0372, 0374−9999
24201 J 1135 A320 0574−9999
24481 J 1335 A320 0492, 0499, 0501−9999
25268 J 1491 A320 0542−0543, 0653−9999
25895 J 1613 A320 0542, 0543, 0648−9999
28219 J 1876 A320 1278−9999
30889 J 2199 A320 1568−9999
32459 J 2365 A320 2018, 2024−9999

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 MayPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

38525 K 11750 A320 4558, 4559, 4610, 4616, 4655, 4699,


4805, 4814, 4851, 4867, 4894, 4948,
4959, 4973, 4978, 9913, 9914
38613 J 2893 A320 3414−9999
150000 J 3004 A320 3959−9999
160001 J 3282 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437,544
0−5443,5446,5452,5455,5458,5460,5461,
5463,5466,5468,5472−9999

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S STD (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160008 J 3256 A32 5148, 5217, 5255, 5281, 5302, 5307,


0 5312−5313, 5318, 5323, 5342, 5349,
5355, 5361, 5365, 5390, 5395, 5401,
5408, 5411, 5417, 5423, 5425, 5428,
5430, 5433, 5437, 5440−5443, 5446,
5452−5455, 5458, 5460−5461, 5463,
5466, 5468, 5472−5474, 5476−5477,
5479, 5482−5483, 5486−5489,
5491−5494, 5496−5499, 5501−5503,
5505, 5507−5508, 5510−5512,
5514−5515, 5517−5518, 5520−5522,
5524−5527, 5530−5533, 5536−5537,
5539−5542, 5544, 5547−5548,
5551−5554, 5556−5557, 5559−5560,
5562, 5564−5566, 5568, 5570−5572,
5574, 5576−5581, 5583, 5585−5587,
5589−5593, 5595−5602, 5604−5605,
5607−5608, 5610−5622, 5624−5632,
5634−5635, 5637−5643, 5645−5646,
5648−5649, 5651−5652, 5654,
5656−5658, 5660−5662, 5664−5666,
5668−5669, 5671−5672, 5675−5677,
5679−5680, 5682−5683, 5685−5688,
5690−5695, 5697, 5701−5703,
5706−5708, 5711−5714, 5716−5717,
5719, 5721−5727, 5729−5732, 5734,
5737−5742, 5744−5746, 5748, 5750,
5752−5754, 5756−5757, 5759−5760,
5762, 5764, 5766, 5769, 5771, 5773,
5776−5778, 5781−5782, 5784−5786,
5788−5789, 5791, 5793−5794,
5796−5797, 5799, 5801−5802,
5804−5807, 5809, 5811−5819,
5821−5822, 5824, 5826, 5828−5830,
5832−5833, 5835, 5837, 5839−584,1
5844, 5846, 5848−5851, 5853−5858,
5860−5861, 5863−5866, 5869,
5871−5875, 5877−5878, 5880−5883,
5885−5889, 5891−5892, 5894−5898,
5901, 5904, 5906−5908, 5910−5911,
5913−5914, 5916−5920, 5922−5923,
5925−5928, 5930−5931, 5933−5935,
5937−5938, 5941, 5943−5944

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 AugPage 3
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S STD (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160008 J 3256 A32 5946−5949, 5952, 5954−5955, 5957,


0 5960, 5962−5963, 5965−5970,
5972−5973, 5975−5976, 5978−5979,
5981, 5983−5984, 5986−5987,
5989−5992, 5994−5995, 5997−5998,
6000−6001, 6003, 6005−6006,
6008−6009, 6011−6015, 6017−6018,
6020−6022, 6024−6026, 6029,
6031−6033, 6035−6037, 6039−6040,
6042−6044, 6047, 6049−6050,
6052−6054, 6056−6058, 6060−6061,
6063−6065, 6067−6069, 6072,
6074−6076, 6078−6080, 6082−6083,
6085−6087, 6089, 6091, 6093−6094,
6096−6099, 6101, 6103, 6105−6107,
6109−6110, 6112−6113, 6115,
6117−6118, 6120, 6123−6126,
6128−6130, 6132−6133, 6135,
6137−6139, 6141−6143, 6145,
6149−6150, 6154−6155, 6157−6160,
6162, 6165−6166, 6168−6169,
6171−6172, 6174−6175, 6177−6179,
6181, 6183−6184, 6186−6189,
6191−6192, 6194−6195, 6198−6199,
6201−6203, 6205−6207, 6209−6210,
6212−6214, 6216, 6218, 6220−6221,
6223, 6225−6227, 6229−6231,
6233−6234, 6237−6238, 6240−6242,
6246−6249, 6251−6252, 6258−6259,
6261, 6263, 6265, 6268, 6270−6272,
6274, 6276−6277, 6279−6281, 6283,
6286−6288, 6290−6293, 6295−6297,
6299−6301, 6303−6304, 6306−6308,
6311−6312, 6314−6315, 6317−6319,
6321−6323, 6325−6326, 6328, 63300,
6332−6334, 6336−6337, 6339,
6341−6342, 8002, 8004, 9004−9007
160012 J 3438 A32 5098, 5182, 5428, 5437, 5442, 5460,
0 5468, 5472−5473 5476, 5492, 5498,
5505, 5507, 5518, 5525, 5537, 5547,
5557, 5593

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 AugPage 4
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S STD (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160026 J 3339 A32 5098, 5182, 5428, 5437, 5442, 5460,


0 5468, 5472−5473 5476, 5492, 5498,
5505, 5507, 5518, 5525, 5537, 5547,
5557, 5593
160038 J 3699 A32 5098,5487,5492,5497−5498,5502,5505,55
0 07,5510,5515−5518,5522,5525−5526,5530
,5532−5533,5537−5539,5547−5548,5552,5
554,5557,5566,5576,5577,5581−5583,558
6,5587,5591,5593−5595,5598,5599,5601,
5604,5608,5612,5613,5615−5624,5627−56
29,5631,5632,5635,5641−5643,5646−5654
,5657−5661,5665−5669,5672−5677,5682−5
687,5691,5694−5695,5701,5703−5712,571
4−5719,5723,5725−5727,5732−5735,5738−
5739,5741−5749,5752−5754,5757−5759,57
62−5764,5769,5772−5782,5785−5793,5796
,5801−5804,5806−5814,5816,5818−5831,5
835,5839−5847,5850−5853,5857−5871,587
5−5885,5888−5898,5901−5905,5908−5918,
5914−5918,5923−5925,5927,5928,5930−59
43,5948,5951−5954,5957,5962−5964,5971
,5972,5977−5981,5984,5988,5990−5993,5
996−6001,6004−6006,6010,6011,6014−601
8,6021,6029,6033−6036,6047,6048,6051−
6054,6058,6095,6161,6171−9999
160086 J 3720 A32 5654,5657−5661,5665−5669,5672−5677,56
0 82−5687,5691,5694−5695,5701,5703−5712
,5714−5719,5723,5725−5727,5732−5735,5
738−5739,5741−5749,5752−5754,5757−575
9,5762−5764,5769,5772−5782,5785−5793,
5796,5801−5804,5806−5814,5816,5818−58
31,5835,5839−5853,5857−5871,5877−5885
,5888−5898,5901−5905,5908−5918,5914−5
918,5923−5929,5931−5943,5950−5954,595
7−5965,5968,5971,5972,5977−5981,5984,
5988,5990−6001,6004−6006,6010,6011,60
14,6015,6019−6021,6023−6026,6029−6030
,6033−6041,6045−6048,6051−6055,6058,6
061,6064,6065,6072,6075−6077,6080,608
2−6084,6088,6092,6093,6098,6111,6141,
6171−9999

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 NovPage 5
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160088 J 3817 A320 5896,5942,5964,5968,5971−5974,5977−59


84,5988−6003,6006,6008−6015,6018,6021
−6026,6029−6030,6033−6090,6092−6106,6
109−6123,6125−6128,6131−6135,6137−614
5,6149−6153,6157−6188,6192−6195,6198,
6202−6243,6246−6284,6287−6289,6292−63
04,6309−6311,6317−6327,6329−6333,6336
−6340,6343−6348,6352,6356,6360−6361,6
367−6369,6372−6374,6377,6379,6383−639
7,6408−6410,6512−9999

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 NovPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53


07,5312,5318,5323,5349,5355,5361,5390
,5395,5417,5423,5428,5437,5442,5452,5
458,5460,5463,5468,5472−5473,5476,547
7,5487,5492,5496−5498,5502,5505,5507,
5510,5515−5518,5522,5525,5526,5530,55
32,5533,5537,5539,5542,5547,5548,5552
,5554,5557,5559,5566,5576,5577,5581,5
583,5586,5587,5591−5593,5595,5596,559
8,5599,5601,5604,5607,5608,5612,5613,
5615−5622,5624,5627−5629,5631,5632,56
35,5638,5641−5643,5646,5648,5649,5651
−5654,5657,5658,5660,5661,5665,5666,5
668,5669,5672,5673,5675−5677,5682,568
3,5685−5688,5691,5694,5695,5697,5701−
5703,5706−5708,5710−5712,5714,5716−57
19,5721,5723,5725−5727,5732,5734,5735
,5738,5739,574,5742,5744,5746,5748,57
49,5752,5754,5757,5759,5762,5764,5769
,5772,5773,5775−5778,5780,5782,5785,5
791,5793,5796,5801,5802,5804−5807,580
9,5811−5814,5816,5818,5819,5821−5824,
5828−5831,5835,5839−5841,5844−5848,58
50−5853,5857−5859,5861−5864,5866,5867
,5869−5871,5877−5880,5882,5883,5885,5
888,5889,5891−5894,5896−5898,5901−590
3,5905,5908,5911,5912,5914,5915,5917−
5918,5923−5929,5931,5933−5935,5937,59
40,5942,5943,5950−5952,5954,5957,5959
,5962,5964,5965,5967,5968,5970−5972,5
974,5977,5979,5981,5982,5984,5988−599
0,5992,5993,5995−5997,5999−6001,6003,
6006,6008,6010−6012,6014,6015,6017,60
18,6021−6023,6025,6026,6029,6030,6033
,6034,6036,6037,6039,6041,6043−6045,6
047,6048,6050,6051,6054,6055,6057,605
8,6060−6062,6064−6066,6069,6071−6073,
6075−6082,6084,6086,6088,6090,6092,60
93,6095,6096,6098,6102,6103,6105,6106
,6109−6113,6115,6117,6118,6120,6123,6
125,6127,6128,6131,6134,6135,6137,613
9−6142,6145,6149,6151,6153,6157,6158,
6161,6164,6166,6169−6171,6173

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 NovPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 6176−6178,6180,6182−6184,6187,6188,61


92,6193,6195,6198,6202,6204,6206−6209
,6212,6213,6215−6218,6220,6223−6226,6
228,6229,6231,6234,6235,6237,6239,624
0,6242,6243,6246−6248,6251,6254,6257−
6260,6262,6265,6267,6270,6274,6275,62
78,6280−6284,6287−6289,6292,6293,6296
,6297,6300−6302,6304,6309,6311,6315,6
317,6318,6320−6323,6325,6327−6329,633
1−6333,6336,6338−6341,6343,6345,6347,
6348,6350,6352,6353,6355−6358,6360−63
62,6365,6367,6369−6370,6372−6375,6377
−6379,6381,6383,6386,6388,6392,6394,6
397,6400,6402,6403,6405,6408,6410−641
3,6416−6418,6421−6424,6426,6428,6430,
6431,6434,6436,6441,6442,6444−6447,64
49,6450,6452,6455,6457,6458,6460,6463
,6465−6467,6470,6471,6474,6476,6480,6
481,6483,6485−6487,6489,6492,6494,649
7,6498,6500,6502,6503,6505,6507,6509,
6510,6513,6516,6518,6521,6522,6524,65
25,6527−6529,6533,6535,6536,6538,6540
−6542,6544,6546,6547,6549,6550,6553,6
555,6557,6559,6561,6562,6564−6566,656
8,6570−6572,6576−6578,6580,6582−6584,
6586,6587,6589,6591,6594,6596−6598,66
04−6608,6614,6616,6619,6622,6624,6626
,6628,6631,6633−6637,6643,6646,6651,6
655,6661,6662,6665,6668,6669,6675,668
0,6681,6683,6686,6689,6690,6692,6706,
6708,6713,6715,6717,6739−9999

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 NovPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structural Arrangement, Before Modification 20268J0071


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 NovPage 9
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structural Arrangement, After Modification 20268J0071 and Before


Modification 160012J3438
Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 NovPage01/1410
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Sharklet, After Modification 160012J3438


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−30−00 Pages 11/12
Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WING TIP − STRUCTURE COMPLETE

1. Wing Tip − Structure Complete − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Wing Tip − Structure Complete (Before Figure 1


Modification 20268J0071)
− Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Figure 2
Modification 20268J0071)
− Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Figure 3
Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
− Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Figure 4
Modification 160008J3256)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−30−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (Before Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (Before Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (Before Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (Before Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 1 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (Before Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 1 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 FebPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (Before Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 1 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 FebPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Profile, T/E 6061T6 D57351071000


001
5 Rib BAEM1029 D57351013200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
10 Skin BAEM1029 D57351006200 PB101
201 PB201
1.2 (0.047)
15 Piece, closing BAEM1033 D57351072200
201
20 Rib BAEM1029 D57351014200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
25 Skin BAEM1029 D57351008200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
30 Rib BAEM1029 D57351016200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
35 Rib BAEM1029 D57351017200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
40 Rib BAEM1029 D57351019200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
45 Rib BAEM1029 D57351012200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
50 Rib BAEM1029 D57351020200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
55 Rib BAEM1029 D57351022200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
60 Rib BAEM1029 D57351011200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
65 Frame, reinforc BAEM1029 D57351028200
ing 201
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57351001, D57351003

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage 8
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

70 Plate, blanking BAEM1029 D57351038200


(MSN0001 Only) 201
75 Rib BAEM1029 D57351025200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
80 Rib, machined BAEM1033 D57351027200
201
85 Skin BAEM1029 D57351004200 PB201
201
90 Rib BAEM1029 D57351026200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
95 Rib BAEM1029 D57351024200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
100 Rib BAEM1029 D57351023200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
105 Skin BAEM1029 D57351005200 PB201
201
110 Rib BAEM1029 D57351021200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
115 Rib, closing BAEM1029 D57351010200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
120 Rib BAEM1029 D57351018200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
125 Bracket, upper BAEM1029 D57351082200
201
1.2 (0.047)
130 Angle, support BAEM1029 D57351039200
ing top 201
1.2 (0.047)
135 Sheet, reinforc BAEM1029 D57351029200
ing 201
2 (0.079)
140 Strap, support BAEM1033 D57351040200
ing 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57351001, D57351002, D57351003, D57351041

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage 9
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

145 Angle, sealing BAEM1029 D57351043200


201
150 Rib BAEM1029 D57351015200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
155 Piece, filling BAEM1033 D57351087200
201
160 Angle, sealing BAEM1029 D57351044200
201
165 Strap, support BAEM1033 D57351040202
ing 203
170 Angle, support BAEM1029 D57351039202
ing bottom 203
175 Bracket, lower BAEM1029 D57351082202
203
180 Rib BAEM1029 D57351073200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
185 Rib BAEM1029 D57351074200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
190 Door, access BAEM1029 D57351035200
201
195 Plate, cover BAEM1029 D57351069200
1.2 (0.047)
200 Socket, spigot BAEM1033 D57351033200
201
205 Profile, rein BAEM1033 D57351030200
forcing
210 Plate, distance BAEM1033 D57351084200
215 Socket S80 D57351075200
220 Stiffener BAEM1029 D57351076200
201
1.2 (0.047)
225 Frame, access BAEM1029 D57351036200
(MSN0001 Only) 201
230 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351080200
ing (MSN0001 201
Only) 1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57351001, D57351002, D57351032, D57351041, D57351042, D57351078,
D57351088

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage01/0810
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

235 Frame, access BAEM1029 D57351037200 A20081K0064


201
240 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351085200 A20081K0064
ing 201
1 (0.039)
245 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351092200 A21159J0434
ing (MSN0002 201
Only) 1 (0.039)
−adaptation BAEM1029 D57351095212
213
1 (0.039)
250 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351093200 A21159J0434
ing (MSN0002 201
Only) 1 (0.039)
−adaptation BAEM1029 D57351095214
215
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57351079, D57351089

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage01/0811
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip - Structure Complete (After Modification 20268J0071)


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-31-21 NovPage01/0219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Profile, T/E 6061T6 D57350053000


001
5 Skin BAEM1029 D57350023200 PB201
201
10 Piece, filling BAEM1033 D57350056200
15 Piece, closing BAER1008 D57350054200
201
20 Rib BAEM1029 D57350032200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
25 Rib, machined BAEM1033 D57350034200
201
30 Plate, cover BAEM1029 D57350055200
1.2 (0.047)
35 Rib BAEM1029 D57350031200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
40 Rib, machined BAEM1033 D57350036200
201
45 Rib BAEM1029 D57350038200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
50 Rib BAEM1029 D57350030200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
55 Fairing BAEM1033 D57350113200
201
60 Sheet, reinforc BAEM1029 D57350046200
ing 201
1.6 (0.063)
65 Rib BAEM1029 D57350041200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
70 Rib BAEM1029 D57350028200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
75 Frame, reinforc BAEM1029 D57350045200
ing 201
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage01/0820
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

80 Rib BAEM1029 D57350061200 PB201


201
1.6 (0.063)
80A Rib BAEM1029 D57350061202 PB201 A23275J0992
203
1.6 (0.063)
80B Rib BAEM1029 D57350061204 PB201 A23624J0912
205
1.6 (0.063)
85 Frame, access BAEM1029 D57351038200
201
85A Frame, access BAEM1029 D57351038202 A22130J0461
203
90 Rib, machined BAEM1033 D57351027200
201
95 Skin BAEM1029 D57351004200 PB201
201
95A Skin BAEM1029 D57351004202 PB201 A22130J0461
203
95B Skin BAEM1029 D57351004206 PB201
207
100 Rib BAEM1029 D57350044200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
100A Rib BAEM1029 D57350044202 PB201 A23275J0992
203
1.2 (0.047)
105 Rib BAEM1029 D57350043200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
110 Rib BAEM1029 D57350042200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
115 Skin BAEM1029 D57350022200 PB201
201
120 Rib BAEM1029 D57350040200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
125 Rib BAEM1029 D57350039200 PB201
201
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021, D57351002

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage01/0821
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

130 Rib, closing BAEM1029 D57350025200 PB201


201
1.6 (0.063)
135 Rib BAEM1029 D57350037200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
140 Bracket, upper BAEM1029 D57351082200
201
145 Rib BAEM1029 D57350029200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
150 Angle, support BAEM1029 D57350051200
ing 201
1.2 (0.047)
155 Rib BAEM1029 D57350035200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
160 Strap, support BAEM1033 D57350117200
ing 201
165 Rib BAEM1029 D57350033200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
170 Angle, sealing BAEM1029 D57351043200
201
175 Piece, filling BAEM1033 D57351087200
201
180 Angle, sealing BAEM1029 D57351044200
201
185 Strap, support BAEM1033 D57350117202
ing 203
190 Angle, support BAEM1029 D57350051202
203
1.2 (0.047)
195 Bracket, lower BAEM1029 D57351082202
203
1.2 (0.047)
200 Rib BAEM1029 D57350026200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021, D57351041, D57351042

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage01/0822
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

205 Rib BAEM1029 D57350027200 PB201


201
1.2 (0.047)
210 Door, access BAEM1029 D57351035200
201
215 Skin BAEM1029 D57350024200 PB201
201
220 Plate, cover BAEM1029 D57350052200
1.2 (0.047)
225 Socket, spigot BAEM1033 D57350049200
201
230 Socket, spigot BAEM1033 D57350033200
201
235 Profile, rein BAEM1033 D57350047200
forcing
240 Profile, rein BAEM1033 D57351030200
forcing
245 Plate, distance BAEM1033 D57351084200
250 Socket S80 D57351075200
255 Stiffener BAEM1029 D57351076200
201
1.2 (0.047)
260 Spigot S80 D57350057200
265 Socket BAEM1033 D57350058200
270 Frame, access BAEM1029 D57351036200
201
275 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351080200
ing 201
1 (0.039)
280 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351090200 A20836J0372
ing 201
1 (0.039)
−adaptation BAEM1029 D57351094200
201
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021, D57350048, D57350062, D57351002, D57351032, D57351078,
D57351088

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage01/0823
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

285 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351091200 A20836J0372


ing 201
1 (0.039)
−adaptation BAEM1029 D57351094202
203
1 (0.039)
290 Frame, access BAEM1029 D57351037200 A20081J0064
201
295 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351085200 A20081J0064
ing 201
1 (0.039)
300 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351092200 A21159J0434
ing 201
1 (0.039)
−adaptation BAEM1029 D57351095212
213
1 (0.039)
305 Bracket, retain BAEM1029 D57351093200 A21159J0434
ing 201
1 (0.039)
−adaptation BAEM1029 D57351095214
215
1 (0.039)
310 Glazing Polycarb. D57351051202
TUFAK−A 203
310A Glazing Polycarb. D57351051206 A23275J0992
TUFAK−A 207
315 Frame Pre−Preg D57351052204 PB201
MIL−C−9084 205
315A Frame Pre−Preg D57351052206 PB201 A23275J0992
MIL−C−9084 207
320 Seal BAER0575/55 D57351057206
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57351050, D57351079, D57351088, D57351089

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 MayPage01/0824
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 24201J1135 and Before Modi
fication 160008J3256)
Figure 3 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin BAEM1029 D57351227200 PB201


201
1A Skin (MSN2755) S07−1029 D57351004200 PB201
201
5 Rib BAEM1029 D57350032200 PB201
201
10 Rib, machined L97 D57350034202 PB201
203
15 Rib BAEM1029 D57351228200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
20 Rib, machined L97 D57350036202
203
25 Rib BAEM1029 D57350038200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
30 Rib BAEM1029 D57350030202 PB201
203
1.2 (0.047)
35 Rib BAEM1029 D57350028202 PB201 B32459J2365
203
1.2 (0.047)
35A Rib ABM1−6015 D57350028204 PB201 A32459J2365
205
1.2 (0.047)
40 Packer BAEM1029 D57351237200 B32459J2365
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative BAEM1029 D57351237204 B32459J2365
0.6 (0.024)
−alternative BAEM1029 D57351237208 B32459J2365
1 (0.039)
45 Casting, assem L169 D57351230200 B30889J2199
bly 201
45A Casting, assem L169 D57351236002 A30889J2199
bly 003 B32459J2365
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 JunPage01/1033
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Packer BAEM1029 D57351237202 B32459J2365


0.8 (0.031)
−alternative BAEM1029 D57351237206 B32459J2365
0.6 (0.024)
−alternative BAEM1029 D57351237210 B32459J2365
1 (0.039)
55 Rib BAEM1029 D57351225200 PB201 B32459J2365
201
1.2 (0.047)
55A Rib SO7−1029 D57351225206 PB201 A32459J2365
207
1.2 (0.047)
60 Rib BAEM1029 D57350042200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
65 Rib BAEM1029 D57350040200 PB201
201
1.2 (0.047)
70 Rib BAEM1029 D57350039202 PB201
203
2 (0.079)
75 Rib, closing SO7−1029 D57351226200 PB201 B32459J2365
201
1.6 (0.063)
75A Rib, Closing ABM1−6015 D57351226206 PB201 A32459J2365
207
1.6 (0.063)
80 Rib BAEM1029 D57350037200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
85 Rib BAEM1029 D57350029200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
90 Rib BAEM1029 D57350035200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
95 Rib BAEM1029 D57350033200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 JunPage01/1034
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Angle, sealing ABM3−6015 D57351234200


201
1.2 (0.047)
105 Rib BAEM1029 D57351221201 PB201
1.2 (0.047)
110 Door, access S07−1029 D57351035202
110A Door, access S07−1029 D57351035206 A38613J2893
115 Plate, cover BAEM1029 D57350052200
1.2 (0.047)
120 Socket, spigot BAEM1033 D57350049200
201
125 Socket, spigot BAEM1033 D57351033200
201
130 Profile, rein BAEM1033 D57350047000
forcing
135 Profile, rein BAEM1033 D57351030000
forcing
140 Plate, distance BAEM1033 D57351084200
145 Socket S80 D57351075202
150 Glazing Polycarb. D57351051206 A24481J1335
TUFAK−A 207
150A Glazing Lexan 9030 D57351270200 PB101 A25268J1491
201
150B Glazing Nordex 389 D57351273200 PB101 A28219J1876
201
155 Frame Prepreg. D57351052208 PB201 A24481J1335
MIL−C−9084 209
155A Frame Prepreg. D57351275200 A28219J1876
MIL−C−9084 201
−adaptation Prepreg. D57358509000
MIL−C−9084 001
155B Frame Prepreg. D57351278200 A30889J2199
MIL−C−9084 201
160 Shield S527 D57351274000
AMS5513F 001
−adaptation S527 D57358509000
AMS5513F 001
165 Seal BAER0575/55 D57351057206 A24481J1335
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021, D57351002, D57351050, D57351276, D57351279

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 JunPage01/1035
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

165A Seal ABR4−0080 D57351277200 A28219J1876


201
165B Seal ABR4−0081 D57351280200 A30889J2199
170 Frame, Machined ABM3−1030 D57351240200 A32459J2365
201
175 Skin, Upper ABM1−6015 D57351238000 A32459J2365
001
180 Skin, Lower ABM1−6015 D57351239200 A32459J2365
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021, D57351276

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 JunPage01/1036
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1237
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 4 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1242
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Structure Complete (After Modification 160008J3256)


Figure 4 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1243
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin ABM1−6015 D57351227202


203
5 Rib S07−1029 D57350032200
201
1.2 (0.047)
10 Rib, machined L97 D57350034202
203
15 Rib S07−1029 D57351228200
201
1.2 (0.047)
20 Rib, machined L97 D57350036202
203
25 Rib S07−1029 D57350038200
201
1.6 (0.063)
30 Rib S07−1029 D57350030202
203
1.2 (0.047)
35 Rib ABM1−6015 D57350028204
205
1.2 (0.047)
40 Skin, upper ABM1−6015 D57351238204
205
45 Skin, lower ABM1−6015 D57351239200
201
50 Profile, rein S07−1033 D57351030000
forcing
55 Rib ABM1−6015 D57351225208
209
1.2 (0.047)
60 Rib S07−1029 D57350042200
201
1.2 (0.047)
65 Rib S07−1029 D57350040200
201
1.2 (0.047)
70 Rib S07−1029 D57350039202
203
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 AugPage01/1244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Rib, closing ABM1−6015 D57351226208


209
1.6 (0.063)
80 Rib S07−1029 D57350037200
201
1.6 (0.063)
85 Rib S07−1029 D57350029200
201
1.6 (0.063)
90 Rib S07−1029 D57350035200
201
1.6 (0.063)
95 Rib S07−1029 D57350033200
201
1.6 (0.063)
100 Angle, sealing S07−1029 D57351234200
201
105 Rib S07−1029 D57351221200
1.2 (0.047)
110 Door, access S07−1029 D57351035206
115 Plate, cover S07−1029 D57350052200
1.2 (0.047)
120 Socket, spigot ABM3−1029 D57356690200
125 Profile, rein S07−1033 D57350047000
forcing
130 Frame, machined ABM3−1030 D57351240200
201
135 Plate, distance S07−1033 D57351084200
140 Socket S80 D57351075202
145 Glazing Nordam 1035 D57351273200
201
150 Frame Prepreg. D57351278200
MIL−C−9084 201
155 Shield S527 D57351274000
AMS5513G 001
160 Seal ABR4−0081 D57351280200
ASSY Dwg.: D57350021, D57351002, D57351276, D57351279

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Pages 45/46
Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − WING TIP − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION TO THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

1. General

This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to the
Wing Tip Structure that follows:
− The composite Navigation Light Glazing Frame
− The metallic Wing Tip Structure.
NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage on composite structures, refer
to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage on metallic structures, refer


to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

A. The allowable damage in this topic is applicable to the Wing Tip Struc
ture that follows:
− Composite Navigation Light Glazing Frame before Modification 25268J1491
− Metallic Top and Bottom Skins
− Metallic D−Nose Section
− Metallic Trailing Edge Section.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 101.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
TYPE CATEGORY
ERENCE
Composite Navigation Light
Glazing Frame on the Wing
Erosion 4.A. B 57−31−21−1−001−00
Tip, before Modification
25268J1491
Dents 5.A. A −
Metallic Wing Tip Struc Lightning
ture − Top and Bottom Strike
Skins 5.A. A −
Blend
Limits
Lightning
Metallic Wing Tip Struc Strike
5.A. A −
ture − D−Nose Section Blend
Limits
Lightning
Metallic Wing Tip Struc
Strike
ture − Trailing Edge Sec 5.A. A −
Blend
tion
Limits
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101
4. Composite Wing Tip Structure − Allowable Damage
CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 102.

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO NAVIGATION LIGHT GLAZING FRAME ON THE WING TIP MUST BE
INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REF
ERENCE (IIR) IS 57−31−21−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUC
TURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

A. Composite Navigation Light Glazing Frame on the Wing Tip − Erosion Dam
age
This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related repair data ap
plicable to the composite Navigation Light Glazing Frame on the Wing
Tip, before Modification 25268J1491.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 102.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 102
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the sub−paragraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Damage Evaluation


Do a damage evaluation before you repair the Navigation Light Glazing
Frame on the Wing Tip (Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, paragraph 3 for
composite structure).

(2) Types of Damage

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data for
loss of protective treatment and subsequent pitting and delamination
of the Navigation Light Glazing Frame on the Wing Tip due to ero
sion.

For locations of damage allowed on the glazing frame, refer to Fig


ure 101.
(3) Allowable Damage Limits

Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour before an assessment


of the allowable damage can be made and compare with the limits of
damage below.
Allowable damage to all or any one area of the glazing frame is to
be a maximum of 50% of the material thickness of the glazing frame,
refer to Figure 101.

If the damage is more than the limits stated, refer to the Leading
and Trailing Edge shoe repair detailed in Chapter 57−31−21, Page
Block 201.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Navigation Light Glazing Frame on the Wing Tip


Figure 101

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5. Metallic Wing Tip Structure − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 103.

A. Metallic Wing Tip Structure − Allowable Damage

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and the related data appli
cable to the metallic Wing Tip structure.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 103 but is only ap
plicable to aircraft before modification 38525K11750.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter


51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 103
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, this allowable damage data is not appli
cable to aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with
C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION to


the SRM. Tables in the sub−paragraphs give the necessary data about all
weight variants and their required information for allowable damage and
repair applicability.

(1) Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer


to Chapter 51−11−00).
NOTE: Make sure that all damage is removed before you assess the
type and limits of damage.

NOTE: For Material Thickness Tables, refer to Chapter 57−31−21, Page


Block 001.
(2) After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable damage limits stated have not been exceeded. When the lim
its are exceeded, refer to the column ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ in Chapter
57−31−21, Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

If a repair is not available, contact AIRBUS.

All damage must be crack detected after blending.


Apply protective treatment to all reworked areas (Refer to Chapter
51−21−11).

Restore the original standard of paint finish (Refer to Chapter


51−23−11).

(3) The allowable damage data in this paragraph is applicable to the me
tallic Wing Tip Structure that follows:
− Dent damage to the Top and Bottom Skins (Refer to Paragraph
5.A.(4)(a)
− Lightning Strike damage to the Top and Bottom Skins (Refer to
Paragraph 5.A.(4)(b)
− Lightning Strike damage to the D−Nose Section (Refer to Paragraph
5.A.(5)
− Lightning Strike damage to the Trailing Edge Section (Refer to
Paragraph 5.A.(6).
(4) Top and Bottom Skins − Allowable Damage

Do a visual inspection of the Top and Bottom Skins. In addition to


areas where damage is allowed (Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or 3
as applicable), look for other areas of damage.

NOTE: If other areas of damage are found that are not covered by
this repair, you must report this to AIRBUS.

(a) Dents

For typical examples of where dent damage is allowed on the Top


and Bottom Skins, refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or 3 as ap
plicable.
Allowable damage limits for dents on the Top and Bottom Skins
are shown in Figure 102, Sheet 4.

For aircraft after modification 24201J1135, dents are not allowed


in the area adjacent to the navigation light (Refer to Figure
102, Sheet 3).
(b) Lightning Strike Blend Limits

For typical examples of where lightning strike damage is allowed


on the Top and Bottom Skins, refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or
3 as applicable.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Top and


Bottom Skins are shown in Figure 102, Sheet 5.

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Provided the damage is within the areas of allowed damages shown


in Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or 3 as applicable, a maximum of ten
areas of damage are allowed on each of the Top and Bottom Skins.

NOTE: The areas of damage must include areas of previous damage


and those areas repaired using the lightning strike hole
repair procedure given in Chapter 57−31−21, Page Block 201.

NOTE: If other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)


from any edge of damage being repaired in accordance with
this repair, you must report this to AIRBUS.

Use a minimum blend radius of 20 x D (where D is the depth of


damage after blending) to blend out the visible damage on the
Top and Bottom Skins. Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 5.
Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801 to in
spect the area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all
heat−affected areas have been removed.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802 to in


spect the blended area for signs of cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use an ultrasonic test method given in NTM Task 51−10−04−270−802


to confirm the remaining material thickness.

NOTE: If the amount of material removed is greater than 40% of


the material thickness in the area of the blend, you must
contact AIRBUS.

(5) D−Nose Section − Lightning Strike Blend Limits

Do a visual inspection of the D−Nose Section. In addition to areas


where damage is allowed (Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or 3 as
applicable), look for other areas of damage.

NOTE: If other areas of damage are found that are not covered by
this repair, you must report this to AIRBUS.

For typical examples of where lightning strike damage is allowed on


the D−Nose Section, refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or 3 as appli
cable.

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the D−Nose Section


are shown in Figure 102, Sheet 6.
NOTE: For aircraft before modification 20268J0071, a maximum of eight
damaged areas are allowed. This includes areas of previous dam
age and any lightning strike hole repairs carried out. If more
than eight areas of damage are found, you must report this to
AIRBUS.
NOTE: For aircraft after modification 20268J0071, a maximum of four
damaged areas are allowed. This includes areas of previous dam
age and any lightning strike hole repairs carried out. If more
than four areas of damage are found, you must report this to
AIRBUS.
Use a minimum blend radius of 20 x D (where D is the depth of dam
age after blending) to blend out the visible damage on the D−Nose
Section. Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 6.

Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801 to inspect


the area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−affected
areas have been removed.
NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802 to inspect


the blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.


NOTE: If the amount of material removed is greater than 40% of the
material thickness in the area of the blend, you must contact
AIRBUS.

(6) Trailing Edge Section − Lightning Strike Blend Limits

Do a visual inspection of the Trailing Edge Section. In addition to


areas where damage is allowed (Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or 3
as applicable), look for other areas of damage.

NOTE: If other areas of damage are found that are not covered by
this repair, you must report this to AIRBUS.

For typical examples of where lightning strike damage is allowed on


the Trailing Edge Section, refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1, 2 or 3 as
applicable.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Trailing Edge


Section are shown in Figure 102, Sheet 7 or 8 as applicable.

NOTE: A maximum of four damaged areas are allowed. This includes


areas of previous damage. If more than four areas of damage
are found, you must report this to AIRBUS.

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Use a minimum blend radius of 5 mm (0.197 in) to blend out the vis
ible damage on the Trailing Edge Section. Refer to Figure 102, Sheet
7 or 8 as applicable.

NOTE: For aircraft after modification 24201J1135, if the damage af


fects both skins, extend the blend area through both the top
and bottom skins to the dimensions shown (Refer to Figure 102,
Sheet 8).
Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801 to inspect
the area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−affected
areas have been removed.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802 to inspect


the blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

If the amount of material removed exceeds the allowable damage limits


given in Figure 102, Sheet 7 or 8 as applicable, you must contact
AIRBUS.

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 111
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 3)

Page 112
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 4)

Page 113
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 5)

Page 114
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 6)

Page 115
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 7)

Page 116
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 PagesNov117/118
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − WING TIP − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Wing
Tip structure.
For details of the necessary repairs and the areas of allowable damage on
the Wing Tip, refer to SRM Chapter 57−31−21, Page Block 101.

The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: PUT A WARNING NOTICE IN THE COCKPIT TO TELL PERSONS NOT TO OPER
ATE THE FLIGHT CONTROLS BECAUSE PERSONS ARE NEAR TO THE FLIGHT
CONTROL SURFACES

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE MATERI
ALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU MUST:
− OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE

− NOT BREATHE THE GAS


− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201
4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Wing Tip − Repair of a
5.A. 201 B 57−31−21−2−001−00
Clear Area of Skin
Wing Tip − Repair of the
Skin which is across a 5.B. 202 B 57−31−21−2−001−00
Rib
Wing Tip − Repair of the
5.C. 203 B 57−31−21−2−001−00
Flange of a Formed Rib
Wing Tip − Repair of a
Formed Rib which is 5.D. 204 B 57−31−21−2−001−00
cracked
Wing Tip − Replacement of
− 204 B 57−31−21−2−001−00
part of a Rib
Wing Tip − Repair of Ero
sion at the Leading and
Trailing Edges of the 5.E. 205 B 57−31−21−2−001−00
Navigation Light Glazing
Frame
Wing Tip − Repair to Hole
Damage Caused by Lightning
Strikes on the D−Nose 5.F. 206 A −
Section and on the Top
and Bottom Skins
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5. Wing Tip − Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION


INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−31−21−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED
IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU
MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.

A. Wing Tip − Repair of a Clear Area of Skin (Refer to Figure 201)

(1) Repair General

This repair is valid only for aircraft before modification


20268J0071.
This repair shows two schemes. These are Scheme A and Scheme B. They
can only be done to the clear areas of skin which have a pocket
thickness of 1.2 mm (0.047 in).

NOTE: The skin pocket thickness of 1.2 mm (0.047 in) is located ei
ther side of the ribs.
It is not necessary to remove the wing tip from the wing.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 203 and is nec
essary to ensure the correct repair is used on each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 L109 1.2 mm (0.050 in) thick


2 Backing Plate 1 L109 1.4 mm (0.056 in) thick
3 Rivet, Blind 100 deg CSK A/R ASNA0079−407A
− Sealant, Polysulfide (Fil A/R CML No. 09−002
let consistency)
− Sealant, Aerodynamic A/R CML No. 09−004
Smoothing
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.A.(2).

(3) Repair Instructions.

(a) Cut−out and remove the damaged area of skin. Make the edges of
the cut−out smooth.
(b) Make the backing plate (item 2).

(c) Make the skin insert (item 1) to fit inside the cut−out. The
maximum permitted distance between the skin insert (item 1) and
the cut−out is 1 mm (0.039 in).
(d) Mark out the rivet (item 3) positions on the skin around the
edge of the cut−out. Drill pilot holes in the skin (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−44−11).

(e) Mark the centerline of the outer row of rivet holes on the back
ing plate (item 2).
(f) Put the backing plate (item 2) in position and align the marked
centerline with the pilot holes of the skin.

(g) Hold the backing plate (item 2) tightly in position. Drill


through two of the pilot holes on opposite sides of the cut−out
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(h) Temporarily attach the backing plate (item 2) to the skin and
drill through the pilot holes that remain (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Mark the rivet positions on the skin insert (item 1) and drill
pilot holes in the skin insert (item 1) (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Put the skin insert (item 1) in position and hold tightly. Drill
through two of the pilot holes on opposite sides of the skin in
sert (item 1) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Temporarily attach the skin insert (item 1) to the backing plate
(item 2) and drill through the remaining pilot holes (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(l) Drill all the rivet holes final size (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(m) Countersink the external surface to agree with the heads of the
rivets (item 3).
(n) Remove the repair parts and deburr all the rivet holes, and make
all the edges smooth.

(o) Remove any unwanted material from the interior of the structure.

(p) Use general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease
from the repair parts and the edge of the cut−out.

(q) Apply surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

(r) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble all the repair parts and
install with the rivets (item 3) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).
(s) Remove unwanted sealant (CML No. 09−002) from the skin surface.

(t) Apply the filler (CML No. 09−004) to the gap between the skin
insert (item 1) and the wing tip skin.

(u) Remove any unwanted filler (CML No. 09−004) from the skin sur
face.

(v) Restore the surface protection and finish (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−75−12).

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Repair in a Clear Area of Skin


Figure 201

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−31−21−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED
IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU
MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
B. Wing Tip − Repair of the Skin which is across a Rib (Refer to Figure
202)

(1) Repair General

This repair is valid only for aircraft before modification


20268J0071.
This scheme shows a repair to skin damage across a rib. The repair
can only be done to areas of skin with a pocket thickness of 1.2 mm
(0.047 in).

NOTE: The skin pocket thickness of 1.2 mm (0.047 in) is located


either side of the ribs and the skin thickness across the ribs
is 3.2 mm (0.126 in).

The repair can be of any length along its chord dimension but less
than half the width of the wing tip. The width of the wing tip is
measured from rib 27 datum to the outboard position where the repair
is done. It can include more than one rib on the top and bottom
surfaces.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 204 and is
necessary to ensure the correct repair is used on each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required
information for allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Joint Plate 4 L109 1.4 mm (0.056 in) thick


2 Rivet, Oversize A/R NAS1241AD4−7 3.6 mm (0.142 in)
diameter, 100 deg CSK
A/R − alternative 50070411 (Avdel)
3 Rivet A/R MS20426AD400 3.2 mm (0.126 in)
diameter, 100 deg CSK
A/R − alternative ASNA0079−0407A
(Blind)
4 Skin Insert 1 L09 1.2 mm (0.050 in) thick
5 Packing 1 L109 2 mm (0.080 in) thick
− Sealant, Polysulfide A/R CML No. 09−002
(Fillet consistency)
− Sealant, Aerodynamic A/R CML No. 09−004
Smoothing
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.B.(2).

NOTE: − Oversize rivets can be used if required.

− Solid rivets must be used where possible.

− For rivet hole sizes refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00.


(3) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 202).

(a) Mark the damaged area of the skin to be removed.

(b) At the rib flanges, carefully drill out the rivets that will be
replaced (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE RIB WHEN YOU CUT THE SKIN.

(c) Cut out and remove the damaged area of skin. Make the edges of
the cut−out smooth.

(d) Make the joint plates (item 1) and the packing piece (item 5).
Make their edges smooth.
(e) Mark the rivet positions on the skin around the cut−out. Put the
joint−plates (item 1) in position and attach with clamps. Drill
pilot holes through the skin and joint−plates (item 1) at each
end of the joint−plate (item 1). Temporarily attach the
joint−plates (item 1) with gripper pins and remove the clamps.
Drill pilot holes at the position that remain (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Make the skin insert (item 4) to fit inside the skin cut−out.
The maximum permitted distance between the skin insert (item 4)
and the cut−out is 1 mm (0.039 in).

(g) Put the skin insert (item 4) and the packing piece (item 5) in
position. Hold the skin insert (item 4) and the packing−piece
(item 5) tightly and drill through them from the flange of the
rib. Temporarily attach the skin insert (item 4) and the
packing−piece (item 5) to the rib flange.

(h) Mark the rivet positions on the skin insert (item 4). Drill
pilot holes through the skin insert (item 4) and the joint−plates
(item 1) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the holes final size (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(j) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr all the holes.

(k) Countersink the external surface to agree with the heads of the
rivets (item 2) or (item 3).

(l) Remove any unwanted material from the interior of the structure.
(m) Use general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease
from the repair parts and the edge of the cut−out.

(n) Apply surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

(o) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble all the repair parts and
install the rivets (item 2) or (item 3) as necessary (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(p) Remove any unwanted sealant (CML No. 09−002) from the skin
surface.
(q) Apply the filler (CML No. 09−004) to the gap between the skin
insert (item 4) and the wing tip skin.

(r) Remove unwanted filler (CML No. 09−004) from the skin surface.

(s) Restore the surface protection and finish (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−75−12).

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Repair of the Skin Across a Rib


Figure 202

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−31−21−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED
IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU
MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
C. Wing Tip − Repair of the Flange of a Formed Rib (Refer to Figure 203)

(1) Repair General

This repair is valid only for aircraft before modification


20268J0071.

This repair can only be done to ribs of 1.2 mm (0.047 in)


thickness. It can be of any length and can be used with Figure 202.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 205 and is
necessary to ensure the correct repair is used on each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required
information for allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Rivet (Oversize) A/R NAS1241AD4−7 3.6 mm (0.142 in)


diameter, 100 deg CSK
2 Packing 1 L109 1.2 mm (0.050 in) thick
3 Rivet, Universal A/R MS20470AD400 3.2 mm (0.126 in)
diameter
(or alternative Blind Rivet)
ASNA0079−411A 3.2 mm (0.126 in)
diameter 100 deg CSK
4 Repair Angle 1 L09 1.4 mm (0.056 in) thick
− Sealant, Polysulfide (Fil A/R CML No. 09−002
let consistency)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.C.(2).

NOTE: − Oversize rivets can be used if required.

− Solid rivets must be used where possible.

− For rivet hole sizes refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00.


(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully drill out the rivets in the flanges of the rib that is
damaged (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11). If necessary the skin
can be de−rivetted to get access. Refer to the skin repair (Re
fer to Figure 202) if required.
(b) Mark the damaged area of the rib flange to be removed.

(c) Remove the damaged area of the rib flange. Make the edges of the
cut−out smooth.

(d) Make the repair−angle (item 4) larger than necessary.


(e) Put the repair−angle (item 4) in position and hold it tightly.
Drill through two holes from the rib flange. Temporarily attach
the repair−angle (item 4) to the rib flange and drill through
the holes that remain through the rib flange (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).
(f) Remove the repair−angle (item 4) and mark the rivet holes that
will go through the rib web. Drill pilot holes in the web of
the repair angle (item 4) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Temporarily attach the repair−angle (item 4) and drill through


the pilot holes into the rib web (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Make the packing (item 2). Make the edges of the packing (item
2) smooth.
(i) Put the packing (item 2) in position and hold it tightly. Drill
through the rivet holes that are in the skin and the rib flange
or the skin−insert repair if used (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Drill all the rivet holes final size (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts, and deburr all the rivet holes.

(l) Cut the repair−angle (item 4) to the correct size. Make sure the
edges of the repair−angle are smooth.
(m) Remove any unwanted sealant from the skin and the rib flanges,
if the skin has been de−rivetted for access.

(n) Remove all unwanted material from the internal structure of the
wing tip.

(o) Use general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove the grease
from the repair parts and the repair area.

(p) Apply surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

NOTE: Do step 5.C.(3)(q) only if the wing top skin has been
de−rivetted for access.
(q) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
repair parts and the wing tip structure. Immediately assemble the
repair parts and attach with the rivets (item 1) and (item 3)
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the skin and rib flanges.
Immediately assemble the skin and the ribs and install the rivets
(item 1) and (item 3) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Remove unwanted sealant (CML No. 09−002) from the external
surface of the wing tip.
(t) Restore the surface finish (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Repair of the Flange of a Formed Rib


Figure 203

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−31−21−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED
IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU
MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
D. Wing Tip − Repair of a Formed Rib which is cracked (Refer to Figure
204)

(1) Repair General

This repair is valid only for aircraft before modification


20268J0071.
This repair shows two schemes to repair cracks in the web of a
formed rib. These are scheme A and scheme B. They can only be done
to ribs of 1.2 mm (0.047 in) thickness.

Scheme A is for a crack that goes from the skin flange through to a
lightening hole. It can be used as a joint if it is necessary to
replace a large piece of the rib.

Scheme B is for damage that goes into the rib but does not go to a
lightening hole. A crack must be cut out or stopped by drilling a
hole at the end of the crack.

This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 206 and is
necessary to ensure the correct repair is used on each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required
information for allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Plate 1 L109 1.4 mm (0.056 in) thick


2 Rivet (Blind) A/R ASNA0079−411A Avdel 3.2 mm
(0.126 in) diameter 100 deg CSK
3 Rivet, Universal A/R MS20470AD400 3.2 mm (0.126 in)
diameter
(or alternative Blind Rivet)
ASNA0079−411A 3.2 mm (0.126 in)
diameter 100 deg CSK
4 Packer (if required) 1 L09 1.2 mm (0.050 in) thick
− Sealant, Polysulfide A/R CML No. 09−002
(Fillet consistency)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.D.(2).

NOTE: − Oversize rivets can be used if required.

− Solid rivets must be used where possible.

− For rivet hole sizes refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00.


(3) Repair Instructions.

(a) Carefully drill out the rivets in the flanges of the rib that
will be used (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(b) Find and mark the end of the crack. Use a 6 mm (0.25 in)
diameter drill and stop−drill the end of the crack.

NOTE: If the crack goes to a rivet hole in the flange of a rib,


the local area of the flange can be cut out. The cut−out
can extend into the rib web to remove all the damage
(Refer to Figure 204).
(c) If required, cut out the damaged area of the rib flange. Make
the edges of the cut−out smooth. The wing tip skin can be
de−rivetted to get access.

(d) Mark the new rivet position on the rib web and drill pilot holes
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(e) Make the repair plate (item 1) larger than necessary.

(f) Put the repair plate (item 1) in position and hold it tightly.
Drill through two holes from the rib flange. Temporarily attach
the repair plate (item 1) to the rib and drill through the holes
that remain (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) If required, make the packer (item 4). Put it in position and
hold it tightly. Drill through the holes that are in the skin
and the rib flange (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Drill all the rivet holes full size (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Remove all the repair parts. Cut the repair plate (item 1) to
the correct size and make the edges smooth.
(j) Deburr all the rivet holes.

(k) Remove unwanted material from the internal surfaces of the wing
tip. Remove unwanted sealant from the skin and the rib flanges
if the skin has been de−rivetted for access.
(l) Use general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease
from the repair parts and the edges of the cut−out.

(m) Apply surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

(n) Apply sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of the
repair parts and to the skin and the rib flange if the skin has
been de−rivetted. Immediately assembly the repair parts and
install with the rivets (item 2) and (item 3) (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−42−11).

(o) Remove unwanted sealant (CML No. 09−002) from the external
surface.

(p) Repair the paint surface (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Repair of a Formed Rib which is Cracked


Figure 204

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−31−21−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED
IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU
MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
E. Wing Tip − Repair of Erosion at the Leading and Trailing Edges of the
Navigation Light Glazing Frame(Refer to Figure 205)

(1) Repair General

This repair is valid only for aircraft before modification


25268J1491.
Erosion can cause damage at the Leading and Trailing Edges of the
Navigation Light Glazing Frame on the Wing Tip. The damage can be
seen as protective treatment wear, followed by pitting and delamina
tion.

This repair gives an adaptation procedure to decrease erosion.


This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 207 and is nec
essary to ensure the correct repair is used on each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Feb 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Leading Edge Protection 1 S526 0.45 mm (0.018 in) (S527 −


Shoe alternative material)
2 Trailing Edge Protection 1 S526 0.45 mm (0.018 in) (S527 −
Shoe alternative material)
3 Bolt A/R NAS1790−4R4
− Adhesive Sealant and Primer A/R CML No. 08−004A
− Microballoons A/R CML No. 05−057 or 05−067
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Sealant A/R CML No. 09−004 or 09−013
− Abrasive Paper (Grade 280) A/R
− Abrasive Paper (Grade 400) A/R
NOTE: Use only those materials and items listed in paragraph 5.E.(2).

(3) Repair Instruction.


NOTE: If you find frame erosion, do paragraphs 5.E.(3)(a) to
5.E.(3)(f).
CAUTION: PROTECT THE GLAZING FROM SOLVENT AND ABRASION.

(a) Prepare the area to 20 mm (0.787 in) away from the damage (Refer
to SRM Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.D.).

(b) Use general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026) to clean and remove
grease from the prepared area (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 4.E.).

(c) Dry the prepared area (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.G.).

(d) Fill the repair area with Room Temperature Adhesive thickened
with Microballoons (CML No. 05−057 or 05−067) (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−77−11).

The mixture should be correctly prepared, mixed and cured (Refer


to SRM Chapter 51−77−11).

Apply sufficient mixture to make sure that the profile is flush


when the repair is complete.

(e) After curing, use abrasive paper (Grade 280 followed by Grade
400) to make sure that the surface is smooth.

(f) Apply adhesive sealant (CML No. 08−004A) to fill spaces between
the glazing and the glazing frame. Apply sealant (CML No. 09−004
or 09−013) to spaces between the glazing frame and the wing tip
structure.

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Make the protection shoes (item 1) and (item 2) (Refer to Figure
205 Sheets 1 and 2. Make sure that all the holes and cut edges
are de−burred.

(h) Shape the protection shoe to the navigation light glazing frame
profile (Refer to Figure 205).

(i) On assembly, open holes to 6.35 mm (0.25 in) diameter and dimple
to align with the countersinks in the frame (Refer to Figure
205).

(j) Apply primer (CML No. 08−004A) to the frame surface and allow to
dry for 30 minutes.

(k) Apply a constant layer of adhesive sealant (CML No. 08−004A) to


the mating surfaces of the frame and the protection shoes. The
layer of adhesive must be approximately 0.25 mm (0.01 in) thick.

(l) Push the protection shoes against the frame with sufficient
pressure to force a small amount of adhesive out from between
the joint. Shape a fillet around the edges.
(m) Apply light pressure for at least the first hour of curing at
room temperature. The adhesive will not be fully cured until 72
hours.

(n) Replace the bolts (item 3). It is acceptable to use undamaged


fasteners again. The bolt heads do not have to be smooth with
the protection shoes.

(o) Fillet seal the edges of the bolt countersinks (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−24−00) (Refer to Figure 205).

(p) Reprotect the surface (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−75−12) and repair
the polyurethane top coat to agree with the operators external
finish (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−75−12).

NOTE: Anti−static paint is not necessary on this component.

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Repair of Erosion at the Leading and Trailing Edges of the
Navigation Light Glazing Frame
Figure 205 (sheet 1)
Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Repair of Erosion at the Leading and Trailing Edges of the
Navigation Light Glazing Frame
Figure 205 (sheet 2)
Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip − Repair of Erosion at the Leading and Trailing Edges of the
Navigation Light Glazing Frame
Figure 205 (sheet 3)
Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
F. Repair to Hole Damage caused by Lightning Strikes on the D−Nose Section
and on the Top and Bottom Skins (Refer to Figure 206).

(1) Repair General

The repair in this paragraph is valid for the aircraft shown in


Table 208 and is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used on
each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this paragraph
is not applicable to aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Vari
ant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION to


the SRM. Tables in the sub−paragraphs give the necessary data about all
weight variants and their required information for allowable damage and
repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Fastener, Blind PROT. A/R ASNA0078A8*/6.4 mm (0.252 in),


length to suit
NOTE: Use only the material and item listed in paragraph 5.F.(2).

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a visual inspection of the Wing Tip D−Nose Section, Top and
Bottom Skins and look for areas of new and previous damage. Make
sure that any areas of previous damage found are within the al
lowable damage areas shown in Figure 206, Sheets 1 and 2.

NOTE: A hole and a dent or a blend in the same location are not
allowed.
NOTE: If other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)
of the new area of damage, you must contact AIRBUS.

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Measure the size of the hole damage. Make sure that the damage
limits and the conditions listed below are not exceeded:
− The damage must be contained within the allowable damage areas
shown in Figure 206, Sheets 1 and 2.
− The edge of the damage must be at least 25 mm (0.984 in) from
the nearest fastener
− The damage must be a minimum of 25 mm (0.984 in) from all
other damage areas
− The damaged area must not be more than 6 mm (0.236 in) in di
ameter
− Damage is not allowed in areas of skin where there are ribs or
any other underlying structure.

NOTE: If any of the above damage limits are exceeded or the


conditions stated cannot be met, the damage must not be re
moved in accordance with these repair instructions and you
must contact AIRBUS.

(c) Remove the damaged area by drilling a hole 6.5 mm (0.256 in) to
6.62 mm (0.262 in) suitable for a 6.4 mm (0.252 in) fastener
(Refer to Chapter 51−44−11, Paragraph 2.B.(7), Table 4). Refer to
Figure 206, Sheet 3.

(d) Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801 to in
spect the area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all
heat−affected areas have been removed.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.


(e) Use a HFEC test method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802 to in
spect for cracks around the hole.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

(f) Install the fastener (Item 1) with length to suit (Refer to


Chapter 51−42−11, Paragraph 13).
NOTE: The maximum allowed protrusion of the fastener head on the
outside skin is 2.72 mm (0.107 in).

NOTE: A maximum of four fasteners are allowed on each of the


Wing Tip − D−Nose Section and on the Top and Bottom Skins.
(g) Apply protective treatment to the repaired areas (Refer to Chap
ter 51−21−11).

(h) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Lightning Strike − Hole Repair


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Lightning Strike − Hole Repair


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−31−21 Nov 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Lightning Strike − Hole Repair


Figure 206 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−31−21 PagesNov229/230
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FENCE − WING TIP

1. Wing Tip Fence − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Fence − Wing Tip (Before Modification Figure 1


23644J1039)
− Fence − Wing Tip (After Modification Figure 2
23644J1039)
− Fence − Wing Tip (After Modification Figure 3
150000J3004)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−30−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage 1
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence - Wing Tip (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-31-22 NovPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence - Wing Tip (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-31-22 NovPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence - Wing Tip (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-31-22 NovPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Piece, end BAEM1033 D57350089200 PB101


201
1A Piece, end BAEM1033 D57350089202 PB101 A22131J0604
203
5 Fitting BAEM1033 D57350067200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
10 Skin, cap BAEM1029 D57350096200
201
1.60(0.063)
10A Skin, cap BAEM1029 D57350096202 A22131J0604
203
1.60(0.063)
15 Rib BAEM1029 D57350073200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
20 Rib BAEM1029 D57350083200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
25 Wedge, closing BAEM1033 D57350107202
203
−alternative ma L97
terial
30 Fitting BAEM1033 D57350102200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
35 Rib BAEM1029 D57350081200
201
1.20(0.047)
40 Fitting BAEM1033 D57350100200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
45 Wedge, closing BAEM1033 D57350106200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57350071

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage 5
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Sheet, reinforc BAEM1029 D57350085200 PB201


ing 201
1.20(0.047)
55 Socket S524 D57350108200
60 Fairing BAEM1029 D57350109200
201
1.60(0.063)
60A Fairing BAEM1029 D57350109204 A22131J0604
205
1.60(0.063)
65 Piece, nose BAEM1033 D57350110200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
65A Piece, nose BAEM1033 D57350110202 A22131J0604
203
−alternative ma L97
terial
70 Fairing BAEM1029 D57350109202
203
1.60(0.063)
70A Fairing BAEM1029 D57350109206 A22131J0604
207
1.60(0.063)
75 Buttstrap BAEM1029 D57350111200
201
1.20(0.047)
−alternative BAEM1029 D57350111202
203
1.20(0.047)
80 Sheet, reinforc BAEM1029 D57350086200
ing 201
1.20(0.047)
85 Fitting, ma BAEM1033 D57350072200
chined 201
−alternative ma L97
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57350071, D57350112

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage 6
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Fitting, ma BAEM1033 D57350101200


chined 201
−alternative ma L97
terial
95 Rib BAEM1029 D57350080200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
100 Skin, cap BAEM1029 D57350098200
201
1.60(0.063)
100A Skin, cap BAEM1029 D57350098202 A22131J0604
203
1.60(0.063)
105 Rib BAEM1029 D57350082200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
110 Angle BAEM1029 D57350088200
1.20(0.047)
115 Sheet, reinforc BAEM1029 D57350087200 PB201
ing 201
0.80(0.031)
120 Sheet, reinforc BAEM1029 D57350104200 PB201
ing 3.00(0.118)
125 Skin, cap BAEM1029 D57350097200
201
1.60(0.063)
125A Skin, cap BAEM1029 D57350097202 A22131J0604
203
1.60(0.063)
130 Rib BAEM1029 D57350079200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
135 Piece, end BAEM1033 D57350090200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
135A Piece, end BAEM1033 D57350090202 A22131J0604
203
−alternative ma L97
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57350071

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage 7
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140 Rib BAEM1029 D57350078200 PB201


201
1.20(0.047)
145 Profile, T/E BAEM1033 D57350093200
−alternative ex BAEM1003 D57350116200
trusion
150 Rib BAEM1029 D57350077200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
155 Angle BAEM1029 D57350105200
160 Skin, inner BAEM1029 D57350095200 PB101
201 PB201
2 (0.079)
165 Fitting BAEM1033 D57350103200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
170 Rib BAEM1029 D57350084200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
175 Socket S524 D57350099200
180 Rib BAEM1029 D57350076200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
185 Profile, T/E BAEM1033 D57350092200
−alternative ex BAEM1003 D57350116200
trusion
190 Rib BAEM1029 D57350075200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
195 Rib BAEM1029 D57350074200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
200 Profile, T/E BAEM1033 D57350091200
−alternative ex BAEM1003 D57350115200
trusion
205 Door, access BAEM1033 D57350068200
201
−alternative ma L97
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57350071

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage 8
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

210 Door, access BAEM1033 D57350069200


201
−alternative ma L97
terial
215 Skin, outer BAEM1029 D57350094200 PB101
201 PB201
ASSY Dwg.: D57350071

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage 9
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence - Wing Tip (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-31-22 NovPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence − Wing Tip (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 NovPage01/0811
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence - Wing Tip (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-31-22 NovPage01/0212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Piece, end upper L169 D57351202200 PB101


201
5 Cap, top skin L110 D57351206200
201
1.60(0.063)
10 Rib, top splice L110 D57351208200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
15 Wedge, closing BAEM1033 D57351217200
aft 201
20 Wedge, closing BAEM1033 D57351216200
fwd 201
25 Nose L169 D57351201000
001
30 Cap, bottom skin L110 D57351207200
201
1.60(0.063)
35 Rib, bottom L110 D57351209200 PB201
splice 201
1.20(0.047)
40 Piece, end lower L169 D57351203200 PB101
201
45 Rib, bottom L110 D57351211200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
50 Rib L110 D57351262200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
55 Rib, vertical L110 D57351214200 PB201
lower 201
1.20(0.047)
60 Skin, inboard L110 D57351205202 PB101
203 PB201
2 (0.079)
65 Rib, middle L110 D57351212200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
70 Rib, vertical L110 D57351213200 PB201
upper 201
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57351200

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage01/1113
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Rib L110 D57351261200 PB201


201
1.20(0.047)
80 Rib, top L110 D57351210200 PB201
201
1.20(0.047)
85 Skin, outboard L110 D57351204202 PB101
203 PB201
2 (0.079)
90 Angle BAEM1029 D57350105200
1.20(0.047)
95 Cover, access L110 D57351215200
3.25(0.128)
100 Packer L164 D57351264200
201
6.35(0.250)
100A Packer L164 D57351264204 A25895J1613
205
6.35(0.250)
105 Packer L164 D57351264202
203
6.35(0.250)
105A Packer L164 D57351264206 A25895J1613
207
6.35(0.250)
ASSY Dwg.: D57351200

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage01/1114
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence − Wing Tip (After Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage01/0915
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fence − Wing Tip (After Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 AugPage01/0916
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Wing fence ma ABME−1029 D57356506200 A150000J3004


chining 201
5 Wing fence skin L110 D57356507200 PB101 A150000J3004
201 PB201
1.6 (0.063)
10 Packer L164 D57356508200 A150000J3004
201
15 Access cover L110 D57351215200 A150000J3004
ASSY Dwg.: D57356505

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Pages 17/18
Aug 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FENCE − WING TIP − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION TO THE SRM.

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Wing Tip Fence and is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 101.

NOTE: For definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.


NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter
51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter


51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, the allowable damage data given in
paragraphs 4.C. thru 4.G. is not applicable to aircraft after modi
fication 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at
MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
B. Damage Evaluation

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
NOTE: Make sure the thickness of the damaged area has not been affected
by damage on the opposite side.

NOTE: Make sure that all corrosion damage has been removed before you
assess the type and limits of damage.

NOTE: For the skin thickness tables, refer to Chapter 57−31−22, Page
Block 001.

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded a repair is necessary. Refer to the column ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ in
Chapter 57−31−22 Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.
If a repair is not available, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: All damage is to be crack detected after blending.

NOTE: Apply protective treatment to the damaged area after blending (Re
fer to Chapter 51−21−11).
NOTE: Restore the original standard of paint scheme (Refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

2. Allowable Damage

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Skins on


the Wing Tip Fence.
NOTE: Any damage to the center fitting or the nose fairing assembly must
be reported to AIRBUS.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.
3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Dents 4.A.
Wing Tip Fence (Before Modification Abrasions, A
150000J3004) Scratches, Gouges 4.B.
and Corrosion
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Lightning Strike
Blend Limits −
4.C. A
Before Modifica
tion 23644J1039
Lightning Strike
Wing Tip Fence Blend Limits −
After Modifica
tion 23644J1039 4.D. A
but Before Modi
fication
150000J3004
Dents on the
Skin of the In
board Integral 4.E.(1)
Machined Struc
ture A
Dents on the
Outboard
4.E.(2)
Stretched Formed
Skin
Abrasions,
Scratches, Gouges
and Corrosion on
Wing Tip Fence (After Modification the Skin of the 4.F.(1)
150000J3004) Inboard Integral
Machined Struc
ture A
Abrasions,
Scratches, Gouges
and Corrosion on
4.F.(2)
the Outboard
Stretch Formed
Skin
Blend Limits −
Upper and Lower
4.G. A
Tips of Integral
Machining
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
4. Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage

A. Dents (Before Modification 150000J3004)

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For locations of damage allowed on the skins of this structure before


Modification 23644J1039, refer to Figure 101, sheet 1.
For locations of damage allowed on the skins of this structure after
Modification 23644J1039, refer to Figure 101, sheet 2.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 101, sheet 3.

The maximum permitted depth of dent in the leading edge must not be
more than 0.5 mm (0.02 in). For all other allowable areas of dent dam
age, the maximum permitted depth of a dent must not be more than 1.5 mm
(0.059 in).

NOTE: Dents are allowed only in clear areas of the skins between the
ribs, at the leading edge and at the trailing edge profile.

B. Abrasions, Scratches, Gouges and Corrosion (Before Modification


150000J3004)

For types and locations of damage allowed on the skins of this structure
before Modification 23644J1039, refer to Figure 101, sheet 1.

For locations of damage allowed on the skins of this structure after


Modification 23644J1039, refer to Figure 101, sheet 2.
Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the lim
its of allowable damage given below.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 101, sheet 4.

NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−31−22 Page Block 001 for the skin thick
ness data.

C. Lightning Strike − Blend Limits (Before Modification 23644J1039)

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data applicable
to lightning strikes on the Wing−Tip Fence inboard and outboard skins,
trailing edges and upper and lower end pieces on aircraft before modifi
cation 23644J1039.

The allowable damage data given in this paragraph is not applicable to


A320−200 aircraft weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750
(Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW). For A320−200 aircraft
weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.
Do a visual inspection of the Wing−Tip Fence skins, trailing edges and
upper and lower end pieces. In addition to areas where damage is allowed
(Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1), look for other areas of damage.

NOTE: If areas of damage caused by lightning strikes are found to be


outside the allowable damage limits given below, you must report
this to AIRBUS.

(1) Inboard and Outboard Skins

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Inboard and Outboard Skins, refer to Figure 102, Sheet 1.
Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Inboard and
Outboard Skins are shown in Figure 102, Sheet 8.

Do a visual inspection of the Inboard and Outboard Wing−Tip Fence


Skins. In addition to looking for areas of new damage, look for
areas of previous damage.
NOTE: Provided the damage does not perforate the skin, a maximum of
three damaged areas on each of the inboard and outboard skins
are allowed. The areas of damage must include areas of previous
damage and those areas repaired using the lightning strike hole
repair procedure given in Chapter 57−31−22, Page Block 201. If
more than three damaged areas on either of the inboard or out
board skins are found, you must report this to AIRBUS.

Use a minimum blend radius of 20 x D (where D is the depth of dam


age after blending) to blend out the visible damage on the skins.
Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 8 and Chapter 51−74−00.
NOTE: The blended area must not extend into the cast section of the
Wing−Tip Fence structure.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the


blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.
NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the
panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.
NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

If the amount of material removed exceeds 40% of the thickness of


the material (Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 8), you must contact AIR
BUS.

(2) Upper End Piece and Aft Upper Skin

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Upper End Piece and Aft Upper Skin, refer to Figure 102, Sheets
1 and 2.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Upper End Piece
and Aft Upper Skin are shown in Figure 102, Sheets 3 and 4.

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Do a visual inspection of the Upper End Piece and Aft Upper Skin.
In addition to looking for areas of new damage, look for areas of
previous damage.

NOTE: If any other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)
of the damaged area (Refer to Figure 102, Sheets 3 and 4),
you must report this to AIRBUS.

Blend out the damage in accordance to the limits given in Figure


102, Sheets 3 or 4 and Chapter 51−74−00.

NOTE: If the amount of material removed exceeds the limits given in


Figure 102, Sheets 3 or 4, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the


blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.

NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the


panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.


(3) Lower End Piece

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Lower End Piece, refer to Figure 102, Sheets 1 and 5.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Lower End Piece
are shown in Figure 102, Sheet 5.
Do a visual inspection of the Lower End Piece. In addition to look
ing for areas of new damage, look for areas of previous damage.

NOTE: If any other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)
of the damaged area (Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 5), you must
report this to AIRBUS.
Blend out the damage in accordance to the limits given in Figure
102, Sheet 5 and Chapter 51−74−00.

NOTE: If the amount of material removed exceeds the limits given in


Figure 102, Sheet 5, you must contact AIRBUS.

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the


blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.

NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the


panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.


(4) Upper and Lower Trailing Edges of Skins

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Upper and Lower Trailing Edge of Skins, refer to Figure 102,
Sheet 6.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Upper and Lower
Trailing Edges of Skins are shown in Figure 102, Sheet 7.

Do a visual inspection of the Upper and Lower Trailing Edges of


skins. In addition to looking for areas of new damage, look for
areas of previous damage.

NOTE: If any other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)
of the damaged area (Refer to Figure 102, Sheet 7), you must
report this to AIRBUS.

Blend out the damage in accordance to the limits given in Figure


102, Sheet 7 and Chapter 51−74−00.

NOTE: A maximum of three damaged areas are allowed in the area indi
cated in Figure 102, Sheet 6, provided that the minimum clear
ance dimensions are not reduced (Refer to Figure 102, Sheet
7). If more than three damaged areas exist or the blend dimen
sions exceed the limits given in Figure 102, Sheet 7, you must
contact AIRBUS.
Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the
blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.

NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the


panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.
NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

D. Lightning Strike − Blend Limits (After Modification 23644J1039 but Before


Modification 150000J3004)

This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data applicable
to lightning strikes on the Wing−Tip Fence inboard and outboard skins,
trailing edges and upper and lower end pieces on aircraft after modifi
cation 23644J1039 but before modification 150000J3004.

The allowable damage data given in this paragraph is not applicable to


A320−200 aircraft weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750
(Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW). For A320−200 aircraft
weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.

Do a visual inspection of the Wing−Tip Fence skins, trailing edges and


upper and lower end pieces. In addition to areas where damage is allowed
(Refer to Figure 103, Sheet 1), look for other areas of damage.

NOTE: If areas of damage caused by lightning strikes are found to be


outside the allowable damage limits given below, you must report
this to AIRBUS.

(1) Inboard and Outboard Skins

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Inboard and Outboard Skins, refer to Figure 103, Sheet 1.
Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Inboard and
Outboard Skins are shown in Figure 103, Sheet 9.

Do a visual inspection of the Inboard and Outboard Wing−Tip Fence


Skins. In addition to looking for areas of new damage, look for
areas of previous damage.
NOTE: Provided the damage does not perforate the skin, a maximum of
three damaged areas on each of the inboard and outboard skins
are allowed. The areas of damage must include areas of previous
damage and those areas repaired using the lightning strike hole
repair procedure given in Chapter 57−31−22, Page Block 201. If
more than three damaged areas on either of the inboard or out
board skins are found, you must report this to AIRBUS.

Use a minimum blend radius of 20 x D (where D is the depth of dam


age after blending) to blend out the visible damage on the skins.
Refer to Figure 103, Sheet 9 and Chapter 51−74−00.
NOTE: The blended area must not extend into the cast section of the
Wing−Tip Fence structure.

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the


blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.

NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the


panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.


If the amount of material removed exceeds 40% of the thickness of
the material (Refer to Figure 103, Sheet 9), you must contact AIR
BUS.

(2) Upper End Piece and Aft Upper Skin

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Upper End Piece and Aft Upper Skin, refer to Figure 103, Sheets
1 and 2.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Upper End Piece
and Aft Upper Skin are shown in Figure 103, Sheets 3 and 4.

Do a visual inspection of the Upper End Piece and Aft Upper Skin.
In addition to looking for areas of new damage, look for areas of
previous damage.

NOTE: If any other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)
of the damaged area (Refer to Figure 103, Sheets 3 and 4),
you must report this to AIRBUS.
Blend out the damage in accordance to the limits given in Figure
103, Sheets 3 or 4 and Chapter 51−74−00.

NOTE: If the amount of material removed exceeds the limits given in


Figure 103, Sheets 3 or 4, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the


blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.

NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the


panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.
NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

(3) Lower End Piece

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Lower End Piece, refer to Figure 103, Sheets 1 and 5.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Lower End Piece
are shown in Figure 103, Sheet 6.

Do a visual inspection of the Lower End Piece. In addition to look


ing for areas of new damage, look for areas of previous damage.

NOTE: If any other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)
of the damaged area (Refer to Figure 103, Sheet 6), you must
report this to AIRBUS.

Blend out the damage in accordance to the limits given in Figure


103, Sheet 6 and Chapter 51−74−00.

NOTE: If the amount of material removed exceeds the limits given in


Figure 103, Sheet 6, you must contact AIRBUS.
Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the
blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.

NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the


panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

(4) Upper and Lower Trailing Edges of Skins

For locations where damage caused by lightning strikes is allowed on


the Upper and Lower Trailing Edge of Skins, refer to Figure 103,
Sheet 7.

Allowable damage limits for lightning strikes on the Upper and Lower
Trailing Edges of Skins are shown in Figure 103, Sheet 8.

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Do a visual inspection of the Upper and Lower Trailing Edges. In


addition to looking for areas of new damage, look for areas of pre
vious damage.

NOTE: If any other areas of damage are found within 25 mm (0.984 in)
of the damaged area (Refer to Figure 103, Sheet 8), you must
report this to AIRBUS.

Blend out the damage in accordance to the limits given in Figure


103, Sheet 8 and Chapter 51−74−00.

NOTE: A maximum of three damaged areas are allowed in the area indi
cated in Figure 103, Sheet 7, provided that the minimum clear
ance dimensions are not reduced (Refer to Figure 103, Sheet
8). If more than three damaged areas exist or the blend dimen
sions exceed the limits given in Figure 103, Sheet 8, you must
contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801, to inspect the


blended area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.
NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to the
panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reductions. Do a
HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803,
where the blend is present in these areas. The conductivity
change can be detected, if the screen deflection exceeds 20%.
NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

Use a HFEC method given in NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803, to inspect the


blended area for cracks.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

E. Dents (After Modification 150000J3004)


The allowable damage data given in this paragraph is not applicable to
A320−200 aircraft weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750
(Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW). For A320−200 aircraft
weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.

(1) For locations of damage allowed on the skin of the inboard integral
machined structure, refer to Figure 104, Sheet 1.

The maximum permitted depth of dent in all areas must not be more
than 1.5 mm (0.059 in).

Dents are allowed only in clear areas of the skin between the ribs,
at the leading edge and at the trailing edge profile.
Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 104, Sheet
3.

Page 111
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) For locations of damage allowed on the outboard stretched formed


skin, refer to Figure 104, Sheet 2.
The maximum permitted depth of dent in all areas must not be more
than 1.5 mm (0.059 in).

Dents are allowed only in clear areas of the skin between the rib/
stiffener pad ups.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 104, Sheet
3.

F. Abrasions, Scratches, Gouges and Corrosion (After Modification


150000J3004)

The allowable damage data given in this paragraph is not applicable to


A320−200 aircraft weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750
(Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW). For A320−200 aircraft
weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.

(1) For locations of damage allowed on the skin of the inboard integral
machined structure, refer to Figure 104, Sheet 1.

Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the
limits of allowable damage given below.

All damage to be crack detected after blending.

Damage is only allowed to skin between stiffeners, ribs and trailing


edge.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 104, Sheet
4.

(2) For locations of damage allowed on the outboard stretched formed


skin, refer to Figure 104, Sheet 2.

Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the
limits of allowable damage given below.
All damage to be crack detected after blending.

Damage is only allowed to skin between rib/stiffener pad ups.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 104, Sheet
4.
G. Blend Limits − Upper and Lower Tips of Integral Machining

The allowable damage data given in this paragraph is not applicable to


A320−200 aircraft weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750
(Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW). For A320−200 aircraft
weight variant 015 after modification 38525K11750, contact AIRBUS.

Page 112
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Typical damage found on the upper and lower tips of the wing tip
fence is shown in Figure 105. This damage is allowed provided that,
after blending, the limits do not exceed those shown in Figure 105.

When you blend an area of damage you must carry out the procedure
that follows.

(a) Blend out the damage in small stages. Make frequent stops between
stages to check that:
− the damage is being removed.
− the depth of blending for the upper or lower corner tips does
not exceed the limits in Figure 105.

(b) When all the damages has been removed, the blended area must
have a smooth radius at the edges and polished finish over the
contour.
(c) Apply protective treatment to the repaired areas (refer to Chap
ter 51−21−11).

(d) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

Page 113
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (Before Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 114
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (Before Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 115
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (Before Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Page 116
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (Before Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 101 (sheet 4)

Page 117
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 1)
Page 118
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 2)
Page 119
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 3)
Page 120
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 4)
Page 121
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 5)
Page 122
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 6)
Page 123
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 7)
Page 124
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Figure 102 (sheet 8)
Page 125
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 1)
Page 126
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 2)
Page 127
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 3)
Page 128
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 4)
Page 129
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 5)
Page 130
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 6)
Page 131
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 7)
Page 132
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 8)
Page 133
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Allowable Damage for Lightning Strikes (After Modification
23644J1039 but Before Modification 150000J3004)
Figure 103 (sheet 9)
Page 134
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (After Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 104 (sheet 1)

Page 135
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (After Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 104 (sheet 2)

Page 136
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (After Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 104 (sheet 3)

Page 137
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Types of Allowable Damage (After Modification 150000J3004)


Figure 104 (sheet 4)

Page 138
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence − Blending of Upper and Lower Tips (After Modification
150000J3004)
Figure 105

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov139/140
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FENCE WING−TIP − REPAIRS

1. General

These repairs are applicable for damage to the Wing−Tip Fence. They apply
to both before and after Modification 23644J1039, and both inboard and out
board skin positions. Small damage area patch repairs are included as well
as a rib repair procedure.

The General repairs are listed in Table 201.

The Specific repairs are listed in Table 202.

For details of the necessary repairs and the areas of allowable damage on
the wing−tip fence, refer to Chapter 57−31−22, Page Block 101.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Safety Precautions
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS, SEALANTS AND STRUCTURE PAINTS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

CAUTION: USE ONLY SPECIFIED CLEANING MATERIALS AND SOLUTIONS OR THEIR


EQUIVALENTS. THE SURFACE PROTECTION COULD BE DAMAGED IF UNSPECIFIED
MATERIALS ARE USED. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE MANUFACTURER’S MIX
ING, APPLICATION AND TREATMENT INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOLLOWED.
CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, THE AREA SURROUNDING THE REPAIR MUST BE COV
ERED WITH PLASTIC FOIL AND MASKING TAPE.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION TO THE SRM.
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIRS.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Repair of Areas 1 and 4 on the Top and
Bottom Outboard Skins (Before Modification
23644J1039)
5A
5.A. 202 A
Repair of Areas 1 and 4 on the Top and
Bottom Inboard Skins (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Repair of Areas 2 and 3 on the Top and
Bottom Outboard Skins (Before Modification
23644J1039)
5B
5.B. 202 A
Repair of Areas 2 and 3 on the Top and
Bottom Inboard Skins (Before Modification
23644J1039)
Repair of Areas 1 and 4 on the Top and
Bottom Outboard Skins (After Modification
23644J1039)
5A
5.A. 205 A
Repair of Areas 1 and 4 on the Top and
Bottom Inboard Skins (After Modification
23644J1039)
Repair of Areas 2 and 3 on the Top and
Bottom Outboard Skins (After Modification
23644J1039)
5B
5.B. 205 A
Repair of Areas 2 and 3 on the Top and
Bottom Inboard Skins (After Modification
23644J1039)
General Repairs to the Ribs 5.C. 207 A
Small Area Repairs 5.D. 208 A
Removal and Installation of the Static Dis Not Ap Not Ap
5.E.
charger Retainer plicable plicable
Repair of Lightning Strike Hole Damage (Be
5.F. 211 A
fore Modification 150000J3004)
Repair of Stretch Formed Skin (After Modi
5.G. 212 A
fication 150000J3004)
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Repair of Integral Machining − Upper and
Lower Trailing Edges (After Modification 5.H. 215 A
150000J3004)
Repair of Integral Machining − Upper and
Lower Leading Edges (After Modification 5.I. 217 A
150000J3004)
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Wing Tip Fence − Repair Schemes

NOTE: All bare metal parts must be treated with chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) and epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006B/16−006C).

NOTE: If damage occurs to the leading edge area then anti−erosion paint
(CML No. 16−031) must be re−applied (Refer to Figure 210 and SRM
Chapter 51−75−12).

NOTE: All gaps must be filled with aerodynamic sealant (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−24−00).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.
A. Repairs of Skin Areas 1 and 4

(1) Repair General

This repair is applicable to areas 1 and 4 on the top and bottom


inboard and outboard skins before and after Modification 23644J1039.
Refer to Figure 201 for areas 1 and 4 on the wing tip fence before
Modification 23644J1039.

Refer to Figure 204 for areas 1 and 4 on the wing tip fence after
Modification 23644J1039 but before Modification 150000J3004.

Details of the repair areas and the dimensions required to make the
skins are given in Figures 203 and 206. The skins are to be formed
locally to match the aerodynamic profile.

This repair will require the manufacture of a buttstrap (Refer to


Figure 207 for dimensions and material specification).

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 203.

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials


For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Scotchbrite A/R Local Resources
− Bostic M890 A/R TBD
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxide Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B/16−006C
− Anti−Erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031
− Solvent General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Make sure the damage site is within the area of the repair skin.
(b) Remove the static discharger base plate if the damage is on the
outboard skin.

(c) Mark out the skin cut line on the existing skin. The cut line
should avoid existing rivet holes where possible.
(d) Transfer by marking existing rivet positions on to the repair
skin. Make sure that the minimum edge distance of 8 mm (0.315
in) is maintained.

(e) Remove the relevant rivets in the area of the repair skin and
buttstraps (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).
(f) Cut the skin at the cut line. Take care not to damage the sur
rounding components. Where the cut line passes through a rivet
hole, blend out the remainder of the hole and any countersink.

(g) Remove the damaged skin area.


NOTE: If repairs to the internal structure are to be done, refer
to Paragraph 5.C., General Repairs to the Ribs.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Remove any unwanted sealant, clean and degrease the repair area
with general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026).
(i) Position the repair skin and trim the edges to suit. Transfer
drill holes and mark out on the repair skin (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(j) Position the buttstraps over the joint of the existing skin and
the repair skins. Trim the buttstrap edges to prevent overlap.
Transfer the existing rivet positions by marking out the hole
positions onto the repair skin.

NOTE: The buttstraps should not cover the skin caps on the lead
ing edge.

NOTE: The buttstraps is to be attached by three rows of rivets


each side of the cut−line. A minimum edge distance of 8 mm
(0.315 in) is to be maintained between the edge of the
buttstrap and the first row of rivets (Refer to Figure
207).

(k) Check the rivet holes (Refer to the Table in Figure 209) and
replace the rivets as follows:
− use nominal size rivets (1/8 in.) if the holes are not damaged
and are to specification
− use 1st oversize rivets if the holes are enlarged or damaged
− use nominal size rivets at all new positions
− increase to the next grip length increment when the structure
is repaired and the rivets go through a flange.
NOTE: You must not use rivets of the next nominal size. The skin
thickness will not allow the increase in countersink depth.
If a hole is badly out of specification, you must refer to
AIRBUS.
NOTE: For airplanes after Modification 23644J1039 only. If you use
NAS1241AD4−20 as an oversize replacement for NAS1097AD4−00,
you must not increase the countersink depth. The skin
thickness will not allow this. To make the rivet flush, you
must carefully mill the head of the rivet after installa
tion.

(l) Drill the rivet holes in the repair skin and buttstrap (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−44−11). Deburr all the rivet holes.

(m) Polish fettled and cut edges to remove all nicks and scratches.

(n) Use general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026) to clean and de
grease the repair skin and buttstrap.

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 13−002) IS POISONOUS.

(o) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to all the
repair parts followed by epoxide primer (CML No.
16−006B/16−006C).

(p) Remove all swarf and debris from the wing−tip fence interior.

(q) Wet assemble and rivet the repair skin in position (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−43−11).
1 For wet assembled rivets, refer to SRM Chapter 51−76−11.

NOTE: Make sure the rivet process is completed during the cur
ing time.

(r) Wet assemble and rivet the buttstrap in position over the joint
of the existing and the repair skin. Use also the same reference
as in sub paragraph 5.A.(3)(q) above.

(s) Assemble the static discharger base plate to the wing−tip fence
(Refer to Paragraph 5.E.).

(t) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−23−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.

B. Repairs of Skin Areas 2 and 3


(1) Repair General

This repair is applicable to areas 2 and 3 on the top and bottom


inboard and outboard skins before and after Modification 23644J1039.

Refer to Figure 201 for areas 2 and 3 on the wing tip fence before
Modification 23644J1039.
Refer to Figure 204 for areas 2 and 3 on the wing tip fence after
Modification 23644J1039 but before Modification 150000J3004.

Details of the repair areas and the dimensions required to make the
skins are given in Figures 203 and 206. The skins are to be formed
locally to match the aerodynamic profile.
This repair will require the manufacture of a buttstrap (Refer to
Figure 207 for dimensions and material specification).

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 204.

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials


For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Scotchbrite A/R Local Resources
− Bostic M890 A/R TBD
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxide Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B/16−006C
− Anti−Erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031
− Solvent General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: You must not do repairs in areas 2 and 3 at the same time. If
you do a repair in areas 2 or 3 it is better to replace the
full upper or lower skin.

(a) Make sure the damage site is within the area of the repair skin.

(b) Use the procedures given in Paragraph 5.A.(3)(b) thru Paragraph


5.A.(3)(g), to remove the damaged skin area.
NOTE: If repairs to the internal structure are to be done, refer
to Paragraph 5.C., General Repairs to the Ribs.

(c) Position the repair skin and trim the edges to suit. Transfer
drill holes and mark out on the repair skin (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).
(d) Position the buttsraps over the joint of the existing skin, re
pair skin and wing−tip fence root. Trim the buttstrap edges to
prevent overlap. Transfer the existing rivet positions by marking
out the rivet hole positions onto the repair skin.
NOTE: The buttstraps is to be attached by three rows of rivets
each side of the cut−line. A minimum edge distance of 8 mm
(0.315 in) is to be maintained between the edge of the
buttstrap and the first row of rivets.

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Use the procedure given in Paragraph 5.A.(3)(q), and rivet the
repair skin and buttstrap in position (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−42−11).

(f) Assemble the static discharger base plate to the wing tip fence
(Refer to Paragraph 5.E.).

(g) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−23−12).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, General Arrangement (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 201

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 3)

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 4)

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 5)

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 6)

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 7)

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 202 (sheet 8)

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 203 (sheet 1)

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 203 (sheet 2)

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 203 (sheet 3)

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (Before Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 203 (sheet 4)

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, General Arrangement (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 204

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 1)

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 2)

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 3)

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 4)

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 5)

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 6)

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 7)

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Repair Areas (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 205 (sheet 8)

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 206 (sheet 3)

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 206 (sheet 4)

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Skins (After Modification 23644J1039)


Figure 206 (sheet 5)

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
C. General Repairs to the Ribs on the Wing−Tip Fence

(1) Repair General

(a) A repair to the ribs on the wing−tip fence will require the use
of a locally manufactured reinforcing piece. The profile of the
reinforcing piece must agree with the internal profile of the
wing−tip fence rib at the splice joint. All other parts must be
repaired by replacement.

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 205.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.

(b) You are able to do a splice repair to the central ribs for the
items found in the following references:
− before Modification 23644J1039, SRM Chapter 57−31−22, Page Block
001, Figure 1
− after Modification 23644J1039 but before Modification
150000J3004, SRM Chapter 57−31−22, Page Block 001, Figure 2.

(2) Repair Materials

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Scotchbrite A/R Local Resources
− Bostic M890 A/R TBD
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxide Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B/16−006C
− Anti−Erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031
− Solvent General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Remove the skin in accordance with the procedure given in para
graphs 5.A.(3)(b) thru 5.A.(3)(q).
NOTE: According to the extent of the internal structural damage,
it may be necessary to remove both inboard and outboard
skins at this stage.

(b) Cut and remove the damaged rib. The rib cut line should be
approximately 30 mm (1.181 in) clear of the skin cut line.
(c) Deburr and polish the cut edges to remove all nicks and
scratches.

(d) Position the new rib and trim to suit. Transfer drill all holes
by marking onto the new rib (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(e) Position the reinforcing rib to cover the joint of the existing
ribs and repair rib. Transfer existing position by marking onto
the repair rib and mark out the new rivet positions.

(f) Check the rivet holes (Refer to the table in Figure 209) and
replace the rivets as follows:
− use nominal size rivets (1/8 in.) if the holes are not damaged
and are to specification
− use 1st oversize rivets if the holes are enlarged or damaged
− use nominal size rivets at all new positions
− increase to the next grip length increment when the structure
is repaired and the rivets go through a flange.
NOTE: You must not use rivets of the next nominal size. The skin
thickness will not allow the increase in countersink depth.
If a hole is badly out of specification, you must refer to
AIRBUS.

NOTE: For airplanes after Modification 23644J1039 only. If you use


NAS1241AD4−20 as an oversize replacement for NAS1097AD4−00,
you must not increase the countersink depth. The skin
thickness will not allow this. To make the rivet flush, you
must carefully mill the head of the rivet after installa
tion.

(g) Drill the rivet holes in the reinforcing rib and the new rib
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11). Deburr all the rivet holes.

(h) Polish fettled and cut edges to remove all nicks and scratches.

(i) Use general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026) to clean and de
grease the reinforcing rib and the new rib.
WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 13−002) IS POISONOUS.

(j) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to all the
repair parts followed by epoxide primer (CML No.
16−006B/16−006C).

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Remove all swarf and debris from the wing−tip fence interior.

(l) Wet assemble and rivet the reinforcing rib in position (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−43−11).

1 For wet assembled rivets, refer to SRM Chapter 51−76−11.

NOTE: Make sure the rivet process is completed during the cur
ing time.
(m) Wet assemble and rivet the new rib in position on the reinforc
ing rib. Use also the same reference as in sub paragraph
5.C.(3)(l) above.

(n) Make good the external surface of repair area to match surround
ing structure (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12). Drill new holes if
required.

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, General Repairs to the Ribs


Figure 207

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
D. Small Area Repairs

(1) Repair General

This repair is applicable to the skins on the wing−tip fence.

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 206.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is not applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Scotchbrite A/R Local Resources


− Bostic M890 A/R TBD
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxide Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B/16−006C
− Anti−Erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031
− Solvent General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Make sure the area of damaged skin is within the area of a 38
mm (1.496 in) maximum diameter hole. The edge of the clearance

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

hole must not be nearer than 10 mm (0.394 in) to any existing


hole.
NOTE: If any damaged structure cannot be repaired within the area
of 38 mm (1.496 in) maximum diameter clearance hole, you
must fit a new skin.

Take suitable precautions to make sure you do not damage


any underlying structure when you remove the skin.
(b) Drill out the minimum sized hole to clear the damage. File or
grind out the hole to the correct dimensions.

NOTE: When the damage to the skin is removed you must inspect
the structure underneath for damage.

(c) Make the edges of the hole smooth and free from burrs.
(d) Remove any unwanted sealant, clean and degrease the repair area
with general purpose solvent (CML No. 11−026).

WARNING: CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (CML NO. 13−002) IS POISONOUS.

(e) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) and epoxide
primer (CML No. 16−006B/16−006C) to the edges of the hole.

(f) Fabricate a repair patch to suit the location of the hole.

1 Where a patch is required between two ribs, one row of exist


ing rivet positions either side of the hole may be used. Three
rows of new rivets are still required and are to be positioned
as normal, equally in all directions from the hole (Refer to
Figure 208, Detail A).

2 Where a patch is required clear of the ribs, buttstraps or


other patch repairs, three rows of new rivets are still re
quired and are to be positioned as normal, equally in all
directions from the hole (Refer to Figure 208, Detail B).

(g) Check the rivet holes (Refer to the table in Figure 209) and
replace the rivets as follows:
− use nominal size rivets (1/8 in.) if the holes are not damaged
and are to specification
− use 1st oversize rivets if the holes are enlarged or damaged
− use nominal size rivets at all new positions

Page 241
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− increase to the next grip length increment when the structure


is repaired and the rivets go through a flange.
NOTE: You must not use rivets of the next nominal size. The skin
thickness will not allow the increase in countersink depth.
If a hole is badly out of specification, you must refer to
AIRBUS.

NOTE: For aircraft after Modification 23644J1039 only. If you use


NAS1241AD4−20 as an oversize replacement for NAS1097AD4−00,
you must not increase the countersink depth. The skin
thickness will not allow this. To make the rivet flush, you
must carefully mill the head of the rivet after installa
tion.
NOTE: For aircraft after Modification 150000J3004 and on the in
tegral machining only. Use NAS1921 to attach the repair
part to the integral machining where the skin forms part of
an internal rib.

(h) Remove all swarf and debris from the wing−tip fence interior.
(i) Wet assemble and rivet the repair patch in position (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−42−11 or SRM Chapter 51−43−11).

(j) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−23−12).
E. Removal and Installation Static Discharger

(1) For the removal and installation of the static discharger retainer,
refer to AMM Chapter 23−61−42−000−01 and AMM Chapter
23−61−42−400−001.

Page 242
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence, Small Repairs


Figure 208

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Table for Rivet Equivalents


Figure 209

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Tip Fence Repair, Areas of Anti−Erosion Paint


Figure 210

Page 245
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
F. Repair of Lightning Strike Hole Damage (Before Modification 150000J3004)

(1) Repair General

The repair in this paragraph is applicable to hole damage caused by


lightning strikes to the Wing Fence Skins for aircraft before modi
fication 150000J3004.
This repair is applicable for the part numbers as follows:

− D57350071000 thru D57350071005, before modification 23644J1039

− D57351200000 thru D57351200003, after modification 23644J1039.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is not applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the sub−paragraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Fastener, Blind PROT. A/R ASNA0078A8*/6.4 mm (0.252 in),


length to suit
2 Washer A/R NAS1149D0463K
(3) Repair Instructions
(a) Do a visual inspection of the inboard and outboard Wing Fence
Skins and look for areas of new and previous damage. Make sure
that any areas of previous damage found are within the allowable
damage areas shown in Figure 211, Sheet 1 for aircraft before

Page 246
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

modification 23644J1039 and Figure 211, Sheet 2 for aircraft af


ter modification 23644J1039.
NOTE: A maximum of three areas of perforation damage are allowed
on each side of the Wing Tip Fence. This includes areas of
previous damage and areas of the skins that have been
blended.

(b) Measure the size of the hole damage. Make sure that the damage
limits and the conditions listed below are not exceeded:
− The damage must be contained within the allowable damage areas
shown in Figure 211, Sheet 1 for aircraft before modification
23644J1039 and Figure 211, Sheet 2 for aircraft after modifica
tion 23644J1039.
− The edge of the damage must be at least 25 mm (0.984 in) from
the nearest fastener
− The damage must be a minimum of 25 mm (0.984 in) from all
other damage areas
− The damaged area must not be more than 6 mm (0.236 in) in di
ameter
− The edge of the damage must be a minimum of 13 mm (0.512 in)
from the material edge.
NOTE: If any of the above damage limits are exceeded or the
conditions stated cannot be met, the damage must not be re
moved in accordance with these repair instructions and you
must contact AIRBUS.
(c) Remove the damaged area by drilling a hole 6.5 mm (0.256 in) to
6.62 mm (0.261 in) suitable for a 6.4 mm (0.252 in) fastener
(Refer to Chapter 51−44−11, Paragraph 2.B.(7), Table 4). Refer to
Figure 211, Sheet 3.

(d) Use a HFEC test method to NTM Task 51−10−12−250−801 to inspect


the area for signs of heat damage. Make sure that all heat−af
fected areas have been removed.
NOTE: Conductivity measurements can be different in areas near to
the panel edges, fastener positions and thickness reduc
tions. Do a HFEC inspection in accordance with NTM Task
51−10−08−250−803, where the blend is present in these areas.
The conductivity change can be detected, if the screen
deflection exceeds 20%.

NOTE: If heat−affected areas remain, you must contact AIRBUS.

(e) Use a HFEC test method to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−803 to inspect


for cracks around the hole.

NOTE: If cracks are found, you must contact AIRBUS.

Page 247
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Install the fastener (Item 1) with length to suit (Refer to


Chapter 51−42−11, Paragraph 13).
NOTE: If necessary, install a washer (Item 2) under the fastener
head (Item 1) to get the correct grip length.

(g) Apply protective treatment to the repaired areas (Refer to Chap


ter 51−21−11).

(h) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 248
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence, Inboard and Outboard Skins − Lightning Strike Hole Repairs
Figure 211 (sheet 1)

Page 249
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence, Inboard and Outboard Skins − Lightning Strike Hole Repairs
Figure 211 (sheet 2)

Page 250
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Tip Fence, Inboard and Outboard Skins − Lightning Strike Hole Repairs
Figure 211 (sheet 3)

Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
G. Repair of Stretch Formed Skin (After Modification 150000J3004)

(1) Repair General

This repair is applicable to the areas 1 thru 4 on the upper and


lower stretch formed skin on the Wing Tip Fence for aircraft after
Modification 150000J3004, refer to Figure 212.
Details of the repair areas and the dimensions required to make the
skin are given in Figures 213 and 214.

This repair will require the manufacture of a buttstrap, refer to


Figure 213.

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 208.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is not applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.
(2) Repair Materials

Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Skin A/R 2024T42 1.6 mm (0.063 in)


Thickness (Refer to Figure 213)
2 Buttstrap A/R Aluminum Alloy 2024T3 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) Thickness (Refer to
Figure 213)
− Low Adhesion Polysulfide A/R CML No. 09−019B
Sealant
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B/16−006C
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Anti−Erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031
− Scotchbrite A/R Local resources
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: There must be a minimum distance of 25 mm (0.984 in) from the


new damaged area to any existing repair.

(a) Do a visual inspection of the wing−tip fence assembly and look


for new and previously damaged areas.

(b) Measure the damage size and make sure that the damaged areas are
within the allowable damage limit (refer to Figure 213).

(c) Remove the static discharger and packer (if available), and re
tain them if they are not damaged.

(d) Mark out the cut−line on the existing skin. The cut−line should
avoid existing rivet holes where possible.
(e) Remove the relevant rivets that attach the stretch formed skin to
the integral machining, above the cut−line (refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE INTEGRAL MACHINING AREA.

(f) Cut the damaged area of the stretch formed skin.

(g) Remove the damaged skin and make sure that the integral machining
areas are not damaged. If damaged follow the specific repairs for
integral machining, refer to the specific repair table 202.

(h) Remove the unwanted sealant, clean and degrease the repair area
with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

Page 253
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Mark out the new skin repair section for the outboard stretch
formed skin leaving a 5.0 mm trim allowance around the periphery
of he profile.

(j) Position the new repair skin (item 1) and trim the edges to suit
the skin profile, trim the repair skin (item 1) in the trim al
lowance area (refer to Figure 214).

(k) Transfer and mark all existing holes from integral machining
areas to the repair skin (item 1).

(l) Drill and countersink holes at the marked positions (refer to


Chapter 51−44−11).

(m) Deburr all the rivet holes.


(n) Manufacture the buttstrap (item 2) (refer to Figure 213).

(o) Position the buttstrap (item 2) over the joint of the existing
skin and repair skin (item 1). Trim the buttstrap edges to pre
vent overlap.

(p) Transfer and mark all the holes from the repair skin (item 1) to
the buttstrap (item 2).

NOTE: The buttstrap is to be attached by three rows of rivets


each side of the cut−line. A minimum edge distance of 6.35
mm (0.25 in) is to be maintained between the edge of the
buttstrap and the first row of rivets (refer to Figure
213).

(q) Drill and countersink holes at the marked positions, (refer to


Chapter 51−44−11).

(r) Deburr all the rivet holes.


(s) Polish the fettled and cut edges to remove all the scratches and
marks/nicks.

(t) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to clean the buttstrap (item 2) and
repair area.
(u) Apply the chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to all
repair parts, followed by anti corrosion primer (epoxy improved
adhesion) (CML No. 16−006B/16−006C).

(v) Wet assemble and rivet the repair skin (item 1) in position,
followed by the buttstrap (item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−43−11).
For wet assembled rivets, refer to Chapter 51−76−11.

NOTE: Make sure the rivet process is completed during the curing
time.

Page 254
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(w) Install the static discharger and packer (if available) in cor
rect position.
(x) Fill all the edges and gaps with sealant (CML No. 09−019B) and
allow to cure.

(y) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin Repair − General Arrangement


Figure 212

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Areas


Figure 213 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov257/258
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Areas


Figure 213 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov259/260
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Areas


Figure 213 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov261/262
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Areas


Figure 213 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov263/264
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Skins


Figure 214 (sheet 1)

Page 265
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Skins


Figure 214 (sheet 2)

Page 266
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Skins


Figure 214 (sheet 3)

Page 267
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stretch Formed Skin − Repair Skins


Figure 214 (sheet 4)

Page 268
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
H. Repair of Integral Machining − Upper and Lower Trailing Edges (After
Modification 150000J3004)

(1) Repair General

This repair is applicable to the upper and lower trailing edges of


integral machining on the Wing Tip Fence for aircraft after Modifi
cation 150000J3004.

Details of the repair areas and the dimensions required to make the
skin are given in Figures 215 and 216.

This repair will require the manufacture of a buttstrap, refer to


Figure 215.
NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 209.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is not applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 269
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Skin A/R 2024T42 1.6 mm (0.063 in)


Thickness (Refer to Figure 215)
2 Buttstrap A/R Aluminum Alloy 2024T3 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) Thickness (Refer to
Figure 215)
− Low Adhesion Polysulfide A/R CML No. 09−019B
Sealant
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B/16−006C
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Anti−Erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031
− Scotchbrite A/R Local resources
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a visual inspection of the integral machining upper and lower


trailing edges and look for new and previously damaged areas.

(b) Make sure that the damaged areas are within the allowable damage
limit (refer to Figure 215).

(c) Mark out the cut−line on the rear of the integral machining.

(d) Transfer by marking all existing rivet positions from the trail
ing edge area to the repair skin (item 1). Make sure that the
minimum edge distance of 8 mm (0.315 in) is maintained.

(e) Drill and countersink holes in the repair skin (item 1).
(f) Deburr the rivet holes.

(g) Remove the relevant rivets within the damaged area that attach
the trailing edge area to the stretch formed skin (refer to
Chapter 51−42−11).

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE OUTBOARD STRETCH FORMED SKIN.

(h) Cut the damaged area at the cut−line.

(i) Remove the damaged skin area.


(j) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(k) Mark out the new skin repair section to take the place of the
damaged integrally machined skin leaving a 5.0 mm trim allowance
boundary around the periphery of the marked out profile.

Page 270
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(l) Position the repair skin (item 1) and trim the edges to suit
(refer to Figure 216).
(m) Manufacture the buttstrap (item 2) (refer to Figure 215).

(n) Position the buttstrap (item 2) over the joint of the existing
skin and repair skin (item 1). Trim the buttstrap edges to pre
vent overlap. Transfer the existing rivet positions to buttstrap
(item 2).
(o) Drill and countersink the rivet holes in the buttstrap (item 2)
(refer to Chapter 51−44−11), deburr rivet holes.

(p) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to clean the buttstrap (item 2) and
repair area.
(q) Wet assemble and rivet the buttstrap (item 2) in position, fol
lowed by the repair skin (item 1) onto the buttstrap (item 2)
(refer to Chapter 51−43−11).

For wet assembled rivets, refer to Chapter 51−76−11.

NOTE: Make sure the rivet process is completed during the curing
time.

(r) Fill all the edges and gaps with sealant (CML No. 09−019B) and
allow the sealant to cure.

(s) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov271/272
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Integral Machining Trailing Edge − Repair Areas


Figure 215 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov273/274
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Integral Machining Trailing Edge − Repair Areas


Figure 215 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov275/276
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Integral Machining Trailing Edge − Repair Skins


Figure 216 (sheet 1)

Page 277
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Integral Machining Trailing Edge − Repair Skins


Figure 216 (sheet 2)

Page 278
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 210.
I. Repair of Integral Machining − Upper and Lower Leading Edges (After Mod
ification 150000J3004)

(1) Repair General

This repair is applicable to the upper and lower leading edges of


integral machining on the Wing Tip Fence for aircraft after Modifi
cation 150000J3004.

The repair requires the blending of damaged areas, and then to re
store the profile so it doesn’t affect the aerodynamics.

NOTE: This repair is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 210.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 210
<1> For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is not applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials


For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B/16−006C
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Anti−Erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031
− Scotchbrite A/R Local resources
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a visual inspection for any damage on the wing−tip fence


leading edges.

Page 279
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Make sure that the damage is within the allowable area and the
other areas are not affected.
(c) Measure the size and depth of the damage and make sure the depth
does not exceed the limits (refer to Figure 217).

(d) Blend the damage (refer to Figure 217).

(e) Deburr the sharp edges.


(f) Polish the fettled area to remove the scratches and marks.

(g) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(h) Fill the dent or blended damage area to restore original profile
(refer to Chapter 51−73−00).
(i) Apply protective treatment to the repaired areas (refer to Chap
ter 51−21−11).

(j) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

NOTE: Treat the area with Anti−Erosion Paint (CML No. 16−031).

Page 280
Printed in Germany
57−31−22 Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Integral Machining Upper and Lower Leading Edges Repair Skins


Figure 217

Printed in Germany
57−31−22 PagesNov281/282
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SHARKLET

1. Sharklet − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Skins and Plating Figure 2
2 Spars Figure 3
3 Ribs Figure 4
NOTE: Refer to SRM 57−30−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the Modifi
cation/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage 2
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 3/4
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 5/6
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 9/10
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 11/12
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 13/14
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 15/16
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
17
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 AugPage01/1318
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 19/20
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 12)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 21/22
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 13)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 23/24
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 14)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 25/26
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 15)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 27/28
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 16)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 29/30
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 17)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 31/32
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 18)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 AugPage01/1333
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 19)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 AugPage01/1334
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 20)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 35/36
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 21)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 37/38
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 22)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Pages 39/40
Nov 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 23)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 AugPage01/1341
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skins and Plating


Figure 2 (sheet 24)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 AugPage01/1342
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin 1, LE ABS5043E032 D57356861200


201
5 Skin, TE upper ABS5044E030 D57356813200 B160086J3720
201
5A Skin, TE upper ABS5044E030 D57356816200 A160086J3720
201
10 Skin, TE lower ABS5044E030 D57356814200 B160086J3720
201
10A Skin, TE lower ABS5044E030 D57356817200 A160086J3720
201
15 Angle, sealing ABS5044E016 D57356812200 B160086J3720
201
1.6 (0.063)
15A Angle, sealing ABS5044E016 D57356815200 A160086J3720
201
1.6 (0.063)
20 Panel, inboard Composite D57356802000
upper 001
25 Panel, inboard Composite D57356804000
lower 001
30 Cap, inspection ABR6−0123 D57356723200
35 Cap, housing ABR6−0122 D57356879200
40 Bracket, FWD ABS5125A055 D57356779200
201
45 Bracket, AFT ABS5125A055 D57356780200
201
50 Bracket, RS in ABS5323B060 D57356782200
board 201
55 Skin 2, LE up ABS5043E020 D57356862200
per 201
60 Skin 2, LE nose ABS5043E016 D57356863200
201
65 Housing assy, D57356682000 B160088J3817
NAV 001
65A Housing assy, D57356682004 A160088J3817
NAV 005
70 Skin 5, LE ABS5043E020 D57356867200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57356800, D57356801, D57356803, D57356810, D57356818, D57356843,
D57356860

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 MayPage01/1443
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Skin 3, LE ABS5043E020 D57356865200


201
80 Skin 4, LE out ABS5043E020 D57356874200
board 201
85 Skin 4, LE in ABS5043E020 D57356866200
board 201
90 Land 1, strobe ABS5044E020 D57356872200
201
95 Land 2, strobe ABS5044E020 D57356873200
201
100 Housing assy, D57356683000 B160088J3817
strobe 001
100A Housing assy, D57356683004 A160088J3817
strobe 005
105 Cover, PSU ABS5043E020 D57356869200
201
110 Panel, outboard Composite D57356832000
upper 001
115 Panel, outboard Composite D57356834000
lower 001
120 Splice 1, upper Composite D57356727000
001
125 Splice 1, lower Composite D57356729000
001
130 Skin 6, LE ABS5043E020 D57356868200
201
135 Plate, TE throat ABS5043E020 D57356876200
140 Plate, LE throat ABS5043E020 D57356877200
145 Tip cap, inboard ABS5452C020 D57356852200
201
150 Tip cap, out ABS5452C020 D57356853200
board 201
155 Wedge, tip cap ABS5032A020 D57356854200
201
160 Strap 1, tip ABS5044E016 D57356855200 B160038J3699
cap 201
160A Strap 1, tip ABS5044E016 D57356855202 A160038J3699
cap 203
ASSY Dwg.: D57356726, D57356728, D57356830, D57356831, D57356833, D57356850,
D57356851, D57356860, D57356875, D5756860

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 MayPage01/1444
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

165 Strap 2, tip ABS5044E016 D57356856200 B160038J3699


cap 201
165A Strap 2, tip ABS5044E016 D57356856202 A160038J3699
cap 203
170 Strap 3, tip ABS5044E016 D57356857200
cap 201
175 Strap 4, tip ABS5044E016 D57356858200
cap 201
180 Panel, TE upper Composite D57356822000
001
185 Panel, TE lower Composite D57356824000
001
190 Shim Composite D57356884000
0.2 (0.008)
195 Shim Composite D57356884002
0.4 (0.016)
200 Shim Composite D57356884004
0.6 (0.024)
205 Shim Composite D57356884006
0.8 (0.031)
210 Shim Composite D57356884008
1 (0.039)
215 Shim ABS5782A020 D57356878200 A160038J3699
220 Shim ABS5044A014 D57356878202 A160038J3699
225 Shim ABS5044A014 D57356878204 A160038J3699
230 Shim ABS5044A014 D57356878206 A160038J3699
ASSY Dwg.: D57356730, D57356800, D57356821, D57356823, D57356830, D57356850

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 MayPage01/1445
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
47
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1248
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
49
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1250
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
51
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1252
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
53
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1254
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
55
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1256
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 12)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
57
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 13)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1258
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 14)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
59
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 15)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1260
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars
Figure 3 (sheet 16)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
61
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Front spar, out Composite D57356776600


board 602
5 Rear spar, out Composite D57356778600
board 602
10 Front spar, in Composite D57356772600
board 602
15 Rear spar, in Composite D57356774600
board 602
20 Spar 1, mid in ABS5323B040 D57356735200
board 201
25 Spar 2, mid in ABS5323B040 D57356736200
board 201
30 Intercostal ABS5323B070 D57356748200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57356730, D57356771, D57356773, D57356775, D57356777

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1262
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
63
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1264
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
65
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1266
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
67
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1268
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
69
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1270
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
71
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1272
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/12
73
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs
Figure 4 (sheet 12)

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 NovPage01/1274
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib 27A ABS5323B180 D57356796200


201
5 Bushing BSB23 D57356797200
10 Bushing BSB23 D57356797202
15 Bushing BSB23 D57356797204
20 Bushing BSB23 D57356797206
25 Bushing BSB23 D57356797208
30 Doubler 1, rib ABS5323B060 D57356791200
27A 201
35 Doubler 2, rib ABS5323B060 D57356792200
27A 201
40 Doubler 3, rib ABS5323B060 D57356793200
27A 201
45 Doubler 4, rib ABS5323B060 D57356794200
27A 201
50 Rib 1, inboard ABS5323B035 D57356731200
201
55 Rib 2, inboard ABS5323B040 D57356732200
201
60 Rib 3, inboard ABS5323B070 D57356733200
201
65 Rib 1, LE ABS5323B080 D57356741200
201
70 Rib 2, LE ABS5323B075 D57356742200
201
75 Rib 3, LE ABS5323B070 D57356743200
201
80 Rib 4, LE ABS5323B060 D57356744200
201
85 Rib 5, LE ABS5323B080 D57356745200
201
90 Rib 1, TE ABS5323B040 D57356761200
201
95 Rib 2, TE ABS5323B080 D57356762200
201
100 Seal, rib 27 ABR9−0142 D57356724200 B160069J3716
lower 201
100A Seal, rib 27 ABR9−0142 D57356724202 A160069J3716
lower 203
ASSY Dwg.: D57356730, D57356795, D57356843

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 AugPage01/1375
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Rib 6, LE ABS5323B065 D57356746200


201
110 Rib 3, TE ABS5323B055 D57356763200
201
115 Shim Composite D57356884000
0.2 (0.008)
120 Shim Composite D57356884002
0.4 (0.016)
125 Shim Composite D57356884004
0.6 (0.024)
130 Shim Composite D57356884006
0.8 (0.031)
135 Shim Composite D57356884008
1 (0.039)
140 Plate, access ABS5044E016 D57356765200
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57356730, D57356820, D57356830

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 AugPage01/1376
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SHARKLET − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the
Sharklet Structure.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: PUT A WARNING NOTICE IN THE COCKPIT TO TELL PERSONS NOT TO OPER
ATE THE FLIGHT CONTROLS BECAUSE PERSONS ARE NEAR TO THE FLIGHT
CONTROL SURFACES.

CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND MECHANICAL AND


ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, THE AREA SURROUNDING THE REPAIR MUST BE COV
ERED WITH PLASTIC FOIL AND MASKING TAPE.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA
GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Repair of Lightning Strike
Damage − Trailing Edge 5.A. 201 C 57−31−23−2−001−00
Panels and Fasteners
Repair of Lightning Strike
Damage − Fastener Re 5.B. − A −
placement
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Sharklet − Repair Schemes
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE


INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−31−23−2−001−00 AND IS
DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM
WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH


IN 50 FLIGHT CYCLES.

A. Repair of Lightning Strike Damage − Trailing Edge Panels and Fasteners


(1) Repair General

This temporary repair is applicable to delamination on inboard trail


ing edge panels and damage on specific fasteners.
Refer to Figure 201 for the repair zones and the fastener locations.
Provide the full damage report to AIRBUS for lightning strike damage
to sharklet outside the limits given in this repair (refer to Chap
ter 51−11−13).

After these repairs are applied, you must contact AIRBUS immediately
to find a permanent solution.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Self Adhesive Aluminum Tape A/R CML No. 08−052


(High Speed Tape)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) High speed tape protection to delaminated areas (applicable to


repair zone A, upper and lower surfaces)
1 Do a visual inspection to upper and lower inboard trailing edge
panels as shown in NTM Task 51−90−00. No more than one high
speed tape repair should exist in each repair area. If any ex
isting high speed tape repairs are found, contact AIRBUS.

2 Perform a hand held tap test as shown in NTM Task


51−10−03−280−801. If the delaminated area exceeds the damage
limits (refer to Figure 201), contact AIRBUS.

3 Perform a heat damage evaluation of damaged area to make sure


that no further damage is found (refer to Chapter 51−28−00). If
heat damage is found, contact AIRBUS.
4 Remove all loose materials from the damaged area without in
creasing the area and depth of the damage.

5 Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

6 Restore the surface protection, if necessary (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

7 Prepare the damaged area.

8 Apply the high speed tape (CML No. 08−052) to both surfaces
extending over the inboard trailing edge panels with a minimum
of 25 mm (0.984 in) overlap surrounding the damage (refer to
Chapter 51−77−12 Paragraph 2.A.).

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) High speed tape protection to damaged fasteners (applicable to


repair zones A and B, upper and lower surfaces)
1 Do a visual inspection to upper and lower inboard trailing edge
panels to find location of damaged fasteners (refer to NTM Task
51−90−00). No more than one high speed tape repair should exist
in each repair area. If any existing high speed tape repairs
are detected, contact AIRBUS.
2 Perform a hand held tap test as shown in NTM Task
51−10−03−280−801. If delamination is found, contact AIRBUS.

3 Remove all loose materials from the damaged area without in
creasing the area and depth of the damage.
4 Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

5 Restore the surface protection at fastener head, if necessary


(refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

6 Prepare the damaged area.

7 Apply the high speed tape (CML No. 08−052) (refer to Chapter
51−77−12 Paragraph 2.A.).

NOTE: Treat the fastener and surrounding burn marks as the dam
aged area.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Lightning Strike Damage − Trailing Edge Panels and Fasteners


Figure 201

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
B. Repair of Lightning Strike Damage − Fastener Replacement

(1) Repair General

This repair is applicable at all fastener locations on the sharklet.

Make sure the original fastener type or an approved alternative is


available before starting this repair (refer to Chapter 51−43−00). If
fastener type is not available, contact AIRBUS.

Provide the full damage report to AIRBUS for lightning strike damage
to sharklet outside the limits given in this repair (refer to Chap
ter 51−11−13).

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200
014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026


(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Perform a hand held tap test as shown in NTM Task


51−10−03−280−801. If delamination is found, contact AIRBUS.
(b) Remove the damaged fasteners (refer to Chapter 51−42−21).

(c) Do a visual inspection for holes and countersinks as shown in


NTM Task 51−90−00 and make sure they are in good condition and
within the tolerance limits (refer to Chapter 51−44−21).

(d) Perform a heat damage evaluation around damaged fasteners to make


sure that no further damage is found (refer to Chapter 51−28−00).
If heat damage is found, contact AIRBUS.

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−31−23 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Install the original fastener type or an approved alternative


(refer to Chapter 51−42−21 or Chapter 51−43−00).
NOTE: Make sure you select only alternative fastener without re
striction while selecting an alternative fastener from the
leader part number.

(f) If more damage is found, contact AIRBUS.

(g) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).
(h) Restore the surface protection (refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−31−23 PagesNov207/208
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE AND LEADING EDGE DEVICES

1. Modification/Service Bulletin List

This list shows the modifications and the Manufacturer Serial number (MSN)
of the aircraft (A/C) model which have these modifications. Modifications
with the same number, but with a different suffix letter show a different
effectivity, refer to column ’S’.

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20002 J 0001 A320 0003−0021


20167 J 0030 A320 0022−9999
20190 J 0095 A A320 0003−0010
20190 J 0095 B A320 0011−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20235 J 0060 A320 0003−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20265 J 0068 A320 0022−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20265 J 0080 A320 0022−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20275 J 0076 A320 0005−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20330 J 0100 A320 0005−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20486 J 0167 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20544 J 0234 A320 0028−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20609 J 0261 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20609 J 0263 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20661 J 0319 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20666 J 0298 A320 0003, 0076−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
20666 J 0320 A320 0003, 0076−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
20672 J 0321 A320 0003, 0092−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
20803 J 0353 A320 0131−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21044 J 0418 A320 0084, 0091−0363 (included in
21999P2000)

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 AugPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

21076 J 0419 A320 0106−0107, 0118, 0121, 0125,


0152−0153, 0160, 0171, 0192, 0197,
0206, 0208, 0213, 0262−0263,
0272−0273, 0281−0282, 0297−0298,
0306−0307, 0318−0319, 0329,
0339−0340, 0355, 0358, 0360, 0367,
0372, 0380−0381, 0387, 0388, 0399,
0400, 0408, 0410, 0417, 0418, 0424,
0425, 0435, 0439, 0442, 0450, 0452,
0454, 0456, 0457, 0462−0465, 0470,
0476, 0479, 0481, 0483, 0485, 0487,
0489, 0500, 0504, 0510, 0512,0523,
0527, 0533, 0535, 0542, 0546, 0549,
0559, 0560
21120 J 0439 A320 0059, 0174, 0415, 0428
21228 J 0402 A320 0108−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21345 J 0505 A320 0153, 0155−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
21354 J 0489 A320 0106−9999 (included in 21999P2000)
21405 J 0514 A320 0131−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21491 J 0521 A320 0115−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21570 J 0539 A320 0117−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21719 J 0620 A320 0068, 0073, 0084, 0190−0363 (in
cluded in 21999P2000)
21723 J 0607 A320 0188−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21810 J 0620 A320 0005−0008, 0011, 0014, 0017−0027, 57−1032
0029, 0030, 0039, 0042−0043, 0059,
0061−0063, 0100−0103, 0109,
0112−0114, 0120, 0122, 0126−0129,
0138−0142, 0148−0151, 0154, 0157,
0159, 0167, 0170, 0174, 0175, 0183,
0185−0188
21811 J 0637 A320 0220−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21941 J 0399 A320 0230−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21999 P 2000 A320 0365−9999
22050 J 0667 A320 0202−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
22165 J 0714 A320 0252−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
22199 J 0689 A320 0175−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
22323 E 0034 A320 0281, 0285, 0288, 0290−0363 (in
cluded in 21999P2000)
22344 J 0746 A320 0316−9999
22409 E 0028 A320 0359, 0362, 0365−0726, 0732−9999
22277 J 0726 A320 0356−9999

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 AugPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

22999 E 0036 A320 0433−9999


23070 J 0902 A320 0329−9999
23079 J 0879 A320 0022−0027, 0029−0030, 0140, 0142, 57−1068
0157, 0181, 0182, 0195, 0229
23248 J 0970 A320 0002−0008, 0010−0013, 0016−0018,
0022−0027, 0029−0034, 0036,
0039−0058, 0060, 0063−0067,
0069−0072, 0074−0078, 0080−0082,
0085, 0086, 0089−0104, 0106−0121,
0123−0125, 0128−0130, 0133−0140,
0142−0148, 0151−0153, 0155−0158,
0160−0162, 0167, 0170−0177, 0181,
0182, 0184−0187, 0189−0193,
0195−0197, 0199−0227, 0229−0232,
0234−0241, 0243−0247, 0249−0252,
0257−0264, 0266−0270, 0272−0276,
0278−0286, 0288, 0289, 0293, 0294,
0296−0307, 0309, 0312, 0313, 0315,
0317−0323, 0325, 0326, 0328, 0329,
0331, 0332, 0334, 0335, 0337−0340,
0343−0349, 0352−0358, 0360−0363,
0365, 0367−0377, 0379−0383,
0386−0396, 0398−0408, 0410, 0411,
0413−0425, 0428, 0429, 0431−0433,
0436−0438, 0440−0441, 0443−0449,
0451, 0453, 0455, 0459−0461, 0466,
0467, 0469, 0471, 0476, 0480−9999
23373 J 0974 A320 0375−2128
23572 J 1006 A320 0565−9999
23759 J 1092 A320 0031−0032, 0034, 0040−0041, 0060, 57−1052
0106−0107
23833 J 0982 A320 0503−9999
23904 E 0043 A320 0511−9999
23945 J 1089 A320 0489−9999
23957 E 0040 A320 0507−9999
24129 E 0045 A320 0489−9999
24618 J 1319 A320 0547−9999
24757 J 1381 A320 0574−0619,0635,0799−9999
24757 J 1396 A320 0574−0619,0635,0799−9999
24987 E 0049 A320 0575, 0577, 0579−9999
25229 J 1412 A320 0632−9999

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 NovPage 3
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

25252 J 1490 A320 0069−0072, 0078, 0083, 0086, 0093, 57−1092


0094, 0104, 0110, 0111, 0116, 0117,
0135, 0137−0139, 0147, 0148, 0151,
0161, 0162, 0167, 0170, 0172, 0196,
0200−0202, 0209, 0212, 0216−0219,
0245, 0267−0269, 0300, 0328, 0346,
0365, 0382, 0383, 0401, 0413, 0482,
0501, 0507, 0531, 0534, 0549, 0554,
0603−9999
26097 J 1554 A320 0698−9999
26172 J 1704 A320 0789−9999
26214 E 0052 A320 0707,0708,0710−9999
26406 E 0054 A320 0782,0784,0789−9999
26406 E 0067 A320 0782,0784,0789−9999
26406 E 0068 A320 0782,0784,0789−9999
26406 E 0070 A320 0782,0784,0789−9999
26406 E 0071 A320 0782,0784,0789−9999
26406 E 0073 A320 0782,0784,0789−9999
26542 E 0060 A320 1187−1332,1337−1411,1427,1430,1432,14
35,1437,1443,1446,
1448,1450,1452,1454,1457,1464,1467,14
69,1470−1475,1478,1491−1495,1497,1500
,1512−1516,1518,1530,1532−9999
26542 E 0061 A320 1187−1332,1337−1411,1427,1430,1432,14
35,1437,1443,1446,
1448,1450,1452,1454,1457,1464,1467,14
69,1470−1475,1478,1491−1495,1497,1500
,1512−1516,1518,1530,1532−9999
26563 J 1754 A320 0836−9999
26643 J 1820 A320 0730,0733−9999
26740 E 0055 A320 0834−9999
26740 E 0074 A320 0830−9999
26781 E 1639 A320 0925−9999
26803 E 0069 A320 0764,0768−9999
26840 E 0072 A320 0784,0789−9999
27579 E 0085 A320 0863,0868,0967,0973−9999
27579 E 0089 A320 0863,0868,0967,0973−9999
27841 E 0091 A320 1030−9999
27841 E 0093 A320 0868,1011,1028−9999
27841 E 0094 A320 0868,1011,1028−9999
28242 E 0097 A320 1037,1057−9999
28420 E 0102 A320 1105,1132−9999
28420 E 0103 A320 1105,1132−9999

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 NovPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

28587 E 0106 A320 1168,1171,1181,1187−9999


28587 E 0107 A320 1168,1171,1181,1187−9999
28894 E 0109 A320 1257−9999
30047 E 0129 A320 1355−9999
30218 E 0119 A320 1268,1286,1288,1294−1298
30218 E 0120 A320 1268,1294−1298
30218 E 0121 A320 1268,1278−9999
30218 E 0122 A320 1268,1278−9999
30218 E 0125 A320 1268,1278−9999
30218 E 0126 A320 1268,1278−9999
30218 E 0127 A320 1278−9999
30218 E 0128 A320 1278−9999
30743 E 0131 A320 1419−9999
31696 E 0151 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0152 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0153 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0154 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0155 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0156 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0157 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0158 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0159 A320 1741−9999
31696 E 0160 A320 1741−9999
31960 J 2266 A320 1782−9999
32664 J 2384 A320 2130−9999 57−1123
34233 J 2413 A320 2509−9999
34301 J 2423 A320 2374−9999
34779 J 2559 A320 2509−9999
35461 J 2581 A320 2740−9999
35942 E 0164 A320 2934−9999
36740 J 2740 A320 3010−9999
36900 J 2790 A320 3010−9999
37585 J 2522 A320 3391−9999
37627 J 2775 A320 3391−9999
38023 J 2819 A320 3391−9999
38027 J 2852 A320 3391−9999
38525 K 11750 A320 4558, 4559, 4610, 4616, 4655, 4699,
4805, 4814, 4851, 4867, 4894, 4948,
4959, 4973, 4978, 9913, 9914
38949 J 2951 A320 3760−9999
39014 J 2949 A320 3959−9999
39158 J 2947 A320 3959−9999

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 NovPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

39160 J 2948 A320 3760−9999


39250 J 2990 A320 3760−9999
39603 J 3008 A320 3959−9999
39887 J 3016 A320 4188−9999
39979 J 3033 A320 4188−9999
150294 J 2824 A320 4397−9999
150335 J 3067 A320 4397−9999
150524 E 0183 A320 4248, 4249, 4252−4354, 4356−4376,
4379−9999
150642 E 0180 A320 4110, 4118, 4120, 4133, 4137−4140,
4144−4219, 4223−9999
151949 J 3210 A320 4763−9999
153294 J 3503 A320 5220, 5223, 5225−9999
155073 J 3550 A320 5954−9999
160001 J 3282 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437,544
0−5443,5446,5452,5455,5458,5460,5461,
5463,5466,5468,5472−9999
160003 J 3251 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437−544
6,5452−5468,5472−9999
160042 J 3258 A320 5024,5027−5029,5031,5034−5039,5042−50
50,5052−5056,5062−5070,5072−5081,5084
−5090,5092−5098,5101−5109,5111−5120,5
122−5129,5132−5140,5142−9999
160070 J 3731 A320 5098,5182,5417,5428,5437,5442,5452,54
60,5463,5468,5472,5473,5476,5477,5480
,5484,5487,5492,5497,5498,5502,5505,5
506,5507,5510,5512,5515−5518,5521,552
2,5525−5533,5537−5952−9999
160072 J 3733 A320 5954−9999

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 NovPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53


07,5312,5318,5323,5349,5355,5361,5390
,5395,5417,5423,5428,5437,5442,5452,5
458,5460,5463,5468,5472,5473,5476,547
7,5487,5492,5496−5498,5502,5505,5507,
5510,5515−5518,5522,5525,5526,5530,55
32,5533,5537,5539,5542,5547,5548,5552
,5554,5557,5559,5566,5576,5577,5581,5
583,5586,5587,5591−5593,5595,5596,559
8,5599,5601,5604,5607,5608,5612,5613,
5615−5622,5624,5627−5629,5631,5632,56
35,5638,5641−5643,5646,5648,5649,5651
−5654,5657,5658,5660,5661,5665,5666,5
668,5669,5672,5673,5675−5677,5682,568
3,5685−5688,5691,5694,5695,5697,5701−
5703,5706−5708,5710−5712,5714,5716−57
19,5721,5723,5725−5727,5732,5734,5735
,5738,5739,574,5742,5744,5746,5748,57
49,5752,5754,5757,5759,5762,5764,5769
,5772,5773,5775−5778,5780,5782,5785,5
791,5793,5796,5801,5802,5804−5807,580
9,5811−5814,5816,5818,5819,5821−5824,
5828−5831,5835,5839−5841,5844−5848,58
50−5853,5857−5859,5861−5864,5866,5867
,5869−5871,5877−5880,5882,5883,5885,5
888,5889,5891−5894,5896−5898,5901−590
3,5905,5908,5911,5912,5914,5915,5917−
5918,5923−5929,5931,5933−5935,5937,59
40,5942,5943,5950−5952,5954,5957,5959
,5962,5964,5965,5967,5968,5970−5972,5
974,5977,5979,5981,5982,5984,5988−599
0,5992,5993,5995−5997,5999−6001,6003,
6006,6008,6010−6012,6014,6015,6017,60
18,6021−6023,6025,6026,6029,6030,6033
,6034,6036,6037,6039,6041,6043−6045,6
047,6048,6050,6051,6054,6055,6057,605
8,6060−6062,6064−6066,6069,6071−6073,
6075−6082,6084,6086,6088,6090,6092,60
93,6095,6096,6098,6102,6103,6105,6106
,6109−6113,6115,6117,6118,6120,6123,6
125,6127,6128,6131,6134,6135,6137,613
9−6142,6145,6149,6151,6153,6157,6158,
6161,6164,6166,6169−6171,6173

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 NovPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 6176−6178,6180,6182−6184,6187,6188,61


92,6193,6195,6198,6202,6204,6206−6209
,6212,6213,6215−6218,6220,6223−6226,6
228,6229,6231,6234,6235,6237,6239,624
0,6242,6243,6246−6248,6251,6254,6257−
6260,6262,6265,6267,6270,6274,6275,62
78,6280−6284,6287−6289,6292,6293,6296
,6297,6300−6302,6304,6309,6311,6315,6
317,6318,6320−6323,6325,6327−6329,633
1−6333,6336,6338−6341,6343,6345,6347,
6348,6350,6352,6353,6355−6358,6360−63
62,6365,6367,6369−6370,6372−6375,6377
−6379,6381,6383,6386,6388,6392,6394,6
397,6400,6402,6403,6405,6408,6410−641
3,6416−6418,6421−6424,6426,6428,6430,
6431,6434,6436,6441,6442,6444−6447,64
49,6450,6452,6455,6457,6458,6460,6463
,6465−6467,6470,6471,6474,6476,6480,6
481,6483,6485−6487,6489,6492,6494,649
7,6498,6500,6502,6503,6505,6507,6509,
6510,6513,6516,6518,6521,6522,6524,65
25,6527−6529,6533,6535,6536,6538,6540
−6542,6544,6546,6547,6549,6550,6553,6
555,6557,6559,6561,6562,6564−6566,656
8,6570−6572,6576−6578,6580,6582−6584,
6586,6587,6589,6591,6594,6596−6598,66
04−6608,6614,6616,6619,6622,6624,6626
,6628,6631,6633−6637,6643,6646,6651,6
655,6661,6662,6665,6668,6669,6675,668
0,6681,6683,6686,6689,6690,6692,6706,
6708,6713,6715,6717,6739−9999

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 NovPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge and Leading Edge Devices − Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Pages 9/10
Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE AND LEADING EDGE DEVICES − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the structure and components of Slats 1 thru 5.
NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general repair procedures on the Repair of Minor Damage, refer
to Chapter 51−73−00.

NOTE: For general repair procedures on the Repair of Corroded Areas, re
fer to Chapter 51−74−00.

B. Damage Evaluation
Do a damage evaluation before you repair damaged structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded refer to the column ‘ACTION OR REPAIR’ in the Chapter 57−40−00
Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, refer to AIRBUS to determine if a repair


is necessary.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE
YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:

− THE FLIGHT CONTROLS

− THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES

− THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS

− COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.


WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR
OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT NEAR THE SLATS. THE
SLATS WILL MOVE THE FLAPS.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY−LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
LANDING GEAR.

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

3. Allowable Damage

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the structure


and components that follows:
− Slat Skins on Slats 1 thru 5
− Slat Tracks 1 thru 12
− Trailing Edge extrusion on Slats 1 thru 5
− Wear limits on the lugs of the Track Ribs caused by chafing damage.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 101.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
TYPE CATEGORY
ERENCE
Covered by MPD
B
Dents 5.A. <2>
Top Skins C −
<1> Abrasion, Covered by MPD
Scratches B
5.B. <2>
and Cor
rosion C −
Dents 5.A.
Bottom Skins and Trailing Abrasion,
Edge Skins Scratches A −
5.B.
<1> and Cor
rosion
A −
Dents 5.A. B 57−40−00−1−001−00

Top Skins, Bottom Skins, C −


Trailing Edge Skins Abrasion, A −
S th
Scratches
5.B. B 57−40−00−1−002−00
and Cor
Cor
rosion C −
Abrasions,
Scratches,
Edge
Slat Tracks 1 thru 12 Nicks and 5.C. B 57−40−00−1−003−00
Roller
Wear
Marks
Nicks,
Abrasions,
Trailing Edge Extrusion Scratches 5.D. A −
and Cor
rosion
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
TYPE CATEGORY
ERENCE
Wear lim
its A −
Wear Limits on the Lugs
g
caused by 5E
5.E.
of Track Ribs 1 thru 12
chafing B 57−40−00−1−004−00
damage
Trailing Edge Extrusion
Paint
Butt−joint on Slats 1 and 5.F. A −
Cracks
2
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101
<1> Description and Repair Category data are applicable to aircraft after
modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G. extended at
MTOW) only.

<2> The inspection instruction data related to Repair Category ’B’ is cov
ered by the Maintenance Planning Document (MPD). Refer to the MPD’s
that follow for the inspections on the Top Skin permanent allowable
damages:

− MPD 574204−01−1

− MPD 574304−02−1

− MPD 574404−01−1
− MPD 574504−01−1

− MPD 574604−01−1.

NOTE: Refer to each allowable damage paragraph to determine the type of


damage and criteria.

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5. Leading Edge and Leading Edge Devices − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 102.

CAUTION: FOR A320−200 SLAT TOP SKIN, THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS MUST BE
INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REF
ERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUC
TURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.

A. Top Skins, Bottom Skins, Trailing Edge Skins − Dents


NOTE: The allowable damage and related repair data in this topic is val
id only for the aircraft shown in Table 102.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 <2> 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 102
<1> Weight variant 012 includes aircraft after modification 151093P11821
(A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).
<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re
inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

NOTE: For the permanent or temporary repairs of dents designated as Re


pair Category A, B or C, refer to the flow chart procedure in
Figure 104.
(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to dents in the top skins, bottom skins and trailing edge
skins.

(2) Dents in the Slat Skins (Refer to Figure 101, Sheets 1 thru 5).

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) The allowable damage limits for dents in the slat skins are
shown in Figure 101, Sheets 1 thru 5.
For allowable damage purposes, the top skin is divided into 3
areas.

Refer to Figure 101, Sheet 1 and Sheet 3, for the description


of these areas.

Refer to Figure 101, Sheets 2, 4 and 5, for the dimensions of


these areas.

(b) The limit applicable to dents is given typically as a maximum


depth ’D’. The distance between the edge of the dent and any
cut−out in the skin or the center line of any rib rivet row
should be greater than 8 mm (0.315 in). Refer to Figure 102
sheets 1 and 2 for typical areas where dents are not allowed.
Areas of adjacent damage must be a minimum of 150 mm (5.906 in)
apart.

(c) The aerodynamic limitations for dents in the slat skins are shown
in Figure 103, Sheet 1 and Sheet 2.
Figure 103, Sheet 1 shows the aerodynamic limits on the top
skins.

Figure 103, Sheet 2 shows the aerodynamic limits on the bottom


skins.
NOTE: The aerodynamic smoothness requirements of the slats can be
restored with aerodynamic filler (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−10−00).

Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 201, for Tempo


rary and Permanent Filler repairs using aerodynamic filler.
(3) Dents in the Main Skins.

The dent limitations that follow are acceptable provided that:


− no crack is detected
− the integral structure in the area of the dent is not damaged
− the attachments are secure
− dents with a depth greater than 3 mm (0.118 in) or with a dimen
sion ’X’ smaller than 30 x D must be filled and restored.
Refer to AMM Task 05−51−14−200−001 for inspection of the slat struc
tures after bird strike.

(a) Top Skins.

Top skins on the slats are described as the top part of the top
skin and the nose part of the top skin. For dents in the top
skins refer to Figure 101, (Sheets 2 and 4).

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Bottom Skins.

Dents in the bottom skin with a depth less than 3 mm (0.118 in)
can be left unfilled (Refer to Figure 103, Sheet 2).

(4) Dents in the Trailing Edge Skins

The dent limitations that follow are acceptable provided that:


− no crack is detected
− there is no disbond of skin and honeycomb core
− the attachments are secure.

Refer to AMM Task 05−51−14−200−001 for inspection of the slat struc


tures after bird strike.
(a) Dents on the trailing edge skins that do not need a structural
repair are:

Dents which are smaller than 2 mm (0.079 in) in depth and have
a dimension ’X’ value of more than 20 x D.

Dents on the trailing edge top skin are permanently acceptable


providing they are filled. Refer to Figure 101, Sheets 2 and 4.

Dents on the trailing edge bottom skin are permanently acceptable


left unfilled.

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Dents in Slat Skins 1 thru 5


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Dents in Slat Skins 1 thru 5


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Dents in Slat Skins 1 thru 5


Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Dents in Slat Skins 1 thru 5


Figure 101 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 PagesFeb111/112
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Dents in Slat Skins 1 thru 5


Figure 101 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 PagesFeb113/114
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas on the Main Skins where Dents are not allowed


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 PagesFeb115/116
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas on the Main Skins where Dents are not allowed


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 PagesFeb117/118
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aerodynamic Limits for Dents in the Top and Bottom Skins for Slats 1 thru 5
Figure 103 (sheet 1)

Page 119
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aerodynamic Limits for Dents in the Top and Bottom Skins for Slats 1 thru 5
Figure 103 (sheet 2)

Page 120
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Procedure Flow Chart for Dents in the Top Skin on Slats 1 thru 5
Figure 104

Page 121
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 103.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200 SLAT TOP SKIN, THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS MUST BE
INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REF
ERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−1−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUC
TURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

B. Top Skins, Bottom Skins, Trailing Edge Skins − Abrasions, Scratches and
Corrosion
NOTE: The allowable damage and related repair data in this topic is val
id only for the aircraft shown in Table 103.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 <2> 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 103
<1> Weight variant 012 includes aircraft after modification 151093P11821
(A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).
<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re
inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

NOTE: For the permanent or temporary repair of scratches, designated as


Repair Category A, B or C, refer to Scratch Lengths and Limits for
Depths in Figure 106.
(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to abrasions, scratches and corrosion on the slat skins.

(2) Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion on the Slat Skins

Page 122
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For allowable damage purposes the top and bottom skins are divided
into 4 Repair Zones.
Refer to Figure 105 for the description and dimensions of these Re
pair Zones.

In painted areas remove all damage to a smooth polished contour.

(3) NOTE 1A.

For allowable scratches that have not penetrated the cladding in un
painted areas:

(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026 or
11−026D).

(b) Use a plastic scraper to carefully remove burrs.


(c) Roll over the scratch with a steel roller (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−73−00, Paragraph 4.E.).

NOTE: Do not roll the surface too vigorously or bright or dark


spots will appear on the surface finish.

(d) Clean the repair with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026 or
11−026D).

(e) Dry with a clean cotton cloth.

(f) Apply a clear chromate conversion coating (Material No. 13−003).

(g) Do not allow it to dry. If necessary, the surface may be cooled


with water−moistened cheese cloth before chromate treatment.

(h) Remove excess chromate treatment by rinsing with clear water.

(i) Dry with clean cotton cloth.

(4) NOTE 1B.


For allowable scratches that have not penetrated the cladding in
painted areas, restore the surface finish (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−73−00, Paragraph 4.E.).

(5) NOTE 2A.

For allowable scratches that have penetrated the cladding in un


painted areas and cannot be covered by the head of a fastener:

NOTE: This procedure does not apply to zone 3 of slat 1 after modi
fication 150642E0180. Refer to note 2C.

(a) Follow NOTE 1A.

Page 123
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Apply a very thin layer of the bonding primer BR127 (Material
No. 08−055) or varnish (Material No. 07−018).
For removal of chromated pigments from the bonding primer to get
a colorless tint, proceed as follows:
− Allow material to warm at room temperature prior to opening of
container.
− Mix thoroughly ensuring that all pigments are in suspension.
− Allow the pigments to settle for 3 to 4 hours.
− Without any further mixing, decant the supernatant liquid into
a clean container. This liquid is the modified colorless primer
suitable for this application, which if not required for im
mediate use can be returned to refrigerated storage.
− The BR127 primer has a shop life at room temperature of 120
hours (5 days). After this period, the primer shall be dis
carded.
NOTE: This process is not applicable for bonding application.

(c) Cure the bonding primer (Material No. 08−055) at a temperature of


90°C to 100°C for 2 hours. Use heat lamps to supply the heat.
(6) NOTE 2B.

For allowable scratches that have penetrated the cladding in painted


areas and cannot be covered by the head of a fastener:

(a) Restore the surface finish (Refer to Chapter 51−73−00, Paragraph


4.F.). Ensure a smooth blend−out as shown on Figure 105 Sheet 2.
(7) NOTE 2C.

For allowable scratches that have penetrated the cladding in un


painted areas and cannot be covered by the head of a fastener in
zone 3 of Slat 1 after modification 150642E0180:
(a) Apply the surface finish, refer to Chapter 51−73−00, Paragraph
4.F. step (1) and (3) thru (6). Ensure a smooth blend−out as
shown on Figure 105 Sheet 2.

(b) Apply a clear chromate conversion coating (Material No. 13−003).

(c) Apply a very thin layer of the bonding primer BR127 (Material
No. 08−055) or varnish (Material No. 07−018).

Refer to note 2A steps 5.B.(5)(b) and 5.B.(5)(c). For bonding


primer (Material No. 08−055) application.

(8) NOTE 3.

For allowable scratches that have penetrated the cladding in un


painted areas and can be covered by the head of a fastener, check
that:

Page 124
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) The minimum distance from the material edge is 2 diameters.

(b) The minimum distance to the nearest fastener is 4 diameters.


(c) There is no internal structure affected by the fastener installa
tion (including finger strip and stringer).

(d) The dimensions of the damage are such that a fastener head can
cover the damage.
(e) No additional fastener is allowed in the trailing edge skins be
cause of the honeycomb structure.

(f) Install through the scratch in the skin the smallest blind alu
minium rivet possible with sealant (Material No. 09−013 or Mate
rial No. 09−005C), (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00).
(g) Apply a very thin layer of bonding primer (Material No. 08−055)
on the fastener. Refer to note 2A steps 5.B.(5)(b) and
5.B.(5)(c).

(9) Scratches across Rivet Heads.

In Repair Zone 1 (Refer to Figure 105 Sheet 2). It is acceptable to


have a scratch across a rivet head. If necessary, replace the af
fected fastener (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11). Install the fastener wet
with sealant (Material No. 09−013 or Material No. 09−005C), (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00).
(10) Dimensions between Areas of Damage.

In painted and unpainted areas, the minimum dimension between adja


cent areas of damage is 150 mm (5.906 in). This is not applicable
for damages that do not exceed the clad layer.

Page 125
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion in Slat Skins
1 thru 5
Figure 105 (sheet 1)
Page 126
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion in Slat Skins
1 thru 5
Figure 105 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 PagesFeb127/128
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Scratch Lengths and Limits for Depth in each Repair Zone


Figure 106

Printed in Germany
57−40−00 PagesFeb129/130
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Procedure Flow Chart for Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion in Slat
Skins 1 thru 5
Figure 107
Page 131
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 104.
CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTER
VALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR ) IS
57−40−00−1−003−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DE
PARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

C. Slat Tracks 1 thru 12 − Abrasions, Scratches, Edge Nicks and Roller Wear
Marks.

NOTE: The allowable damage and related repair data in this topic is val
id only for the aircraft shown in Table 104.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.

NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 <2> 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 104
<1> Weight variant 012 includes aircraft after modification 151093P11821
(A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to abrasions, scratches and edge nicks on slat tracks 1 thru
12.

Page 132
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(Refer to Figure 108, Sheet 1)

NOTE: For roller wear marks allowable damage limits see paragraph
5.C.(2).

(a) For any damage you must comply with the steps that follow:
− remove the corrosion (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−74−00 paragraph
7)
− blend out the damage to a smooth contour
− measure the depth of damage.

(b) After blend out, the depth of the damage must be smaller than:
− 0.25 mm (0.010 in) for scratches or corrosion in unpainted
areas (D1). In addition, the sum of two depths of damage on
opposite faces in the same section must not be greater than
0.25 mm (0.01 in)
− 0.7 mm (0.028 in) for scratches or corrosion in painted areas
(D2)
− 1 mm (0.039 in) for edge nicks (D3), with a maximum of 4 per
section, with only 1 per contact face and without any other
damage.
(c) After blend out, the ratio L/D must not be less than 20, where
L is the length of the blend out area measured in the track
longitudinal direction.

CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY CORROSION REMOVER (MATERIAL NO. 05−006A) TO


THE ELECTRICAL BONDING AREAS ON EITHER SIDE OF TRACKS 1, 5
AND 11 SIDE ROLLER CONTACT AREAS, REFER TO FIGURE 108 SHEET
3

(d) After blend out, brush apply corrosion remover (Material No.
05−006A) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11, paragraph 3.B.).

(e) After applying corrosion remover (Material No. 05−006A), restore


the finish as follows:
− in painted areas, restore the standard paint scheme (Material
No. 16−006B and Material No. 16−016) or apply low VOC anti
corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D) and low VOC external
top coat (Material No. 16−059A)
− in unpainted areas, coat the surface with oil (Material No.
03−001 or Material No. 15−004).
(2) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to the roller wear marks on slat tracks 1 thru 12.

(Refer to Figure 108, Sheet 2)

Page 133
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For any damage you must comply with the steps that follow:
− do not blend out the roller marks
− measure the depth of damage

NOTE: The depth of damage must not exceed 0.25 mm (0.01 in).
The sum of two depths of damage on opposite roller paths
must not exceed 0.25 mm (0.01 in).
− coat the damage surface with oil (Material No. 03−001 or Mate
rial No. 15−004).

Page 134
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Slat Tracks 1 thru 12


Figure 108 (sheet 1)

Page 135
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Slat Tracks 1 thru 12


Figure 108 (sheet 2)

Page 136
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits for Slat Tracks 1 thru 12


Figure 108 (sheet 3)

Page 137
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 105.
D. Trailing Edge Extrusion − Nicks, Abrasions, Scratches and Corrosion

NOTE: The allowable damage and related repair data in this topic is val
id only for the aircraft shown in Table 105.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.
NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 <2> 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 105
<1> Weight variant 012 includes aircraft after modification 151093P11821
(A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).
<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re
inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to the trailing edge extrusion on slats 1 thru 5.

(2) For areas of allowable damage in the trailing edge extrusion (Refer
to Figure 109, Sheet 1 and Sheet 2).
(a) Area 1

This is the top and bottom surface of the slat trailing edge ex
trusion which extends from the aft edge of the extrusion 15 mm
(0.591 in) in the forward direction.
(b) Area 2

This is the area which abuts the forward edge of Area 1 to a


distance 5 mm (0.197 in) aft of the top and bottom trailing edge
bond line.

Page 138
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Allowable Damage − Area 1

(a) Nicks
After damage removal:
− the maximum depth ’D’ of allowable damage is 15 mm (0.591 in)
− the damage must be polished out smoothly over a distance of
not less than 7 x D with a typical radius of 3 x D
− the minimum distance between centers of two ’nicks’ must be not
less than 20 x D.

(b) Abrasions, Scratches and Surface Corrosion

There is no limit to this type of damage when it is polished to


a smooth contour.

(4)

Allowable Damage − Area 2

(a) Abrasions, Scratches and Surface Corrosion


After the damage has been polished to a smooth contour:
− the maximum length of allowable damage is 20 mm (0.787 in)
− the maximum depth of allowable damage is 0.8 mm (0.032 in)
− the maximum surface area of allowable damage is 400 mm (0.64
in)
− the minimum distance between centers of damage areas is 80 mm
(3.15 in)
− the maximum decrease in area of cross section is 15 mm (0.023
in).

(5) Re−protect the reworked area as follows:

(a) Area 1 and 2 top surfaces


Apply one of the two following protection schemes:

1 Classic protection paint scheme (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11 Fig


ure 2, area E2):
− Chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002)
− Anti corrosion primer or epoxide primer (Material No. 16−006B
or Material No. 16−006C)

Page 139
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Wash primer (Material No. 16−020)


− Polyurethane primer (Material No. 16−001B)
− Polyurethane finish paint (Material No. 16−018).

2 OR apply low VOC protection paint scheme:


− Chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002)
− Low VOC anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D or Mate
rial No. 16−006E)
− Low VOC external primer (Material No. 16−060 or Material No.
16−060A)
− Low VOC external top coat (Material No. 16−059 or Material
No. 16−059A).

(b) Area 1 and 2 bottom surfaces

Apply one of the two following protection schemes:


1 Classic protection paint scheme (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11 Fig
ure 2, area E2):
− Chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002)
− Anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006B or Material No.
16−006C)
− Polyurethane primer (Material No. 16−001B)
− Abrasion resistant coating (Material No. 07−003C or Material
No. 07−003E).
2 OR apply low VOC protection paint scheme:
− Chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002)
− Low VOC anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D or Mate
rial No. 16−006E)
− Abrasion resistant coating (Material No. 07−003C or Material
No. 07−003E).

Page 140
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage in the Trailing Edge Extrusion


Figure 109 (sheet 1)

Page 141
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Areas of Allowable Damage in the Trailing Edge Extrusion


Figure 109 (sheet 2)

Page 142
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 106.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS MUST BE INSPECTED AT
DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−40−00−1−004−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DE
PARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
E. Wear limits on the Lugs of Track Ribs 1 thru 12

NOTE: The allowable damage and related repair data in this topic is val
id only for the aircraft shown in Table 106.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.
NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 <2> 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 106
<1> Weight variant 012 includes aircraft after modification 151093P11821
(A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).
<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re
inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to wear damage on the lugs of track ribs 1 thru 12.

This wear damage is caused by chafing between the lugs and the seals
attached to the wing structure.
(2) Wear damage on the lugs caused by chafing is shown in Figures 110
and 111.

(a) Refer to Figure 110 for areas of wear damage on the lugs of
track ribs 1, 2, 6, 8, 10 and 12.

Page 143
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Refer to Figure 111 for areas of wear damage on the lugs of
track ribs 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 and 11.
(c) The maximum area of wear damage on two lateral sides of the up
per lug is 25.4 x 25.4 mm (1.0 x 1.0 in).

(d) The minimum thickness of the lug after any corrosion is removed
and the wear damage is polished, must not be less than the di
mensions given in Figures 110 and 111.
(3) Repair and Re−protection of the Damaged Wear Area

(a) Remove the corrosion around the wear damage.

(b) Polish out the wear damage to a smooth contour. Maintain a


Roughness Height Range (RHR) of 63 micro inches without exceeding
the thickness limits given in Figures 110 and 111.

(c) Do a HFEC inspection to check for nil cracks in the area of


wear damage (Refer to NTM Chapter 51−10−08 Part 6).

(d) Protect the bearings in the lugs and remove the paint to a di
mension of 5 mm (0.197 in) beyond the wear damage limits.
(e) Clean the affected area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026
or Material No. 11−026D).

WARNING: ALODINE 1200 (MATERIAL NO. 13−002) IS POISONOUS.

(f) Apply Alodine 1200 (Material No. 13−002) to the surfaces in the
unpainted area.

(g) Apply one of the two following protection scheme:

1 Classic protection paint scheme:


− Apply polyurethane primer paint − S15/90 PU, (Material No.
16−001B) to the affected area.
− Restore the external paint finish with abrasion resistant
coating (Material No. 07−003E or Material No. 07−003C).
2 OR apply alternative low VOC protection paint scheme:
− Apply low VOC anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D) to
the affected area.
− Restore the external paint finish with abrasion resistant
coating (Material No. 07−003E or Material No. 07−003C).

Page 144
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wear Limits on the Lugs of Track Ribs 1, 2, 6, 8, 10 and 12


Figure 110

Page 145
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wear Limits on the Lugs of Track Ribs 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 and 11


Figure 111

Page 146
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 107.
F. Trailing Edge Extrusion Butt−joint on Slats 1 and 2 − Paint Cracks

The allowable damage and related repair data in this topic is valid only
for the aircraft shown in Table 107.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 107
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

This allowable damage data is only applicable on the following general


assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007, 010
D57460100
and 011
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460178 000 and 001
1
D57460198 000 thru 003
D57460600 000 thru 013
D57460677 000 thru 005
D57460910 000 thru 005
000 thru 007, 010
D57460200
and 011
D57460277 000 thru 003
2
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460298 000 and 001
D57460920 000 thru 003
Slat Tracks − Allowable Damage Restrictions
Table 108
(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to paint cracks on trailing edge extrusion butt−joint of slats
1 and 2.

Page 147
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R CML No. 07−003C


PTFE Polyurethane
− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R CML No. 07−003E
PTFE Polyurethane
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Cleaning Agent A/R CML No. 11−026D
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001B
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D (see note 1)
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E (see note 1)
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 (see note 1)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A (see note 1)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 (see note 1)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A (see note 1)
− Emery Cloth A/R Local Purchase Grade 280
NOTE: 1. Can be used as an alternative material where specified in
the repair instructions.

(3) For areas of allowable damage in the trailing edge extrusion butt−
joint, refer to Figure 112, Sheets 1 and 2.
(a) Slat 1

The repair area is 180 mm (7.087 in) from outboard edge.

(b) Slat 2

The repair area is 280 mm (11.024 in) from inboard edge.


(4) Allowable Damage − Slats 1 and 2

The maximum allowable chordwise length of paint crack is 30 mm


(1.181 in).

Page 148
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(5) The above given paint crack limits are acceptable, only if:
− no sign of plasticity
− no extrusion parts misalignment at butt−joint
− the trailing edge profile is not torn
− no damaged fasteners
− no additional damages.

(6) Rework the cracked paint area as follows:

(a) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026) or cleaning
agent (CML No. 11−026D).
(b) Remove the paint from the repair area (top and bottom surfaces)
with emery cloth grade 280 (refer to Chapter 51−75−11).

(c) Remove the sealant at the interface of the extrusion parts.

(d) Inspect the repair area visually to make sure that there is no
additional damage to exceed extrusion butt−joint limits.

(e) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026) or cleaning
agent (CML No. 11−026D).

(f) Apply pre−treatment to the repair area:


− chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002)
− anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (CML
No. 16−006C) or as an alternative low VOC anti corrosion primer
(CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E).

(g) Apply sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or any applicable


equivalent on the butt−joint sealing.
(7) Re−protect the reworked area as follows (refer to Chapter 51−23−11
and Chapter 51−75−12):
(a) Slats 1 and 2 top surfaces

Apply one of the two following protection schemes:


1 Classic protection paint scheme (refer to Chapter 51−23−11 Fig
ure 2, area E2):
− Wash primer (CML No. 16−020)
− Polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001B)
− Polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018).

2 OR apply alternative low VOC protection paint scheme:


− Low VOC external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A)
− Low VOC external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).
(b) Slats 1 and 2 bottom surfaces

Page 149
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Apply one of the two following protection schemes:

1 Classic protection paint scheme (refer to Chapter 51−23−11 Fig


ure 2, area E8):
− Polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001)
− Abrasion resistant coating (CML No. 07−003C or 07−003E).

2 OR apply alternative low VOC protection paint scheme:


− Abrasion resistant coating (CML No. 07−003C or 07−003E).

Page 150
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Paint Cracks Location − Trailing Edge Extrusion Butt−joint, Slats 1 and 2


Figure 112 (sheet 1)

Page 151
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Paint Cracks Location − Trailing Edge Extrusion Butt−joint, Slats 1 and 2


Figure 112 (sheet 2)

Page 152
Printed in Germany
57−40−00 Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE AND LEADING EDGE DEVICES − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on Slats 1
thru 5.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

For details of the necessary repairs and the areas of allowable damage on
the slats refer to Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
SEALANTS, STORAGE PRESERVATION AND STRUCTURE PAINT. THESE MATERIALS
ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:

− THE FLIGHT CONTROLS

− THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES

− COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−60, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE MATERI
ALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

YOU MUST:
− OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− NOT BREATHE THE GAS

− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


WARNING: DO NOT GET ANY COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

IF YOU DO:

− RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH

− WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA
GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS, IF NECESSARY.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable to this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201
4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Repair of the Top Skins
of Slats 2, 3, 4 and 5 5.A. DE 201 DE
− −
(Repair DELETED from re LETED LETED
vision dated Aug 01/93)
Repair of the Chamfered
Edges at the Leading Edge
5.B. 202 A −
(Repair 1 − Active, Re
pair 2 − DELETED)
Repair of the Chamfered
Edges away from the Lead 5.C. 203 A −
ing Edge
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Repair to replace the
Seal Packer at Slat Track
3 (Assemblies
5.D. 204 A −
D574−61303−002/004) and
Slat Track 4 (Assemblies
D574−61304−002)
Repair Procedure for Re
placement of the Filler
Blocks at Slat Tracks 3
(Assemblies 5.E. 205 A −
D574−61303−002/004/006/008)
and 4 (Assemblies
D574−61304−002/004/006)
Repair of the Nose Area
of the Top Skin above the
ribs and between the ribs
for Slats 1 thru 5 (Re 5.F. 206 A
pair applicable for air −
craft up to 89 tonnes INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
MTOW) (This repair is IN
ACTIVE since revision
dated May 01/13)
Repair of the Nose Area A −
of the Top
p Skin above the
5G
5.G. 207
ribs and between the ribs
for Slats 1 thru 5 B 57−40−00−2−003−00

Repair of Corrosion (with


Aluminum Inserts) at the
Chamfered Edges of Slat 2
5.H. 208 A −
(Outboard Edge only) and
Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5
(Inboard Edge only)
Repair of Corrosion (with
Corrosion Resistant Steel
Inserts) at the Chamfered
Edges of Slat 2 (Outboard 5.I. 209 A −
Edge only) and Slats 3, 4
and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge
only)
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Repair of Corrosion (with
Aluminum Inserts) at the
5.J. 210 A −
Inboard Chamfered Edge of
Slat 2
Repair of Corrosion (with
Corrosion Resistant Steel
5.K. 211 A −
Inserts) at the Inboard
Chamfered Edge of Slat 2
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair between
the ribs with the Z
stringer undamaged or lo 5.L. 212 A
cally straightened (Repair −
applicable for aircraft up INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
to 89 tonnes MTOW) (This
repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair between A −
the ribs with the Z
stringer
g or bulb stringer
g
5M
5.M. 213
undamaged or locally
straightened (Repair ap
plicable for slats before B 57−40−00−2−004−00
modification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair between
the ribs with a cut in
the upper flange of the Z 5.N. 214 A
Stringer (Repair applica −
ble for aircraft up to 89 INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
tonnes MTOW) (This repair
is INACTIVE since revision
dated May 01/13)
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair between A −
the ribs with a cut in
the upper
pp flange
g of the
5O
5.O. 215
Z Stringer or bulb
stringer (Repair applica
ble for slats before mod B 57−40−00−2−004−00
ification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair across
two ribs with the Z
stringer undamaged or lo 5.P. 216 A
cally straightened (Repair −
applicable for aircraft up INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
to 89 tonnes MTOW) (This
repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair across A −
two ribs with the Z
stringer
g or bulb stringer
g
5Q
5.Q. 217
undamaged or locally
straightened (Repair ap
plicable for slats before B 57−40−00−2−004−00
modification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair across
two ribs when the Z
stringer is completely cut 5.R. 218 A
(Repair applicable for −
aircraft up to 89 tonnes INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
MTOW) (This repair is IN
ACTIVE since revision
dated May 01/13)
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Slats 1 and 2. Nose and
Top Skin repair across A −
two ribs when the Z
stringer
g or bulb stringer
g
5S
5.S. 219
is completely cut (Repair
applicable for slats be
fore modification B 57−40−00−2−004−00
35942E0164)
Repair of Slat 1. Bottom
Skin − Cut (made for ac
5.T. 220 A −
cess) at Track Ribs 1 and
4
Repair of Slat 1. Bottom
Skin − Cut (made for ac
5.U. 221 A −
cess) between Track Rib 3
and WFX2298.5
Repair of Slat 2. Bottom A −
Skin − Cut (made for ac
5V
5.V. 222
cess) inboard and outboard
of the Hold Down Rib B 57−40−00−2−005−00

Top Skin of Slats 1 thru A −


5 Permanent and
5. d Temporary B COVERED BY MPD
filler Repairs for dents 5.W. 223, 224
given in the allowable INACTIVE INACTIVE
damage limits C 57−40−00−2−001−00
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Stan
dard flush insert repair A −
to the Top and Nose Skins 5X
5.X. 225
between the ribs and B 57−40−00−2−006−00
above the upper girder
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Stan
dard flush insert repair A −
to the Top and Nose Skins 5Y
5.Y. 226
above the ribs and above B 57−40−00−2−006−00
the upper girder
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Top Skin and Trailing
Edge Skin on Slats 1 thru
5 − Alternative Dent 5.Z. 227 C 57−40−00−2−002−00
Filler Repair with Alumi
num Tape
Slat 1 − Repair of Broken 228
Anti−Rotation on the Lower
5.AA. thru A −
Lug of Track Ribs 3 and
4 233

Slat 2 − Repair of Broken 234


Anti−Rotation on the Lower 5.AB. thru A −
Lug of Track Rib 5 236
Slat 3 − Repair of Broken 237
Anti−Rotation on the Lower 5.AC. thru A −
Lug of Track Rib 7 239
Slat 4 − Repair of Broken 240
Anti−Rotation on the Lower 5.AD. thru A −
Lug of Track Rib 9 242
Slat 5 − Repair of Broken 243
Anti−Rotation on the Lower 5.AE. thru A −
Lug of Track Rib 11 245
Slats 1 and 2. Standard
Nose Skin Repairs − Lim
5.AF. 246 A −
its and Conditions (After
Modification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Repair of
the Nose Area of the Top A −
Skin Above the Ribs and 5 AG
5.AG. 247
Between the Ribs (After B 57−40−00−2−007−00
Modification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin
Repair (Nose Included) A −
Between the Ribs with the
5 AH
5.AH. 248
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
(After Modification B 57−40−00−2−008−00
35942E0164)
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin
Repair (Nose Included) A −
Between the Ribs with a
cut in the Upper Flange 5 AI
5.AI. 249
of the Bulb Stringer (Af
ter Modification B 57−40−00−2−008−00
35942E0164)
Slat 2. Top Skin Repair
(Nose Included) Between A −
Ribs at the Inboard End 5 AJ
5.AJ. 250
Bay (After Modification B 57−40−00−2−008−00
35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin
Short Chordwise Repair A −
Above Ribs with the Bulb 5 AK
5.AK. 251
Stringer Undamaged (After B 57−40−00−2−009−00
Modification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin
Short Chordwise Repair A −
Above Ribs with a Cut in
5 AL
5.AL. 252
the Upper Flange of the
Bulb Stringer (After Mod B 57−40−00−2−009−00
ification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin
Long Chordwise Repair A −
Above Ribs with the Bulb 5 AM
5.AM. 253
Stringer Undamaged (After B 57−40−00−2−010−00
Modification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin
Long Chordwise Repair A −
Above Ribs with a Cut in
5 AN
5.AN. 254
the Upper Flange of the
Bulb Stringer (After Mod B 57−40−00−2−010−00
ification 35942E0164)
Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin
Long Chordwise Repair A −
Above Ribs when the Bulb
5 AO
5.AO. 255
Stringer is Completely Cut
(After Modification B 57−40−00−2−010−00
35942E0164)
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Slats 1 thru 5. Track or
Hold Down Rib Repair with
5.AP. 256 A −
the Flange Partially
Trimmed Out
Slats 1 thru 5. Dent
Dress−Out at Inboard or 5.AQ. 257 A −
Outboard End
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Leading Edge and Leading Edge Devices − Repairs

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−60, PAGE BLOCK 401). THIS ONLY APPLIES
IF THE REPAIR IS DONE WITH THE SLATS 2, 3, 4 OR 5 ATTACHED TO
THE WING.
WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU USE THE SEALANT
OR THE SOLVENT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.

A. Repair of the Top Skin of Slats 2, 3, 4 and 5


(1) Repair General

This repair shows two schemes. They can only be done where the skin
has a constant thickness of 1.80 mm (0.071 in.) and no ribs or
stringers behind it. Repairs A and C (Refer to Figure 201 are alter
native. It is not necessary to remove the slats 2, 3, 4 or 5 from
the wing. The surface of the slats 2, 3, 4 or 5 must be kept
smooth.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Backing Plate 1 2024PLT42 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)


thick
2 Skin Insert 1 2024PLT42 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)
thick
3 Blind Rivet, 4.0 mm (0.16 A/R ASNA0079−510A
in.) Dia. 100 Deg CSK
− Sealant, Polysulphide A/R Material No. 09−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant, Aerodynamic A/R Material No. 09−004 (Refer to
Smoothing SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− 1.1.1. Trichloroethane A/R Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
(Methyl Chloroform) SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: − For the rivet hole sizes (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00).

− Solid rivets must be used where possible.

(3) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 201)

(a) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make the edges of the
cut−out smooth.

(b) Make the backing plate (1) and the skin insert (2). Make sure
the edges are smooth.

(c) Mark the rivet positions on the skin around the cut−out. Drill
pilot holes through the skin.

(d) Mark the centerline of the new rivet hole positions on the back
ing plate (1).

(e) Put the backing plate (1) in position and align the marked cent
erline with the pilot hole centers in the skin.
(f) Hold the backing plate (1) tightly and drill full−size through
two of the pilot−holes on opposite side of the cut−out. Tempo
rarily attach the backing plate (1) to the skin and drill full−
size through the pilot holes that remain.
(g) Mark the rivet positions on the skin insert (2). Drill pilot
holes through the skin insert (2).

(h) Put the skin insert (2) in position and make sure the gap is
symetrical around the cut−out. Hold the skin insert (2) tightly
and drill full−size through two pilot holes. Temporarily attach
the skin insert (2) to the backing plate (1) and drill full−size
through the other pilot holes.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Countersink the rivet holes in the skin and the outer surface of
the skin insert (2).
(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all the holes.

(k) Use 1.1.1. Trichloroethane (Material No. 11−004) to remove any


grease from the repair parts and the edge of the cut−out, and
apply the surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

(l) Apply the sealant (Material No. 09−002) to the surfaces of the
repair parts and the skin that touch. Immediately, assemble the
repair parts and attach with the blind rivets (3).

CAUTION: DO NOT USE TOO MUCH SEALANT BECAUSE IT CAN CAUSE A BLOCKAGE
OF THE PICCOLO DUCT.
(m) Remove any unwanted sealant (Material No. 09−002) from the skin
surface.

(n) Apply the sealant (Material No. 09−004) to the gap between the
skin insert(2) and the skin of the slat.

(o) Remove unwanted sealant (Material No. 09−004) from the external
surface of the slat and repair the surface finish (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Top Skin of Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5


Figure 201

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT
015.
B. Repair of the Chamfered Edges at the Leading Edge

NOTE: This repair is applicable to the chamfered edges of the leading


edge on slats 1 thru 5, except slat 1 inboard end (slat horn
area). The chamfered edges are shown in Figure 202.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 203.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 All
A320−200 All
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This repair has two parts. Follow the steps in Repair 1 for damage
of the chamfered edges of the leading edge.

Follow also the steps in Repair 1 for damage to the adjacent top−
coated areas.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Scotchbrite, Grade 400 A/R Local Supply


− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R Material No. 07−003E (Refer to
CML)
− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R Material No. 07−003G (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R Material No. 11−026 or 11−026D
(Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion) CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R Material No. 16−006D (Refer to
Primer CML)
(3) Repair Instructions for Repair 1

(Refer to Figure 202)

(a) Use a plastic scraper to remove any loose paint from the area to
be repaired.
(b) Use an adhesive tape to do a bond check of the remaining paint.

(c) Use masking tape and paper to mask off the area that will not
be repaired.

(d) Use scotchbrite (Item 1) to rough the surface and to expose the
bare metal in area 1. Use scotchbrite to smooth the contours in
areas 1, 2, and 3. Do not expose bare metal in areas 2 and 3.

(e) Use solvent (Material No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to remove any grease
from the area to be repaired.
(f) Apply the chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002) to
the leading edge in area 1.

(g) Apply anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006B) or alternative


anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D) to the areas 1, 2,
and 3.
(h) Apply the abrasion resistant coating (Material No. 07−003E or
07−003G) to the areas 1, 2 and 3, to agree with the colour
scheme, and allow to dry.

(4) Repair Instructions for Repair 2

NOTE: The repair instructions for Repair 2 must not be used. Refer
to Paragraph 5.B. in Table 202.

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Use a plastic scraper to remove any loose paint from the area to
be repaired.
(b) Use an adhesive tape to do a bond check of the remaining paint.

(c) Use masking tape and paper to mask off the area that will not
be repaired.

(d) Use scotchbrite (Item 1) to make rough the surface to show bare
metal in area 1. Do not show bare metal in areas 2 and 3.
(e) Use trichloroethane (Material No. 11−004) (Item 4) to remove any
grease from the area to be repaired.

(f) Apply the chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−003) (Item
6) to the area 1 where bare metal is shown.
(g) Apply a very thin layer of the bonding primer (Material No.
08−055) (Item 3) to the areas 1, 2, and 3.

(h) Cure the bonding primer (Material No.08−055) (Item 3) at a tem


perature of 90 deg C for 2 hours.
NOTE: Use heatlamps to supply the heat.

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Chamfered Edges at the Leading Edge


Figure 202

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT
015.
C. Repair of the Chamfered Edges away from the Leading Edge

NOTE: This repair is applicable to the chamfered edges away from the
leading edge on slats 1 thru 5, except slat 1 inboard end (slat
horn area). The chamfered edge away from the leading edge is shown
in Figure 203.
This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 204.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 All
A320−200 All
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

Follow the repair instructions in paragraph 5.C.(3) for damage to the


chamfered edge away from the leading edge.

Follow also the repair instructions in paragraph 5.C.(3) for damage


to the adjacent top−coated areas.
(2) Repair Materials

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Scotchbrite A/R Local Supply


− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R Material No. 07−003E (Refer to
CML)
− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R Material No. 07−003G (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R Material No. 11−026 or 11−026D
(Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion) CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R Material No. 16−006D (Refer to
Primer CML)
− Polyurethane Top Coat A/R Material No. 16−018A (Refer to
CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R Material No. 16−059A (Refer to
CML)
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Use a plastic scraper to remove any loose paint from the area to
be repaired.

(b) Use an adhesive tape to do a bond check of the remaining paint.


(c) Use masking tape and paper to mask off the area adjacent to the
repair.

(d) Use scotchbrite (Item 1) to rough the surface and to expose the
primer coat. Also use scotchbrite (Item 1) to smooth the con
tours. If bare metal is exposed, do step (5.C.(3)(f)).

(e) Use solvent (Material No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to remove any grease
from the area to be repaired.

(f) The step that follows applies to areas of bare metal only.
1 Apply the chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002) and
let it dry.

(g) Apply the anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006B) or alter
native anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D) to the repair
areas and let it dry for a time between 2 hours and 16 hours.
(h) Apply the abrasion resistant coating (Material No. 07−003E or
07−003G) or the standard polyurethane top coat (Material No.

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

16−018A) or alternative external top coat (Material No. 16−059A)


to agree with the colour scheme, and allow to dry.

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Chamfered Edge away from the Leading Edge


Figure 203

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
D. Repair to replace the Seal Packer at Slat Track 3 (Assemblies
D574−61303−002/004) and Slat Track 4 (Assembly D574−61304−002)

NOTE: This repair is applicable to slat tracks 3 and 4 and details the
procedure to replace the seal packers.

The track assemblies and seal packers are shown in Figure 204.
This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 205.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 All
A320−200 All
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

On aircraft before modification 23904E0043 the seal packers at Slat


Track 3 and 4 can become free and fall off. This repair gives the
procedure to replace the seal packers more tightly. You should re
place the seal packers as a pair.

NOTE: An improved procedure to attach the seal packers to the slat


tracks more tightly has been introduced. This has been done by
better bonding and Visu−Lok Fasteners. This modification was
not mandatory and embodiment of this modification is around MSN
0055.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Seal Packer 1 D57461064204 (Track 3 L.H.)


Seal Packer 1 D57461064205 (Track 3 R.H.)
2 Seal Packer 1 D57461065204 (Track 4 L.H.)
Seal Packer 1 D57461065205 (Track 4 R.H.)
3 Bolt, Blind 2 ASNA 0081A−206 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
4 Screws 2 NAS1152E6 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
5 Nut 2 NASM21042−08 or MS21042L08 (Re
fer to Chapter 51−40−00)
6 Washer 2 AN960−8 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D
− Jenolite RRPL A/R CML No. 05−006A
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018A
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Adhesive (Two part) A/R CML No. 08−010
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Early Quick Repair Fuel A/R CML No. 09−008C
Tank Sealant
− Abrasive Cloth A/R Grade 320
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Make sure the slats are in the fully extended position.

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT MOVE THE INTERNAL GEAR ATTACHMENT BOLTS IN
TRACK 3 OR THE DISTANCE TUBE BOLTS IN TRACK 4 (REFER TO
FIGURE 204).

(b) Refer to Figure 204 and remove the blind bolts that attach the
filler blocks to the slat tracks 3 and 4 (refer to Chapter
51−42−11).
CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT REMOVE THE FILLER BLOCKS.

(c) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to remove all grease
from the repair area and clean the surfaces of all remaining
adhesive debris. Use a lint−free cloth made moist with the
cleaning agent.

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Use 320 grade abrasive cloth to make the repair area rough.
Smooth off edges of the paint finish around the repair area.
(e) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to clean the prepared
areas again. Use a lint−free cloth made moist with the solvent.

(f) Examine the repair area for surface protection damage. If neces
sary re−apply the surface protection as follows:

WARNING: YOU MUST USE JENOLITE RRPL (CML NO. 05−006A). YOU MUST
NOT USE AN ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL.

1 Apply Jenolite RRPL (CML No. 05−006A) to all the bare metal
surfaces.

2 Apply one layer of anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or


alternative anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D)to the pre
pared surfaces (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

3 Allow 2 hours minimum and 24 hours maximum for the primer lay
er to dry and then apply the polyurethane top layer (CML No.
16−018A) or alternative external top coat (CML No. 16−059A)
(refer to Chapter 51−23−11). If it is not possible to apply
the top layer in less than the permitted time you must rough
and clean the primer layer again.

4 Allow to cure for 8 hours at room temperature, or 30 minutes


at 60 deg C.
(g) Refer to Figure 204 and temporarily attach the new seal packers
(Item 1 and 2) to the correct slat track. Locate, drill and pre
pare holes through the packers. (Refer to Chapter 51−44−11) (re
fer also to Chapter 51−42−11).

WARNING: ADHESIVES ARE DANGEROUS.


CAUTION: USE CORRECT SIZE PINS TO LOCATE THE PACKERS IN POSITION AND
MAKE SURE THE HOLES DO NOT FILL WITH ADHESIVE.

(h) Refer to the specification from the manufacturer and bond the
seal packers (Items 1 and 2) in position with adhesive (CML No.
08−010).
(i) Remove the location pins. Apply one of the following:

1 Apply sealant (CML No. 09−013 or 09−016 or 09−008C) to the


blind bolts (Item 3). Install the bolts in the seal packers
and slat tracks (refer to Chapter 51−76−11).
2 Apply sealant (CML No. 09−013 or 09−016 or 09−008C) to the
screws (Item 4). Install the screws, nut and washer (Item 4, 5
and 6) in the seal packers and slat tracks (refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(j) Apply a bead of sealant (CML No. 09−013 or 09−016 or 09−008C)


along the edges of the seal packers (Items 1 and 2) (refer to
Chapter 51−76−11).

(k) Make sure that the new seal packers and fasteners are not larger
in width than the track section.

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Replace Seal Packers at Slat Tracks 3 and 4


Figure 204

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
E. Repair Procedure for Replacement of the Filler Blocks at Slat Tracks 3
(Assemblies D574−61303−002/004/006/008) and 4 (Assemblies
D574−61304−002/004/006)

NOTE: This repair is applicable to Slats 3 and 4 and details the proce
dure to use a sealant as a filler.
The track assemblies and filler blocks are shown in Figure 205

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 206.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 All
A320−200 All
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


The filler blocks at Slat Tracks 3 and 4 can become loose and fall
off.

This repair gives the procedure to fill the empty space with cured
sealant.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Abrasive Paper A/R Grade 320


2 Scotchbrite Pads A/R Local Supply
3 Polythene Sheet A/R Local Supply
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018A
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Jenolite RRPL A/R CML No. 05−006A
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Make sure the slats are in the fully extended position.

(b) Make sure the support angles are still installed.


(c) Remove the rivets (MS20470AD) which attach the initial filler
block. (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(d) Make sure the support angles do not extend outside the width of
the side roller contact faces. If necessary adjust the edges of
the support angles to approximately 0.5 mm (0.02 in) below the
contact faces.

(e) Remove all remaining adhesives and debris in the repair area.
Take care not to damage the surface protection of the track.

(f) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to remove any grease
from the repair area. Use a lint free cloth moistened with the
solvent.

(g) Use 320 grade abrasive paper (Item 1) to make the repair area
rough. Smooth off the edges of the paint finish around the re
pair with a scotchbrite pad (Item 2).
(h) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to remove any grease
from the repair surface and the support angle. Use a lint free
cloth moistened with the solvent.

(i) Examine the repair area for surface damage. if necessary re−apply
the surface protection as follows:
WARNING: YOU MUST USE JENOLITE RRPL (CML NO. 05−006A). YOU MUST
NOT USE AN ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL.

1 Apply Jenolite RRPL (CML No. 05−006A) to all the bare metal
surfaces.

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply one layer of anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or


alternative anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D) to the pre
pared surfaces (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

3 Allow 2 hours minimum and 24 hours maximum for the primer lay
er to dry and then apply the polyurethane top layer (CML No.
16−018A) or alternative external top coat (CML No. 16−059A)
(refer to Chapter 51−23−11). If it is not possible to apply
the top layer in less than the permitted time you must rough
and clean the primer layer again.

4 Allow to cure for 8 hours at room temperature or 30 minutes at


60 deg C.

5 Lightly rough the finish paint layer with a scotchbrite pad


(Item 2).

6 Use solvent (CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to remove any grease


from the repair area. Use a lint free cloth moistened with the
solvent.
(j) Mix the sealant (CML No. 09−016) to the manufacturers instruc
tions and apply to the repair area in a thick layer with an ex
trusion gun or a spatula (refer to Figure 205).

(k) Make sure the sealant (CML No. 09−016) is pushed into any cor
ners and is free of air bubbles. Use plastic strips to keep the
sealant to the correct shape as specified in Figure 205

(l) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D) to clean off immediately
any unwanted sealant. Use a soft lint free cloth moistened with
the solvent. Cover with a clean polythene sheet (Item 3) until
the sealant is cured.
(m) Cure the sealant (CML No. 09−016) for a minimum of 24 hours at
room temperature (23 deg C and 50% relative humidity) or 1.5
hours at 55 deg C.

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to Replace the Filler Blocks at Slat Tracks 3 and 4


Figure 205

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

F. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin above the ribs and between the
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5

NOTE: This repair is INACTIVE and superseded by Paragraph 5.G. since Re
vision dated Feb 01/13.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to aircraft up to 89 tonnes MTOW.

NOTE: For aircraft up to 93.5 tonnes MTOW refer to paragraph 5.G.

NOTE: It is recommended that Slats 1 thru 5 listed below be repaired


with 93.5 tonnes MTOW repairs because the Slats are capable of
such MTOW. These Slats are interchangeable with A318, A319 and
A321−200 that are certified with 93.5 tonnes MTOW loads. This is
necessary to keep the interchangeable status.

Slat 1: D574 60600 006 thru 013 and D574 60677 000 thru 005

Slat 2: D574 60278 004 thru 013 and D574 60277 000 thru 003
Slat 3: D574 60378 006 thru 011 and D574 60377 000 thru 003

Slat 4: D574 60478 006 thru 011 and D574 60477 000 thru 003

Slat 5: D574 60598 006 thru 011 and D574 60577 000 thru 003

NOTE: This repair is applicable for dent damage on Slats 1 thru 5 to the
areas shown in Figure 206 (Sheets 1 thru 3). This repair is valid
for the weight variants given in Table 207.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This scheme provides instructions to repair the nose area of the top
skin for slats 1 thru 5.

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

It details instructions for a repair between the ribs and for a re
pair above the ribs.
For this scheme the slat is divided into repair zones (Refer to Fig
ure 206 Sheets 1 thru 3).

(2) Repair Materials

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Backing−Plates A/R 2024T42 or 2024T3, clad or un


clad 2.00 mm (0.078 in.) thick
for Slat 1. 2024T42 or 2024T3,
clad or unclad 1.80 mm (0.071
in.) thick for Slats 2 thru 5
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−31−00).
2 Backing−Plates A/R 2024T42 clad or 2024T3 clad 2.00
mm (0.078 in.) thick for Slat
1. 2024T42 clad or 2024T3 clad
1.80 mm (0.071 in.) thick for
Slats 2 thru 5 (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−31−00).
3 Skin Insert 1 2024 clad or 2024T3 clad 1.80
mm (0.071 in.) thick for Slat
1, MSN 0002−0363 and Slats 2
thru 5. 2024T42 clad or 2024T3
clad 2.00 mm (0.078 in.) thick
for Slat 1, MSN 0364−9999 (Refer
to SRM Chapter 51−31−00).
4 Fasteners A/R Refer to table 208.
5 Sealant − For Slats 1 and 2, Material No.
09−016 (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−35−00). For Slats 3 thru 5,
Material No. 09−012A with Prim
er, Material No. 09−586 (Refer
to CML). Material No. 09−023 is
an alternative (Refer to CML).
6 Pins, Gripper A/R Local resources.
7 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum Shim MIL−S−22499, com
position 1 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
to 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) thick −
alternative to Item 8.

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

8 Sealing Plate A/R 2024T42 or 2024T3, 0.60 mm


(0.023 in.) to 1.00 mm (0.039
in.) thick (Refer to SRM Chapter
57−31−00) − alternative to Item
7.
9 Shim 1 2024T42 clad or unclad 0.20 mm
(0.008 in.) thick.
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−016 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
− Epoxy Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
− Bonding Primer A/R Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
− Alodine 1200 A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
− Alodine 1000 or 1500 A/R Material No. 13−003 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
(3) Repair Instructions

The repair schemes for Zones A and B are shown in Figure 206
(Sheets 4 thru 11). For repair zone dimensions refer to Figure 206
sheet 1).

NOTE: For the different types of fasteners permitted in each repair


zone on slats 1 thru 5 see Table 208.

ITEM ZONE QUANTITY FASTENER TYPE (Refer to SRM 51−40−00)


A A/R NAS1921C05
SLAT 1
B A/R NAS1921C05
SLAT 2 A A/R NAS1921C05
A A/R NAS1921C05
SLAT 3
B A/R NAS1921C05

Table 208

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM ZONE QUANTITY FASTENER TYPE (Refer to SRM 51−40−00)


NAS1921C05 Alternative − CR3522P5 except in
SLAT 4 A A/R board and outboard of the Hold Down ribs
where NAS1921C05 must be used.
NAS1921C05 Alternative − CR3522P5 except in
SLAT 5 A A/R board and outboard of the Hold Down ribs
where NAS1921C05 must be used.

Table 208
(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE POSITION OF THE REPAIRS COMES IN THE PER
MITTED AREA.
CAUTION: FOR SLATS 3 THRU 5. TO MAKE SURE THE ACCELERATION SLOTS IN
THE UPPER STRINGERS ARE NOT BLOCKED, THE MINIMUM DIMENSION
BETWEEN BACKING−PLATES (ITEM 1) AND (ITEM 2), AND THE UPPER
STRINGER MUST BE NOT LESS THAN 12.00 MM (0.468 IN.). WHEN
YOU DO THE REPAIR MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE PICCOLO
TUBES (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 30−11−00, PAGE BLOCK 1).

CAUTION: FOR SLATS 3 THRU 5 DO NOT DAMAGE THE PICCOLO TUBES WHEN
YOU DO THIS REPAIR.

(b) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure the edges of
the cut−out are smooth. Refer to Figure 206 for the cut−out lim
its. (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−27−00).

CAUTION: FOR SLAT 1. THE SKIN INSERT (ITEM 3) MUST BE 1.80 MM


(0.071 IN.) THICK FOR MSN 0002−0363 AND 2.00 MM (0.078 IN.)
THICK FOR MSN 0364−9999.

(c) Areas of skin around the cut−out, with dent depression damage can
be dressed−out locally. For the limitations and dent depressions
around a cut−out in the skin refer to Figure 206, Sheet 2.

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: ALODINE 1200 (MATERIAL NO. 13−002) AND ALODINE 1000 OR 1500
(MATERIAL NO. 13−003) ARE POISONOUS.
(d) Apply protective treatment to the straightened edges (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−23−11).

NOTE: Apply unsealed CAA and Bonding Primer (Material No. 08−055).
As an alternative use Alodine 1200 (Material No. 13−002) in
painted areas or Alodine 1000/1500 (Material No. 13−003) in
unpainted areas.

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed. The edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 206, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 206 and make the repair parts (Item 1) thru
(Item 3) and (Item 7) or (Item 8) as necessary. Where possible
use one backing−plate in place of repair parts (Item 1) and
(Item 2). The sealing plates (Item 7) or (Item 8) are only nec
essary to stop leaks when you use 2 backing plates (Item 1) and
(Item 2).
(f) Mark and drill pilot holes in the slat skin around the cut−out.
Refer to Figure 206 for the pitch and the positions of the holes
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Temporarily put the repair parts (Item 1) and (Item 2) and (Item
7) or (Item 8) in position. Use the pilot−holes in the slat−skin
to mark the position of the fastener holes on the repair parts.

(h) Remove the repair parts (Item 1) and (Item 2) and (Item 7) or
(Item 8). Drill pilot holes through repair parts (Item 1) and
(Item 2) and (Item 7) or (Item 8) at the fastener hole positions
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(i) Drill sufficient holes to the final size to permit the repair
parts to be attached to skin of the slat with gripper pins (Item
6) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(j) Drill pilot holes through the skin insert (Item 3). Refer to
Figure 206 for the hole positions (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE SKIN INSERT IS SYMMETRICAL ABOUT THE CUT−OUT.

(k) Put the skin−insert (Item 3) in position. Use the pilot−holes in


the skin−inserts (Item 3) to mark the position of the fastener
holes on the repair parts (Item 1) and (Item 2) and (Item 7) or
(Item 8).

(l) Remove the skin−insert. Drill pilot−holes in the repairs parts


(Item 1) and (Item 2) and (Item 7) or (Item 8) at the fastener
hole position.

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(m) Drill holes to the final size, as necessary in the repair parts
(Item 1), (Item 2), (Item 3) and (Item 7) or (Item 8).
(n) Put the skin−insert (Item 3) in position. Use the gripper pins
(Item 6) to temporarily attach the skin−insert (Item 3) to the
repair parts (Item 1) and (Item 2) and (Item 7) or (Item 8).

(o) Drill all holes to the final size. Countersink the holes in the
slat skin and skin−insert to agree with the heads of the fasten
ers (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11 and SRM Chapter 51−46−11).

(p) Remove the repair parts. Deburr the holes and make sure the
edges of the repair parts and cut−out are smooth.

(q) Use cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026) to remove grease from
the repair parts and the repair area of the slat−skin.

(r) Remove all unwanted material from the internal surface of the
slat.

(s) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:

1 Items 1, 2, 8 − Unsealed CAA and Epoxy Primer (Material No.


16−006B).

2 Item 3:
− Internal face, Unsealed CAA and Epoxy Primer (Material No.
16−006B)
− External face, Unsealed CAA and Bonding Primer (Material No.
08−055).
WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY THE
SEALANT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.

(t) Apply a thin layer of sealant (Item 5) to the mating surfaces of


the repair parts and the skin of the slat.
(u) Put the fasteners momentarily in the sealant (Material No.
09−013) before you install them, Refer to Table 208, and fasten
the repair parts (Item 1), (Item 2), (Item 3), (Item 7) or (Item
8) to the skin of the slat with the correct fasteners (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−42−11).
(v) Apply the sealant to the gap between the skin−insert (Item 3)
and the edge of the cut−out.

(w) Remove unwanted sealant from the external surface of the slat and
repair the surface protection as necessary.

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 3)

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 4)

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 5)

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 6)

Pages 241/242
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 7)

Pages 243/244
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 8)

Page 245
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 9)

Page 246
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 10)

Pages 247/248
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 11)

Pages 249/250
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 12)

Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 13)

Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 206 (sheet 14)

Page 253
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−003−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

G. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin above the ribs and between the
ribs on Slats 1 thru 5.

This Repair is applicable to:


− Slats 1 and 2 before modification 35942E0164 (Route06)
− Slats 3 thru 5.
NOTE: Apply this repair for dent damage on Slats 1 thru 5 to the areas
shown in Figure 207, Sheets 1 thru 3.

This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
209.
For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This scheme provides instructions to repair the nose area of the top
skin for slats 1 thru 5.

Page 254
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

It details instructions for a repair between the ribs and for a re
pair above the ribs.
For this scheme the slat is divided into repair zones (Refer to Fig
ure 207, Sheets 1 thru 3).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 thru 5 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007, 010
D57460100
and 011
D57460198 000 thru 003
1 D57460178 000 and 001
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460600 000 thru 013
D57460677 000 thru 005,
000 thru 007, 010
D57460200
and 011
2 D57460298 000 and 001
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460277 000 thru 003
D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460398 000 and 001
3 D57460378 000 thru 011
D57460377 000 thru 003
D57460930 000 thru 005
D57460400 000 thru 007
D57460498 000 and 001
4 D57460478 000 thru 011
D57460477 000 thru 003
D57460940 000 thru 005
Part Numbers for Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Table 210

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460500 000 thru 007


D57460598 000 thru 011
5
D57460577 000 thru 003
D57460950 000 thru 005
Part Numbers for Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Table 210
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1, 2 Backing Plates A/R 2024T 42 Clad (For thickness,


see note 1) Size TBD in situ −
alternative 2024T3 or 2024T42
Clad or Unclad
3 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad 2024T 42 (For thick
ness, see note 1) Size TBD in
situ − alternative 2024T3 Clad
4 Shim (Use only on Slat 1 A/R Aluminum/Mil−S−22499 0.2 mm
before modification 22409) (0.008 in) thick, size TBD in
situ − non structural
5 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/Mil−S−22499 0.1 to 0.2
mm (0.004 to 0.008 in) thick,
size 24 by 40 mm (0.945 by
1.575 in) − non structural −
alternative 2024T3 or 2024T42
6 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (See note 2)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C


Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For Slat 1, Items 1 thru 3 in paragraph 5.G.(2) the materi
al thickness is as follows:

− 1.8 mm (0.071 in) thick.

− 2.0 mm (0.080 in) thick after modification 22409.

For Slat 2 thru 5, Items 1 thru 3 the material thickness is:


− 1.8 mm (0.071 in) thick.

NOTE: 2. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers refer to Figure 207 (Sheet 11).

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from positions which are to be
utilized (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area noting the edge distance from the riv
et centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 207, Sheet 4 are complied with.

Page 257
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: FOR SLATS 3 THRU 5 DO NOT DAMAGE THE PICCOLO TUBES WHEN
YOU DO THIS REPAIR.
(e) Refer to Figure 207 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 5
inclusive) to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: For Slat 1, make the skin insert (Item 3) 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick and 2.0 mm (0.080 in) thick after modification
22409.
NOTE: Item 4 is only required for Slat 1 before modification
22409.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes (refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Gripper pin the re
pair parts in position.
(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance, and the minimum distance between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 207.

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(i) Drill all the fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. For protection with low
VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.G.(3)(m). and for protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.G.(3)(n).
(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 3) and on
all faces of the remaining repair items and cut−out. Then apply
anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) (refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 3). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

Page 258
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.
c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 3).
(n) Protective treatment without low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 3) and on
all faces of the remaining repair items and cut−out. Then apply
anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) (refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 3). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.G.(3)(m)2a thru 5.G.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) and


wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face of the skin
insert (Item 3).
(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

CAUTION: FOR SLATS 3 THRU 5, MAKE SURE THE ACCELERATION SLOTS IN THE
UPPER GIRDER ARE NOT BLOCKED WITH SEALANT.
(q) Wet install the fasteners (Item 6) with sealant (CML No. 09−013
or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 3) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.
(s) Remove unwanted sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.G.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.G.(3)(v).

Page 259
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 260
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 1)

Pages 261/262
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 2)

Pages 263/264
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 3)

Page 265
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 4)

Page 266
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 5)

Page 267
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 6)

Page 268
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 7)

Page 269
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 8)

Page 270
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 9)

Page 271
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 10)

Page 272
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Nose Area of the Top Skin


Figure 207 (sheet 11)

Page 273
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 211.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT
015.
H. Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the Chamfered Edges of
Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and slat 5 (Inboard Edge
Only)

NOTE: This repair is applicable for corrosion damage at the chamfered


edges of Slats 3 and 4, the chamfered edge of Slat 2 (outboard
only) and the chamfered edge of slat 5 (inboard only). (Refer to
Table 212 for details of slats and repair zones).

This scheme uses aluminum inserts at the repair cut−outs.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 211.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 211
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This scheme details a repair for exfoliation corrosion of the Slat


Chamfered Edges. The repair is permanent and has no effect on main
tenance.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 274
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024T42 clad 1.8 mm (0.071 in)


thick x 19 mm (0.748 in) wide −
alternative material 2024T3 clad
2 Backing Plate 1 2024T42 clad 1.0 mm (0.040 in)
thick x 39 mm (1.535 in) wide −
alternative material 2024T3 clad
3 Lip Seal Support 1 (Part numbers are referenced in
Table 211)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R Material No. 09−016 (Refer to
CML)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
CML)
− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R Material No. 07−003 (Refer to
CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R Material No. 16−018 (Refer to
CML)
− Screws A/R NAS1102E06−6P (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Rivets 14 NAS1097AD4 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Gripper Pins A/R Local Resources
− Screws A/R NAS1102E06−7P or 8P (Refer to
Chapter 51−40−00)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
CML)
− Low Adhesion Polysulfide A/R Material No. 09−019 (Refer to
Sealant CML)
− Interfay Sealant A/R Material No. 09−005C (Refer to
CML)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R Material No. 16−006C (Refer to
Adhesion CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R Material No. 16−006D (Refer to
Primer CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A
(Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A
(Refer to CML)

Page 275
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) The repair scheme is shown in Figure 208. For repair zone dimen
sions refer also to Figure 208.

(b) For the type of Lip Seal Support in each zone on Slat 2 thru 5
refer to Table 212.

ITEM ZONE LIP SEAL SUPPORT TYPE (ITEM 3)


Inboard Edge Repair Not Applicable
Slat 2
Outboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−43−21, Page Block 001
Inboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−44−21, Page Block 001
Slat 3
Outboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−44−21, Page Block 001
Inboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−45−21, Page Block 001
Slat 4
Outboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−45−21, Page Block 001
Inboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−46−21, Page Block 001
Slat 5
Outboard Edge Repair Not Applicable
Lip Seal Support in each Zone on Slat 2 thru 5
Table 212
(c) Remove Lip Seal Support (Item 3) and Seal.
(d) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

NOTE: Do an Ultrasonic Inspection to find the quantity of exfoli


ation corrosion on the chamfered edges. A visual inspection
is not sufficient.
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE POSITION OF THE REPAIR COMES IN THE PERMITTED
AREA.

(e) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure the edges of
the cut−out are smooth. Refer to Figure 208 for the cut−out di
mensions. (Refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(f) Refer to Figure 208 and make the repair parts (Item 1) and (Item
2).

(g) Mark and drill pilot holes in the slat skin around the cut−out.
Refer to Figure 208 for the hole positions.
(h) Temporarily put the backing plate (Item 2) in position. Use the
pilot−holes in the slat−skin to mark the position of the fastener
holes in the backing plate (Item 2).

(i) Remove the backing plate (Item 2) and drill pilot holes in the
fastener hole positions.

Page 276
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(j) Drill sufficient holes to the final size to permit the backing
plate (Item 2) to be attached to the skin of the slat with
gripper pins.

(k) Drill pilot holes through the skin insert (Item 1). Refer to
Figure 208 for the hole positions.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS 1 MM (0.039 IN) TO 2 MM (0.078 IN)


GAP BETWEEN THE SKIN INSERT (ITEM 1) AND THE SLAT SKIN.
(l) Put the skin insert (Item 1) in position. Use the pilot−holes in
the skin inserts (Item 1) to mark the position of the fastener
holes in the backing plate (Item 2).

(m) Remove the skin insert (Item 1). Drill pilot−holes in the backing
plate (Item 2) at the fastener hole positions.
(n) Drill sufficient holes to the final size to permit the skin in
sert (Item 1) to be attached to the backing plate (Item 2) with
gripper pins.

(o) Temporarily attach the skin insert (Item 1) with gripper pins.
(p) Drill all holes to the final size. Countersink the holes in the
slat skin and the skin insert to agree with the heads of the
fasteners (refer to Chapter 51−41−11 and Chapter 51−46−11).

NOTE: All countersunk fasteners must be installed flush with 100


deg countersink for machined heads and 82 deg countersink
for formed heads.

(q) Remove the skin insert (Item 1) and the backing plate (Item 2).
Deburr the holes and make sure that the edges of these parts and
the cut−out are smooth.
(r) Use solvent (Material No. 11−026) to remove grease from the skin
insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 2) and the repair area
of the slat skin.

(s) Treat the skin insert (Item 1) and backing plate (Item 2) with
chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002) followed by
anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer
(Material No. 16−006C), or for a low VOC treatment, apply alter
native anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D).

(t) Apply a thin layer of sealant (Material No. 09−016) to the mat
ing surfaces of the skin insert (Item 1), the backing plate
(Item 2) and the slat skin.

(u) Fasten the repair parts to the slat skin with the correct fas
teners (refer to Chapter 51−42−11). Install the solid rivets wet
with sealant (Material No. 09−013). Fill the external gap between
the skin insert (Item 1) and the slat skin with sealant (Materi
al No. 09−016). Leave to cure.

Page 277
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(v) Temporarily fasten the Lip Seal Support (Item 3) to the slat
with screws (NAS1102E06−6P). It may be necessary to use screws
(NAS1102E06−7P or 8P), these are longer.

NOTE: It may be necessary to oversize the 4.9/5.05 mm


(0.193/0.199 in) holes in the Lip Seal Support to 6.85 mm
(0.27 in) or use D574−60560−003 drilled in situ.

(w) Remove the Lip Seal Support (Item 3). Deburr the oversize holes
and re−protect.

(x) Apply abrasion resistant coating (Material No. 07−003) to the ex
ternal surfaces (refer to Figure 208). Apply polyurethane finish
paint (Material No. 16−018) to the internal surfaces or for a
low VOC finish, apply external primer (Material No. 16−060 or
16−060A) and external top coat (Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A).
Use paint that is the same colour as the adjacent painted area.

(y) Leave the paint to cure.

(z) Re−fit the Lip Seal Support (Item 3). If necessary, fill the gap
between the Lip Seal Support and the top skin with sealant (Ma
terial No. 09−019 or 09−005C).

Page 278
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the chamfered edges of Slat 2


(Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only)
Figure 208 (sheet 1)
Page 279
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the chamfered edges of Slat 2


(Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only)
Figure 208 (sheet 2)
Page 280
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the chamfered edges of Slat 2


(Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only)
Figure 208 (sheet 3)
Page 281
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 213.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT
015.
I. Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the
Chamfered Edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and slat
5 (Inboard Edge Only).

NOTE: This repair is applicable for corrosion damage at the chamfered


edges of Slats 3 and 4, the chamfered edge of Slat 2 (outboard
only) and the chamfered edge of slat 5 (inboard only). (Refer to
Table 214 for details of slats and repair zones).

This scheme uses corrosion resistant steel inserts at the repair


cut−outs.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 213.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 213
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This scheme details a repair for exfoliation corrosion of the Slat
Chamfered Edges. This repair is permanent and has no effect on main
tenance.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 282
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 Corrosion Resistant Steel 1.8 mm


(0.071 in) thick x 19 mm (0.748
in) wide − alternative material
2024T3
2 Backing Plate 1 2024T42 clad 1.0 mm (0.040 in)
thick x 39 mm (1.535 in) wide −
alternative material 2024T3 clad
3 Lip Seal Support 1 (Part numbers are referenced in
Table 213)
4 Screws A/R NAS1102E06−6P (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
5 Screws A/R NAS1102E06−7P or 8P (Refer to
Chapter 51−40−00)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R Material No. 09−016 (Refer to
CML)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
CML)
− Rivets 4 MS20427F4−2 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R Material No. 16−018 (Refer to
CML)
− Rivets 14 NAS1097AD4 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Gripper Pins A/R Local Resources
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
CML)
− Low Adhesion Polysulfide A/R Material No. 09−019 (Refer to
Sealant CML)
− Interfay Sealant A/R Material No. 09−005C (Refer to
CML)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R Material No. 16−006C (Refer to
Adhesion CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R Material No. 16−006D (Refer to
Primer CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A
(Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A
(Refer to CML)

Page 283
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to


CML)
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) The repair scheme is shown in Figure 209. For repair zone dimen
sions refer also to Figure 209.

(b) For the type of Lip Seal Support in each zone on Slat 2 thru 5
refer to Table 214.

ITEM ZONE LIP SEAL SUPPORT TYPE (Item 3)


Inboard Edge Repair Not Applicable
Slat 2
Outboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−43−21, Page Block 001
Inboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−44−21, Page Block 001
Slat 3
Outboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−44−21, Page Block 001
Inboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−45−21, Page Block 001
Slat 4
Outboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−45−21, Page Block 001
Inboard Edge Refer to Chapter 57−46−21, Page Block 001
Slat 5
Outboard Edge Repair Not Applicable
Lip Seal Support in each Zone on Slat 2 thru 5
Table 214
(c) Remove the Lip Seal Support (Item 3) and the Seal.

(d) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

NOTE: Do an Ultrasonic Inspection to find the quantity of exfoli


ation corrosion on the chamfered edges. A visual inspection
is not sufficient.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE POSITION OF THE REPAIR COMES WITHIN THE PER
MITTED AREA.
(e) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure the edges of
the cut−out are smooth. Refer to Figure 209 for the cut−out di
mensions. (Refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(f) Refer to Figure 209 and make the repair parts (Item 1) and (Item
2).

Page 284
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark and drill pilot holes in the slat skin around the cut−out
(refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Refer to Figure 209 for the hole
positions.

(h) Temporarily put the backing plate (Item 2) in position. Use the
pilot−holes in the slat−skin to mark the position of the fastener
holes in the backing plate (Item 2).

(i) Remove the backing plate (Item 2) and drill pilot holes in the
fastener hole positions (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(j) Drill sufficient holes to the final size (refer to Chapter


51−44−11) to permit the backing plate (Item 2) to be attached to
the skin of the slat with gripper pins.
(k) Drill pilot holes through the skin insert (Item 1) (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11). Refer to Figure 209 for the hole positions.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS 1 MM (0.039 IN) TO 2 MM (0.078 IN)


GAP BETWEEN THE SKIN INSERT (ITEM 1) AND THE SLAT SKIN.

(l) Put the skin insert (Item 1) in position. Use the pilot−holes in
the skin insert (Item 1) to mark the position of the fastener
holes in the backing plate (Item 2).

(m) Remove the skin insert (Item 1). Drill pilot−holes in the backing
plate (Item 2) at the fastener hole positions (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(n) Drill sufficient holes to the final size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11) to permit the skin insert (Item 1) to be attached to
the backing plate (Item 2) with gripper pins.

(o) Temporarily attach the skin insert (Item 1) with gripper pins.
(p) Drill all holes to the final size (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin−insert to
agree with the heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter 51−41−11
and Chapter 51−46−11).

NOTE: All countersink fasteners must be installed flush with 100


deg countersink for machined heads and 82 deg countersink
for formed heads.

(q) Remove the skin insert (Item 1) and the backing plate (Item 2).
Deburr the holes and make sure that the edges of these parts and
the cut−out are smooth.
(r) Use solvent (Material No. 11−026) to remove grease from the skin
insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 2) and the repair area
of the slat skin.

(s) Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (Material No.


13−002) to the backing plate (Item 2) (refer to Chapter
51−21−11). Paint with anti corrosion primer (Material No.

Page 285
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

16−006B) or epoxide primer (Material No. 16−006C), or for a low


VOC coating apply anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D),
low VOC external primer (Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and low
VOC external top coat (Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A).

(t) Dry sand the contact face of the skin insert (Item 1) then apply
anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer
(Material No. 16−006C), or for a low VOC coating apply anti cor
rosion primer (Material No. 16−006D).

(u) Apply a thin layer of sealant (Material No. 09−016) to the mat
ing surfaces of the skin insert (Item 1), backing plate (Item 2)
and the slat skin.

(v) Fasten the repair parts to the slat skin with the correct fas
teners (refer to Chapter 51−42−11). Wet install the solid rivets
with sealant (Material No. 09−013). Fill the gap between the skin
insert (Item 1) and the external skin with sealant (Material No.
09−016). Leave to cure.

(w) Temporarily fasten the Lip Seal Support (Item 3) to the slat
with screws (Item 4). It may be necessary to use screws (Item
5), these are longer.

NOTE: It may be necessary to oversize the 4.9/5.05 mm


(0.193/0.199 in) holes in the Lip Seal Support to 6.85 mm
(0.27 in) or use assembly D574−60560−003 drilled in situ.
(x) Remove the Lip Seal Support (Item 3). Deburr oversized holes and
re−protect.

(y) Apply polyurethane finish paint (Material No. 16−018) to the


painted internal surfaces. For a low VOC finish apply external
primer (Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and external top coat
(Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A). Use a paint that is the same
colour as the adjacent painted area. Leave the paint to cure.

(z) Re−fit the lip seal support (Item 3). If necessary, fill the gap
between the lip seal support and the top skin with sealant (Ma
terial No. 09−019 or 09−005C).

Page 286
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the chamfered


edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard
Edge only)
Figure 209 (sheet 1)
Page 287
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the chamfered


edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard
Edge only)
Figure 209 (sheet 2)
Page 288
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the chamfered


edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard
Edge only)
Figure 209 (sheet 3)
Page 289
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 215.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT
015.
J. Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the Inboard Chamfered Edge
of Slat 2.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for corrosion damage at the chamfered


edge of the nose skin at the inboard edge, (Refer to Figure 210
for the repair area and dimensions).
This repair scheme uses an aluminum insert at the repair cut−out.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 215.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 215
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This scheme details a repair for exfoliation corrosion at the inboard


chamfered edge of Slat 2. This repair is permanent and has no effect
on maintenance.
This repair is applicable to slat 2 and can only be performed on
the following general assemblies:

Page 290
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460200 000 thru 011
D57460298 000 and 001
2 D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460277 000 thru 003
D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the Inboard
Chamfered Edge
Table 216
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024T42 Clad 1.8 mm (0.071 in)


thick by 21 mm (0.827 in) wide
− alternative material 2024T3
Clad
2 Backing Plate 1 2024T42 Clad 1.0 mm (0.040 in)
thick by 38 mm (1.496 in) wide
− alternative material 2024T3
clad
3 Lip Seal 1 Refer to Chapter 57−43−21, Page
Block 001
4 Support Assy 1 Refer to Chapter 57−43−21, Page
Block 001
5 Screws A/R NAS1102E06−8P (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
6 Screws A/R NAS1102E06−10P (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R Material No. 09−016 (Refer to
CML)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
CML)
− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R Material No. 07−003 (Refer to
CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R Material No. 16−018 (Refer to
CML)

Page 291
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Rivets 20 NAS1097AD4 (Refer to Chapter


51−40−00)
− Gripper Pins A/R Local Resources
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
CML)
− Low Adhesion Polysulfide A/R Material No. 09−019 (Refer to
Sealant CML)
− Interfay Sealant A/R Material No. 09−005C (Refer to
CML)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R Material No. 16−006C (Refer to
Adhesion CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R Material No. 16−006D (Refer to
Primer CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A
(Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A
(Refer to CML)
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) This repair scheme is shown in Figure 210. For the repair zone
dimensions refer also to Figure 210.

(b) Remove the Lip Seal (Item 1) and the Support Assy (Item 4).

(c) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

NOTE: Do an Ultrasonic Inspection to find the quantity of exfoli


ation corrosion on the chamfered edges. A visual inspection
is not sufficient.
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE POSITION OF THE REPAIR COMES WITHIN THE PER
MITTED AREA.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth refer to Figure 210 for the cut−out dimen
sions. (Refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to Figure 210 and make the repair parts (Item 1) and (Item
2).

(f) Mark and drill pilot holes in the slat skin around the cut−out.
(refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Refer to Figure 210 for the hole
positions.

Page 292
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Temporarily put the backing plate (Item 2) in position. Use the
pilot holes in the slat skin to mark the position of the fasten
er holes in the backing plate (Item 2).

(h) Remove the backing plate (Item 2) and drill pilot holes in the
fastener hole positions (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(i) Drill sufficient holes to the final size (refer to Chapter


51−44−11) to permit the backing plate (Item 2) to be attached to
the skin of the slat with gripper pins.

(j) Drill pilot holes through the skin insert (Item 1) (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11) refer also to Figure 210 for the hole posi
tions.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THERE IS A 1 MM (0.039 IN) TO 2 MM (0.078 IN)
GAP BETWEEN THE SKIN INSERT (ITEM 1) AND THE SKIN OF THE
SLAT.

(k) Put the skin insert (Item 1) in position. Use the pilot−holes in
the skin insert (Item 1) to mark the position of the fastener
holes in the backing plate (Item 2).
(l) Remove the skin insert (Item 1). Drill pilot holes in the back
ing plate (Item 2) at the fastener hole positions.

(m) Drill sufficient holes to the final size (refer to Chapter


51−44−11), to permit the skin insert (Item 1) to be attached to
the backing plate (Item 2) with gripper pins.

(n) Temporarily attach the skin insert (Item 1) with gripper pins.

(o) Drill all holes final size (refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Counter
sink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert (Item 1) to
agree with the heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−46−11).

NOTE: All countersink fasteners must be installed flush with 100


deg countersink for machined heads and 82 deg countersink
for formed heads.
(p) Remove the skin insert (Item 1) and the backing plate (Item 2).
Deburr the holes and make sure the edges of these parts and the
cut−out are smooth.

(q) Use solvent (Material No. 11−026) to remove grease from the skin
insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 2) and the repair area
of the slat skin.

(r) Treat the skin insert (Item 1) and backing plate (Item 2) with
chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002) followed by
anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer
(Material No. 16−006C), or for a low VOC treatment, apply alter
native anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D).

Page 293
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(s) Apply a thin layer of sealant (Material No. 09−016) to the mat
ing surfaces of the skin insert (Item 1), the backing plate
(Item 2) and the slat skin.

(t) Fasten the repair parts to the slat skin with the correct fas
teners (refer to Chapter 51−42−11). Install the solid rivets wet
with sealant (Material No. 09−013). Fill the external gap between
the skin insert (Item 1) and the slat skin with sealant (Materi
al No. 09−016). Leave to cure.

(u) Temporarily fasten the support assembly (Item 4) to the slat with
screws (Item 5). It may be necessary to use screws (Item 6),
these are longer.

NOTE: It may be necessary to oversize the 4.9/5.05 mm


(0.193/0.199 in) dia. holes in the lip seal support to 6.85
mm (0.27 in) dia. or use assembly D574 60261 002/003
drilled in situ.

(v) Remove the support assembly (Item 4). If necessary, deburr the
oversized holes and re−protect.
(w) Clean all repair parts and the repair area with solvent (Material
No. 11−026).

(x) Apply abrasion resistant coating (Material No. 07−003) to the ex
ternal surfaces (refer to Figure 208, Sheet 3). Apply polyure
thane finish paint (Material No. 16−018) to the internal surfaces
or for a low VOC finish, apply external primer (Material No.
16−060 or 16−060A) and external top coat (Material No. 16−059 or
16−059A). Use paint that is the same colour as the adjacent
painted area.
(y) Leave the paint to cure.

(z) Refit the lip seal (Item 3) and the support assembly (Item 4).
If necessary, fill the gap between the support assembly and the
top skin with sealant (Material No. 09−019 or 09−005C).

Page 294
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the Inboard Chamfered Edge of


Slat 2
Figure 210 (sheet 1)
Page 295
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the Inboard Chamfered Edge of


Slat 2
Figure 210 (sheet 2)
Page 296
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum Inserts) at the Inboard Chamfered Edge of


Slat 2
Figure 210 (sheet 3)
Page 297
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 217.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT
015.
K. Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the In
board Chamfered Edge of Slat 2.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for corrosion damage at the chamfered


edge of the nose skin at the inboard edge, (Refer to Figure 211
for the repair area and dimensions).
This repair scheme uses a corrosion resistant steel insert at the
repair cut−out.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 217.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 217
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This scheme details a repair for exfoliation corrosion at the inboard


chamfered edge of Slat 2. This repair is permanent and has no effect
on maintenance.

This repair is applicable to slat 2 and can only be performed on


the following general assemblies:

Page 298
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460200 000 thru 011
D57460298 000 and 001
2 D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460277 000 thru 003
D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts)
at the Inboard Chamfered Edge
Table 218
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 Corrosion Resistant Steel 1.8 mm


(0.071 in) thick by 21 mm
(0.827 in) wide.
2 Backing Plate 1 2024T42 Clad 1.0 mm (0.040 in)
thick by 38 mm (1.496 in) wide
− alternative material 2024T3
clad
3 Lip Seal 1 Refer to Chapter 57−43−21, Page
Block 001
4 Support Assy 1 Refer to Chapter 57−43−21, Page
Block 001
5 Screws A/R NAS1102E06−8P (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
6 Screws A/R NAS1102E06−10P (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R Material No. 09−016 (Refer to
CML)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R Material No. 16−018 (Refer to
CML)
− Rivets 20 NAS1097AD4 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Gripper Pins A/R Local Resources
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
CML)

Page 299
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low Adhesion Polysulfide A/R Material No. 09−019 (Refer to


Sealant CML)
− Rivets 5 MS20427F4−2 (Refer to Chapter
51−40−00)
− Interfay Sealant A/R Material No. 09−005C (Refer to
CML)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R Material No. 16−006C (Refer to
Adhesion CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R Material No. 16−006D (Refer to
Primer CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A
(Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A
(Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
CML)
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) This repair scheme is shown in Figure 211. For the repair zone
dimensions refer also to Figure 211.

(b) Remove the Lip Seal (Item 3) and the Support Assembly (Item 4).

(c) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

NOTE: Do an Ultrasonic Inspection to find the quantity of exfoli


ation corrosion on the chamfered edges. A visual inspection
is not sufficient.
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE POSITION OF THE REPAIR COMES WITHIN THE PER
MITTED AREA.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth, refer to Figure 211 for the cut−out dimen
sions. (Refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to Figure 211 and make the repair parts (Item 1) and (Item
2).

(f) Mark and drill pilot−holes in the slat skin around the cut−out.
(Refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Refer to Figure 211 for the hole
positions.

Page 300
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Temporarily put the backing plate (Item 2) in position. Use the
pilot holes in the slat skin to mark the position of the fasten
er holes in the backing plate (Item 2).

(h) Remove the backing plate (Item 2) and drill pilot−holes in the
fastener hole positions (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(i) Drill sufficient holes to the final size (refer to Chapter


51−44−11) to permit the backing plate (Item 2) to be attached to
the skin of the slat with gripper pins.

(j) Drill pilot−holes through the skin insert (Item 1) (refer to


Chapter 51−44−11). Refer also to Figure 211 for the hole posi
tions.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THERE IS A 1 MM (0.039 IN) TO 2 MM (0.078 IN)
GAP BETWEEN THE SKIN INSERT (ITEM 1) AND THE SKIN OF THE
SLAT.

(k) Put the skin insert (Item 1) in position. Use the pilot−holes in
the skin insert (Item 1) to mark the position of the fastener
holes in the backing plate (Item 2).
(l) Remove the skin insert (Item 1). Drill pilot−holes in the backing
plate (Item 2) at the fastener positions.

(m) Drill sufficient holes to the final size (refer to Chapter


51−44−11), to permit the skin insert (Item 1) to be attached to
the backing plate (Item 2) with gripper pins.

(n) Temporarily attach the skin insert (Item 1) with gripper pins.

(o) Drill all holes to the final size (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin−insert (Item
1) to agree with the heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−46−11).

NOTE: All countersink fasteners must be installed flush with 100


deg countersink for machined heads and 82 deg countersink
for formed heads.
(p) Remove the skin insert (Item 1) and the backing plate (Item 2).
Deburr the holes and make sure the edges of these parts and the
cut−out are smooth.

(q) Use solvent (Material No. 11−026) to remove grease from the skin
insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 2) and the repair area
of the slat skin.

(r) Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (Material No.


13−002) to the backing plate (Item 2) (refer to Chapter
51−21−11). Paint with anti corrosion primer (Material No.
16−006B) or epoxide primer (Material No. 16−006C), or for a low
VOC coating apply anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006D),

Page 301
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

low VOC external primer (Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and low
VOC external top coat (Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A).
(s) Dry sand the contact face of the skin insert (Item 1) then apply
anti corrosion primer (Material No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer
(Material No. 16−006C), or for a low VOC coating apply anti cor
rosion primer (Material No. 16−006D).

(t) Apply a thin layer of sealant (Material No. 09−016) to the mat
ing surfaces of the skin insert (Item 1), backing plate (Item 2)
and the slat skin.

(u) Fasten the repair parts to the slat skin with the correct fas
teners (refer to Chapter 51−42−11). Wet install the solid rivets
with sealant (Material No. 09−013). Fill the gap between the skin
insert (Item 1) and the external skin with sealant (Material No.
09−016). Leave to cure.

(v) Temporarily fasten the support assembly (Item 4) to the slat with
screws (Item 5). It may be necessary to use screws (Item 6),
these are longer.
NOTE: It may be necessary to oversize the 4.9/5.05 mm
(0.193/0.199 in) dia. holes in the lip seal support to 6.85
mm (0.27 in) dia. or use assembly D574−60560−003 drilled in
situ.

(w) Remove the support assembly (Item 4). If necessary, deburr the
oversized holes and re−protect.

(x) Apply polyurethane finish paint (Material No. 16−018) to the


painted internal surfaces. For a low VOC finish apply external
primer (Material No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and external top coat
(Material No. 16−059 or 16−059A). Use a paint that is the same
colour as the adjacent painted area.

(y) Leave the paint to cure.

(z) Refit the lip seal (Item 3) and the support assembly (Item 4).
If necessary, fill the gap between the support assembly and the
top skin with sealant (Material No. 09−019 or 09−005C).

Page 302
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the Inboard


Chamfered Edge of Slat 2
Figure 211 (sheet 1)
Page 303
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the Inboard


Chamfered Edge of Slat 2
Figure 211 (sheet 2)
Page 304
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Resistant Steel Inserts) at the Inboard


Chamfered Edge of Slat 2
Figure 211 (sheet 3)
Page 305
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 219.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

L. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair between the ribs with the Z
Stringer undamaged or locally straightened.

NOTE: This repair is INACTIVE and superseded by Paragraph 5.M. since Re
vision dated Feb 01/13.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to aircraft up to 89 tonnes MTOW.

NOTE: For aircraft up to 93.5 tonnes MTOW refer to paragraph 5.M.

NOTE: It is recommended that Slats 1 and 2 listed below be repaired with


93.5 tonnes MTOW repairs because the Slats are capable of such
MTOW. These Slats are interchangeable with A318, A319 and A321−200
that are certified with 93.5 tonnes MTOW loads. This is necessary
to keep the interchangeable status.

Slat 1: D574 60600 006 thru 013 and D574 60677 000 thru 005

Slat 2: D574 60278 004 thru 013 and D574 60277 000 thru 003
NOTE: This repair is applicable for dent damage in the bays between the
ribs on slats 1 and 2.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 219.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 219
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair details a scheme to be used for slats 1 and 2. This re
pair uses a standard Nose and Top Skin Repair between the ribs with
the existing Z stringer undamaged or locally straightened and free
from cracks. Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be
straightened locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks.
(Refer to Figure 206, Sheet 2 for details).

Page 306
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma


terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see Note that follows)
2 thru Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
6 terial 2024 Clad T3 or T42
(Clad or Unclad) (For thickness,
see Note that follows)
7 Sealing Plate 4 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.10 mm
(0.004 in.) thick to 0.20 mm
(0.008 in.) thick − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
8 Reinforcing Angle Flange 1 2024 Clad T42, dimensions 22.00
mm (0.866 in.) and 30.00 mm
(1.181 in.), length to suit re
pair − alternative material 2024
T3 or T42 (Clad or Unclad),
1.80 mm (0.070 in.) thick
9 Solid Rivets A/R NAS 1921CO5 or NAS1921CO5S (see
fastener table)
10 Solid Rivets A/R MS20470AD5 (see fastener table)
− Epoxy Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−016 or 09−560
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Alodine 1200 A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Alodine 1000 or 1500 A/R Material No. 13−003 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Wash Primer A/R Material No. 16−020 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: For Items 1 thru 6 in paragraph 5.L.(2) the material thickness
is as follows:

− 1.80 mm (0.070 in.) thick for Slat 1 up to MSN0363 and Slat


2

− 2.00 mm (0.078 in.) thick for Slat 1 from MSN0364 to

Page 307
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MSN9999.

NOTE: For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 212 (Sheet 4).

(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: On the original Slat 1 design, the Z stringer is spliced be


tween WFX 1947 and WFX 2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib
3).
This applies to the general assemblies as follows:

− D574 60168 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60178 000/001

− D574 60198 000/001 and 002/003


− D574 60600 000/001 and 002/003.

NOTE: On the original Slat 2 design, the Z stringer is spliced be


tween WFX 6721 and WFX 7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).

This applies to the general assemblies as follows:

− D574 60278 000/001 and 002/003


− D574 60298 000/001.

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill−out the rivets from the positions which are to be
utilized (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−27−00).
(e) Refer to Figure 212 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 8
inclusive), to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper pin the repair parts in position (Re
fer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 212.

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

Page 308
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with cleaning
agent (Material No. 11−026).
(j) Drill all the fastener holes full size (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(l) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with cleaning
agent (Material No. 11−026).
WARNING: ALODINE 1200 (MATERIAL NO. 13−002) AND ALODINE 1000 OR 1500
(MATERIAL NO. 13−003) ARE POISONOUS.

(m) Apply Alodine 1200 (Material No. 13−002) to all bare metal sur
faces including the cut edges of existing parts (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−23−12), except the external surfaces in unpainted
areas where Alodine 1000 or 1500 (Material No. 13−003) must be
used.

(n) Apply Wash Primer (Material No. 16−020) to the edges of the cut−
out (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).
(o) Apply Epoxy Primer (Material No. 16−006B) to all the new repair
parts (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).

(p) Remove all swarf and debris from the slat interior.

(q) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (Material No. 09−016).
(r) Install the fasteners (Items 9 and 10) with sealant (Material No.
09−013) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(t) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−23−11).

Page 309
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with the Z
stringer undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 212 (sheet 1)
Page 310
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with the Z
stringer undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 212 (sheet 2)
Page 311
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with the Z
stringer undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 212 (sheet 3)
Page 312
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with the Z
stringer undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 212 (sheet 4)
Page 313
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 220.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−004−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
M. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair between Ribs with the Z String
er or Bulb Stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack free condi
tion).

NOTE: This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 before modification


35942E0164 (Route06).
NOTE: This repair is applicable for dent damage in the bays between the
ribs on slats 1 and 2.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 220.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 220
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details a scheme to be used for slats 1 and 2.


Standard Nose and Top Skin Repairs between ribs with the existing
Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened and
free from cracks.

(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 4 fasteners either side of the cut−out and adjacent

Page 314
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

rib rivet lines. The spacing of 4 fasteners to be in line with


the pitch shown on the rivet row of the upper girder.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays between the ribs on Slats 1 and 2
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2
− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2.

(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to
Figure 226, Sheet 3).

This repair is applicable for slats 1 and 2 and can only be


performed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007 and
D57460100
010/011
D57460198 000 thru 003
1 D57460178 000 and 001
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460600 000 thru 013
D57460677 000 thru 005
000 thru 007 and
D57460200
010/011
2 D57460298 000 and 001
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460277 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Nose and Top Skin Repair Between Ribs with the Z Stringer
or Bulb Stringer Undamaged or Locally Straightened
Table 221
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see note 1)
2 thru Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
6 terial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)

Page 315
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

7 Sealing Plate 4 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm


(0.004 in) thick to 0.2 mm
(0.008 in) thick − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
8 Reinforcing Angle Flange 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick (length to suit re
pair) − alternative material
LN9087−3 43XX−080 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
9 thru Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
12 terial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)
13 Z Stringer or Bulb String A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
er in) thick − alternative material
LN9087−3 43XX−060 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
14 Blind Rivets A/R A286 Cres (See notes 2 and 3)
15 Solid Rivets A/R MS20470AD5 (See note 2)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A

Page 316
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A


− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For Items 1 thru 6 and 9 thru 12 in paragraph 5.M.(2) the
material thickness is as follows:

− 1.8 mm (0.071 in) thick for Slat 1 before modification 22409


and Slat 2

− 2.0 mm (0.080 in) thick for Slat 1 after modification 22409.


NOTE: 2. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 213 (Sheet 7).

NOTE: 3. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−xxH as preferable part.
(3) Repair Instructions
NOTE: For Slat 1 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica
tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX1947 and
WFX2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib 3).

NOTE: For Slat 2 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica


tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX6721 and
WFX7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).

NOTE: For slats after modification 26406 but before modification


30743, the width of the finger strip is reduced.

NOTE: For slats after modification 30743, the finger strip is inte
grated into the lower girder.
NOTE: For slats after modification 21999 and before modification
26406, check if the repair is available or not in a bay where
the Z−stringer is cut. Refer to Figure 213 Sheet 3.

Page 317
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
NOTE: For dent damage in the bays where the Z stringer or bulb
stringer is spliced move the skin cut−out in a spanwise
direction by 3 fastener pitches in the same bay (refer to
Paragraph 5.S.). When it is not possible to move the skin
cut−out by 3 fastener pitches in the same bay, do another
repair by extending the cut−out to the next rib bay (Refer
to Paragraph 5.Q.).

NOTE: For a damaged Z stringer or bulb stringer in the same rib


bay as the existing spliced joint, refer to the Note before
and make two spliced joints (refer also to Figure 219 Sheet
9, in Paragraph 5.S.).

The replacement Z stringer or bulb stringer is manufactured


in one length and it is not necessary to recreate the ex
isting spliced joint.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.
(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions which are to
be utilized (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area noting the edge distance from the riv
et centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to Figure 213 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 13
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: For Item 8, a standard section LN9087−3.43XX−80, with the


profile shown on Sheets 3 and 5 can be used as an alterna
tive. The outside corner can be reworked if necessary to
complete the installation.

Minimum remaining thickness after rework to be 2.5 mm


(0.098 in).
NOTE: After modification 28587E0106, the formed Z stringer is
changed to an extrusion with a bulb profile.

NOTE: Several designs of backing plates are shown on Figure 213


(Sheet 6). The alternatives are given because of a foul
between the finger strip and the backing plates.
After modification 26406E0070, the width of the finger strip
is reduced.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 318
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 213 (Sheets 2 and 4).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. For protection with low
VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.M.(3)(m). and for protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.M.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 6 and 8 thru 13 and apply only chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then ap
ply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

Page 319
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 6 and 8 thru 13. Then apply anti corro
sion primer (CML No. 16−006B) on the internal face of skin in
sert (Item 1) and apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B
or 16−006C) on all faces of items 2 thru 6 and 8 thru 13 (re
fer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out


edges. Then apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or
16−006C) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

3 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.M.(3)(m)2a thru 5.M.(3)(m)2d.

4 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) and


wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face of the skin
insert (Item 1).

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 14 and 15) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent.

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.M.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.M.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).
(v) Without low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

Page 320
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 321
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
with the Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack
free condition)
Figure 213 (sheet 1)
Page 322
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
with the Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack
free condition)
Figure 213 (sheet 2)
Page 323
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
with the Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack
free condition)
Figure 213 (sheet 3)
Page 324
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
with the Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack
free condition)
Figure 213 (sheet 4)
Page 325
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
with the Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack
free condition)
Figure 213 (sheet 5)
Page 326
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
with the Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack
free condition)
Figure 213 (sheet 6)
Page 327
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
with the Z stringer or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack
free condition)
Figure 213 (sheet 7)
Page 328
Printed in Germany
57−40−00CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 222.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

N. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair between the Ribs with a cut in
the Upper Flange of the Z Stringer.

NOTE: This repair is INACTIVE and superseded by Paragraph 5.O. since Re
vision dated Feb 01/13.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to aircraft up to 89 tonnes MTOW.

NOTE: For aircraft up to 93.5 tonnes MTOW refer to paragraph 5.O.

NOTE: It is recommended that Slats 1 and 2 listed below be repaired with


93.5 tonnes MTOW repairs because the Slats are capable of such
MTOW. These Slats are interchangeable with A318, A319 and A321−200
that are certified with 93.5 tonnes MTOW loads. This is necessary
to keep the interchangeable status.

Slat 1: D574 60600 006 thru 013 and D574 60677 000 thru 005

Slat 2: D574 60278 004 thru 013 and D574 60277 000 thru 003
NOTE: This repair is applicable for dent damage between the ribs of
Slats 1 and 2 when the upper flange of the Z stringer is cut.

Refer to Figure 214 for the areas detailed in this repair.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 222.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 222
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This repair details a method to be used on Slats 1 and 2 for a
standard flush insert repair on the nose and top skins between the
ribs. This repair applies when the existing Z stringer upper flange
is cut and part of the upper flange needs to be removed.

Page 329
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma


terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see Note that follows)
2 thru Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
6 terial 2024T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see Note
that follows)
7 Sealing Plate 4 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.10 mm
(0.004 in.) to 0.20 mm (0.008
in.) thick − alternative materi
al 2024 T3 or T42
8 Reinforcing Angle Flange 1 2024 Clad T42, dimensions 22.00
mm (0.866 in.) and 30.00 mm
(1.181 in.), length to suit re
pair − alternative material
2024T3 or T42 (Clad or Unclad),
1.80 mm (0.070 in.) thick
9 Shim 2024 Clad T42. Width = 20.00 mm
(0.780 in.) (length to suit re
pair) − alternative material
2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or Un
clad), 1.80 mm (0.070 in.) thick
10 Blind Rivets A/R NAS1921CO5 or NAS1921CO5S (see
fastener table)
11 Solid Rivets A/R MS20470AD5 (see fastener table)
− Epoxy Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−016 or 09−560
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Alodine 1200 A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Alodine 1000 or 1500 A/R Material No. 13−003 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Wash Primer A/R Material No. 16−020 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: For Items 1 thru 6 in paragraph 5.N.(2) the material thickness

Page 330
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

is as follows:

− 1.80 mm (0.070 in.) thick for Slat 1 up to MSN0363 and Slat


2

− 2.00 mm (0.078 in.) thick for Slat 1 from MSN0364 to


MSN9999.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers for alternative and oversize
fasteners, see the fastener Table in Figure 214 (Sheet 4).
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: On the original Slat 1 design, the Z stringer is spliced be


tween WFX 1947 and WFX 2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib
3).

This applies to the general assemblies as follows:


− D574 60168 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60178 000/001

− D574 60198 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60600 000/001 and 002/003.


NOTE: On the original Slat 2 design, the Z stringer is spliced be
tween WFX 6721 and WFX 7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).

This applies to the general assemblies as follows:

− D574 60278 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60298 000/001.


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill−out the rivets from the positions which are to be
utilized (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−00).
(c) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to Figure 214 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 9
inclusive), to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper pin the repair parts in position (Re
fer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 331
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 214.

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes, full size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with cleaning
agent (Material No. 11−026).

WARNING: ALODINE 1200 (MATERIAL NO. 13−002) AND ALODINE 1000 OR 1500
(MATERIAL NO. 13−003) ARE POISONOUS.

(l) Apply Alodine 1200 (Material No. 13−002) to all bare metal sur
faces including the cut edges of existing parts (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−23−12), except the external surfaces in unpainted
areas. Apply Alodine 1000 or 1500 (Material No. 13−003) to the
backing plates (Items 2 thru 6), to the reinforcing angle (Item
8) and to the Z Stringer (Item 13).

(m) Apply Wash Primer (Material No. 16−020) to the edges of the cut−
out (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).

(n) Apply Epoxy Primer (Material No. 16−006B) to all the new repair
parts (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).

(o) Remove all swarf and debris from the slat interior.

(p) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (Material No. 09−016).

(q) Install the fasteners (Items 10 and 11) with sealant (Material
No. 09−013) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(s) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−23−11).

Page 332
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with a cut in
the Upper flange of the Z Stringer.
Figure 214 (sheet 1)
Page 333
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with a cut in
the Upper flange of the Z Stringer.
Figure 214 (sheet 2)
Page 334
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with a cut in
the Upper flange of the Z Stringer.
Figure 214 (sheet 3)
Page 335
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair between the Ribs with a cut in
the Upper flange of the Z Stringer.
Figure 214 (sheet 4)
Page 336
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 223.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−004−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
O. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair between the Ribs with a cut in
the upper flange of the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 before modification


35942E0164 (Route06).

Apply this repair for dent damage between the ribs of Slats 1 and 2
when the upper flange of the Z stringer or bulb stringer is cut. Refer
to Figure 215 for the areas detailed in this repair.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 223.

NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 223
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details a method to be used on Slats 1 and 2 for a


standard flush insert repair on the nose and top skins between
the ribs. This repair applies when the existing Z stringer or
bulb stringer upper flange is cut and part of the upper flange
needs to be removed.

(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 4 fasteners either side of the skin cut−out and adja

Page 337
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

cent rib rivet lines. The spacing of 4 fasteners to be in line


with the pitch found on the rivet row of the upper girder.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays between the ribs on Slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2
− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2.

(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to
Figure 226, Sheet 3).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007 and
D57460100
010/011
D57460198 000 thru 003
1 D57460178 000 and 001
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460600 000 thru 013
D57460677 000 thru 005
000 thru 007 and
D57460200
010/011
2 D57460298 000 and 001
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460277 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Nose and Top Skin Repair Between the Ribs with a Cut in
the Upper Flange of the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer
Table 224
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see note 1)
2 thru Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
6 terial 2024T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)

Page 338
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

7 Sealing Plate 4 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm


(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick − alternative material
2024 T3 or 2024 T42
8 Reinforcing Angle 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick (length to suit re
pair). − alternative material
LN9087−3 43XX−080 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
9 thru Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
12 terial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)
13 Z Stringer or Bulb String A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
er in) thick − alternative material
LN9087−3 43XX−060 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
14 Flange Insert A/R 2024 Clad T42, Width = 20 mm
(0.787 in) (length to suit re
pairs) 1.8 mm (0.071 in) thick
− alternative material 2024 T3
or T42 (Clad or Unclad)
15 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (See notes 2 and 3)
16 Solid Rivet A/R MS20470AD5 (See note 2)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018

Page 339
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For Items 1 thru 6 and 9 thru 12 in paragraph 5.O.(2) the
material thickness is as follows:

− 1.8 mm (0.071 in) thick for Slat 1 before modification 22409


and Slat 2

− 2.0 mm (0.080 in) thick for Slat 1 after modification 22409.


NOTE: 2. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 215 (Sheet 7).

NOTE: 3. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−xxH as preferable part.

NOTE: For slats after modification 26406 but before modification


30743, the width of the finger strip is reduced.

NOTE: For slats after modification 30743, the finger strip is inte
grated into the lower girder.

NOTE: For slats after modification 21999 and before modification


26406, check if the repair is available or not in a bay where
the Z−stringer is cut. Refer to Figure 215 Sheet 3.

(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: For Slat 1 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica


tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX1947 and
WFX2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib 3).
NOTE: For Slat 2 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica
tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX6721 and
WFX7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).

Page 340
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
NOTE: For dent damage in the bays where the Z stringer or bulb
stringers is spliced move the skin cut−out in a spanwise
direction by 3 fastener pitches in the same bay (refer to
Paragraph 5.S.). When it is not possible to move the skin
cut−out by 3 fastener pitches in the same bay, do another
repair by extending the cut−out to the next rib bay (refer
to Paragraph 5.Q.).

NOTE: For a damaged Z stringer or bulb stringer in the same rib


bay as the existing spliced joint, refer to the Note before
and make two spliced joints (refer also to Figure 219 Sheet
9, in Paragraph 5.S.).

The replacement Z stringer or bulb stringer is manufactured


in one length and it is not necessary to recreate the ex
isting spliced joint.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.
(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions which are to
be utilized (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Remove the cut part of the upper flange and make sure the edges
of the cut−outs are smooth and free from cracks (refer to Chap
ter 51−27−00). For dimensions of cut−out and corner radius refer
to Figure 215 (Sheet 2 and 4).

Page 341
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Refer to figure 215 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 14
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.
NOTE: For Item 8, a standard section LN9087−3.43XX−80, with the
profile shown on Sheets 3 and 5 can be used as an alterna
tive. The outside corner can be reworked if necessary to
complete the installation.

Minimum remaining thickness after rework to be 2.5 mm


(0.098 in).

NOTE: After modification 28587E0106, the formed Z stringer is


changed to an extrusion with a bulb profile.

NOTE: Several designs of backing plates are shown on Figure 215


(Sheet 6). The alternatives are given because of a foul
between the finger strip and the backing plates.

After modification 26406E0070, the width of the finger strip


is reduced.

(g) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 215 (Sheets 2 and 4).

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.
(l) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(m) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. For protection with low
VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.O.(3)(n). and for protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.O.(3)(o).

(n) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 6 and 8 thru 14 and apply only chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then ap
ply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 342
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(o) Protective treatment without low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 6 and 8 thru 14. Then apply anti corro
sion primer (CML No. 16−006B) on the internal face of skin in
sert (Item 1) and apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B
or 16−006C) on all faces of items 2 thru 6 and 8 thru 14 (re
fer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out


edges. Then apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or
16−006C) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
3 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.O.(3)(n)2a thru 5.O.(3)(n)2d.
4 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) and
wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face of the skin
insert (Item 1).

(p) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(q) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

Page 343
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(r) Wet install the fasteners (Items 15 and 16) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(s) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(t) Remove surplus sealant.

(u) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.O.(3)(v)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.O.(3)(w).

(v) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).

(w) Without low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
(x) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 344
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
between the Ribs with a cut in the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer Upper Flange
Figure 215 (sheet 1)
Page 345
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
between the Ribs with a cut in the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer Upper Flange
Figure 215 (sheet 2)
Page 346
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
between the Ribs with a cut in the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer Upper Flange
Figure 215 (sheet 3)
Pages 347/348
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
between the Ribs with a cut in the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer Upper Flange
Figure 215 (sheet 4)
Pages 349/350
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
between the Ribs with a cut in the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer Upper Flange
Figure 215 (sheet 5)
Page 351
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
between the Ribs with a cut in the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer Upper Flange
Figure 215 (sheet 6)
Page 352
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
between the Ribs with a cut in the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer Upper Flange
Figure 215 (sheet 7)
Page 353
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 225.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

P. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair across two ribs with the Z
Stringer undamaged or locally straightened.

NOTE: This repair is INACTIVE and superseded by Paragraph 5.Q. since Re
vision dated Feb 01/13.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to aircraft up to 89 tonnes MTOW.

NOTE: For aircraft up to 93.5 tonnes MTOW refer to paragraph 5.Q.

NOTE: It is recommended that Slats 1 and 2 listed below be repaired with


93.5 tonnes MTOW repairs because the Slats are capable of such
MTOW. These Slats are interchangeable with A318, A319 and A321−200
that are certified with 93.5 tonnes MTOW loads. This is necessary
to keep the interchangeable status.

Slat 1: D574 60600 006 thru 013 and D574 60677 000 thru 005

Slat 2: D574 60278 004 thru 013 and D574 60277 000 thru 003
NOTE: This repair is applicable for dent damage across two ribs with the
Z Stringer undamaged or locally straightened.

Refer to Figure 216, Sheet 1 for the areas detailed in this re
pair.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 225.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 225
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair shows a scheme to be used on Slats 1 and 2 for a stan


dard nose and top skin repair across two ribs with the existing Z
stringer undamaged or locally straightened and free from cracks.

Page 354
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be locally straight
ened if necessary, but it must be free from cracks (refer to Figure
226, Sheet 3).

NOTE: In case of a repair above two ribs but with a cut in the up
per flange of the Z Stringer, use the repair in paragraph 5.N.
to repair the upper flange.

(2) Repair Materials


For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see Note that follows)
2 thru Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
8 terial 2024T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see Note
that follows)
9 Reinforcing Angle 1 2024 Clad T42, flange dimensions
22 mm (0.866 in) and 30 mm
(1.181 in), length to suit re
pair − alternative material 2024
T3 or T42 (Clad or Unclad), 1.8
mm (0.071 in) thick
10 and Reinforcing Angle 1 2024 Clad T42, flange dimensions
11 22 mm (0.866 in) and 30 mm
(1.181 in), length to suit re
pair − alternative material 2024
T3 or T42 (Clad or Unclad), 1.8
mm (0.071 in.) thick
12 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick − alternative material
2024 T3 or T42
13 Blind Rivets A/R NAS1921C05 or NAS1921C05S (See
fastener table)
14 Solid Rivets A/R MS20470AD5 (See fastener table)
− Epoxy Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−016 or 09−560
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)

Page 355
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Alodine 1200 A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Alodine 1000 or 1500 A/R Material No. 13−003 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Wash Primer A/R Material No. 16−020 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: For Items 1 thru 8 in paragraph 5.P.(2) the material thickness
is as follows:

− 1.8 mm (0.07 in.) thick for Slat 1 up to MSN0363 and Slat 2

− 2 mm (0.080 in.) thick for Slat 1 from MSN0364 to MSN9999.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers for alternative and oversize
fasteners, see the fastener Table in Figure 216, Sheet 4.

(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: On the original Slat 1 design, the Z stringer is spliced be


tween WFX 1947 and WFX 2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib
3).
This applies to the general assemblies as follows:

− D574 60168 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60178 000/001

− D574 60198 000/001 and 002/003


− D574 60600 000/001 and 002/003.

NOTE: On the original Slat 2 design, the Z stringer is spliced be


tween WFX 6721 and WFX 7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).

This applies to the general assemblies as follows:

− D574 60278 000/001 and 002/003


− D574 60298 000/001.

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill−out the rivets from the positions which are to be
utilized (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

Page 356
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.
(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to Figure 216 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 12
inclusive), to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper pin the repair parts in position (Re
fer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 216.

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes, full size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with cleaning
agent (Material No. 11−026).

WARNING: ALODINE 1200 (MATERIAL NO. 13−002) AND ALODINE 1000 OR 1500
(MATERIAL NO. 13−003) ARE POISONOUS.

(l) Apply Alodine 1200 (Material No. 13−002) to all bare metal sur
faces including the cut edges of existing parts (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−23−12), except for the external surfaces in unpainted
areas where Alodine 1000 or 1500 (Material No. 13−003) can be
used.

(m) Apply Wash Primer (Material No. 16−020) to the edges of the cut−
out (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).

(n) Apply Epoxy Primer (Material No. 16−006B) to all the new repair
parts (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).
(o) Remove all swarf and debris from the slat interior.

(p) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (Material No. 09−016).

(q) Install the fasteners (Items 13 and 14) with sealant (Material
No. 09−013) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).
(r) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(s) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−23−11).

Page 357
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs with the Z String
er undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 216 (sheet 1)
Page 358
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs with the Z String
er undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 216 (sheet 2)
Page 359
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs with the Z String
er undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 216 (sheet 3)
Page 360
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs with the Z String
er undamaged or locally straightened.
Figure 216 (sheet 4)
Page 361
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 226.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−004−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
Q. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair across two Ribs with the Z
Stringer or Bulb Stringer undamaged or locally straightened (crack free
condition).

NOTE: This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 before modification


35942E0164 (Route06).
Apply this repair for dent damage across two ribs with the Z stringer
or bulb stringer undamaged or locally straightened. Refer to Figure 217
(Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this repair.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 226.

NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 226
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details a method to be used on Slats 1 and 2 for a


standard flush insert repair on the nose and top skins across
two ribs. This repair applies when the existing Z stringer or
bulb stringer is undamaged or locally straightened, and free from
cracks.

Page 362
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 4 fasteners either side of the skin cut−out and adja
cent rib rivet lines. The spacing of 4 fasteners to be in line
with the pitch found on the rivet row of the upper girder.

(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:


− for all areas in the bays between the ribs on Slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2
− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2.
(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to
Figure 226, Sheet 3).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007 and
D57460100
010/011
D57460198 000 thru 003
1 D57460178 000 and 001
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460600 000 thru 013
D57460677 000 thru 005
000 thru 007 and
D57460200
010/011
2 D57460298 000 and 001
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460277 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Nose and Top Skin Repair Across Two Ribs with the Z
Stringer or Bulb Stringer Undamaged or Locally Straightened
Table 227
(2) Repair Materials

Page 363
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma


terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see note 1)
2 thru Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42. − alternative
8 material 2024T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)
9 thru Reinforcing Angle 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
11 in) thick (length to suit re
pair) − alternative material
LN9087−3 43XX−080 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
12 Sealing Plate 4 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick − alternative material
2024 T3 or T42
13, 14 Z Stringer or Bulb String A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
er in) thick − alternative material
LN9087−3 43XX−060 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
15, 16 Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
terial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)
17 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (See notes 2 and 3)
18 Solid Rivet A/R MS20470AD5 (See note 2)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001

Page 364
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C


Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For Items 1 thru 8 and 15 and 16 in paragraph 5.Q.(2) the
material thickness is as follows:

− 1.8 mm (0.071 in) thick for Slat 1 before modification 22409


and Slat 2

− 2.0 mm (0.080 in) thick for Slat 1 after modification 22409.


NOTE: 2. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 217 (Sheet 8).

NOTE: 3. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


NOTE: For Slat 1 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica
tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX1947 and
WFX2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib 3).

NOTE: For Slat 2 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica


tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX6721 and
WFX7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).

NOTE: For Slats 1 and 2 after modification 27841E0091, the trailing


edge structure has changed. There are no effects to the re
pairs.

NOTE: For slats after modification 26406 but before modification


30743, the width of the finger strip is reduced.

NOTE: For slats after modification 30743, the finger strip is inte
grated into the lower girder.
NOTE: For slats after modification 21999 and before modification
26406, check if the repair is available or not in a bay where
the Z−stringer is cut. Refer to Figure 217 Sheet 3.

Page 365
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
NOTE: For dent damage in the bays where the Z stringer or bulb
stringer is spliced move the skin cut−out in a spanwise
direction by 3 fastener pitches in the same bay (Refer to
Paragraph 5.S.).

NOTE: For a damaged Z stringer or bulb stringer in the same rib


bay as the existing spliced joint, refer to the Note before
and make two spliced joints (Refer also to Figure 219 Sheet
9, in Paragraph 5.S.).

The replacement Z stringer or bulb stringer is manufactured


in one length and it is not necessary to recreate the ex
isting spliced joint.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions which are to
be utilized (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area noting the edge distance from the riv
et centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to figure 217 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 16
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: For Items 9 thru 11 a standard section LN9087−3.43XX−80,


with the profile shown on Sheets 3 and 5 can be used as an
alternative. The outside corner can be reworked if necessary
to complete the installation.
Minimum remaining thickness after rework to be 2.5 mm
(0.098 in).

NOTE: After modification 28587E0106, the formed Z stringer is


changed to an extrusion with a bulb profile.

NOTE: Several designs of backing plates are shown on Figure 217,


Sheet 7. The alternatives are given because of a foul be
tween the finger strip and the backing plates.

After modification 26406E0070, the width of the finger strip


is reduced.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 366
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 217 (Sheets 2 and 4).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. For protection with low
VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.Q.(3)(m). and for protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.Q.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 11 and 13 thru 16 and apply only chemi
cal conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then
apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

Page 367
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), On all
faces of items 2 thru 11 and 13 thru 16. Then apply anti cor
rosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) on the internal face of skin
insert (Item 1) and apply anti corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B or 16−006C) on all faces of items 2 thru 11 and 13
thru 16 (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out


edges. Then apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or
16−006C) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

3 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.Q.(3)(m)2a thru 5.Q.(3)(m)2d.

4 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) and


wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face of the skin
insert (Item 1).

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 17 and 18) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.Q.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.Q.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).
(v) Without low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

Page 368
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 369
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 1)
Page 370
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 2)
Page 371
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 3)
Page 372
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 4)
Page 373
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 5)
Page 374
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 6)
Page 375
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 7)
Page 376
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two Ribs and above the Upper Girder (crack free condition)
Figure 217 (sheet 8)
Page 377
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 228.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

R. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair across two ribs when the Z
Stringer is completely cut.

NOTE: This repair is INACTIVE and superseded by Paragraph 5.S. since Re
vision dated Feb 01/13.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to aircraft up to 89 tonnes MTOW.

NOTE: For aircraft up to 93.5 tonnes MTOW refer to paragraph 5.S..

NOTE: It is recommended that Slats 1 and 2 listed below be repaired with


93.5 tonnes MTOW repairs because the Slats are capable of such
MTOW. These Slats are interchangeable with A318, A319 and A321−200
that are certified with 93.5 tonnes MTOW loads. This is necessary
to keep the interchangeable status.

Slat 1: D574 60600 006 thru 013 and D574 60677 000 thru 005

Slat 2: D574 60278 004 thru 013 and D574 60277 000 thru 003
NOTE: This repair is applicable for dent damage across two ribs when the
Z Stringer is completely cut.

Refer to Figure 218, Sheet 1 for the areas detailed in this re
pair.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 228.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 228
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair shows a scheme to be used on Slats 1 and 2 for a stan


dard nose and top skin repair across two ribs when the existing Z
Stringer is completely cut in two pieces.

Page 378
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be locally
straightened if necessary, but it must be free from cracks (Refer to
Figure 226, Sheet 3).

(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma


terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see Note that follows)
2 thru Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
8 terial 2024T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see Note
that follows)
9 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum MIL−S−22499 0.10 mm
(0.004 in.) to 0.20 mm (0.008
in.), thick − alternative mate
rial 2024 T3 or T42
10 Reinforcing Angle 1 2024 Clad T42, flange dimensions
22.00 mm (0.866 in.) and 30.00
mm (1.181 in.), length to suit
repair − alternative material
2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or Unclad)
11 Z Stringer 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.80 mm (0.070
in.) thick or use: D574 60108
for Slat 1, D574 60204 for Slat
2
12 Blind Rivets A/R NAS1921C05 or NAS1921C05S (See
fastener table)
13 Solid Rivets A/R MS20470AD5 (See fastener table)
− Epoxy Primer A/R Material No. 16−006B (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−016 or 09−560
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Alodine 1200 A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Alodine 1000 or 1500 A/R Material No. 13−003 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)

Page 379
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
− Wash Primer A/R Material No. 16−020 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: For Items 1 thru 8 in paragraph 5.R.(2) the material thickness
is as follows:

− 1.80 mm (0.070 in.) thick for Slat 1 up to MSN0363 and Slat


2

− 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) thick for Slat 1 from MSN0364 to


MSN9999.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers for alternative and oversize
fasteners, see the fastener Table in Figure 218 (Sheet 4).

(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: On the original Slat 1 design, the Z stringer is spliced be


tween WFX 1947 and WFX 2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib
3).

This applies to the general assemblies as follows:

− D574 60168 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60178 000/001


− D574 60198 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60600 000/001 and 002/003

NOTE: On the original Slat 2 design, the Z stringer is spliced be


tween WFX 6721 and WFX 7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).
This applies to the general assemblies as follows:

− D574 60278 000/001 and 002/003

− D574 60298 000/001.

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).
(b) Carefully drill−out the rivets from the positions which are to be
utilized (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

Page 380
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−27−00).
(e) Refer to Figure 218 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 11
inclusive), to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper pin the repair parts in position (Re
fer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 218.

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes, full size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with cleaning
agent (Material No. 11−026).

WARNING: ALODINE 1200 (MATERIAL NO. 13−002) AND ALODINE 1000 OR 1500
(MATERIAL NO. 13−003) ARE POISONOUS.

(l) Apply Alodine 1200 (Material No. 13−002) to all bare metal sur
faces including the cut edges of existing parts (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−23−12), except for the external surfaces in unpainted
areas where Alodine 1000 or 1500 (Material No. 13−003) must be
used.

(m) Apply Wash Primer (Material No. 16−020) to the edges of the cut−
out (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).

(n) Apply Epoxy Primer (Material No. 16−006B) to all the new repair
parts (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−12).

(o) Remove all swarf and debris from the slat interior.
(p) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (Material No. 09−016).

(q) Install the fasteners (Items 12 and 13) with sealant (Material
No. 09−013) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Remove any unwanted sealant.


(s) Restore the external paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−23−11).

Page 381
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs when the existing
Z Stringer is completely cut.
Figure 218 (sheet 1)
Page 382
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs when the existing
Z Stringer is completely cut.
Figure 218 (sheet 2)
Page 383
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs when the existing
Z Stringer is completely cut.
Figure 218 (sheet 3)
Page 384
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 − Nose and Top Skin Repair across two ribs when the existing
Z Stringer is completely cut.
Figure 218 (sheet 4)
Page 385
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 229.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−004−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
S. Slats 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair across two Ribs when the Z
Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 before modification


35942E0164 (Route06).

Apply this repair for dent damage across two ribs when the Z stringer
or bulb stringer is completely cut. Refer to Figure 219 (Sheet 1) for
the areas detailed in this repair.

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 229.

NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 229
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details a method to be used on Slats 1 and 2 for a


standard flush insert repair on the nose and top skins across
two ribs. This repair applies when the existing Z stringer or
bulb stringer is severed and a length of Z stringer or bulb
stringer needs to be replaced.

(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 4 fasteners either side of the skin cut−out and adja

Page 386
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

cent rib rivet lines. The spacing of 4 fasteners to be in line


with the pitch found on the rivet row of the upper girder.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays between the ribs on Slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2
− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2.

(d) Skin around the edge of the cut−out can be straightened locally
if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to Figure
226, Sheet 3).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007 and
D57460100
010/011
D57460198 000 thru 003
1 D57460178 000 and 001
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460600 000 thru 013
D57460677 000 thru 005
000 thru 007 and
D57460200
010/011
2 D57460298 000 and 001
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460277 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Nose and Top Skin Repair Across two Ribs when the Z
Stringer or Bulb Stringer is Completely Cut
Table 230
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
terial 2024 Clad T3 (For thick
ness, see note 1)
2 thru Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
8 terial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)

Page 387
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

9 Sealing Plate 4 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm


(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick − alternative material
2024 T3 or T42
10 Reinforcing Angle 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick (length to suit re
pair) − alternative material
LN9087−3.43XX−080 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
11 and Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42 − alternative ma
12 terial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad) (For thickness, see note
1)
13 and Reinforcing Stringer A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
14 in) thick − alternative material
LN9087−3.43XX−060 (Refer to
Chapter 51−31−12)
15 Replacement Z Stringer or A/R Length to suit repair, 1.8 mm
Bulb Stringer (0.071 in) thick
16 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (See notes 2 and 3)
17 Solid Rivet A/R MS20470AD5 (See note 2)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A

Page 388
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A


− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For Items 1 thru 8, 11 and 12 in paragraph 5.S.(2) the ma
terial thickness is as follows:

− 1.8 mm (0.071 in) thick for Slat 1 before modification 22409


and Slat 2

− 2.0 mm (0.080 in) thick for Slat 1 after modification 22409.


NOTE: 2. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 219 (Sheet 8).

NOTE: 3. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−xxH as preferable part.
NOTE: For the replacement Z stringer or bulb stringer (Item 15), be
fore and after modification 28587E0106 on slat 1, refer to
D57460108 or D57460165 or D57460124 or D57460284.

NOTE: For the replacement Z stringer or bulb stringer (Item 15), be
fore and after modification 28587E0106 on slat 2, refer to
D57460204 or D57460218 or D57460124 or D57460284.
(3) Repair Instructions

NOTE: For Slat 1 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica


tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX1947 and
WFX2298.5 (two bays inboard of Track Rib 3).

NOTE: For Slat 2 after modification 22077E0030 but before modifica


tion 26406E0064, the Z stringer is spliced between WFX6721 and
WFX7080 (the bay inboard of Track Rib 6).

NOTE: For Slats 1 and 2 after modification 27841E0091, the trailing


edge structure has changed. There are no effects to the re
pairs.
NOTE: For slats after modification 26406 but before modification
30743, the width of the finger strip is reduced.

NOTE: For slats after modification 30743, the finger strip is inte
grated into the lower girder.

NOTE: For slats after modification 21999 and before modification


26406, check if the repair is available or not in a bay where
the Z−stringer is cut. Refer to Figure 219 Sheet 3.

Page 389
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
NOTE: For dent damage in the bays where the Z stringer or bulb
stringer is spliced move the skin cut−out in a spanwise
direction by 3 fastener pitches in the same bay (Refer to
Paragraph 5.O.). When it is not possible to move the skin
cut−out by 3 fastener pitches in a spanwise direction in
the same bay, do another repair by extending the cut−out to
the next rib bay (Refer to Paragraph 5.Q.).

NOTE: For a damaged Z stringer or bulb stringer in the same rib


bay as the existing spliced joint, refer to the Note before
and make two spliced joints (Refer also to Figure 219 Sheet
9).

The replacement Z stringer or bulb stringer is manufactured


in one length and it is not necessary to recreate the ex
isting spliced joint.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.
(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions which are to
be utilized (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area noting the edge distance from the riv
et centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Cut the damaged Z stringer or bulb stringer at the positions


shown in figure 219 (Sheets 2, 4 and 6) and make sure the edges
of the cuts are smooth and free from cracks (refer to Chapter
51−27−00). Remove the damaged length of Z stringer or bulb
stringer.

Page 390
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Refer to figure 219 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 15
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.
NOTE: For Item 10 a standard section LN9087−3.43XX−80, with the
profile shown on Sheets 3 and 5 can be used as an alterna
tive. The outside corner can be reworked if necessary to
complete the installation.

Minimum remaining thickness after rework to be 2.5 mm


(0.098 in).

NOTE: After modification 28587E0106, the formed Z stringer is


changed to an extrusion with a bulb profile.

NOTE: Several designs of backing plates are shown on Figure 219,


Sheet 7. The alternatives are given because of a foul be
tween the finger strip and the backing plates.

After modification 26406E0070, the width of the finger strip


is reduced.

(g) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 219 (Sheets 2 and 4).

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.
(l) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(m) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. For protection with low
VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.S.(3)(n). and for protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.S.(3)(o).

(n) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 8 and 10 thru 15 and apply only chemi
cal conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then
apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 391
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(o) Protective treatment without low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 8 and 10 thru 15. Then apply anti cor
rosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) on the internal face of skin
insert (Item 1) and apply anti corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B or 16−006C) on all faces of items 2 thru 8 and 10
thru 15 (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply only chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−


out edges. Then apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or
16−006C) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
3 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.S.(3)(n)2a thru 5.S.(3)(n)2d.
4 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) and
wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face of the skin
insert (Item 1).

(p) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(q) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

Page 392
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(r) Wet install the fasteners (Items 16 and 17) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(s) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(t) Remove surplus sealant.

(u) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.S.(3)(v)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.S.(3)(w).

(v) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).

(w) Without low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
(x) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 393
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 1)
Page 394
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 2)
Page 395
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 3)
Page 396
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 4)
Page 397
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 5)
Page 398
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 6)
Page 399
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 7)
Page 400
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 8)
Page 401
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 and 2 − Standard flush insert repair to the top skin and nose skin
across two ribs when the Z Stringer or Bulb Stringer is completely cut
Figure 219 (sheet 9)
Page 402
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 231.
T. Repair of Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) at Track Ribs 1
and 4.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to the bottom skin of slat 1, and de
tails the instructions for skin cuts at track ribs 1 and 4. The
skin cuts are shown in Figure 220 (Sheets 1 thru 5). This repair
is valid to the weight variants given in table 231 providing Slat
1 is before Modification 27579E0085.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 016, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 231
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details instructions to cut the bottom skin of Slat
1 at Track Rib 1 and 4.
This repair is applicable to slat 1 at Track Rib 1 and 4 and
can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007, 010
D57460100
and 011
D57460198 000 thru 003
1
D57460178 000 and 001
D57460168 000 thru 005
D57460600 000 thru 005
Part Numbers for Repair of Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access)
Table 232

Page 403
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) After the skin is cut, reduced areas of bottom skin can be re
moved to gain access to the interior structure and to the inside
face of the front skin.

(c) The reduced areas of the bottom skin which can be removed are as
follows:
− between track rib 1 and the inboard end rib
− between track rib 4 and the inter rib at WFX 3465.

(2) Repair Materials


For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Blind Rivet, Universal Head A/R ASNA0080−510A


2 Blind Bolt, Csk Head A/R ASNA0081A−202
3 Blind Bolt, Csk Head A/R ASNA0081A−204
4 Blind Bolt, Csk Head A/R ASNA0081A−205
5 Blind Bolt, Csk Head A/R ASNA0081A−306
6 Blind Bolt, Hex Head A/R ASNA0082A−202
7 Blind Bolt, Hex Head A/R ASNA0082A−205
8 Blind Bolt, Hex Head A/R ASNA0082A−206
9 Blind Bolt, Hex Head A/R ASNA0082A−305
10 Blind Rivet, Flush Head A/R NAS1921C05−03
11 Blind Rivet, Flush Head A/R NAS1921C06−03
12 Blind Rivet, Flush Head A/R NAS1921C06−05
13 Solid Rivet, Csk Head A/R MS20426AD5
14 Solid Rivet, Csk Head A/R MS20426AD6
− Sealant, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully mark out the skin cut lines at track rib 1 and track
rib 4 on the bottom skin of slat 1. Check the minimum edge dis
tance to the existing fastener holes can be maintained (refer to
Chapter 51−47−00).

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.
(b) Drill out the fasteners securing the bottom skin inboard of track
rib 1 or outboard of track rib 4, as required. (Refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

Page 404
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Drill out and remove the fasteners securing the bottom skin to
the track rib 1 or track rib 4 as required. (Refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(d) Carefully lift the skin in the area of the repair cut line, in
serting a thin sheet of aluminum to protect the structure beneath
the skin.

(e) Cut the skin and make sure the edges of the cut−out are smooth
(refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(f) Remove the aluminum strip.

(g) Remove the reduced area of skin inboard of track rib 1 or out
board of track rib 4 as required.
NOTE: Access to the interior structure and to the inside face of
the front skin can now be achieved.

(h) Clean the repair area thoroughly with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(i) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to all the
bare metal edges (refer to Chapter 51−23−00).
(j) Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the cut edges
of the repair (refer to Chapter 51−23−00).

(k) Apply sealant (CML No. 09−016) to the mating faces.

(l) Reassemble the reduced areas of skin in the correct position.


(m) Install the specified fasteners as shown in Figure 220 (Sheets 2
thru 5). (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

NOTE: For all other fasteners not specified in Figure 220 (Sheets
2 thru 5), install the same type and diameter of fastener
removed.

Page 405
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(n) Remove surplus sealant.

NOTE: Figure 220 (Sheet 2) is valid for assembly D547−60100 be


fore Modification 21405E0012. At the latest versions of the
general assemblies, the skin at track rib 1 is already cut.
These assemblies are as follows:

− D574−60100

− D574−60198
− D574−60168

− D574−60600

NOTE: Figure 220 (Sheet 3) is valid for assembly


D547−60100−002/003 before Modification 20167P0147.
NOTE: Figure 220 (Sheet 4) is valid for assembly
D547−60100−004/005/006/007/010/011 after Modification
20167P0147 and before Modification 22409E0028.

NOTE: Figure 220 (Sheet 5) is valid for assembly D547−60168,


D547−60178, D547−60198, D547−60600 after Modification
22409E0028.
(o) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 406
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) at Track Ribs 1 and 4


Figure 220 (sheet 1)

Page 407
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) at Track Ribs 1 and 4


Figure 220 (sheet 2)

Page 408
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) at Track Ribs 1 and 4


Figure 220 (sheet 3)

Page 409
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) at Track Ribs 1 and 4


Figure 220 (sheet 4)

Page 410
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) at Track Ribs 1 and 4


Figure 220 (sheet 5)

Page 411
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 233.
U. Repair of Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) at Track Rib 3
and WFX2298.5.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to the bottom skin of Slat 1 and details
the instructions for skin cuts at track rib 3 and work station
WFX2298.5.
The skin cuts are shown in Figure 221 (Sheets 1 thru 4).

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 233
providing Slat 1 is before Modification 27579E0085.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
013, 014, 016, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 233
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair details instructions to cut the bottom skin between
Track Rib 3 and WFX 2298.5.

This repair is applicable to slat 1 at Track Rib 3 and WFX


2298.5 and can only be performed on the following general assem
blies:

Page 412
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007, 010
D57460100
and 011
D57460198 000 thru 003
1
D57460178 000 and 001
D57460168 000 thru 005
D57460600 000 thru 005
Part Numbers for Repair of Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access)
Table 234
(b) After the skin is cut between Track Rib 3 and WFX 2298.5, an
area of skin can be removed to gain access to the interior
structure and the inside face of the front skin.

(c) The areas of the bottom skin that can be removed after the cut
is as follows:
− between track rib 4 and the cut made in this repair
− between track rib 1 and the cut made in this repair.
NOTE: Refer to paragraph 5.T. for the repair of bottom skin cuts
at track ribs 1 and 4. A backing plate is installed on the
inside face of the bottom skin at the cut line when the
required access is complete.
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Backing Plate 1
Clad 2024T3 or 2024T42, 1.6 mm
(0.063 in) thick
2 Backing Plate 1 Clad 2024T3 or 2024T42, 1.6 mm
(0.063 in) thick
3 Blind Rivet, Universal Head A/R ASNA0080−500A (length to suit)
or CR3213 or CR3223 or NAS1921C
4 Blind Rivet, Flush Head A/R NAS1921C05 (length to suit)
5 Blind Rivet, Hex. Head. A/R ASNA0082A (length to suit)
5/32 in Dia.
− Sealant, Filet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
(3) Repair Instructions

Page 413
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Carefully mark−out using a soft pencil, the skin cut lines be
tween track rib 3 and WFX2298.5 on the bottom skin of Slat 1.
(b) Check the minimum edge distances to the existing fastener holes.
(Refer to Chapter 51−47−00).

(c) Drill−out the fasteners securing the bottom skin to the struc
ture, at positions inboard and outboard of the skin cut to track
rib 1 or track rib 4 as required (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(d) Drill−out and remove the fasteners securing the bottom skin to
the track rib 1 or track rib 4 as required (refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(e) Carefully lift the skin in the area of the repair cut−line, in
serting a thin sheet of aluminum to protect the structure beneath
the skin.

(f) Cut the skin and remove all the sharp edges (refer to Chapter
51−27−00).

(g) Remove the aluminum strip.


(h) Remove the area of skin between the cut lines at either track
rib 1 or track rib 4.

NOTE: Access to the interior structure and to the inside face of


the front skin can now be achieved.
(i) Make the backing plates (Items 1 or 2). Mark out the fastener
positions and drill holes pilot size (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
For edge distances (refer to Chapter 51−47−00).

(j) Drill holes full size to suit the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(k) Disassemble the backing plates (Items 1 or 2) and remove all the
sharp edges.

(l) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).
(m) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to bare metal
edges (refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

(n) Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the cut edges
of the repair parts (refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

(o) Remove all swarf and debris from the slat interior.
(p) Apply sealant (CML No. 09−016) to the mating faces of the repair
parts.

(q) Reassemble the backing plates (Items 1 or 2) and the bottom skin
in the correct position.

Page 414
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(r) Install the specified fasteners (Items 3 thru 5) as shown in


Figure 221 (Sheet 2) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
NOTE: For all other fasteners not specified in Figure 221 (Sheet
2) install the same type and diameter of fastener removed.

(s) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(t) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 415
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) between Track Rib 3 and
WFX2298.5
Figure 221 (sheet 1)
Page 416
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) between Track Rib 3 and
WFX2298.5
Figure 221 (sheet 2)
Page 417
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) between Track Rib 3 and
WFX2298.5
Figure 221 (sheet 3)
Page 418
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) between Track Rib 3 and
WFX2298.5
Figure 221 (sheet 4)
Page 419
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 235.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−005−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
V. Repair of Slat 2. Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) Inboard and Out
board of the Hold Down Rib.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to the bottom skin of Slat 2 and details
the instructions for skin cuts inboard and outboard of the hold
down rib.
The skin cuts are shown in Figure 222 (Sheets 1 thru 3).

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 235
providing Slat 2 is before Modification 27579E0085.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 016, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 235
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair details instructions to cut the bottom skin of Slat
2, inboard and outboard of the hold down rib.

(b) After the skin is cut, inboard and outboard of the hold down
rib, an area of skin can be removed to gain access to the inte
rior structure and the inside face of the front skin.
(c) Backing plates are installed on the inside face of the bottom
skin at the cut line when the required access is complete.

Page 420
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

This repair is applicable to slat 2, inboard and outboard of the


hold down rib and can only be performed on the following general
assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000 thru 007, 010
D57460200
and 011
2
D57460298 000 and 001
D57460278 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Repair of Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access) Inboard and
Outboard of the Hold Down Rib
Table 236
(2) Repair Materials

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Backing Plate 1 Clad 2024T3 or 2024T42, 1.6 mm


(0.063 in) thick.
2 Blind Rivet, Flush Head A/R NAS1921C05 (length to suit)
3 Blind Rivet, Hex. Head. A/R ASNA0082A (length to suit)
5/32 in Dia.
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully mark−out the skin cut lines inboard and outboard of the
hold down rib on the bottom skin of slat 2.

(b) Check the minimum edge distances to the existing fastener holes
(refer to Chapter 51−47−00).
(c) Drill−out the fasteners securing the bottom skin to the structure
between the inboard and outboard cut lines (refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(d) Drill−out and remove the fasteners securing the bottom skin to
the hold rib (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(e) Carefully lift the skin in the area of the repair cut−line, in
serting a thin sheet of aluminum to protect the structure beneath
the skin.

Page 421
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Cut the skin and remove all the sharp edges (refer to Chapter
51−27−00).
(g) Remove the aluminum strip.

(h) Remove the area of skin between the two sets of cut lines.

NOTE: Access to the interior structure and to the inside face of


the front skin can now be achieved.
(i) Make the backing plate (Item 1 ). Mark out the fastener posi
tions and drill holes pilot size (refer to Chapter 51−44−11). For
edge distances (refer to Chapter 51−47−00).

(j) Drill the holes full size to suit the fasteners (refer to Chap
ter 51−44−11).
(k) Disassemble the backing plate (Item 1) and remove all the sharp
edges.

(l) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).
(m) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to bare metal
edges (refer to Chapter 51−23−00).

(n) Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the cut edges
of the repair parts (refer to Chapter 51−23−00).

(o) Remove all swarf and debris from the slat interior.
(p) Apply sealant (CML No. 09−016) to the mating faces of the repair
parts.

(q) Reassemble the backing plate (Item 1 ) and the bottom skin in
the correct position.
(r) Install the specified fasteners (Items 2 and 3) as shown in Fig
ure 222 (Sheet 2) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(t) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 422
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2, Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access), Inboard and Outboard of the
Hold Down Rib.
Figure 222 (sheet 1)
Page 423
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2, Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access), Inboard and Outboard of the
Hold Down Rib.
Figure 222 (sheet 2)
Page 424
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2, Bottom Skin − Cut (made for access), Inboard and Outboard of the
Hold Down Rib.
Figure 222 (sheet 3)
Page 425
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 237.
CAUTION: TEMPORARY FILLER REPAIRS FOR DENTS MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED
INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−40−00−2−001−00
AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SEC
TION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM
WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANT
015.
W. Top Skin on Slats 1 thru 5. Permanent and Temporary Filler Repairs for
dents given in the allowable damage limits.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for dent damage on Slats 1 thru 5.

Refer to Figure 224 for materials to repair dents in unpainted


areas.
NOTE: For the permanent or temporary repairs of dents designated as re
pair category A or C, refer to the repair procedure flow chart in
Figure 223.

This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
237.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 237
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) These repairs apply to the top part of the top skin, the nose
part of the top skin and to the trailing edge skins. These re
pairs can be made in painted and unpainted areas and can be ei
ther permanent repairs or temporary repairs.

(b) Refer to the Repair Procedure Flow Chart on Dents for permanent
and temporary filler repairs. (Refer to Figure 223).

(2) Repair Materials

Page 426
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R Material No. 09−013 (Refer to


CML)
− Adhesive, Two Part A/R Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
CML)
− Polyurethane Primer A/R Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R Material No. 16−006D (Refer to
Primer CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R Material No. 16−018 (Refer to
CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R Material No. 16−059A (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R Material No. 11−026 or 11−026D
(Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No. 13−002 (Refer to
CML)
(3) Repair Instructions for permanent filling of dents, in the top part
of the top skin and the nose part of the top skin up to 3 mm
(0.118 in) maximum depth in unpainted areas (Refer to Figure 224).

NOTE: When filling a dent with a depth less than 3 mm (0.118 in)
polyurethane primer and polyurethane finish paint must be ap
plied to the skin before filling the dent.
(a) Use abrasive emery cloth grade 300 to lightly abrade the effected
surface area.

(b) Clean the repair area with solvent (Material No. 11−026 or
11−026D).

(c) Apply chemical conversion coating (Material No. 13−002) to all


bare metal surfaces (refer to Chapter 51−21−10).

(d) Apply the chromated polyurethane primer (Material No. 16−001) or


for a low VOC coating use anti corrosion primer (Material No.
16−006D) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11 and Chapter 51−75−12).

(e) Apply the polyurethane finish paint (Material No. 16−018) or for
a low VOC coating use external top coat (Material No. 16−059A)
(refer to Chapter 51−23−11 and Chapter 51−75−12).
(f) Use abrasive emery cloth grade 300 to lightly abrade the poly
urethane finish paint or the external top coat.

(g) Clean the repair area with solvent (Material No. 11−026 or
11−026D).

Page 427
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Use adhesive (Material No. 08−078) to fill the repair area.

(i) Use abrasive emery cloth grade 300 to abrade the cured filler
patch to a smooth finish.

(j) Apply with a brush a thin layer of sealant (Material No. 09−013)
around the contour of the Filler patch.

(4) Repair Instructions for the temporary filling of dents in the top
part of the top skin and the nose part of the top skin up to 3 mm
(0.118 in) maximum depth in unpainted areas.

NOTE: When filling a dent as a temporary action to restore the pro


file in an unpainted area, use abrasive cloth grade 300 to
lightly abrade the affected surface area. Refer to Chapter
51−73−00 for the filling of dents.
(a) If necessary, cover the repair area using self adhesive aluminum
high speed tape.

(5) Repair Instructions for the permanent filling of dents, in the top
part of the top skin and the nose part of the top skin up to 3 mm
(0.118 in) maximum depth in painted areas.

(a) When filling a dent with a depth less than 3 mm (0.118 in) and
a cross−section less than 30xD, do a permanent filler repair. For
dent filling in these painted areas refer to Chapter 51−73−00.

(6) Repair Instructions for the temporary filling of dents in the nose
part of the top skin.

(a) For all dents in the nose part of the top skin with a depth be
tween 3.1 mm (0.122 in) and 10 mm (0.394 in) and with a maximum
chordwise width of 140 mm (5.512 in), do a temporary filler re
pair, refer to Chapter 51−73−00. This temporary filler repair
must be replaced by a permanent structural repair within 5 000
FC or 10 000 FH or 24 months, whichever occurs first.

(b) Use self adhesive aluminum high speed tape to cover the repair
area.

(7) Repair Instructions for the permanent filling of dents in the trail
ing Edge skins.

(a) For all dents in the trailing edge skins with a depth less than
2 mm (0.079 in) and a cross−section less than 20xD, do a perma
nent filler repair, refer to Chapter 51−73−00.
(b) For all dents in the trailing edge skins with a depth less than
2 mm (0.079 in) and a cross−section greater than 20xD can remain
unfilled.

(8) Inspection of Temporary Repairs at 5 000 FC or 10 000 FH or 24


months whichever occurs first for Slats 1 thru 5.

Page 428
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: BEFORE 5 000 FC OR 10 000 FH OR 24 MONTHS WHICHEVER OCCURS


FIRST, ALL TEMPORARY REPAIRS SOLUTIONS MUST BE REPLACED WITH
A PERMANENT REPAIR.

(a) Examine all dent repairs within 5 000 FC or 10 000 FH or 24


months whichever occurs first and determine if repairs are tempo
rary or permanent.

(b) Replace any temporary repair with a permanent repair.

Page 429
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Procedure Flow Chart for Dents


Figure 223

Page 430
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Permanent Repair for Dents in Unpainted Areas


Figure 224

Page 431
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 238.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−006−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

X. Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose
skins between the ribs and above the upper girder.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to dent damage on Slats 3, 4 and 5 to


the areas shown in Figure 225 (Sheet 1).

This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table 238.

NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 238
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details repair instructions for dent damage to the
skin between the ribs and above the upper girder.

This repair is applicable to slats 3, 4 and 5 and can only be


performed on the following general assemblies:

Page 432
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460398 000 and 001
3 D57460378 000 thru 011
D57460377 000 thru 003
D57460930 000 thru 005
D57460400 000 thru 007
D57460498 000 and 001
4 D57460478 000 thru 011
D57460477 000 thru 003
D57460940 000 thru 005
D57460500 000 thru 007
D57460598 000 thru 011
5
D57460577 000 thru 003
D57460950 000 thru 005
Part Numbers for Standard Flush Insert Repair to the Top and Nose Skins Be
tween the Ribs and Above the Upper Girder
Table 239
(b) This repair details two possible areas of damage, in a chordwise
direction on the top skin. These areas of damage are aft of the
upper girder and forward of the upper girder (Refer to Figure
225, Sheet 2).

(c) This repair is installed with a flush skin insert and is com
pleted using 3 chordwise fastener rows and 2 spanwise rows either
side of the cut out.

NOTE: In this repair the upper girder must not be cut or dam
aged. When the upper girder is found to be cut or damaged
you must refer to an alternative repair.
(2) Repair Materials

Page 433
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick − alternative material
2024T3 Clad
2 and 3 Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick size 103 mm (4.055
in) by TBD − alternative mate
rial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad)
4 and 6 Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick size 99 mm (3.898 in)
by TBD − alternative material
2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or Unclad)
5 Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick size 40 mm (1.575 in)
by TBD − alternative material
2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or Unclad)
7 thru Reinforcing Plates 3 7475T761, Clad or Unclad, 2.5 mm
9 (0.100 in) thick, Width = 20 mm
(0.787 in) Length to suit repair
− alternative material 7075 T62
or 2024 T3/T42 Clad or Unclad
10 Sealing Plates 6 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 24 mm (0.945 in) by
40 mm (1.579 in) and 24 mm
(0.945 in) by 82 mm (3.228 in)
− non structural − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
11 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres, Monel Aluminum Coated
(See fastener table)
12 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (See fastener table)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C

Page 434
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B


Repair
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: For Item 8 on Slat 3 between track ribs 7 and 8 use ’L’ sec
tion, standard part number LN9496− material−130.

NOTE: For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 225 (Sheet 8).

NOTE: Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions which are to
be utilized (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area noting the edge distance from the riv
et centers.
(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, providing that the requirements
of Figure 225 (Sheet 3) is complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 225 and manufacture the repair parts (Items 1
thru 10 inclusive) to size, to suit the repair.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).
(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 225.

Page 435
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).
(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. For protection with low
VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.X.(3)(m). and for protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.X.(3)(n).
(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and cut−out edges. Then apply anti
corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the
external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all

Page 436
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

faces of items 2 thru 9 and cut−out edges. Then apply anti


corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.X.(3)(m)2a thru 5.X.(3)(m)2d.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) and
wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face of the skin
insert (Item 1).

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.


(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 11 and 12) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove unwanted sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.X.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.X.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).
(v) Without low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 437
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 1)
Page 438
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 2)
Page 439
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 3)
Page 440
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 4)
Pages 441/442
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 5)
Pages 443/444
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 6)
Pages 445/446
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 7)
Page 447
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 8)
Page 448
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
between the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 225 (sheet 9)
Page 449
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 240.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−006−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

Y. Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose
skins above the ribs and above the upper girder.

NOTE: This repair is applicable to dent damage on Slats 3, 4 and 5 to


the areas shown in Figure 226 (Sheet 2).

This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table 240.

NOTE: For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 240
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details repair instructions for dent damage to the
skin above the ribs and above the upper girder.

This repair is applicable to slats 3, 4 and 5 and can only be


performed on the following general assemblies:

Page 450
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460398 000 and 001
3 D57460378 000 thru 011
D57460377 000 thru 003
D57460930 000 thru 005
D57460400 000 thru 007
D57460498 000 and 001
4 D57460478 000 thru 011
D57460477 000 thru 003
D57460940 000 thru 005
D57460500 000 thru 007
D57460598 000 thru 011
5
D57460577 000 thru 003
D57460950 000 thru 005
Part Numbers for Standard Flush Insert Repair to the Top and Nose Skins
Above the Ribs and Above the Upper Girder
Table 241
(b) This repair details two possible areas of damage, in a chordwise
direction on the top skin. These areas of damage are aft of the
upper girder and forward of the upper girder (Refer to Figure
226, Sheet 2).

(c) This repair is installed with a flush skin insert and is com
pleted using 3 chordwise fastener rows and 2 spanwise rows either
side of the cut out.

NOTE: In this repair the upper girder must not be cut or dam
aged. When the upper girder is found to be cut or damaged
you must refer to an alternative repair.
NOTE: In this repair, the ribs after modification 26740E0055 must
not be cut or damaged. When you find the ribs are cut or
damaged, you must refer to an alternative repair.

For nose ribs, before modification 26740E0055, with damage


on the flange, it is permitted to trim−out the damaged
flange. Re−inforcing of the flange is not necessary.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 451
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1, 2 Backing Plates 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071


and 5 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
thru 8 alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
3 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick − alternative material
2024 T3 Clad
4 and 9 Reinforcing Plates 2 7475T 761 Clad or Unclad 2.5 mm
(0.100 in) thick, Width = 20 mm
(0.787 in) Length to suit repair
− alternative material 7075 T62,
2024T3 or T42 Clad or Unclad
10 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 24 mm (0.945 in) by
40 mm (1.575 in) and 24 mm
(0.945 in) by 82 mm (3.228 in)
− non structural − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
11 Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, Width = 40 mm (1.575
in) Length to suit repair − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 Clad or Unclad
12 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres, Monel Aluminum Coated
(See fastener table)
13 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (See fastener table)
14 Solid Rivet A/R Aluminum Alloy (See fastener
table)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair

Page 452
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001


− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: For Items 4 or 9 on Slat 3 between track ribs 7 and 8 use ’L’
section, standard part number LN9496− material−130 (refer to
Chapter 51−31−12).

NOTE: For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 226, (Sheet 16).
NOTE: Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.
Use EN6127C05−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions which are to
be utilized (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark off the damaged area noting the edge distance from the riv
et centers.
(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, providing that the requirements
of Figure 226, (Sheet 3) is complied with.
(e) Refer to Figure 226 and manufacture the repair parts (Items 1
thru 11) inclusive, to size to suit this repair.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).
(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 226.

Page 453
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).
(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. For protection with low
VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.Y.(3)(m). and for protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.Y.(3)(n).
(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 3), on all
faces of items 1, 2 and 4 thru 9 and cut−out edges. Then ap
ply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 3). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the
external face of the skin insert (Item 3).

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 3), on all

Page 454
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

faces of items 1, 2 and 4 thru 9 and cut−out edges. Then ap


ply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 3). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.Y.(3)(m)2a thru 5.Y.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C) and


wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face of the skin
insert (Item 3).

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.


(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 12, 13 and 14) with sealant
(CML No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 3) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove unwanted sealant.


(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.Y.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.Y.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:


1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Pages 455/456
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 1)
Pages 457/458
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 2)
Page 459
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 3)
Page 460
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 4)
Pages 461/462
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 5)
Pages 463/464
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 6)
Pages 465/466
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 7)
Pages 467/468
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 8)
Page 469
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 9)
Page 470
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 10)
Page 471
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 11)
Page 472
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 12)
Page 473
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 13)
Page 474
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 14)
Page 475
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 15)
Page 476
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 16)
Page 477
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 3, 4 and 5 − Standard flush insert repair to the top and nose skins
above the ribs and above the upper girder.
Figure 226 (sheet 17)
Page 478
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 242.
CAUTION: TEMPORARY HIGH SPEED TAPE FILLER REPAIRS FOR DENTS MUST BE IN
SPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE
IS 57−40−00−2−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPART
MENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: FOR SLATS 3 THRU 5 TOP SKIN, THE AIRCRAFT MUST BE OPERATED UNDER
MASTER MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MMEL) 30−11−01B FLIGHT LIMITATIONS
FOR MAXIMUM 10 DAYS.

CAUTION: FOR THE TEMPORARY REPAIR OF DENTS IN TOP SKIN SLATS 1 AND 2, AND
TRAILING EDGE TOP SKIN SLATS 1 THRU 5, THESE REPAIRS MUST BE RE
PLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITHIN 5 000 FC OR 10 000 FH OR 24
MONTHS, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST.

CAUTION: FOR THE TEMPORARY REPAIR OF DENTS IN TOP SKIN SLATS 3 THRU 5,
THESE REPAIRS MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITHIN 10
DAYS. THE AIRCRAFT MUST BE OPERATED UNDER MMEL 30−11−01B, RECTIFI
CATION INTERVAL C (AIRCRAFT IS NOT OPERATED IN ICING CONDITION).
Z. Top Skin and Trailing Edge Skin on Slats 1 thru 5 − Alternative Dent
Filler Repair with Aluminum Tape

This repair is applicable for dent damage on Slats 1 thru 5 and is val
id for the weight variants given in the Table 242.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 242
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This temporary repair applies to the top skin and to the trailing
edge top skin.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 479
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Self Adhesive Aluminum Tape A/R CML No. 08−052, Approximate 0.1
mm (0.004 in).
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026 or 11−026D).

(b) Fill the dented area with several layers of aluminum tape (CML
No. 08−052). Apply one of the two following filling procedures:
1 Cut the aluminum tape (CML No. 08−052) layer to fit with the
dent shape and continue to add more aluminum tape layers that
decrease in size until the dent is filled (refer to Figure
227).
2 Apply aluminum tape (CML No. 08−052) layer to cover the entire
dent shape and continue to add more aluminum tape layers that
increase in size until the dent is filled (refer to Figure
227).

(c) Use the required number of aluminum tape (CML No. 08−052) layers
to completely fill the dented area.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT AIR IS NOT CAUGHT BETWEEN ALUMINUM TAPE (CML
NO. 08−052) LAYERS TO AVOID POSSIBLE DEFORMATION OF THE
SKIN PROFILE CAUSED BY AERODYNAMIC PRESSURE.

(d) Apply movements from layer center to the edge with finger to re
move the air bubbles.

(e) Make sure the original slat profile is restored.

(f) Cover the filled area by at least one larger layer, rounded−off
corners, with a minimum of 25 mm (0.984 in) overlap with sur
rounding skin area (refer to Figure 227).

Page 480
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aluminum Tape Dent Filler Repair


Figure 227

Page 481
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 243.
AA. Slat 1 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Ribs
3 and 4

The two repairs in this paragraph are applicable to Slat 1 − Track Ribs
3 and 4 and are valid for the weight variants given in the Table 243.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 243
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

The two repair instructions in this paragraph give the necessary data
to remove the remaining anti rotation section of the lower lug from
track ribs 3 and 4.

The repairs are identified as Type A and Type B.


Repair procedure Type A installs an Anti Rotation Angle and is ap
plicable to the part numbers that follow:
− D574 60100 002 thru 007, 010 and 011
− D574 60168 000 and 001
− D574 60178 000 and 001
− D574 60198 000 thru 003
− D574 60600 000 and 001.
Repair procedure Type B installs an Anti Rotation Part and is appli
cable to the part numbers that follow:
− D574 60168 002 thru 011
− D574 60600 002 thru 013
− D574 60677 000 thru 005
− D574 60910 000 thru 005.
(2) Repair Materials

Page 482
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For these two repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Anti−Rotation Angle A/R 7010Txxx or 7050Txxx or 7075Txxx


(refer to Chapter 51−31−00,
Table 3 for the different ap
plicable materials)
2 Anti−Rotation Part A/R 7010Txxx or 7050Txxx or 7075Txxx
(refer to Chapter 51−31−00,
Table 3 for the different ap
plicable materials)
3 Blind Bolt 2 ASNA0027SB05−06 OR
ASNA0027SB05−07 OR Oversize:
OBP−EU05−06D OR 07D, OSBP−
EU05−06D OR 07D, OUBP−EU05−06D
OR 07D.
4 Solid Rivet 2 MS20426AD5
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B (see note below)
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001C
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018C
(External Application)
NOTE: Can be used as an alternative material where specified in the
repair instructions.

CAUTION: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THE SLAT 1 − RE
MOVAL/INSTALLATION (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−63, PAGE BLOCK
401).

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the nut, bolt and washer. Make sure the head of the bolt
remains in contact with the web of the track rib lower lug, if
not the anti−rotation will be damaged (refer to Figures 228 and
229).

(b) Clean the area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

Page 483
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(c) Remove the remainder of the anti−rotation section and maintain a


surface finish of Ra = 3.2 µm (125 µin), refer to Chapter
51−73−00 Paragraph 5.

The reworked area under the bolt must be flush. The reworked
thickness must be between +/− 0.03 mm (0.001 in) of the original
thickness.
Perform a NDT inspection to check for cracks (refer to NTM Task
51−10−08−250−802 for High Frequency Eddy Current or NTM Task
51−10−14−230−801 for Fluorescent Penetrant Method).

(d) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(e) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the repair
area.

(f) Apply anti−corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) and polyurethane


finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

(g) Refer to paragraph 5.AA.(3)(h) for Repair Procedure Type A and


paragraph 5.AA.(3)(i) for Repair Procedure Type B.

(h) Repair Procedure Type A (refer to paragraph 5.AA.(1) for applica


ble part numbers).

1 Make the anti−rotation angle (item 1). Refer to Figure 230 for
Track Rib 3 and Figure 231 for Track Rib 4.
2 Remove the two existing fasteners that will attach the anti−
rotation angle (item 1) to the bottom skin.

3 Deburr the existing holes in the bottom skin and remove any
unwanted material.
4 Clean the bottom skin with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

5 Put the anti−rotation angle (item 1) in position. Transfer


drill the existing fastener holes in the bottom skin to the
anti−rotation angle (item 1).
6 Drill sufficient holes to the final size to permit the anti−
rotation angle (item 1) to be attached to the bottom skin.

7 Deburr the anti−rotation angle (item 1).

8 Install the anti−rotation angle with locator pins to the two


existing fastener holes in the bottom skin.
9 Adjust the height of the anti−rotation angle (item 1), to keep
a gap of 0.3 mm (0.012 in) to make sure the bolt can be re
moved and installed (refer to Figures 230 and 231).

Page 484
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

10 Remove the anti−rotation angle (item 1).

11 Clean the anti−rotation angle (item 1) with solvent (CML No.


11−026).

12 On the anti−rotation angle (item 1) apply chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B). Then apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001C) and
polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).
13 Install the anti−rotation angle (item 1) with sealant (CML No.
09−016) or (CML No. 09−005C or 09−058B) and blind bolts (item
3) wet with sealant (CML No. 09−013) or (CML No. 09−005C or
09−058B). Refer to Figure 230 for Track Rib 3 and Figure 231
for Track Rib 4.
(i) Repair Procedure Type B (refer to paragraph 5.AA.(1) for applica
ble part numbers).

1 Make the anti−rotation part (item 2). Refer to Figure 232 for
Track Rib 3 and Figure 233 for Track Rib 4.
2 Drill two holes in the anti−rotation part (item 2) to a diame
ter of 4 mm (0.157 in) and countersink.

3 Clean the anti−rotation part (item 2) with solvent (CML No.


11−026).
4 On the anti−rotation part (item 2) apply chemical conversion
coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B). Then apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001C) and
polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

5 Install the bolt and make sure the bolt does not rotate. Posi
tion the anti−rotation part (item 2) with a gap of 0.3 mm
(0.012 in) to make sure the bolt can be removed and installed
(refer to Figure 232 for Track Rib 3 and Figure 233 for Track
Rib 4).

CAUTION: STOP THE ANTI−ROTATION PART (ITEM 2) FROM MOVING DURING


DRILLING.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT WEB.

6 Mark the two pilot holes in the track rib lower lug.

7 Drill the holes to the final size 4 mm (0.157 in). Refer to


Chapter 51−44−11, Table 3.
8 Remove the anti−rotation part (item 2) and the bolt.

9 To make the fasteners flush on both sides, use a countersink


composed of a metal rod and a countersink tool (refer to Fig
ure 232 for Track Rib 3 and Figure 233 for Track Rib 4).

Page 485
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

10 Place the metallic rod into one of the drilled rib holes and
fix the countersink tool to the metallic rod at the screw
block (refer to Figure 232 for Track Rib 3 and Figure 233 for
Track Rib 4).

11 Drill the countersink in the rib and repeat the action for the
other hole.

12 Clean the rib area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).


13 Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−
corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the repair area.

14 Put the anti−rotation part (item 2) on the rib.

15 Install the two solid rivets (item 4) flush−flush with sealant


(CML No. 09−013) or (CML No. 09−005C or 09−058B).

16 Apply a bead of sealant (CML No. 09−016) or (CML No. 09−005C


or 09−058B) all around the anti−rotation part (item 2).

(j) Install the bolt and apply a torque on the nut between 3.0 and
3.7 m.daN (22.12 and 27.29 lbf.ft). Make sure the head of the
bolt shoulder, the lower surface of the nut and the washer re
main in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer
and the sliding bush (refer to Figure 229).

(k) Install the cotter pin.

Page 486
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Ribs 3


and 4
Figure 228
Page 487
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Track Attachment − Bolt Assembly


Figure 229

Page 488
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Repair Type A of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track


Rib 3
Figure 230
Pages 489/490
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Repair Type A of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track


Rib 4
Figure 231
Pages 491/492
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Repair Type B of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track


Rib 3
Figure 232
Page 493
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Repair Type B of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track


Rib 4
Figure 233
Page 494
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 244.
AB. Slat 2 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib
5

This repair is applicable to Slat 2 − Track Rib 5 and is valid for the
weight variants given in the Table 244.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 244
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair gives the necessary data to remove the remaining anti−
rotation section of the lower lug on track rib 5 and install an
anti−rotation part. This repair data is applicable to the part num
bers that follow:
− D574 60200 000 thru 007, 010 and 011
− D574 60277 000 thru 003
− D574 60278 000 thru 013
− D574 60298 000 and 001
− D574 60920 000 thru 003.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 495
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Anti−Rotation Part A/R 7010Txxx or 7050Txxx or 7075Txxx


(refer to Chapter 51−31−00,
Table 3 for the different ap
plicable materials)
2 Blind Bolt 2 ASNA0027SB05−02 OR Oversize:
OBP−EU05−02D, OSBP−EU05−02D,
OUBP−EU05−02D.
3 Solid Rivet 2 MS20426AD5
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B (see note below)
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001C
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018C
(External Application)
NOTE: Can be used as an alternative material where specified in the
repair instructions.

CAUTION: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THE SLAT 2 − RE
MOVAL/INSTALLATION (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−64, PAGE BLOCK
401).

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the nut, bolt and washer. Make sure the head of the bolt
remains in contact with the web of the track rib lower lug, if
not the anti−rotation will be damaged (refer to Figures 234 and
235).

(b) For slat 2 LH wing only, remove electrical bonding tag assembly,
refer to paragraph 5.AB.(3)(b)1.

1 Remove the rivets that attach the electrical bonding tag assem
bly to the track rib 5 assembly. Refer to CMMm Subtask
57−43−21−010−002 (this CMMm reference is valid for revision
dated from Jan 01/12).

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove electrical bonding tag from


the assembly.

Page 496
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.
(d) Remove the remainder of the anti−rotation section and maintain a
surface finish of Ra = 3.2 µm (125 µin), refer to Chapter
51−73−00 Paragraph 5.

The reworked area under the bolt must be flush. The reworked
thickness must be between +/− 0.03 mm (0.001 in) of the original
thickness.

Perform a NDT inspection to check for cracks (refer to NTM Task


51−10−08−250−802 for High Frequency Eddy Current or NTM Task
51−10−14−230−801 for Fluorescent Penetrant Method).

(e) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).
(f) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the repair
area.

(g) Apply anti−corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) and apply polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).
(h) Make the anti−rotation part (item 1). Refer to Figure 236.

(i) Drill two holes in the anti−rotation part (item 1) to a diameter


of 4 mm (0.157 in) and countersink.

(j) Clean the anti−rotation part (item 1) with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(k) On the anti−rotation part (item 1) apply chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B). Then apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001C) and
polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).
(l) Install the bolt and make sure the bolt does not rotate. Posi
tion the anti−rotation part (item 1) with a gap of 0.3 mm (0.012
in) to make sure the bolt can be removed and installed (refer to
Figure 236).

CAUTION: STOP THE ANTI−ROTATION PART (ITEM 1) FROM MOVING DURING


DRILLING.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT WEB.

(m) Mark the two pilot holes in the track rib lower lug.

(n) Drill the holes to the final size 4 mm (0.157 in). Refer to
Chapter 51−44−11, Table 3.

(o) Remove the anti−rotation part (item 1) and the bolt.

Page 497
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) To make the fasteners flush on both sides, use a countersink


composed of a metal rod and a countersink tool (refer to Figure
236).

(q) Place the metallic rod into one of the drilled rib holes and fix
the countersink tool to the metallic rod at the screw block (re
fer to Figure 236).

(r) Drill the countersink in the rib and repeat the action for the
other hole.

(s) Clean the rib area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(t) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−cor
rosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the repair area.
(u) Put the anti−rotation part (item 1) on the rib.

(v) Install the two solid rivets (item 3) flush−flush with the seal
ant (CML No. 09−013) or (CML No. 09−005C or 09−058B).

(w) Apply a bead of sealant (CML No. 09−016) or (CML No. 09−005C or
09−058B) all around the anti−rotation part (item 1).
(x) Install the bolt and apply a torque on the nut between 1.5 and
1.8 m.daN (11.06 and 13.27 lbf.ft). Make sure the head of the
bolt shoulder, the lower surface of the nut and the washer re
main in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer
and the sliding bush (refer to Figure 235).

(y) Install the cotter pin.

(z) For slat 2 LH wing only, reinstall electrical bonding tag assem
bly. Refer to Paragraph 5.AB.(3)(z)1 thru 5.AB.(3)(z)3.

1 Install the electrical bonding tag assembly to the track rib 5


assembly. Obey AMM Task 20−28−00−912−043 (Electrical Bonding by
Direct Contact).

NOTE: It may be necessary to remove material from the bonding


tag assembly to get clearance from the anti−rotation part
(item 1).

2 Use blind bolt (item 2) to attach the bonding tag assembly to


the track rib 5 structure. Refer to Figure 234 and CMMm Sub
task 57−43−21−410−001 (this CMMm reference is valid for revi
sion dated from Jan 01/12).
3 Do an electrical bonding test of the bonding lead and bonding
tag, refer to CMMm Subtask 57−43−21−410−002 and AMM Task
20−28−00−869−002 (this CMMm reference is valid for revision
dated from Jan 01/12).

Page 498
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 5


Figure 234

Pages 499/500
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Track Attachment − Bolt Assembly


Figure 235

Page 501
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 5


Figure 236

Page 502
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 245.
AC. Slat 3 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib
7

This repair is applicable to Slat 3 − Track Rib 7 and is valid for the
weight variants given in the Table 245.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 245
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair gives the necessary data to remove the remaining anti−
rotation section of the lower lug on track rib 7 and install an
anti−rotation part. This repair data is applicable to the part num
bers that follow:
− D574 60300 000 thru 007
− D574 60377 000 thru 003
− D574 60378 000 thru 011
− D574 60398 000 and 001
− D574 60930 000 thru 005.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 503
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Anti−Rotation Part A/R 7010Txxx or 7050Txxx or 7075Txxx


(refer to Chapter 51−31−00,
Table 3 for the different ap
plicable materials)
2 Solid Rivet 2 MS20426AD5
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B (see note below)
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001C
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018C
(External Application)
NOTE: Can be used as an alternative material where specified in the
repair instructions.

CAUTION: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THE SLAT 3 − RE
MOVAL/INSTALLATION (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−65, PAGE BLOCK
401).

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the nut, bolt and washer. Make sure the head of the bolt
remains in contact with the web of the track rib lower lug, if
not the anti−rotation will be damaged (refer to Figures 237 and
238).

(b) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(c) Remove the remainder of the anti−rotation section and maintain a


surface finish of Ra = 3.2 µm (125 µin), refer to Chapter
51−73−00 Paragraph 5.

The reworked area under the bolt must be flush. The reworked
thickness must be between +/− 0.03 mm (0.001 in) of the original
thickness.
Perform a NDT inspection to check for cracks (refer to NTM Task
51−10−08−250−802 for High Frequency Eddy Current or NTM Task
51−10−14−230−801 for Fluorescent Penetrant Method).

Page 504
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(e) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the repair
area.

(f) Apply anti−corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) and apply polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

(g) Make the anti−rotation part (item 1). Refer to Figure 239.
(h) Drill two holes in the anti−rotation part (item 1) to a diameter
of 4 mm (0.157 in) and countersink.

(i) Clean the anti−rotation part (item 1) with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(j) On the anti−rotation part (item 1) apply chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B). Then apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001C) and
polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

(k) Install the bolt and make sure the bolt does not rotate. Posi
tion the anti−rotation part (item 1) with a gap of 0.3 mm (0.012
in) to make sure the bolt can be removed and installed (refer to
Figure 239).

CAUTION: STOP THE ANTI−ROTATION PART (ITEM 1) FROM MOVING DURING


DRILLING.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT WEB.

(l) Mark the two pilot holes in the track rib lower lug.

(m) Drill the holes to the final size 4 mm (0.157 in). Refer to
Chapter 51−44−11, Table 3.

(n) Remove the anti−rotation part (item 1) and the bolt.


(o) To make the fasteners flush on both sides, use a countersink
composed of a metal rod and a countersink tool (refer to Figure
239).

(p) Place the metallic rod into one of the drilled rib holes and fix
the countersink tool to the metallic rod at the screw block (re
fer to Figure 239).

(q) Drill the countersink in the rib and repeat the action for the
other hole.

(r) Clean the rib area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).
(s) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−cor
rosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the repair area.

(t) Put the anti−rotation part (item 1) on the rib.

Page 505
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(u) Install the two solid rivets (item 2) flush−flush with the seal
ant (CML No. 09−013) or (CML No. 09−005C or 09−058B).
(v) Apply a bead of sealant (CML No. 09−016) or (CML No. 09−005C or
09−058B) all around the anti−rotation part (item 1).

(w) Install the bolt and apply a torque on the nut between 1.5 and
1.8 m.daN (11.06 and 13.27 lbf.ft). Make sure the head of the
bolt shoulder, the lower surface of the nut and the washer re
main in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer
and the sliding bush (refer to Figure 238).

(x) Install the cotter pin.

Page 506
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 7


Figure 237

Page 507
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Track Attachment − Bolt Assembly


Figure 238

Page 508
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 7


Figure 239

Page 509
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 246.
AD. Slat 4 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib
9

This repair is applicable to Slat 4 − Track Rib 9 and is valid for the
weight variants given in the Table 246.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 246
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair gives the necessary data to remove the remaining anti−
rotation section of the lower lug on track rib 9 and install an
anti−rotation part. This repair data is applicable to the part num
bers that follow:
− D574 60400 000 thru 007
− D574 60477 000 thru 003
− D574 60478 000 thru 011
− D574 60498 000 and 001
− D574 60940 000 thru 005.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 510
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Anti−Rotation Part A/R 7010Txxx or 7050Txxx or 7075Txxx


(refer to Chapter 51−31−00,
Table 3 for the different ap
plicable materials)
2 Solid Rivet 2 MS20426AD5
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B (see note below)
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001C
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018C
(External Application)
NOTE: Can be used as an alternative material where specified in the
repair instructions.

CAUTION: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THE SLAT 4 − RE
MOVAL/INSTALLATION (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−66, PAGE BLOCK
401).

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the nut, bolt and washer. Make sure the head of the bolt
remains in contact with the web of the track rib lower lug, if
not the anti−rotation will be damaged (refer to Figures 240 and
241).

(b) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(c) Remove the remainder of the anti−rotation section and maintain a


surface finish of Ra = 3.2 µm (125 µin), refer to Chapter
51−73−00 Paragraph 5.

The reworked area under the bolt must be flush. The reworked
thickness must be between +/− 0.03 mm (0.001 in) of the original
thickness.
Perform a NDT inspection to check for cracks (refer to NTM Task
51−10−08−250−802 for High Frequency Eddy Current or NTM Task
51−10−14−230−801 for Fluorescent Penetrant Method).

Page 511
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(e) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the repair
area.

(f) Apply anti−corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) and apply polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

(g) Make the anti−rotation part (item 1). Refer to Figure 242.
(h) Drill two holes in the anti−rotation part (item 1) to a diameter
of 4 mm (0.157 in) and countersink.

(i) Clean the anti−rotation part (item 1) with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(j) On the anti−rotation part (item 1) apply chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B). Then apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001C) and
polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

(k) Install the bolt and make sure the bolt does not rotate. Posi
tion the anti−rotation part (item 1) with a gap of 0.3 mm (0.012
in) to make sure the bolt can be removed and installed (refer to
Figure 242).

CAUTION: STOP THE ANTI−ROTATION PART (ITEM 1) FROM MOVING DURING


DRILLING.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT WEB.

(l) Mark the two pilot holes in the track rib lower lug.

(m) Drill the holes to the final size 4 mm (0.157 in). Refer to
Chapter 51−44−11, Table 3.

(n) Remove the anti−rotation part (item 1) and the bolt.


(o) To make the fasteners flush on both sides, use a countersink
composed of a metal rod and a countersink tool (refer to Figure
242).

(p) Place the metallic rod into one of the drilled rib holes and fix
the countersink tool to the metallic rod at the screw block (re
fer to Figure 242).

(q) Drill the countersink in the rib and repeat the action for the
other hole.

(r) Clean the rib area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).
(s) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−cor
rosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the repair area.

(t) Put the anti−rotation part (item 1) on the rib.

Page 512
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(u) Install the two solid rivets (item 2) flush−flush with the seal
ant (CML No. 09−013) or (CML No. 09−005C or 09−058B).
(v) Apply a bead of sealant (CML No. 09−016) or (CML No. 09−005C or
09−058B) all around the anti−rotation part (item 1).

(w) Install the bolt and apply a torque on the nut between 1.5 and
1.8 m.daN (11.06 and 13.27 lbf.ft). Make sure the head of the
bolt shoulder, the lower surface of the nut and the washer re
main in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer
and the sliding bush (refer to Figure 241).

(x) Install the cotter pin.

Page 513
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 9


Figure 240

Page 514
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Track Attachment − Bolt Assembly


Figure 241

Page 515
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 9


Figure 242

Page 516
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 247.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

AE. Slat 5 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib
11

This repair is applicable to Slat 5 − Track Rib 11 and is valid for the
weight variants given in the Table 247.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 247
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 FT).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair gives the necessary data to remove the remaining anti−
rotation section of the lower lug on track rib 11 and install an
anti−rotation angle. This repair data is applicable to the part num
bers that follow:
− D574 60500 000 thru 007
− D574 60577 000 thru 003
− D574 60598 000 thru 011
− D574 60950 000 thru 005.
(2) Repair Materials

Page 517
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Anti−Rotation Angle A/R 7010Txxx or 7050Txxx or 7075Txxx


(refer to Chapter 51−31−00,
Table 3 for the different ap
plicable materials)
2 Blind Bolt A/R ASNA0026SB05−07 OR
ASNA0026SB05−08 OR Oversize:
OB100−EU05−07D OR 08D,
OSB100−EU05−07D OR 08D,
OUB100−EU05−07D OR 08D.
3 Blind Bolt A/R ASNA0027SB05−02 OR Oversize:
OBP−EU05−02D, OSBP−EU05−02D,
OUBP−EU05−02D. (see note 1 be
low)
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note 2 be
low)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B (see note 2 be
Repair low)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001C
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy Improved Adhesion)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018C
(External Application)
NOTE: 1 : These Blind Bolts attach the Electrical Bonding Tag Assem
bly to the Slat.

NOTE: 2 : Can be used as an alternative material where specified in


the repair instructions.
CAUTION: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THE SLAT 5 − RE
MOVAL/INSTALLATION (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−67, PAGE BLOCK
401).

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the nut, bolt and washer. Make sure the head of the bolt
remains in contact with the web of the track rib lower lug, if
not the anti−rotation will be damaged (refer to Figures 243 and
244).

Page 518
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) For slat 5 LH wing only, remove electrical bonding tag assembly.
Refer to paragraph 5.AE.(3)(b)1.
1 Remove the rivets that attach the electrical bonding tag assem
bly to the track 11 rib assembly. Refer to CMMm Subtask
57−46−21−000−003 (this CMMm reference is valid for revision
dated from Jan 01/12).

(c) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(d) Remove the remainder of the anti−rotation section and maintain a


surface finish of Ra = 3.2 µm (125 µin), refer to Chapter
51−73−00 Paragraph 5.
The reworked area under the bolt must be flush. The reworked
thickness must be between +/− 0.03 mm (0.001 in) of the original
thickness.

Perform a NDT inspection to check for cracks (refer to NTM Task


51−10−08−250−802 for High Frequency Eddy Current or NTM Task
51−10−14−230−801 for Fluorescent Penetrant Method).
(e) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(f) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the repair
area.

(g) Apply anti−corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) and apply polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

(h) Make the anti−rotation part (item 1). Refer to Figure 245, Sheet
1.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE PICCOLO TUBE BY DRILLING TOO


DEEP INTO THE STRUCTURE.

(i) Remove the two existing fasteners that will attach the anti−rota
tion angle (item 1) to the bottom skin. Refer to Figure 245,
Sheet 2 for LH wing and Figure 245, Sheet 3 for RH wing.

NOTE: The piccolo tube (de−icing device) is 37 mm (1.457 in) from


the bottom skin surface.

(j) Deburr the existing holes in the bottom skin and remove any un
wanted material.

(k) Clean the bottom skin with solvent (CML No. 11−026).
(l) Put the anti−rotation angle (item 1) in position. Transfer drill
the existing fastener holes in the bottom skin to the anti−rota
tion angle (item 1).

(m) Deburr the anti−rotation angle (item 1).

Page 519
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(n) Install the anti−rotation angle with locator pins to the two ex
isting fastener holes in the bottom skin.
(o) Adjust the height of the anti−rotation angle (item 1), to keep a
gap of 0.3 mm (0.012 in) to make sure the bolt can be removed
and installed (refer to Figure 245, Sheet 1).

(p) Remove the anti−rotation angle (item 1).

(q) Clean the anti−rotation angle (item 1) with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(r) On the anti−rotation angle (item 1) apply chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) and anti−corrosion primer (CML No.
16−006B). Then apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001C) and
polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018C).

(s) Install the anti−rotation angle (item 1) with sealant (CML No.
09−016) or (CML No. 09−005C or 09−058B) and blind bolts (item 2)
wet with sealant (CML No. 09−013) or (CML No. 09−005C or
09−058B). Refer to Figure 245, Sheet 2 for LH Wing and Figure
245, Sheet 3 for RH Wing.

(t) Install the bolt and apply a torque on the nut between 0.6 and
0.8 m.daN (53.1 and 70.8 lbf.in). Make sure the head of the bolt
shoulder, the lower surface of the nut and the washer remain in
contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer and the
sliding bush (refer to Figure 244).

(u) Install the cotter pin.

(v) For Slat 5 LH wing only, reinstall electrical bonding tag assem
bly. Refer to paragraph 5.AE.(3)(v)1 thru 5.AE.(3)(v)3.
1 Install the electrical bonding tag assembly to the slat. Obey
AMM Task 20−28−00−912−043 (Electrical Bonding by Direct Con
tact).

NOTE: It may be necessary to remove material from the bonding


tag assembly to get clearance from the anti−rotation
angle (item 1).

2 Use blind bolts (item 3) to attach the bonding tag assembly to


the slat. Refer to Figure 245, Sheet 2. Also refer to CMMm
Subtask 57−46−21−410−001 (this CMMm reference is valid for re
vision dated from Jan 01/12).
3 Do an electrical bonding test on the bonding lead and bonding
tag, refer to AMM Task 20−28−00−869−002.

Page 520
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 11


Figure 243

Page 521
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Track Attachment − Bolt Assembly


Figure 244

Page 522
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 11


Figure 245 (sheet 1)

Page 523
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 11


Figure 245 (sheet 2)

Page 524
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 11


Figure 245 (sheet 3)

Page 525
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 248.
AF. Slats 1 and 2. Standard Nose Skin Repairs − Limits and Conditions (Af
ter Modification 35942E0164)

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 248
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions

The limits and conditions for local dressing−out of damaged skin for
nose skin repairs on slats 1 and 2 can only be performed on the
following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Standard Nose Skin Repairs − Limits and Conditions
Table 249
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair General

(a) This repair scheme identifies the limits and conditions applied
when carrying out an insert repair to the nose areas of the top

Page 526
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

skin above sheet metal ribs, above track and hold down ribs and
between ribs, for the slats 1 and 2.
The conditions for locally dressing−out the damaged skin around
the edges of a repair cut−out are detailed in Figure 246.

(b) Apply protective treatment to the straightened edges after re


work, refer to Chapter 51−23−11, Table 5 (External Paint Scheme).

NOTE: If unsealed CAA cannot be applied, use chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) for painted areas and chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−003) for unpainted areas.

Page 527
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 Standard Nose Skin Repairs − Limits and Conditions


Figure 246 (sheet 1)

Page 528
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2 Standard Nose Skin Repairs − Limits and Conditions


Figure 246 (sheet 2)

Pages 529/530
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 250.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−007−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AG. Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs
and Between the Ribs (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 250.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 250
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This repair scheme provides instructions to repair the nose area of
the top skin for slats 1 and 2.

It details instructions for a repair between the ribs and above the
ribs.

For this repair scheme the slats are divided into repair types (re
fer to Figure 247, Sheet 1).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

Page 531
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Table 251
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 2.0 mm (0.080
in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 2.0 mm (0.080
5 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
6 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
7 Shim 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick and 2.0 mm (0.080 in)
for SMR WFX 1947, size 18 mm
(0.709 in) x 18 mm (0.709 in) −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
8 Plate 1 2024 Clad T42, between 2.5 mm
(0.100 in) thru 3 mm (0.118 in)
thick, size 17 mm (0.669 in) x
66 mm (2.598 in) − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
9 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See notes 1 and 2)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016

Page 532
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B


Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 247, Sheet 11.

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−0xH as preferable parts.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘X’ and ‘Y’ dimensions
(where required) and the edge distances from the rivet centres
(refer to Figure 247, Sheets 2 thru 7, 9 and 10).
NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on
the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(c) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11) and remove the damaged area of
skin and make sure that the edges of the cut−out are smooth (re
fer to Chapter 51−27−00).

Page 533
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Areas of skin around the cut−out, with dent depression damage can
be dressed−out locally. For the limitations and dent depressions
around a cut−out in the skin refer to Figure 246, Sheet 2.

(e) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 8) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 247).

NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 6) fitted between the skin and the
backing plates (Items 2 thru 5) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 5). The use of the larger backing plates will reduce
the number of sealing plates required, refer to Figure 247,
Sheet 11 for alternative backing plate arrangements.

(f) Mark out and drill pilot holes in the slat skin around the cut−
out. Refer to Figure 247, Sheets 2 thru 7 for fastener pitches
and edge distance (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Temporarily assemble the backing plates (Items 2 thru 5). Drill
through from the holes in the slat skin and clamp the parts in
position (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
(h) Mark out and drill pilot holes in the skin insert (Item 1) and
the sealing plates (Item 6) (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(i) Put the skin insert (Item 1) and sealing plates (Item 6) in
position and drill the remaining holes in the backing plates
(Items 2 thru 5).
(j) Drill all the fastener holes to the final size. Countersink the
holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to match with the
preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.
(l) Clean the repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(m) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AG.(3)(n) or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AG.(3)(o).

(n) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 8 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap

Page 534
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op


tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(o) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
all faces of items 2 thru 8. Then apply anti corrosion primer
(CML No. 16−006B) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1)
and apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide
primer (CML No. 16−006C) on all faces of items 2 thru 8.
2 Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) on cut−out
edges. Then apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or
epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006C).

3 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AG.(3)(n)2a thru 5.AG.(3)(n)2d.

4 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(CML No. 16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the ex
ternal face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(p) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(q) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

Page 535
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(r) Wet install the fasteners (Item 9) with sealant (CML No. 09−013
or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(s) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(t) Remove surplus sealant.

(u) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph


5.AG.(3)(v) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AG.(3)(w).

(v) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(w) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 536
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 1)
Pages 537/538
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 2)
Pages 539/540
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 3)
Pages 541/542
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 4)
Pages 543/544
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 5)
Pages 545/546
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 6)
Pages 547/548
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 7)
Pages 549/550
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 8)
Pages 551/552
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 9)
Pages 553/554
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 10)
Pages 555/556
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Repair of the Nose Area of the Top Skin Above the Ribs and
Between the Ribs
Figure 247 (sheet 11)
Pages 557/558
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 252.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−008−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AH. Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with
the Bulb Stringer Undamaged (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 252.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 252
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to slats 1 and 2 nose and top
skin repairs between the ribs with the bulb stringer undamaged.

(b) This repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 3 fastener rows either side of the cut−out. This
spacing can be reduced to 2 fastener rows in the inboard and
outboard bays, except the inboard bay of Slat 1, which is cov
ered by the Slat Horn.

(c) Four different repairs are shown, these are as follows:


− for short chordwise repairs between the ribs with the bulb
stringer undamaged except in adjacent bays of the track rib 5
on slat 2, refer to Figure 248, Sheet 2
− for long chordwise repairs between the ribs with the bulb
stringer undamaged except in adjacent bays of the track rib 5
on slat 2, refer to Figure 248, Sheet 3

Page 559
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− for short chordwise repairs between the ribs with the bulb
stringer undamaged in adjacent bays of the track rib 5 on slat
2, refer to Figure 248, Sheet 4
− for long chordwise repairs between the ribs with the bulb
stringer undamaged in adjacent bays of the track rib 5 on slat
2, refer to Figure 248, Sheet 5.

(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary , but it must be free from cracks. (refer
to Figure 246, Sheet 2).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Repair (Nose Include) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Table 253
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
5 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
6 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
7 Doubler 1 7075 T6 (Clad or Unclad), 2.5
mm (0.100 in) thick, size 18 mm
(0.709) X length TBD in situ −
alternative material 7475 T761
(Clad or Unclad)

Page 560
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

8 Angle 1 LN9087−3.43xx−060 or any extru


sion with equivalent properties
(refer to Chapter 51−31−12)
9 and Backing Plates 2 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
10 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
11 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See notes 1 and 2)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 248, Sheet 8.

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−0xH as preferable parts.
(3) Repair Instructions

Page 561
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimensions (where re
quired) and the edge distance from the rivet centers (refer to
Figure 248, Sheets 2 thru 5 and 8).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.

(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 10) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 248).

NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 6) fitted between the skin and
backing plates (Items 2 thru 5) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 5).
(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 248 (Sheets 2 thru 5).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.
(l) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(m) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection

Page 562
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AH.(3)(n) or protection with


out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AH.(3)(o).
(n) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 10 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the
external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(o) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):
1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 10 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AH.(3)(n)2a thru 5.AH.(3)(n)2d.

Page 563
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1).

(p) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(q) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(r) Wet install the fasteners (Item 11) with sealant (CML No. 09−013
or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.
(t) Remove surplus sealant.

(u) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph


5.AH.(3)(v) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AH.(3)(w).

(v) Low VOC external paint finish:


1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(w) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 564
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 1)
Pages 565/566
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 2)
Pages 567/568
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 3)
Pages 569/570
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 4)
Pages 571/572
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 5)
Pages 573/574
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 6)
Pages 575/576
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 7)
Pages 577/578
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Figure 248 (sheet 8)
Page 579
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 254.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−008−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AI. Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a
cut in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer (After Modification
35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 254.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 254
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Restrictions
(a) This repair scheme is applicable to slats 1 and 2 nose and top
skin repairs between the ribs with a cut in the upper flange of
the bulb stringer.

(b) This repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 3 fastener rows either side of the cut−out. This
spacing can be reduced to 2 fastener rows in the inboard and
outboard bays, except the inboard bay of Slat 1, which is cov
ered by the Slat Horn.

(c) Four different repairs are shown, these are as follows:


− for short chordwise repairs between ribs with a cut in the up
per flange of the bulb stringer except in adjacent bays of the
track rib 5 on slat 2, refer to Figure 249, Sheet 2
− for long chordwise repairs between ribs with a cut in the up
per flange of the bulb stringer except in adjacent bays of the
track rib 5 on slat 2, refer to Figure 249, Sheet 3

Page 580
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− for short chordwise repairs between ribs with a cut in the up
per flange of the bulb stringer in adjacent bays of the track
rib 5 on slat 2, refer to Figure 249, Sheet 4
− for long chordwise repairs between ribs with a cut in the up
per flange of the bulb stringer in adjacent bays of the track
rib 5 on slat 2, refer to Figure 249, Sheet 5.

(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to
Figure 246, Sheet 2).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Table 255
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
5 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
6 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
7 Shim 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size 20 mm (0.787
in) x length TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)

Page 581
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

8 Reinforcing Angle 1 7075 Clad T62, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size 18.5 mm (0.728)
x 30 mm (1.181 in) x length TBD
in situ
9 Angle 1 LN9087−3.43xx−060 or any extru
sion with equivalent properties
(refer to Chapter 51−31−12)
10 and Backing Plates 2 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
11 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
12 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See notes 1 and 2)
13 Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (See note 1)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060

Page 582
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A


− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 249, Sheet 8.

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−0xH as preferable parts.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimensions (where re
quired) and the edge distance from the rivet centers (refer to
Figure 249, Sheets 2 thru 5 and 8).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.

(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Remove the cut part of the upper flange of the bulb stringer and
make sure the edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from
cracks (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(f) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 11) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 249).

NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 6) fitted between the skin and the
backing plates (Items 2 thru 5) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 5).
(g) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 583
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 249 (Sheets 2 thru 5).

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(k) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(l) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.
(m) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(n) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AI.(3)(o) or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AI.(3)(p).

(o) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 11 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:
a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain
er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.


d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120

Page 584
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis


carded.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the
external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(p) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 11 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AI.(3)(o)2a thru 5.AI.(3)(o)2d.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer
(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1).

(q) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.


(r) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(s) Wet install the fasteners (Items 12 and 13) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(t) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(u) Remove surplus sealant.

(v) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph


5.AI.(3)(w) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AI.(3)(x).

(w) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):

Page 585
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(y) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 586
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 1)
Pages 587/588
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 2)
Pages 589/590
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 3)
Pages 591/592
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 4)
Pages 593/594
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 5)
Pages 595/596
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 6)
Pages 597/598
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 7)
Pages 599/600
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between the Ribs with a cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 249 (sheet 8)
Page 601
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 256.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−008−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AJ. Slat 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between Ribs at the Inboard End
Bay (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 256.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 256
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to the nose and top skin be
tween ribs in the inboard end bay of slat 2 and can only be
performed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between Ribs at the Inboard
End Bay
Table 257

Page 602
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 and 3 Backing Plates 2 2024 Clad T42 − 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
4 Sealing Plate 3 Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
5 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See notes 1 and 2)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060

Page 603
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A


− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 250, Sheet 3.

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−0xH as preferable parts.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimension and the edge
distance from the rivet centers (refer to Figure 250, Sheet 2).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.
(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.
(e) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 4) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 250).

NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 4) fitted between the skin and
backing plates (Items 2 and 3) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
and 3).

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).
(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 250 (Sheet 2).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

Page 604
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(l) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(m) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AJ.(3)(n) or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AJ.(3)(o).

(n) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 4 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.


d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(o) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):

Page 605
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 4 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AJ.(3)(n)2a thru 5.AJ.(3)(n)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1).

(p) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(q) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.
(r) Wet install the fasteners (Items 12 and 13) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(t) Remove surplus sealant.

(u) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph


5.AJ.(3)(v) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AJ.(3)(w).
(v) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).
(w) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).
(x) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 606
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between Ribs at the Inboard End Bay
Figure 250 (sheet 1)

Page 607
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between Ribs at the Inboard End Bay
Figure 250 (sheet 2)

Page 608
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) Between Ribs at the Inboard End Bay
Figure 250 (sheet 3)

Page 609
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 258.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−009−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AK. Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 258.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 258
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to slats 1 and 2 top skin re
pair across two ribs with the bulb stringer undamaged.

NOTE: This repair can also be performed across one rib if neces
sary.

(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 3 fastener rows either side of the skin cut−out. This
spacing can be reduced to 2 fastener rows in the inboard and
outboard bays, except the inboard bay of Slat 1, which is cov
ered by the Slat Horn.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays across the ribs on slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on slat 2 and above
inboard and outboard end ribs, refer to Figure 251, Sheet 2

Page 610
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2, refer


to Figure 251, Sheet 3.
(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to
this repair Figure 246, Sheet 2).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with the
Bulb Stringer Undamaged
Table 259
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080


in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
6 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
7 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
8 Doublers 2 7075 T6 (Clad or Unclad), 2.5
mm (0.100 in) thick, size 18 mm
(0.709 in) x Length TBD in situ
− alternative material 7475 T761
(Clad or Unclad)
9 Angle A/R LN9087−3.43xx−060 or any extru
sion with equivalent properties
(refer to Chapter 51−31−12)

Page 611
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

10 Shim A/R 2024 Clad T42, 2.0 mm (0.080


in), size 18 mm (0.709 in) x 41
mm (1.614 in) − alternative ma
terial 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or
Unclad)
11 Plate 2 2024 Clad T42, 2.5 mm (0.100
in) to 3 mm (0.118 in) thick,
size 17 mm (0.669 in) x 66 mm
(2.598 in) − alternative materi
al 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or Un
clad)
12 and Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
13 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
14 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See note 1)
15 Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (See note 1)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060

Page 612
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A


− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 251, Sheet 7.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimensions and the
edge distance from the rivet centers (refer to Figure 251,
Sheets 2, 3 and 7).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.

(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 13) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 251).

NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 7) fitted between the skin and
backing plates (Items 2 thru 6) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 6).
(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 251 (Sheets 2 and 3).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

Page 613
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(j) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(l) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(m) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AK.(3)(n) or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AK.(3)(o).

(n) Protective treatment with low VOC:


1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 13 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(o) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all

Page 614
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

faces of items 2 thru 13 and apply chemical conversion coating


(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006C) to
the same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AK.(3)(n)2a thru 5.AK.(3)(n)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(CML No. 16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the ex
ternal face of the skin insert (Item 1).
(p) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(q) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(r) Wet install the fasteners (Items 14 and 15) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(t) Remove surplus sealant.


(u) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.AK.(3)(v) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AK.(3)(w).

(v) Low VOC external paint finish:


1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(w) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2):
1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 615
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 251 (sheet 1)
Page 616
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 251 (sheet 2)
Pages 617/618
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 251 (sheet 3)
Pages 619/620
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 251 (sheet 4)
Pages 621/622
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 251 (sheet 5)
Page 623
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 251 (sheet 6)
Page 624
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 251 (sheet 7)
Page 625
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 260.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−009−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AL. Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 260.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 260
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to slats 1 and 2 top skin re
pair across two ribs with a cut in the upper flange of bulb
stringer.

NOTE: This repair can also be performed across one rib if neces
sary.
(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 3 fastener rows either side of the skin cut−out. This
spacing can be reduced to 2 fastener rows in the inboard and
outboard bays, except the inboard bay of Slat 1, which is cov
ered by the Slat Horn.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays across the ribs on Slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2 and above
inboard and outboard end ribs, refer to Figure 252, Sheet 2

Page 626
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2, refer


to Figure 252, Sheet 3.
(d) Skin around the edge of the cut−out can be straightened locally
if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to Figure
246, Sheet 2).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Table 261
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080


in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
6 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
7 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
8 Doublers 2 7075 T6 (Clad or Unclad), 2.5
mm (0.100 in) thick, size 18 mm
(0.709 in) x Length TBD in situ
− alternative material 7475 T761
(Clad or Unclad)
9 Angle A/R LN9087−3.43xx−060 or any extru
sion with equivalent properties
(refer to Chapter 51−31−12)

Page 627
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

10 Reinforcing Angle A/R 7075 Clad T62, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size 18.5 mm (0.728
in) x 30 mm (1.181 in) and
Length TBD in situ
11 Shim 2 2024 Clad T42, 2.0 mm (0.080
in) thick, size 18 mm (0.709
in) x 41 mm (1.614 in) − alter
native material 2024 T3 or T42
(Clad or Unclad)
12 Shim 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size 19 mm (0.748
in) x Length TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
13 Plate 2 2024 Clad T42, 2.5 mm (0.100
in) to 3 mm (0.118 in) thick,
size 17 mm (0.669 in) x 66 mm
(2.598 in) − alternative materi
al 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad or Un
clad)
14 and Backing Plates 2 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
15 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
16 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See note 1)
17 Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (See note 1)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion

Page 628
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D


Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 252, Sheet 7.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimensions and the
edge distance from the rivet centers (refer to Figure 252,
Sheets 2, 3 and 7).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.
(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Remove the cut part of the upper flange of the bulb stringer and
make sure the edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from
cracks (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

Page 629
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 15) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 252).
NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 7) fitted between the skin and
backing plates (Items 2 thru 6) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 6).

(g) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 252 (Sheets 2 and 3).
(i) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(k) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(l) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(m) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(n) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AL.(3)(o) or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AL.(3)(p).
(o) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 15 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

Page 630
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.
c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).
(p) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 15 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006C) to
the same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AL.(3)(o)2a thru 5.AL.(3)(o)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(CML No. 16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the ex
ternal face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(q) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(r) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.
(s) Wet install the fasteners (Items 16 and 17) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(t) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.
(u) Remove surplus sealant.

(v) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph


5.AL.(3)(w) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AL.(3)(x).
(w) Low VOC external paint finish:

Page 631
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(y) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 632
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 252 (sheet 1)
Pages 633/634
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 252 (sheet 2)
Pages 635/636
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 252 (sheet 3)
Pages 637/638
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 252 (sheet 4)
Pages 639/640
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 252 (sheet 5)
Pages 641/642
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 252 (sheet 6)
Page 643
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Short Chordwise Repair Across two Ribs with a Cut
in the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 252 (sheet 7)
Page 644
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 262.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−010−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AM. Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 262.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 262
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to slats 1 and 2 top skin re
pair across two ribs with the bulb stringer undamaged.

NOTE: This repair can also be performed across one rib if neces
sary.

(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 3 fastener rows either side of the skin cut−out. This
spacing can be reduced to 2 fastener rows in the inboard and
outboard bays, except the inboard bay of Slat 1, which is cov
ered by the Slat Horn.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays across the ribs on Slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2 and above
inboard and outboard end ribs, refer to Figure 253, Sheet 2

Page 645
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2, refer


to Figure 253, Sheet 3.
(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (refer to
Figure 246, Sheet 2).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Table 263
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080


in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
6 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
7 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) and 25 mm
(0.984 in) x 58 mm (2.283 in) −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
8 Doublers 2 7075 T6 (Clad or Unclad), 2.5
mm (0.100 in) thick, size 18 mm
(0.709 in) x Length in situ −
alternative material 7475 T761
(Clad or Unclad)
9 Angle A/R LN9087−3.43xx−060 or any extru
sion with equivalent properties
(refer to Chapter 51−31−12)

Page 646
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

10 and Backing Plates 2 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080


11 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
12 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See note 1)
13 Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (See note 1)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 253, Sheet 7.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

Page 647
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimensions and the
edge distance from the rivet centers (refer to Figure 253,
Sheets 2, 3 and 6).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.

(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 11) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 253).

NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 7) fitted between the skin and
backing plates (Items 2 thru 6) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 6).

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 253 (Sheets 2 and 3).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(l) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).
(m) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AM.(3)(n) or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AM.(3)(o).

Page 648
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(n) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 11 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.
c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).
(o) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 11 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006C) to
the same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AM.(3)(n)2a thru 5.AM.(3)(n)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(CML No. 16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the ex
ternal face of the skin insert (Item 1).

Page 649
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(q) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(r) Wet install the fasteners (Items 12 and 13) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(t) Remove surplus sealant.

(u) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph


5.AM.(3)(v) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AM.(3)(w).

(v) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).
(w) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 650
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 253 (sheet 1)
Pages 651/652
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs With the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 253 (sheet 2)
Pages 653/654
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 253 (sheet 3)
Pages 655/656
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 253 (sheet 4)
Pages 657/658
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 253 (sheet 5)
Page 659
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 253 (sheet 6)
Page 660
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with the Bulb
Stringer Undamaged
Figure 253 (sheet 7)
Page 661
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 264.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−010−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AN. Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in
the Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 264.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 264
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to slats 1 and 2 top skin re
pair across two ribs with a cut in the upper flange of bulb
stringer.

NOTE: This repair can also be performed across one rib if neces
sary.
(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 3 fastener rows either side of the skin cut−out. This
spacing can be reduced to 2 fastener rows in the inboard and
outboard bays, except the inboard bay of Slat 1, which is cov
ered by the Slat Horn.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays across the ribs on Slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2 and above
inboard and outboard end ribs, refer to Figure 254, Sheet 2

Page 662
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2, refer


to Figure 254, Sheet 3.
(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to
Figure 246, Sheet 2).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Table 265
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080


in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
6 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
7 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) and 25 mm
(0.984 in) x 58 mm (2.283 in) −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
8 Doublers 2 7075 T6 (Clad or Unclad), 2.5
mm (0.100 in) thick, size 18 mm
(0.709 in) x Length TBD in situ
− alternative material 7475 T761
(Clad or Unclad)
9 Angle A/R LN9087−3.43xx−060 or any extru
sion with equivalent properties
(refer to Chapter 51−31−12)

Page 663
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

10 Reinforcing Angle A/R 7075 Clad T62, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size 18.5 mm (0.728
in) x 30 mm (1.181 in) and
Length TBD in situ
11 Shim 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size 19 mm (0.748
in) x length TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
12 and Backing Plates 2 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
13 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
14 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See note 1)
15 Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (See note 1)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060

Page 664
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A


− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 254, Sheet 8.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimensions and the
edge distance from the rivet centers (refer to Figure 254,
Sheets 2, 3 and 7).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.

(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Remove the cut part of the upper flange of the bulb stringer and
make sure the edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from
cracks (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

(f) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 13) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 254).
NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 7) fitted between the skin and
backing plates (Items 2 thru 6) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 6).

(g) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 254 (Sheets 2 and 3).

Page 665
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(l) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(m) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(n) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AN.(3)(o). or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AN.(3)(p).

(o) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 13 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

Page 666
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):
1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 13 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006C) to
the same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AN.(3)(o)2a thru 5.AN.(3)(o)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(CML No. 16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the ex
ternal face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(q) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.


(r) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(s) Wet install the fasteners (Items 14 and 15) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(t) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(u) Remove surplus sealant.


(v) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.AN.(3)(w) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AN.(3)(x).

(w) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):
1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(y) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 667
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 1)
Page 668
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 2)
Pages 669/670
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 3)
Pages 671/672
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 4)
Pages 673/674
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 5)
Pages 675/676
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 6)
Page 677
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 7)
Page 678
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs with a Cut in the
Upper Flange of the Bulb Stringer
Figure 254 (sheet 8)
Page 679
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 266.
CAUTION: FOR A320−200, THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−40−00−2−010−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
AO. Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut (After Modification 35942E0164)

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 266.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 266
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft with modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to slats 1 and 2 top skin re
pair across two ribs when the bulb stringer is completely cut.

NOTE: This repair can also be performed across one rib if neces
sary.

(b) This Repair is installed with a flush skin insert with a minimum
spacing of 3 fastener rows either side of the skin cut−out. This
spacing can be reduced to 2 fastener rows in the inboard and
outboard bays, except the inboard bay of Slat 1, which is cov
ered by the Slat Horn.
(c) Two different repairs are shown, these are as follows:
− for all areas in the bays across the ribs on Slats 1 and 2,
except the bays adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2 and above
inboard and outboard end ribs, refer to Figure 255, Sheet 2

Page 680
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− for areas in the bay adjacent to Track Rib 5 on Slat 2, refer


to Figure 255, Sheet 3.
(d) Skin around the edge of the repair cut−out can be straightened
locally if necessary, but it must be free from cracks. (Refer to
Figure 246, Sheet 2).

This repair is applicable to slats 1 and 2 and can only be per


formed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


1 D57460910 000 thru 005
2 D57460920 000 thru 003
Part Numbers for Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Table 267
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080


in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
6 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
7 Sealing Plates A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 25 mm (0.984 in) x
46 mm (1.811 in) and 25 mm
(0.984 in) x 58 mm (2.283 in) −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
8 Shims 2 2024 Clad T42, 1.6 mm (0.063
in) thick, size 17 mm (0.669
in) x Length TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
9 Angle A/R LN9087−3.43xx−060 or any extru
sion with equivalent properties
(refer to Chapter 51−31−12)

Page 681
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

10 Angle A/R LN9087−3.4364T6511−070 (refer to


Chapter 51−31−12)
11 Plates A/R 7075 T6 (Clad or Unclad), 2.5
mm (0.100 in) thick, size 21 mm
(0.827 in) x Length TBD in situ
− alternative material 7475 T761
(Clad or Unclad)
12 and Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42 − 2.0 mm (0.080
13 in) thick for slat 1 and 1.8 mm
(0.071 in) thick for slat 2,
size TBD in situ − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42 (Clad
or Unclad)
14 Blind Fasteners A/R A286 Cres (See note 1)
15 Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (See note 1)
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D
Primer
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060

Page 682
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060A


− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 255, Sheet 7.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the ‘Y’ dimensions and the
edge distance from the rivet centers (refer to Figure 255,
Sheets 2, 3 and 6).

NOTE: Where possible, mark the cut−line so that the fasteners on


the repair are in line with the fasteners on the rib.

(d) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make sure that the edges
of the cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 246, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Remove the cut section of the bulb stringer and make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from cracks (refer to
Chapter 51−27−00).

(f) Make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 13) to match the repair (re
fer to Figure 255).
NOTE: The sealing plates (Item 7) fitted between the skin and
backing plates (Items 2 thru 6) avoids moisture ingress and
prevent leaks at the edges of the backing plates (Items 2
thru 6).

(g) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from the
existing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (re
fer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 255 (Sheets 2 and 3).

Page 683
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Drill all the new fastener holes pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Countersink the holes in the slat skin and the skin insert to
match with the preformed heads of the fasteners (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(l) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(m) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(n) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AO.(3)(o) or protection with
out low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.AO.(3)(p).

(o) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 13 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.

b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

Page 684
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1 and E2):
1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 13 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (CML No. 16−006C) to
the same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.AO.(3)(o)2a thru 5.AO.(3)(o)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(CML No. 16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the ex
ternal face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(q) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.


(r) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(s) Wet install the fasteners (Items 14 and 15) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(t) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(u) Remove surplus sealant.


(v) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.AO.(3)(w) and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to
Paragraph 5.AO.(3)(x).

(w) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(x) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):
1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

(y) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external repair
area.

Page 685
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Figure 255 (sheet 1)
Page 686
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Figure 255 (sheet 2)
Pages 687/688
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Figure 255 (sheet 3)
Pages 689/690
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Figure 255 (sheet 4)
Pages 691/692
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Figure 255 (sheet 5)
Page 693
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Figure 255 (sheet 6)
Page 694
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 and 2. Top Skin Long Chordwise Repair Above Ribs when the Bulb
Stringer is Completely Cut
Figure 255 (sheet 7)
Page 695
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 268.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 AND 160500J3283 FOR A320−200.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP LAYOUT AT 41 000 FT) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT
012.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

AP. Slats 1 thru 5. Track or Hold Down Rib Repair with the Flange Partial
ly Trimmed Out

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 268.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 268
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair scheme applies to the nose area of the top skin and
track or hold down rib flanges for the slats 1 thru 5.
(b) Instructions are given here for repairs to the track or hold
down rib flange and must be performed along with one of the top
skin repairs given in Figures 217, 219, 226, 253, 254 and 255.
NOTE: No flange trim out allowed on the hold down rib (slat 3)
and track rib 8 (slat 3).

(c) This repair can only be performed on the following general as
semblies:

Page 696
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002 thru 007, 010
D57460100
and 011
D57460168 000 thru 011
1
D57460198 000 thru 003
D57460677 000 thru 005
D57460910 000 thru 005
000 thru 007, 010
D57460200
and 011
D57460277 000 thru 003
2
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460298 000 and 001
D57460920 000 thru 003
D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460377 000 thru 003
3 D57460378 000 thru 011
D57460398 000 and 001
D57460930 000 thru 005
D57460400 000 thru 007
D57460477 000 thru 003
4 D57460478 000 thru 011
D57460498 000 and 001
D57460940 000 thru 005
D57460500 000 thru 007
D57460577 000 thru 003
5
D57460598 000 thru 011
D57460950 000 thru 007
Part Numbers for Track or Hold Down Rib Repair with the Flange Partially
Trimmed Out
Table 269

Page 697
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Blind Fasteners AR EN6127C05−xxH (Refer to notes 1


and 2)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, refer to the fastener table in Figure 256, Sheet 5.

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C05−xxH as preferable parts.
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Mark out the damaged area, noting the U and L dimensions and the
edge distances from the rivet centers (refer to Figure 256,
Sheets 1, 2 and 4).

NOTE: Always mark the cut−line between two fasteners.

WARNING: USE THE CORRECT EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU CUT OR DRILL METAL.

(c) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(d) Locally dress−out the dented skin around the edges of the cut−out
refer to Figure 256, Sheet 3.

(e) Trim out damaged area of inboard or outboard flange of track rib
or hold down rib as small as possible. Refer to Figure 256,
Sheets 3, 4 and 5 for location of damage and trim limits.

NOTE: Trim out either the inboard or outboard side of rib flange
only, not both.

(f) Do a high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspection (refer to NTM


Task 51−10−08−250−802) or a fluorescent penetrant inspection (re
fer to NTM Task 51−10−14−250−802) on the inboard or outboard
flange of the track or hold down rib, to make sure there are no
cracks.

(g) Refer to Figures 217, 219, 226, 253, 254 and 255 for the ap
propriate repair of the top skin.

Page 698
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 thru 5. Track or Hold Down Rib Repair with the Flange Partially
Trimmed Out
Figure 256 (sheet 1)
Page 699
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 thru 5. Track or Hold Down Rib Repair with the Flange Partially
Trimmed Out
Figure 256 (sheet 2)
Page 700
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 thru 5. Track or Hold Down Rib Repair with the Flange Partially
Trimmed Out
Figure 256 (sheet 3)
Page 701
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 thru 5. Track or Hold Down Rib Repair with the Flange Partially
Trimmed Out
Figure 256 (sheet 4)
Page 702
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 thru 5. Track or Hold Down Rib Repair with the Flange Partially
Trimmed Out
Figure 256 (sheet 5)
Page 703
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 270.
AQ. Slats 1 thru 5. Dent Dress−Out at Inboard or Outboard End

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 270.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 270
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO ACCIDENTALLY DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING STRUCTURE


OR SYSTEMS. REMOVE SURROUNDING SYSTEMS, REFER TO APPLICABLE AMM
CHAPTER.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair scheme is applicable to inboard or outboard ends of
the slats 1 thru 5, except the inboard area of slat 1 (refer to
Figure 257).

(b) To do the dent dress−out procedure, it is necessary to have ac


cess to the dent from each side of the part.
(c) Before you start the dress−out procedure, make sure that the dent
is in the allowable damage limits for dress−out as given in
Chapter 57−40−00 Page Block 101.

(d) If necessary rework scratches or other surface damage. After the


rework, make sure that the remaining thickness is within limits
as given in 57−40−00 Page Block 101.

(e) This repair can only be performed on the following general as
semblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000 thru 007, 010
D57460100
and 011
D57460168 000 thru 011
1
D57460198 000 thru 003
D57460677 000 thru 005
D57460910 000 thru 005

Page 704
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

000 thru 007, 010


D57460200
and 011
D57460277 000 thru 003
2
D57460278 000 thru 013
D57460298 000 and 001
D57460920 000 thru 003
3 thru 5 All Part Numbers
Part Numbers for Dent Dress−Out at Inboard or Outboard End
Table 271
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Cleaning Agent (Methyl A/R CML No. 11−003
Ethyl−Ketone)
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the slat from the aircraft (refer to AMM Chapter 27−84−61
Page Block 401 for slat 1 and AMM Chapter 27−84−62 Page Block
401 for slats 2 thru 5).

(b) Remove seals as follows:


− For removal of the outboard end seals and the support assembly,
refer to CMM Task 57−42−21−000−802
− For removal of the seals and the bonding lead, refer to CMM
Task 57−43−21−000−801
− For removal of the seals and the bonding tag, refer to CMM
Task 57−45−21−000−801
− For removal of the seals and the bonding straps, refer to CMM
Task 57−44−21−000−801 and Task 57−46−21−000−801.

NOTE: Dress−out is not permitted in the area of inboard slat 1


horn.

(c) Remove the surface protection from the dented area (refer to
Chapter 51−75−11).

(d) Clean the dented area with cleaning agent (CML No. 11−003).

(e) Make sure that there are no cracks in and around the dent before
and after dress−out. Do a high frequency eddy current (HFEC) in
spection (refer to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802 or NTM Task
51−10−08−250−803) or fluorescent penetrant inspection (refer to
NTM Task 51−10−14−230−801) on the inner and outer surface of the
dressed out area.

Page 705
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) If the dent is found in the area of the trailing edge assembly,
do a tap test (refer to NTM Task 51−10−03−280−801) or woodpecker
test (refer to NTM Chapter 51−50−01). Make sure there is no dis
bonding between the trailing top and bottom skins and honeycomb.

CAUTION: WHEN REWORKING THE DEFORMED FLANGE OF THE TRAILING EDGE AS
SEMBLY MAKE SURE THERE IS NO DISBONDING BETWEEN THE TRAIL
ING EDGE SKINS AND THE HONEYCOMB CORE.
(g) Do the dent dress−out, refer to Chapter 51−73−00 Paragraph 7.A.
’Procedure for Aluminum’.

(h) After rework do the inspections as given in Paragraphs


5.AQ.(3)(e) and 5.AQ.(3)(f).

(i) Restore the surface protection (refer to Chapter 51−21−00).


(j) Re−protect the affected area as necessary (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

Page 706
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slats 1 thru 5. Dent Dress−Out at Inboard or Outboard End


Figure 257

Pages 707/708
Printed in Germany
57−40−00
CONFIG−1
May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE

1. Structural Arrangement

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

1 Access Panels and Covers Chapter 57−41−37


2 Ribs − Inboard Leading Edge Chapter 57−41−14
3 Ribs − Outboard Leading Edge Chapter 57−41−15
4 Spars Chapter 57−41−18
5 Skins and Plating Chapter 57−41−11
6 Strips, Closing Plates and Seals Chapter 57−41−26
7 Stringers and Stiffeners Chapter 57−41−13
8 Mountings − Supports Chapter 57−41−33
NOTE: Leading Edge Ribs (Items 2 and 3), previously in SRM Chapter 57−41−12
now transferred to:

Ribs − Inboard Leading Edge SRM Chapter 57−41−14

Ribs − Outboard Leading Edge SRM Chapter 57−41−15

NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find
the Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−41−00 AugPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge - Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-41-00 AugPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

1. Skins and Plating - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Leading Edge Skins at Wing Root Figure 2
2 Skin No 2 Figure 3
3 Skin No 3 Figure 3
4 Skin No 4A Figure 4
5 Skin No 4 Figure 4
6 Skin No 5 Figure 4
7 Skin No 6 Figure 4
8 Skin Telescope Figure 4
9 Skin No 7 Figure 4
10 Skin No 8 Figure 4
11 Skin No 9 Figure 4
12 Skin No 10 Figure 4
13 Skin No 11 Figure 4
14 Skin No 12 Figure 4
15 Skin No 13 Figure 4
16 Tip Assembly Figure 4
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-40-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins at Wing Root


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 NovPage 3
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins at Wing Root


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 NovPage 4
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins at Wing Root


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket BAEM1213 D57450030200


201
1A Bracket BAEM1213 D57450128200 A20167J0030
201
5 Bracket BAEM1213 D57450031200
201
5A Bracket BAEM1213 D57450129200 A20167J0030
201
10 Skin, outboard L167 D57450048206 PB201
207
10A Skin, outboard L167 D57455159200 A39603J3008
201
15 Packer, insula Tufnol6G/91 D36150045202
tion
−alternative Tufnol6G/91 D36150045200
20 Fork, fitting S07−1213 D36150044200
201
25 Seal BAER0575/55 D53350014200
201
30 P−Seal BAER0575/55 D53350020200
−alternative BAER0575/55 D53350020202
35 P−Seal BAER0575/55 D53350019200
−alternative BAER0575/55 D53350019202
40 Skin, inboard L165 D57450047200 PB201
201
40A Skin, inboard L165 D57455158200 A39603J3008
201
45 Seal BAER0594A D53350025200
201
45A Seal ABR4−0096 D53356002200 A34301J2423
Grade 2 201
50 Diaphragm L165 D57450041200
201
1.6 (0.063)
55 Angle L165 D57450042200
201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57450032, D57450033

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 JunPage 6
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60 Cleat L164 D92450106200


201
1 (0.039)
60A Cleat L164 D92450266200 A20609J0261
201
1 (0.039)
65 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443636202
203
1.2 (0.047)
70 Angle L165 D57450043200
201
1.6 (0.063)
75 Angle L165 D57450044200
201
1.6 (0.063)
80 Bracket, joint BAEM1213 D57450026200 B20666J0298
201
85 Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57450028200 B20666J0298
201
90 Bracket BAEM1213 D57450038200
201
90A Bracket BAEM1213 D57450139200 A20672J0321
201
90B Bracket L168 D57450174200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
made from
D574501942
00
95 Angle BAEM1213 D57450039200 B20672J0321
201
1.4 (0.055)
95A Plate L165 D57450138200 A20672J0321
201
1.4 (0.055)
100 Bracket, angle BAEM1213 D57450029200
201
−adaptation BAEM1213 D57458601206 A26643J1820
207
100A Bracket, angle ABM3−1029 D57450029202 A27839J1964
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57450032, D57450036, D57450037, D57450189

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 JunPage 7
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Strap L165 D57450052200


201
1.6 (0.063)
105A Strap L165 D57450162200 A27839J1964
201
1.6 (0.063)
110 Strap L165 D57450027200
2.5 (0.098)
115 Bracket, saddle BAEM3122 D36050019200
201
2.5 (0.098)
120 Packer, −adapta L165 D57458601200 A26643J1820
tion 2 (0.079)
125 Packer, −adapta L165 D57458601202 A26643J1820
tion 2 (0.079)
130 Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57450130200 A26643J1820
201
−adaptation BAEM1213 D57458601204
205
130A Plate, joint ABM3−1029 D57450130202 A27839J1964
203
135 Spacer S80 D57450176200 A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
140 Liner D57450175200 A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
145 Packer L165 D57450141200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57450033, D57450036, D57450177, D57450189, D57458601

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 JunPage 8
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins - Inboard


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 FebPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap L165 D57443568202 Replace


2.50(0.098)
1A Strap L165 D57443568204 03 Replace A20167J0030
1.60(0.063)
5 Skin, No 2 L167 D57443568200 PB201
201
1.60(0.063)
5A Skin, No 2 L167 D57443568206 03 PB201 A20167J0030
207
1.60(0.063)
10 Strap, inboard L165 D57443569204 Replace
205
2.50(0.098)
10A Strap, inboard J4299 D57443569216 03 Replace A20265J0080
217
-alternative L165 D57443569210 03 Replace A20265J0080
211
15 Strap, center L165 D57443569202 Replace
2.50(0.098)
15A Strap, center L165 D57443569214 03 Replace A20167J0030
1.60(0.063)
20 Strap, outboard L165 D57443569206 Replace
207
2.50(0.098)
20A Strap, outboard L165 D57443569212 03 Replace A20167J0030
213
1.60(0.063)
25 Strap, outboard L165 D57443569208 Replace
209
2.50(0.098)
30 Skin, No 3 L167 D57443569200 PB201 B20167J0030
201
1.60(0.063)
30A Skin, No 3 L167 D57443569230 03 PB201 B24757J1381
231
1.60(0.063)
30B Skin, No 3 L167 D57443569264 03 PB201 A24757J1381
265
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443568, D57443569

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 FebPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins −Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 AugPage01/1011
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins -Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 FebPage01/0212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins -Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 FebPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins -Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-41-11 FebPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins − Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/0815
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins − Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/0816
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins − Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/0817
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins − Outboard


Figure 4 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/0818
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, No 4A L167 D57443570206


207
1A Skin, No 4A TA21 D57443570242
243
1B Skin, No 4A TA21 D57443570244 A26563J1754
245
5 Landing L165 D57443609204
205
2.5 (0.098)
5A Landing L165 D57443609206 A20563J1663
207
2.5 (0.098)
10 Skin, No 4 L167 D57443571210 PB201
211
1.6 (0.063)
10A Skin, No 4 L167 D57443571232 PB201 A20167J0030
233
1.6 (0.063)
15 Strap L165 D57443571204
205
2.5 (0.098)
15A Strap L165 D57443571214 A20167J0030
215
1.6 (0.063)
20 Bracket, support L164 D57950282200
1.2 (0.047)
25 Packer L165 D57443571206
207
2 (0.079)
30 Strap L165 D57443571202
203
2.5 (0.098)
30A Strap L165 D57443571212 A20167J0030
213
1.6 (0.063)
35 Bracket, assem L164 D57950281002 A20167J0030
bly 1.2 (0.047)
40 Strap, inboard L165 D57443572202
203
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443570, D57443571, D57443572

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1019
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40A Strap, inboard L165 D57443572238 A20167J0030


239
1.6 (0.063)
45 Strap, outboard L165 D57443572204
205
2.5 (0.098)
45A Strap, outboard L165 D57443572240 A20167J0030
241
1.6 (0.063)
50 Skin, No 5 L167 D57443572200 PB201
201
1.6 (0.063)
50A Skin, No 5 L167 D57443572214 PB201
215
1.6 (0.063)
50B Skin, No 5 L167 D57443572244 PB201 A20167J0030
245
1.6 (0.063)
50C Skin, No 5 L167 D57443572290 PB201 A20609J0261
291
1.6 (0.063)
50D Skin, No 5 L167 D57443572326 PB201 A24757J1381
327
1.6 (0.063)
55 Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443747204
205
55A Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000202 ASB57−1068
retro fit 203
55B Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000210 ASB57−1068
retro fit 211
55C Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443747208 A23070J0902
209
55D Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450150000 ASB57−1092
1.6 (0.063) A25252J1490
−adaptation ABM2−6027 D57458546200 A25252J1490
55E Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000218 ASB57−1092
retro fit A25252J1490
55F Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000220 ASB57−1092
retro fit A25252J1490
ASSY Dwg.: D57443572, D57458000

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1020
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55G Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450154200 A26172J1704


1.6 (0.063)
60 Bracket L165 D57443572212
213
1.6 (0.063)
65 Bracket BAEM0120 D57443572268 B23070J0902
269
1.6 (0.063)
70 Bracket L165 D57443572210
211
1.6 (0.063)
75 Skin, No 6 L167 D57443573212 PB201
213
1.6 (0.063)
75A Skin, No 6 L167 D57443573232 PB201 A20167J0030
233
1.6 (0.063)
75B Skin, No 6 L167 D57443573260 PB201
261
1.6 (0.063)
75C Skin, No 6 L167 D57443573262 PB201
263
1.6 (0.063)
75D Skin, No 6 L167 D57449204200 PB201 A24757J1381
201
1.6 (0.063)
80 Strap L165 D57443573202
203
2.5 (0.098)
80A Strap L165 D57443573216 A20167J0030
217
1.6 (0.063)
85 Strap, inboard L165 D57443574202
203
2.5 (0.098)
85A Strap,inboard L165 D57443574210 A20167J0030
211
1.6 (0.063)
90 Skin, No 7 L167 D57443574208 PB201
209
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443572, D57443573, D57443574, D57449204

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1021
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90A Skin, No 7 L167 D57443574212 PB201 A20167J0030


213
1.6 (0.063)
90B Skin, No 7 L167 D57443574252 PB201
253
1.6 (0.063)
90C Skin, No 7 L167 D57443574254 PB201
255
1.6 (0.063)
90D Skin, No 7 L167 D57449205200 PB201 A24757J1381
201
1.6 (0.063)
95 Skin, No 8 L167 D57443575238 PB201
239
1.6 (0.063)
95A Skin, No 8 L167 D57443575234 PB201 A20167J0030
235
1.6 (0.063)
95B Skin, No 8 L167 D57443575346 PB201 A23070J0902
347
1.6 (0.063)
100 Strap, inboard L165 D57443575202
203
2.5 (0.098)
100A Strap, inboard L165 D57443575230 A20167J0030
231
1.6 (0.063)
105 Strap, outboard L165 D57443575204
205
2.5 (0.098)
105A Strap, outboard L165 D57443575232 A20167J0030
233
1.6 (0.063)
110 Skin, No 9 L167 D57443576230 PB201
231
1.6 (0.063)
110A Skin, No 9 L167 D57443576266 PB201 A20167J0030
267
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443574, D57443575, D57443576, D57449205

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1022
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

115 Strap, inboard L165 D57443576202


203
2.5 (0.098)
115A Strap, inboard L165 D57443576210 A20167J0030
211
1.6 (0.063)
120 Strap, outboard L165 D57443576204
205
2.5 (0.098)
120A Strap, outboard L165 D57443576212 A20167J0030
213
1.6 (0.063)
120B Strap, outboard L165 D57443576288 A38027J2852
289
1.6 (0.063)
125 Skin, No 10 L167 D57443577212 PB201
213
1.4 (0.055)
125A Skin, No 10 L167 D57443577234 PB201 A20167J0030
235
1.4 (0.055)
125B Skin, No 10 L167 D57443577286 PB201 A20609J0261
287
1.4 (0.055)
125C Skin, No 10 L167 D57443577328 PB201 A23070J0902
329
1.4 (0.055)
130 Strap, inboard L165 D57443577202
203
2.5 (0.098)
130A Strap, inboard L165 D57443577230 A20167J0030
231
1.4 (0.055)
135 Strap, outboard L165 D57443577204
205
2.5 (0.098)
135A Strap, outboard L165 D57443577232 A20167J0030
233
1.4 (0.055)
140 Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443748206
ASSY Dwg.: D57443575, D57443576, D57443577, D57459074

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1023
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140A Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000204 ASB57−1068


retro fit 205
140B Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443748208
209
140C Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000212 ASB57−1068
retro fit 213
140D Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443748212 A23070J0902
213
140E Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450151000 ASB57−1092
1.6 (0.063) A25252J1490
−adaptation ABM2−6027 D57458546202 A25252J1490
140F Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000222 ASB57−1092
retro fit A25252J1490
140G Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000224 ASB57−1092
retro fit A25252J1490
140H Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450155200 A26172J1704
1.6 (0.063)
145 Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443749202
145A Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000206 ASB57−1068
retro fit 207
145B Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443749204
205
145C Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000214 ASB57−1068
215
145D Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443749208 A23070J0902
209
145E Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450152002 ASB57−1092
1.6 (0.063) A25252J1490
−adaptation ABM2−6027 D57458546204 A25252J1490
145F Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000226 ASB57−1092
retro fit A25252J1490
145G Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000228 ASB57−1092
retro fit A25252J1490
145H Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450156200 A26172J1704
1.6 (0.063)
150 Bracket BAEM0120 D57443575260 B23070J0902
261
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443575, D57443577, D57458000

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1024
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

155 Bracket BAEM0120 D57443577268 B23070J0902


269
1.6 (0.063)
160 Skin, No 11 L167 D57443578200 PB201
201
1.4 (0.055)
160A Skin, No 11 L167 D57443578216 PB201 A20167J0030
217
1.4 (0.055)
160B Skin, No 11 L167 D57443578264 PB201 A20609J0261
265
1.4 (0.055)
165 Strap, inboard L165 D57443578202
203
2.5 (0.098)
165A Strap, inboard L165 D57443578210 A20167J0030
211
1.4 (0.055)
170 Strap, outboard L165 D57443578204
205
2.5 (0.098)
170A Strap, 0utboard L165 D57443578212 A20167J0030
213
1.4 (0.055)
175 Skin, No 12 L165 D57443579234 PB201
235
1.4 (0.055)
175A Skin, No 12 L165 D57443579268 PB201 A20609J0261
269
1.4 (0.055)
175B Skin, No 12 L165 D57443579306 PB201 A23070J0902
307
1.4 (0.055)
180 Strap, inboard L165 D57443579202
203
2.5 (0.098)
180A Strap, inboard L165 D57443579230 A20609J0261
231
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443577, D57443578, D57443579

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1025
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

185 Strap, outboard L165 D57443579204


205
2.5 (0.098)
185A Strap, outboard L165 D57443579232 A20609J0261
233
1.4 (0.055)
190 Skin, No 13 L167 D57443580200 PB201
201
1.4 (0.055)
190A Skin, No 13 L167 D57443580210 PB201 A20167J0030
211
1.4 (0.055)
190B Skin, No 13 L167 D57443580230 PB201 A20609J0261
231
1.4 (0.055)
190C Skin, No 13 L167 D57443580232 PB201 A20672J0321
233
1.4 (0.055)
195 Strap L165 D57443580202
203
2.5 (0.098)
195A Strap L165 D57443580204 A20167J0030
205
1.4 (0.055)
195B Strap L165 D57443580234 A20672J0321
235
1.4 (0.055)
200 Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443750200
200A Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000208 ASB57−1068
retro fit 209
200B Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443750204
205
200C Seal, up stop BAER1019 D57458000216 ASB57−1068
retro fit 217
200D Seal, up stop S27−1019 D57443750208 A23070J0902
209
200E Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450153000 ASB57−1092
1.6 (0.063) A25252J1490
−adaptation ABM2−6027 D57458546206 A25252J1490
ASSY Dwg.: D57443579, D57443580, D57458000

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1026
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

200F Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000230 ASB57−1092


retro fit A25252J1490
200G Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57458000232 ASB57−1092
retro fit A25252J1490
200H Seal, up stop ABM2−6027 D57450157200 A26172J1704
1.6 (0.063)
205 Bracket BAEM0120 D57443579248 B20609J0261
249
1.6 (0.063)
210 Skin L165 D57450053200
201
1.4 (0.055)
210A Skin L165 D57450053204 A20672J0321
205
1.4 (0.055)
210B Skin L165 D57450053210 A22700J0839
211
1.4 (0.055)
210C Skin L165 D57450053214 A151949J3210
215
1.4 (0.055)
215 Angle, upper L165 D57450071200
1.4 (0.055)
215A Angle, upper ABS5044E016 D57455160200 A150335J3067
1.6 (0.063)
220 Cleat L165 D57450023200 B20672J0321
201
1.6 (0.063)
225 Strap L165 D57450046200
201
2 (0.079)
225A Strap L165 D57450134200 A20672J0321
201
2 (0.079)
230 Shim L113 D57450017236
0.4 (0.016)
230A Shim L113 D57450017254 A20672J0321
0.4 (0.016)
235 Strap L165 D57450046200
201
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443579, D57450017, D57458000

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1127
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

240 Shim L113 D57450017242


0.4 (0.016)
245 Angle, outboard L165 D57450060200
201
1.6 (0.063)
250 Angle, lower L165 D57450072200
1.4 (0.055)
250A Angle, lower ABS5044E016 D57455161200 A150335J3067
1.6 (0.063)
255 Bracket L164 D57950281202 A24757J1381
1.2 (0.047)
260 Strap L165 D57443573216 A24757J1381
217
1.6 (0.063)
265 Stringer, ar L165 D57443514238 A24757J1381
rangement 239
1.6 (0.063)
270 Stringer L165 D57443514280 A24757J1381
281
1.6 (0.063)
275 Riblet S07−1213 D57443734202 A24757J1381
203
280 Skin L167 D57449204200 PB201 A24757J1381
201
1.6 (0.063)
285 Channel L165 D57443514284 A24757J1381
285
1.6 (0.063)
290 Bracket L165 D57443646202 A24757J1381
203
1.2 (0.047)
295 Stringer L165 D57443514212 A24757J1381
213
1.4 (0.055)
300 Stringer L165 D57443514214 A24757J1381
215
1.6 (0.063)
305 Strap, inboard L165 D57443574210 A24757J1381
211
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443573, D57443646, D57449204, D57449205, D57450017, D57950281

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 FebPage01/1128
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

310 Bracket L165 D57443650208 A24757J1381


209
1.2 (0.047)
315 Cleat L165 D57443650204 A24757J1381
205
1.2 (0.047)
320 Skin L167 D57449205200 PB201 A24757J1381
201
1.6 (0.063)
325 Plate L168 D57458000200 ASB57−1092
ASSY Dwg.: D57443650, D57449205, D57458000

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Pages 29/30
Feb 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.
CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER
TO PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION TO THE SRM.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Fixed Leading Edge Skins and is valid for the aircraft shown in
Table 101.
NOTE: For definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter
51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

B. Damage Evaluation
Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

NOTE: For Web Thickness Tables, refer to Chapter 57−41−11 Page Block 001.

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded refer to the column ‘ACTION OR REPAIR’ in the Chapter 57−41−11
Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, refer to AIRBUS to determine if a repair


is necessary.

2. Allowable Damage
A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the structure
that follows:
− Leading Edge Skins (this does not include the Skin Overhangs at the
Slat Track Cut−Outs)
− Leading Edge Skin Overhangs at the Slat Track Cut−Outs.
B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Scratches,
Leading Edge Skins Gouges, Abrasions 4.A.
and Corrosion A
<1>
Dents 4.B.
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Leading
g Edge
g Skin Overhangs
g at the Cracks 4.C.
A
Slat Track Cut−Outs Dents 4.D.
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
<1> This description does not include the Skin Overhangs at the Slat Track
Cut−Outs.

4. Leading Edge Skins − Allowable Damage

A. Scratches, Gouges, Abrasions and Corrosion

For types and locations of damage allowed on the Leading Edge Skins, re
fer to Figure 101, sheets 1 and 2.

Damage limitations for scratches, gouges, abrasions and corrosion are


shown in Figure 101, sheet 2.

NOTE: The areas of damage on the Leading Edge Skins are categorized as
single−site damage areas. Single−site damage areas permit only one
damage in each area.

B. Dents

For locations of damage allowed on the Leading Edge Skins, refer to Fig
ure 101, sheets 1 and 2.
Damage limitations for dents are shown in Figure 101, sheet 3.

NOTE: The areas of damage on the Leading Edge Skins are categorized as
single−site damage areas. Single−site damage areas permit only one
damage in each area.

C. Cracks
For locations of damage allowed on the Leading Edge Skin Overhangs at
the Slat Track Cut−Outs, refer to Figure 102, sheets 1 and 2.

Damage limitations for cracks are shown in Figure 102, sheet 3.

NOTE: Damage can be removed by cutting out the crack with a radius equal
to the depth of the cut.

Make sure the depth of cut removes all of the crack.

D. Dents

For locations of damage allowed on the Leading Edge Skin Overhangs at


the Slat Track Cut−Outs, refer to Figure 102, sheets 1 and 2.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Damage limitations for dents are shown in Figure 102, sheet 3.

NOTE: For the repair procedure to fill the dents, refer to Chapter
57−41−11 Page Block 201.

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skins − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skin Overhangs at Slat Tracks 1 thru 12 − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skin Overhangs at Slat Tracks 1 thru 12 − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Skin Overhangs at Slat Tracks 1 thru 12 − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 3)

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Lead
ing Edge (L/E) Skins and Plating.
The General repairs are listed in Table 201.

The Specific repairs are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: You must refer to Page Block 101 to find the correct repair to use
for the damage you have.

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE MATERI
ALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU MUST:

− OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS


− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE

− NOT BREATHE THE GAS

− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA
GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.
3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Circular Patch Repair of the Skin 5.A. 201 A
Insert repair of the Skin − Scheme A 5.B. 202 A
Insert repair of the Skin − Scheme B 5.C. 203 A
Replacement of part of the Skin − Scheme A 5.D. 204 A
Replacement of part of the Skin − Scheme B 5.E. 205 A
Repair of D Nose Skin Cut−outs at the up
5.F. 206 A
stop seal surrounds
Repair of the Skin Slat Track Cut−outs at
5.G. 207 A
the Skin Overhangs
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Leading Edge Skins and Plating − Repairs
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS
160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.

A. Circular Patch Repair of the Skin

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair is applicable to the clear areas of the skin which
have a thickness of 1.4 mm (0.055 in) or 1.6 mm (0.063 in). The
size and use of the repair is limited by:

− the access available through the lightening holes in the spar

− its location in the space between the stringers.


NOTE: Use solid rivets where access is adequate.

(2) Repair Materials

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 L167 − 1.4 mm (0.055 in) or 1.6


mm (0.063 in)
2 Reinforcing Plate 1 L167 − 1.4 mm (0.055 in) or 1.6
mm (0.063 in)
3 Blind Rivet, 3.2 mm (0.126 A/R ASNA0079−407A
in) Diameter. 100 Deg CSK,
or alternative
Solid Rivet, (for skins A/R MS20426D4−00
1.4 mm (0.055 in) thick)
Blind Rivet, 4 mm (0.157 A/R ASNA0079−510A
in) Diameter. 100 Deg CSK,
or alternative
Solid Rivet, (for skins A/R MS20426D5−00
1.6 mm (0.063 in) thick)
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Cut out and remove the damaged area of the skin. Make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth.
(b) Make the skin insert (Item 1) and the reinforcing plate (item
2).

(c) Mark out the rivet positions on the skin around the cut−out.
Drill the pilot holes in the skin (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(d) Temporarily attach the skin insert (Item 1) to the reinforcing


plate (Item 2). Put this assembly in position and hold it tight
ly. Drill through some of the pilot holes from the skin into the
reinforcing plate (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(e) Temporarily attach the reinforcing plate (Item 2) to the skin and
drill the remaining holes. Drill all the holes final size (refer
to Chapter 51−44−11).

(f) Countersink the holes in the skin to agree with the heads of the
rivets (Item 3).

(g) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr the holes and make sure the
edges of the repair cut−out are smooth.

(h) Remove any swarf and debris from the internal surfaces of the
leading edge.

(i) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease from the re
pair parts and the edges of the cut−out.

(j) Apply surface protection to all the repair parts (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−12).

(k) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble the repair parts and
install the rivets (Item 3) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(l) Remove any unwanted sealant from the external surface of the
leading edge in the repair area.

(m) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (refer to
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Circular Patch Repair of the Skin


Figure 201

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
B. Insert Repair of the Skin − Scheme A

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General
(a) This repair is applicable to areas of the skin which have a
constant thickness of 1.4 mm (0.055 in) or 1.6 mm (0.063 in).

This repair is shown in the area of the forward and aft string
ers (refer to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201).
It can also be used forward of the sub−spar if the space permits
(refer to Chapter 57−41−18, Page Block 201).

In this repair the length of the cut−out must be greater than


the width of the reinforcing plate to help with the installation.
This repair can be used together with the stringer repairs (refer
to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201) and/or the spar repairs
(refer to Chapter 57−41−18, Page Block 201).

(2) Repair Materials

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1
L167 − thickness same as removed
skin
2 Reinforcing Plate 1 L167 − thickness same as removed
skin
3 Rivet, 4 mm (0.157 in) Di A/R Refer to Chapter 51−40−00
ameter. 100 Deg CSK
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully drill out the rivets that attach the skin in the re
pair area (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(b) Cut out and remove the damaged area of the skin. Make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth.

(c) Do the repair to the top flange of the stringer or spar (refer
to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201 and/or Chapter 57−41−18,
Page Block 201).
(d) Make the skin insert (Item 1) and the reinforcing plate (Item
2).

(e) Use blind rivets (ASNA 0079−510A or ASNA 0077−510F) where there
is no access or if access is difficult. At locations that exist,
alternative oversize rivets (NAS1241−AD5) may be used.
(f) Mark and drill pilot holes in the skin that remain and the skin
insert (Item 1) where the reinforcing plate (Item 2) will go
(refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Assemble the stringer or spar repairs at the same time that you
assemble the insert repair. Put the reinforcing plate (Item 2) in
position and hold it tightly. Drill through the pilot holes from
the skin and temporarily attach the reinforcing plate (Item 2)
(refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Do the same to the skin insert
(Item 1).

(h) Carefully drill through the used rivet holes at their initial
size. Drill all the holes final size (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(i) Countersink the holes in the skin insert (Item 1), and the skin
that remains, to agree with the heads of the rivets (Item 3).

(j) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr the holes and make sure the
edges of the repair cut−out are smooth.

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Remove any swarf and debris from the internal surfaces of the
leading edge.
(l) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease from the re
pair parts and the edges of the cut−out.

(m) Apply surface protection to all the repair parts (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−10).

(n) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble the repair parts and
install the rivets (Item 3) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(o) Remove any unwanted sealant from the external surface of the
leading edge in the repair area.
(p) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (refer to
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Insert Repair of the Skin − Scheme A


Figure 202

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
C. Insert Repair of the Skin − Scheme B

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General
(a) This repair is an alternative repair to the one shown in Figure
202. This repair applies where the damage is larger and includes
the stringers (refer to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201).

This repair can also be done to the areas of skin which have a
constant thickness of 1.4 mm (0.055 in) or 1.6 mm (0.063 in).
This repair can also be used forward of the sub−spar (refer to
Chapter 57−41−18, Page Block 201).

The repair can be used together with the stringer repairs (refer
to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201) and/or with the spar repairs
(refer to Chapter 57−41−18, Page Block 201).

(2) Repair Materials

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1
L167 − thickness same as removed
skin
2 Reinforcing Plate 1 L167 − thickness same as removed
skin
3 Rivet, 4 mm (0.157 in) Di A/R Refer to Chapter 51−40−00
ameter. 100 Deg CSK
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully drill out the rivets that attach the skin in the re
pair area (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(b) Cut out and remove the damaged area of the skin. Make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth.

(c) Do the repair to the top flange of the stringer or spar (refer
to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201 and/or Chapter 57−41−18, Page
Block 201).
(d) Make the skin insert (Item 1) and the reinforcing plate (Item
2).

(e) Use blind rivets (ASNA 0079−510A or ASNA 0077−510F) where there
is no access or if access is difficult. At locations that exist,
alternative oversize rivets (NAS1241−AD5) may be used.
(f) Mark and drill pilot holes in the skin that remain and the skin
insert (Item 1) where the reinforcing plate (Item 2) will go
(refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Assemble the stringer or spar repairs at the same time that you
assemble the insert repair. Put the reinforcing plate (Item 2) in
position and hold it tightly. Drill through the pilot holes from
the skin and temporarily attach the reinforcing plate (Item 2)
(refer to Chapter 51−44−11). Do the same to the skin insert
(Item 1).

(h) Carefully drill through the used rivet holes at their initial
size. Drill all the pilot holes final size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Countersink the holes in the skin insert (Item 1), and the skin
that remains, to agree with the heads of the rivets (Item 3).
(j) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr the holes and make sure the
edges of the repair cut−out are smooth.

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Remove any swarf and debris from the internal surfaces of the
leading edge.
(l) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease from the re
pair parts and the edges of the cut−out.

(m) Apply surface protection to all the repair parts (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−10).

(n) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble the repair parts and
install the rivets (Item 3) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(o) Remove any unwanted sealant from the external surface of the
leading edge in the repair area.
(p) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (refer to
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Insert Repair of the Skin − Scheme B


Figure 203

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
D. Replacement of part of the Skin − Scheme A

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General
(a) This repair is applicable to the areas of skin which have a
constant thickness of 1.4 mm (0.055 in) or 1.6 mm (0.063 in).
Replace the full skin if it will help in this repair.

The repair must be used together with the stringer repairs (refer
to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201) and the repair to the top
flange of the spar (refer to Chapter 57−41−18, Page Block 201).

(2) Repair Materials

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1
L167 − thickness same as removed
skin
2 Buttstraps 2 L165 − thickness same as removed
skin
3 Reinforcing Strips 2 L165 − 1.2 mm (0.047 in) thick
4 Rivet, 4 mm (0.157 in) Di A/R Refer to Chapter 51−40−00
ameter. 100 Deg CSK
5 Shim (if necessary) A/R ZN10CN18−10(s527) Cadmium Plated
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully drill out the rivets that attach the skin in the re
pair area (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(b) Cut out and remove the damaged piece of the skin. Make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth.

(c) Do the repair to the top flange of the stringer or spar (refer
to Chapter 57−41−13, Page Block 201 and/or Chapter 57−41−18, Page
Block 201).
NOTE: Assemble the stringer repairs at the same time as you as
semble the skin repairs.

(d) Make the skin insert (Item 1), the buttstraps (Item 2), the re
inforcing strips (Item 3) and, if necessary, the shim (Item 5).

(e) Use blind rivets (ASNA 0079−510A or ASNA 0077−510F) where there
is no access or if access is difficult. At locations that exist,
alternative oversize rivets (NAS1241−AD5) may be used.

(f) Mark and drill pilot holes in the skin pieces that remain (refer
to Chapter 51−44−11).
(g) Assemble the stringer repairs at the same time that you assemble
the skin repair. Put the buttstraps (Item 2) in position and
hold them tightly. Drill through the pilot holes from the skin
and temporarily attach the buttstraps (Item 2) (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(h) Put the reinforcing strips (Item 3) and the shim (Item 5), if
used, in position and hold them tightly. Carefully drill through
the rivet holes that exist and temporarily attach the reinforcing
strips (Item 3) and the shim (Item 5), if used.

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Mark and drill the pilot holes in the skin insert (Item 1) where
the buttstraps will go (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
(j) Put the skin insert (Item 1) in position and hold tightly. Drill
through the pilot holes and the skin insert (Item 1) onto the
buttstraps (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(k) Carefully drill through the used rivet holes at their initial
size. Drill all the pilot holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(l) Countersink the holes in the skin insert (Item 1) and the skin
pieces that remain to agree with the heads of the rivets (Item
4).
(m) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr the holes and make sure the
edges of the repair cut−out are smooth.

(n) Remove any swarf and debris from the internal surfaces of the
leading edge.

(o) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease from the re
pair parts and the edges of the cut−out.

(p) Apply surface protection to all the repair parts (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−10).

(q) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble the repair parts and
install the rivets (Item 4) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Remove any unwanted sealant from the external surface of the
leading edge in the repair area.

(s) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (refer to
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Part of the Skin − Scheme A


Figure 204

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
E. Replacement of part of the Skin − Scheme B

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General
(a) This repair is applicable for damage to the leading edge skins
forward of the sub−spar (refer to Chapter 57−41−18, Page Block
201). This repair must be done to the areas of skin which have
a constant thickness of 1.4 mm (0.055 in) or 1.6 mm (0.063 in).
Do the repair in Figure 204 if it can be done easier.

This repair must be used together with the repair to the top
flange of the spar (refer to Chapter 57−41−18, Page Block 201).

(2) Repair Materials

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1
L167 − thickness same as removed
skin
2 Buttstraps 1 L165 − thickness same as removed
skin
3 Reinforcing Strips 2 L165 − thickness same as removed
skin
4 Rivet, 4 mm (0.157 in) Di A/R Refer to Chapter 51−40−00
ameter. 100 Deg CSK
5 Shim (if necessary) A/R ZN10CN18−10(S527) Cadmium Plated
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully drill out the rivets that attach the skin in the re
pair area (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(b) Cut out and remove the damaged area of the skin. Make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth.

(c) Do the repair to the top flange of the spar (refer to Chapter
57−41−18, Page Block 201).

(d) Adapt the installation of the repair angle (refer to Chapter


57−41−18, Page Block 201) to agree with the buttstraps. Make the
skin insert (Item 1), the buttstraps (Item 2), the reinforcing
strips (Item 3) and, if necessary, the shim (Item 5).

(e) Use blind rivets (ASNA 0079−510A or ASNA 0077−510F) where there
is no access or if access is difficult. At locations that exist,
alternative oversize rivets (NAS1241−AD5) may be used.

(f) Put the buttstraps (Item 2) in position and hold it tightly.


Drill through the pilot holes from the skin and temporarily at
tach the buttstraps (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Put the reinforcing strips (Item 3) and the shim (Item 5), if
used, in position and hold them tightly. Carefully drill through
the rivet holes that exist and temporarily attach the reinforcing
strips (Item 3) and the shim (Item 5), if used (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(h) Mark and drill the pilot holes in the skin insert (Item 1) where
the buttstraps will go (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(i) Put the skin insert (Item 1) in position and hold tightly. Drill
through the pilot holes from the skin insert (Item 1) into the
buttstraps (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(j) Carefully drill through the used rivet holes at their initial
size. Drill all the pilot holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(k) Countersink the holes in the skin insert (Item 1) and the skin
that remains to agree with the heads of the rivets (Item 4).

(l) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr the holes and make sure the
edges of the repair cut−out are smooth.
(m) Remove any swarf and debris from the internal surfaces of the
leading edge.

(n) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease from the re
pair parts and the edges of the cut−out.
(o) Apply surface protection to all the repair parts (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−10).

(p) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble the repair parts and
install the rivets (Item 4) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(q) Remove any unwanted sealant from the external surface of the
leading edge in the repair area.

(r) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (refer to
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Part of the Skin − Scheme B


Figure 205

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
F. Repair of D Nose Skin Cut−outs at the up stop seal surrounds

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General
(a) This repair is applicable for cracks in the skin at the D nose
cut−outs on skin panels 5, 8, 10 and 12. Cracks can appear from
the up stop cut−out to the aft edge at the sub spar joint (re
fer to Figure 206).
(2) Repair Materials

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 L164 (2014−T4) or L165 (2014−T6)


or 2024−T3 − thickness same as
removed skin
2 Blind Rivet, 4 mm (0.157 A/R ASNA0079−510A
in) Diameter. 100 Deg CSK
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002
− Polysulfide Sealant − Gen A/R CML No. 09−004
eral Purpose Fillet
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Carefully drill out the two rivets that attach the skin in the
repair area, (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(b) Mark off the damaged area noting the edge distance from the riv
et centers.

(c) Carefully separate the skin from the sub−spar in the area of
damage.

(d) Cut out and remove the damaged area of skin. Make the cut−out to
the profile shown in Figure 206 (Sheet 2). Make sure the edges
of the cut−out are smooth and free from burrs, (refer to Chapter
51−27−00).

NOTE: Take care not to damage the substructure.

(e) Make the skin insert (Item 1) to suit the cut−out, refer to Fig
ure 206 (Sheet 2).

(f) Clamp the skin insert in position and mark off the rivet posi
tions.

(g) Back−drill the holes in the skin insert (Item 1) from the sub
spar, (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Countersink the holes in the skin insert (Item 1), (refer to
Chapter 51−46−11).

(i) Deburr the holes and make sure all the edges of the skin insert
(Item 1) are smooth.
(j) Remove any swarf and debris from around the repair area.

(k) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(l) Apply surface protection, chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all bare metal surfaces including the cut edges of
existing parts, (refer to Chapter 51−21−11).

(m) Wet assemble the skin insert (Item 1) to the sub spar joint with
sealant (CML No. 09−002), refer to Chapter 51−76−11.

(n) Install the fasteners (Item 2) with sealant (CML No. 09−002 ),
(refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(o) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−004). Refer to Chap
ter 51−76−11.

(p) Remove any unwanted sealant.


(q) Restore the external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of D Nose Skin Cut−outs at up stop seal surrounds


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of D Nose Skin Cut−outs at up stop seal surrounds


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
38525K11750 (C.G. EXTENDED AT MTOW) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT 015.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU 016.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001J3282 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160500J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU 018.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
G. Repair of the Skin Slat Track Cut−outs at the Skin Overhangs

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General
(a) This repair is applicable for both cracks and dents in the skin
overhangs at slat tracks 1 thru 12.

(b) The repairs in this area where damage can occur is divided into
Zone A and Zone B. Refer to Figure 207 (Sheet 2) for details of
Zone A and zone B.

(c) The repairs in this paragraph are detailed as follows:

1 Repair for cracks in Zone A and Zone B within the allowable


damage limits as given in Chapter 57−41−11, Page Block 101.
NOTE: The repair materials and the repair instructions are giv
en in paragraphs 5.G.(2) and 5.G.(3).

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Repair for cracks in Zone B that exceed the allowable damage


limits as given in Chapter 57−41−11, Page Block 101.
NOTE: The repair materials and the repair instructions are giv
en in paragraphs 5.G.(4) and 5.G.(5).

3 Repair for dents in excess of 3 mm (0.118 in) but not exceed


ing 5 mm (0.197 in) as given in Chapter 57−41−11, Page Block
101.
NOTE: The repair materials and the repair instructions are giv
en in paragraphs 5.G.(6) and 5.G.(7).

(2) Repair Materials for Cracks in Zone A and Zone B within the Allow
able Damage Limits

(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 16−006
(3) Repair Instructions for Cracks in Zone A and Zone B within the Al
lowable Damage Limits
(a) Before you start this repair, examine the seal for signs of dam
age, if necessary replace the seal. Do not trim back the forward
edge of the seal.

(b) Mark off the damaged area.

(c) Carefully blend out the damage, removing the minimum material to
achieve a smooth profile, refer to Chapter 57−41−11, Page Block
101 for depth and radius of cut.

(d) Make sure the edges of the blend are smooth and free from burrs.

(e) Remove any swarf and debris from the internal area.
(f) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(g) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the bare
metal edges, refer to Chapter 51−21−11.

(h) Apply the epoxy primer (CML No. 16−006) to the repair area, re
fer to Chapter 51−75−12.

NOTE: The epoxy primer must be applied within 16 hours of the


application of the chemical conversion coating.

(i) Restore the paint finish to the repair area, refer to Chapter
51−75−12.

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(4) Repair Materials for Cracks in Zone B that exceed the allowable dam
age limits
(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Repair Plate 1 2024−T3 (thickness 1.6 mm (0.063
in))
2 Blind Rivet, 4 mm (0.157 A/R ASNA0079−512A
in) Diameter. 100 Deg CSK,
3 Blind Rivet, 3.2 mm (0.126 A/R ASNA0079−407A
in) Diameter. 100 Deg CSK,
− Adhesive, Two Part A/R CML No. 08−078
− Fuel Tank Sealant A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 16−006
(5) Repair Instructions for Cracks in Zone B that exceed the allowable
damage limits. Refer to Figure 207 (Sheet 2)
(a) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(b) Cut out and remove the damaged area of the skin. Make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from burrs, (refer to
Chapter 51−27−00).
(c) Do an Eddy Current inspection of the surrounding area to check
for further damage, (refer to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802).

(d) Make the repair plates (Item 1) to size and as applicable to


suit the repair.
(e) Bend the repair plates (Item 1) to suit the skin profile, (refer
to Chapter 51−26−11).

(f) Carefully drill out the rivets that attach the skin to the track
ribs in the repair area, (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).
(g) Position the repair plate (Item 1) on the skin and mark the
position of the rivet holes from the track ribs. Back−drill the
holes, (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Drill additional holes, in the repair plate (Item 1) if required.


Refer to Figure 207 (Sheet 2).
Maintain an edge distance of 2D from the centre of the rivet
holes and 4D between rivet holes, (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Hold the repair plate (Item 1) in position with gripper pins,
and drill through the additional holes to the skin, (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

(j) Countersink the holes in the skin repair plate (Item 1), (refer
to Chapter 51−46−11).

(k) Deburr the holes and make sure all the edges of the repair plate
(Item 1) are smooth and free from burrs.
(l) Remove any swarf and debris from the internal area.

(m) Clean all the repair parts with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(n) Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to all the
repair parts including the skin edges, refer to Chapter 51−21−11.
(o) Fill the redundant countersinks in the skin with adhesive (CML
No. 08−078).

(p) Wet assemble the repair plate (Item 1) with sealant (CML No.
09−002), refer to Chapter 51−76−11.
(q) Install the fasteners (Items 2 and 3). Refer to Chapter 51−42−11.

(r) Remove any unwanted sealant from the external surface of the re
pair area.

(s) Apply the epoxy primer (CML No. 16−006) to the repair area, (re
fer to Chapter 51−75−12).
NOTE: The epoxy primer must be applied within 16 hours of the
application of the chemical conversion coating.

(t) Restore the paint finish around the repair area, (refer to Chap
ter 51−75−12).
(6) Repair Materials for Dents in Zone A or Zone B greater than 3 mm
(0.118 in) but not exceeding 5 mm (0.197 in) in depth.

(a) For this repair use the materials that follow. Refer also to
Chapter 51−73−00 for additional materials:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Paste Adhesive − Epoxy A/R CML No. 05−051


Core Restoration
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
(7) Repair Instructions for Dents in Zone A or Zone B greater than 3 mm
(0.118 in) but not exceeding 5 mm (0.197 in) in depth.

(a) Do an Eddy Current inspection of the damaged area, (refer to NTM


Task 51−10−08−250−802).

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Clean the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(c) Fill dents between 3 mm (0.118 in) to 5 mm (0.197 in) in depth


with adhesive (CML No. 05−051), refer to Chapter 51−73−00.

(d) Restore the paint finish around the damaged area, (refer to
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Slat Track Cut−outs at the Skin Overhangs.


Figure 207 (sheet 1)

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−41−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Slat Track Cut−outs at the Skin Overhangs.


Figure 207 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−11 PagesFeb233/234
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS - LEADING EDGE

1. Leading Edge Ribs - Identification Scheme


Identification data for the Inboard Leading Edge Ribs now transferred to
SRM Chapter 57-41-14, Page Block 001.
Identification data for the Outboard Leading Edge Ribs now transferred to
SRM Chapter 57-41-15, Page Block 001.

Printed in Germany
57-41-12 MayPage 1
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS - LEADING EDGE - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. Leading Edge Ribs - Allowable Damage


Allowable Damage Data for the Inboard Leading Edge Ribs now transferred to
SRM Chapter 57-41-14, Page Block 101.
Allowable Damage Data for the Outboard Leading Edge Ribs now transferred to
SRM Chapter 57-41-15, Page Block 101.

Printed in Germany
57-41-12 May
Page 101
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS

1. Stringers and Stiffeners − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Leading Edge Stringers and Stiffeners Figure 1


NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−41−13 NovPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Stringers and Stiffeners


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-13 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Stringers and Stiffeners


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−13 FebPage 3
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Stringer L165 D57443513200 PB201


201
1.4 (0.055)
5 Stringer L165 D57443513202 PB201
203
1.4 (0.055)
10 Stringer L165 D57443513206 PB201
207
1.6 (0.063)
15 Stringer L165 D57443513220 PB201
221
1.6 (0.063)
20 Packer L165 D57443513228
1.4 (0.055)
20A Packer L165 D57443513252 A20803J0353
2 (0.079)
25 Stringer L165 D57443513232 PB201
233
1.6 (0.063)
25A Stringer L165 D57443513236 PB201 A20803J0353
237
1.6 (0.063)
30 Stringer L165 D57443513210 PB201
211
1.6 (0.063)
30A Stringer L165 D57443513234 PB201 A20803J0353
235
1.6 (0.063)
35 Stringer L165 D57443513224 PB201
225
1.6 (0.063)
40 Stringer L165 D57443513214 PB201
215
1.4 (0.055)
45 Stringer L165 D57443513226 PB201
227
1.6 (0.063)
45A Stringer L165 D57443513240 PB201 A20803J0353
241
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443513

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−13 AugPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Stringer L165 D57443513218 PB201


219
1.4 (0.055)
50A Stringer L165 D57443513238 PB201 A20803J0353
239
1.6 (0.063)
55 Stringer L165 D57443514240 PB201
241
1.6 (0.063)
60 Stringer L165 D57443514202 PB201
203
1.6 (0.063)
65 Stringer L165 D57443514244 PB201
245
1.6 (0.063)
65A Stringer L165 D57443514294 PB201 A20265J0068
295
1.6 (0.063)
70 Stringer L165 D57443514242 PB201
243
1.6 (0.063)
75 Plate, Reinforc L165 D57443514250
ing 1.6 (0.063)
80 Plate, Reinforc L165 D57443514252
ing 1.6 (0.063)
85 Stringer L165 D57443514246 PB201
247
1.6 (0.063)
90 Stringer L165 D57443514238 PB201
239
1.6 (0.063)
95 Stringer L165 D57443514214 PB201
215
1.6 (0.063)
100 Stringer L165 D57443514212 PB201
213
1.6 (0.063)
105 Packing L165 D57443514254
1.2 (0.047)
110 Packing L165 D57443514256
ASSY Dwg.: D57443513, D57443514

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−13 AugPage 5
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

115 Stringer L165 D57443514216 PB201


217
1.4 (0.055)
120 Stringer L165 D57443514248 PB201
249
1.6 (0.063)
125 Stringer L165 D57443514220 PB201
221
1.4 (0.055)
130 Stringer L165 D57443514222 PB201
223
1.6 (0.063)
135 Stringer L165 D57443514224 PB201
225
1.4 (0.055)
140 Stringer L165 D57443514226 PB201
227
1.6 (0.063)
145 Stringer L165 D57443514228 PB201
229
1.4 (0.055)
150 Stringer L165 D57443514230 PB201
231
1.4 (0.055)
155 Stringer L165 D57443514232 PB201
233
1.4 (0.055)
160 Stringer L165 D57443514234 PB201
235
1.4 (0.055)
165 Stringer L165 D57443514236 PB201
237
1.6 (0.063)
165A Stringer L165 D57443514260 PB201 A20672J0299
261
1.6 (0.063)
170 Cleat L165 D57443514262 A20672J0299
1.6 (0.063)
175 Cleat L165 D57443514282
283
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443514, D57443579

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−13 AugPage 6
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

175A Cleat L165 D57443514296 A36740J2740


297 A160003J3251
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443579

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−13 Pages 7/8
Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of


any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−41−13 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRINGERS AND STIFFENERS − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the
Stringers and Stiffeners.
The general repairs are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to SRM Chapter
51−11−14.
2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY SEALANT
(CML NO. 09−002). IT IS SKIN IRRITANT.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201
4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Repair of a Stringer Flange (Scheme A)
Repair of complete Stringer Section (Scheme 5.A. 201
A
B)
Repair that contains Stringer Joint Plate 5.B. 202
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5. Stringers and Stiffeners − Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.

A. Repair of a Stringer Flange (Scheme A) and Repair of complete Stringer


Section (Scheme B)
This paragraph contains the specific repair materials and related data
applicable to the two schemes for the repair of the leading edge string
er. These are Scheme A and Scheme B (Refer to Figure 201).

Scheme A is the standard repair to use where the damage only affects
the attached flange.
Scheme B is recommended where the damage affects the complete stringer
section.

This repair data is valid for the weight variants given in Table 203.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with
C.G. extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Materials

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Angle (Scheme A) 1 L165 − thickness same as flange


removed
2 Repair Section/Joint Plate 1 L165 − thickness same as
(Scheme B) stringer removed
3 Packing (or Buttstraps) 1 L165 − thickness as necessary
4 Packing 1 L165 − 1.2 mm (0.050 in)
5 Rivet, Universal Head 4 mm A/R MS20470AD−00 or ASNA 0080A−500
(0.157 in) Diameter
6 Shim (if necessary) A/R Z10CN18−10(S527) Cadmium Plated
7 Rivet, 100 deg. CSK Hd A/R MS20426AD5
8 Rivet, 100 deg. CSK Hd A/R NAS1241−AD5
Oversize
− Sealant, Polysulphide A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: For existing locations, alternative oversize rivets (item 8 −
NAS1241−AD5) may be used if required.

(2) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 201)


(a) Carefully drill out the rivets to be replaced in the stringer
flange (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(b) Cut out and remove the damaged piece of the stringer and leave
the edges smooth and free from burrs.
(c) Make the repair angle (item 1) or repair section (item 2), the
packings (items 3 or 4) and if necessary, the shim (item 6).

(d) Mark and drill the pilot holes (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(e) Assemble the repair angle (item 1) or repair section (item 2),
the packings (items 3 or 4) and if necessary, the shim (item 6)
in position and clamp securely.

(f) Carefully drill through the holes in the stringer flange and
temporarily attach the repair parts (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11). Drill through the holes in the repair angle web (item
1) or the repair section (item 2) and temporarily attach the re
pair parts (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Drill the pilot holes full size (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).

(h) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr all the holes and make the
cut edges smooth.

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Remove all swarf and debris from the interior of the structure.

(j) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease from the re
pair parts and the repair area.

(k) Apply the surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

(l) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble all the repair parts and
insert the rivets (item 5, 7 or 8) (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−42−11).

(m) Remove any unwanted sealant (CML No. 09−002) from the repair
area.

(n) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Stringer
Figure 201 (sheet 1)

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Stringer
Figure 201 (sheet 2)

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

B. Repair that contains Stringer Joint Plate

This paragraph contains the specific repair materials and related data
applicable to the joint plate of a stringer.
This repair data is valid for the weight variants given in Table 204.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with
C.G. extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) The information that follows, details the specific repair materi
als that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Section/Joint Plate 1 L165 − thickness same as


stringer removed
2 Packing 1 L165 − 1.2 mm (0.050 in)
3 Rivet, Universal Head 4 mm A/R MS20470AD−00 or ASNA 0080A−500
(0.157 in) Diameter
4 Shim (if necessary) A/R Z10CN18−10(S527) Cadmium Plated
5 Rivet, 100 deg. CSK Hd A/R MS20426AD5
6 Rivet, 100 deg. CSK Hd A/R NAS1241−AD5
Oversize
− Sealant, Polysulphide A/R CML No. 09−002
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: For existing locations, alternative oversize rivets (item 6
− NAS1241−AD5) may be used if required.
(2) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 202)
(a) Carefully drill out the rivets to be replaced in the stringer
flange (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(b) Cut out and remove the damaged piece of the stringer and leave
the edges smooth and free from burrs.
(c) Make the repair section (item 1), the packing (item 2) and if
necessary, the shim (item 4).

(d) Mark and drill the pilot holes (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(e) Assemble the repair section (item 1), the packing (item 2) and
if necessary, the shim (item 4) in position and clamp securely.
(f) Carefully drill through the holes in the stringer flange and
temporarily attach the repair parts (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11). Drill through the holes in the repair section (item 1)
and temporarily attach the repair parts (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−44−11).
(g) Drill the pilot holes full size (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr all the holes and make the
cut edges smooth.

(i) Remove all swarf and debris from the interior of the structure.
(j) Use solvent (CML No. 11−026) to remove any grease from the re
pair parts and the repair area.

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Apply the surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

(l) Apply the sealant (CML No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of
the repair parts. Immediately assemble all the repair parts and
insert the rivets (item 3, 5 or 6) (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−42−11).

(m) Remove any unwanted sealant (CML No. 09−002) from the repair
area.
(n) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair that contains Stringer Joint Plate


Figure 202

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−41−13 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS - INBOARD LEADING EDGE

1. Ribs - Inboard Leading Edge - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Rib - Sloping Figure 2
2 Rib - Machined WFX 365.514 Figure 2
3 Rib - Track 1 Figure 3
4 Rib - Track 2 Figure 4
5 Rib - Intermediate WFX 1963.375 Figure 5
6 Rib - Track 3 Figure 6
7 Rib - Track 4 Figure 7
8 Rib - Pylon Inner Figure 8
9 Rib - Pylon Outer Figure 8
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-40-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Sloping and Rib - Machined WFX 365.514


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, sloping L165 D57450040200


201
1 (0.039)
1A Rib, sloping L165 D57450040226 A21219J0486
227
1 (0.039)
1B Rib, sloping L165 D57450040228 A21405J0498
229
1 (0.039)
5 Member, Z L165 D57450040220
221
1 (0.039)
10 Channel L165 D57450040212 B20275J0076
213
1.4 (0.055)
15 Doubler L165 D57450040224
1 (0.039)
20 Pad L165 D57450040210
25 Bracket, saddle BAEM3122 D36050019200 B20275J0076
201
30 Angle L165 D57450040214 B20275J0076
0.9 (0.035)
35 Doubler L165 D57450040206
0.9 (0.035)
40 Cleat L165 D57450040208
1 (0.039)
45 Angle L165 D57450040202
203
50 Rib BAEM1213 D57450022200 PB101
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57450032, D57450040

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage 4
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 1
Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 1
Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 1
Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 1
Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 8
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 1
Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 1
Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443701208 PB101


209
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443701212 PB101 A20803J0353
213
1B Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443701216 PB101 A22199J0689
217
1C Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443701220 PB101 A22277J0726
221
1D Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443701224 PB101 A24618J1319
225
5 Link, outboard TSA11 D57443824200 A20803J0353
201 B22277J0726
10 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755226
15 Seal, angle out L165 D57443530296 A20265J0080
board 297 B24618J1319
1.2 (0.047)
20 Cleat L165 D57443767212
1.6 (0.063)
25 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766206
30 Bracket, saddle BAEM3122 D36050013200 B22199J0689
35 Doubler L164 D57443530234
235
1.6 (0.063)
35A Doubler L164 D57443530234 A20265J0068
235
1.6 (0.063)
40 Link, track 1 L165 D57443825200 A20803J0353
201 B22277J0726
45 Packer L165 D57443530214
215
1.4 (0.055)
45A Packer L165 D57443530292 A20265J0068
293
1.4 (0.055)
50 Packer L165 D57443743202
203
55 Cleat L165 D57443767218 A20265J0080
219
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D5743530, D57443530

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1111
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60 Seal, angle in L165 D57443530294 A20265J0080


board 295 B24618J1319
1.2 (0.047)
65 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443701204 PB101
205
65A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443701210 PB101 A20803J0353
211
65B Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443701214 PB101 A22199J0689
215
65C Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443701218 PB101 A22277J0726
219
65D Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443701222 PB101 A24618J1319
223
70 Cleat L165 D57443743200
201
70A Cleat L165 D57443742204 A20803J0353
205
75 Bracket, upper L164 D57250314200 B20167J0030
201
1.2 (0.047)
80 Bracket, upper L164 D57250314202 B20167J0030
203
1.2 (0.047)
85 Cleat L164 D57950260200 A20167J0030
201
1.6 (0.063)
90 Bracket, out J4290 D57950250200 A20167J0030
board D57950251200
95 Bracket L164 D57950261202 A20167J0030
203
100 Bracket, inboard J4290 D57950251201 A20167J0030
LH
100A Bracket, inboard J4290 D57950250201 A20167J0030
RH
105 Packer L165 D57443530250
0.4 (0.016)
110 Packer L165 D57443530248
0.4 (0.016)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443530, D57950250

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1112
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

115 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272


(MSN01569999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274
0.5 (0.020)
−alternative L165 D57443530344
0.8 (0.031)
120 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754230
231
−alternative L165 D57443754232
233
−alternative L165 D57443754234
235
120A Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754250 A24618J1319
251
−alternative L165 D57443754256
257
125 Packer L165 D57443530216
1.2 (0.047)
125A Packer L165 D57443530346 A24618J1319
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443530

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1113
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 2
Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 2
Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 2
Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 2
Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443702206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443702210 PB101 A20265J0080
211
1B Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443702214 PB101 A20803J0353
215
1C Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443702218 PB101 A22199J0689
219
1D Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443702222 PB101 A22277J0726
223
1E Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443702226 PB101 A24618J1319
227
5 Link L165 D57443825202 A20803J0353
203 B22277J0726
10 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755202
15 Angle, inboard L165 D57443531278 B22277J0726
279
1.2 (0.047)
20 Cleat L165 D57443531280 A20265J0080
281
1.2 (0.047)
25 Bracket L164 D57950316200 B20167J0030
201
1.2 (0.047)
30 Bracket L164 D57950316202 B20167J0030
204
1.2 (0.047)
35 Bracket L164 D57950315202 B20167J0030
203
1.2 (0.047)
40 Bracket L164 D57950315200 B20167J0030
201
1.2 (0.047)
45 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766202
50 Bracket, saddle BAEM1213 D36050014200 B22199J0689
55 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443702204 PB101
205
55A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443702212 PB101 A20803J0383
213
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443531

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1118
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55B Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443702216 PB101 A22199J0689


217
55C Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443702220 PB101 A22277J0726
221
55D Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443702224 PB101 A24618J1319
225
60 Cleat L165 D57443767212 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
65 Angle, outboard L165 D57443531276 B22277J0726
277
1.2 (0.047)
70 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272
(MSN01569999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274
0.5 (0.020)
75 Cleat L164 D57950260200 A20167J0030
201
1.6 (0.063)
80 Bracket L164 D57950253200 A20167J0030
J4290 201
85 Bracket L164 D57950252200 A20167J0030
J4290 201
90 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754200
201
−alternative L165 D57443754222
223
−alternative L165 D57443754236
237
90A Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754218 A22199J0689
219
90B Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754262 A24618J1319
263
−alternative L165 D57443754236
237
95 Packer L165 D57443531216
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L165 D57443531316
(MSN05479999) 1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443531

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1119
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Doubler L165 D57443531236


237
1.6 (0.063)
100A Doubler L165 D57443531298 A20167J0030
299
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443531

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1120
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 1963.375


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 1963.375


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib L165 D57443532236


237
1.4 (0.055)
1A Rib L165 D57443532244 A20265J0080
245
1.4 (0.055)
5 Cleat L165 D57443532218
1.6 (0.063)
10 Cleat L168 D57443744200
15 Bracket, saddle BAEM3122 D36050015200
20 Member, Z L165 D57443532206 B20167J0030
207
1.4 (0.055)
25 Angle L165 D57443532262 B20167J0030
263
2 (0.079)
30 Packer L165 D57443532216
217
1.2 (0.047)
30A Packer L165 D57443532266 A20265J0080
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative L165 D57443532268
1 (0.039)
−alternative L165 D57443532270
1.2 (0.047)
35 Angle L165 D57443532204 B20167J0030
205
1.4 (0.055)
40 Bracket L164 D57450319200 B20167J0030
201
1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket L164 D57450319202 B20167J0030
203
1.2 (0.047)
50 Strap L165 D57443532208
(MSN00010130) 209
1.6 (0.063)
55 Strap L165 D57443532214
(MSN00010130) 2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443532

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1123
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60 Angle, adapta L165 D57443818210 A20167J0030


tion 211
1.6 (0.063)
65 Plate L165 D57443532248 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
70 Member, Z L165 D57443532242 A20265J0080
243
1.4 (0.059)
75 Angle L165 D57443532264 A20265J0080
265
2 (0.079)
80 Cover L165 D57443532246 A20265J0080
247
1.6 (0.063)
85 Angle L165 D57443532240 A20265J0080
241
1.4 (0.055)
90 Rib BAEM1213 D57443818200 A20803J0353
201
95 Rib, strap L165 D57443818204 A20803J0353
2 (0.079)
100 Rib, plate BAEM1213 D57443818202 A20803J0353
203
105 Packer L165 D57443818210 A20803J0353
211
1 (0.039)
110 Rib BAEM1213 D57443818212 A22199J0689
213
115 Rib BAEM1213 D57443818214 A22277J0726
215
ASSY Dwg.: D57443532, D57443819

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1124
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 3
Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 3
Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 NovPage01/0226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443703206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443703214 PB101 A20167J0030
215
1B Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443703218 PB101 A20803J0353
219
1C Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443703222 PB101 A22199J0689
223
1D Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443703226 PB101 A22277J0726
227
1E Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443703230 PB101 A24618J1319
231
5 Link L165 D57443825204 A20803J0353
205 B22277J0726
10 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755204
F1
15 Seal, angle L165 D57443533264 A20167J0030
265 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
20 Cleat L165 D57443769212 A20167J0030
1.6 (0.063)
25 Bracket L164 D57250320200 B20167J0030
201
1.2 (0.047)
30 Bracket L164 D57250320202 B20167J0030
203
1.2 (0.047)
35 Bracket L164 D57250320204 B20167J0030
205
1.2 (0.047)
40 Bracket L164 D57250313204 B20167J0030
205
1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket L164 D57250313202 B20167J0030
203
1.2 (0.047)
50 Bracket L164 D57250313200 B20167J0030
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443533

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1127
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766202


2.5 (0.098)
60 Bracket, saddle BAEM1213 D3605016200 B22199J0689
65 Doubler L165 D57443533208
209
1.6 (0.063)
65A Doubler L165 D57443533282 A20167J0030
283
1.6 (0.063)
70 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443703204 PB101
205
70A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443703210 PB101 A20167J0030
211
70B Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443703216 PB101 A20803J0353
217
70C Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443703220 PB101 A22199J0689
221
70D Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443703224 PB101 A22277J0726
225
70E Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443703228 PB101 A24618J1319
229
75 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272
0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274 B20167J0030
0.5 (0.020)
80 Cleat L165 D57950260200 A20167J0030
201
1.6 (0.063)
85 Bracket L164 D57950255200 A20167J0030
J4290 201
90 Bracket L164 D57950254200 A20167J0030
J4290 201
95 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754200
−alternative L165 D57443754202
−alternative L165 D57443754204
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443533

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1128
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Track 4
Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1129
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Track 4
Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1130
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443704202 PB101


203
−alternative BAEM1213 D57443704206 PB101
207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443704214 PB101 A20167J0030
215
1B Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443704218 PB101 A20803J0353
219
1C Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443704222 PB101 A22199J0689
223
1D Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443704226 PB101 A22277J0726
227
1E Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443704230 PB101 A24618J1319
231
5 Cleat L165 D57443767212
10 Link L165 D57443825206 A20803J0353
B22277J0726
15 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754200
−alternative L165 D57443754202
−alternative L165 D57443754204
15A Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754238 A20167J0030
−alternative L165 D57443754240
−alternative L165 D57443754242
15B Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754260 A24618J1319
−alternative L165 D57443754254
20 Packer L165 D57443534264
(MSN00010545) 1.2 (0.047)
20A Packer L165 D57443534308
(MSN05469999) 1 (0.039)
25 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755228
30 Seal, angle L165 D57443534270 A20167J0030
271 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
35 Bracket L164 D57250322200 B20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
40 Bracket L164 D57250322202 B20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
45 Bracket L164 D57250321202 B20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443533, D57443534

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1131
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Bracket L164 D57250321200 B20167J0030


1.2 (0.047)
55 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766202
2.5 (0.098)
60 Bracket, saddle BAEM1213 D36050017200 B22199J0689
201
65 Doubler L165 D57443534208
209
1.6 (0.063)
65A Doubler L165 D57443534292 A20167J0030
293
1.6 (0.063)
70 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443704200 PB101
201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57443704204 PB101
205
70A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443704210 PB101 A20167J0030
211
70B Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443704216 PB101 A20803J0353
217
70C Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443704220 PB101 A22199J0689
221
70D Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443704224 PB101 A22277J0726
225
70E Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443704228 PB101 A24618J1319
229
75 Seal, angle L165 D57443534272 A20167J0030
273 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
80 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272
(MSN01569999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274
0.5 (0.020)
−alternative L165 D57443534310
(MSN05479999) 0.8 (0.031)
85 Bracket L164 D57250321201 B20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
90 Bracket L164 D57250321203 B20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443533, D57443534

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1132
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

95 Bracket L164 D57250322203 B20167J0030


J4290 1.2 (0.047)
100 Bracket L164 D57250322201 B20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
105 Cleat L164 D57950260200 A20167J0030
201
110 Bracket L164 D57950257200 A20167J0030
J4290
115 Bracket L164 D57950256200 A20167J0030
J4290
120 Bracket L164 D57950256201 A20167J0030
J4290
125 Bracket L164 D57950257201 A20167J0030
J4290
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 MayPage01/1133
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs − Pylon Inner and Pylon Outer


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 FebPage01/1434
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs − Pylon Inner and Pylon Outer


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 FebPage01/1435
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs − Pylon Inner and Pylon Outer


Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 FebPage01/1436
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57450002200 PB101


201
1A Rib BAEM1213 D57450002202 PB101 A20167J0030
203
1B Rib BAEM1213 D57450002204 PB101 A20486J0167
205 B22199J0689
1C Rib BAEM1213 D57450002206 PB101 A22199J0689
207
−adaptation BAEM1213 D57458529000 PB101 A22199J0689
001
1D Rib ABM3−1029 D57450002208 PB101 A35461J2581
209
5 Bonding, plate L164 D57458059200 B20167J0030
201
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bonding, plate L164 D57458059202 B20167J0030
1.6 (0.063)
15 Cleat L165 D57450073200
201
1.4 (0.055)
20 Plug, blanking L168 D57458527200 A22199J0689
25 Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57450135200
201
25A Plate, joint BAEM1213 D57450135202 A25229J1413
203
30 Packer L165 D57450086200
201
2 (0.079)
30A Packer L165 D57450086202 A20486J0167
203
1.4 (0.055)
30B Packer ABM3−1029 D57450086206 A35461J2581
207
30C Packer ABM3−1029 D57450086210 A150294J2824
211
35 Bracket BAEM1213 D57450080200
201
35A Bracket ABM3−1029 D57450080202 A35461J2581
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57450000, D57450092

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 FebPage01/1437
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40 Packer L165 D57450086204


205
0.6 (0.024)
45 Bracket L164 D57250323200
201
1.2 (0.047)
50 Bracket L164 D57250323202
203
1.2 (0.047)
55 Bracket L164 D57250323204
205
1.2 (0.047)
60 Bracket L164 D57250328200 B21044J0418
201
1.2 (0.047)
65 Bracket L164 D57250328202 B21044J0418
203
1.2 (0.047)
70 Flange BAEM1213 D57450005200
201
75 Bracket L164 D57950179200 A21044J0418
201
1.2 (0.047)
80 Angle, skin−nose BAER0363 D57450083202
203
85 Angle, skin−nose BAER0363 D57450094200
201
90 Angle L165 D57450133200
201
1.6 (0.063)
95 Rib BAEM1213 D57450004200 PB101
201
−adaptation BAEM1213 D57458500200 PB101
201
95A Rib BAEM1213 D57450004202 PB101 A20167J0030
203
95B Rib BAEM1213 D57450004204 PB101 A31960J2266
205
100 Angle, upper L165 D57450084202
203
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57450000, D57450001

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 FebPage01/1438
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Packer L165 D57450085204


205
0.6 (0.024)
110 Bracket BAEM1213 D57450081200
201
115 Packer L165 D57450085206
207
120 Bracket BAEM1213 D57450093200
201
125 Bracket L165 D57450057200
201
1.6 (0.063)
130 Angle, lower L165 D57450082200
201
1.6 (0.063)
135 Bracket L165 D57450056200
201
1.6 (0.063)
140 Bracket L165 D57450054200
201
1.6 (0.063)
145 Bracket L165 D57450055200 B21044J0418
201
1.6 (0.063)
150 Skin, insert M/C ABM3−1029 D57455151200
201
155 Skin, insert L165 D57455152200
201
160 Bracket, tee ABM3−1030 D57455153200
201
165 Plate, joint ABM3−1029 D57455150200
201
165A Plate, joint ABM3−1029 D57455150202 A150294J2824
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57443819, D57450001, D57455154

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−41−14 Pages 39/40
Feb 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS LEADING EDGE − INBOARD − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION TO THE SRM.

1. General
A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Inboard Leading Edge Ribs.

NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.
NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to SRM


Chapter 51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to SRM


Chapter 51−74−00.

B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

C. After rework the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits have not been exceeded. When the limits are exceeded, a
repair is necessary. Refer to the column ACTION OR REPAIR in the
Identification page block.

2. Allowable Damage
CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSTRUCTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Inboard


Leading Edge Ribs.
NOTE: For allowable damage to intermediate stop rib (WFX1963) doublers
and straps, you must refer to Airbus.

NOTE: For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic,
refer to Table 101.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
TYPE CATEGORY
ERENCE
Leading Edge Machined Rib
and Pylon Inner and Outer Rework 4.A. A −
Ribs
A <1> −
57−41−14−1−001−00
Leading Edge Track Ribs 1
Rework 4.B. <2>
thru 4 B
57−41−14−1−002−00
<3>
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101
<1> Applicable to Roller Pin holes and other cutouts in Track Ribs 1 to 4
on A320−100 (all weight variants) only.

<2> Applicable to Roller Pin holes and other cutouts in Track Ribs 1 to 4
on A320−200 (all weight variants) only.

<3> Applicable to Bottom Attachment Joint on Track Ribs 1 and 4.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

4. Leading Edge Ribs − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
A. Leading Edge Machined Rib and Pylon Inner and Outer Ribs

NOTE: The allowable damage and related repair data in this topic is val
id only for the aircraft shown in Table 102.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 102
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with C.G.
extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION of


the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary data about all
weight variants and their required information for allowable damage and
repair applicability.

The repair limits for abrasions, scratches and mild corrosion are as follows:

(1) The depth of a repair after blending must not exceed 10% of the
nominal material thickness.

(2) The dimension from the edge of the damage to the center line of any
adjacent fastener hole must not be smaller than 3 x d, where d is
the diameter of the hole.

(3) Damage must not extend into the corner radii.

(4) For details of repair limits and the blending action necessary to
repair the damage refer to Figure 101 (Sheet 3).

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 Aug 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Machined Rib and Pylon Inner and Outer Ribs − AllowableDamage
Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Machined Rib and Pylon Inner and Outer Ribs − Allowable Damage
Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Machined Rib and Pylon Inner and Outer Ribs − Allowable Damage
Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO THE TRACK RIBS 1 TO 4 MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED IN


TERVALS. THE INSPECTION TO ROLLER PIN HOLES AND OTHER CUTOUTS AP
PLY TO INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) 57−41−14−1−001−00 AND
THE INSPECTION TO BOTTOM ATTACHMENT JOINT ON RIBS 1 AND 4 APPLY
TO IIR 57−41−14−1−002−00. THE IIR’S MENTIONED ARE DESCRIBED IN THE
STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST
INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NEC
ESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

B. Leading Edge Track Ribs 1 thru 4

NOTE: The allowable damage given in this subject is applicable to the


Weight Variants shown in Table 103.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 103
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with
C.G. extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
The repair limits for abrasions, scratches and mild corrosion are as
follows:

(1) For the areas of allowable damage and damage limits, refer to Figure
102.

(2) The areas of damage on the leading edge track ribs are categorized
as single−site damage areas. Single−site damage areas permit only one
damage.

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 1 thru 4 − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 1 thru 4 − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 1 thru 4 − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (sheet 3)

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−41−14 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS - INBOARD LEADING EDGE - REPAIRS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS INDUSTRIE.

Printed in Germany
57-41-14 Nov
Page 201
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS − OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE

1. Ribs − Outboard Leading Edge − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Rib − Intermediate WFX 4952 (Before Figure 2
Modification 20167J0030)
1 Rib − Intermediate WFX 4952 (After Mod Figure 3
ification 20167J0030)
2 Rib − Track 5 Figure 4
3 Rib − Intermediate WFX 6373.87 (Before Figure 5
Modification 20265J0080)
3 Rib − Intermediate WFX 6373.87 (After Figure 6
Modification 20265J0080)
4 Rib − Track 6 Figure 7
5 Rib − Telescope (Before Modification Figure 8
24757J1381)
5 Rib − Telescope (After Modification Figure 9
24757J1381)
6 Rib − Track 7 Figure 10
7 Rib − Intermediate WFX 9262.875 Figure 11
8 Rib − Track 8 Figure 12
9 Rib − Intermediate WFX 10654.875 Figure 13
10 Rib − Track 9 Figure 14
11 Rib − Intermediate WFX 12040.875 Figure 15
12 Rib − Track 10 Figure 16
13 Rib − Intermediate WFX 13402.875 Figure 17
14 Rib − Track 11 Figure 18
15 Rib − Intermediate WFX 14675.37 (Before Figure 19
Modification 160003J3251)
15 Rib − Intermediate WFX 14675.37 (After Figure 20
Modification 160003J3251)
16 Rib − Track 12 Figure 21
17 Rib − Closing and Rib − End (Before Figure 22
Modification 160003J3251)
17 Rib − Closing and Rib − End (After Figure 23
Modification 160003J3251)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find
the Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage 2
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 4952 (Before Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap L165 D57443535208


209
5 Packing L165 D57443535272 Replace
1.60(0.063)
10 Rib L168 D57443535268
269
2.00(0.079)
15 Cleat, stringer L165 D57443535214 Replace
20 Plate, corner L165 D57443535216 Replace
1.20(0.047)
25 Stiffener L165 D57443535206 Replace
207
2.00(0.079)
30 Ring, anchornut L165 D57443535274 Replace
275
1.00(0.039)
35 Plate L165 D57443535224 Replace
1.20(0.047)
40 Packing L165 D57443535210 Replace
211
1.60(0.063)
45 Angle L165 D57443535202 Replace
203
2.00(0.079)
50 Bracket L164 D57250329200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
55 Bracket L164 D57250329202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
60 Strap L165 D57443535256 Replace
2.00(0.079)
-alternative D57443535212 Replace
2.50(0.098)
-alternative L165 D57443535254 Replace
3.00(0.118)
65 Packing L165 D57443535222 Replace
2.00(0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443508, D57443535

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

70 Angle, doubler L165 D57443535252 Replace


253
2.00(0.079)
75 Shield, welded BAEM0120 D57443680000 Replace
assembly 001
ASSY Dwg.: D57443535

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 4952 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 4952 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 4952 (After Modification 20167J0030)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage 8
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap L165 D57443535002


003
5 Packing L165 D57443535272
1.6 (0.063)
10 Cleat L165 D57443535214
1.6 (0.063)
15 Rib, intermedi ABM3−1029 D57443682200
ate 201
15A Rib, intermedi ABM3−1029 D57443682202 A23833J0982
ate 203
15B Rib, intermedi ABM3−1029 D57443682204 A37627J2775
ate 205
20 Packing L165 D57443535222
2 (0.079)
25 Strap L165 D57443535256
2 (0.079)
−alternative L165 D57443535212
2.5 (0.098)
−alternative L165 D57443535254
3 (0.118)
30 Shield, welded AMB2−6027 D57443680000
assembly 001
(MSN00220553)
35 Packing L165 D57443535210
211
1.6 (0.063)
40 Shield, Heat TA59 D57443680206
(MSN03060502) 207
2.5 (0.098)
40A Shield, Heat TA59 D57443680208 A23833J0982
209
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443681

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 NovPage 9
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 5
Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 5
Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443705206 PB101


(MSN00010021) 207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443705210 03 PB101
(MSN00220130) 211
−alternative BAEM1213 D57443705206 03 PB101
207
1B Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443705214 03 PB101 A20803J0353
215
1C Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443705218 01 PB101 A22277J0726
219
5 Link, track L165 D57443825208 Replace A20803J0353
209 B22277J0726
4.00(0.158)
10 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755208 Replace
F1 6.50(0.256)
15 Packer L165 D57443536240 Replace
1.20(0.047)
20 Angle, outboard L165 D57443536272 Replace
(MSN00220130) 273
1.20(0.047)
25 Bracket L164 D57250325200 Replace B20167J0030
201
1.20(0.047)
30 Bracket L164 D57250324200 Replace B20167J0030
201
1.20(0.047)
35 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443705204 PB101
(MSN00010021) 205
35A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443705208 03 PB101
(MSN00220130) 209
35B Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443705212 03 PB101 A20803J0353
213
35C Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443705216 01 PB101 A22277J0726
217
40 Angle, inboard L165 D57443536270 Replace
(MSN00220130) 271
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57243508, D57443536

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 MayPage01/0712
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

45 Packer L165 D57443551272 Replace


0.30(0.012)
-alternative L165 D57443536294 03 Replace
0.30(0.012)
-alternative L165 D57443551274 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
-alternative L165 D57443536296 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
-alternative L165 D57443551276 03 Replace
0.80(0.031)
-alternative L165 D57443551278 03 Replace
1.00(0.039)
50 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754200 Replace
3.00(0.118)
-alternative L165 D57443754202 03 Replace
3.20(0.126)
-alternative L165 D57443754204 03 Replace
3.50(0.138)
55 Packer L165 D57443536232 Replace
1.00(0.039)
-alternative L165 D57443536302 03 Replace
2.00(0.079)
60 Packer L165 D57443536218 Replace B20167J0030
1.40(0.055)
65 Packer L165 D57443536248 Replace
1.60(0.063)
70 Doubler L165 D57443536244 Replace
245
1.40(0.055)
75 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766206 Replace
2.50(0.098)
80 Packer L165 D57443536245 Replace
246
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443536

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 6373.87 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 6373.87 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57443715200 PB101


201
5 Cleat BAEM1213 D57443756200 Replace
201
10 Shaft, restraint BAER1008 D57952023200
4.76(0.187)
15 Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443537230 Replace
231
20 Strap, lower L165 D57443537204 Replace
4.00(0.157)
-alternative L165 D57443537206 Replace
4.30(0.169)
-alternative L165 D57443537208 Replace
4.50(0.177)
-alternative L165 D57443537262 Replace
4.80(0.189)
25 Bracket L164 D57250326200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443508, D57443537

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 6373.87 (After Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 6373.87 (After Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, aft BAEM1213 D57443715202 PB101


203
1A Rib, aft BAEM1213 D57443715202 PB101 A20661J0319
203
5 Rib, center BAEM1213 D57443715218 PB101
219
10 Bracket BAEM1213 D57443867200 A20661J0319
201
15 Bracket, spread BAEM1213 D57443867202 A20661J0319
er 203
20 Rib, forward BAEM1213 D57443715216 PB101
217
20A Rib, forward BAEM1213 D57443715224 PB101 A20661J0319
225
25 Angle, sealing L165 D57243537290
291
1.6 (0.063)
30 Packer L165 D57443537250
0.5 (0.020)
−alternative L165 D57443537252
1 (0.039)
−alternative L165 D57443537254
1.6 (0.063)
35 Strap, lower L165 D57443537206
−alternative L165 D57443537208
(MSN00220553)
−alternative L165 D57443537262
(MSN05549999)
40 Packer L165 D57443537294
(MSN05549999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443537254
1.6 (0.063)
45 Shaft, restraint BAER1008 D57952023200
1.6 (0.063)
50 Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443537230
231
50A Plate, spreader ABM3−1029 D57443537298 A153294J3503
299
ASSY Dwg.: D57443537

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 MayPage01/1219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Bracket, top BAEM1213 D57443715208


209
55A Bracket, top BAEM1213 D57443715222 A20661J0319
223
60 Bracket, bottom BAEM1213 D57443715220 A20661J0319
221
65 Washer, support BAEM1213 D57443537256 A20661J0319
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443537

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 MayPage01/1220
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 6
Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 6
Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443706206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443706210 03 PB101 A20803J0353
211
1B Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443706214 03 PB101 A22277J0726
215
5 Link, machined L165 D57443826200 Replace A20803J0353
201 B22277J0726
10 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754200 Replace
3.00(0.118)
-alternative L165 D57443754202 03 Replace
3.20(0.126)
-alternative L165 D57443754204 03 Replace
3.50(0.138)
15 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755210 Replace
6.50(0.256)
20 Angle, outboard L165 D57443538256 Replace A20167J0030
257 B20803J0353
25 Bracket L164 D57250325202 Replace B20167J0030
203
1.20(0.047)
30 Bracket L164 D57250324200 Replace B20167J0030
201
1.20(0.047)
35 Packer L165 D57443543226 Replace
1.20(0.047)
40 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443706204 PB101
205
40A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443706208 03 PB101 A20803J0353
209
40B Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443706212 03 PB101 A22277J0726
213
45 Angle, inboard L165 D57443538258 Replace A20167J0030
259 B20803J0353
ASSY Dwg.: D57243508, D57243538, D57443538

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

50 Packer L165 D57443551272 Replace


(MSN01569999) 0.30(0.012)
-alternative L165 D57443538276 03 Replace
0.30(0.012)
-alternative L165 D57443551274 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
-alternative L165 D57443538278 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
-alternative L165 D57443551276 03 Replace
0.80(0.031)
-alternative L165 D57443551278 03 Replace
1.00(0.039)
55 Packer L165 D57443538216 Replace
2.00(0.079)
-alternative L165 D57443538284 03 Replace
(MSN03919999) 1.00(0.039)
60 Doubler L165 D57443538208 Replace
(MSN00010021) 209
1.60(0.063)
60A Doubler L165 D57443538254 03 Replace
(MSN00229999) 255
1.60(0.063)
65 Packer L165 D57443766202 Replace
2.50(0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443538

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Telescope (Before Modification 24757J1381)


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Telescope (Before Modification 24757J1381)


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Telescope (Before Modification 24757J1381)


Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Telescope (Before Modification 24757J1381)


Figure 8 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Cleat L165 D57443539238 Replace


239
1.60(0.063)
5 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443540200 PB101
(MSN00010130) 201
5A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443540204 03 PB101
(MSN0131 Only) 205
5B Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443540208 03 PB101
(MSN01320553) 209
10 Cleat L165 D57443539236 Replace
237
1.60(0.063)
15 Packer L165 D57443539252 Replace
1.40(0.055)
-alternative L165 D57443539254 03 Replace
2.50(0.098)
-alternative L165 D57443539260 03 Replace
4.50(0.177)
20 Cleat, stringer BAEM1213 D57443671200 Replace
25 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443540202 PB101
(MSN00010130) 203
25A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443540206 03 PB101
(MSN0131 Only) 207
25B Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443540210 03 PB101
(MSN01320553) 211
30 Strap, lower L165 D57443539202 Replace
(MSN00010131) 2.50(0.098)
30A Strap, lower L165 D57443539322 03 Replace
(MSN01320553) 2.80(0.110)
35 Packer BAEM1213 D57443539220 Replace
0.40(0.016)
-alternative BAEM1213 D57443539222 03 Replace
0.60(0.024)
-alternative BAEM1213 D57443539224 03 Replace
0.80(0.031)
-alternative BAEM1213 D57443539296 03 Replace
1.00(0.039)
40 Plate BAEM1213 D57443539240 Replace
241
15.00(0.591)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443539

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

45 Bracket L164 D57950206200 Replace


201
45A Bracket J4291 D57950209200 03 Replace A20167J0030
201
50 Plate, seal inÈ L165 D57443539210 Replace
board 211
1.00(0.039)
50A Plate, seal inÈ L165 D57443539274 02 Replace
board 275
(MSN00220130) 1.00(0.039)
50B Plate, seal inÈ L165 D57443539288 03 Replace A20803J0353
board 289
1.00(0.039)
55 Plate, seal outÈ L165 D57443539212 Replace
board 213
1.00(0.039)
55A Plate, seal outÈ L165 D57443539276 02 Replace
board 277
(MSN00220130) 1.00(0.039)
55B Plate, seal outÈ L165 D57443539290 03 Replace A20803J0353
board 291
1.00(0.039)
60 Strap, inboard L165 D57443539264 Replace
(MSN00010021) 265
1.60(0.063)
60A Strap, inboard L165 D57443539304 03 Replace
(MSN00220130) 305
1.60(0.063)
60B Plate, seal outÈ L165 D57443539312 03 Replace A20803J0353
board 313
1.60(0.063)
65 Channel, inboard BAEM0120 D57443539256 Replace
(MSN00010021) 257
1.00(0.039)
65A Channel, inboard BAEM0120 D57443539278 01 Replace
(MSN00220130) 279
1.00(0.039)
65B Channel, inboard BAEM0120 D57443539292 03 Replace A20803J0353
293
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443508, D57443539

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

70 Channel, outboard BAEM0120 D57443539258 Replace


(MSN00010021) 259
1.00(0.039)
70A Channel, inboard BAEM0120 D57443539280 01 Replace
(MSN00220130) 281
1.00(0.039)
70B Channel, outboard BAEM0120 D57443539294 03 Replace A20803J0353
295
1.00(0.039)
75 Strap, outboard L165 D57443539266 Replace
(MSN00010021) 267
1.60(0.063)
75A Strap, outboard L165 D57443539306 03 Replace
(MSN00220130) 307
1.60(0.063)
75B Strap, outboard L165 D57443539314 03 Replace A20803J0353
315
1.60(0.063)
80 Packer, outboard L165 D57443539262 Replace
(MSN00010021) 263
1.40(0.055)
80A Packer, outboard L165 D57443539302 03 Replace
(MSN00220130) 303
1.40(0.055)
80B Packer, outboard L165 D57443539310 03 Replace A20803J0353
311
1.40(0.055)
85 Plate, spreader L165 D57443539268 Replace
3.00(0.118)
90 Packer, inboard L165 D57443539242 Replace
(MSN00010021) 243
1.40(0.055)
90A Packer, inboard L165 D57443539300 03 Replace
(MSN00220130) 301
1.40(0.055)
90B Packer, inboard L165 D57443539308 03 Replace
(MSN01310553) 309
1.40(0.055)
95 Landing, inboard L165 D57443539316 Replace
(MSN01320553) 317
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443539

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

100 Landing, outboard L165 D57443539318 Replace


(MSN01320553) 319
1.60(0.063)
105 Support, inboard L165 D57448250200 Replace
skin 201
(MSN04150553)
110 Support, inboard L165 D57448250208 Replace
skin 209
(MSN04150553)
115 Support, outboard L165 D57448250202 Replace
skin 203
(MSN04150553)
120 Support, outboard L165 D57448250210 Replace
skin 211
(MSN04150553)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443539, D57448250

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Telescope (After Modificaton 24757J1381)


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/0833
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs - Telescope (After Modificaton 24757J1381)


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs - Telescope (After Modificaton 24757J1381)


Figure 9 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0235
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, inboard ABM3−1029 D57449201200 PB101


201
5 Bracket, inboard L165 D57449206204
skin lower 205
1.60(0.063)
10 Bracket, inboard L165 D57449206200 Replace
skin upper 201
1.60(0.063)
15 Plate BAEM1213 D57443539240 Replace
241
20 Rib, outboard ABM3−1029 D57449201202 PB101
203
25 Bracket, out L165 D57449206202 Replace
board skin upper 203
1.60(0.063)
30 Bracket, out L165 D57449206206 Replace
board skin lower 207
1.60(0.063)
35 Packer, nut L165 D57443539254 Replace
plate 2.50(0.098)
40 Plate, spreader L165 D57443539268 Replace
3.00(0.118)
45 Packer, outboard L165 D57443539310 Replace
311
1.40(0.055)
50 Strap, outboard L165 D57443539314 Replace
315
1.60(0.063)
55 Strap, inboard l165 D57443539312 Replace
313
1.60(0.063)
60 Packer, inboard L165 D57443539308 Replace
309
1.60(0.063)
65 Cleat, stringer L165 D57443539238 Replace
239
1.60(0.063)
70 Cleat, stringer L165 D57443539236 Replace
237
1.60(0.063)
75 Cleat, stringer ABM3−1029 D57443671200 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57449202, D57455004

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/0836
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

80 Packer L165 D57443539220 Replace


0.40(0.016)
85 Packer L165 D57443539222 Replace
0.60(0.024)
90 Packer L165 D57443539224 Replace
0.80(0.031)
95 Packer L165 D57443539296 Replace
1.00(0.039)
100 Strap, lower L165 D57443539202 Replace
2.50(0.098)
105 Landing, inboard L165 D57443539316 Replace
317
1.60(0.063)
110 Landing, outboard L165 D57443539318 Replace
319
1.60(0.063)
115 Seal J4490 D57443854200 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57443854, D57449202

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0237
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 7
Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 7
Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443707206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443707210 03 PB101 A20803J0353
211
1B Rib, outboard ABM3−1029 D57443707214 03 PB101 A26781J1639
215
5 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755230 Replace
6.50(0.256)
10 Packer L165 D57443541232 Replace
1.20(0.047)
15 Angle, outboard L165 D57443541262 Replace A20265J0080
263 B20803J0353
1.20(0.047)
20 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755208 Replace
6.50(0.256)
25 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443707204 PB101
205
25A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443707208 03 PB101 A20803J0353
209
25B Rib, inboard ABM3−1029 D57443707212 03 PB101 A26781J1639
213
30 Angle, inboard L165 D57443541264 Replace A20265J0080
265 B20803J0353
1.20(0.047)
35 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272 Replace
(MSN01569999) 0.30(0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443541272 03 Replace
0.30(0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
−alternative L165 D57443541274 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
−alternative L165 D57443551276 03 Replace
0.80(0.031)
−alternative L165 D57443551278 03 Replace
1.00(0.039)
40 Packer L165 D57443541216 Replace
(MSN01569999) 2.00(0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443541

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 MayPage01/1240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

45 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754200 Replace


3.00(0.118)
-alternative L165 D57443754202 03 Replace
3.20(0.126)
-alternative L165 D57443754204 03 Replace
3.50(0.138)
50 Doubler L165 D57443541208 Replace
209
1.60(0.063)
50A Doubler L165 D57443541260 03 Replace A20265J0080
261
1.60(0.063)
55 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766202 Replace
2.50(0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443541

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 9262.875


Figure 11 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1242
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 9262.875


Figure 11 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0243
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, inter BAEM1213 D57443716200 PB101


201
1A Rib, inter BAEM1213 D57443716202 PB101 A20265J0080
203
1B Rib, inter BAEM1213 D57443716206 PB101 A20661J0319
207
1C Rib, inter BAEM1213 D57443716210 PB101 A21405J0514
211
5 Bracket, string BAEM1213 D57443716208 A20661J0319
er 209
5A Bracket, string BAEM1213 D57443716212 A21405J0514
er 213
10 Packer L165 D57443542254 B21405J0514
0.6 (0.024)
−alternative L165 D57443542256
1 (0.039)
−alternative L165 D57443542258
1.4 (0.055)
15 Packer D57443542240 A20265J0080
1 (0.039) B23070J0902
20 Cleat L165 D57443815202
1.6 (0.063)
25 Bracket, support L165 D57443815200
201
1.6 (0.063)
30 Packer L165 D57443542272
(MSN01569999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443542274
0.5 (0.020)
35 Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443542232
(MSN00010059) 233
35A Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443542242
(MSN00609999) 243
35B Plate, spreader ABM3−1029 D57443542278 A153294J3503
279
40 Strap, lower L165 D57443542204
−alternative L165 D57443542206
−alternative L165 D57443542208
ASSY Dwg.: D57443541, D57443542

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 MayPage01/1244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45 Packer L165 D57443542210


1.2 (0.047)
50 Packer, joggled L165 D57443542262 A21354J0489
263
1.6 (0.063)
50A Packer, joggled L165 D57443542276 A25252J1490
277
1.6 (0.063)
−alternative L165 D57443542262
263
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443541, D57443542

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 8
Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 8
Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0247
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443708206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443707210 03 PB101 A20803J0353
211
5 Stud assy S98 D57443765200 Replace
(MSN00010130) 201
5A Stud S98 D57443868000 Replace
assy(MSN01310562) 001
-alternative S98 D57443765200 Replace
201
5B Stud assy S98 D57443868002 Replace A23572J1006
003
10 Packer L165 D57443543226 Replace
1.20(0.047)
15 Angle, outboard L165 D57443543258 Replace B20803J0353
259
1.20(0.047)
20 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443708204 PB101
205
20A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443707208 03 PB101 A20803J0353
209
25 Angle, inboard L165 D57443543260 Replace B20803J0353
261
1.20(0.047)
30 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272 Replace
(MSN01569999) 0.30(0.012)
-alternative L165 D57443543272 03 Replace
0.30(0.012)
-alternative L165 D57443551274 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
-alternative L165 D57443541274 03 Replace
0.50(0.020)
-alternative L165 D57443551276 03 Replace
0.80(0.031)
-alternative L165 D57443551278 03 Replace
1.00(0.039)
35 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766202 Replace
2.50(0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443543

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0348
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

40 Doubler L165 D57443543208 Replace


209
1.60(0.063)
45 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754200 Replace
3.00(0.118)
-alternative L165 D57443754202 03 Replace
3.20(0.126)
-alternative L165 D57443754204 03 Replace
3.50(0.138)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443543

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0349
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 10654.875


Figure 13 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1250
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 10654.875


Figure 13 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0251
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57443717200 PB101


201
1A Rib BAEM1213 D57443717204 03 PB101 A20661J0319
205
1B Rib (MSN00929999) BAEM1213 D57443717208 03 PB101
209
5 Bracket, stringer BAEM1213 D57443717206 Replace A20661J0319
207
10 Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443544202 Replace
(MSN00010130) 203
15 Strap, lower L165 D57443544230 Replace A20167J0030
231
2.00(0.079)
20 Packer L165 D57443544232 Replace
0.60(0.024)
25 Packer L165 D57443544208 Replace
0.50(0.020)
-alternative L165 D57443544210 Replace
0.70(0.028)
-alternative L165 D57443544222 Replace
0.30(0.012)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443544

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0252
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 9
Figure 14 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0253
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 9
Figure 14 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0254
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443709206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443709210 PB101 A20803J0353
211
5 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755212
F1
10 Seal, angle out L165 D57443545262 A20167J0030
board 263 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
15 Packer L165 D57443543226
1.2 (0.047)
20 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443709204 PB101
205
20A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443709208 PB101 A20803J0353
209
25 Seal, angle in L165 D57443545264 A20167J0030
board 265 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
30 Doubler L165 D57443545268
269
1.6 (0.063)
35 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766202
2.5 (0.098)
40 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754224
225
−alternative L165 D57443754226
227
−alternative L165 D57443754228
229
40A Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754244 A20167J0030
245
−alternative L165 D57443754246
247
−alternative L165 D57443754248
249
40B Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754224
(MSN01569999) 225
40C Strap, failsafe L165 D57455212200 A160003J3251
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57443545

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1255
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443545286


(MSN01569999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative ma L90
terial
−alternative L165 D57443545288
0.5 (0.020)
−alternative ma L90
terial
−alternative L165 D57443545290
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative ma L90
terial
−alternative L165 D57443545292
1 (0.039)
−alternative ma L90
terial
50 Packer L165 D57443545270 A20265J0080
271 B20803J0353
ASSY Dwg.: D57443545

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1256
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 12040.875


Figure 15 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1257
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Intermediate WFX 12040.875


Figure 15 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0258
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57443718202 PB101


203
1A Rib BAEM1213 D57443718204 PB101 A20265J0080
205
1B Rib BAEM1213 D57443718208 PB101 A20661J0319
209
5 Shaft, restraint BAER1008 D57950083200
10 Bracket, string BAEM1213 D57443710210 A20661J0319
er 211
15 Packer L165 D57443546237 B25252J1490
1 (0.039)
20 Packer L165 D57443546256 B160003J3251
(MSN01569999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443546258
0.5 (0.02)
20A Packer L165 D57455228200 A160003J3251
1 (0.039)
−alternative L165 D57455228202
0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57455228204
0.5 (0.02)
25 Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443546232
233
25A Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443546238 A20661J0319
239 B153294J3503
25B Plate, spreader ABM3−1029 D57443546270 A153294J3503
271
30 Strap, lower L165 D57443546204
(MSN00020155) 205
30A Strap, lower L165 D57443546206 B160003J3251
(MSN01569999) 207
−alternative L165 D57443546208
209
30B Strap, lower L165 D57455208200 A160003J3251
201
−alternative L165 D57455208202
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57443546

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1259
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 10
Figure 16 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0260
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 10
Figure 16 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0261
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443710206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443710210 PB101 A20803J0353
211
5 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755212
10 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272 B160003J3251
(MSN05549999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443547274
0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57443547276
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57443551276
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative L165 D57443551278
1 (0.039)
10A Packer L165 D57455223200 A160003J3251
0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57455223202
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57455223204
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative L165 D57455223206
1 (0.039)
15 Packer L165 D57443543232
1.2 (0.047)
20 Angle, outboard L165 D57443547266 A20265J0080
267 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
25 Packer L165 D57443543226
1.2 (0.047)
30 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443710204 PB101
205
30A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443710208 PB101 A20803J0353
209
35 Angle, inboard L165 D57443547268 A20265J0080
269 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443547

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1262
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40 Doubler L165 D57443547208


209
1.4 (0.055)
45 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766204
2.5 (0.098)
50 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754206 B160003J3251
−alternative L165 D57443754208
−alternative L165 D57443754210
50A Strap, failsafe L165 D57455211200 A160003J3251
ASSY Dwg.: D57443547

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1263
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 13402.875


Figure 17 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1264
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 13402.875


Figure 17 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/0865
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, inter BAEM1213 D57443719200 PB101


201
1A Rib, inter BAEM1213 D57443719204 PB101 A20661J0319
205
1B Rib, inter BAEM1213 D57443719208 PB101
(MSN00929999) 209
5 Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443548202
10 Shaft, restraint BAER1008 D57950054200
15 Packer L165 D57443548232
1 (0.039)
15A Packer L165 D57443548254 A38949J2951
1 (0.039)
17 Packer L165 D57443548234
1.2 (0.047)
17A Packer L165 D57443548256 A38949J2951
1.2 (0.047)
19 Packer L165 D57443548236
1.4 (0.055)
19A Packer L165 D57443548258 A38949J2951
1.4 (0.055)
20 Bracket, string BAEM1213 D57443719206 A20661J0319
er 207
25 Strap, lower L165 D57443548204
205
2 (0.079)
25A Strap, lower L165 D57443548228 A20167J0030
229
2 (0.079)
25B Strap, lower L165 D57443548260 A39979J3033
261
2 (0.079)
30 Packer L165 D57443548238
0.6 (0.024)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443548

Key to Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 MayPage01/1266
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 11
Figure 18 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0267
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib - Track 11
Figure 18 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 NovPage01/0268
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443711206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443711210 PB101 A20803J0353
211
5 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755220
10 Angle, outboard L165 D57443549264 A20265J0080
265 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
15 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443711204 PB101
205
15A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443711208 PB101 A20803J0353
209
20 Angle, inboard L165 D57443549262 A20265J0080
263 B20803J0353
1.2 (0.047)
25 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272 B160003J3251
(MSN01569999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443549274
0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57443549276
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57443551276
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative L165 D57443551278
1 (0.039)
25A Packer L165 D57455223200 A160003J3251
0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57455223202
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57455223204
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative L165 D57455223206
1 (0.039)
30 Doubler L165 D57443549208
209
1.4 (0.055)
35 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766204
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443547, D574435479, D57443549

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1269
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754206 B160003J3251


−alternative L165 D57443754208
−alternative L165 D57443754210
40A Strap, failsafe L165 D57455211200 A160003J3251
ASSY Dwg.: D57443549

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1270
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 14675.37 (Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 19 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1271
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 14675.37 (Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 19 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1272
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57443720204 PB101


206
1A Rib BAEM1213 D57443720208 PB101 A20167J0030
210
1B Rib BAEM1213 D57443720212 PB101 A20803J0353
214
5 Cleat L165 D57443550218
219
1.6 (0.063)
10 Plate, spreader BAEM1213 D57443550240
241
15 Strap, lower L165 D57443550216
(MSN00010021) 217
15A Strap, lower L165 D57443550248
(MSN00229999) 252
20 Packer L165 D57443550258
1.2 (0.047)
20A Packer L165 D57443550264 A20167J0030
1.2 (0.047)
20B Packer L165 D57443550272 A38949J2951
1.2 (0.047)
22 Packer L165 D57443550260
1.4 (0.055)
22A Packer L165 D57443550266 A20167J0030
1.4 (0.055)
22B Packer L165 D57443550274 A38949J2951
1.4 (0.055)
24 Packer L165 D57443550262
1.6 (0.063)
24A Packer L165 D57443550268 A20167J0030
1.6 (0.063)
24B Packer L165 D57443550276 A38949J2951
1.6 (0.063)
25 Packer L165 D57443550256 A20167J0030
1 (0.039) B25252J1490
ASSY Dwg.: D57443550

Key to Figure 19

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1273
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Intermediate WFX 14675.37 (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 20

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 NovPage01/1374
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib ABM3−1029 D57455185200 B160072J3733


−adaptation ABS5032A012 D57458809200 A160070J3731
B160072J3733
1A Rib ABM3−1029 D57455327200 A160072J3733
2 Rib ABM3−1029 D57455205200 B160072J3733
2A Rib ABM3−1029 D57455328200 A160072J3733
5 Cleat L165 D57443550219
218
1.6 (0.063)
10 Plate, spreader ABM3−1029 D57443550240
241
15 Strap, lower L165 D57455184200
20 Strap, lower L165 D57455219200
25 Packer L165 D57455180200
201
0.5 (0.02)
30 Packer L165 D57455180202
203
0.7 (0.028)
35 Packer L165 D57455180204
205
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57455231

Key to Figure 20

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 NovPage01/1375
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Track 12
Figure 21 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1276
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Track 12
Figure 21 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1277
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443712206 PB101


207
1A Rib, outboard BAEM1213 D57443712210 PB101 A20803J0353
211
5 Strip, rubbing BS2572 D57443755222
6.5 (0.255)
10 Packer L165 D57443551258
4 (0.157)
15 Angle, outboard L165 D57443549264 A20265J0080
1.2 (0.047) B20803J0353
20 Packer L165 D57443551228
1.2 (0.047)
25 Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443712204 PB101
205
25A Rib, inboard BAEM1213 D57443712208 PB101 A20803J0353
209
30 Angle, inboard L165 D57443551261 A20265J0080
1.2 (0.047) B20803J0353
35 Strap, failsafe L165 D57443754206
3 (0.118)
−alternative L165 D57443754208
3.2 (0.126)
−alternative L165 D57443754210
3.5 (0.138)
40 Packer, failsafe L165 D57443551272
(MSN05549999) 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57443551274
0.5 (0.020)
−alternative L165 D57443551276
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative L165 D57443551278
1 (0.039)
45 Doubler L165 D57443551208
209
1.4 (0.055)
45A Doubler L165 D57443551280 A39250J2990
281
1.4 (0.055)
50 Plate, spreader L165 D57443766200
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443508, D574435451, D57443551

Key to Figure 21

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1278
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Closing and Rib − End (Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1279
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Closing and Rib − End (Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1280
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Closing and Rib − End (Before Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 22 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1281
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, end BAEM1213 D57450012200


201
1A Rib, end BAEM1213 D57450012202 A20167J0030
203
1B Rib, end BAEM1213 D57450012204 A20609J0261
205
5 Rib, closing BAEM1213 D57450009200 PB101
201
5A Rib, closing BAEM1213 D57450109200 PB101 A20167J0030
201
5B Rib, closing BAEM1213 D57450132200 PB101 A20672J0299
201
10 Angle, support L164 D92450254002 A20609J0261
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57450008, D57450131

Key to Figure 22

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1282
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib − Closing and Rib − End (After Modification 160003J3251)


Figure 23

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1283
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, closing BAEM1213 D57455176200


201
5 Plate, connector ABM3−1029 D57455207200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57455230

Key to Figure 23

Printed in Germany
57−41−15 AugPage01/1284
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS LEADING EDGE − OUTBOARD − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION TO THE SRM.

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Leading Edge Ribs. This data is valid for the aircraft shown in
Table 101 and is necessary to find the correct repair.
NOTE: For definition of Allowable Damage refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to SRM
Chapter 51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to SRM


Chapter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with
C.G. extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded a repair is necessary. Refer to the column ‘ACTION OR REPAIR’ in

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

the SRM Chapter 57−41−15 Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is


available.
2. Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSTRUCTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

A. The allowable damage is damage for which a structural repair is not nec
essary. The data in this topic is applicable to the skins of the Lead
ing Edge Ribs that follow:
− Closing Rib at WFX 15986.8,
− Intermediate Ribs and Telescope Ribs,
− Track Ribs 5 thru 12.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
TYPE CATEGORY
ERENCE
Abrasions,
Leading Edge Closing Rib Scratches
4.A. A −
at WFX 15986.8 and Mild
Corrosion
A

<1> <2>
57−41−15−1−001−00
Abrasions,
Leading
g Edge
g Track Ribs 5 Scratches <3>
4B
4.B.
thru 12 and Mild 57−41−15−1−002−00
Corrosion B
<4>
57−41−15−1−003−00
<5>
Abrasions,
Leading Edge Intermediate Scratches
4.C. A −
Ribs and Telescope Ribs and Mild
Corrosion
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
<1> Applicable to Roller Pin Holes and other cutouts in Track Ribs 5 thru
12 on A320−100 (all weight variants) only.

<2> Applicable to forward upper Roller Pin Holes in Track Ribs 5 thru 12
on A320−200 (weight variants 000 thru 010, 013 and 014) only.

<3> Applicable to forward upper Roller Pin Holes in Track Ribs 5 thru 12
on A320−200 (weight variants 011, 012, 015 and 016) only.
<4> Applicable to remaining Roller Pin holes and other Cutouts in Track
Ribs 5 thru 12 on A320−200 (all weight variants) only. This does not
include Forward Roller Pin Holes <3>.

<5> Applicable to Bottom Attachment Joint on Track Ribs 5 thru 12.

NOTE: Refer to each Allowable Damage paragraph to determine the applicabili


ty.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.
4. Leading Edge Ribs − Allowable Damage

A. Abrasions, Scratches and Mild Corrosion on the Closing Rib at WFX


15986.8

For types and locations of damage allowed on this structure, refer to


Figure 101, sheets 1 and 2.
Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the Lim
its of Allowable Damage given below.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 101, sheet 3.

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO TRACK RIBS 5 THRU 12 MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED IN


TERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) FOR THE FORWARD
UPPER ROLLER PIN HOLES IS 57−41−15−1−001−00. THE IIR FOR THE RE
MAINING ROLLER PIN HOLES AND OTHER CUTOUTS IS 57−41−15−1−002−00.
THE IIR FOR THE BOTTOM ATTACHMENT JOINT IS 57−41−15−1−003−00.
THESE IIR’S ARE DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
(SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. YOU MUST INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT
AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

B. Abrasions, Scratches and Mild Corrosion on the Track Ribs

For types and locations of damage allowed on this structure, refer to


Figure 102, sheets 1 and 2.

Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the Lim
its of Allowable Damage given below.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 102, sheet 3.

C. Abrasions, Scratches and Mild Corrosion on the Intermediate Ribs and


Telescope Ribs
For types and locations of damage allowed on this structure, refer to
Figure 102, sheets 1, 4 and 5.

Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the lim
its of allowable damage given below.

Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 102, sheets 4
and 5.

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Closing Rib − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

    57−41−15 FebPage01/06
Printed in Germany
105
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Closing Rib − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

    57−41−15 FebPage01/06
Printed in Germany
106
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Closing Rib − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 3)

    57−41−15 FebPage01/06
Printed in Germany
107
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 5 thru 12, Intermediate Ribs and Telescopic Ribs −
Allowable Damage
Figure 102 (sheet 1)
Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 5 thru 12, Intermediate Ribs and Telescopic Ribs −
Allowable Damage
Figure 102 (sheet 2)
Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 5 thru 12, Intermediate Ribs and Telescopic Ribs −
Allowable Damage
Figure 102 (sheet 3)
Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 5 thru 12, Intermediate Ribs and Telescopic Ribs −
Allowable Damage
Figure 102 (sheet 4)
Page 111
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Leading Edge Track Ribs 5 thru 12, Intermediate Ribs and Telescopic Ribs −
Allowable Damage
Figure 102 (sheet 5)
Page 112
Printed in Germany
57−41−15 May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS - OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE - REPAIRS

1. General
No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact
AIRBUS INDUSTRIE.

Printed in Germany
57-41-15 Nov
Page 201
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS

1. Spars - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Spars - Inboard (MSN00030035) Figure 2
2 Spars - Inboard (MSN00369999) Figure 3
3 Spars - Pylon Figure 4
4 Spars - Outboard (MSN00030035) Figure 5
5 Spars - Outboard (MSN00369999) Figure 6
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-40-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 1
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 2
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Inboard (MSN00030035)


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 3
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar L165 D57443524200 PB201


201
1.60(0.063)
1A Spar L165 D57443524210 PB201 A20167J0030
211
1.60(0.063)
5 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443636200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
10 Spar L165 D57443525200 PB201
201
1.60(0.063)
10A Spar L165 D57443525208 PB201 A20167J0030
209
1.60(0.063)
15 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443686200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
20 Angle L165 D57443525220 Replace
221
1.00(0.039)
25 Angle L165 D57443525204 Replace
205
1.00(0.039)
25A Angle L165 D57443525212 Replace A20167J0030
213
1.00(0.039)
30 Angle L165 D57443525206 Replace
207
1.60(0.063)
30A Angle L165 D57443525218 Replace A20167J0030
219
1.60(0.063)
35 Cleat L165 D57443525202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
35A Cleat L165 D57443525210 Replace A20167J0030
211
1.60(0.063)
40 Angle L165 D57443524208 Replace
209
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443515, D57443524, D57443525, D57453524, D57453525

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 4
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

40A Angle L165 D57443524212 Replace A20167J0030


213
1.60(0.063)
45 Angle L165 D57443524204 Replace
205
1.00(0.039)
50 Angle L165 D57443524202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
55 Angle L165 D57443524206 Replace
207
1.60(0.063)
55A Angle L165 D57443524216 Replace A20167J0030
217
1.60(0.063)
60 Spar L165 D57443526200 PB201
201
1.60(0.063)
60A Spar L165 D57443526212 PB201 A20167J0030
213
1.60(0.063)
65 Spar L165 D57443527200 PB201
201
1.60(0.063)
65A Spar L165 D57443527208 PB201 A20167J0030
209
1.60(0.063)
70 Spar L165 D57443528200 PB201
201
1.60(0.063)
75 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443637200 Replace
LH 1.20(0.047)
77 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443638200 Replace
RH 1.20(0.047)
80 Cleat L165 D57443528202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
85 Angle L165 D57443528204 Replace
205
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443515, D57443524, D57443527, D57443528, D57453525, D57453528

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 5
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

90 Angle L165 D57443528206 Replace


207
1.00(0.039)
95 Bracket, support L165 D57443528218 Replace
219
1.20(0.047)
100 Angle L165 D57443528212 Replace
213
1.60(0.063)
105 Angle L165 D57443527212 Replace
213
1.60(0.063)
110 Angle L165 D57443527204 Replace
205
1.60(0.063)
115 Angle L165 D57443527202 Replace
203
1.00(0.039)
120 Angle L165 D57443527206 Replace
207
1.60(0.063)
120A Angle L165 D57443527210 Replace A20167J0030
211
1.60(0.063)
125 Cleat L165 D57443526202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
125A Cleat L165 D57443526226 Replace A20167J0030
227
1.60(0.063)
130 Angle L165 D57443526208 Replace
209
1.00(0.039)
130A Cleat L165 D57443526218 Replace A20167J0030
219
1.60(0.063)
135 Angle L165 D57443526210 Replace
211
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443526, D57443527, D57443528

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 6
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

140 Angle L165 D57443526228 Replace


229
1.60(0.063)
145 Packing L165 D57443525228 Replace B20167J0030
1.40(0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443525, D57443526

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 7
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Inboard (MSN00369999)


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage 8
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar L165 D57443524210 PB201


211
1.6(0.063)
5 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443636200
1.2(0.047)
10 Spar L165 D57443525208 PB201
209
1.6(0.063)
10A Spar L165 D57443525236 PB201 A39014J2949
237
1.6(0.063)
15 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443686200
1.2(0.047)
20 Angle, LH L165 D57443525220
1.6(0.063)
22 Angle, RH L165 D57443525221
1(0.039)
25 Angle L165 D57443525212
213
1(0.039)
30 Angle L165 D57443525218
219
1.6(0.063)
35 Cleat L165 D57443525210
211
1.6(0.063)
35A Cleat L165 D57443525230 A20803J0353
231
1.6(0.063)
40 Angle L165 D57443524212
213
1.6(0.063)
40A Angle L165 D57443524228 A20803J0353
229
1.6(0.063)
45 Angle L165 D57443524204
205
1(0.039)
50 Angle L165 D57443524202
203
1.6(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443515, D57443524, D57443525, D57453524, D57453525

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 FebPage 9
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Angle L165 D57443524216


217
1.6(0.063)
55A Angle L165 D57443524226 A20803J0353
227
1.6(0.063)
60 Spar L165 D57443526212 PB201
213
1.6(0.063)
60A Spar L165 D57443526236 PB201 A39014J2949
237
1.6(0.063)
65 Spar L165 D57443527208 PB201
209
1.6(0.063)
65A Spar L165 D57443527236 PB201 A21405J0382
237
1.6(0.063)
70 Spar L165 D57443528230 PB201
(MSN00360059) 231
2(0.079)
70A Spar L165 D57443528228 PB201
(MSN00604220) 229
2(0.079)
70B Spar L165 D57443528246 PB201 A39014J2949
(MSN42219999) 247
2(0.079)
75 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443638200
LH (MSN00360059) 1.2(0.047)
77 Bracket, raceway L165 D57443637200
RH (MSN00360059) 1.2(0.047)
80 Cleat L165 D57443528202
203
1.6(0.063)
85 Angle L165 D57443528204
205
1(0.039)
90 Angle L165 D57443528206
207
1(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443515, D57443524, D57443527, D57443528, D57443637, D57443638

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 FebPage01/0910
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

95 Bracket, support L165 D57443528218


219
1.2(0.047)
100 Angle L165 D57443528212
(MSN00360059) 213
1.6(0.063)
105 Cleat L165 D57443527232 A20803J0353
233
1.6(0.063)
110 Angle L165 D57443527212
213
1.6(0.063)
110A Angle L165 D57443527232 A20803J0353
233
1.6(0.063)
115 Angle L165 D57443527204
205
1(0.039)
120 Angle L165 D57443527202
203
1.6(0.063)
125 Angle L165 D57443527210
211
1.6(0.063)
125A Angle L165 D57443527230 A20803J0353
231
1.6(0.063)
130 Cleat L165 D57443526226
227
1.6(0.063)
135 Angle L165 D57443526218
219
1(0.039)
140 Angle L165 D57443526210
211
1.6(0.063)
145 Cleat L165 D57443526228
229
1.6(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443526, D57443527, D57443528

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 FebPage01/0911
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spar - Pylon
Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0312
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Diaphragm, LH L165 D57450050200 PB201


1.60(0.063)
5 Diaphragm, RH L165 D57450051200 PB201
1.60(0.063)
10 Bracket, LH L165 D57450124200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
10A Bracket, RH L165 D57450124202 Replace A20330J0100
1.20(0.047)
15 Bracket L165 D57450124201 Replace
1.20(0.047)
15A Bracket L165 D57450124203 Replace A20330J0100
1.20(0.047)
20 Strap L165 D57450049200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
25 Bracket, LH Only L165 D57450123200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
25A Bracket, RH Only L165 D57450123202 Replace A20330J0100
1.20(0.047)
30 Bracket L165 D57450121200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
30A Bracket L165 D57450121202 Replace A20330J0100
1.20(0.047)
35 Angle, LH L165 D57450050202 Replace
1.60(0.063)
40 Angle, RH L165 D57450051202 Replace
1.60(0.063)
45 Angle, LH L165 D57450058200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
50 Angle, RH L165 D57450058202 Replace
1.60(0.063)
55 Angle L165 D57450122202 Replace
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57450050, D57450051

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0313
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Outboard (MSN00030035)


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0314
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Outboard (MSN00030035)


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0315
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Outboard (MSN00030035)


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0316
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar L165 D57443552200 PB201


201
1.20(0.047)
5 Angle L165 D57443552206 Replace
207
1.20(0.047)
10 Angle L165 D57443552204 Replace
205
1(0.039)
15 Angle L165 D57443552202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
17 Angle L165 D57443552212
213
1.20(0.047)
20 Spar L165 D57443553200 PB201
(MSN00040021) 201
1.40(0.055)
20A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443553210 PB201
MSN00220035) 211
1.40(0.055)
25 Spar L165 D57443554200 PB201
(MSN00040021) 201
1.40(0.055)
25A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443553214 PB201
MSN00220035) 215
1.40(0.055)
30 Angle L165 D57443554206 Replace
(MSN00040021) 207
1.40(0.055)
30A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443554216 Replace
MSN00220035) 217
1.40(0.055)
35 Angle L165 D57443554204 Replace
(MSN00040021) 205
1.00(0.039)
35A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443554212 Replace
MSN00220035) 213
1.40(0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443552

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 FebPage01/0917
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

40 Angle L165 D57443554202 Replace


203
1.40(0.055)
40A Angle L165 D57443554210 Replace A20265J0080
211
1.40(0.055)
42 Angle L165 D57443554228
229
43 Angle L165 D57443553212
213
45 Angle L165 D57443553204 Replace
205
1.00(0.039)
50 Angle L165 D57443553202 Replace
203
1.40(0.055)
55 Angle L165 D57443553206 Replace
(MSN00030021) 207
1.40(0.055)
55A Angle L165 D57443553214 Replace
(MSN00220035) 215
1.40(0.055)
60 Spar L165 D57443555200 PB201
(MSN00040021) 201
1.20(0.047)
60A Spar L165 D57443555212 PB201
(MSN00220035) 213
1.20(0.047)
65 Angle L165 D57443555208 Replace
209
1.20(0.047)
70 Spar L165 D57443556200 PB201
(MSN00040021) 201
1.20(0.047)
70A Spar L165 D57443556214 PB201
(MSN00220035) 215
1.20(0.047)
75 Angle L165 D57443556206 Replace
207
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443553, D57443554, D57443555, D57443556

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0318
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

80 Strap L165 D57443556208 Replace


(J4260) 209
1.60(0.063)
85 Angle L165 D57443556202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
87 Angle L165 D57443556218
219
1.20(0.047)
88 Angle L165 D57443555214
215
1.20(0.047)
90 Angle L165 D57443555204 Replace
205
1.00(0.039)
95 Angle L165 D57443555202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
100 Angle L165 D57443555206 Replace
(MSN00040021) 207
1.20(0.047)
100A Angle L165 D57443555216 Replace
(MSN00220035) 217
1.20(0.047)
105 Spar L165 D57443557232 PB201
(MSN00040021) 233
1.40(0.055)
105A Spar L165 D57443557246 PB201
(MSN00220035) 247
1.40(0.055)
110 Angle L165 D57443557208 Replace
(MSN00040021) 209
1.40(0.055)
115 Angle L165 D57443557252 Replace
253
1.40(0.055)
120 Landing L165 D57443557244 Replace
(J4260) 245
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443555, D57443556, D57443557

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0319
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

125 Landing L165 D57443557242 Replace


(J4260) 243
1.60(0.063)
130 Angle L165 D57443557210 Replace
(J4260) 211
1.40(0.055)
135 Packing L165 D57443557218 Replace
2.50(0.098)
140 Angle (MSN003 L165 D57443557214 Replace
Only) 215
1.60(0.063)
140A Angle L165 D57443557240 Replace A20190J0083
(MSN00040035) 241
1.60(0.063)
145 Landing L165 D57443557204 Replace
205
1.60(0.063)
150 Angle L165 D57443557202 Replace B20167J0030
(MSN00030021) 203
1.40(0.055)
155 Angle L165 D57443557230 Replace
(MSN00030021) 231
1.40(0.055)
155A Angle L165 D57443557250 Replace
(MSN00220035) 251
1.40(0.055)
160 Plate, nut L165 D57443557216 Replace B20167J0030
(MSN00030021) 1.00(0.039)
165 Spar L165 D57443558200 PB201
(MSN00040021) 201
1.40(0.055)
165A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443558208 PB201
MSN00220035) 209
1.40(0.055)
170 Angle L165 D57443558206 Replace
(MSN00040021) 207
1.40(0.055)
170A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443558210 PB201
MSN00220035) 211
1.40(0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443557, D57443558

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0320
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

175 Angle L165 D57443558202 Replace


203
1.40(0.055)
177 Angle L165 D57443558212
213
1.40(0.055)
180 Spar L165 D57443559200 PB201
(MSN00040021) 201
1.20(0.047)
180A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443559216 PB201
MSN00220035) 217
1.20(0.047)
185 Angle L165 D57443559204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
190 Angle L165 D57443559202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
195 Angle L165 D57443559230 Replace
231
1.20(0.047)
200 Landing, strap L165 D57443559214
(J4260) 215
1.60(0.063)
205 Angle L165 D57443559206
207
1.20(0.047)
210 Angle L165 D57443559210
211
1.20(0.047)
215 Angle L165 D57443559208
209
1.20(0.047)
220 Spar L165 D57443560200
(MSN00040021) 201
1.20(0.047)
220A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443560212
MSN00220035) 213
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443558, D57443559

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0321
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

225 Stiffener L165 D57443560206


207
1.20(0.047)
230 Spar L165 D57443561200
(MSN00040021) 201
1.20(0.047)
230A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443561206
MSN00220035) 207
1.20(0.047)
235 Angle L165 D57443561204
(MSN00040021) 205
1.20(0.047)
235A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443561208
MSN00220035) 209
1.20(0.047)
240 Angle L165 D57443561202
203
1.20(0.047)
242 Angle L165 D57443561210
211
1.20(0.047)
245 Landing, strap L165 D57443560210
(J4260) 211
1.60(0.063)
247 Cleat L165 D57443560218
219
1.20(0.047)
250 Angle L165 D57443560202
(MSN00040021) 203
1.20(0.047)
250A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443560214
MSN00220035) 215
1.20(0.047)
255 Cleat L165 D57443560204
(MSN00040021) 205
1.20(0.047)
255A Cleat (MSN0003, L165 D57443560216
MSN00220035) 217
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443560, D57443561

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0322
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

260 Angle L165 D57443562202


(MSN00040021) 203
1.00(0.039)
260A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443562218
MSN00220035) 219
1.00(0.039)
265 Spar L165 D57443562200
(MSN00040021) 201
1.00(0.039)
265A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443562216
MSN00220035) 217
1.00(0.039)
270 Angle L165 D57443562208
209
1.00(0.039)
275 Angle L165 D57443562204
205
1.00(0.039)
280 Angle L165 D57443562206
207
1.00(0.039)
285 Angle L165 D57443562232
233
1.00(0.039)
290 Landing, strap L165 D57443562214
(J4260) 215
1.60(0.063)
295 Angle L165 D57443562210
211
1.00(0.039)
300 Spar L165 D57443563200
201
1.20(0.047)
300A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443563212
MSN00220035) 213
1.20(0.047)
305 Spar L165 D57443564200
201
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443562, D57443563, D57443564

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0323
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

305A Spar (MSN0003, L165 D57443564206


MSN00220035) 207
1.20(0.047)
310 Cleat L165 D57443564204
(MSN00040021) 205
1.20(0.047)
310A Cleat (MSN0003, L165 D57443564208
MSN00220035) 209
1.20(0.047)
315 Cleat L165 D57443564216
217
1.20(0.047)
320 Angle L165 D57443564202
(MSN00040021) 203
1.20(0.047)
320A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443564210
MSN00220035) 211
1.20(0.047)
322 Angle L165 D57443564216
217
1.20(0.047)
325 Packing L165 D57443563208
1.00(0.039)
330 Strap L165 D57443563210
(J4280) 211
1.60(0.063)
335 Angle L165 D57443563202
(J4280) 203
1.20(0.047)
340 Angle L165 D57443563206
(MSN00040021) 207
1.20(0.047)
340A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443563214
MSN00220035) 215
1.20(0.047)
345 Spar L165 D57443565200
(MSN00030021) 201
0.80(0.031)
345A Spar L165 D57443565230
(MSN00220035) 231
0.80(0.031)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443563, D57443564, D57443565

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0324
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

350 Angle L165 D57443565212


213
1.60(0.063)
355 Gusset L165 D57443565210
211
1.60(0.063)
360 Angle L165 D57443565208
(MSN00040021) 209
1.60(0.063)
360A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443565246
MSN00220035) 247
1.60(0.063)
365 Landing L165 D57443565214
(J4260) 215
1.60(0.063)
370 Landing L165 D57443565202
203
0.80(0.031)
375 Angle L165 D57443565206
(MSN00040021) 207
0.80(0.031)
375A Angle (MSN0003, L165 D57443565232
MSN00220035) 233
0.80(0.031)
380 Bracket, welded L113 D57951993000
385 Strip, rubber BAER0579-751R D57951991200
HD 1.20(0.047)
390 Plate, back L113 D57951997200
1.60(0.063)
395 Strip, rubber BAER0579-751R D57951991202
HD 1.20(0.047)
400 Bracket, welded L113 D57951992000
ASSY Dwg.: D57443565, D57951991, D57951993

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0325
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Outboard (MSN00369999)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0326
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Outboard (MSN00369999)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0327
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spars - Outboard (MSN00369999)


Figure 6 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 FebPage01/0228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Spar L165 D57443552208 PB201


209
1.2 (0.047)
1A Spar L165 D57443552226 PB201 A39014J2949
227
1.2 (0.047)
5 Angle L165 D57443552210
211
1.2 (0.047)
5A Angle L165 D57443552216 A20803J0353
217
1.2 (0.047)
10 Angle L165 D57443552204
205
1 (0.039)
15 Angle L165 D57443552202
203
1.2 (0.047)
20 Angle L165 D57443552212
213
1.2 (0.047)
25 Spar L165 D57443553210 PB201
211
1.4 (0.055)
30 Spar L165 D57443554214 PB201
215
1.4 (0.055)
30A Spar L165 D57443554240 PB201 A39014J2949
241
1.4 (0.055)
35 Angle L165 D57443554216
217
1.4 (0.055)
35A Angle L165 D57443554230 A20803J0353
231
1.4 (0.055)
40 Angle L165 D57443554210 B39014J2949
211
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443552, D57443554

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1329
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40A Angle L165 D57443554236 A39014J2949


237
1.4 (0.055)
45 Angle L165 D57443554212 B155073J3550
213
1 (0.039)
45A Angle L165 D57443554242 A155073J3550
243
1 (0.039)
50 Angle L165 D57443554228
229
1.4 (0.055)
55 Angle L165 D57443553212
213
60 Angle L165 D57443553204
205
1 (0.039)
65 Angle L165 D57443553202
203
1.4 (0.055)
70 Angle L165 D57443553214
215
1.4 (0.055)
70A Angle L165 D57443553216 PB201 A20803J0353
217
1.4 (0.055)
75 Spar L165 D57443555212 PB201
213
1.2 (0.047)
75A Spar L165 D57443555236 PB201
(MSN01329999) 237
1.2 (0.047)
80 Angle L165 D57443555208
209
1.2 (0.047)
85 Spar L165 D57443556214 PB201
215
1.2 (0.047)
85A Spar L165 D57443556232 PB201
(MSN01329999) 233
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443553, D57443554, D57443555, D57443556

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1330
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Angle L165 D57443556216


217
1.2 (0.047)
90A Angle L165 D57443556220 A20803J0353
221
1.2 (0.047)
95 Strap L165 D57443556208
(J4260) 209
1.6 (0.063)
95A Strap L165 D57443556230
(MSN01329999) (J4260) 231
1.6 (0.063)
100 Angle L165 D57443556202
203
1.2 (0.047)
100A Angle L165 D57443556234
(MSN01329999) 235
1.2 (0.047)
100B Angle L165 D57443556236 A39158J2947
237
1.2 (0.047)
105 Angle L165 D57443556218
219
1.2 (0.047)
110 Angle L165 D57443555214
215
1.2 (0.047)
115 Angle L165 D57443555204
205
1 (0.039)
120 Angle L165 D57443555202
203
1.2 (0.047)
120A Angle L165 D57443555234
(MSN01329999) 235
1.2 (0.047)
125 Angle L165 D57443555216
217
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443555, D57443556

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1331
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

125A Angle L165 D57443555218 A20803J0353


219
1.2 (0.047)
130 Spar L165 D57443557246 PB201
247
1.4 (0.055)
130A Spar L165 D57443557274 A39158J2947
275
1.4 (0.055)
135 Angle L165 D57443557252
253
1.4 (0.055)
135A Angle L165 D57443557260
(MSN00599999) 261
1.4 (0.055)
140 Landing L165 D57443557244
(J4260) 245
1.6 (0.063)
140A Landing L165 D57443557264 A21354J0489
(J4260) 265
1.6 (0.063)
145 Landing L165 D57443557242
(MSN00360059) (J4260) 243
1.6 (0.063)
150 Angle L165 D57443557210
(J4260) 211
1.4 (0.055)
150A Angle L165 D57443557258
(MSN00599999) (J4260) 259
1.4 (0.055)
155 Packing L165 D57443557218
2.5 (0.098)
160 Angle L165 D57443557240
241
1.6 (0.063)
160A Angle L165 D57443557270
(MSN0132999) 271
1.6 (0.063)
165 Landing L165 D57443557204
205
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443555, D57443557

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1332
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

170 Angle L165 D57443557202


203
1.4 (0.055)
175 Angle L165 D57443557250
251
1.4 (0.055)
175A Angle L165 D57443557256 A20803J0353
257
1.4 (0.055)
180 Cleat L165 D57443557262 A21354J0489
263
1.6 (0.063)
185 Landing L165 D57443557272 A21354J0489
273
1.6 (0.063)
190 Spar L165 D57443558208 PB201
209
1.4 (0.055)
190A Spar L165 D57443558236 PB201 A21354J0489
237
1.4 (0.055)
195 Angle L165 D57443558210
211
1.4 (0.055)
195A Angle L165 D57443558214 A20803J0353
215
1.4 (0.055)
200 Angle L165 D57443558242
243
1.4 (0.055)
205 Angle L165 D57443558238 A21354J0489
239
1.4 (0.055)
210 Angle L165 D57443558212
213
1.4 (0.055)
210A Angle L165 D57443558216
(MSN00920105) 217
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443557, D57443558

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1333
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

210B Angle L165 D57443558240 A21354J0489


241
1.4 (0.055)
215 Spar L165 D57443559216 PB201
217
1.2 (0.047)
215A Spar L165 D57443559236 PB201
(MSN00920107) 237
1.2 (0.047)
215B Spar L165 D57443559242 PB201 A21228J0402
243
1.2 (0.047)
220 Angle L165 D57443559206 B21228J0402
207
1.2 (0.047)
225 Angle L165 D57443559202
(MSN00360091) 203
1.2 (0.047)
230 Angle L165 D57443559230
231
1.2 (0.047)
230A Angle L165 D57443559234 A20803J0353
235
1.2 (0.047)
230B Angle L165 D57443559244 A39160J2948
245
1.2 (0.047)
235 Landing, strap L165 D57443559214
(J4260) 215
1.6 (0.063)
240 Angle L165 D57443559204 B21228J0402
205
1.2 (0.047)
245 Angle L165 D57443559210
211
1.2 (0.047)
245A Angle L165 D57443559238
(MSN00929999) 239
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443558, D57443559

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1334
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

250 Angle L165 D57443559232


233
1.2 (0.047)
255 Spar L165 D57443560212 PB201
213
1.2 (0.047)
260 Cleat L165 D57443560218
219
1.2 (0.047)
260A Cleat L165 D57443560232
(MSN00929999) 233
1.2 (0.047)
265 Spar L165 D57443561206 PB201
207
1.2 (0.047)
270 Angle L165 D57443561208
209
1.2 (0.047)
270A Angle L165 D57443561212 A20803J0353
213
1.2 (0.047)
275 Angle L165 D57443561202
203
1.2 (0.047)
280 Angle L165 D57443561210
211
1.2 (0.047)
285 Landing, strap L165 D57443560210
(J4260) 211
1.6 (0.063)
285A Landing, strap L165 D57443560236 A23070J0902
237
1.6 (0.063)
290 Angle L165 D57443560214
215
1.2 (0.047)
290A Angle L165 D57443560230
(MSN00929999) 231
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443516, D57443559, D57443560, D57443561

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1335
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

295 Cleat L165 D57443560216


217
1.2 (0.047)
295A Cleat L165 D57443560218 A20803J0353
219
1.2 (0.047)
300 Angle L165 D57443562218
219
1 (0.039)
300A Angle L165 D57443562234 A20803J0353
235
1 (0.039)
305 Spar L165 D57443562216
(MSN00360091) 217
1 (0.039)
305A Spar L165 D57443562240
(MSN00920117) 241
1 (0.039)
305B Spar L165 D57443562244 A21228J0402
245
1 (0.039)
310 Angle L165 D57443562208 B21228J0402
209
1 (0.039)
315 Angle L165 D57443562204
(MSN00360091) 205
1 (0.039)
320 Angle L165 D57443562206 B21228J0402
207
1 (0.039)
325 Angle L165 D57443562232
233
1 (0.039)
325A Angle L165 D57443562236 A20803J0353
237
1 (0.039)
330 Landing, strap L165 D57443562214
(J4260) 215
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443560, D57443562

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1336
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

335 Angle L165 D57443562210


211
1 (0.039)
335A Angle L165 D57443562238
(MSN00920117) 239
1 (0.039)
335B Angle L165 D57443562242 A21228J0402
243
1 (0.039)
340 Spar L165 D57443563212
213
1.2 (0.047)
345 Angle L165 D57443563216
217
1.2 (0.047)
350 Spar L165 D57443564206
207
1.2 (0.047)
350A Spar L165 D57443564232
(MSN00929999) 233
1.2 (0.047)
355 Cleat L165 D57443564208
209
1.2 (0.047)
355A Cleat L165 D57443564218 A20803J0353
219
1.2 (0.047)
360 Angle L165 D57443564216
217
1.2 (0.047)
365 Angle L165 D57443564210
211
1.2 (0.047)
365A Angle L165 D57443564230
(MSN00929999) 231
1.2 (0.047)
370 Cleat L165 D57443564216
217
1.2 (0.047)
375 Packing L165 D57443563208
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443562, D57443563, D57443564

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1337
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

380 Strap L165 D57443563210


(J4280) 211
1.6 (0.063)
380A Strap L165 D57443563238 A23070J0902
(J4280) 239
1.6 (0.063)
385 Angle L165 D57443563202
(J4280) 203
1.2 (0.047)
385A Angle L165 D57443563232
(MSN00929999) (J4280) 233
1.2 (0.047)
390 Angle L165 D57443563214
215
1.2 (0.047)
390A Angle L165 D57443563230 A20803J0353
231
1.2 (0.047)
395 Spar L165 D57443565230
231
0.8 (0.031)
395A Spar L165 D57443565236 A20609J0261
237
0.8 (0.031)
395B Spar L165 D57443565238 A20672J0321
239
0.8 (0.031)
395C Spar L165 D57443565248 A21228J0402
249
0.8 (0.031)
400 Angle L165 D57443565234
235
1.6 (0.063)
405 Gusset L165 D57443565210
211
1.6 (0.063)
405A Gusset L165 D57443565240 A20672J0321
241
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443563, D57443565

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 NovPage01/1338
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

410 Angle L165 D57443565246


(MSN00360107) (J4260) 247
1.6 (0.063)
415 Landing L165 D57443565214
(J4260) 215
1.6 (0.063)
420 Landing L165 D57443565202
203
0.8 (0.031)
425 Angle L165 D57443565232
233
0.8 (0.031)
425A Angle L165 D57443565244 A20803J0353
245
0.8 (0.031)
430 Bracket, welded L113 D57951992000
435 Strip, rubber BAER0579−751R D57951991200
HD 1.2 (0.047)
440 Plate, back L113 D57951997200
1.6 (0.063)
445 Strip, rubber BAER0579−751R D57951991202
HD 1.2 (0.047)
450 Bracket, welded L113 D57951993000
ASSY Dwg.: D57443565, D57951991, D57951993

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−18 Pages 39/40
Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE SUB−SPAR − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Leading Edge Sub−Spar. This data is valid for the aircraft shown in
Table 101 and is necessary to find the correct repair.
NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to SRM
Chapter 51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to SRM


Chapter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant 015 with
C.G. extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded a repair is necessary. Refer to the column ‘ACTION OR REPAIR’ in

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−41−18 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

the SRM Chapter 57−41−18 Page Block 001 to determine if a repair is


available.
NOTE: If after blending, any damage exceeds the limits given in this
topic, you must refer to AIRBUS.

2. Allowable Damage

Allowable damage is damage for which a structural repair is not necessary.


The data in this topic is applicable to the Leading Edge Sub−Spar.
For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, refer
to paragraph 3. Table 102.

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH
TYPE CATEGORY
Abrasions,
Scratches,
Leading Edge Sub−Spar Gouges 4.A. A
and Mild
Corrosion
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
NOTE: Refer to each allowable damage paragraph to determine the applicabili
ty.

4. Leading Edge Sub−Spar − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.

A. Abrasions, Scratches, Gouges and Mild Corrosion on the Leading Edge Sub−
Spar

For types and locations of damage allowed on this structure, refer to


Figure 101, sheets 1 and 2.

Remove all damage to a smooth polished contour and compare with the lim
its of allowable damage given below.
Damage limitations for this structure are shown in Figure 101, sheet 2.

NOTE: The areas of damage on the skins are categorized as single−site


damage areas. Single−site damage areas permit only one damage in
each area.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−41−18 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Sub Spar - Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 103
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Sub Spar - Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 104
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPARS − REPAIRS

1. General

This topic for the Leading Edge Spar details repairs for the Top Flange
and the Flanged Lightening Hole.
The general repairs are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Safety Precautions
WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTION IN THE SLAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PROCEDURE (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−61, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE
MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU
MUST:

− OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE
− NOT BREATHE THE GAS

− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable to this
− −
section
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−41−18 Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Repair to the Top Flange of a Spar 5.A. 201 A
Repair of a Flanged Lightening Hole 5.B. 202 A
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Leading Edge Spar
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160080J3705.

A. Repair of the Top Flange of the Spar


(1) Repair General

(a) This repair can be done to the top flange of the spar and can
be of any length. In this repair the buttstrap or the reinforc
ing plate can be made in one piece (Refer to SRM Chapter
57−41−11, Page Block 201). When the buttstraps or the reinforcing
plate is made in one piece, the packing (item 2) is not re
quired. This is applicable to spars with a maximum thickness of
1.60 mm (0.063 in.).

NOTE: This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table
203.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant
015 with C.G. extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their re
quired information for allowable damage and repair applica
bility.

(2) Repair Materials


Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−41−18 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Repair Angle 1 L165 - Thickness of flange
removed
2 Packing (or Buttstraps) 1 L165 - Thickness as necessary
3 Packing 1 L165 - 1.20 mm (0.047 in.)
thick
4 Rivet, Universal Head A/R MS20470AD or ASNA0080A (Refer to
Table for Dia.)
5 Shim (if necessary) A/R Z10CN18-109(S527) Cadmium Plated
6 Rivet 100 deg. CSK Head A/R MS20426AD5
(oversize)
- Sealant, Polysulphide A/R Material No. 09-002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51-35-00)
- Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11-026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51-35-00)
NOTE: Alternative oversize rivets NAS1241-AD5 may be used at
existing locations if required.
(3) Repair Instructions
(a) Carefully drill out the rivets to be replaced in the top flange
of the spar (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-42-11).
(b) Cut out and remove the damaged piece of the spar flange. Make
the cut edges smooth and free from burrs (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-27-00).
(c) Make the repair angle (item 1), the packings (items 2 and 3)
and, if necessary, the shim (item 5).
NOTE: If you do this repair to include a skin repair the packing
(item 2) is replaced by the buttstrap or reinforcing plate
(Refer to SRM Chapter 57-41-11, Page Block 201).
(d) Mark and drill the pilot holes in the web of the repair angle
(item 1) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-44-11).
(e) Put the repair angle (item 1), the packings (items 2 and 3) and,
if necessary, the shim (item 5) in position and secure them in
place.
(f) Carefully drill through the holes in the flange of the spar.
Drill through the pilot holes in the web of the repair angle
(item 1) and temporarily attach the repair parts (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51-44-11).
(g) Drill the pilot holes full size (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-44-11).

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 203
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr all the holes and make the
cut edges smooth.
(i) Use cleaning agent (Material No. 11-026) to remove any grease
from the repair parts and the edges of the cut-out.
(j) Apply the surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-23-00).
(k) Remove any unwanted material from the internal surfaces of the
leading edge.
(l) Apply the sealant (Material No. 09-002) to the contact of the
repair parts and the skin. Immediately assemble all the repair
parts and insert the rivets (item 4) (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-42-11). Use solid rivets where access permits.
(m) Remove surplus sealant (Material No. 09-002) from the repair
area.
(n) Repair the paint finish (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-75-12).

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 204
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair to the Top Flange of a Spar


Figure 201

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 205
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160080J3705.

B. Repair of the Flanged Lightening Hole

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details two schemes. These are Scheme A and Scheme
B. Both Schemes can only be done where:

− the spar thickness is less than 1.20 mm (0.047 in.)

− the damage cut−out will not extend beyond the flange base di
ameter.
1 Scheme A − can only be done to lightening holes with a minimum
diameter of 38.10 mm (1.500 in.) and with a maximum damage
segment of 120 deg.

2 Scheme B − can only be done to lightening holes with a minimum


diameter of 25.40 mm (1.000 in.).
NOTE: This repair is valid for the weight variants given in
Table 204.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 012, 013, 014, 016
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
<1> For aircraft after modification 38525K11750 (Weight Variant
015 with C.G. extended at MTOW), contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give
the necessary data about all weight variants and their
required information for allowable damage and repair ap
plicability.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−41−18 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For this repair, use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Reinforcing plate, flanged 1 L165 - Thickness of repair area
2 Reinforcing ring, flanged 1 L165 - Thickness of repair area
3 Rivet, Universal Head A/R MS20470AD 3.20 mm (0.126 in.)
diameter.
- Sealant, Polysulphide A/R Material No. 09-002 (Refer toSRM
Chapter 51-35-00)
- Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11-026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51-35-00)
NOTE: For rivet diameters refer to SRM Chapter 51-44-00.
(3) Repair Instructions
(a) Cut out the damaged area of the flange and leave the edges
smooth and free from burrs.
NOTE: The minimum corner radius of the damaged cut-out is 12.75
mm (0.500 in.).
(b) Do a non-destructive test of the area around the damaged cut-out
(Refer to NTM Chapter 51-10-08, Page Block 601).
(c) Make the reinforcing plate/ring (item 1 or 2).
NOTE: The reinforcing plate (item 1) must not touch the flange of
the lightening hole.
(d) Mark and drill pilot holes through the reinforcing plate/ring
(item 1 or 2) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-44-11).
NOTE: The rivets (item 3) must be concentric about the lightening
hole and must give a minimum edge distance of 8.13 mm
(0.320 in.). The rivet pitch to be between 16.00 mm (0.063
in.) and 19.05 mm (0.750 in.).
(e) Assemble the reinforcing plate/ring (items 1 or 2) in position
and temporarily attach. Drill through the two pilot holes on
opposite sides of the lightening hole (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-44-11).
(f) Drill through the remaining pilot holes (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-44-11).
(g) Drill all the rivet holes full size (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-44-11).
(h) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr all the holes and make the
cut edges smooth.

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 207
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Remove all swarf and debris from the interior of the structure.
(j) Use cleaning agent (Material No. 11-026) to remove any grease
from the repair parts and the repair area.
(k) Apply the surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-23-00).
(l) Apply the sealant (Material No. 09-002) to the contact surfaces
of the repair parts and the skin. Immediately assemble all the
repair parts and insert the rivets (item 3) (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51-42-11).
(m) Remove surplus sealant (Material No. 09-002) from the repair
area.
(n) Restore the surface protection and the paint finish (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51-75-12).

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 208
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of a Flanged Lightening Hole


Figure 202

Printed in Germany
57-41-18 Feb
Page 209
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS − CLOSING PLATES − SEALS

1. Strips − Closing Plates − Seals − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 L/E Landings − Inboard Figure 2
2 L/E Closing Plates Figure 3
3 L/E Seal − Track 1 (Before Modification Figure 4
20265J0080)
3 L/E Seal − Track 1 (After Modification Figure 5
20265J0080)
4 L/E Seal − Track 2 (Before Modification Figure 4
20265J0080)
4 L/E Seal − Track 2 (After Modification Figure 5
20265J0080)
5 L/E Seal − Track 3 (Before Modification Figure 4
20265J0080)
5 L/E Seal − Track 3 (After Modification Figure 5
20265J0080)
6 L/E Seal − Track 4 (Before Modification Figure 4
20265J0080)
6 L/E Seal − Track 4 (After Modification Figure 5
20265J0080)
7 L/E Landings − Outboard Figure 6
8 L/E Seal − Track 5 (Before Modification Figure 7
20265J0080)
8 L/E Seal − Track 5 (After Modification Figure 8
20265J0080)
9 L/E Seal − Track 6 (Before Modification Figure 7
20265J0080)
9 L/E Seal − Track 6 (After Modification Figure 8
20265J0080)
10 L/E Seal − Track 7 (Before Modification Figure 7
20265J0080)
10 L/E Seal − Track 7 (After Modification Figure 8
20265J0080)
11 L/E Seal − Track 8 (Before Modification Figure 7
20265J0080)
11 L/E Seal − Track 8 (After Modification Figure 8
20265J0080)
12 L/E Seal − Track 9 (Before Modification Figure 7
20265J0080)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

12 L/E Seal − Track 9 (After Modification Figure 8


20265J0080)
13 L/E Seal − Track 10 (Before Modifica Figure 7
tion 20265J0080)
13 L/E Seal − Track 10 (After Modification Figure 8
20265J0080)
14 L/E Seal − Track 11 (Before Modifica Figure 7
tion 20265J0080)
14 L/E Seal − Track 11 (After Modification Figure 8
20265J0080)
15 L/E Seal − Track 12 (Before Modifica Figure 7
tion 20265J0080)
15 L/E Seal − Track 12 (After Modification Figure 8
20265J0080)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 3
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Landings - Inboard


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-41-26 NovPage 4
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle, aft L165 D57443610200


201
2 (0.079)
5 Angle, forward L165 D57443610202
203
1.4 (0.055)
10 Landing, forward L165 D57443596206 B20672J0321
207
1.4 (0.055)
10A Nutplate L165 D57443596212 A20672J0321
213
1.4 (0.055)
15 Landing, aft L165 D57443596204
205
1.4 (0.055)
15A Landing, aft L165 D57443596208 A20167J0030
209
1.4 (0.055)
15B Landing, aft L168 D57443596210 A20672J0321
211
15C Landing L168 D57450164200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
20 Landing, forward L165 D57443595206 B20672J0321
207
1.4 (0.055)
20A Nutplate L165 D57443595210 A20672J0321
211
1.4 (0.055)
25 Landing, aft L165 D57443595204
205
1.4 (0.055)
25A Landing, aft L168 D57443595208 A20167J0030
209
25B Landing L168 D57450163200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
30 Angle L165 D57450039200
201
1.4 (0.055)
30A Plate L165 D57450138200 A20672J0321
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57443595, D57443596, D57443610, D57450037, D57450178, D57450179

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 5
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

35 Bracket BAEM1213 D57450038200


201
35A Bracket L168 D57450139200 A20672J0321
201
40 Packer L165 D57443676210
0.5 (0.02)
40A Packer L165 D57443676236 A20672J0321
0.5 (0.02)
40B Packer L165 D57443676244 A23373J0974
1.6 (0.063) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
45 Packer L165 D57443676212
0.5 (0.02)
45A Packer L165 D57443676234 A20672J0321
0.5 (0.02)
45B Packer L165 D57443676242 A23373J0974
1.6 (0.063) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
50 Landing, forward L165 D57443598206
207
1.4 (0.055)
50A Nutplate L165 D57443598234 A20672J0321
235
1.4 (0.055)
55 Landing, aft L165 D57443598208
209
1.4 (0.055)
55A Landing, aft L165 D57443598210 A20167J0030
211
1.4 (0.055)
55B Landing, aft L168 D57443598236 A20672J0321
237
55C Landing, aft L168 D57443598248 A22344J0746
249
55D Landing L168 D57450166200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
60 Landing, forward L165 D57443597206
207
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443509, D57443597, D57443598, D57450037, D57450181

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 6
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

60A Nutplate L165 D57443597212 A20672J0321


213
1.4 (0.055)
65 Landing, aft L165 D57443597208
209
1.4 (0.055)
65A Landing, aft L165 D57443597210 A20167J0030
211
1.4 (0.055)
65B Landing, aft L168 D57443597214 A20672J0321
215
65C Landing, aft L168 D57443597242 A22344J0746
243
65D Landing L168 D57450165200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
70 Packer L165 D57443676214
0.5 (0.02)
70A Packer L165 D57443676238 A20672J0321
0.5 (0.02)
70B Packer L165 D57443676258 A23373J0974
1 (0.039) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
70C Packer L165 D57443676272 A37585J2522
1 (0.039)
75 Packer L165 D57443676216
0.5 (0.02)
75A Packer L165 D57443676232 A20672J0321
0.5 (0.02)
75B Packer L165 D57443676256 A23373J0974
1 (0.039) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
80 Landing, forward L165 D57443600210
211
1.4 (0.055)
80A Nutplate L165 D57443600274 A20672J0321
275
80B Nutplate L165 D57443600280 A21570J0539
281
85 Packer, forward L165 D57443600246 B20672J0321
247
ASSY Dwg.: D57443509, D57443597, D57443600, D57450180, D57450190

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 7
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

90 Packer, aft L165 D57443600212


213
90A Packer, aft L165 D57443600278 A21570J0539
279
90B Packer, aft L165 D57443600288 A23373J0974
289 A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
95 Landing, forward L165 D57443599206
207
1.4 (0.055)
95A Nutplate L165 D57443599212 A20672J0321
213
1.4 (0.055)
100 Landing, aft L165 D57443599208
209
1.4 (0.055)
100A Landing, aft L165 D57443599210 A20167J0321
211
1.4 (0.055)
100B Landing, aft L168 D57443599214 A20672J0321
215
100C Landing L168 D57450167200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
105 Packer L165 D57443676208
0.5 (0.02)
105A Packer L165 D57443676240 A20672J0321
0.5 (0.02)
105B Packer L165 D57443676260 A23373J0974
1 (0.039) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
110 Landing, aft L165 D57443600230
231
1.4 (0.055)
110A Landing, aft L168 D57443600270 A20672J0321
271
110B Landing, aft L168 D57443600284 A22344J0746
285
110C Landing L168 D57450168200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
ASSY Dwg.: D57443509, D57443599, D57443600, D57450182, D57450183

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 8
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

115 Bracket, lanyard L165 D57443790200 B20672J0321


1 (0.039)
120 Packer, retro L165 D57458001200 ASB57−1052
fit 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57458001202
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57458001204
0.7 (0.028)
−alternative L165 D57458001206
1 (0.039)
125 Spacer S80 D57450176200 A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
130 Liner D57450175200 A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
ASSY Dwg.: D57443597, D57450177, D57458001

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 FebPage 9
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Closing Plates


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-41-26 NovPage01/0310
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, closing L164 D57450501202


(track 1)
1A Plate, closing L164 D57450501000 A20265J0068
(track 1)
1B Plate, closing L164 D57450531212 A21491J0521
(track 1) 1 (0.039)
5 Plate, closing L164 D57450502202
(track 2)
5A Plate, closing L164 D57450502000 A20265J0068
(track 2)
5B Plate, closing L164 D57450531214 A21491J0521
(track 2) 1 (0.039)
10 Plate, closing L164 D57450503202
(track 3)
10A Plate, closing L164 D57450503000 A20265J0068
(track 3)
10B Plate, closing L164 D57450531216 A21491J0521
(track 3) 1 (0.039)
15 Plate, closing L164 D57450504202
(track 4)
15A Plate, closing L164 D57450504000 A20265J0068
(track 4)
15B Plate, closing L164 D57450531218 A21491J0521
(track 4) 1 (0.039)
20 Plate, closing L164 D57450505202
(track 5)
20A Plate, closing L164 D57450505000 A20265J0068
(track 5)
20B Plate, closing L164 D57450532210 A21491J0521
(track 5) 1 (0.039)
25 Plate, closing L164 D57450506202
(track 6)
25A Plate, closing L164 D57450506000 A20265J0068
(track 6)
25B Plate, closing L164 D57450532212 A21491J0521
(track 6) 1 (0.039)
30 Plate, closing L164 D57450507204
(track 7)
ASSY Dwg.: D57450520, D57450521

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1111
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30A Plate, closing L164 D57450507000 A20265J0068


(track 7)
30B Plate, closing L164 D57450532210 A21491J0521
(track 7) 1 (0.039)
35 Plate, closing L164 D57450508200
(track 8)
35A Plate, closing L164 D57450508000 A20265J0068
(track 8)
35B Plate, closing L164 D57450533212 A21491J0521
(track 8) 1 (0.039)
40 Plate, closing L164 D57450509200
(track 9)
40A Plate, closing L164 D57450509000 A20265J0068
(track 9)
40B Plate, closing L164 D57450534210 A21491J0521
(track 9) 1 (0.039)
45 Plate, closing L164 D57450510200
(track 10)
45A Plate, closing L164 D57450510000 A20265J0068
(track 10)
45B Plate, closing L164 D57450534212 A21491J0521
(track 10) 1 (0.039)
50 Plate, closing L164 D57450511200
(track 11)
50A Plate, closing L164 D57450511000 A20265J0068
(track 11)
50B Plate, closing L164 D57450535204 A21491J0521
(track 11) 1 (0.039)
55 Plate, closing L164 D57450512200
(track 12)
55A Plate, closing L164 D57450512204 A20265J0068
(track 12)
55B Plate, closing L164 D57450535206 A21491J0521
(track 12) 1 (0.039)
55C Plate, closing L164 D57450540200 A23945J1089
(track 12) 1 (0.039)
60 Packer, shim set BS1449−CS4 D57450513000 B21491J0521
65 Spacer BAER0579/45 D57450530200 A21491J0521
ASSY Dwg.: D57450521

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1112
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Plate, nut as L164 D57450536000 A21491J0521


sembly (track 1) 1.6 (0.063)
75 Plate, nut as L164 D57450536002 A21491J0521
sembly (track 2) 1.6 (0.063)
80 Plate, nut as L164 D57450536004 A21491J0521
sembly (track 3) 1.6 (0.063)
85 Plate, nut as L164 D57450536006 A21491J0521
sembly (track 4) 1.6 (0.063)
90 Plate, nut as L164 D57450536008 A21491J0521
sembly (tracks 5 1.6 (0.063)
thru 11)
95 Plate, nut as L164 D57450536010 A21491J0521
sembly (track 1.6 (0.063)
12)
95A Plate, nut as L164 D57450541000 A23945J1059
sembly (track 001
12) 1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57450520, D57450521

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1113
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 1 thru 4 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1114
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 1 thru 4 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1115
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Seal, track 1 S27−1019 D57443767216


217
5 Angle, seal L165 D57443568208
209
1.6 (0.063)
10 Angle, seal out L165 D57443530296
board 297
1.2 (0.047)
15 Angle, seal in L165 D57443530294
board 295
1.2 (0.047)
20 Cleat, inboard L165 D57443767212
1.6 (0.063)
25 Cleat, outboard L165 D57443767218
219
1.6 (0.063)
30 Packer, inboard L165 D57443568242
35 Packer, outboard L165 D57443568244
40 Seal, track 2 S27−1019 D57443768216
217
45 Angle, seal out L165 D57443531276
board 277
1.2 (0.047)
50 Angle, seal in L165 D57443531278
board 279
1.2 (0.047)
55 Angle, seal L165 D57443568212
213
1.6 (0.063)
60 Cleat L165 D57443531280
281
1.2 (0.047)
65 Seal, track 3 S27−1019 D57443769214
215
70 Angle, seal L165 D57443569244
245
75 Angle, seal out L165 D57443533264
board 265
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443530, D57443531, D57443533, D57443568, D57443569

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1116
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Angle, seal in L165 D57443533266


board 267
1.2 (0.047)
85 Cleat L165 D57443769212
1.6 (0.063)
90 Packer L165 D57443569248
95 Seal, track 4 S27−1019 D57443770206
207
100 Angle, seal out L165 D57443534270
board 271
1.2 (0.047)
105 Angle, seal in L165 D57443534272
board 273
1.2 (0.047)
110 Angle, seal L165 D57443569246
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443507, D57443533, D57443534, D57443769, D57443799

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1117
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 1 thru 4 (After Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1118
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 1 thru 4 (After Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1119
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Seal, track 1 BAER0575/50 D57443816200


1A Seal, track 1 J8157 D57450148200 A24757J1396
5 Angle, seal L165 D57443568208
209
1.6 (0.063)
10 Angle, seal out L165 D57443530296 B20803J0353
board 297
1.2 (0.047)
15 Angle, seal in L165 D57443530294 B20803J0353
board 295
1.2 (0.047)
20 Cleat, inboard L165 D57443767212
1.6 (0.063)
25 Cleat, outboard L165 D57443767218
219
1.6 (0.063)
30 Packer, inboard L165 D57443568242
35 Packer, outboard L165 D57443568244
40 Seal, track 2 BAER0575/50 D57443816202
40A Seal, track 2 J8157 D57450148202 A24757J1396
45 Angle, seal out L165 D57443531276 B20803J0353
board 277
1.2 (0.047)
50 Angle, seal in L165 D57443531278 B20803J0353
board 279
1.2 (0.047)
55 Angle, seal L165 D57443568212
213
1.6 (0.063)
60 Cleat L165 D57443531280
281
1.2 (0.047)
65 Seal, track 3 BAER0575/50 D57443816204
65A Seal, track 3 J8157 D57450148204 A24757J1396
70 Angle, seal L165 D57443569244
245
1.6 (0.063)
75 Angle, seal out L165 D57443533264 B20803J0353
board 265
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443530, D57443531, D57443533, D57443568, D57443569

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1120
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Angle, seal in L165 D57443533266 B20803J0353


board 267
1.2 (0.047)
85 Cleat L165 D57443769212
1.6 (0.063)
90 Packer L165 D57443569248
95 Seal, track 4 BAER0575/50 D57443816206
95A Seal,track 4 J8157 D57450148206 A24757J1396
100 Angle, seal out L165 D57443534270 B20803J0353
board 271
1.2 (0.047)
105 Angle, seal in L165 D57443534272 B20803J0353
board 273
1.2 (0.047)
110 Angle, seal L165 D57443569246
247
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443533, D57443534, D57443568, D57443569

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1121
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Landings − Outboard


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1122
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Landings − Outboard


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1123
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Landings − Outboard


Figure 6 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Landings − Outboard


Figure 6 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1125
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Landings − Outboard


Figure 6 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1126
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Landing, forward L165 D57443615206


207
1.4 (0.055)
1A Landing, forward L165 D57443615210 A20167J0030
211 B20672J0321
1.4 (0.055)
5 Landing, aft L165 D57443615208
209
1.4 (0.055)
5A Landing, aft L165 D57443615212 A20167J0030
213
1.4 (0.055)
5B Landing, aft L165 D57443615258 A20672J0321
259
1.4 (0.055)
5C Landing L168 D57450171200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
10 Bracket L165 D57443610206 B20672J0321
2 (0.079)
15 Angle L165 D57443610208 B20672J0321
1.4 (0.055)
20 Packer L165 D57443610212 B20672J0321
1 (0.039)
−alternative L165 D57443610214
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L165 D57443610216
1.4 (0.055)
25 Landing, forward L165 D57443614206 B20672J0321
207
1.4 (0.055)
30 Landing, aft L165 D57443614208
209
1.4 (0.055)
30A Landing, aft L165 D57443614210 A20167J0030
211
1.4 (0.055)
30B Landing, aft L168 D57443614254 A20672J0321
255
30C Landing L168 D57450170200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
ASSY Dwg.: D57443610, D57443614, D57443615, D57450185, D57450186

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1127
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35 Landing, forward L165 D57443613208 B20672J0321


209
1.4 (0.055)
40 Packing L165 D57443613204 B20672J0321
205
2 (0.079)
45 Landing, aft L165 D57443613210
211
1.4 (0.055)
45A Landing, aft L168 D57443613214 A20167J0030
215
45B Landing L168 D57450169200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
50 Packer L165 D57443676200
0.5 (0.02)
50A Packer L165 D57443676246 A23373J0974
1 (0.039) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
50B Packer L165 D57443676262 A37585J2522
1 (0.039)
55 Packer L165 D57443676202
0.5 (0.02)
55A Packer L165 D57443676248 A23373J0974
1 (0.039) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
55B Packer L165 D57443676264 A37585J2522
1 (0.039)
60 Landing, forward L165 D57443617206 B20672J0321
207
1.4 (0.055)
65 Landing, aft L165 D57443617208
209
1.4 (0.055)
65A Landing, aft L165 D57443617210 A20167J0030
211
1.4 (0.055)
65B Landing, aft L168 D57443617242 A20672J0321
243
65C Landing L168 D57450173200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
ASSY Dwg.: D57443510, D57443613, D57443614, D57443617, D57450184, D57450188,
D57450191

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1128
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Angle L165 D57443610210 B20672J0321


1.4 (0.055)
75 Landing, forward L165 D57443616206 B20672J0321
207
1.4 (0.055)
80 Landing, aft L165 D57443616208
209
1.4 (0.055)
80A Landing, aft L165 D57443616210 A20167J0030
211
1.4 (0.055)
80B Landing, aft L168 D57443616254 A20672J0321
255
80C Landing L168 D57450172200 A32664J2384
201 ASB57−1123
85 Packer L165 D57443676204
0.5 (0.02)
85A Packer L165 D57443676250 A23373J0974
1 (0.039) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
85B Packer L165 D57443676266 A37585J2522
1 (0.039)
90 Packer L165 D57443676206
0.5 (0.02)
90A Packer L165 D57443676252 A23373J0974
1 (0.039) A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
90B Packer L165 D57443676268 A37585J2522
1 (0.039)
95 Bracket, lanyard L165 D57443790200 B20672J0321
1 (0.039)
100 Packer, retro L165 D57458001200 ASB57−1052
fit 0.3 (0.012)
−alternative L165 D57458001202
0.5 (0.02)
−alternative L165 D57458001204
0.7 (0.028)
−alternative L165 D57458001206
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443510, D57443610, D57443616, D57450187, D57450191, D57458001

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1129
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105 Nutplate L165 D57443615254 A20672J0321


255
1.4 (0.055)
110 Nutplate L165 D57443614250 A20672J0321
251
1.4 (0.055)
115 Nutplate L165 D57443613212 A20672J0321
213
115A Nutplate L165 D57443613248 A21570J0539
249
120 Nutplate L165 D57443617212 A20672J0321
213
1.4 (0.055)
125 Nutplate L165 D57443616250 A20672J0321
251
1.4 (0.055)
130 Landing L165 D57443517254
1.6 (0.063)
135 Cleat L165 D57443517270
271
1.4 (0.055)
140 Landing L165 D57443517256
1.6 (0.063)
145 Member, side L165 D57443517264
(MSN00010182) 265
1.4 (0.055)
145A Member, side L165 D57443517268
(MSN01833389) 269
1.4 (0.055)
145B Member, side L165 D57443517306 A38023J2819
307
1.4 (0.055)
150 Landing L165 D57443517258
(MSN00010075) 259
150A Landing L165 D57443517262
(MSN00760116) 263
150B Landing L165 D57443517266 A21570J0539
267
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443517, D57443613, D57443614, D57443615, D57443616, D57443617

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 MayPage01/1130
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

150C Landing L165 D57443517304 A37585J2522


305
2 (0.079)
155 Landing L165 D57443618200 B23373J0974
201
155A Landing L165 D57443618202 A23373J0974
203
2.2 (0.087)
160 Landing L165 D57443622200
201
160A Landing L165 D57443622202 A20167J0030
203 B23373J0974
2.5 (0.098)
160B Landing L165 D57443622204 A23373J0974
205
2.2 (0.087)
165 Landing, assem L165 D57443623204
bly 205
1.6 (0.063)
170 Landing, assem L165 D57448761000
bly 001
1.6 (0.063)
175 Landing L165 D57443621200
201
175A Landing L165 D57443621202 A20167J0030
203
175B Landing L165 D57443621204 A21570J0539
205
2 (0.079)
175C Landing L165 D57443621206 A37585J2522
207
2 (0.079)
180 Landing L165 D57443620200
201
180A Landing L165 D57443620202 A20167J0030
203
185 Landing L165 D57443625200
201
185A Landing L165 D57443625202 A20167J0030
203 B23373J0974
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443510, D57443517, D57450191

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

185B Landing L165 D57443625204 A23373J0974


205
190 Landing L165 D57443624204
205
190A Landing L165 D57443624206 A20167J0030
207 B23373J0974
2.5 (0.098)
190B Landing L165 D57443624210 A23373J0974
211
2.2 (0.087)
195 Landing L165 D57443628200
201
195A Landing L165 D57443628202 A20167J0030
203 B23373J0974
2 (0.079)
195B Landing L165 D57443628204 A23373J0974
205
195C Landing L165 D57455216200 A160003J3251
201
200 Landing L165 D57443626202
203
200A Landing L165 D57443626204 A21570J0539
205
200B Landing L165 D57443626222 A37585J2522
223 B160003J3251
200C Landing L165 D57455217200 A160003J3251
201
205 Landing L165 D57443631200
201
205A Landing L165 D57443631202 A20167J0030
203 B23373J0974
2 (0.079)
205B Landing L165 D57443631204 A23373J0974
205
205C Landing L165 D57455214200 A160003J3251
201
210 Landing L165 D57443629202
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57443510, D57450191

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

210A Landing L165 D57443629204 A20167J0030


205 B23373J0974
2 (0.079)
210B Landing L165 D57443629206 A23373J0974
207
215 Landing L165 D57443634200 B23373J0974
201
215A Landing L165 D57443634202 A23373J0974
203
215B Landing L165 D57455220200 A160003J3251
201
220 Landing L165 D57443632202
203
220A Landing L165 D57443632204 A20167J0030
205 B23373J0974
2 (0.079)
220B Landing L165 D57443632206 A23373J0974
207
225 Angle, aft L165 D57448778200 B20672J0321
201
2 (0.079)
230 Angle, fwd L165 D57448778202 B20672J0321
1.4 (0.055)
235 Angle, fwd L165 D57448779202 B20672J0321
1.4 (0.055)
240 Angle, aft L165 D57448779200 B20672J0321
201
2 (0.079)
245 Packer L97 D57448779212 B20672J0321
250 Plate L165 D57448779208 B20672J0321
209
1.6 (0.063)
255 Packer L97 D57448779210 B20672J0321
260 Packer L165 D57443610204 B20672J0321
0.8 (0.031)
265 Spacer S80 D57450176200 A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
270 Liner L165 D57450175200 A32664J2384
ASB57−1123
ASSY Dwg.: D57443510, D57448778, D57448779, D57450177, D57450191

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

275 Cleat L165 D57443517308 A38023J2819


309
1.4 (0.055)
280 Packer L165 D57443676254 A23373J0974
1 (0.039)
280A Packer L165 D57443676270 A37585J2522
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443510, D57443517, D57450191

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1235
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1236
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 7 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1237
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 7 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Seal, track 5 J4300 D57443816208


5 Angle, seal L165 D57443572260
1.6 (0.063)
10 Angle, seal out L165 D57443536272
board 273
1.2 (0.047)
15 Angle, seal in L165 D57443536270
board 271
1.2 (0.047)
20 Seal, track 6 J4300 D57443816210
25 Angle, seal L165 D57443573234
1.6 (0.063)
30 Angle, seal out L165 D57443538256
board 257
1.2 (0.047)
35 Angle, seal in L165 D57443538258
board 259
1.2 (0.047)
40 Seal, track 7 J4300 D57443816212
45 Angle, seal L165 D57443574214
1.6 (0.063)
50 Angle, seal out L165 D57443541262
board 263
1.2 (0.047)
55 Angle, seal in L165 D57443541264
board 265
1.2 (0.047)
60 Seal, track 8 J4300 D57443816214
65 Angle, seal L165 D57443575249
1.6 (0.063)
70 Angle, seal out L165 D57443543258
board 259
1.2 (0.047)
75 Angle, seal in L165 D57443543260
board 261
1.2 (0.047)
80 Seal, track 9 J4300 D57443816216
85 Angle, seal L165 D57443576232
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443536, D57443538, D57443541, D57443543, D57443572, D57443573,
D57443574, D57443575, D57443576

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Angle, seal out L165 D57443545262


board 263
1.2 (0.047)
95 Angle, seal in L165 D57443545264
board 265
1.2 (0.047)
100 Seal, track 10 J4300 D57443816218
105 Angle, seal L165 D57443577240
1.6 (0.063)
110 Angle, seal out L165 D57443547266
board 267
1.2 (0.047)
115 Angle, seal in L165 D57443547268
board 269
1.2 (0.047)
120 Seal, track 11 J4300 D57443816220
125 Angle, seal L165 D57443578232
1.6 (0.063)
130 Angle, seal out L165 D57443549264
board 265
135 Angle, seal in L165 D57443549262
board 263
140 Seal, track 12 J4300 D57443816222
145 Seal, plate L165 D57443579250
1.6 (0.063)
150 Angle, seal out L165 D57443551260
board 1.2 (0.047
155 Angle, seal in L165 D57443551261
board 1.2 (0.047
ASSY Dwg.: D57443545, D57443547, D57443549, D57443551, D57443577, D57443578,
D57443579

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (After Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (After Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1242
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (After Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1243
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

L/E Seal − Tracks 5 thru 12 (After Modification 20265J00830)


Figure 8 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Seal, track 5 BAER0575/50 D57443816208


(J4300)
1A Seal, track 5 J8157 D57450148208 A24757J1396
5 Angle, seal L165 D57443572260
1.6 (0.063)
10 Angle, seal out L165 D57443536272 B20803J0353
board 273
1.2 (0.047)
15 Angle, seal in L165 D57443536270 B20803J0353
board 271
1.2 (0.047)
20 Seal, track 6 BAER0575/50 D57443816210
(J4300)
20A Seal, track 6 J8157 D57450148210 A24757J1396
25 Angle, seal L165 D57443573234
1.6 (0.063)
30 Angle, seal out L165 D57443538256 B20803J0353
board 257
1.2 (0.047)
35 Angle, seal in L165 D57443538258 B20803J0353
board 259
1.2 (0.047)
40 Seal, track 7 BAER0575/50 D57443816212
(J4300)
40A Seal, track 7 J8157 D57450148212 A24757J1396
45 Angle, seal L165 D57443574214
1.6 (0.063)
50 Angle, seal out L165 D57443541262 B20803J0353
board 263
1.2 (0.047)
55 Angle, seal in L165 D57443541264 B20803J0353
board 265
1.2 (0.047)
60 Seal, track 8 BAER0575/50 D57443816214
(J4300)
60A Seal, track 8 J8157 D57450148214 A24757J1396
65 Angle, seal L165 D57443575249
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443536, D57443538, D57443541, D57443572, D57443573, D57443574,
D57443575, D57449204, D57449205

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Angle, seal out L165 D57443543258 B20803J0353


board 259
1.2 (0.047)
75 Angle, seal in L165 D57443543260 B20803J0353
board 261
1.2 (0.047)
80 Seal, track 9 BAER0575/50 D57443816216
(J4300)
80A Seal, track 9 J8157 D57450148216 A24757J1396
85 Angle, seal L165 D57443576232
1.6 (0.063)
90 Angle, seal out L165 D57443545262 B20803J0353
board 263
1.2 (0.047)
95 Angle, seal in L165 D57443545264 B20803J0353
board 265
1.2 (0.047)
100 Seal, track 10 BAER0575/50 D57443816218
(J4300)
100A Seal, track 10 J8157 D57450148218 A24757J1396
105 Angle, seal L165 D57443577240
1.6 (0.063)
110 Angle, seal out L165 D57443547266 B20803J0353
board 267
1.2 (0.047)
115 Angle, seal in L165 D57443547268 B20803J0353
board 269
1.2 (0.047)
120 Seal, track 11 BAER0575/50 D57443816220
(J4300)
120A Seal, track 11 J8157 D57450148220 A24757J1396
125 Angle, seal L165 D57443578232
1.6 (0.063)
130 Angle, seal out L165 D57443549264 B20803J0353
board 265
135 Angle, seal in L165 D57443549262 B20803J0353
board 263
140 Seal, track 12 BAER0575/50 D57443816222
(J4300)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443543, D57443545, D57443547, D57443549, D57443576, D57443577,
D57443578, D57443579

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 AugPage01/1246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140A Seal, track 12 J8157 D57450148222 A24757J1396


145 Seal, plate L165 D57443579250
1.6 (0.063)
150 Angle, seal out L165 D57443551260 B20803J0353
board 1.2 (0.047)
155 Angle, seal in L165 D57443551261 B20803J0353
board 1.2 (0.047
ASSY Dwg.: D57443551, D57443579

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 Pages 47/48
Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS, CLOSING PLATES AND SEALS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of


any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS, CLOSING PLATES AND SEALS − REPAIRS

1. General

There are no Repairs specified in this topic.

For repairs, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 201. If no repair
is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 201, contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−41−26 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MOUNTINGS AND SUPPORTS

1. Mountings And Supports - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- Mountings And Supports Figure 1
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-41-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-41-33 FebPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Mountings And Supports


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-33 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Mountings And Supports


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-33 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Mountings And Supports


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-41-33 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Mountings And Supports


Figure 1 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-41-33 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Mountings And Supports


Figure 1 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-41-33 NovPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, sight BAEM1213 D57250246206


ing rod
5 Angle L165 D57443641202
203
1.2 (0.047)
5A Angle L165 D57443641222 A20609J0263
223
1.2 (0.047)
10 Bracket L165 D57443641206
207
10A Bracket L165 D57443641220 A20609J0263
221
1.2 (0.079)
15 Packer L165 D57443641204
2 (0.079)
15A Packer L165 D57443641224 A20609J0263
2 (0.079)
20 Bracket L165 D57443642202
203
1.2 (0.047)
25 Bracket L165 D57443643202
203
1.2 (0.047)
30 Bracket L165 D57443644202
203
1.2 (0.047)
35 Bracket L165 D57443645202
203
1.2 (0.047)
35A Bracket L165 D57443645204 A20803J0353
205
1.2 (0.047)
40 Bracket L165 D57443646200
201
1.2 (0.047)
40A Bracket L165 D57443646202 A20803J0353
203
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250249, D57443518, D57443572, D57443573

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 FebPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45 Bracket L165 D57443653204 B20609J0263


205
1.2 (0.047)
−adaptation L165 D57448759206
207
1.2 (0.047)
50 Cleat L165 D57443653202
203
−adaptation L165 D57448759000
001
55 Bracket L165 D57443655210 A20609J0263
211
1.2 (0.047)
60 Bracket L165 D57443655200
201
1.2 (0.047)
60A Bracket L165 D57443655208 A20609J0263
209
1.2 (0.047)
65 Bracket L165 D57443655202
203
1.2 (0.047)
65A Bracket L165 D57443655206 A20609J0263
207
1.2 (0.047)
70 Bracket, sight BAEM1213 D57250245200
ing rod
75 Bracket L165 D57443661200
201
1.2 (0.047)
80 Bracket L165 D57443660200
201
1.2 (0.047)
85 Bracket L165 D57443659200 B20609J0263
201
1.2 (0.047)
90 Bracket L165 D57443658200
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250249, D57443518, D57443575, D57448759

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 FebPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

95 Bracket L165 D57443657200


201
1.2 (0.047)
100 Bracket L165 D57443656200
201
1.2 (0.047)
100A Bracket L165 D57443656202 A20609J0263
203
1.2 (0.047)
100B Bracket L165 D57443656204 A20803J0353
205
1.2 (0.047)
105 Bracket L165 D57443656206 A20609J0263
207
1.2 (0.047)
110 Bracket L165 D57443655212 A20609J0263
213
1.2 (0.047)
115 Bracket L165 D57443654206 B20609J0263
207
1.2 (0.047)
120 Bracket L165 D57443654208
209
1.2 (0.047)
125 Bracket L165 D57443652200
201
1.2 (0.047)
125A Bracket L165 D57443652204 A21570J0539
205
1.2 (0.047)
130 Bracket L165 D57443651200
201
1.2 (0.047)
130A Bracket L165 D57443651206
(MSN00600187) 207
1.2 (0.047)
130B Bracket L165 D57443651210
(MSN01889999) 211
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443518, D57443575

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 FebPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

135 Cleat L165 D57443651202


203
1.2 (0.047)
140 Cleat L165 D57443651204
205
1.2 (0.047)
140A Cleat L165 D57443651208 A20609J0263
209
1.2 (0.047)
145 Bracket L165 D57443650200
201
1.2 (0.047)
145A Bracket L165 D57443650206
(MSN00600107 and 207
MSN01320187) 1.2 (0.047)
145B Bracket L165 D57443650208
(MSN01889999) 209
1.2 (0.047)
150 Cleat L165 D57443650204
(MSN00010107 and 205
MSN01320187) 1.2 (0.047)
155 Cleat L165 D57443650202 B20609J0263
203
1.2 (0.047)
160 Bracket L165 D57443649200 B20803J0353
201
1.2 (0.047)
165 Bracket L165 D57443649228 A20803J0353
229
1.2 (0.047)
170 Bracket L165 D57443649202
203
1.2 (0.047)
175 Bracket L165 D57443649204
205
1.2 (0.047)
180 Bracket L165 D57443648200
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443518, D57443574, D57443575

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 FebPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

185 Bracket L165 D57443648202 A20609J0263


203
1.2 (0.047)
185A Bracket L165 D57443648204 A34779J2559
205
1.2 (0.047)
190 Bracket L165 D57443647200 B20609J0263
201
1.2 (0.047)
195 Angle, support L165 D57443821200
(MSN00600107) 201
1.2 (0.047)
195A Angle, support L165 D57443821202
(MSN01080364) 203
1.2 (0.047)
195B Angle, support L165 D57443821204 A22343J0745
205
1.2 (0.047)
200 Bracket L165 D57443693202 B20609J02603
203
1.2 (0.047)
205 Bracket L165 D57443566200
201
1.6 (0.063)
210 Bracket L165 D57443566208
209
1.6 (0.063)
215 Cleat L165 D57443566206
207
1.6 (0.063)
220 Bracket L165 D57443566204
205
1.6 (0.063)
220A Bracket L165 D57443566210 A20167J0030
211
1.6 (0.063)
225 Bracket, sight BAEM1213 D57250247200
ing rod
225A Bracket, sight BAEM1213 D57252947200 A21723J0607
ing rod
ASSY Dwg.: D57250249, D57443503, D57443518, D57443579

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 FebPage01/1211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

230 Cleat L165 D57443695204 B20609J02603


205
1.2 (0.047)
235 Cleat L165 D57443694200 B20609J02603
201
1.2 (0.047)
240 Cleat L165 D57443693204 A20609J02603
205
1.2 (0.047)
245 Angle, support L165 D57443822202 A20609J02603
203
1.2 (0.047)
245A Angle, support L165 D57443822204 A22343J0745
205
1.2 (0.047)
250 Cleat L165 D57443692202
203
1.2 (0.047)
255 Bracket L165 D57443691202 A20609J0263
203
1.2 (0.047)
260 Bracket L165 D57443690200
201
1.2 (0.047)
260A Bracket L165 D57443690202 A20609J02603
203
1.2 (0.047)
265 Bracket L165 D57443689200
201
1.2 (0.047)
265A Bracket L165 D57443689202 A20609J0263
203
1.2 (0.047)
270 Bracket L165 D57443688200
201
1.2 (0.047)
270A Bracket L165 D57443688202 A20609J0263
203
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443518, D57443580

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 FebPage01/1212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

275 Bracket L165 D57443687202


203
1.2 (0.047)
280 Bracket L165 D57443668202
203
1.2 (0.047)
285 Bracket L165 D57443667202 B20609J0263
203
1.2 (0.047)
290 Bracket L165 D57443666202
203
1.2 (0.047)
295 Bracket L165 D57443665200
201
1.2 (0.047)
300 Bracket L165 D57443664202
203
1.2 (0.047)
305 Bracket L165 D57443663200
201
1.2 (0.047)
310 Bracket L165 D57443662200 B20609J0263
201
1.2 (0.047)
315 Packer L165 D57443566212 A31954J2234
0.6 (0.024)
−alternative L165 D57443566214
0.8 (0.031)
−alternative L165 D57443566216
1 (0.039)
320 Bracket, refuel L164 D57443840201
mounting 200
2 (0.080)
325 Bracket, refuel L168 D57443841200
mounting
330 Bracket, refuel L168 D57443841207 A25270J1513
mounting 206
335 Bracket, refuel L168 D57443841205
mounting 204
ASSY Dwg.: D57443518, D57443832, D57448001

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 Pages 13/14
Feb 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE MOUNTINGS AND SUPPORTS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of


any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEADING EDGE MOUNTINGS AND SUPPORTS − REPAIRS

1. General

There are no repairs specified in this topic.

For repairs, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 201. If no repair
is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 201, contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−41−33 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANELS AND COVERS

1. Access Panels and Covers - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Panel No 1 521AB (621AB) and NACA Duct Figure 2
521BB (621BB)
2 Panel Assembly 521CB (621CB) - Blow Off Figure 3
No 2
3 Panel Assembly 521EB (621EB) - Blow Off Figure 4
No 3
4 Access Panels 521GB (621GB) And 521HB Figure 5
(621HB)
5 Panel Assembly 522AB (622AB) - Blow Off Figure 6
No 4
6 Panel Assembly 522CB (622CB) - Blow Off Figure 7
No 5
7 Panel No 6 522FB (622FB) and Figure 8
Refuel/Defuel, Telescopic and Manual
Override Panels 522HB (622HB), 522JB
(622JB)
8 Panel Assembly 522KB (622KB) - No 6A Figure 9
9 Panel Assembly 522LB (622LB) - No 7 Figure 10
10 Panel Assembly 522NB (622NB) - No 8 Figure 11
11 Panel Assembly 522QB (622QB) - No 9 Figure 12
12 Panel Assembly 522SB (622SB) - No 10 Figure 13
13 Panel Assembly 522UB (622UB) - No 11 Figure 14
14 Upper Pylon Panel 521BT (621BT), Skin Figure 15
4A 522AT (622AT) and Skin - Telescope
522BT (622BT), 522CT (622CT)
15 Panel Assembly 521AT (621AT) - Upper Figure 16
L/E (After Modification 20265J0068)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-40-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage 1
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel No 1 521AB (621AB) and NACA Duct 521BB (621BB)


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel No 1 521AB (621AB) and NACA Duct 521BB (621BB)


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443581006 PB101


Figure 2 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443581014 PB101 A21570J0539
Figure 2 015 PB201
5 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674224
225
10 Stiffener L165 D57443581200
201
2 (0.079)
15 Stiffener L165 D57443581202
203
2 (0.079)
20 Panel, duct ABR6−0157 D57443677202 B23248J0970
203
25 Panel, infill ABM3−1029 D57450146200 A23248J0970
201
25A Panel, infill ABM3−1029 D57450146202 A25229J1412
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57443505, D57443581, D57443677, D57450117

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 521CB (621CB) − Blow Off No 2


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 521CB (621CB) − Blow Off No 2


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443582006 PB101


Figure 3 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443582010 PB101 B21570J0539
Figure 3 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443582018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 3 019 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443582014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 3 015 PB201
5 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674202
203
10 Stiffener L165 D57443582202
1.6 (0.063)
15 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443582200 51−77−13
201
25 Cover, access L154 D57443759202 B21723J0607
30 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870202 A21723J0607
tion
30A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195200 A34233J2413
tion
30B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195204 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443505, D57443582

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage 9
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 521EB (621EB) − Blow Off No 3


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1410
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 521EB (621EB) − Blow Off No 3


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1411
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 521EB (621EB) − Blow Off No 3


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1412
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 521EB (621EB) - Blow Off No 3


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage01/0313
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443583006 PB101


Figure 4 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443583010 PB101 B21570J0539
Figure 4 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443583018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 4 019 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443583014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 4 015 PB201
5 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674204
205
10 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443583200 51−77−13
1/8−4 201
15 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674206
207
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443583202 51−77−13
1/8−4 203
25 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
30 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443583204 51−77−13
1/8−4 205
35 Cover, access L154 D57443759202 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
40 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870202 A21723J0607
tion
40A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195200 A34233J2413
tion
40B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195204 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443505, D57443583, D57443853

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1414
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Access Panels 521GB (621GB) And 521HB (621HB)


Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage01/0315
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, access L165 D57450066202


203
5 Skin L165 D57450065200
201
5A Skin L165 D57450065204 A22130J0461
205
5B Skin L165 D57450065206 A22944J0836
207
10 Skin L165 D57450068200
201
15 Packer ABM3−1029 D57450079200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57450091, D57450098

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1416
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522AB (622AB) - Blow Off No 4


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage01/0517
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522AB (622AB) − Blow Off No 4


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1418
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522AB (622AB) − Blow Off No 4


Figure 6 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1419
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522AB (622AB) - Blow Off No 4


Figure 6 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage01/0520
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522AB (622AB) - Blow Off No 4


Figure 6 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage01/0521
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522AB (622AB) - Blow Off No 4


Figure 6 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 FebPage01/0322
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443584006 PB101


Figure 6 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443584010 PB101 B21723J0607
Figure 6 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443584014 PB101 A21723J0607
Figure 6 015 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443584026 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 6 027 PB201
1D Panel See Note D57443584018 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 6 019 PB201
5 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674208
209
10 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443584202 51−77−13 B21810J0607
1/8−4 203
15 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443584204 51−77−13
1/8−4 205
20 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
23 Cover, access L154 D57443759202 B21723J0607
25 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443584200 51−77−13
1/8−4 201
30 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870202 A21723J0607
tion
30A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195200 A34233J2413
tion
30B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195204 A36900J2790
tion
35 Landing, access L165 D57443584260 A21810J0620
2 (0.079)
40 Stiffener L165 D57443584262 A21810J0620
2 (0.079)
45 Panel, access ABR6−0123 D57443584256 A21810J0620
45A Panel, access ABR6−0123 D57443584274 A39887J3016
50 Stiffener L165 D57443584264 A21810J0620
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443584

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1423
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522CB (622CB) − Blow Off No 5


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1424
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522CB (622CB) − Blow Off No 5


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1425
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522CB (622CB) − Blow Off No 5


Figure 7 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1426
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522CB (622CB) − Blow Off No 5


Figure 7 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1427
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522CB (622CB) − Blow Off No 5


Figure 7 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1428
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674210


5 Panel See Note D57443585006 PB101
Figure 7 007 PB201
5A Panel See Note D57443585010 PB101 B21570J0539
Figure 7 011 PB201
5B Panel See Note D57443585018 PB01 B34233J2413
Figure 7 019 PB201
5C Panel See Note D57443585014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 7 015 PB201
10 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443585200 51−77−13
1/8−4 201
15 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443585202 51−77−13
1/8−4 203
20 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
25 Cover, access L154 D57443759202 B21723J0607
30 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870202 A21723J0607
tion
30A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195200 A34233J2413
tion
30B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195204 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443585

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1429
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel No 6 522FB (622FB) and Refuel/Defuel, Telescopic and Manual Override


Panels 522HB (622HB), 522JB (622JB)
Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1430
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel No 6 522FB (622FB) and Refuel/Defuel, Telescopic and Manual Override


Panels 522HB (622HB), 522JB (622JB)
Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1431
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel No 6 522FB (622FB) and Refuel/Defuel, Telescopic and Manual Override


Panels 522HB (622HB), 522JB (622JB)
Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1432
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin L167 D57443669200


201
1A Skin, interim L167 D57443669232
solution 233
(MSN0131 Only)
1B Skin L167 D57443669236 B24757J1381
237
5 Panel See Note D57443586006 PB101
Figure 8 007 PB201
5A Panel See Note D57443586010 PB101 B21570J0539
Figure 8 011 PB201
5B Panel See Note D57443586018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 8 019 PB201
5C Panel See Note D57443586014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 8 015 PB201
10 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674212
15 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443586200 51−77−13
1/8−4 201
20 Panel, LH L165 D57443792200
25 Panel, RH L165 D57443811200
30 Panel L164 D57443793200
201
35 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
40 Cover, access L154 D57443759202 B21723J0607
45 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870206 A21723J0607
tion
45A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195202 A34233J2413
tion
45B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195206 A36900J2790
tion
50 Skin, lower L167 D57449200202 A24757J1381
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443512, D57443586, D57449200

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1433
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522KB (622KB) − No 6A


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1434
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522KB (622KB) − No 6A


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1435
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443808002 PB101


Figure 9 003 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443808006 PB101 A21570J0539
Figure 9 007 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443808010 PB101
Figure 9 011 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443808014 PB101
Figure 9 015 PB201
5 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443808200 51−77−13
1/8−4 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443808

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1436
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522LB (622LB) − No 7


Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1437
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522LB (622LB) − No 7


Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1438
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443587006 PB101


Figure 10 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443587010 PB101 B21570J0539
Figure 10 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443587018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 10 019 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443587014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 10 015 PB201
5 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674214
10 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
15 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443587200 51−77−13
1/8−4 201
20 Cover, access L154 D57443759206 B21723J0607
25 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870206 A21723J0607
tion
25A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195202 A34233J2413
tion
25B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195206 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443587, D57443869

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1439
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522NB (622NB) − No 8


Figure 11 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1440
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522NB (622NB) − No 8


Figure 11 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1441
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443588006 PB101


Figure 11 07 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443588010 PB101 A21570J0539
Figure 11 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443588018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 11 019 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443588014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 11 015 PB201
5 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443588200 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 201
10 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674216
15 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443588202 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 203
25 Cover, access L154 D57443759206 B21723J0607
30 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870206 A21723J0607
tion
30A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195202 A34233J2413
tion
30B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195206 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443588

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1442
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522QB (622QB) − No 9


Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1443
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522QB (622QB) − No 9


Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1444
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443589006 PB101


Figure 12 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443589010 PB101 A21570J0539
Figure 12 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443589018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 12 019 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443589014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 12 015 PB201
5 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443589200 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 201
10 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674218
15 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443589202 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 203
25 Cover, access L154 D57443759206 B21723J0607
30 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870206 A21723J0607
tion
30A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195202 A34233J2413
tion
30B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195206 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443589

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1445
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522SB (622SB) − No 10


Figure 13 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1446
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522SB (622SB) − No 10


Figure 13 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1447
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443590006 PB101


Figure 13 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443590010 PB101 A21570J0539
Figure 13 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443590018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 13 019 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443590026 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 13 027 PB201
5 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443590200 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 201
10 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674220
15 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443590202 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 203
25 Cover, access L154 D57443759206 B21723J0607
30 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870206 A21723J0607
tion
30A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195202 A34233J2413
tion
30B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195206 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443590

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1448
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522UB (622UB) − No 11


Figure 14 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1449
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 522UB (622UB) − No 11


Figure 14 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1450
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel See Note D57443591006 PB101


Figure 14 007 PB201
1A Panel See Note D57443591010 PB101 A21810J0620
Figure 14 011 PB201
1B Panel See Note D57443591018 PB101 B34233J2413
Figure 14 019 PB201
1C Panel See Note D57443591014 PB101 A34233J2413
Figure 14 015 PB201
5 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443591200 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 201
10 Seal ABR6−0122 D57443674222
15 Doubler L165 D57443757200 B21723J0607
2 (0.079)
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57443591202 51−77−13
HRH10−1/8−4 203
25 Cover, access L154 D57443759206 B21723J0607
30 Cover, inspec L155 D57443870206 A21723J0607
tion
30A Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195202 A34233J2413
tion
30B Cover, inspec ABR6−0129 D57450195206 A36900J2790
tion
ASSY Dwg.: D57443506, D57443591

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1451
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper Pylon Panel 521BT (621BT), Skin 4A 522AT (622AT) and Skin − Telescope
522BT (622BT), 522CT (622CT)
Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1452
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, upper L165 D57450064202


203
1A Skin, upper L165 D57450064206 A22130J0461
207
1B Skin, upper L165 D57450064208 A22944J0836
209
1C Skin, upper L165 BT043013000 BT043013(MSN213
BT043014001 4)
BT043014(MSN213
4)
1D Skin, upper L165 BT042948001 BT042948(MSN215
8)
5 Stiffener L165 D57450061200
201
1 (0.039)
10 Stiffener L165 D57450062200
201
1 (0.039)
15 Stiffener L165 D57450063200
1 (0.039)
20 Skin L167 D57443570206
207
20A Skin TA21 D57443570236 A20330J0100
237
20B Skin TA21 D57443570242
243
20C Skin TA21 D57443570244 A26563J1663
245
25 Skin, upper L167 D57443669226
227
25A Skin, upper L167 D57443669234 B24757J1381
235
30 Skin, upper L167 D57449200200 A24757J1381
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57443512, D57449200, D57450095

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1453
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panel Assembly 521AT (621AT) − Upper L/E (After Modification 20265J0068)


Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 FebPage01/1454
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, access L165 D57443569232


5 Packer L165 D57443569234
1.60(0.063)
10 Ring, support L165 D57443569236
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57443511

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Pages 55/56
Feb 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANELS AND COVERS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

1. General

This topic contains the allowable damage, the repairable damage data and
the repair references applicable to the leading edge access panels and
covers.
NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, given in the Repair
Zoning Tables in Figures 103 and 104, refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−14.

Identification of the leading edge access panels and covers, detailed in


this topic, are shown in Figure 101, and tabulated in Table 102.

For the relevant weight variant effectivity, refer to Table 101.

NOTE: The allowable damage contained in this topic is valid only for the
weight variants shown in Table 101.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct allowable damage is used


for each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUCTION
of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary data about
all weight variants and the required information for allowable damage
and repair applicability.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Feb 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Access Panels and Covers − General Arrangement

The general arrangement of all the leading edge access panels and covers
identified in this topic is given in Table 102.

For the location of the panels on the leading edge of the wing, refer to
Figure 101.

ITEM NUMBER PANEL DESCRIPTION PANEL IDENT NUMBER


1 Panel Assy No. 1 and NACA Duct 521AB/621AB and
521BB/621BB
2 Panel Assy − Blow Off No. 2 521CB/621CB
3 Panel Assy − Blow Off No. 3 521EB/621EB
4 Panel Assy − Blow Off No. 4 522AB/622AB
5 Panel Assy − Blow Off No. 5 522CB/622CB
6 Panel No 6 and Refuel/Defuel, 522FB/622FB,522HB/622HB
Telescopic and Manual Override Panels and 522JB/622JB
6A No. 6A − Panel Assembly 522KB/622KB
7 No. 7 − Panel Assembly 522LB/622LB
8 No. 8 − Panel Assembly 522NB/622NB
9 No. 9 − Panel Assembly 522QB/622QB
10 No. 10 − Panel Assembly 522SB/622SB
11 No. 11 − Panel Assembly 522UB/622UB
Panel General Arrangement
Table 102
3. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−77−10, paragraph 3 for the procedure).

4. Types of Damage

A. For definitions of damage, refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−10, paragraph 2.

B. For the types of damage on the panels in each of the repair zones,
refer to the Tables in Figures 103 and 104.

5. Distance Between Damaged/Repaired Areas

A. Refer to the Tables in Figures 103 and 104, to find out the distances
allowed between damaged/repaired areas.
B. Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−10, paragraph 3.B, for the measurement
procedure to be followed.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

6. Component Zoning

A. All the components for the leading edge access panels and covers are
divided into Structural Repair Zones.

Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−10, paragraph 3.C, for general information


about component Repair Zones.

B. The Repair Zones (A and B) applicable to components in this topic are


shown in Figure 102, (Sheets 1 and 2).
NOTE: You must refer to both Figure 102, (Sheet 1 and 2), and the
Tables in Figures 103 and 104, before you decide on the type of
repair.

7. Allowable Damage Limits and Repairable Damage Limits


A. For the allowable damage and repairable damage limits applicable to each
Zone, refer to the Tables given in Figure 103, and 104, as follows:
− for Zone A, refer to the Table in Figure 103
− for Zone B, refer to the Table in Figure 104.

B. For general information about allowable damage and repairable damage


limits, refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−10, paragraph 1.
C. Where applicable, the actual numbers of permitted damages for each Zone
are shown in Figures 103, and 104.

D. For a definition that states the maximum number of damages allowed,


refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−10, paragraph 3.D.
E. No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D of a fastener (where D
is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the center of the
fastener hole).

For Zone A this limitation applies to damage for scratches cracks and
gouges, delamination and debonding, and for dents and perforations.
For Zone B this limitation applies to damage for delamination and
debonding and for dents and perforations.

F. For the specific repair materials to repair these components, refer to


SRM Chapter 57−41−37, Page Block 201.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Feb 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Panels 1 thru 11 - General Arrangement


Figure 101

Printed in Germany
57-41-37 Nov
Page 104
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Zones and Panel Construction


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Feb 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair Zones and Panel Construction


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Feb 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Repair Zone A


Figure 103

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 PagesAug107/108
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Repair Zone B


Figure 104

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 PagesAug109/110
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANELS AND COVERS − REPAIRS

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARAGRAPH 3


GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE FLIGHT HOUR RESTRICTIONS AND DAMAGE DATA CONTAINED IN THE
ZONE TABLES IN SRM CHAPTER 57−41−37 PAGE BLOCK 101.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

1. General

The repairs in this topic apply to damage that you find on the leading
edge access panels and covers.

General repairs applicable to this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs applicable to this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For the detailed definition of any Repair Categories, given in Table
202, refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−14.

2. Safety Precautions

A. When you do the repairs specified in this topic, you must comply with
all the safety precautions detailed in SRM Chapter 51−77−12 and SRM
Chapter 51−77−13.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable to this topic − −
General Repairs
Table 201
4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Refer to
Specific Repair Materials for Wet Lay−Up
5.A. − Page
Repairs
Block 101
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Feb 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5. Access Panels and Cover Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

A. Specific Repair Materials for Wet Lay−Up Repairs

You must refer to the Repair Zone Tables in SRM 57−41−37 Page Block
101 to find the references to wet lay−up repairs.

NOTE: The wet lay−up repair materials given in this paragraph are
applicable to the weight variants shown in table 203.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used on


each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and the required
information for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−41−37 Feb 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Plain Weave Carbon Fabric A/R This fabric is to be used for


at a weight of 135g/m wet lay−up repairs (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−77−11 , Table
6B(8)(b))
− Hysol EA9396A/B A/R Material No. 08−070. This resin
is to be used in wet lay−up
repairs (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−77−11, paragraph 6B(2)) OR
− Hysol LY5052/HY5052 A/R Material No. 08−090. This resin
is to be used in wet lay−up
repairs (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−77−11, paragraph 6B(2)).
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026. (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00).
NOTE: Any room temperature repair that has already been done in
accordance with the Structural Repair Manual and uses the
resins given in SRM 51−77−11 is acceptable.
NOTE: Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in
the same direction as the original plies with the cover ply
placed at +/− 45° (Refer to SRM Chapter 57−41−37 Page Block
001).
(2) Repair Instructions

The materials listed in paragraph 5.A.(1) must be used, as


applicable, and together with the materials detailed in the repair
references in the Repair Zone Tables. The Repair Zone Tables are
found in SRM 57−41−37 Page Block 101.

Printed in Germany
57−41−37 PagesJun203/204
01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS - OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE

1. Ribs - Outboard Leading Edge - Identification Scheme


Identification Data transferred to Chapter 57-41-15 Page Block 001

Printed in Germany
57-42-12 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 1

1. STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 1 − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Slat 1 − Structure Complete Figure 2
2 Slat Tracks 1 thru 4 Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 NovPage 3
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage 4
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-42-21 NovPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage 6
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-42-21 NovPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage 8
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-42-21 FebPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/0710
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 NovPage01/1411
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/0712
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57-42-21 NovPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 1 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 12)

Printed in Germany
57-42-21 FebPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, end out 7050T73651 D57460141200


board AMS4050 201
1A Rib, end out 7175T73 D57460163204 A21345E0014
board SMS3721/573 205
1B Rib, end out 7010T73651 D57460191200 A26406E0065
board AMS4205 201
1C Rib, end out 7010T73651 D57460610208 A27841E0091
board AMS4205 209
5 Rib, WFX 3465 2024 D57460149200
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
5A Rib, WFX 3465 2024 D57460149202 A26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
5B Rib, WFX 3465 2024 D57460149204 A26406E0070
PL−T42 205 B31696E0151
1.8 (0.071) B31696E0152
10 Stringer, Z 2024 D57460124208 PB201 A26406E0070
PL−T42 209 57−40−00
1.8 (0.071) 57−42−21
10A Stringer, bulb 7050T76511 D57460284208 A28587E0106
209
15 Rib, track 4 7010T73651 D57460137204 PB101
AMS4205 205
15A Rib, track 4 7010T73651 D57460137206 PB101 A20167J0030
AMS4205 207
15B Rib, track 4 7010T73651 D57460184206 PB101 A22409E0028
AMS4205 207
15C Rib, track 4 7010T73651 D57460174200 PB101 A26406E0064
AMS4205 201
15D Rib, track 4 7010T73651 D57460814204 PB101 A27579E0089
AMS4205 205
15E Rib, track 4 7010T73651 D57460814206 PB101 A28587E0106
AMS4205 207
20 Rib, WFX 2937.5 2024 D57460148200
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
20A Rib, WFX 2937.5 2024 D57460148202 A26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460169, D57460199

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1015
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

20B Rib, WFX 2937.5 2024 D57460148204 A26406E0070


PL−T42 205
1.8 (0.071)
20C Rib, WFX 2937.5 2024 D57460148206 A35942E0164
PL−T42 207
1.8 (0.071)
25 Stringer, Z 2024 D57460124206 PB201 A26406E0070
PL−T42 207 57−40−00
1.8 (0.071) 57−42−21
25A Stringer, bulb 7050T76511 D57460284206 A28587E0106
207
30 Rib, track 3 7010T73651 D57460135206 PB101
AMS4205 207
30A Rib, track 3 7010T73651 D57460135208 PB101
(MSN0021 Only) AMS4205 209
30B Rib, track 3 7010T73651 D57460135210 PB101 A20167J0030
AMS4205 211
30C Rib, track 3 7010T73651 D57460183206 PB101 A22409E0028
AMS4205 207
30D Rib, track 3 7010T73651 D57460173200 PB101 A26406E0064
AMS4205 201
30E Rib, track 3 7010T73651 D57460813204 PB101 A27579E0089
AMS4205 205
30F Rib, track 3 7010T73651 D57460813206 PB101 A28587E0106
AMS4205 207
35 Stringer 2024 D57460108204 PB201 A22165J0714
PL−T42 205 57−40−00 B26406E0070
1.8 (0.071) 57−42−21
40 Rib, WFX 2298.5 2024 D57460147200
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
40A Rib, WFX 2298.5 2024 D57460147202 A26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
40B Rib, WFX 2298.5 2024 D57460147204 A26406E0070
PL−T42 205
2 (0.079)
40C Rib, WFX 2298.5 2024 D57460147206 A35942E0164
PL−T42 207
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460165, D57460169, D57460199, D57460911

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1016
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45 Angle 2024 D57460164200 A22165J0714


PL−T42 B26406E0070
50 Rib, WFX 1947 2024 D57460146200
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
50A Rib, WFX 1947 2024 D57460166200 A24987E0049
PL−T42 201
2 (0.079)
50B Rib, WFX 1947 2024 D57460166202 A26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
50C Rib, WFX 1947 2024 D57460166204 A26406E0070
PL−T42 205
2 (0.079)
50D Rib, WFX 1947 2024 D57460166206 A35942E0164
PL−T42 207
2 (0.079)
55 Stringer 2024T3 D57460108202 PB201 B22165J0714
203 57−40−00
1.8 (0.071) 57−42−21
60 Stringer 2024 D57460108206 PB101 A22165J0714
PL−T42 207 PB201 B26406E0070
1.8 (0.071) 57−40−00
57−42−21
65 Stringer, Z 2024 D57460124204 PB201 A26406E0070
PL−T42 205 57−40−00
1.8 (0.071) 57−42−21
65A Stringer, bulb 7050T76511 D57460284204 A28587E0106
205
70 Rib, WFX 1595.5 2024 D57460145200
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
70A Rib, WFX 1595.5 2024 D57460145202 A26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
70B Rib, WFX 1595.5 2024 D57460145204 A26406E0070
PL−T42 205
1.8 (0.071)
70C Rib, WFX 1595.5 2024 D57460145206 A35942E0164
PL−T42 207
1.8 (0.071)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460165, D57460169, D57460911

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1017
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Rib, track 2 7010T73651 D57460127206 PB101


AMS4205 207
75A Rib, track 2 7010T73651 D57460127208 PB101 A20167J0030
AMS4205 209
75B Rib, track 2 7010T73651 D57460182206 PB101 A22409E0028
AMS4205 207
75C Rib, track 2 7010T73651 D57460172200 PB101 A26406E0070
AMS4205 201
75D Rib, track 2 7010T73651 D57460812204 PB101 A27579E0089
AMS4205 205
75E Rib, track 2 7010T73651 D57460812206 PB101 A28587E0106
AMS4205 207
80 Stringer, Z 2024 D57460124206 PB201 A26406E0070
PL−T42 207 57−40−00
1.8 (0.071) 57−42−21
80A Stringer, bulb 7050T76511 D57460284202 A28587E0106
203
85 Rib, WFX 957 2024 D57460144200
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
85A Rib, WFX 957 2024 D57460144202 A26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
85B Rib, WFX 957 2024 D57460144204 A26406E0070
PL−T42 205
1.8 (0.071)
85C Rib, WFX 957 2024 D57460144206 A35942E0164
PL−T42 207
1.8 (0.071)
90 Rib, track 1 7010T73651 D57460125206 PB101
AMS4205 207
90A Rib, track 1 7010T73651 D57460125208 PB101 A20167J0030
AMS4205 209
90B Rib, track 1 7010T73651 D57460181206 PB101 A22409E0028
AMS4205 207
90C Rib, track 1 7010T73651 D57460171200 PB101 A26406E0070
AMS4205 201
90D Rib, track 1 7010T73651 D57460811204 PB101 A27579E0089
AMS4205 205
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460169, D57460199, D57460911

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1018
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90E Rib, track 1 7010T73651 D57460811206 PB101 A28587E0106


AMS4205 207
95 Rib, WFX 440 2024 D57460143200
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
95A Rib, WFX 440 2024 D57460143202 A26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
95B Rib, WFX 440 2024 D57460143204 A26406E0070
PL−T42 205
1.8 (0.071)
95C Rib, WFX 440 2024 D57460143206 A26740E0082
PL−T42 207
1.8 (0.071)
95D Rib, WFX 440 2024 D57460143208 A35942E0164
PL−T42 209
1.8 (0.071)
100 Rib, inboard 2024 D57460189206 A22409E0028
PL−T42 207
1.8 (0.071)
100A Rib, inboard 2024 D57460189208 A26406E0070
PL−T42 209
1.8 (0.071)
100B Rib, inboard 2024 D57460189210 A26740E0082
PL−T42 211
1.8 (0.071)
100C Rib, inboard 7475T9351 D57460605208 A27841E0091
209
105 Cleat 2024 D57460112208 B26740E0082
PL−T42 209
1.6 (0.063)
110 Angle 2024 D57460133200 B30047E0129
PL−T42 201
1.8 (0.071)
115 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460132204
2 (0.079)
115A Shim 2024 D57460140204 A26840E0072
PL−T42 2 (0.079) B27841E0091
120 Rib, end inboard 2024 D57460132206
PL−T42 207
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460132, D57460169, D57460199, D57460911

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1019
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

120A Rib, end inboard 2024 D57460132208 A26840E0072


PL−T42 209
120B Rib, end inboard 2024 D57460132210 A27841E0091
PL−T42 211
120C Rib, end inboard 7475T351 D57460608200 A30047E0129
201
125 Stringer, Z 2024 D57460124200 PB201 A26406E0070
PL−T42 201 57−40−00
1.8 (0.071) 57−42−21
125A Stringer, Z 2024 D57460124202 A26740E0082
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
125B Stringer, bulb 7050T76511 D57460284200 A28587E0106
201
130 Piece, end in 7075T7351 D57460157200
board 201
130A Piece, end in 7075T7351 D57460157202 B27841E0091
board 203
135 Lug, lifting D52371217200 A21723J0607
140 Girder, lower 2024 D57460107200 B21405E0012
PL−T42 201
145 Girder, lower 2024 D57460107206 A21405E0012
PL−T42 207
145A Girder, lower 2024 D57460188202 A22409E0028
PL−T42 203
145B Girder, lower 2024 D57460188206 A27579E0089
PL−T42 207
150 Skin, top 2024 D57460103202 PB101
PL−T42 203 PB201
57−40−00
150A Skin, top 2024 D57460103204 PB101 A21723J0607
PL−T42 205 PB201
57−40−00
150B Skin, top ABS5044E020 D57460186200 PB101 A22409E0028
201 PB201
57−40−00
150C Skin, top ABS5044E020 D57460186202 PB101 A26406E0070
203 PB201
57−40−00
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460102, D57460169, D57460185, D57460199, D57460601

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1020
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

150D Skin, top ABS5044E020 D57460186204 A150642E0180


205
155 Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460155200
201
155A Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460155202 A22323E0034
203
160 Girder, lower 2024 D57460107204 A21405E0012
PL−T42 205
160A Girder, lower 2024 D57460188200 A22409E0028
PL−T42 201
160B Girder, lower 2024 D57460188204 A27579E0089
PL−T42 205
165 Girder, lower 2024 D57460107202
PL−T42 203
170 Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460156200
201
170A Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460156202 A22323E0034
203
175 Piece, end out 2024T3 D57460154200
board
175A Piece, end out 7075T7351 D57460724200 A27841E0091
board 201
180 Seal D57460196214
215
180A Seal D57460196250 A22289E0024
251
185 Seal D57460196216
217
185A Seal D57460196252 A22289E0024
253
190 Seal D57460196208
190A Seal D57460196248 A22289E0024
195 Seal D57460196218
219
195A Seal D57460196254 A22289E0024
255
200 Seal D57460196220
221
ASSY Dwg.: D57460100, D57460101, D57460150, D57460169, D57460199, D57460710,
D57460911

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1021
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

200A Seal D57460196256 A22289E0024


257
205 Seal D57460196202
205A Seal D57460196242 A22289E0024
210 Seal D57460196222
223
210A Seal D57460196258 A22289E0024
259
215 Seal D57460196224
225
215A Seal D57460196260 A22289E0024
261
220 Fairing F155−37−7781 D57460134002
MIL−R−9300 003
220A Fairing F155−37−7781 D57460134004 A21941J0399
MIL−R−9300 005
220B Fairing F155−37−7781 D57460134006
MIL−R−9300 007
220C Fairing F155−37−7781 D57460134008 A26840E0072
MIL−R−9300 009
220D Fairing 2024T42 D57460607200 A30047E0129
CLADSMS3200 201
220E Fairing 2024T42 D57460607202 A150642E0180
CLADSMS3200 203
225 Elbow B906A D57460593200
RED
230 Seal D57460196226
227
230A Seal D57460196262 A22289E0024
263
235 Seal D57460196204
235A Seal D57460196244 A22289E0024
240 Seal D57460196200
240A Seal D57460196240 A22289E0024
245 Seal D57460196206
245A Seal D57460196246 A22289E0024
250 Seal D57460196210 B21345E0014
211
ASSY Dwg.: D57460100, D57460168, D57460198, D57460677, D57460910

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/1522
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

255 Seal D57460196228 A21345E0014


229
255A Seal D57460196264 A22289E0024
265
260 Seal, lip B452+PRF89+91 D57460194200
Dunlop
260A Seal, lip B452+PRF89+91 D57460194202 A22289E0024
Dunlop
260B Seal, lip B452+PRF89+91 D57460194204 A22409E0028
Dunlop
260C Seal, lip SMS7016 D57460194206 A28242E0097
265 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460114200
265A Support, seal 2024PLT3 D57460114202 A21345E0014
ABS5044D016
265B Support, seal 2024PLT3 D57460114204 A22409E0028
ABS5044D016
270 Seal D57460196212 B21345E0014
213
275 Cleat 2024 D57460112206 B26406E0065
PL−T42 207
1.6 (0.063)
280 Cleat 2024 D57460112202 B26214E0052
PL−T42 203
1.8 (0.071)
285 Cleat 2024 D57460112204 B26214E0052
PL−T42 205
1.8 (0.071)
290 Tee FON1−2313−014 F57462840200 A26214E0052
55−52132 B31696E0151
B31696E0152
295 Joint, rib 2024 D57460116200 B31696E0151
PL−T42 201 B31696E0152
1.8 (0.071)
300 Skin, top T/E 2024 D57460151202
PL−T42 203
300A Skin, top T/E 2024 D57460151204 A21345E0014
PL−T42 205
300B Skin, top T/E 2024 D57460176200 A22409E0028
PL−T42 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460100, D57460101, D57460150, D57460168, D57460169, D57460175,
D57460198

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1023
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

300C Skin, top T/E 2024 D57460846200 A27579E0089


PL−T42 201
300D Skin, top T/E 2024 D57460846202 A27841E0091
PL−T42 203
305 Skin, bottom T/E 2024 D57460152200
PL−T42 201
305A Skin, bottom T/E 2024 D57460152202 A21345E0014
PL−T42 203
305B Skin, bottom T/E 2024 D57460177200 A22409E0028
PL−T42 201
305C Skin, bottom T/E 2024 D57460177202 A24129E0045
PL−T42 203
305D Skin, bottom T/E 2024 D57460847200 A27579E0089
PL−T42 201
305E Skin, bottom T/E 2024 D57460712200 A27841E0091
PL−T42 201
310 Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460150210
N−6 211
NIDA
310A Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460150212 A21345E0014
N−6 213
NIDA
310B Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460175212 A22409E0028
N−6 213
NIDA
310C Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460713200 A27841E0091
N−6 201
NIDA
315 Spar, rear F161−37−T181 D57460153200
201
320 Bracket, rein 7175T73 D57460122200
forcing 201
320A Bracket, rein 7175T73 D57460130200 A20666E0007
forcing 201 B26406E0064
325 Bracket, rein 7075T7351 D57460142200
forcing 201
325A Bracket, rein 7175T73 D57460161200 A20672E0009
forcing 201 B26406E0064
330 Bush DTD197 D57460110200
335 Bush DTD197 D57460111200
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460135, D57460150, D57460175, D57460710, D57460845

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1024
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

340 Plate, filler 2024PLT3 D57460197202 A26406E0064


track 4 ABS5044D005 203
0.5 (0.020)
340A Plate, filler 2024PLT3 D57460197206 A27841E0091
track 4 ABS5044D005
345 Plate, filler 2024PLT3 D57460197200 A26406E0064
track 3 ABS5044D005 201
0.5 (0.020)
345A Plate, filler 2024PLT3 D57460197206 A27841E0091
track 3 ABS5044D005 0.5 (0.020)
350 Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460109204
ABS5044D016 205
1.6 (0.063)
350A Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460109206 A21723J0607
ABS5044D016 207
1.6 (0.063)
350B Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460170200 A26406E0070
ABS5044D016 201
1.6 (0.063)
355 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460105202
PL−T42 203
355A Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187202 B31696E0151
PL−T42 203 B31696E0152
360 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460105200 PB201 B21405E0012
PL−T42 201 57−40−00
365 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460105204 PB201 A21405E0012
PL−T42 205 57−40−00
365A Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187200 PB201 A22409E0028
PL−T42 201 57−40−00 B27579E0089
370 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460105206 A21405E0012
PL−T42 207
370A Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187204 A22409E0028
PL−T42 205
370B Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187206 A24129E0045
PL−T42 207
375 Tag, bonding 2024 D57460158200
PL−T42
380 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187208 A27579E0089
PL−T42 209 B31696E0151
B31696E0152
ASSY Dwg.: D57460101, D57460102, D57460159, D57460169, D57460199

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/1525
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

385 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187210 A27579E0089


PL−T42 211
385A Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187218 A35942E0164
PL−T42 219
390 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187212 A27579E0089
PL−T42 213
390A Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187220 A35942E0164
PL−T42 221
395 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187214 A27579E0089
PL−T42 215
395A Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187222 A35942E0164
PL−T42 223
400 Plies, fairing F155−37−7781 D57460134202 B30047E0129
MIL−R−9300
405 Skin, bottom 2024 D57460187216 A31696E0151
PL−T42 217 A31696E0152
2 (0.079)
410 Reinforcing 2024 D57460602200 A31696E0151
PL−T42 201 A31696E0152
2 (0.079)
415 Girder, lower ABS5119A218LE D57460671200 A30743E0131
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460134, D57460169, D57460601, D57460911

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 FebPage01/1026
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Tracks 1 thru 4


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/0727
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Tracks 1 thru 4


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/0728
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Tracks 1 thru 4


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/0729
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track 1 DTD5212 D57461011202


1A Track 1 DTD5212 D57461011204 A23957E0040
1B Track 1 DTD5212 D57461411200 A26542E0060
5 Track 2 DTD5212 D57461021202
5A Track 2 DTD5212 D57461021204 A23957E0040
5B Track 2 DTD5212 D57461421202 A26542E0060
10 Block, filler T1 PA616PERLP410 D57461037200 B23957E0040
201
15 Block, filler T2 PA616PERLP410 D57461037202 B23957E0040
203
20 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036200 B23957E0040
PERAIR9160 201
25 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036202 B23957E0040
PERAIR9160 203
30 Bush BS−S80 D57461012202
30A Bush BS−S80 D57461012220 A20167J0030
35 Bush BS−S80 D57461012214
35A Bush BS−S80 D57461012222 A20167J0030
40 Bush DTD197 D57460009202
45 Bush DTD197 D57460009200
50 Track 3 DTD5212 D57461031202
50A Track 3 DTD5212 D57461031204 A23957E0040
50B Track 3 DTD5212 D57461431202 A26542E0060
55 Block, filler T3 PA616PERLP410 D57461037204 PB201 B23957E0040
205 57−40−00
60 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036204 PB201 B23957E0040
PERAIR9160 205 57−40−00
65 Packer, seal T3 PA616PERLP410 D57461064202 PB201
203 57−40−00
65A Packer, seal T3 PA616PERLP410 D57461064204
205
65B Packer, seal T3 SMS1504/1 D57461064206 A23904E0043
207
70 Track 4 DTD5212 D57461041200
70A Track 4 DTD5212 D57461041202 A23957E0040
70B Track 4 DTD5212 D57461441200 A26542E0060
75 Block, filler T4 PA616PERLP410 D57461037206 PB201 B23957E0040
207 57−40−00
ASSY Dwg.: D57461021, D57461301, D57461302, D57461303, D57461304

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 MayPage01/0730
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

80 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036206 PB201 B23957E0040


PERAIR9160 207 57−40−00
85 Packer, seal T4 PA616PERLP410 D57461065202 PB201
203 57−40−00
85A Packer, seal T4 PA616PERLP410 D57461065204
205
85B Packer, seal T4 SMS1504/1 D57461065206 A23904E0043
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57461304

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Pages 31/32
May 01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 1 - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of
any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57-40-00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57-40-00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS INDUSTRIE.

Printed in Germany
57-42-21 Page 101
Feb 01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 1 − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Slat
1 Structure.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT METAL.
WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT 1 − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−63, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY THE SEAL
ANT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.
3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of the Nose Area of the Top
Skin above the ribs and between the
57−40−00 Page
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5 (Repair appli
Block 201, 206 INACTIVE
cable for aircraft up to 89 tonnes
Paragraph 5.F.
MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
Repair of the Nose Area of the Top 57−40−00 Page
Skin above the ribs and between the Block 201, 207 −
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5 Paragraph 5.G.
General Repairs

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminium In
serts) at the Chamfered Edges of Slat
57−40−00 Page
2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4
Block 201, 208 −
and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only) (This
Paragraph 5.H.
repair for slat 1 is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Re
sistant Steel Inserts) at the Chamfered
Edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) 57−40−00 Page
and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Block 201, 209 −
Edge only) (This repair for slat 1 is Paragraph 5.I.
INACTIVE since revision dated May
01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with the Z stringer
57−40−00 Page
undamaged or locally straightened (Re
Block 201, 212 INACTIVE
pair applicable for aircraft up to 89
Paragraph 5.L.
tonnes MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE
since revision dated May 01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with the Z stringer 57−40−00 Page
or bulb stringer undamaged or locally Block 201, 213 −
straightened (Repair applicable for Paragraph 5.M.
slats before modification 35942E164)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with a cut in the up
57−40−00 Page
per flange of the Z stringer (Repair
Block 201, 214 INACTIVE
applicable for aircraft up to 89 tonnes
Paragraph 5.N.
MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with a cut in the up 57−40−00 Page
per flange of the Z stringer or bulb Block 201, 215 −
stringer (Repair applicable for slats Paragraph 5.O.
before modification 35942E164)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin across
two ribs with the Z stringer undamaged
57−40−00 Page
or locally straightened (Repair appli
Block 201, 216 INACTIVE
cable for aircraft up to 89 tonnes
Paragraph 5.P.
MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin across
two ribs with the Z stringer or bulb 57−40−00 Page
stringer undamaged or locally straight Block 201, 217 −
ened (Repair applicable for slats be Paragraph 5.Q.
fore modification 35942E164)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin across
two ribs when the Z stringer is com
57−40−00 Page
pletely cut (Repair applicable for air
Block 201, 218 INACTIVE
craft up to 89 tonnes MTOW) (This re
Paragraph 5.R.
pair is INACTIVE since revision dated
May 01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin across
two ribs when the Z stringer or bulb 57−40−00 Page
stringer is completely cut (Repair ap Block 201, 219 −
plicable for slats before modification Paragraph 5.S.
35942E164)
Repair of Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut 57−40−00 Page
(made for access) at Track Ribs 1 and Block 201, 220 −
4 Paragraph 5.T.
Repair of Slat 1. Bottom Skin − Cut 57−40−00 Page
(made for access) between Track Rib 3 Block 201, 221 −
and WFX2298.5 Paragraph 5.U.
Top Skin of Slats 1 thru 5. Permanent 57−40−00 Page
and Temporary filler Repairs for dents Block 201, 223, 224 −
given in the allowable damage limits Paragraph 5.W.
General Repairs
Table 201
4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Repair of Top Skin − Slat 1
(repair inactive from revision dated Aug 5.A. 201 −
01/93)
Repair of Bottom Skin − Slat 1
(repair inactive from revision dated Aug 5.B. 202 −
01/93)
Repair of Stringer Flange − Slat 1 5.C. 203 A
External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard
5.D. 204 A
Trailing Edge − Slat 1
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose
Repairs above the Outboard End Rib − Limits 5.E. 205 A
and Conditions
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the
5.F. 206 A
Outboard End Rib
Repair of Erosion Damage on the Belly Fair
5.G. 207 A
ing (Slat Horn)
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Slat 1 Structure − Repairs

A. Repair of the Top Skin − Slat 1

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−60, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING


AGENTS, ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DAN
GEROUS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY THE
SEALANT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.
(1) General

This repair shows two schemes which will keep the skin surface
smooth. If a stringer is also damaged, or runs through the repair
area, the repair at Figure 203 can be used. If it is necessary to
get better access to the damaged area, the repair at Figure 202 can
be used.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Backing Plate 1 2024PLT42 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)


thick
2 Skin Insert 1 2024PLT42 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)
thick
3 Rivet 4.00 mm (0.157 in.) A/R MS20426AD5 or Blind Rivet
Dia 100 deg CSK ASNA0079−510A (See Note)
4 Rivet 4.00 mm (0.157 in.) A/R MS20426AD5−00 or Blind Rivet
Dia 100 deg CSK ASNA0079−512A (See Note)
5 Shim (if necessary) 1 ZNl0C18−10 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
S527 Cadmium Plated
6 Sealant, Polysulphide − Material No. 09−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
7 Sealant, Aerodynamic − Material No. 09−004 (Refer to
Smoothing SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: For the rivet hole sites, refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00. At
existing rivet locations oversize rivets may be installed.
Install solid rivets where possible.

(3) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 201)


(a) Remove the damaged area of the skin and make the edges of the
cut−out smooth. If it is necessary to get better access to the
damaged area, do the repair (Refer to Figure 202).

(b) Make the backing plate (Item 1) and the skin insert (Item 2).

(c) If the repair is done at a place where the skin thickness


changes, make a shim (Item 5).

(d) Mark out the rivet positions on the skin around the cut−out.
Drill pilot holes in the skin.

(e) Put the backing plate (Item 1) and the shim (Item 5), if used,
in position. Hold the backing plate (Item 1), and the shim (Item
5), if used, tightly. Drill through two of the pilot holes on
opposite sides of the cut−out. Temporarily attach the backing
plate (Item 1), and the shim (Item 5), if used, and drill the
remaining pilot holes.
(f) Mark out the rivet positions on the skin insert (Item 2). Drill
the pilot holes in the skin insert (Item 2).

(g) Put the skin insert (Item 2) in position and make sure the gap
is symmetrical around the cut−out. Hold the skin insert (Item 2)
tightly and drill through two pilot holes. Temporarily attach the

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

skin insert (Item 2) to the backing plate (Item 1) and drill the
remaining holes.
(h) Drill all the holes final size and countersink the holes to
agree with the heads of the rivets (Item 3) and (Item 4).

(i) Remove the repair parts. Deburr the holes and make sure all the
edges of the repair parts and the cut−out are smooth.

(j) Remove any unwanted material from the internal surfaces of the
slat.

(k) Remove any grease from the repair parts and the edge of the cut−
out and apply surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

(l) Apply sealant (Material No. 09−002) to the contact surfaces of


the repair parts. Immediately assemble the repair parts and at
tach with the rivets (Item 3) and (Item 4). Remove unwanted
sealant (Material No. 09−002) from the surface.

(m) Apply sealant (Material No. 09−004) to the gap between the skin
insert (Item 2) and the skin of the slat.
(n) Remove unwanted sealant (Material No. 09−004) from the external
surface of the slat and repair the paint surface (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Top Skin − Slat 1


Figure 201

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B. Repair of the Bottom Skin − Slat 1

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−60, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING


AGENTS, ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DAN
GEROUS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY THE
SEALANT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.

(1) General

This scheme can be used to repair a hole in the bottom skin with a
patch. It can also be used to get access to the interior of the
slat when you repair the top skin/stringer.
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin patch 1 2024PLT42 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)


thick
2 Blind Rivet 4.00 mm (0.157 A/R ASNA0079−510A (See Note)
in.) Dia 100 deg CSK
3 Sealant, Polysulphide − Material No. 09−002 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
NOTE: For the rivet hole sites, refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00. At
existing rivet locations oversize rivets may be installed.
Install solid rivets where possible.

(3) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 202)

(a) Remove the damaged areas of skin, or cut a hole to the required
shape, to get access to the top skin repair. Make the edges of
the cut−out smooth.
(b) Make the skin patch (Item 1).

(c) Mark out the rivet positions on the skin patch (Item 1) and
drill pilot holes.

(d) Put the skin patch (Item 1) in position and make sure it is
aligned symmetrically with the cut−out. Hold the skin patch (Item
1) tightly and drill through four pilot holes, one in each cor
ner. Temporarily attach the skin patch (Item 1) and drill the
remaining holes.

(e) Drill all the holes final size and countersink the holes to
agree with the heads of the rivets (Item 2).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Remove the skin patch (Item 1). Deburr all the rivet holes and
make sure the edges of the cut−out and skin patch (Item 1) are
smooth.

(g) Remove any unwanted material from the internal surfaces of the
slat.

(h) Remove any grease from the skin patch (Item 1) and the edge of
the cut−out and apply surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−23−00).

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY THE
SEALANT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.

(i) Apply sealant (Material No. 09−002) to the contact surface of the
skin patch (Item 1). Immediately assemble the skin patch (Item 1)
and attach with rivets (Item 2).

(j) Remove unwanted sealant (Material No. 09−002) from the external
surface of the slat.

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Bottom Skin − Slat 1


Figure 202

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

C. Repair of Stringer Flange − Slat 1


(1) Repair General

This repair is used to repair damage to the flange of a stringer.


To get access for this repair, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00 for the
repair of the nose area of the top skin.

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in
Table 203.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used


for each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 016, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41,000 FT).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

NOTE: The part number of the slats for the weight variants given in
Table 203, are as follows:

− D57460100002 thru D57460100007 and D57460100010 thru


D57460100011.

− D57460198000 thru D57460198003.


− D57460168000 thru D57460168011.

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Repair Angle 1 2024PLT42 1.8 mm (0.071 in)


thick
2 Packing (or Backing Plate) 1 2024PLT42 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
thick
3 Rivet, Universal Head 4 mm A/R MS20470AD5−00 (See Note)
(0.157 in) Dia
4 Rivet 100 Deg CSK 4 mm A/R MS20426AD5−00 (See Note)
(0.157 in) Dia
5 Sealant, Polysulphide − CML No. 09−016 (Refer to CML)
NOTE: For the rivet hole sizes, refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00. At
existing rivet locations oversize rivets may be installed.
Install solid rivets where possible.

(3) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 203)


(a) Carefully drill out the rivets in the flange of the stringer
that will be used.

(b) Mark the damaged area of the stringer to be removed.

(c) Remove the damaged area of the stringer. Make the edge of the
cut−out smooth.
(d) Make the repair angle (Item 1). Mark and drill pilot holes in
the web of the repair angle (Item 1).
(e) Put the repair angle (Item 1) in position. Hold it tightly and
drill through two of the holes from the stringer flange. Tempo
rarily attach the repair angle (Item 1) and drill through the
remaining stringer flange holes and those in the web of the re
pair angle (Item 1).

(f) If necessary, make the packing (Item 2). Put the packing (Item
2) in position and hold it tightly. Drill through the rivet
holes that are in the skin and temporarily attach.

(g) Drill all holes final size.

(h) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr all the holes and make sure
all the edges of the repair parts are smooth.
(i) Remove any unwanted material from the internal surfaces of the
slat.

(j) Remove any grease from the repair parts and the edge of the cut−
out and apply surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−23−00).

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY THE
SEALANT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.
(k) Apply Sealant (CML No. 09−016) to the contact surfaces of the
repair parts. Immediately assemble all the repair parts and at
tach with the rivets (Item 3) and (Item 4).

(l) Remove unwanted Sealant (CML No. 09−016) (Item 5) and repair the
paint finish (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Stringer Flange


Figure 203

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON
EACH SLAT IS TWO.

THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON


EACH WING IS FIVE.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

D. External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge of Slat 1.

NOTE: The repair information given in this paragraph is applicable when


you remove corrosion damage around the countersinks of the seal
screws on the outboard trailing edge.

Refer to Figure 204 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this re
pair.

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
204.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair details a method to be used for a standard flush insert


repair at the outboard trailing edge. The flush insert is supported
on the top skin by an external plate.

The external top skin repair on the outboard trailing edge of slat 1
can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


002/003 − 004/005 −
D574−60100
006/007 − 010/011
D574−60198 000/001 − 002/003
000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60168 004/005 − 006/007 −
1
008/009 − 010/011
000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60677
004/005
000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60910
004/005
The external Top Skin repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge of Slat 1
Table 205
(2) Repair Materials

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 External Plate 1 2024 Clad T42 − thickness 1.2


mm (0.047 in), alternative mate
rial 2024 Clad T3 − thickness
1.2 mm (0.047 in).
2 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42 − thickness 2 mm
(0.079 in), alternative material
2024 Clad T3 − thickness 2 mm
(0.079 in).
3 Solid Rivets A/R NAS1097AD5 (see fastener table)
4 Solid Rivets A/R NAS1097AD4 or MS20426AD4 (see
fastener table)
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013 or 09−058B (Refer
to CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016 or 09−058B (Refer
to CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 (Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to CML) −
alternative Unsealed CAA
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001 (Refer to CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B (Refer to CML)
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E (Re
Primer fer to CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018 (Refer to CML)
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020 (Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A (Refer
to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A (Refer
to CML)
NOTE: Items 3 and 4 must be squeezed closed not hammered closed.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers and oversize fasteners, see
the fastener Table in Figure 204 (Sheet 6).

NOTE: CML No. 09−005C can be used as an alternative material where


specified in the repair instructions.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Carefully drill−out the rivets from the positions which are to be
utilized (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−00).
(c) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the corroded /blended damaged area of skin and make sure
the edges of the cut−out are smooth (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−27−00).
(e) Refer to Figure 204 and make the repair parts (Items 1 and 2),
to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

NOTE: Figure 204 (Sheets 2 thru 5) shows repairs for different


positions along the trailing edge. Select and do the repair
most suitable to the area of applicable damage.

(f) Position the external plate (Item 1) with the gripper pins and
back drill through the existing holes, including the seal screw
holes. (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Remove the external plate (Item 1) and mark out the new fastener
positions, noting the minimum edge distance and the minimum di
mension between the fasteners as specified in Figure 204.

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(i) Assemble the repair parts Item 1 and Item 2 with gripper pins
and drill the new fastener holes, full size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(j) Countersink the seal screw holes in the external plate (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−46−11).
(k) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(l) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).

(m) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:


1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to the internal face of the external plate (Item 1)
and to all faces of the skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−11).
b Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.
16−006E) to the internal face of the external plate (Item 1)
and to all faces of the skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−11).

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

c Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


cut−out edges of the trailing edge top skin.
d Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.
16−006E) to the cut−out edges of the trailing edge top skin.

2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to the internal face of the external plate (Item 1)
and all faces of the skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

b Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the internal


face of the external plate (Item 1) and all faces of the
skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
c Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the
cut−out edges of the trailing edge top skin.

d Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to the cut−out


edges of the trailing edge top skin.

(n) Fill the countersinks around the existing fastener holes in the
top skin (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−71−15).

(o) Remove all swarf and debris from the repair area.

(p) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
CML No. 09−058B) or any other equivalent.
(q) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 2) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No.
09−005C) or any other equivalent.

(r) Install the fasteners (Items 3 and 4) with sealant (CML No.
09−013 or CML No. 09−005C) or any other equivalent (Refer to
Chapter 51−42−11).

(s) Fill the gap between the existing top skin chamfer and the ex
ternal plate (Item 1) with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No.
09−005C).
(t) Apply a bead of sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No. 09−005C)
along the chamfered leading edge of the external plate (Item 1).

(u) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(v) Apply additional treatment as follows:


1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply the low VOC external primer (CML No. 16−060 or CML No.
16−060A) to the upper side and edges of the external plate
(Item 1) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

b Apply the low VOC external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or CML
No. 16−059A) to the upper side and edges of the external
plate (Item 1) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply the wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the upper side and
edges of the external plate (Item 1) (Refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
b Apply the polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to the upper
side and edges of the external plate (Item 1). (Refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).

c Restore the external polyurethane finish paint (CML No.


16−018) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 204 (sheet 1)

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 204 (sheet 2)

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 204 (sheet 3)

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 204 (sheet 4)

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 204 (sheet 5)

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Outboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 204 (sheet 6)

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

E. Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Outboard
End Rib − Limits and Conditions

Refer to Figure 205 (Sheet 1) for the area detailed in this repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions

The limits and conditions for local dressing−out of damaged skin for
nose repairs above the outboard end rib can only be performed on the
following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460100 002 thru 007, 010 and 011
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460198 000 thru 003
Nose Skin Repair above Outboard End Rib Limits and Conditions − Repair Re
strictions
Table 207

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460677 000 thru 005


D57460910 000 thru 005
Nose Skin Repair above Outboard End Rib Limits and Conditions − Repair Re
strictions
Table 207
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair General

(a) This repair scheme identifies the limits and conditions applied
when carrying out standard nose skin repairs above outboard end
rib.

The conditions for locally dressing−out the damaged skin around


the edges of a repair cut−out are detailed in Figure 205.

(b) Apply protective treatment where necessary to the straightened


edges after rework, refer to Chapter 51−23−11, Table 5 (External
Paint Scheme).

NOTE: If unsealed CAA cannot be applied, use chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) for painted areas and chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−003) for unpainted areas.

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Outboard End
Rib − Limits and Conditions
Figure 205 (sheet 1)
Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Outboard End
Rib − Limits and Conditions
Figure 205 (sheet 2)
Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

F. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib
This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 208.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the outboard end rib.
The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 206).

The repair of top skin (nose included) above the outboard end rib
can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460100 002 thru 007, 010 and 011
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460198 000 thru 003
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 209

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460677 000 thru 005


D57460910 000 thru 005
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 209
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 2.0 mm (0.080
in) thick except for repair
types A1 and B1 where the
thickness is 1.8 mm (0.071 in),
size TBD − alternative material
2024 Clad T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 2.0 mm (0.080
6 in) thick, size TBD − alterna
tive material 2024 T3 or T42
(Clad or Unclad)
7 Backing Plate A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD − alterna
tive material 2024 Clad T3
8 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD − alternative
material 2024 T3 or T42
9 and Shims A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.2 mm
10 (0.008 in) thick, size TBD −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (see note 1)
11 thru Blind or Solid Rivets A/R See notes 2 and 3
13
14 and Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum Alloy (see note 2)
15
16 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. The thickness to be adapted as necessary.

NOTE: 2. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 206 (Sheet 19).

NOTE: 3. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−xxH as preferable part.
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).
NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 205, Sheet 2 are complied with.

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Refer to Figure 206 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 10
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.
NOTE: After modification 28587E0106, the formed Z stringer is
changed to a bulb stringer.

NOTE: After modification 26406E0070, the width of the finger strip


is reduced.

NOTE: After modification 30743E0131 and 30743E0132, the finger


strip is integrated into the lower girder.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 8) fitted between skin and backing


plates (Items 2 thru 6) to avoid moisture ingress.

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 206 (Sheets 3 thru 17).
(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.
(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.F.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.F.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 10 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is


used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the
external face of the skin insert (Item 1).

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 10 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1). Then ap
ply a layer of bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) as an extra op
tion. For a colorless bonding primer refer to Paragraph
5.F.(3)(m)2a thru 5.F.(3)(m)2d.
3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer
(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1).

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.


(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 11 thru 15) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.F.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.F.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
faces of the skin insert (Item 1) and backing plate (Item 7).
(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external faces of
the skin insert (Item 1) and backing plate (Item 7).

(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1).

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 3)

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 4)

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 PagesNov241/242
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 6)

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 7)

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 PagesNov245/246
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 9)

Page 247
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 10)

Page 248
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 PagesNov249/250
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 12)

Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 13)

Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 14)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 PagesNov253/254
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 15)

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 16)

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 17)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 PagesNov257/258
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 18)

Printed in Germany
57−42−21 PagesNov259/260
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 19)

Page 261
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 210.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

G. Repair of Erosion Damage on the Belly Fairing (Slat Horn)


Refer to Figure 207 for the areas detailed in this repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 210
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the eroded areas on the compos


ite (glass fiber) belly fairing (slat horn) (assemblies D57460134 and
D57460139).

Conditions for this repair are detailed in Figure 207.


The repair of erosion damage on the belly fairing (slat horn) can
only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460100 002 thru 007, 010 and 011
D57460168 000 thru 011
D57460198 000 thru 003
Repair of Erosion Damage on the Belly Fairing (Slat Horn) − Slat General As
semblies
Table 211

Page 262
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Glasscloth, Epoxy Laminates A/R CML No. 05−007


− Antistatic Paint (High Re A/R CML No. 07−006A
sistivity)
− Adhesive, Two Part A/R CML No. 08−078
− Epoxy (Resin) A/R CML No. 08−090
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001B
− Anti−erosion Paint A/R CML No. 16−031 or 16−031A
− Composite Wet Lay−up Resin A/R CML No. 20−022
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to


Chapter 51−77−10).

(b) Repair for damage depth affecting 2 plies or less:


1 Repair the damaged areas with the wet lay−up repair (refer to
Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph 3.D.(1)) using wet lay−up resin
(CML No. 20−022) or resin (CML No. 08−090) (refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2) Table 2).
2 Remove the topcoat from the slat fairing external surface and
apply the surface protection as follows:
− On the new plies − polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001B) and
as an optional extra, antistatic paint (CML No. 07−006A)
− On the complete external area − anti−erosion paint (CML No.
16−031 or 16−031A).
(c) Repair for damage depth affecting 3 or 4 plies:
1 Repair the damaged area as per Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph 3.B.
with the following changes:
− Fill the eroded areas and restore the original profile with
adhesive (CML No. 08−078)
− Wet lay−up with at least 3 plies of glasscloth (CML No.
05−007) with wet lay−up resin (CML No. 20−022) (ply orienta
tion ± 45°)
− Ply edge must be 25 mm (0.984 in) from the fastener hole
edge and wrapped around the panel edge
− Re−drill and countersink the holes as required (refer to
Chapter 51−44−21 and Chapter 51−46−21).

Page 263
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Erosion Damage on the Belly Fairing (Slat Horn)


Figure 207

Page 264
Printed in Germany
57−42−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 2

1. Structure Complete − Slat 2− Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Slat 2 − Structure Complete Figure 2
2 Slat Tracks 5 and 6 Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage 2
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 NovPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage 5
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage 6
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 FebPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 FebPage 8
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 FebPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 NovPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 FebPage01/0211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 FebPage01/0212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 2 - Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57-43-21 FebPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard 7010T73651 D57460240204


AMS4205 205
1A Rib, outboard 7175T73 D57460230204 A21228J0402
SMS3721/573 205
1B Rib, outboard 7175T73 D57460293204 A26406E0066
SMS3721/573 205
1C Rib, outboard 7010T73651 D57460285204 A27841E0091
AMS4205 205
1D Rib, outboard 7010T73651 D57460285206 A28420E0102
AMS4205 207
5 Stringer 2024PLT42 D57460204204 A22165J0714
205 B26406E0070
1.80(0.071)
10 Rib 2024PLT42 D57460248200
201
1.80(0.071)
10A Rib 2024PLT42 D57460248202 A26214E0052
203
1.80(0.071)
10B Rib 2024PLT42 D57460248204 A26406E0070
205
1.80(0.071)
10C Rib 2024PLT42 D57460248206 A35942E0164
207
1.80(0.071)
15 Rib, track 6 7010T73651 D57460235204 PB101
AMS4205 205
15A Rib, track 6 7010T73651 D57460224200 PB101 A26406E0054
AMS4205 201
15B Rib, track 6 7010T73651 D57460816204 PB101 A27579E0089
AMS4205 205
15C Rib, track 6 7010T73651 D57460816206 PB101 A28587E0107
AMS4205 207
20 Rib 2024PLT42 D57460247200
201
1.80(0.071)
20A Rib 2024PLT42 D57460247202 A26214E0052
203
1.80(0.071)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460201, D57460271, D57460299, D57460921

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 NovPage01/0714
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

20B Rib 2024PLT42 D57460247204 A26406E0054


205
1.80(0.071)
20C Rib 2024PLT42 D57460247206 A35942E0164
207
1.80(0.071)
25 Rib, hold down 7175T73 D57460228200
SMS3721/573 201
25A Rib, hold down 7175T73 D57460243200 A26406E0054
SMS3721/573 201
25B Rib, hold down 7010T73651 D57460223202 A28587E0107
203
30 Stringer 2024PLT42 D57460204200 B22165J0714
201
1.80(0.071)
35 Rib 2024PLT42 D57460246200
201
1.80(0.071)
35A Rib 2024PLT42 D57460246202 A26214E0052
203
1.80(0.071)
35B Rib 2024PLT42 D57460246204 A26406E0070
205
1.80(0.071)
35C Rib 2024PLT42 D57460246206 A35942E0164
207
1.80(0.071)
40 Rib, track 5 7010T73651 D57460225204 PB101
AMS4205 205
40A Rib, track 5 7010T73651 D57460222200 PB101 A26406E0054
AMS4205 201
40B Rib, track 5 7010T73651 D57460815204 PB101 A27579E0089
AMS4205 205
45 Rib 2024PLT42 D57460245200
201
1.80(0.071)
45A Rib 2024PLT42 D57460245202 A26214E0052
203
1.80(0.071)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460201, D57460299, D57460921

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 NovPage01/0715
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

45B Rib 2024PLT42 D57460245204 A26406E0070


205
1.80(0.071)
45C Rib 2024PLT42 D57460245206 A35942E0164
207
1.80(0.071)
50 Rib, inboard 7010T73651 D57460220208
AMS4205 209
50A Rib, inboard 7175T73 D57460234208 A21228J0402
SMS3721/573 209
50B Rib, inboard 7175T73 D57460234208 A22409E0028
SMS3721/573 209
50C Rib, inboard 7175T73 D57460238208 A26406E0054
209
50D Rib, inboard 7010T73651 D57460219210 A28420E0103
AMS4205 211
55 Stringer 2024PLT42 D57460204202 A22165J0714
203 B26406E0070
1.80(0.071)
60 Angle 2024PLT42 D57460211206 B26406E0054
207
1.80(0.071)
65 Rib 2024PLT42 D57460244200
201
1.80(0.071)
65A Rib 2024PLT42 D57460244202 A26406E0070
203
1.80(0.071)
65B Rib 2024PLT42 D57460265208 A27841E0091
209
1.80(0.071)
65C Rib 7475T7351 D57460665200 A28894E0109
AMS4205 201
1.80(0.071)
70 Piece, end 7075T7351 D57460256200
201
70A Piece, end 7075T7351 D57460725200 A27841E0091
201
75 Lug, lifting NSA9006−12A
ASSY Dwg.: D57460201, D57460271, D57460299, D57460921

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 NovPage01/0716
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

75A Lug, lifting PA66 ABS0411−PF12


−GF30 10
80 Stringer, Z 7075T62 D57460124216 A26406E0070
ALCLAD 217
80A Stringer, bulb 7050T76511 D57460284210 A28587E0107
AMS4340 211
85 Stringer, Z 7075T62 D57460124212 A26406E0070
ALCLAD 213
85A Stringer, bulb 7050T76511 D57460284212 A28587E0107
AMS4340 213
90 Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460209200
201
1.80(0.071)
90A Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460209202 A21723J0607
203
1.80(0.071)
90B Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460209204 A22409E0028
205
1.80(0.071)
90C Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460270200 A26406E0070
1.80(0.071) B31696E0153
B31696E0154
95 Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460203200 PB101
201 PB201
1.80(0.071) 57−40−00
95A Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460203202 PB101 A21723J0607
203 PB201
1.80(0.071) 57−40−00
95B Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460203204 PB101 A26406E0070
205 PB201
1.80(0.071) 57−40−00
100 Angle 2024PLT42 D57460164200 A22165J0714
1.80(0.071) B26406E0054
105 Stringer, Z 7075T62 D57460124212 A26406E0070
ALCLAD 213
105A Stringer, bulb D57460284214 A28587E0107
215
110 Stringer, Z D57460124210 A26406E0070
211
ASSY Dwg.: D57460202, D57460271, D57460299

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 NovPage01/0717
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

110A Stringer, bulb D57460284216 A28587E0107


217
115 Seal D57460296200
201
115A Seal D57460296220 A22289E0024
221
120 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460205208 PB201 A27579E0089
209 57−40−00
120A Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460205214 PB201 A31696E0153
215 57−40−00 A31696E0154
1.60(0.063)
125 Seal D57460296202
203
125A Seal D57460296222 A22289E0024
223
130 Seal D57460496206
130A Seal D57460496224 A22289E0024
135 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460205210 PB201 A27579E0089
211 57−40−00
135A Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460205216 PB201 A31696E0153
217 57−40−00 A31696E0154
1.60(0.063)
140 Seal D57460296204
205
140A Seal D57460296224 A22289E0024
225
145 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460205212 PB201 A27579E0089
213 57−40−00
145A Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460205218 PB201 A31696E0153
219 57−40−00 A31696E0154
1.60(0.063)
150 Bell end, T/E 7075T7351 D57460253200
201
150A Bell end, T/E 7075T7351 D57460259200 A27841E0091
201
155 Seal D57460296206
207
155A Seal D57460296226 A22289E0024
227
ASSY Dwg.: D57460200, D57460250, D57460299, D57460720

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage01/0718
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

160 Elbow B906A D57460593200


RED
165 Plate 2024PLT42 D57460258200
201
170 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460205204
205
175 Seal D57460296212 B21345J0505
213
180 Girder, lower 2024PLT42 D57460207202 B30743E0133
203
185 Seal D57460296216 A21345J0505
217
185A Seal D57460296232 A22289E0024
233
190 Seal D57460296214 B21345J0505
215
195 Girder, lower 2024PLT42 D57460207206 B30743E0133
207
200 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460205206 PB201 B27579E0089
207 57−40−00
205 Seal D57460296210
205A Seal D57460296230 A22289E0024
210 Girder, lower 2024T3511 D57460672200 A30743E0133
AMS4165 201
2.00(0.079)
210A Girder, lower ABS5119 D5746068200 A31696E0153
A214LE 201 A31696E0154
215 Seal D57460296208
209
215A Seal D57460296228 A22289E0024
229
220 Girder, lower 2024PLT42 D57460207204 B30743E0133
205
225 Block, rubbing MIL−P5431 D57460462200
201
225A Block, rubbing MIL−P5431 D57460462202 A20661J0319
203
225B Block, rubbing MIL−P5431 D57460462204 A28420E0102
205
ASSY Dwg.: D57460200, D57460201, D57460271, D57460299

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage01/0719
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

230 Cleat 2024PLT42 D57460112206 B26406E0066


207
1.60(0.063)
235 Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 A57843699200
235A Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 D57460699200 A28420E0103
240 Block, stop 2024PLT3 D57460408200
240A Block, stop 2024PLT−42 D57460408202 A21345J0505
240B Block, stop 2117−T4 ABS0410AD6D7 A31696E0153
A31696E0154
245 Piece, end T/E 7075T7351 D57460254200
245A Piece, end T/E 7075T7351 D57460744204 A27841E0091
250 Support, seal PREG/ D57460460202
F155−7781 203
MIL−R−9300B
TP1
250A Support, seal 6061−T6 D57460460206 A21345J0505
207
255 Support, seal PREG/ D57460360200
F155−7781 201
MIL−R−9300B
TP1
255A Support, seal 6061−T6 D57460360202 A21345J0505
203
260 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365268 B22409E0028
0.50(0.020)
265 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365266 B22409E0028
1.00(0.039)
270 Seal, lip B452+PRF89+91 D57460295200
Dunlop 201
270A Seal, lip SMS7016 D57460295204 A28242E0097
205
275 Support, seal PS6/725 D57460261200
Type III 201
275A Support, seal 2024PLT3 D57460261202 A21345J0505
203
275B Support, seal 2024PLT42 D57460261204 A26406E0068
205
ASSY Dwg.: D57460200, D57460201, D57460250, D57460261, D57460271, D57460278,
D57460460, D57460720

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage01/0720
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

280 Cleat 2024PLT42 D57460112204 B26214E0052


205
1.80(0.071)
285 Cleat 2024PLT42 D57460112202 B26214E0052
203
1.80(0.071)
290 Tee FON1−2313 F57462840200 A26214E0052
295 Bracket, rein 7075T7351 D57460122200
forcing 201
295A Bracket, rein 7175T73 D57460130200 A20666J0320
forcing SMS3721/573 201 B26406E0054
300 Plate, reinforc 2024PLT3 D57460212200
ing 1.80(0.071)
305 Strip, joint 2024PLT42 D57460206200
201
1.60(0.063)
310 Angle 2024PLT42 D57460211202
203
315 Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460232202
down
315A Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460232204 A26406E0067
down
320 Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 D57460158202
325 Plate, filler 2024PLT42 D57460197204 A26406E0064
0.50(0.020)
325A Plate, filler 2024PL−T3 D57460197208 A31696E0153
0.50(0.020) A31696E0154
330 Bush DTD197 D57460208200
335 Bush DTD197 D57460208202
340 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460257200
201
345 Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460251200
201
345A Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460251202 A21345J0505
203
345B Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460251204 A22409E0028
205
345C Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460851200 A27579E0089
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460201, D57460220, D57460225, D57460250, D57460271, D57460275,
D57460299, D57460850

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage01/0721
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

345D Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460851202 A27841E0091


203
350 Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460255200 PB101
201 PB201
350A Edge, trailing 7050T73511 D57460255202 PB101 A22323E0034
AMS4341 203 PB201
355 Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460252200
201
355A Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460252202 A21345J0505
203
355B Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460852200 A27579E0089
201
355C Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460722200 A27841E0091
201
360 Honeycomb NIDA D57460250200
201
360A Honeycomb NIDA D57460250202 A21345J0505
203
360B Honeycomb NIDA D57460275202 A22409E0028
203
360C Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460723200 A27841E0091
N−6.1 201
NIDA
365 Doubler 2024T3 D57460686200 A31696E0153
2.00(0.079) A31696E0154
ASSY Dwg.: D57460250, D57460299, D57460720, D57460850, D5746250

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage01/0722
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Tracks 5 and 6


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage01/0723
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track 5 DTD5212 D57461051204


1A Track 5 DTD5212 D57461051206 A23957E0040
1B Track 5 DTD5212 D57461451202 A26542E0060
5 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY
D57461036208 B23957E0040
209
10 Block, filler T5 PA6−6PERLP410 D57461037208 B23957E0040
209
15 Bush BS−S80 D57461012202
20 Bush BS−S80 D57461012214
25 Track 6 DTD5212 D57461061202
25A Track 6 DTD5212 D57461061204 A23957E0040
25B Track 6 DTD5212 D57461461202 A26542E0060
30 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036210 B23957E0040
211
35 Block, filler T6 PA6−6PERLP410 D57461037210 B23957E0040
211
ASSY Dwg.: D57461051, D57461305, D57461306, D57461451

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 MayPage01/0724
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 2 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of


any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRUCTURE COMPLETE − SLAT 2 − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Slat
2 Structure.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT METAL.
WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT 2 − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−64, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY THE SEAL
ANT. IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.
3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


57−40−00 Page
Repair of the Top Skins of slats 2, 3,
Block 201,
4 and 5 (Repair DELETED from Revision 201 −
Paragraph 5.A.
dated Aug 01/93)
−DELETED
Repair of the Nose Area of the Top
Skin above the ribs and between the
57−40−00 Page
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5 (Repair appli
Block 201, 206 INACTIVE
cable for aircraft up to 89 tonnes
Paragraph 5.F.
MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
General Repairs

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of the Nose Area of the Top 57−40−00 Page
Skin above the ribs and between the Block 201, 207 −
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5 Paragraph 5.G.
Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminium In
57−40−00 Page
serts) at the Chamfered Edges of Slat
Block 201, 208 −
2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4
Paragraph 5.H.
and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only)
Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Re
sistant Steel Inserts) at the Chamfered 57−40−00 Page
Edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) Block 201, 209 −
and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Paragraph 5.I.
Edge only)
Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminium In 57−40−00 Page
serts) at the Inboard Chamfered Edge Block 201, 210 −
Slats 2 Paragraph 5.J.
Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Re 57−40−00 Page
sistant Steel Inserts) at the Inboard Block 201, 211 −
Chamfered Edge Slats 2 Paragraph 5.K.
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with the Z stringer
57−40−00 Page
undamaged or locally straightened (Re
Block 201, 212 INACTIVE
pair applicable for aircraft up to 89
Paragraph 5.L.
tonnes MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE
since revision dated May 01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with the Z stringer 57−40−00 Page
or bulb stringer undamaged or locally Block 201, 213 −
straightened (Repair applicable for Paragraph 5.M.
Slats before modification 35942E164)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with a cut in the up
57−40−00 Page
per flange of the Z stringer (Repair
Block 201, 214 INACTIVE
applicable for aircraft up to 89 tonnes
Paragraph 5.N.
MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
between the ribs with a cut in the up 57−40−00 Page
per flange of the Z stringer or bulb Block 201, 215 −
stringer (Repair applicable for slats Paragraph 5.O.
before modification 35942E164)
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin across
two ribs with the Z stringer undamaged
57−40−00 Page
or locally straightened (Repair appli
Block 201, 216 INACTIVE
cable for aircraft up to 89 tonnes
Paragraph 5.P.
MTOW) (This repair is INACTIVE since
revision dated May 01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
across two ribs with the Z stringer or 57−40−00 Page
bulb stringer undamaged or locally Block 201, 217 −
straightened (Repair applicable for Paragraph 5.Q.
slats before modification 35942E164)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin across
two ribs when the Z stringer is com
57−40−00 Page
pletely cut (Repair applicable for air
Block 201, 218 INACTIVE
craft up to 89 tonnes MTOW) (This re
Paragraph 5.R.
pair is INACTIVE since revision dated
May 01/13)
Slat 1 and 2. Nose and Top Skin repair
across two ribs when the Z stringer or 57−40−00 Page
bulb stringer is completely cut (Repair Block 201, 219 −
applicable for slats before modifica Paragraph 5.S.
tion 35942E164)
Repair of Slat 2. Bottom Skin − Cut 57−40−00 Page
(made for access) inboard and outboard Block 201, 222 −
of the Hold Down Rib Paragraph 5.V.
Top Skin of Slats 1 thru 5. Permanent 57−40−00 Page
and Temporary filler Repairs for dents Block 201, 223, 224 −
given in the allowable damage limits Paragraph 5.W.
General Repairs
Table 201
4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Flush repair of the top skin at the inboard
5.A. 201 A
end of the trailing edge.
External repair of the top skin at the
5.B. 202 A
trailing edge.
Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion
5.C. 203 A
between WFX 4890 and WFX 4920.
Specific Repairs
Table 202

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
External repair of the trailing edge extru
5.D. 204 A
sion inboard of datum WFX 4920.
Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion
5.E. 205 A
between WFX 4705 and WFX 4890.
Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose
Repairs above the Inboard and Outboard End 5.F. 206 A
Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the
5.G. 207 A
Inboard End Rib
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the
5.H. 208 A
Outboard End Rib
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Slat 2 Structure − Repairs
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON


EACH SLAT IS TWO.
THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON
EACH WING IS FIVE.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

A. Flush repair of the top skin at the inboard end of the trailing edge.

NOTE: The repair data given in this paragraph is applicable when you re
move corrosion damage around the countersinks of the seal screws on
the top skin at the inboard trailing edge.

Refer to Figure 201 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this re
pair.

This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
203.
For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.
Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


This repair details the method to remove corroded skin and to re
place it with a flush insert repair.

The corrosion is located at the countersink around the seal screw.

The corroded skin in this repair must be removed and a skin insert
installed and supported by a backing plate.
Flush repair of the top skin at the inboard end of the trailing
edge of slat 2 can only be performed on the following general assem
blies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60200 004/005 − 006/007 −
010/011
D574−60298 000/001
000/001 − 002/003 −
2
004/005 − 006/007 −
D574−60278
008/009 − 010/011 −
012/013
D574−60277 000/001 − 002/003
D574−60920 000/001 − 002/003
Flush repair of the top skin at the inboard end of the trailing edge of
slat 2
Table 204

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T3 − thickness 1.8 mm


(0.071 in), alternative material
2024 Clad T42 − thickness 1.8
mm (0.071 in)
2 Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T3 − thickness 1 mm
(0.039 in), alternative material
2024 Clad T42− thickness 1 mm
(0.039 in)
3 Solid Rivets 1 NAS1097AD3 or MS20426AD3 (see
fastener table)
4 Solid Rivets 3 NAS1097AD3 or MS20426AD3 (see
fastener table)
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013 or 09−058B (Refer
to CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016 − alternative
09−058B with primer (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 (Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to CML) −
alternative Unsealed CAA
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001 (Refer to CML)
− Epoxy Primer A/R CML No. 16−006 (Refer to CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B (Refer to CML)
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E (Re
Primer fer to CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018 (Refer to CML)
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020 (Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A (Refer
to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A (Refer
to CML)
NOTE: Items 3 and 4 must be squeezed closed not hammered closed.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers for alternative fasteners,
see the fastener Table in Figure 201 (Sheet 2).

NOTE: 09−005C can be used as an alternative material where specified


in the repair instructions.

(3) Repair Instructions

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).
(b) Mark off the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
seal screw center.

(c) Remove the seal screw (part number NAS 1102E06−8P).

(d) Remove the corroded /blended damaged area of skin around the seal
srew hole and make sure the edges of the cut−out are smooth and
free from burrs (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to Figure 201 and make the repair parts (Items 1 and 2),
to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(f) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 201 (Sheet 1).

(g) Mark out the new screw hole position on Item 1, noting the mini
mum edge distance and radius from the screw center as specified
in Figure 201 (Sheet 1).
(h) Assemble the repair parts and pilot drill through the skin and
backing plate at the new fastener positions. (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(i) Drill the screw hole, pilot size (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(j) Drill all the new fastener holes and seal screw hole, full size
and gripper pin the repair parts in position. (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−44−11).

NOTE: To install the Skin Insert (Item 1), it may be necessary


to oversize the hole in the lip seal support to 6.858mm
(0.27 in.)

NOTE: Use screw part number NAS1102E06−10P if you oversize the


hole in the lip seal support.

(k) Countersink the seal screw hole (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−46−11).
(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(m) Remove all swarf and debris from the repair area.

(n) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).

(o) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:


1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the skin insert (Item 1) and the
backing plate (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


cut−out edges of the trailing edge skin (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.


16−006E) to all faces of the skin insert (Item 1), the back
ing plate (Item 2) and to the cut−out edges of the trailing
edge skin (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the skin insert (Item 1) and the
backing plate (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


cut−out edges of the trailing edge skin (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) to all faces of
the skin insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 2) and to
the cut−out edges of the trailing edge skin (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−11).

(p) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
CML No. 09−058B) or any other equivalent.

(q) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No.
09−005C) or any other equivalent.

(r) Install the fasteners (Items 3 and 4) and the seal screw with
sealant (CML No. 09−013 or CML No. 09−005C) or any other equiva
lent (Refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

(s) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(t) Apply additional treatment as follows:


1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply the low VOC external primer (CML No. 16−060 or CML No.
16−060A) to the external repair area (Refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
b Apply the low VOC external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or CML
No. 16−059A) to the external repair area (Refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Apply the wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external repair
area (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
b Apply the polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to the exter
nal repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

c Restore the external polyurethane finish paint (CML No.


16−018) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush Repair of Top Skin at inboard end of trailing edge.


Figure 201 (sheet 1)

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush Repair of Top Skin at inboard end of trailing edge.


Figure 201 (sheet 2)

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON
EACH SLAT IS TWO.

THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON


EACH WING IS FIVE.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

B. External repair of the top skin at the trailing edge.

NOTE: The repair data given in this paragraph is applicable when you re
move corrosion damage around the countersinks of the seal screws on
the top skin at the trailing edge.

(Refer to Figure 202 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this re
pair).

NOTE: This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
205.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

This repair details the method to remove corroded skin and to re
place it with a skin insert and external plate.

The corrosion is located at the countersink around the seal screw.

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The corroded skin in this repair must be removed and a skin insert
installed and supported across the top by an external plate.
The external top skin repair on the trailing edge of slat 2 can
only be performed on the following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60200 004/005 − 006/007 −
010/011
D574−60298 000/001
000/001 − 002/003 −
2
004/005 − 006/007 −
D574−60278
008/009 − 010/011 −
012/013
D574−60277 000/001 − 002/003
D574−60920 000/001 − 002/003
The external top skin repair on the trailing edge of slat 2
Table 206

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T3 − thickness 1.8 mm


(0.071 in), alternative material
2024 Clad T42 − thickness 1.8
mm (0.071 in)
2 External Plate 1 2024 Clad T3 − thickness 1.8
mm (0.071 in), alternative mate
rial 2024 Clad T42− thickness
1.8 mm (0.071 in)
3 Solid Rivets 3 NAS1097AD5 or MS20426AD5 (see
fastener table)
4 Solid Rivets 11 NAS1097AD4 or MS20426AD4 (see
fastener table)
5 Blind Rivet 2 ANSA0026SB05−05 (see fastener
table)
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013 − alternative
09−058B (Refer to CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016 − alternative
09−058B with primer (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 (Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to CML) −
alternative Unsealed CAA
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001 (Refer to CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C (Re
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) fer to CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E (Re
Primer fer to CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018 (Refer to CML)
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020 (Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A (Refer
to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A (Refer
to CML)
NOTE: Items 3 and 4 must be squeezed closed not hammered closed.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers for alternative fasteners,
see the fastener Table in Figure 202 (Sheet 2).

NOTE: 09−005C can be used as an alternative material where specified


in the repair instructions.

(3) Repair Instructions


Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).
(b) Mark off the damaged area, noting the minimum edge distance spe
cified in Figure 202 (Sheet 1).

(c) Remove the seal screw (part number NAS 1102E06−8P).

(d) Remove the corroded /blended damaged area of skin and make sure
the edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from burrs (Refer
to SRM Chapter 51−27−00).

(e) Refer to Figure 202 (Sheet 2) and make the repair parts (Items 1
and 2), to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(f) Clamp the external plate (Item 2) in position and back drill
through the existing holes, including the seal screw hole, (Refer
to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Remove the external plate (Item 2) and mark out the new fastener
positions, noting the minimum edge distance specified in Figure
202 (Sheet 1).
(h) Assemble the repair parts with gripper pins and pilot drill all
holes through the skin insert (Item 1), the external plate (Item
2) and the structure at the new fastener positions. (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(i) Drill all the new fastener holes and the seal screw hole full
size. (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

NOTE: To install the Skin Insert (Item 1), it may be necessary


to oversize the hole in the lip seal support to 6.858mm
(0.27 in.).
NOTE: Use screw part number NAS1102E06−10P if you oversize the
hole in the lip seal support.

(j) Countersink the seal screw hole in the external repair plate
(Item 2) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−46−11).

(k) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.
(l) Fill the countersinks around the exsisting fastener holes in the
top skin. (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−71−15).

(m) Remove all swarf and debris from the repair area.

(n) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).

(o) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:

1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to the internal face of the external plate (Item 2)
and to all faces of the skin insert (Item 1) (refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.


16−006E) to the internal face of the external plate (Item 2)
and to all faces of the skin insert (Item 1) (refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).
c Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the
cut−out edges of the trailing edge top skin.

d Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.


16−006E) to the cut−out edges of the trailing edge top skin.
2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to the internal face of the external plate (Item 2)
and to all faces of the skin insert (Item 1) (refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).
b Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide
primer (CML No. 16−006C) to the internal face of the external
plate (Item 2) and to all faces of the skin insert (Item 1)
(refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

c Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


cut−out edges of the trailing edge top skin.

d Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide


primer (CML No. 16−006C) to the cut−out edges of the trailing
edge top skin.

(p) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
CML No. 09−058B) or any other equivalent.

(q) Install the fasteners (Items 3, 4 and 5) and the seal screw with
sealant (CML No. 09−013 or CML No. 09−005C) or any other equiva
lent (Refer to Chapter 51−23−12).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No.
09−005C) or any other equivalent.

(s) Apply a bead of sealant along the chamfered leading edge of the
external plate (Item 2) with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No.
09−005C) or any other equivalent.
(t) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(u) Apply additional treatment as follows:

1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Apply the low VOC external primer (CML No. 16−060 or CML No.
16−060A) to the upper side of the external plate (Item 2)
and the bottom face of the skin insert (Item 1) (Refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply the low VOC external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or CML
No. 16−059A) to the upper side of the external plate (Item
2) and the bottom face of the skin insert (Item 1) (Refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply the wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the upper side of
the external plate (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply the polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to the upper


side of the external plate (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

c Restore the external polyurethane finish paint (CML No.


16−018) to the upper side of the external plate (Item 2) and
the bottom side of the skin insert (Item 1) (Refer to Chap
ter 51−23−11).

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Inboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Top Skin Repair on the Inboard Trailing Edge.


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesMay219/220
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

C. Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between WFX 4890 and WFX
4920.

NOTE: This repair is used to repair damage to the trailing edge extru
sion.

Refer to Figure 203 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this re
pair.
This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
207.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.
This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for
each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout) at 41,000 Ft.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

The damage in this repair consists of nicks caused by contact with a


wing screw on the wing structure.

The maximum dimensions of a nick is as follows:

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− chordwise length of 23 mm (0.906 in)


− spanwise length of 37 mm (1.457 in)
− depth can be the whole thickness of the extrusion.

The damage must be removed and two machined inserts fitted to make
a flush repair.

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between WFX 4890 and WFX
4920 on the wing structure of slat 2 can only be performed on the
following general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60200 004/005 − 006/007 −
010/011
D574−60298 000/001
000/001 − 002/003 −
2
004/005 − 006/007 −
D574−60278
008/009 − 010/011 −
012/013
D574−60277 000/001 − 002/003
D574−60920 000/001 − 002/003
The flush repair of the trailing edge wing structure of slat 2
Table 208

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Machined Insert (bottom) 1 7050T73511 − thickness 2.5 mm


(0.098 in), alternative materi
als, 7010T7651, 7010T73651,
7050T73651, 7050T76511, 7075T651
2 Machined Insert (top) 1 7050T73511 − thickness 2.5 mm
(0.098 in), alternative materi
als, 7010T7651, 7010T73651,
7050T73651, 7050T76511, 7075T651
3 Rivet, Solid, Countersunk 4 NAS1097AD4 or MS20426AD4 (See
head fastener table
− Paint Coating (Dark Grey) A/R CML No. 07−003D (Refer to CML)
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013 − alternative
09−058B (Refer to CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016 − alternative
09−058B with primer (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 (Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to CML) −
alternative Unsealed CAA
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001 (Refer to CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C (Re
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) fer to CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E (Re
Primer fer to CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018 (Refer to CML)
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020 (Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A (Refer
to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A (Refer
to CML)
NOTE: Item 3 must be squeezed closed not hammered closed.

NOTE: For the rivet hole sizes, refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−00. At
existing rivet locations oversize rivets may be installed.
Install solid rivets where possible.
NOTE: 09−005C can be used as an alternative material where specified
in the repair instructions.

(3) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 203)

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).
(b) Mark out the damaged area of the trailing edge to be removed.

(c) Remove the damaged area of the trailing edge extrusion. Make the
edge of the cut−out smooth and free from burrs.

NOTE: The damaged area must be milled on the top face and bottom
face of the extrusion to the dimensions given in Figure 203
(Sheet 3).

(d) Manufacture the machined inserts (Item 1 and 2) Refer to Figure


203 (Sheet 4).

(e) Mark out and drill pilot holes in the top machined insert (Item
2) noting the minimum edge distance shown in Figure 203 (Sheet
2). (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(f) Clamp the machined inserts (Items 1 and 2) in position on the


structure, and transfer drill pilot holes through the top ma
chined insert (Item 2) into the extrusion and the bottom machined
insert (Item 1). Hold in place with gripper pins as you drill.
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Drill all holes final size. Countersink the rivet holes in the
top machined insert (Item 2) and the bottom machined insert (Item
1). (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).
(h) Countersink the rivet holes in the top machined insert (Item 2)
and the bottom machined insert (Item 1). (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−46−11).

(i) Remove all the repair parts. Deburr all the holes and make sure
the edges of the repair parts are smooth and free from burrs.
(j) Remove all swarf and debris from the repair area.

(k) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).

(l) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:


1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the machined inserts (Items 1 and 2)
(refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the
cut−out edges of the trailing edge (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.


16−006E) to all faces of the machined inserts (Items 1 and

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2) and to the cut−out edges of the trailing edge (refer to


Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the machined inserts (Items 1 and 2)
(refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


cut−out edges of the trailing edge (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide


primer (CML No. 16−006C) to all faces of the machined inserts
(Items 1 and 2) and to the cut−out edges of the trailing
edge (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

(m) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
CML No. 09−058B) or any other equivalent.

(n) Install the fasteners (Item 3) with sealant (CML No. 09−013 or
CML No. 09−005C) or any other equivalent (Refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(o) Fill the gap between the machined inserts (Items 1 and 2) and
the edge of the extrusion with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML
No. 09−005C) or any other equivalent.
(p) Remove any unwanted sealant.

(q) Apply additional treatment as follows:

1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply the low VOC external primer (CML No. 16−060 or CML No.
16−060A) to the upper surface of the machined inserts (Items
1 and 2) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply the low VOC external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or CML
No. 16−059A) to the upper surface of the machined inserts
(Items 1 and 2) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply the wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the upper surface
of the machined inserts (Items 1 and 2). (Refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

b Apply the polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to the upper


surface of the machined inserts (Items 1 and 2). (Refer to
Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

c Apply the external polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018)


to the upper surface of the machined inserts (Items 1 and
2). (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

(r) Apply paint coating, dark grey (CML No. 07−003D) to the lower
surface of the machined insert (Item 1). (Refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between WFX 4890 and WFX 4920
Figure 203 (sheet 1)

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between WFX 4890 and WFX 4920
Figure 203 (sheet 2)

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between WFX 4890 and WFX 4920
Figure 203 (sheet 3)

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between WFX 4890 and WFX 4920
Figure 203 (sheet 4)

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
CAUTION: THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON
EACH SLAT IS TWO.

THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL REPAIRS YOU ARE ALLOWED TO DO ON


EACH WING IS FIVE.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

D. External repair of the trailing edge extrusion inboard of datum WFX


4920.
NOTE: This repair is used to repair damage to the trailing edge extru
sion.

Refer to Figure 204 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this re
pair.

This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
209.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout) at 41,000 Ft.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

The damage in this repair consists of nicks caused by contact with


wing screws on the wing structure.

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For a single damage or for two adjacent damages, the maximum dimen
sions must not be greater than the following:
− chordwise length of 23 mm (0.906 in)
− spanwise length of 75 mm (2.953 in)
− depth can be the whole thickness of the extrusion.

Two alternative schemes are given in this repair, they are dependant
on the number of areas and the size of damage and are detailed as
follows:
(a) Figure 204 (Sheet 2) shows two seperate damaged areas with nicks
to the extrusion. Each damaged area must be trimmed out and
filled with sealant and then covered with an external plate.

NOTE: This repair is used when the damaged areas with nicks are
more than 10 mm (0.394 in) from the aft edge of the extru
sion and 29 mm (1.142 in) apart. (Refer to the allowable
damage limits for nicks on the trailing edge extrusion in
Chapter 57−40−00 Page Block 101).

(b) Figure 204 (Sheet 3) shows one area of damage with nicks which
is removed and an insert fitted with an external plate across
the insert.

NOTE: This repair is used where the damaged area with nicks is
more than 10 mm (0.394 in) from the aft edge of the extru
sion. (Refer to the allowable damage limits for nicks on
the trailing edge extrusion in Chapter 57−40−00 Page Block
101).

The external repair of the trailing edge extrusion inboard of


datum WFX 4920 of slat 2 can only be performed on the following
general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60200 004/005 − 006/007 −
010/011
D574−60298 000/001
000/001 − 002/003 −
2
004/005 − 006/007 −
D574−60278
008/009 − 010/011 −
012/013
D574−60277 000/001 − 002/003
D574−60920 000/001 − 002/003
The external repair of the trailing edge extrusion of slat 2
Table 210
(2) Repair Materials

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 External Plate 1 2024 T3 Clad − thickness 1.8 mm


(0.071 in), alternative material
2024 T42 Clad
2 Skin Insert 1 2024 T3 Clad − thickness 3.5 mm
(0.138 in), alternative material
2024 T42 Clad
3 Solid Rivets A/R NAS1097AD4 or MS20426AD4 (see
fastener table)
− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R CML No. 07−003D (Refer to CML)
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013 or 09−058B (Refer
to CML )
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016 − alternative
09−058B with primer (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 (Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to CML) −
alternative Unsealed CAA
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001 (Refer to CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C (Re
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) fer to CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E (Re
Primer fer to CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018 (Refer to CML)
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020 (Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A (Refer
to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A (Refer
to CML)
NOTE: Item 3 must be squeezed closed not hammered closed.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers for alternative and oversize
fasteners, see the fastener Table in Figure 204 (Sheet 2).

NOTE: 09−005C can be used as an alternative material where specified


in the repair instructions.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).
(b) Mark out the damaged area of the trailing edge to be removed.

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Remove the damaged area of the trailing edge and make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from burrs. (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−27−00).

(d) Refer to Figure 204 (Sheets 2 and 3) and make the repair parts
(Items 1 and 2), to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(e) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and dimension between the fasteners given in Figure 204
(Sheets 2 and 3).

(f) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size in the external
plate (Item 1). (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Clamp the repair parts in position on the structure, and transfer
drill the pilot holes through the external plate (Item 1) into
the trailing edge extrusion and into the insert (Item 2) if
fitted. Gripper pin the repair parts in position as you drill.
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, full size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(i) Countersink the rivet holes in the top face of the external
plate (Item 1) and to the bottom face of the trailing edge ex
trusion and the insert (Item 2) if fitted. (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−46−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Remove all swarf and debris from the repair area and slat inte
rior.

(l) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).

(m) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:

1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the external plate (Item 1) and the
skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


cut−out edges of the trailing edge extrusion (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−11).
c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.
16−006E) to all faces of the external plate (Item 1), the
skin insert (Item 2) and the cut−out edges of the trailing
edge extrusion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the external plate (Item 1) and the
skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


cut−out edges of the trailing edge extrusion (refer to Chap
ter 51−23−11).

c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide


primer (CML No. 16−006C) to all faces of the external plate
(Item 1), the skin insert (Item 2) and to the cut−out edges
of the trailing edge extrusion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

(n) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
CML No. 09−058B) or any other equivalent.
(o) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No.
09−005C) or any other equivalent.

(p) Fill the cut−out if required with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML
No. 09−005C) or any other equivalent.
(q) Install the fasteners (Item 3) with sealant (CML No. 09−013 or
CML No. 09−058B) or any other equivalent (refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(r) Remove any unwanted sealant.


(s) Apply additional treatment as follows:

1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply the low VOC external primer (CML No. 16−060 or CML No.
16−060A) and low VOC external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or
CML No. 16−059A) to the upper side of the external plate
(Item 1) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the upper side of the
external plate (Item 1) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
b Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to the upper side
of the external plate (Item 1) and the lower side of the
skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

c Restore the external polyurethane finish paint (CML No.


16−018) to the upper side of the external plate (Item 1)
(refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

(t) Restore the abrasion resistant coating (CML No. 07−003D) to the
bottom face of the skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External repair of the trailing edge extrusion inboard of datum WFX 4920
Figure 204 (sheet 1)

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External repair of the trailing edge extrusion inboard of datum WFX 4920
Figure 204 (sheet 2)

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External repair of the trailing edge extrusion inboard of datum WFX 4920
Figure 204 (sheet 3)

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 211.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

E. Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between datum WFX 4705 and
WFX 4890.

NOTE: This repair is used to repair damage to the trailing edge extru
sion.

Refer to Figure 205 (Sheet 1) for the areas of damage detailed in


this repair.
This repair is valid only for the weight variants given in Table
211.

For A320−200 weight variant 015, the repair data given in this
paragraph is also applicable to aircraft after modification
38525K11750.
This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for
each aircraft.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 211
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout) at 41,000 Ft.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

The damage in this repair consists of nicks caused by contact with


wing screws on the wing structure.

Two alternative schemes are given in this repair, they are dependant
on the size of damage and are detailed as follows:

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Figure 205 (Sheet 2) shows the damaged area with a nick to the
trailing edge extrusion.
The damaged area must be milled out and a machined insert (Item
1) fitted to make a flush repair.

NOTE: This repair is used when the trailing edge extrusion is


damaged by a nick that is within a maximum dimension of 9
mm (0.353 in) from the aft edge of the extrusion. (Refer
to the allowable damage limits for nicks on the trailing
edge extrusion in SRM Chapter 57−40−00 Page Block 101).

(b) Figure 205 (Sheet 3) shows a damaged area with a nick to the
extrusion.

The damaged area must be milled out and a machined insert (Item
2) is fitted to make a flush repair.

NOTE: This repair is used when the trailing edge extrusion is


damaged by a nick that is within a maximum dimension of 19
mm (0.748 in) from the aft edge of the extrusion. (Refer
to the allowable damage limits for nicks on the trailing
edge extrusion in Chapter 57−40−00 Page Block 101).

The flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between datum WFX
4705 and WFX 4890 of slat 2 can only be performed on the fol
lowing general assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60200 004/005 − 006/007 −
010/011
D574−60298 000/001
000/001 − 002/003 −
2
004/005 − 006/007 −
D574−60278
008/009 − 010/011 −
012/013
D574−60277 000/001 − 002/003
D574−60920 000/001 − 002/003
The flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion of slat 2
Table 212
(2) Repair Materials

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Machined Insert 1 7050 T3511 − thickness 3 mm


(0.118 in), alternative materi
als, 2024 T3 Clad, 7010 T7651,
7050 T73651, 7075 T6, 7075 T651
2 Machined Insert 1 7050 T3511 − thickness 3 mm
(0.118 in), alternative materi
als, 2024 T3 Clad, 7010 T7651,
7050 T73651, 7075 T6, 7075 T651
3 Solid Rivets A/R NAS1097AD3 (see fastener table)
− Abrasion Resistant Coating A/R CML No. 07−003D (Refer to CML)
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note below)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013 or 09−058B (Refer
to CML)
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016 − alternative
09−058B with primer (Refer to
CML)
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026 (Refer to CML)
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002 (Refer to CML) −
alternative Unsealed CAA
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001 (Refer to CML)
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B or 16−006C (Re
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion) fer to CML)
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E (Re
Primer fer to CML)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018 (Refer to CML)
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020 (Refer to CML)
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A (Refer
to CML)
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A (Refer
to CML)
NOTE: Item 3 must be squeezed closed not hammered closed.

NOTE: For the full range of part numbers for alternative and oversize
fasteners, see the fastener Table in Figure 205 (Sheet 2).

NOTE: CML No. 09−005C can be used as an alternative material where


specified in the repair instructions.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

Page 241
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Mark out the damaged area of the trailing edge to be removed.

(c) Remove the damaged area of the trailing edge and make sure the
edges of the cut−out are smooth and free from burrs. (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: The damaged area must be milled on the top face of the ex
trusion to the dimensions given in Figure 205 (Sheet 2 or
Sheet 3 ).
(d) Refer to Figure 205 (Sheets 2 or 3) and manufacture the the ma
chined insert (Items 1 or Item 2), to size, and as applicable to
suit the repair.

(e) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and dimension between the fasteners given in Figure 205
(Sheets 2 and sheet 3).

(f) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size in the machined in
sert (Item 1 or Item 2). (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Clamp the machined insert (Item 1 or Item 2) in position on the


structure, and transfer drill the pilot holes through the ma
chined insert (Item 1 or Item 2) into the trailing edge extru
sion. Gripper pin the repair parts in position as you drill.
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, full size (Refer to SRM Chap
ter 51−44−11).

(i) Countersink the rivet holes in the top face of the machined in
sert (Item 1 or Item 2) and to the bottom face of the trailing
edge extrusion. (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−46−11).

(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.
(k) Remove all swarf and debris from the repair area and slat inte
rior.

(l) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).
(m) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:

1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the machined insert (Item 1 or 2)
and chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the cut−
out edges of the trailing edge extrusion (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

b Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.


16−006E) to all faces of the machined insert (Item 1 or 2)

Page 242
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

and to the cut−out edges of the trailing edge extrusion (re


fer to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) to all faces of the machined insert (Item 1 or 2)
and chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the cut−
out edges of the trailing edge extrusion (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

b Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide


primer (CML No. 16−006C) to all faces of the machined insert
(Item 1 or 2) and to the cut−out edges of the trailing edge
extrusion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
(n) Wet assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
CML No. 09−058B) or any other equivalent.

(o) Fill the gap between the machined insert (Item 1 or Item 2) and
the edge of the trailing edge extrusion (CML No. 09−016 or CML
No. 09−005C) or any other equivalent.
(p) Install the fasteners (Item 3) with sealant (CML No. 09−013 or
CML No. 09−005C) or any other equivalent (refer to Chapter
51−42−11).

(q) Remove any unwanted sealant.


(r) Apply additional treatment as follows:

1 Protective treatment with Low VOC

a Apply low VOC external primer (CML No. 16−060 or CML No.
16−060A) and low VOC external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or
CML No. 16−059A) to the upper side of the machined insert
(Item 1 or 2) (Refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Protective treatment without Low VOC

a Apply wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the upper side of the
machined insert (Item 1 or 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).
b Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to both sides of
the machined insert (Item 1 or 2) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

c Restore the external polyurethane finish paint (CML No.


16−018) to the upper side of the machined insert (Item 1 or
2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

(s) Apply paint coating, dark grey (CML No. 07−003D) to the bottom
face of the machined insert (Item 1 or 2) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between datum WFX 4705 and WFX
4890
Figure 205 (sheet 1)
Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between datum WFX 4705 and WFX
4890
Figure 205 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesMay245/246
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flush repair of the trailing edge extrusion between datum WFX 4705 and WFX
4890
Figure 205 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesMay247/248
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 213.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

F. Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard
and Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions

Refer to Figure 206 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 213
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions

The limits and conditions for local dressing−out of damaged skin for
nose repairs above the inboard and outboard end ribs can only be
performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460200 000 thru 007, 010 and 011
D57460277 000 thru 003
D57460278 000 thru 013
Nose Skin Repair above Inboard and Outboard End Ribs Limits and Conditions −
Repair Restrictions
Table 214

Page 249
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460298 000 and 001


D57460920 000 thru 003
Nose Skin Repair above Inboard and Outboard End Ribs Limits and Conditions −
Repair Restrictions
Table 214
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair General

(a) This repair scheme identifies the limits and conditions applied
when carrying out standard nose skin repairs above inboard and
outboard end ribs.

The conditions for locally dressing−out the damaged skin around


the edges of a repair cut−out are detailed in Figure 206.

(b) Apply protective treatment where necessary to the straightened


edges after rework, refer to Chapter 51−23−11, Table 5 (External
Paint Scheme).

NOTE: If unsealed CAA cannot be applied, use chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) for painted areas and chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−003) for unpainted areas.

Page 250
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 206 (sheet 1)
Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 206 (sheet 2)
Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 215.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

G. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib
This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 215.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 215
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the inboard end rib.
The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 207).

The repair of top skin (nose included) above the inboard end rib can
only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460200 000 thru 007, 010 and 011
D57460277 000 thru 003
D57460278 000 thru 013
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 216

Page 253
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460298 000 and 001


D57460920 000 thru 003
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 216
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
5 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
6 and 7 Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
8 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
9 Blind/Solid Rivets A/R See notes 1 and 2
10 Solid Rivet A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
11 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)

Page 254
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C


Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 207 (Sheet 8).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−0xH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 206, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 207 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 8
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: After modification 28587E0107, the formed Z stringer is


changed to a bulb stringer.

NOTE: After modification 26406E0070, the width of the finger strip


is reduced.

NOTE: After modification 31696E0153 and 31696E0154, the finger


strip is integrated into the lower girder.

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 8) fitted between skin and backing


plates (Items 2 thru 5) to avoid moisture ingress.

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 207 (Sheets 3 thru 7).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.G.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.G.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:


1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 8 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not


for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal
skin flange.
(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 8 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.G.(3)(m)2a thru 5.G.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 9 and 10) with sealant (CML No.
09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.G.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.G.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of skin insert (Item 1), the backing plates (Items 6 and
7) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 257
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):
1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal faces of the backing plates (Items 6 and 7).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 258
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 1)

Page 259
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 2)

Page 260
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 3)

Page 261
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 4)

Page 262
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 5)

Page 263
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 6)

Page 264
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov265/266
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 207 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov267/268
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 217.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.

H. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib
This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 217.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 217
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the outboard end rib.
The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 208).

The repair of top skin (nose included) above the outboard end rib
can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460200 000 thru 007, 010 and 011
D57460277 000 thru 003
D57460278 000 thru 013
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 218

Page 269
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460298 000 and 001


D57460920 000 thru 003
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 218
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
5 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
6 Backing Plate A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
7 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
8 Blind/Solid Rivets A/R See notes 1 and 2
9 Solid Rivet A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
10 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)

Page 270
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C


Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 208 (Sheet 9).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−0xH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 206, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 208 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 7
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: After modification 28587E0107, the formed Z stringer is


changed to a bulb stringer.

NOTE: After modification 26406E0070, the width of the finger strip


is reduced.

NOTE: After modification 31696E0153 and 31696E0154, the finger


strip is integrated into the lower girder.

Page 271
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 7) fitted between skin and backing


plates (Items 2 thru 5) to avoid moisture ingress.

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 208 (Sheets 3 thru 8).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.H.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.H.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:


1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 7 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML

Page 272
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not


for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal
skin flange.
(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 7 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.H.(3)(m)2a thru 5.H.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 8 and 9) with sealant (CML No.
09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.H.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.H.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of skin insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 6) and
on the internal skin flange.

Page 273
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):
1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal face of backing plate (Item 6).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 274
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 1)

Page 275
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 2)

Page 276
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 3)

Page 277
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 4)

Page 278
Printed in Germany
57−43−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov279/280
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov281/282
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov283/284
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov285/286
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 208 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−43−21 PagesNov287/288
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 3 − STRUCTURE COMPLETE

1. Slat 3 − Structure Complete − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Slat 3 − Structure Complete Figure 2
2 Slat Tracks 7 and 8 Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find
the Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 1
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-44-21 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 3
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 4
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 5
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 6
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 7
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 8
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage 9
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1010
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1011
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 3 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1012
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460340204


205
1A Rib, outboard 2618A−T6 D57460388204 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 205
1B Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460340204 A22409E0028
205
−alternative 2618A−T6 D57460388204
SMS3214/560 205
1C Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460340206 A26740E0074
207
−alternative 2618A−T6 D57460388206
SMS3214/560 207
1D Rib, outboard 2618A−T851 D57460631208 A27579E0085
209
1E Rib, outboard 2618A−T851 D57460631210 A28420E0102
211
1F Rib, outboard 2124−T851 D57460631212 A35942E0164
213
5 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460348202 B26740E0055
203
1.4(0.055)
10 Rib, WFX 10268 2618PLT62 D57460348200
201
1.8(0.071)
10A Rib, WFX 10268 2618PLT62 D57460348204
205
1.8(0.071)
10B Rib, WFX 10268 2618PLT62 D57460348206 A31696E0155
207 A31696E0156
1.8(0.071)
10C Rib, WFX 10268 2618PLT62 D57460348208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
1.8(0.071)
15 Rib, track 8 2618T851 D57460335204 PB101
205
15A Rib, track 8 2618T851 D57460335206 PB101 A26740E0074
207
15B Rib, track 8 2618T851 D57460633208 PB101 A27579E0085
209
ASSY Dwg.: D57460301, D57460371, D57460399, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1013
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

20 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460347202 B26740E0055


203
1.4(0.055)
25 Rib, WFX 9595 2618PLT62 D57460347200
201
1.8(0.071)
25A Rib, WFX 9595 2618PLT62 D57460347204
(MSN00190574) 205
1.8(0.071)
25B Rib, WFX 9595 2618PL−T62 D57460349200 A24987E0049
201
2(0.079)
25C Rib, WFX 9595 2618PL−T62 D57460349202 A31696E0155
203 A31696E0156
2(0.079)
25D Rib, WFX 9595 2618PL−T62 D57460349204 A35942E0164
205 B150524E0183
2(0.079)
30 Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460331200
201
30A Rib, hold down 2618A−T6 D57460386200 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 201
30B Rib, hold down 2618A−T6 D57460386200 A22409E0028
SMS3214/560 201
30C Rib, hold down 2618A−T6 D57460386202 A26406E0067
SMS3214/560 203
30D Rib, hold down 2618A−T6 D57460386204 A26740E0074
SMS3214/560 205
30E Rib, hold down 2618A−T6 D57460331206 A35942E0164
SMS3214/560 207
35 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460346202 B26740E0055
203
1.4(0.055)
40 Rib, WFX 8899 2618PLT62 D57460346200
201
1.8(0.071)
40A Rib, WFX 8899 2618PLT62 D57460346204
(MSN00190574) 205
1.8(0.071)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460301, D57460371, D57460399, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1014
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40B Rib, WFX 8899 2618PLT62 D57460344200 A24987E0049


201
2(0.079)
40C Rib, WFX 8899 2618PL−T62 D57460344202 A31696E0155
203 A31696E0156
2(0.079)
40D Rib, WFX 8899 2024PL−T42 D57460344204 A35942E0164
205 B150524E0183
2(0.079)
45 Rib, track 7 2618T851 D57460325208 PB101
209
45A Rib, track 7 2618T851 D57460325210 PB101 A26740E0074
211
45B Rib, track 7 2618T851 D57460632208 PB101 A27579E0085
209
50 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460345202 B26740E0055
203
1.4(0.055)
55 Rib, WFX 8212 2618PLT62 D57460345200
201
1.8(0.071)
55A Rib, WFX 8212 2618PL−T62 D57460345204
205
1.8(0.071)
55B Rib, WFX 8212 2618PL−T62 D57460345206 A31696E0155
207 A31696E0156
1.8(0.071)
55C Rib, WFX 8212 2024PL−T42 D57460345208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
1.8(0.071)
60 Rib, WFX 8068 2618T851 D57460321204
205
60A Rib, WFX 8068 2618A−T6 D57460384204 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 205
60B Rib, WFX 8068 2618A−T6 D57460384206 A26740E0074
SMS3214/560 207
60C Rib, WFX 8068 2618T851 D57460321208 A27579E0085
209
60D Rib, WFX 8068 2618T851 D57460321210 A27841E0094
211
ASSY Dwg.: D57460301, D57460325, D57460371, D57460399, D57460632, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1015
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60E Rib, WFX 8068 2124T851 D57460321212 A35942E0164


213
65 Rib, end inboard 2618T851 D57460320204
205
65A Rib, end inboard 2618A−T6 D57460382204 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 205
65B Rib, end inboard 2618T851 D57460630208 A27579E0085
209
65C Rib, end inboard 2618T851 D57460629208 A27841E0094
209
65D Rib, end inboard 2618T851 D57460629210 A28420E0102
211
65E Rib, end inboard 2124T851 D57460629212 A35942E0164
213
70 Lug, lifting NSA9006−12A
70A Lug, lifting PA66 ABS0411−PF12 A21723J0607
−GF30 10
75 Piece, end 2024T3 D57460354200
75A Piece, end 2024T3 D57460744200 A27579E0085
80 Skin, top 2024PL−T42 D57460303200 PB101
201 57−40−00
80A Skin, top 2024PL−T42 D57460303202 PB101 A21345J0505
203 57−40−00
80B Skin, top 2024PL−T42 D57460303204 PB101 A21723J0607
205 57−40−00
80C Skin, top 2024PL−T42 D57460303206 PB101 A26740E0074
207 57−40−00
85 Strip, finger 2024PLT3 D57460309200
201
85A Strip, finger 2024PLT3 D57460309202 A21723J0607
203
85B Strip, finger 2024PLT3 D57460370200 A26740E0074
201 B31696E0155
B31696E0156
90 Strip, finger 2024PLT3 D57460370202 A26740E0074
203 B27841E0094
95 Elbow B904ARED D57460593200
ASSY Dwg.: D57460300, D57460301, D57460302, D57460350, D57460371, D57460399,
D57460730, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1016
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Seal D57460396200


201
100A Seal D57460396220 A22289E0024
221
105 Seal D57460396212
213
105A Seal D57460396232 A22289E0024
233
110 Seal D57460396202
203
110A Seal D57460396222 A22289E0024
223
115 Seal D57460396214
115A Seal D57460396234 A22289E0024
120 Tube, piccolo D30160300000
001
125 Seal D57460396210
125A Seal D57460396230 A22289E0024
130 Seal D57460396204
205
130A Seal D57460396224 A22289E0024
225
135 Seal D57460396208
135A Seal D57460396228 A22289E0024
140 Seal D57460396206
207
140A Seal D57460396226 A22289E0024
227
145 Seal D57460396218
219
145A Seal D57460396236 A22289E0024
237
150 Seal, D D57460411202 A22289E0024
203
155 Girder, lower 2618T851 D57460314200
201
155A Girder, lower 2618T851 D57460389200 B27841E0093
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460300, D57460301, D57460371

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1017
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

160 Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305204 A27841E0093


205
160A Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305210 A31696E0155
211 A31696E0156
1.6(0.063)
165 Fairlead 17−4PH
(MSN00010017) Cond D57460419200
H900/AMS5643
170 Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305200
201
170A Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305202 A21345J0505
203 B27841E0093
175 Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305206 A27841E0093
207
175A Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305212 A31696E0155
213 A31696E0156
1.6(0.063)
180 Girder, lower 2024PL−T42 D57460307200
201
2(0.079)
180A Girder, lower 2024T3511 D57460673200 A30743E0135
AMS4165 201
2(0.079)
185 Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305208 A27841E0093
209
185A Skin, bottom 2024PL−T42 D57460305214 A31696E0155
215 A31696E0156
1.6(0.063)
190 Tag, bonding 2024PL−T42 A57843699200
190A Tag, bonding 2024PL−T42 A57460699200 A28420E0103
195 Block, stop 2024PLT3 D57460408200
195A Block, stop 2024PLT3 D57460408202 A21345J0505
195B Block, stop 2117−T4 ABS0410AD6D7 A31696E0155
A31696E0156
200 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460460203
202
200A Support, seal 6061T6 D57460460206 A21345J0505
207
200B Support, seal 6061T6 D57460460208 A35942E0164
209
ASSY Dwg.: D57460301, D57460371, D57460399, D57460419, D57460460, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1018
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

205 Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460462200


201
205A Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460462202 A20661J0319
203
205B Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460462204 A28420E0102
205
210 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365240
215 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365238
220 Buffer, outboard B6 D57460329200
Nylotron
220A Buffer, outboard MIL−P−5431 D57460329202 A21811J0637
220B Buffer, outboard MIL−P−5431 A28420E0102
D57460329204
225 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460460200
201
225A Support, seal 6061T6 D57460460204 A21345J0505
205
230 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365268 B22409E0028
235 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365266 B22409E0028
240 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460360200
201
240A Support, seal 6061T6 D57460360202 A21345J0505
203
240B Support, seal 6061T6 D57460360204 A35942E0164
205
245 Support, seal 2024PL−T42 D57460333204
205
250 Angle, support 2618T851 D57460367200
201
250A Angle, support 2618T851 D57460367202 A22165J0714
203 B27841E0094
255 Link, rib 2618T62 D57460315204 B22409E0028
205
260 Fairlead BS−S80 D57460358200
(MSN00010017) 201
265 Fairlead BS−S80 D57460359200
(MSN00010017)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460301, D57460315, D57460333, D57460358, D57460359, D57460360,
D57460371, D57460399, D57460460, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1019
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

270 Insert Nylon−66 D57460342200


(MSN00010017)
275 Plate, nylon 6.6 D57460338200
(MSN00010017) Nylotron 201
280 Spar, front 2618PLT62 D57460306200
201
280A Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460306204 A20666J0320
205
280B Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460397200 A22409E0028
201
280C Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460397204 A35942E0164
205
280D Spar, front 2024PLT42 D57460397210 A150524E0183
211
285 Fairlead 7075T7351 D57460422200
(MSN00010017) 201
290 Clip Z10CNT18−11 D57460339200
(MSN00010017)
295 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410216 B20661J0319
2(0.079)
300 Girder, corru 7050T76511 D57460304200
gated AMS4340 201
300A Girder, corru 7050T76511 D57460304202 A35942E0164
gated AMS4340 203
305 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410214 B26406E0073
215
2(0.079)
310 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365264 B20661J0319
2.5(0.098)
315 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410222 B20661J0319
223
2(0.079)
320 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460369200 A20661J0319
201 B26740E0055
325 Bracket, hold 17−4PH D57460332200
down Cond H900
325A Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460332202
down
(MSN04810788)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460301, D57460338, D57460339, D57460342, D57460371, D57460399,
D57460422, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1020
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

325B Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460332204 A26406E0067


down
330 Bush DTD197 D57460208200
335 Bush DTD197 D57460208202
340 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410218 B20661J0319
219
2(0.079)
345 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410220 B26406E0073
221
2(0.079)
350 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410212 B20661J0319
213
1.8(0.071)
355 Spar, front 2618PLT62 D57460306202
203
355A Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460306206 A20666J0320
207
355B Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460397202 A22409E0028
203
355C Spar, front 2024PLT8 D57460397206 A35942E0164
207
355D Spar, front 2024PLT42 D57460397208 A150524E0183
209
360 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460369202 A20661J0319
203 B26740E0055
365 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460312206 B26803E0069
1.8(0.071)
370 Plate, top 2618PLT62 D57460312208
(MSN00080765) 209
1.8(0.071)
370A Plate, top 2618PLT62 D57460343200 A26803E0069
201
1.8(0.071)
370B Plate, top 2618PLT62 D57460343202 A27841E0094
203
1.8(0.071)
370C Plate, top 2024PLT42 D57460343204 A36942E0164
205
1.8(0.071)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460301, D57460312, D57460325, D57460371, D57460399, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1021
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

375 Bracket, attach 2024PL−T42 D57460308202 B27841E0094


ment 203
380 Link, lower 2618T62 D57460316200
girder 2(0.079)
(MSN00010267)
385 Buffer, inboard 6.6 D57460330200
Nylotron
385A Buffer, inboard MIL−P−5431 D57460330202 A21811J0637
385B Buffer, inboard MIL−P−5431 D57460330204 A28420E0102
390 Angle, mounting 2618T851 D57460323200
201
390A Angle, mounting 2618T851 D57460323202 A22165J0714
203 B27841E0094
395 Angle, top plate 2618PLT62 D57460313200 B26803E0069
201
1.8(0.071)
400 Bracket, assem L164 D57450543002 A24757J1381
bly 003
405 Spacer BAER0579/45 D57450530200 A24757J1381
410 Plate, closing L164 D57450542200 A24757J1381
1.2(0.047)
415 Box, T−duct con 2618T851 D57460366200 A27841E0094
nection 201
415A Box, T−duct con 2124−T851 D57460366202 A35942E0164
nection 203
420 Skin, top T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460351200
201
420A Skin, top T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460351202 A21345J0505
203
420B Skin, top T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460351204 A22409E0028
205
420C Skin, top T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460731200 A27579E0085
201
425 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460353200
201
430 Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460355200
430A Edge, trailing 7050T73511 D57460355202 A22323E0034
AMS4341
ASSY Dwg.: D57450520, D57450521, D57460301, D57460350, D57460371, D57460375,
D57460399, D57460730, D57460931

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1022
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

435 Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460350200


N−615MS−1003 201
NIDA
435A Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460350202 A21345J0505
N−615MS−1003 203
NIDA
435B Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460375202 A22409E0028
N−6−1 203
NIDA
435C Honeycomb 1/8−5052−0015 D57460733200 A27579E0085
N−6−1 201
NIDA
440 Skin, bottom T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460352200
201
440A Skin, bottom T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460352202 A21345J0505
203
440B Skin, bottom T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460732200 A27579E0085
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460350, D57460375, D57460730

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1023
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Tracks 7 and 8


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 AugPage01/1024
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track 7 DTD5212 D57461071202


1A Track 7 DTD5212 D57461071204 A23957E0040
1B Track 7 DTD5212 D57461471202 A26542E0060
5 Bush BS−S80 D57461012202
10 Bush BS−S80 D57461012214
15 Track 8 DTD5212 D57461081202
15A Track 8 DTD5212 D57461081204 A23957E0040
15B Track 8 DTD5212 D57461481202 A26542E0060
20 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036212 B23957E0040
213
25 Block, filler T8 PA6−6PERLP410 D57461037212 B23957E0040
213
ASSY Dwg.: D57461307, D57461308

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Pages 25/26
Aug 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 3 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of


any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 3 − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Slat
3 structure.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT 3 − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−65, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT METAL.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of the Chamfered Edges at the 57−40−00 Page
Leading Edge (Repair 1 − Active, Repair Block 201, 202 −
2 − DELETED) Paragraph 5.B.
57−40−00 Page
Repair of the Chamfered Edges away from
Block 201, 203 −
the Leading Edge
Paragraph 5.C.
Repair to replace the Seal Packer at
57−40−00 Page
Slat Track 3 (Assemblies
Block 201, 204 −
D574−61303−002/004) and Slat Track 4
Paragraph 5.D.
(Assemblies D574−61304−002)
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair Procedure for Replacement of the
57−40−00 Page
Filler Blocks at Slat Tracks 3 (Assem
Block 201, 205 −
blies D574−61303−002/004/006/008) and 4
Paragraph 5.E.
(Assemblies D574−61304−002/004/006)
Repair of the Nose Area of the Top 57−40−00 Page
Skin above the ribs and between the Block 201, 207 −
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5 Paragraph 5.G.
Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum In
57−40−00 Page
serts) at the Chamfered Edges of Slat
Block 201, 208 −
2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4
Paragraph 5.H.
and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only)
Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Re
sistant Steel Inserts) at the Chamfered 57−40−00 Page
Edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) Block 201, 209 −
and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Paragraph 5.I.
Edge only)
Top Skin of Slats 1 thru 5. Permanent 57−40−00 Page 223
and Temporary filler Repairs for dents Block 201, −
given in the allowable damage limits Paragraph 5.W. 224
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush in
57−40−00 Page
sert repair to the Top and Nose Skins
Block 201, 225 −
between the ribs and above the upper
Paragraph 5.X.
girder
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush in
57−40−00 Page
sert repair to the Top and Nose Skins
Block 201, 226 −
above the ribs and above the upper
Paragraph 5.Y.
girder
Top Skin and Trailing Edge Skin on 57−40−00 Page
Slats 1 thru 5 − Alternative Dent Block 201, 227 −
Filler Repair with Aluminum Tape Paragraph 5.Z.
57−40−00 Page 237
Slat 3 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation Block 201,
thru −
on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 7 Paragraph
5.AC. 239
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
External Repair of the
Trailing Edge Extrusion, 5.A. 201, 202 A −
Inboard of Track Rib 7
Repair of Top Skin Lower
Edge between Hold Down 5.B. 203 A −
Rib and Track Rib 8
Local Dressing−out of
Damaged Skin for Nose Re
pairs above the Inboard 5.C. 204 A −
and Outboard End Ribs −
Limits and Conditions
Top Skin Repair (Nose In
cluded) above the Inboard 5.D. 205 A −
End Rib
Top Skin Repair (Nose In
cluded) above the Outboard 5.E. 206 A −
End Rib
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Slat 3 Structure − Repairs
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP LAYOUT AT 41 000 FT) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT
012.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
160001/J3282.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160500/J3283.
A. External Repair of the Trailing Edge Extrusion at the Inboard of Track
Rib 7.

NOTE: This repair is used to repair damage to the trailing edge extru
sion.

Refer to Figure 202 for the areas detailed in this repair.


This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 203.

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


The damage in this repair consists of nicks caused by contact with
the five wing screws on the trailing edge extrusion, inboard of
track rib 7. For the location of the wing screws, refer to Figure
201.

This repair details the method to remove the nicks on the trailing
edge extrusion and to replace it with an insert and external plate.
Four alternative schemes are given in this repair, they are dependent
on the number of damaged areas and the size of damage. Figure 202
(sheets 1 thru 4) shows the damaged areas with nicks to the extru
sion. Each damaged area must be removed and an insert fitted with an
external plate across the insert.
NOTE: For minor damage refer to allowable damage limits for nicks on
the trailing edge extrusion Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.

The external Repair on the Trailing Edge Extrusion at the Inboard of


Track Rib 7 on slat 3 can only be performed on the following gener
al assemblies:

SLAT GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60300
004/005 − 006/007
D574−60398 000/001
000/001 − 002/003 −
3 D574−60378 004/005 − 006/007 −
008/009 − 010/011
D574−60377 000/001 − 002/003
000/001 − 002/003 −
D574−60930
004/005
External Repair of the Trailing Edge of slat 3
Table 204

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 External Plate 1 2024 T3 Clad − thickness 1.8 mm


(0.071 in), alternative material
2024 T42 Clad
2 Skin Insert A/R 2024 T3 Clad − thickness 4 mm
(0.157 in), alternative materi
als 2024 T42 Clad, 7010T7651,
7010T73651, 7050T73511,
7050T73651, 7050T76511, 7075T651
3 Solid Rivet A/R NAS1097AD4 (see fastener table
and note 1)
− Gripper Pin A/R Local Resources
− Paint Coating (Dark Grey) A/R CML No. 07−003D
− Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C (see note 2)
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Unsealed Chromic Acid Anodizing
(CAA) − alternative CML No.
13−002
− Polyurethane Primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
NOTE: 1. Item 3 must be squeezed closed not hammered closed.

NOTE: 2. CML No. 09−005C can be used as an alternative material


where specified in the repair instructions.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Mark out the damaged area of the trailing edge to be removed.

NOTE: Figure 202 (sheets 1 thru 4) shows repairs for different


positions and number of nicks/gouges along the trailing
edge. Select and do the repair suitable to the area of ap
plicable damage.

(c) Remove the damaged area of the trailing edge extrusion and make
sure the edges of the cut out are smooth and free from burrs
(refer to Chapter 51−27−00). Refer to Figure 202 for cut out
limits.

(d) Refer to Figure 202 and make the repair parts (Items 1 and 2),
to size, and as applicable to suit the repair.

(e) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and dimension between the fasteners given in Figure 202.

(f) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size in the external
plate (Item 1) (refer to Chapter 51−44−11).

(g) Clamp the repair parts in position on the structure, and transfer
drill the pilot holes through the external plate (Item 1) into
the trailing edge extrusion and into the skin insert (Item 2).
Gripper pin the repair parts in position as you drill (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Countersink the rivet holes in the top face of the external
plate (Item 1) and to the bottom face of the trailing edge ex
trusion and the skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−46−11).

(j) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes and sharp edges.
(k) Remove all swarf and debris from the repair area and slat inte
rior.

(l) Clean all the repair parts and the repair area with solvent (CML
No. 11−026).
(m) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts as follows:

1 Protective treatment with low VOC:

a Apply chemical conversion coating unsealed CAA or (CML No.


13−002) to all the faces of the external plate (Item 1) and
skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


edges of the cut out in the trailing edge extrusion (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or CML No.


16−006E) to all the faces of the external plate (Item 1),
skin insert (Item 2) and the edges of the cut out in the
trailing edge extrusion (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

2 Protective treatment without low VOC:

a Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) or un


sealed CAA to all the faces of the external plate (Item 1)
and skin insert (Item 2).

b Apply chemical conversion coating (CML No. 13−002) to the


edges of the cut out in the trailing edge extrusion.

c Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide


primer (CML No. 16−006C) to all the faces of the external
plate (Item 1), skin insert (Item 2) and the edges of the
cut out in the trailing edge extrusion.

d Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to the bottom face


of the skin insert (Item 2).

(n) Fill existing countersinks in repaired area with countersunk re


pair washers, if necessary (refer to Chapter 51−71−15).

(o) Wet assemble the repair parts (Items 1 and 2) with sealant (CML
No. 09−016 or CML No. 09−058B).

(p) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 2) and the edge of
the extrusion with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No. 09−005C).
(q) Install the fasteners (Item 3) with sealant (CML No. 09−013 or
CML No. 09−005C) (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Apply a continuous bead of sealant (CML No. 09−016 or CML No.
09−005C) around all the chamfered edges (refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(s) Remove any unwanted sealant from repaired area.

(t) Apply the additional protective treatment as follows:

1 Additional protective treatment with low VOC


a Apply the external primer (CML No. 16−060 or CML No. 16−060A)
and external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or CML No. 16−059A) to
the external face of the external plate (Item 1).

2 Additional protective treatment without low VOC


a Apply the wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the external plate (Item 1) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

b Apply the polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) to the exter


nal face of the external plate (Item 1) (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).

c Apply the external polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018)


to the external face of the external plate (Item 1) (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).

(u) Apply paint coating, dark grey (CML No. 07−003D) to the bottom
face of the skin insert (Item 2) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Location of Wing Screw − Trailing Edge Extrusion


Figure 201

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov209/210
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Repair of the Trailing Edge Extrusion Inboard of Track Rib 7


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov211/212
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Repair of the Trailing Edge Extrusion Inboard of Track Rib 7


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov213/214
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Repair of the Trailing Edge Extrusion Inboard of Track Rib 7


Figure 202 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov215/216
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Repair of the Trailing Edge Extrusion Inboard of Track Rib 7


Figure 202 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov217/218
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Repair of the Trailing Edge Extrusion Inboard of Track Rib 7


Figure 202 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov219/220
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP LAYOUT AT 41 000 FT) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT
012.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 000 THRU
018.

B. Repair of Top Skin Lower Edge between Hold Down Rib and Track Rib 8

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 205.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

The damage in this repair area can be a dent, nick or gouge caused
by contact with the wing fuel panel.
The repair of top skin lower edge between hold down rib and track
rib 8 can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460377 000 thru 003
D57460378 000 thru 011
Repair of Top Skin Lower Edge between Hold Down Rib and Track Rib 8 − Re
pair Restrictions
Table 206

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460398 000 and 001


D57460930 000 thru 005
Repair of Top Skin Lower Edge between Hold Down Rib and Track Rib 8 − Re
pair Restrictions
Table 206
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair Instructions
(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Measure the damage size and make sure that the damaged areas are
within the allowable damage limit (refer to Figure 203).

(c) Trim−out the damaged area (refer to Figure 203).


(d) Make sure a smooth profile is maintained and all sharp edges are
removed.

(e) Clean all the repair area with solvent (CML No. 11−026).

(f) Perform a NDT inspection to check for cracks (refer to NTM Task
51−10−08−250−802 for High Frequency Eddy Current method).
(g) Make sure the repair area has the necessary protection on all
faces. Use either protection with low VOC, refer to Paragraph
5.B.(3)(g)1 or protection without low VOC, refer to Paragraph
5.B.(3)(g)2.
1 Protective treatment with low VOC:

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002). Then apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or
16−006E) (refer to Chapter 51−23−11).

b Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then


apply the external top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A).

2 Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter


51−23−11, Figure 2 and Table 5, area E2):
a Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002).

b Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide


primer (16−006C) and then apply the wash primer (CML No.
16−020).
c Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018).

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Top Skin Lower Edge between Hold Down Rib and Track Rib 8
Figure 203 (sheet 1)

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Top Skin Lower Edge between Hold Down Rib and Track Rib 8
Figure 203 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov225/226
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP LAYOUT AT 41 000 FT) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT
012.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATIONS


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283.
C. Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard
and Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions

Refer to Figure 204 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions

The limits and conditions for local dressing−out of damaged skin for
nose repairs above the inboard and outboard end ribs can only be
performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460377 000 thru 003
D57460378 000 thru 011
D57460398 000 and 001
D57460930 000 thru 005
Nose Skin Repair above Inboard and Outboard End Ribs Limits and Conditions −
Repair Restrictions
Table 208

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair General

(a) This repair scheme identifies the limits and conditions applied
when carrying out standard nose skin repairs above inboard and
outboard end ribs.
The conditions for locally dressing−out the damaged skin around
the edges of a repair cut−out are detailed in Figure 204.

(b) Apply protective treatment where necessary to the straightened


edges after rework, refer to Chapter 51−23−11, Table 5 (External
Paint Scheme).
NOTE: If unsealed CAA cannot be applied, use chemical conversion
coating (CML No. 13−002) for painted areas and chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−003) for unpainted areas.

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 204 (sheet 1)
Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 204 (sheet 2)
Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP LAYOUT AT 41 000 FT) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT
012.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATIONS


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283.
D. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 209.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the inboard end rib.

The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 205).
The repair of top skin (nose included) above the inboard end rib can
only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460377 000 thru 003
D57460378 000 thru 011
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 210

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460398 000 and 001


D57460930 000 thru 005
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 210
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates 4 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
5 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
6 Backing Plate 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
7 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size 23 mm (0.906 in) X
42 mm (1.654 in) and 33 mm
(1.299 in) X 84 mm (3.307 in) −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
8 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (see notes 1 and 2)
9 and Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
10
11 Hi−Lok Pin 1 Titanium (see note 1)
12 Hi−Lok Pin 6 Titanium (see note 1)
13 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, High Temperature A/R CML No. 09−012G
Silicone
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 205 (Sheet 5).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 204, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 205 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 7
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 7) fitted between skin and backing


plates (Items 2 thru 5) to avoid moisture ingress.

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 205 (Sheets 2 and 3).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.D.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.D.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:


1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 7 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not


for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal
skin flange.
(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 7 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.D.(3)(m)2a thru 5.D.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−012G or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 8 thru 12) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.D.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.D.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
faces of skin insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 6) and
on the internal skin flange.

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):
1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal face of the backing plate (Item 6).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 205 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov237/238
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 205 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov239/240
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 205 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov241/242
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 205 (sheet 4)

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 205 (sheet 5)

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 211.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP LAYOUT AT 41 000 FT) FOR WEIGHT VARIANT
012.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATIONS


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283.
E. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 211.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 211
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the outboard end rib.

The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 206).
The repair of top skin (nose included) above the outboard end rib
can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460300 000 thru 007
D57460377 000 thru 003
D57460378 000 thru 011
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 212

Page 245
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

D57460398 000 and 001


D57460930 000 thru 005
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 212
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Insert A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
6 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
7 Backing Plate A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
8 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD in situ − non
structural − alternative materi
al 2024 T3 or T42
9 Reinforcing Plate A/R 7075 T6 Clad or Unclad, 2.5 mm
(0.100 in) thick, 21 mm (0.827
in) width, length TBD in suit −
alternative material 7475 T761
Clad or Unclad or 7075 T73 or
T73511
10 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (see notes 1 and 2)
11 and Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
12
13 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, High Temperature A/R CML No. 09−012G
Silicone
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016

Page 246
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B


Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001
− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B
(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 206 (Sheet 11).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).

NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 204, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 206 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 9
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

Page 247
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).

NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 8) fitted between skin and backing


plates (Items 2 thru 6) to avoid moisture ingress.

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 206 (Sheets 2 thru 9).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.E.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.E.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:


1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML

Page 248
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not


for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal
skin flange.
(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.E.(3)(m)2a thru 5.E.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−012G or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 10 thru 12) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.E.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.E.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
faces of skin insert (Item 1), the backing plate (Item 7) and
on the internal skin flange.

Page 249
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):
1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure
thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal face of backing plate (Item 7).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
the skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 250
Printed in Germany
57−44−21 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov251/252
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov253/254
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov255/256
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov257/258
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov259/260
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov261/262
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov263/264
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov265/266
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov267/268
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov269/270
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 206 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−44−21 PagesNov271/272
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 4 − STRUCTURE COMPLETE

1. Slat 4 − Structure Complete − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Slat 4 − Structure Complete Figure 2
2 Slat Tracks 9 and 10 Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 001, where you can find
the Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 1
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-45-21 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 3
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 4
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 5
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 6
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 7
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 8
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage 9
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1010
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 4 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1011
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460440204


205
1A Rib, outboard 2618T6 D57460488204 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 205
1B Rib, outboard 2618T6 D57460488204
(MSN05250833) SMS3214/560 205
1C Rib, outboard 2618T6 D57460488206 A26740E0074
SMS3214/560 207
1D Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460641208 A27579E0085
209
1E Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460641210 A28420E0103
211
1F Rib, outboard 2124−T851 D57460641212 A35942E0164
213
5 Rib, WFX 13028 2618T62 D57460448200
201
1.8(0.071)
5A Rib, WFX 13028 2618PLT62 D57460448204
205
1.8(0.071)
5B Rib, WFX 13028 2618PLT62 D57460448206 A31696E0157
207 A31696E0158
1.8(0.071)
5C Rib, WFX 13028 2124−T851 D57460448208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
10 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460448202 B26740E0055
203
1.4(0.055)
15 Rib, track 10 2618T851 D57460435208 PB101
209
15A Rib, track 10 2618T851 D57460435208 PB101 A22050J0667
209
15B Rib, track 10 2618T851 D57460435210 PB101 A26740E0074
211
15C Rib, track 10 2618T851 D57460643208 PB101 A27579E0085
209
20 Rib, WFX 12370 2618PLT62 D57460447200
201
1.8(0.071)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460401, D574604099, D57460471, D57460499, D57460941

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1012
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

20A Rib, WFX 12370 2618PLT62 D57460447204


205
1.8(0.071)
20B Rib, WFX 12370 2618PLT62 D57460447206 A31696E0157
207 A31696E0158
1.8(0.071)
20C Rib, WFX 12370 2124−T851 D57460447208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
25 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460447202 B26740E0055
203
1.4(0.055)
30 Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460431200
201
30A Rib, hold down 2618A−T6 D57460486200 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 201
30B Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460431200
(MSN05250574) 201
30C Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460489200 A24987E0049
201
30D Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460489202 A26406E0067
203
30E Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460489204 A26740E0074
205
30F Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460489206 A27841E0093
207
30G Rib, hold down 2124−T851 D57460489208 A35942E0164
209
35 Rib, WFX 11680 2618PLT62 D57460446200
201
1.8(0.071)
35A Rib, WFX 11680 2618PLT62 D57460446204
205
1.8(0.071)
35B Rib, WFX 11680 2618PLT62 D57460446206 A31696E0157
207 A31696E0158
1.8(0.071)
35C Rib, WFX 11680 2024PL−T42 D57460446208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
ASSY Dwg.: D57460401, D57460471, D57460499, D57460941

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1013
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460446202 B26740E0055


203
1.4(0.055)
45 Rib, track 9 2618T851 D57460425208 PB101
209
45A Rib, track 9 2618T851 D57460425208 PB101 A22050J0667
209
45B Rib, track 9 2618T851 D57460425210 PB101 A26740E0074
211
45C Rib, track 9 2618T851 D57460642208 PB101 A27579E0085
209
50 Rib, WFX 11010 2618PLT62 D57460445200
201
1.8(0.071)
50A Rib, WFX 11010 2618PLT62 D57460445204
205
50B Rib, WFX 11010 2618PLT62 D57460445206 A31696E0157
207 A31696E0158
1.8(0.071)
50C Rib, WFX 11010 2024PL−T42 D57460445208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
55 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460445202 B26740E0055
203
1.4(0.055)
60 Rib, inboard 2618T851 D57460420204
205
60A Rib, inboard 2618T6 D57460482204 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 205
60B Rib, inboard 2618T6 D57460482204
(MSN03650833) SMS3214/560 205
60C Rib, inboard 2618T6 D57460482206 A26740E0074
SMS3214/560 207
60D Rib, inboard 2618T851 D57460640208 A27579E0085
209
60E Rib, inboard 2618T851 D57460640210 A28420E0103
211
60F Rib, inboard 2124−T851 D57460640212 A35942E0164
213
65 Lug, lifting NSA9006−12A
ASSY Dwg.: D57460401, D57460471, D57460499, D57460941

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1014
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

65A Lug, lifting PA66 ABS0411−PF12 A21723J0607


−GF30 10
70 Piece, end 2024T3 D57460354200
70A Piece, end 2024T3 D57460744200 A27579E0085
75 Strip, finger 2024PLT3 D57460409200
201
75A Strip, finger 2024PLT3 D57460409202 A21723J0607
203
75B Strip, finger 2024PLT3 D57460470200 A26740E0074
201 B31696E0157
B31696E0158
80 Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460403200 PB101
201 57−40−00
80A Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460403202 PB101 A21345J0505
203 57−40−00
80B Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460403204 PB101 A21723J0607
205 57−40−00
80C Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460403206 PB101 A26406E0071
207 57−40−00
85 Elbow B906A D57460593200
RED
90 Seal D57460496200
201
90A Seal D57460496220 A22289E0024
221
95 Seal D57460496212
213
95A Seal D57460496230 A22289E0024
231
100 Seal D57460496202
203
100A Seal D57460496222 A22289E0024
223
105 Seal, D D57460411204
110 Seal D57460496214
215
110A Seal D57460496232 A22289E0024
233
ASSY Dwg.: D57460400, D57460401, D57460450, D57460471, D57460499, D57460740

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1015
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

115 Tube, piccolo D30160400000


001
120 Seal D57460496208
209
120A Seal D57460496226 A22289E0024
227
125 Seal D57460496206
125A Seal D57460496224 A22289E0024
130 Seal D57460496216
130A Seal D57460496234 A22289E0024
135 Seal D57460496210
211
135A Seal D57460496228 A22289E0024
229
140 Fairlead 17−4PH D57460419200
(MSN00010017) Cond
H900/AMS5643
145 Angle 2024PLT42 D57460407204 A21405J0514
205 B30743E0137
150 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460405212 A27841E0093
213
155 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460405210 A27841E0093
211
155A Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460405214 A31696E0157
215 A31696E0158
160 Angle 2024PLT42 D57460407200 B21405J0514
201
165 Girder, lower 2024T3511 D57460674200 A30743E0137
AMS4165 201
2(0.079)
165A Girder, lower ABS5119 D57460684200 A31696E0157
A196LE 201 A31696E0158
170 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460405202
203
170A Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460405206 A21345J0505
207 B27841E0093
175 Angle 2024PLT42 D57460407202 A21405J0514
203 B30743E0137
ASSY Dwg.: D57460400, D57460401, D57460419, D57460471, D57460499

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1016
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

180 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460405204


205
180A Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460405208 A21345J0505
209
185 Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 A57843699200
185A Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 D57460699200 A28420E0103
190 Block, stop 2024PLT3 D57460408200
190A Block, stop 2024PLT3 D57460408202 A21345J0505
190B Block, stop 2117−T4 ABS0410AD6D7 A31696E0157
A31696E0158
195 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460460202
MIL−R−9300B 203
TP1
195A Support, seal 6061T6 D57460460206 A21345J0505
207
1.2(0.047)
200 Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460562200
201
200A Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460562202 A20661J0319
203
200B Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460562204 A28420E0102
205
205 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365238
0.4(0.016)
210 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365240
0.5(0.020)
215 Buffer, outboard 6.6 D57460415200
Nylatron
215A Buffer, outboard MIL−P−5431 D57460415202 A21811J0637
215B Buffer, outboard MIL−P−5431 D57460415204 A28420E0102
220 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460560200
MIL−R−9300B 201
TP1
220A Support, seal 6061T6 D57460560202 A21345J0505
203
1.2(0.047)
225 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365270 B20661J0319
1(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460400, D57460401, D57460460, D57460471, D57460478, D57460499

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1017
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

230 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365272 B20661J0319


0.5(0.020)
235 Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460462200
201
235A Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460462202 A20661J0319
203
235B Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460462204 A28420E0102
205
240 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460460200
MIL−R−9300B 201
TP1
240A Support, seal 6061T6 D57460460204 A21345J0505
205
1.2(0.047)
240B Support, seal 6061T6 D57460460208 A35942E0164
209
245 Buffer, inboard 6.6 D57460416200
Nylatron
245A Buffer, inboard MIL−P−5431 D57460416202 A21811J0637
245B Buffer, inboard MIL−P−5431 D57460416204 A28420E0102
250 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365266 B20661J0319
1(0.039)
255 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365268 B20661J0319
0.5(0.020)
260 Angle 2024PLT42 D57460410206 B20661J0319
207
265 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410208 B26406E0073
209
270 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365214 B20661J0319
275 Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460406200
201
275A Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460406204 A20666J0320
205
275B Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460497200 A22409E0028
201
275C Spar, front 2024PL−T42 D57460497206 A35942E0164
207
275D Spar, front 2024PL−T42 D57460497210 A150524E0183
211
ASSY Dwg.: D57460401, D57460471, D57460499, D57460941

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1018
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

280 Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460406202


203
280A Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460406206 A20666J0320
207
280B Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460497202 A22409E0028
203
280C Spar, front 2618PLT8 D57460497204 A27841E0093
205
280D Spar, front 2024PL−T42 D57460497208 A35942E0164
209
280E Spar, front 2024PL−T42 D57460497212 A150524E0183
213
285 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410210 B20661J0319
211
290 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460469200 A20661J0319
201 B26740E0074
295 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460469202 A20661J0319
203 B26740E0074
300 Girder, corru 7050T76511 D57460404200
gated AMS4340 201
300A Girder, corru 7050T76511 D57460404202 A35942E0164
gated AMS4340 203
305 Shim 7075T7351 D57460412200 B27841E0093
310 Shim 7075T7351 D57460412202 B27841E0093
315 Bracket, hold 17−4PH D57460432200
down Cond
H900/AMS5643
315A Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460432202
down
(MSN04810788)
315B Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460432204 A26406E0067
down
315C Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460432206 A27841E0093
down
320 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365242 B27841E0093
1.6(0.063)
325 Bush DTD197 D57460208200
330 Bush DTD197 D57460208202
ASSY Dwg.: D57460401, D57460425, D57460471, D57460499, D57460941

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1019
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

335 Fairlead 7075T7351 D57460422200


(MSN00010017) 201
340 Clip 210CNT18−11 D57460339200
(MSN00010017)
345 Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460451200
201
345A Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460451202 A21345J0505
203
345B Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460451204 A22409E0028
205
345C Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460741200 A27579E0085
201
350 Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460455200
350A Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460455202 A22323E0034
355 Honeycomb NIDA1/8−5052− D57460450200
0015N−61 201
355A Honeycomb NIDA1/8−5052− D57460450202 A21345J0505
0015N−61 203
355B Honeycomb NIDA1/8−5052− D57460475202 A22409E0028
0015N−6 203
SMS1003
355C Honeycomb NIDA1/8−5052− D57460743200 A27579E0085
0015N−6−1 201
SMS1003
360 Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460452200
201
360A Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460452202 A21345J0505
203
360B Skin, bottom T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460742200 A27579E0085
201
360C Skin, bottom T/E 2024PL−T42 D57460742202 A31696E0157
203 A31696E0158
365 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460453200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460339, D57460422, D57460450, D57460475, D57460740

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1020
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Tracks 9 and 10


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1021
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track 9 DTD5212 D57461091202


1A Track 9 DTD5212 D57461091204 A23957E0040
1B Track 9 DTD5212 D57461491202 A26542E0060
5 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY
D57461036214 B23957E0040
215
10 Block, filler T9 PA6−6PERLP410 D57461037214 B23957E0040
215
15 Bush BS−S80 D57461012202
20 Bush BS−S80 D57461012214
25 Track 10 DTD5212 D57461101202
25A Track 10 DTD5212 D57461101204 A23957E0040
25B Track 10 DTD5212 D57461501202 A26542E0060
30 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036216 B23957E0040
217
35 Block, filler PA6−6PERLP410 D57461037216 B23957E0040
T10 217
ASSY Dwg.: D57461091, D57461309, D57461310

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 AugPage01/1022
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 4 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of


any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 4 − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Slat
4 structure.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT 4 − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−66, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT METAL.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of the Chamfered Edges at the 57−40−00 Page
Leading Edge (Repair 1 − Active, Repair Block 201, 202 −
2 − DELETED) Paragraph 5.B.
57−40−00 Page
Repair of the Chamfered Edges away from
Block 201, 203 −
the Leading Edge
Paragraph 5.C.
Repair of the Nose Area of the Top 57−40−00 Page
Skin above the ribs and between the Block 201, 207 −
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5 Paragraph 5.G.
Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum In
57−40−00 Page
serts) at the Chamfered Edges of Slat
Block 201, 208 −
2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4
Paragraph 5.H.
and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only)
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Re
sistant Steel Inserts) at the Chamfered 57−40−00 Page
Edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) Block 201, 209 −
and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Paragraph 5.I.
Edge only)
Top Skin of Slats 1 thru 5. Permanent 57−40−00 Page
and Temporary filler Repairs for dents Block 201, 223, 224 −
given in the allowable damage limits Paragraph 5.W.
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush in
57−40−00 Page
sert repair to the Top and Nose Skins
Block 201, 225 −
between the ribs and above the upper
Paragraph 5.X.
girder
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush in
57−40−00 Page
sert repair to the Top and Nose Skins
Block 201, 226 −
above the ribs and above the upper
Paragraph 5.Y.
girder
Top Skin and Trailing Edge Skin on 57−40−00 Page
Slats 1 thru 5 − Alternative Dent Block 201, 227 −
Filler Repair with Aluminum Tape Paragraph 5.Z.
57−40−00 Page
Slat 4 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation Block 201, 240 thru

on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 9 Paragraph 242
5.AD.
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Local Dressing−out of
Damaged Skin for Nose Re
pairs above the Inboard 5.A. 201 A −
and Outboard End Ribs −
Limits and Conditions
Top Skin Repair (Nose In
cluded) above the Inboard 5.B. 202 A −
End Rib
Top Skin Repair (Nose In
cluded) above the Outboard 5.C. 203 A −
End Rib
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Slat 4 Structure − Repairs
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

A. Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard
and Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions

Refer to Figure 201 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The limits and conditions for local dressing−out of damaged skin for
nose repairs above the inboard and outboard end ribs can only be
performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460400 000 thru 007
D57460477 000 thru 003
D57460478 000 thru 011
D57460498 000 and 001
D57460940 000 thru 005
Nose Skin Repair above Inboard and Outboard End Ribs Limits and Conditions −
Repair Restrictions
Table 204
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair General
(a) This repair scheme identifies the limits and conditions applied
when carrying out standard nose skin repairs above inboard and
outboard end ribs.

The conditions for locally dressing−out the damaged skin around


the edges of a repair cut−out are detailed in Figure 201.
(b) Apply protective treatment where necessary to the straightened
edges after rework, refer to Chapter 51−23−11, Table 5 (External
Paint Scheme).

NOTE: If unsealed CAA cannot be applied, use chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) for painted areas and chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−003) for unpainted areas.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 201 (sheet 1)
Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 201 (sheet 2)
Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
B. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 205.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the inboard end rib.

The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 202).

The repair of top skin (nose included) above the inboard end rib can
only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460400 000 thru 007
D57460477 000 thru 003
D57460478 000 thru 011
D57460498 000 and 001
D57460940 000 thru 005
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 206

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
6 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
7 Backing Plate A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
8 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
9 Reinforcing Plate A/R 7075 T6 Clad or Unclad, mini
mum 2.5 mm (0.100 in) thick, 21
mm (0.827 in) width, length TBD
in situ − alternative material
7475 T761 Clad or Unclad, 7075
T73 or T73511
10 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (see notes 1 and 2)
11 and Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
12
13 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, High Temperature A/R CML No. 09−012G
Silicone
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B


(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 202 (Sheet 11).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).
NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 201, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 202 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 9
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: After modification 31696E0157 and 31696E0158, the finger


strip is integrated into the lower girder.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).
NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 8) fitted between skin and backing
plates (Items 2 thru 6) to avoid moisture ingress.

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 202 (Sheets 2 thru 9).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin
flange.

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(m)2a thru 5.B.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−012G or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 10 thru 12) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.B.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of skin insert (Item 1), backing plate (Item 7) and on
the internal skin flange.

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal face of the backing plate (Item 7).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov213/214
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov215/216
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov217/218
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov219/220
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov221/222
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov223/224
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov225/226
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov227/228
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov229/230
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov231/232
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 11)

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
C. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 207.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the outboard end rib.

The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 203).

The repair of top skin (nose included) above the outboard end rib
can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460400 000 thru 007
D57460477 000 thru 003
D57460478 000 thru 011
D57460498 000 and 001
D57460940 000 thru 005
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 208

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
6 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
7 Backing Plate A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
8 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
9 Reinforcing Plate A/R 7075 T6 Clad or Unclad, mini
mum 2.5 mm (0.100 in) thick, 21
mm (0.827 in) width, length TBD
in situ − alternative material
7475 T761 Clad or Unclad, 7075
T73 or T73511
10 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (see notes 1 and 2)
11 and Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
12
13 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, High Temperature A/R CML No. 09−012G
Silicone
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B


(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 203 (Sheet 11).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).
NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 201, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 203 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 9
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: After modification 31696E0157 and 31696E0158, the finger


strip is integrated into the lower girder.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).
NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 8) fitted between skin and backing
plates (Items 2 thru 6) to avoid moisture ingress.

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 203 (Sheets 2 thru 9).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin
flange.

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(m)2a thru 5.C.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−012G or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 10 thru 12) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.C.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of skin insert (Item 1), backing plate (Item 7) and on
the internal skin flange.

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal face of backing plate (Item 7).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 1)

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−45−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov241/242
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov243/244
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov245/246
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov247/248
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov249/250
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov251/252
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov253/254
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov255/256
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov257/258
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−45−21 PagesNov259/260
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 5 - STRUCTURE COMPLETE

1. Slat 5 - Structure Complete - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Slat 5 - Structure Complete Figure 2
2 Slat Tracks 11 and 12 Figure 3
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-40-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-46-21 FebPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-46-21 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage 3
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage 4
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage 5
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage 6
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage 7
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage 8
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage 9
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat 5 − Structure Complete


Figure 2 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage01/1010
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460540206


207
1A Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460588206 A21345J0505
207
1B Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460540206 A22409E0028
207
−alternative 2618T851 D57460588206
207
1C Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460540208 A26740E0074
209
−alternative 2618T851 D57460588208
209
1D Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460651206 A27579E0085
207
1E Rib, outboard 2618T851 D57460651208 A35942E0164
209
5 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460519200
(MSN00010432) 201
10 Bracket, welded D30160505000
assembly 001
10A Bracket 7010/7050T765 D57460527200
(MSN04330833) 1 201
BAEM1213
10B Bracket 7010/7050T765 D57460527202 A26740E0074
1 203
BAEM1213
15 Rib, WFX 15634 2618PLT62 D57460548200
201
1.8 (0.071)
15A Rib, WFX 15634 2618PLT62 D57460548204
205
15B Rib, WFX 15634 2618PLT62 D57460548206 A31696E0159
207 A31696E0160
1.8 (0.071)
15C Rib, WFX 15634 2024PLT42 D57460548208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
1.8 (0.071)
20 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460548202 B26740E0055
203
1.4 (0.055)
ASSY Dwg.: D30160500, D57460501, D57460571, D57460599, D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1311
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25 Rib, track 12 2618T851 D57460535204 PB101


205
25A Rib, track 12 2618T851 D57460535206 PB101 A26740E0074
207
25B Rib, track 12 2618T851 D57460653208 PB101 A27579E0085
209
30 Rib, WFX 15006.7 2618PLT62 D57460547200
201
1.8 (0.071)
30A Rib, WFX 15006.7 2618PLT62 D57460547204
205
30B Rib, WFX 15006.7 2618PLT62 D57460547206 A31696E0159
207 A31696E0160
1.8 (0.071)
30C Rib, WFX 15006.7 2024PLT42 D57460547208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
1.8 (0.071)
35 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460547202 B26740E0055
203
1.4 (0.055)
40 Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460531200
201
40A Rib, hold down 2618A−T6 D57460586200 A21345J0505
SMS3214/560 201
40B Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460531200 A22409E0028
201
−alternative 2618A−T6 D57460586200 A22409E0028
(MSN03650507) SMS3214/560 201
40C Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460531202 A26406E0067
203
−alternative 2618A−T6 D57460586202
SMS3214/560 203
40D Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460531204 A26740E0074
205
−alternative 2618A−T6 D57460586204
SMS3214/560 205
40E Rib, hold down 2618T851 D57460531206 A27579E0085
207
40F Rib, hold down 2124−T851 D57460531208 A35942E0164
209
ASSY Dwg.: D57460501, D57460571, D57460599, D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1312
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40G Rib, hold down 2124−T851 D57460531210 A160042J3258


211
45 Rib, WFX 14375 2618PLT62 D57460546202
203
1.8 (0.071)
45A Rib, WFX 14375 2618PLT62 D57460546204
205
45B Rib, WFX 14375 2618PLT62 D57460546206 A31696E0159
207 A31696E0160
1.8 (0.071)
45C Rib, WFX 14375 2024PLT42 D57460546208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
1.8 (0.071)
50 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460546200 B26740E0055
201
1.4 (0.055)
55 Rib, track 11 2618T851 D57460525204 PB101
205
55A Rib, track 11 2618T851 D57460525204 PB101 A22050J0667
205
55B Rib, track 11 2618T851 D57460525206 PB101 A26740E0074
207
55C Rib, track 11 2618T851 D57460652208 PB101 A27579E0085
209
60 Rib, nose 2618PLT62 D57460545200 B26740E0055
201
1.4 (0.055)
65 Rib, WFX 13745 2618PLT62 D57460545202
203
1.8 (0.071)
65A Rib, WFX 13745 2618PLT62 D57460545204
205
65B Rib, WFX 13745 2618PLT62 D57460545206 A31696E0159
207 A31696E0160
1.8 (0.071)
65C Rib, WFX 13745 2024PLT42 D57460545208 A35942E0164
209 B150524E0183
1.8 (0.071)
70 Rib, inboard 2618T851 D57460520204
205
ASSY Dwg.: D57460501, D57460571, D57460599, D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1313
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70A Rib, inboard D57460582204 A21345J0505


205
70B Rib, inboard 2618T851 D57460520204 A22409E0028
205
−alternative D57460582204
205
70C Rib, inboard 2618T851 D57460520206 A26740E0074
207
−alternative D57460582206
207
70D Rib, inboard D57460650206 A27579E0085
207
70E Rib, inboard 2618T851 D57460650208 A28420E0102
209
70F Rib, inboard 2124T851 D57460650210 A35942E0164
211
75 Lug, lifting NSA9006−12A
75A Lug, lifting D52371217200 A21723J0607
−alternative PA66 ABS0411−PF12
−GF30 10
80 Piece, end 2024T3 D57460354200
80A Piece, end 2024T3 D57460744200 A27579E0085
85 Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460503200 57−40−00
201
85A Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460503202 57−40−00 A21345J0505
203
85B Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460503204 57−40−00 A21723J0607
205
85C Skin, top 2024PLT42 D57460503206 57−40−00 A26406E0071
207
90 Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460509200
201
90A Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460509202 A21723J0607
203
90B Fingerstrip 2024PLT3 D57460570200 A26740E0074
201 B31696E0159
B31696E0160
95 Piece, end 2024T3 D57460354202
ASSY Dwg.: D57460501, D57460502, D57460550, D57460571, D57460599, D57460750,
D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1314
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

95A Piece, end 2024T3 D57460744202 A27579E0085


100 Seal D57460596200
201
100A Seal D57460596220 A22289E0024
221
made from
F574625900
00
105 Seal D57460596202
203
105A Seal D57460596222 A22289E0024
223
made from
F574625900
00
110 Seal D57460596204
205
110A Seal D57460596224 A22289E0024
225
made from
F574625900
00
115 Seal, D D57460516202
made from
DUNLOP DWG
4−12−978
120 Seal D57460596206
120A Seal D57460596226 A22289E0024
made from
F574625900
00
125 Tube, piccolo D30160501000
001
125A Tube, piccolo D30160501002 A27579E0085
003
130 Seal D57460596208
209
ASSY Dwg.: D57460500, D57460501, D57460599, D57460750

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1315
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

130A Seal D57460596228 A22289E0024


229
made from
F574625900
00
135 Seal D57460596210
211
135A Seal D57460596230 A22289E0024
231
made from
F574625900
00
140 Seal D57460596212
213
140A Seal D57460596232 A22289E0024
233
made from
F574625900
00
145 Elbow B906A D57460593200
RED
150 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505214 A27841E0093
215
1.6 (0.063)
150A Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505218 A35942E0164
219
1.6 (0.063)
155 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505202
203
1.6 (0.063)
155A Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505206 A21345J0505
207
1.6 (0.063)
155B Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505210 A27579E0085
211 B27841E0093
1.6 (0.063)
160 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505212 A27841E0093
213
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460500, D57460501, D57460571, D57460599, D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1316
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

165 Girder, lower 2024PLT42 D57460507200


201
2 (0.079)
165A Girder, lower 2024T3511 D57460675200 B31696E0159
AMS4165 201 B31696E0160
2 (0.079)
165B Girder, lower ABS5119 D57460685200 A31696E0159
A196LE 201 A31696E0160
170 Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505204
205
1.6 (0.063)
170A Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505208 A21345J0505
209
1.6 (0.063)
170B Skin, bottom 2024PLT42 D57460505216 A35942E0164
217
1.6 (0.063)
175 Plate, blanking 2024PLT3 D57460518200 B21345J0505
1.4 (0.055)
180 Buffer, outboard MIL−P−5431 D57460522200
180A Buffer, outboard MIL−P−5431 D57460522202 A28420E0102
185 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365256
190 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365258
195 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460460202
203
195A Support, seal 6061−T6 D57460460206 A21345J0505
207
200 Block, stop 2024PLT3 D57460408200
200A Block, stop 2024PLT3 D57460408202 A21345J0505
B31696E0159
B31696E0160
200B Block, stop 2117−T4 ABS0410AD6D7 A31696E0159
A31696E0160
205 Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 A57843699200
205A Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 D57460699200 A30218E0118
210 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460560200
201
210A Support, seal 6061−T6 D57460560202 A21345J0505
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57460460, D57460500, D57460501, D57460571, D57460598, D57460599,
D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1317
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

215 Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460562200


201
215A Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460562202 A20661J0319
203
215B Block, rubbing MIL−P−5431 D57460562204 A28420E0102
205
220 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365270 B20661J0319
225 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365272 B20661J0319
230 Support, seal F155/7781 D57460561200
230A Support, seal 2024PLT3 D57460561202 A21345J0505
235 Seal, lip SMS7016 D57460595200
made from
DUNLOP DWG
4−12−96B
235A Seal, lip SMS7016 D57460595202 A28242E0097
made from
DUNLOP DWG
4−12−96B
240 Girder, corru 7050T76511 D57460504200
gated AMS4340 201
240A Girder, corru 7050T76511 D57460504202 A35942E0164
gated AMS4340 203
245 Web, front spar 2618PLT62 D57460506200
201
1.6 (0.063)
245A Web, front spar 2618PLT62 D57460506204 A20666J0320
205
245B Web, front spar 2618PLT8 D57460597200 A22409E0028
201
245C Web, front spar 2024PLT42 D57460597204 A35942E0164
205
1.6 (0.063)
245D Web, front spar 2024PLT42 D57460597208 A150524E0183
209
1.6 (0.063)
250 Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460532200
down
250A Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460532202
down
(MSN04810788)
ASSY Dwg.: D57460500, D57460501, D57460571, D57460598, D57460599, D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1318
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

250B Bracket, hold BS−S145 D57460532204 A26406E0067


down
255 Web, front spar 2618PLT62 D57460506202
203
255A Web, front spar 2618PLT62 D57460506206 A20666J0320
207
255B Web, front spar 2618PLT8 D57460597202 A22409E0028
203
255C Web, front spar 2024PLT42 D57460597206 A35942E0164
207
1.6 (0.063)
255D Web, front spar 2024PLT42 D57460597210 A150524E0183
211
1.6 (0.063)
260 Angle 2618PLT62 1.4 (0.055)
(MSN00010017)
265 Buffer, inboard MIL−P−5431 D57460523200
201
265A Buffer, inboard 6.6 D57460523202
(MSN00200033) Nylatron 203
265B Buffer, inboard 6.6 D57460523204 A20544J0234
Nylatron
265C Buffer, inboard MIL−P−5431 D57460523206 A21811J0637
265D Buffer, inboard MIL−P−5431 D57460523208 A28420E0102
270 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410200 B20661J0319
275 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410202 B26406E0067
203
280 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365216 B20661J0319
285 Shim 2024PLT3 D57460365212 B20661J0319
290 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410204 B20661J0319
295 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460410201 B20661J0319
300 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460569200
(MSN00600788) 201
305 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460569202
(MSN00600788) 203
310 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460569201 A26406E0067
200 B26740E0074
315 Angle 2618PLT62 D57460569203 A26406E0067
202 B26740E0074
ASSY Dwg.: D57460501, D57460571, D57460599, D57460951

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1319
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

320 Tag, bonding 2024PLT42 D57460158204


325 Bush DTD197 D57460508200
330 Bush DTD197 D57460508202
335 Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460551200
201
335A Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460551202 A21345J0505
203
335B Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460551204 A22409E0028
205
335C Skin, top T/E 2024PLT42 D57460751200 A27579E0085
201
340 Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460555200
201
340A Edge, trailing 2024T3 D57460555202 A22323E0034
203
345 Honeycomb 1/8−50520−015 D57460550200
N−61 201
NIDA
345A Honeycomb 1/8−50520−015 D57460550202 A21345J0505
N−61 203
NIDA
345B Honeycomb 1/8−50520−015 D57460575202 A22409E0028
N−61 203
NIDA
345C Honeycomb 1/8−50520−015 D57460753200 A27579E0085
N−61 201
NIDA
350 Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460552200
201
350A Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460552202 A21345J0505
203
350B Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460752200 A27579E0085
201
1.6 (0.063)
350C Skin, bottom T/E 2024PLT42 D57460752202 A35942E0164
203
1.6 (0.063)
355 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460553200 B27579E0085
SMS0003/111 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460501, D57460525, D57460550, D57460575, D57460750

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1320
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

360 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460553202 B27579E0085


SMS0003/111 203
365 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460553204 B27579E0085
SMS0003/111 205
370 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460553206 B27579E0085
SMS0003/111 207
375 Spar, rear F161−37−7781 D57460755200 A27579E0085
SMS0003/111 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57460550, D57460750

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 MayPage01/1321
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Slat Tracks 11 and 12


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 AugPage01/1022
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Track 11 DTD5212 D57461111204


1A Track 11 DTD5212 D57461111206 A23957E0040
1B Track 11 DTD5212 D57461511202 A26542E0060
5 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036218 B23957E0040
219
10 Block, filler PA6−6PERLP410 D57461037218 B23957E0040
T11 219
15 Bush BS−S80 D57461012202
20 Bush BS−S80 D57461012214
25 Bush BS−S80 D57461012216
30 Track 12 DTD5212 D57461121202
30A Track 12 DTD5212 D57461121204 A23957E0040
30B Track 12 DTD5212 D57461521202 A26542E0060
35 Angle Z10CNT18−11HY D57461036220 B23957E0040
221
40 Block, filler PA6−6PERLP410 D57461037220 B23957E0040
T12 221
ASSY Dwg.: D57461111, D57461121, D57461311, D57461312

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Pages 23/24
Aug 01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 5 − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

There is no General Allowable Damage specified in this topic. In case of


any damage, refer to SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101.
If no allowable damage is given in SRM Chapter 57−40−00, Page Block 101,
contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SLAT 5 − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the Slat
5 structure.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For the detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE SLAT 5 − REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


(REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 27−84−67, PAGE BLOCK 401).

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT METAL.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of the Chamfered Edges at the 57−40−00 Page
Leading Edge (Repair 1 − Active, Repair Block 201, 202 −
2 − DELETED) Paragraph 5.B.
57−40−00 Page
Repair of the Chamfered Edges away from
Block 201, 203 −
the Leading Edge
Paragraph 5.C.
Repair of the Nose Area of the Top 57−40−00 Page
Skin above the ribs and between the Block 201, 207 −
ribs for Slats 1 thru 5 Paragraph 5.G.
Repair of Corrosion (with Aluminum In
57−40−00 Page
serts) at the Chamfered Edges of Slat
Block 201, 208 −
2 (Outboard Edge only) and Slats 3, 4
Paragraph 5.H.
and Slat 5 (Inboard Edge only)
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Repair of Corrosion (with Corrosion Re
sistant Steel Inserts) at the Chamfered 57−40−00 Page
Edges of Slat 2 (Outboard Edge only) Block 201, 209 −
and Slats 3, 4 and Slat 5 (Inboard Paragraph 5.I.
Edge only)
Top Skin of Slats 1 thru 5. Permanent 57−40−00 Page
and Temporary filler Repairs for dents Block 201, 223, 224 −
given in the allowable damage limits Paragraph 5.W.
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush in
57−40−00 Page
sert repair to the Top and Nose Skins
Block 201, 225 −
between the ribs and above the upper
Paragraph 5.X.
girder
Slats 3, 4 and 5. Standard flush in
57−40−00 Page
sert repair to the Top and Nose Skins
Block 201, 226 −
above the ribs and above the upper
Paragraph 5.Y.
girder
Top Skin and Trailing Edge Skin on 57−40−00 Page
Slats 1 thru 5 − Alternative Dent Block 201, 227 −
Filler Repair with Aluminum Tape Paragraph 5.Z.
57−40−00 Page
Slat 5 − Repair of Broken Anti−Rotation Block 201, 243 thru

on the Lower Lug of Track Rib 11 Paragraph 245
5.AE.
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Local Dressing−out of
Damaged Skin for Nose Re
pairs above the Inboard 5.A. 201 A −
and Outboard End Ribs −
Limits and Conditions
Top Skin Repair (Nose In
cluded) above the Inboard 5.B. 202 A −
End Rib
Top Skin Repair (Nose In
cluded) above the Outboard 5.C. 203 A −
End Rib
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Slat 5 Structure − Repairs
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

A. Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard
and Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions

Refer to Figure 201 (Sheet 1) for the areas detailed in this repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Restrictions

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The limits and conditions for local dressing−out of damaged skin for
nose repairs above the inboard and outboard end ribs can only be
performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460500 000 thru 007
D57460577 000 thru 003
D57460598 000 thru 011
D57460950 000 thru 005
Nose Skin Repair above Inboard and Outboard End Ribs Limits and Conditions −
Repair Restrictions
Table 204
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002


− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
(3) Repair General
(a) This repair scheme identifies the limits and conditions applied
when carrying out standard nose skin repairs above inboard and
outboard end ribs.

The conditions for locally dressing−out the damaged skin around


the edges of a repair cut−out are detailed in Figure 201.
(b) Apply protective treatment where necessary to the straightened
edges after rework, refer to Chapter 51−23−11, Table 5 (External
Paint Scheme).

NOTE: If unsealed CAA cannot be applied, use chemical conversion


coating (CML No. 13−002) for painted areas and chemical
conversion coating (CML No. 13−003) for unpainted areas.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 201 (sheet 1)
Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Local Dressing−out of Damaged Skin for Nose Repairs above the Inboard and
Outboard End Ribs − Limits and Conditions
Figure 201 (sheet 2)
Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
B. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 205.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the inboard end rib.

The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 202).

The repair of top skin (nose included) above the inboard end rib can
only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460500 000 thru 007
D57460577 000 thru 003
D57460598 000 thru 011
D57460950 000 thru 005
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Inboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 206

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert 1 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
6 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
7 Backing Plate A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
8 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
9 Reinforcing Plate A/R 7075 T6 Clad or Unclad, minimum
2.5 mm (0.100 in) thick, 21 mm
(0.827 in) width, length TBD in
situ − alternative material 7475
T761 Clad or Unclad, 7075 T73
or T73511
10 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (see notes 1 and 2)
11 and Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
12
13 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, High Temperature A/R CML No. 09−012G
Silicone
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B


(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 202 (Sheet 11).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).
NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 201, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 202 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 9
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: After modification 31696E0159 and 31696E0160, the finger


strip is integrated into the lower girder.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).
NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 8) fitted between skin and backing
plates (Items 2 thru 6) to avoid moisture ingress.

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 202 (Sheets 2 thru 9).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin
flange.

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(m)2a thru 5.B.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−012G or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 10 thru 12) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.B.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.B.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of skin insert (Item 1), backing plate (Item 7) and on
the internal skin flange.

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal face of the backing plate (Item 7).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov213/214
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov215/216
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov217/218
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov219/220
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov221/222
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov223/224
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov225/226
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov227/228
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov229/230
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov231/232
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Inboard End Rib


Figure 202 (sheet 11)

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
C. Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib

This repair is valid for the weight variants given in Table 207.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
012 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
<1> Weight variant 012 also includes aircraft after modification
151093P11821 (A320−200 VIP Layout at 41 000 Ft).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

This repair scheme is applicable to the top skin (nose included)


above the outboard end rib.

The repair area is divided into repair zones. Each repair zone has
an independent type of repair (refer to Figure 203).

The repair of top skin (nose included) above the outboard end rib
can only be performed on the following general assemblies:

GENERAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER PART NUMBER


D57460500 000 thru 007
D57460577 000 thru 003
D57460598 000 thru 011
D57460950 000 thru 005
Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above the Outboard End Rib − Repair Restric
tions
Table 208

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Skin Insert A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071


in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
2 thru Backing Plates A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.8 mm (0.071
6 in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 T3 or
T42 (Clad or Unclad)
7 Backing Plate A/R 2024 Clad T42, 1.0 mm (0.040
in) thick, size TBD in situ −
alternative material 2024 Clad
T3
8 Sealing Plate A/R Aluminum/MIL−S−22499, 0.1 mm
(0.004 in) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
thick, size TBD in situ − al
ternative material 2024 T3 or
T42
9 Reinforcing Plate A/R 7075 T6 Clad or Unclad, minimum
2.5 mm (0.100 in) thick, 21 mm
(0.827 in) width, length TBD in
situ − alternative material 7475
T761 Clad or Unclad, 7075 T73
or T73511
10 Blind Rivet A/R A286 Cres (see notes 1 and 2)
11 and Solid Rivets A/R Aluminum (see note 1)
12
13 Seal Screw A/R A longer grip can be used as
necessary
− Varnish A/R CML No. 07−018
− Bonding Primer A/R CML No. 08−055
− Interfay Sealant A/R CML No. 09−005C
− Sealant, High Temperature A/R CML No. 09−012G
Silicone
− Sealant, Brush Consistency A/R CML No. 09−013
− Sealant, Fillet Consistency A/R CML No. 09−016
− Sealant, Fuel Tank Quick A/R CML No. 09−058B
Repair
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−002
− Chemical Conversion Coating A/R CML No. 13−003
− Polyurethane primer A/R CML No. 16−001

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Anti Corrosion Primer A/R CML No. 16−006B


(Epoxy − Improved Adhesion)
− Epoxide Primer, Improved A/R CML No. 16−006C
Adhesion
− Low VOC Anti Corrosion A/R CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E
Primer
− Polyurethane Finish Paint A/R CML No. 16−018
− Wash Primer A/R CML No. 16−020
− Low VOC External Top Coat A/R CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A
− Low VOC External Primer A/R CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A
− Unsealed Chromic Acid An A/R Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
odizing (CAA)
NOTE: 1. For the full range of alternative and oversize fastener part
numbers, see the fastener table in Figure 203 (Sheet 11).

NOTE: 2. Alternative fasteners reduce corrosion protection efficiency.


Use EN6127C0x−xxH as preferable part.

(3) Repair Instructions


(a) Do a damage evaluation before you repair the structure (refer to
Chapter 51−11−00).

(b) Carefully drill out the rivets from the positions affected by the
repair (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).
(c) Mark out the damaged area, noting the edge distance from the
rivet centers.

(d) Remove the damaged area of skin and make sure the edges of the
cut−out are smooth (refer to Chapter 51−27−00).
NOTE: After the dent damage has been removed, the edges of the
cut−out can be dressed flat, provided that the requirements
of Figure 201, Sheet 2 are complied with.

(e) Refer to Figure 203 and make the repair parts (Items 1 thru 9
inclusive) as applicable, to size, to suit the repair.

NOTE: After modification 31696E0159 and 31696E0160, the finger


strip is integrated into the lower girder.

(f) Assemble the repair parts and transfer drill through from exist
ing holes and gripper−pin the repair parts in position (refer to
Chapter 51−44−11).
NOTE: Sealing plate (Item 8) fitted between skin and backing
plates (Items 2 thru 6) to avoid moisture ingress.

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Mark out the new fastener positions, noting the minimum edge
distance and the minimum dimension between the fasteners as spe
cified in Figure 203 (Sheets 2 thru 9).

(h) Drill all the new fastener holes, pilot size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).

(i) Drill all the fastener holes, full size (refer to Chapter
51−44−11).
(j) Remove the repair parts and de−burr all holes and sharp edges.

(k) Clean all repair parts and repair area with solvent (CML No.
11−026).

(l) Make sure all the repair parts and cut edges of existing parts
and skin have the necessary protection. Use either protection
with low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(m) or protection without
low VOC, refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(n).

(m) Protective treatment with low VOC:

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the same areas (refer
to Chapter 51−23−11).
2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.
13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option (refer to Chapter
51−23−11).
If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) that contains chromates is
used and is yellow, for a colorless finish, do the following:

a Let the material warm to room temperature before the contain


er is opened.
b Stir the material fully to make sure that all the pigments
have gone out of view.

c Leave the material to settle for 30 to 35 minutes.

d Remove the upper part of the liquid and put it into a dif
ferent container. This is the colorless bonding primer (CML
No. 08−055) that must be used. If the bonding primer is not
for immediate use, store it in a refrigerator facility. At
room temperature this bonding primer must be used within 120
hours (5 days). After this period the primer must be dis
carded.

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006D or 16−006E) to the


external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin
flange.

(n) Protective treatment without low VOC (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,


Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E1, E2 and E4):

1 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−002) on the internal face of skin insert (Item 1), on all
faces of items 2 thru 9 and apply chemical conversion coating
(CML No. 13−002) on cut−out edges. Then apply anti corrosion
primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer (16−006C) to the
same areas.

2 Apply unsealed CAA or chemical conversion coating (CML No.


13−003) on the external face of skin insert (Item 1) and on
the internal skin flange. Then apply a layer of bonding primer
(CML No. 08−055) as an extra option. For a colorless bonding
primer refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(m)2a thru 5.C.(3)(m)2d.

3 Apply anti corrosion primer (CML No. 16−006B) or epoxide primer


(16−006C) and wash primer (CML No. 16−020) to the external face
of skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

(o) Remove all swarf from the slat interior.

(p) Assemble the repair parts with sealant (CML No. 09−012G or
09−058B) or equivalent.

(q) Wet install the fasteners (Items 10 thru 12) with sealant (CML
No. 09−013 or 09−005C) or equivalent (refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(r) Fill the gap between the skin insert (Item 1) and the edge of
the remaining skin with sealant (CML No. 09−016 or 09−005C) or
equivalent.

(s) Remove surplus sealant.

(t) For a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph 5.C.(3)(u)
and without a low VOC external paint finish refer to Paragraph
5.C.(3)(v).

(u) Low VOC external paint finish:

1 Apply external primer (CML No. 16−060 or 16−060A) and then ex
ternal top coat (CML No. 16−059 or 16−059A) on the external
face of skin insert (Item 1), backing plate (Item 7) and on
the internal skin flange.

(v) Without low VOC external paint finish (refer to Chapter 51−23−11,
Figure 2 and Table 5, areas E2 and E4):

1 Apply polyurethane primer (CML No. 16−001) and then polyure


thane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Apply polyurethane finish paint (CML No. 16−018) on the exter


nal face of backing plate (Item 7).
(w) If bonding primer (CML No. 08−055) has not been used, apply a
thin layer of varnish (CML No. 07−018) to the external face of
skin insert (Item 1) and on the internal skin flange.

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 1)

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−46−21 Nov 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov241/242
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov243/244
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov245/246
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov247/248
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov249/250
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov251/252
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov253/254
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov255/256
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 10)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov257/258
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top Skin Repair (Nose Included) above Outboard End Rib


Figure 203 (sheet 11)

Printed in Germany
57−46−21 PagesNov259/260
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGES AND TRAILING EDGE DEVICES

1. Modification/Service Bulletin List

This list shows the modifications and the MSN per Standard (STD) of the
aircraft which have these modifications. Modifications with the same number,
but with a different suffix letter, show a different effectivity, refer to
column ’S’.

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20139 J 0016 A320 0045−0051, 0056−0058, 0074−0075,


0079−0080, 0089−0090, 0095−0097,
0163−0164, 0168−0169, 0179, 0193,
0396, 0398, 0416, 0423, 0431−0432,
0451, 0469, 0486, 0490, 0492, 0499
20167 J 0030 A320 0022−9999
20167 J 0057 A320 0022−9999
20265 J 0080 A320 0003−0004, 0022−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
20329 J 0094 A320 0033−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20403 J 0160 A320 0044−9999 (included in 21999P2000)
20463 J 0190 A320 0002−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20581 J 0242 A320 0044−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20604 J 0250 A320 0002−0004, 0043−9999
20609 J 0261 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20609 J 0261 A A320 0060−0219
20632 J 0275 A320 0076−0363
20661 J 0319 A320 0021, 0060−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
20666 J 0320 A320 0003, 0076−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
20666 J 0332 A320 0076−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20672 J 0321 A320 0003, 0092−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
20712 J 0291 A320 0002−0004, 0037, 0044−0363 (included
in 21999P2000)
20772 J 0296 A320 0048−0363 (included in 21999P2000)

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 AugPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20804 J 0343 A320 0022, 0078, 0083−0088, 0093−0094,


0100−0112, 0115−0162, 0167,
0170−0177, 0181−0192, 0195−0197,
0199−0224, 0226−0229, 0231−0237,
0239−0242, 0244−0246, 0248,
0253−0255, 0258, 0262−0270,
0272−0274, 0277−0279, 0281−0290,
0293−0294, 0297−0303, 0305−0307,
0309−0313, 0318−0319, 0323−0325,
0328−0331, 0333, 0337, 0339−0343,
0345−0346, 0348−0350, 0352,
0355−0356, 0358−0360, 0365, 0367,
0370−0372, 0375, 0377−0384,
0387−0392, 0395, 0397, 0399−0404,
0407−0410, 0413, 0417−0422,
0426−0427, 0436, 0438, 0445−0446,
0459, 0466, 0481−0482, 0485−0491,
0497, 0501, 0507, 0511, 0525, 0528,
0531, 0533−0534, 0536−0537,
0542−0543, 0545, 0547−0549,
0553−0554, 0559, 0562, 0566, 0569,
0574, 0577, 0579, 0582, 0585, 0596,
0603
20923 J 0384 A320 0002−0004, 0015−0018, 0020−0021,
0032−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
20979 J 0405 A320 0002, 0060−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
21024 J 0404 A320 0060−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21045 J 0416 A320 0076−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21345 J 0586 A320 0220−0367
21405 J 0514 A320 0131−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21571 J 0548 A320 0320−0363
21664 J 0589 A320 0165−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21707 K 1813 A320 0284−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21809 J 0602 A320 0144−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21811 J 0637 A320 0220−0363 (included in 21999P2000)
21999 P 2000 A320 0365−9999
22024 J 0687 A320 0250−0363 (included in 21999P2000
22275 J 0737 A320 0316−9999
22490 J 0790 A320 0360−9999
22499 J 0793 A320 0363−9999
22574 J 0561 A320 0215−0363 (included in 21999P2000)

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 AugPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

22608 J 0815 A320 0059, 0068, 0073, 0084, 0122, 0126, 57−1063
0127, 0141, 0149−0150, 0154, 0159,
0183, 0233, 0242−0243, 0248−0251,
0253−0255, 0265, 0277, 0290,
0310−0311, 0324, 0330, 0332−0619,
0635, 0799−9999
22625 J 0825 A320 0427−9999
22680 J 0855 A320 0237, 0242−0363 (included in
21999P2000)
22775 J 0805 A320 0382−9999
23012 J 0856 A320 0368−0501
23049 J 0892 A320 0496−9999
23169 J 0791 A320 0454−9999
23192 J 0984 A320 0258
23197 J 0939 A320 0442−9999
24015 J 1145 A320 0489−9999
24283 K 3645 A320 0596−9999
24418 J 1277 A320 0028, 0035, 0037, 0038, 0046−0051, 57−1079
0056−0059, 0061−0063, 0075, 0089,
0090, 0095−0097, 0100−0102,
0126−0129, 0131−0133, 0141, 0149,
0150, 0154, 0159, 0174, 0175,
0180−0183, 0185−0188, 0191, 0195,
0203, 0210, 0220−0222, 0226−0228,
0231, 0232, 0234, 0235, 0242, 0243,
0248−0251, 0253−0256, 0265, 0277,
0283−0287, 0290, 0295, 0302, 0305,
0309−0311, 0313, 0316, 0324, 0325,
0330, 0333−0335, 0341, 0342, 0344,
0345, 0348, 0350, 0375, 0378, 0384,
0395, 0396, 0398, 0403, 0404, 0407,
0416, 0419, 0421, 0423, 0426, 0431,
0432, 0438, 0440, 0445, 0448, 0453,
0459−0461, 0466, 0469, 0481, 0486,
0490, 0492, 0497, 0499, 0503, 0504,
0506−0508, 0510−0512, 0523−0619,
0635, 0799−9999
24418 J 1277 A A320 0503−9999

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 AugPage 3
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

24659 J 1352 A320 0002, 0005, 0007, 0014, 0019−0021, 57−1083


0028, 0035, 0037, 0038, 0043,
0061−0063, 0100−0102, 0128, 0129,
0131−0133, 0138, 0139, 0148, 0151,
0167, 0170, 0180, 0186−0188, 0196,
0203, 0212, 0219−0222, 0226−0228,
0243, 0245, 0249−0251, 0256,
0285−0287, 0295, 0300, 0316, 0328,
0334, 0335, 0348, 0365, 0383, 0413,
0440, 0448, 0453, 0460, 0461, 0482,
0501, 0507, 0531, 0534, 0549, 0554,
0556−9999
25147 J 1441 A320 0603−9999
25149 J 1449 A320 0568−0571, 0573−9999
25230 J 1445 A320 0602, 0605−9999
25361 J 1501 A320 0596, 0601, 0603, 0605, 0607−0613,
0615−0169, 0622−0630, 0632,
0635−0640, 0643−0650, 0653−0655,
0657−0662, 0665, 0667, 0669−0673,
0676, 0678, 0681−0683, 0685, 0696,
0698, 0701−0714, 0716−0722, 0724,
0726, 0732−9999
25595 J 1553 A320 0002, 0005, 0007, 0014, 0019−0021, 57−1097
0028, 0035, 0037, 0038, 0061−0063,
0100−0102, 0128, 0129, 0131−0134,
0136, 0138, 0139, 0143, 0146, 0148,
0151, 0158, 0167, 0170, 0173, 0176,
0177, 0180−0182, 0186−0188, 0195,
0196, 0199, 0203, 0207, 0212, 0219,
0220, 0223, 0224, 0226−0228, 0240,
0241, 0245, 0246, 0256, 0264, 0266,
0270, 0271, 0274, 0278, 0285−0287,
0291, 0292, 0295, 0300, 0303, 0308,
0312, 0314, 0316, 0323, 0327, 0328,
0332, 0336, 0344, 0347, 0356, 0365,
0369, 0374, 0383, 0406, 0413, 0441,
0478, 0482, 0501, 0507, 0531, 0534,
0549, 0554, 0658−9999

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 AugPage 4
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

25694 J 1583 A320 0002, 0005, 0007, 0010, 0013, 0014, 57−1099
0028, 0035, 0037, 0038, 0072, 0078,
0083, 0086, 0093, 0094, 0102, 0104,
0108, 0115, 0128−0134, 0136, 0138,
0139, 0143−0148, 0151, 0155, 0156,
0158, 0161, 0167, 0170, 0173−0177,
0180−0182, 0184, 0186−0188, 0195,
0196, 0199, 0201−0204, 0207,
0210−0212, 0214−0220, 0223, 0224,
0226−0228, 0231, 0232, 0236, 0237,
0239−0241, 0244−0246, 0264,
0266−0268, 0270, 0274, 0283−0287,
0295, 0300, 0303, 0305, 0309, 0312,
0323, 0325, 0328, 0332, 0345, 0356,
0365, 0369, 0375, 0383, 0393, 0394,
0403, 0404, 0413−0415, 0419, 0421,
0422, 0430, 0441, 0443, 0445, 0447,
0459, 0466, 0481, 0482, 0491, 0497,
0501, 0507, 0527, 0528, 0530, 0531,
0534, 0536, 0537, 0540, 0542, 0543,
0549, 0551, 0554, 0556, 0624, 0626,
0628, 0630−9999
26173 J 1636 A320 0756−9999
26352 J 1712 A320 0661−9999
26405 J 1727 A320 0789−9999
26562 J 1658 A320 0950−9999
26563 J 1663 A320 0836, 0838−1320, 1323, 1326−1330,
1332, 1335, 1337, 1339, 1341, 1344,
1346, 1348, 1350, 1353, 1360, 1363,
1365−1369, 1378, 1380−1386,
1396−9999
26570 J 1769 A320 0925−1320, 1323, 1326, 1328, 1330,
1332, 1335, 1337, 1339, 1341, 1344,
1346, 1348, 1350, 1353, 1360, 1363,
1365, 1367, 1369, 1378, 1380, 1382,
1385, 1386, 1396, 1398, 1400,
1403−9999
26570 J 1774 A320 0925−9999
26578 K 4920 A320 0735−9999
26912 J 1827 A320 0973−9999
26925 P 4576 A320 2189−9999
27953 J 1829 A320 1083−9999
28490 J 2062 A320 1070−9999

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 AugPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

29993 J 2484 A320 0220−9999


30649 J 2156 A320 1553−9999
30881 J 2166 A320 1430−9999 57−1114
31145 J 2207 A320 1532−9999
31601 K 7402 A320 2001, 2006−2049, 2056−9999
31609 J 2196 A320 1847, 1852, 1857−9999
32241 J 2331 A320 1771, 2282, 2513, 2904
32266 J 2276 A320 2070−9999
32408 J 2268 A320 2009−9999
32649 J 2349 A320 2106−9999
32881 J 2383 A320 2187−9999
33372 J 2479 A320 2292−9999
33438 K 8402 A320 2322−9999
33513 J 2373 A320 2374−9999
33988 J 2518 A320 2178−9999
34038 J 2472 A320 2139,2142−9999
34111 J 2421 A320 2374−9999
34320 J 2574 A320 2374−9999
34430 J 2470 A320 2374−9999
34659 J 2409 A320 1486, 1518, 1580, 1593, 1628 57−1132
34661 J 2451 A320 2665−9999
34880 J 2380 A320 2509−9999
38580 J 2875 A320 3568−9999
38749 J 2931 A320 3516−9999
39108 J 2942 A320 3701−9999
38598 J 2902 A320 3568−9999
39865 J 2985 A320 4188−9999
150222 J 3038 A320 4397−9999
150445 J 3058 A320 4397−9999
150463 J 3083 A320 4397−9999
151172 J 3117 A320 4564−9999
151573 J 3220 A320 4453−9999
151604 J 3137 A320 4564−9999
153271 J 3418 A320 5246−9999
153791 J 3298 A320 5583,5586,5590,5592,5595,5597,5599,56
01,5605,5607,5612,5615−9999
154125 J 3227 A320 5518,5521,5522,5525,5527,5531,5533,55
37,5540,5542,5548,5552−9999
154289 J 3612 A320 5858,5861−9999
154290 J 3653 A320 5098,5182,5255,5281,5302,5307,5312,53
18,5323−9999

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 AugPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

154290 J 3698 A320


5342,5349,5355,5361,5365,5390,5395,54
01,5408,5411,5417,5423,5425,5428,5430
,5433,5437,5440−5443,5446,5452−5455,5
458,5460,5461,5463,5466,5468,5472−547
4,5476,5477,5479,5480,5482−5484,5486−
5489,5491−5494,5496−5499,5501−5503,55
05−5508,5510−5512,5514−5518,5520−5522
,5524−5527,5530−5533,5536,5537,5539−5
542,5544,5547−5548,5550−5554,5556−555
7,5559−5562,5564−5566,5568,5570−5572,
5574,5576−5581,5583,5585−5587,5589−55
93,5595−5602,5604−5605,5607,5608,5610
−5622,5624−5632,5634,5635,5637−5643,5
645−5646,5648,5649,5651−5654,5656−565
8,5660−5662,5664−5666,5668,5669,5671−
5673,5675−5677,5679,5680,5682,5683,56
85−5688,5690−5695,5697,5701−5703,5706
−5708,5710−5714,5716−5719,5721−5727,5
729−5732,5734,5735,5737−5742,5744,574
6,5748−5750,5752,5754,5756−5757,5759−
5760,5762,5764,5766,5769,5771−5773,57
75−5778,5780,5782,5784−5785,5791,5793
,5794,5796,5797,5799,5801,5802,5804−5
807,5809,5811−5819,5821−5824,5828−583
3,5835,5837,5839−5841,5844−5848,5850−
5853,5856,5857−9999
156232 J 3666 A320 6485−9999
160001 J 3282 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437,544
0−5443,5446,5452,5455,5458,5460,5461,
5463,5466,5468,5472−9999
160077 J 3717 A320 5557,5560,5571,5574,5577,5580,5583,55
86,5589,5590,5592,5595,5597,5599,5601
−9999
160004 J 3252 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53
07,5312,5313,5318,5323,5342,5349,5355
,5361,5365,5390,5395,5401,5408,5411,5
417,5423,5425,5428,5430,5433,5437−544
6,5452−5468,5472−9999

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 NovPage 7
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 5098,5148,5182,5217,5255,5281,5302,53


07,5312,5318,5323,5349,5355,5361,5390
,5395,5417,5423,5428,5437,5442,5452,5
458,5460,5463,5468,5472−5473,5476,547
7,5487,5492,5496−5498,5502,5505,5507,
5510,5515−5518,5522,5525,5526,5530,55
32,5533,5537,5539,5542,5547,5548,5552
,5554,5557,5559,5566,5576,5577,5581,5
583,5586,5587,5591−5593,5595,5596,559
8,5599,5601,5604,5607,5608,5612,5613,
5615−5622,5624,5627−5629,5631,5632,56
35,5638,5641−5643,5646,5648,5649,5651
−5654,5657,5658,5660,5661,5665,5666,5
668,5669,5672,5673,5675−5677,5682,568
3,5685−5688,5691,5694,5695,5697,5701−
5703,5706−5708,5710−5712,5714,5716−57
19,5721,5723,5725−5727,5732,5734,5735
,5738,5739,574,5742,5744,5746,5748,57
49,5752,5754,5757,5759,5762,5764,5769
,5772,5773,5775−5778,5780,5782,5785,5
791,5793,5796,5801,5802,5804−5807,580
9,5811−5814,5816,5818,5819,5821−5824,
5828−5831,5835,5839−5841,5844−5848,58
50−5853,5857−5859,5861−5864,5866,5867
,5869−5871,5877−5880,5882,5883,5885,5
888,5889,5891−5894,5896−5898,5901−590
3,5905,5908,5911,5912,5914,5915,5917−
5918,5923−5929,5931,5933−5935,5937,59
40,5942,5943,5950−5952,5954,5957,5959
,5962,5964,5965,5967,5968,5970−5972,5
974,5977,5979,5981,5982,5984,5988−599
0,5992,5993,5995−5997,5999−6001,6003,
6006,6008,6010−6012,6014,6015,6017,60
18,6021−6023,6025,6026,6029,6030,6033
,6034,6036,6037,6039,6041,6043−6045,6
047,6048,6050,6051,6054,6055,6057,605
8,6060−6062,6064−6066,6069,6071−6073,
6075−6082,6084,6086,6088,6090,6092,60
93,6095,6096,6098,6102,6103,6105,6106
,6109−6113,6115,6117,6118,6120,6123,6
125,6127,6128,6131,6134,6135,6137,613
9−6142,6145,6149,6151,6153,6157,6158,
6161,6164,6166,6169−6171,6173

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 NovPage 8
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

160500 J 3283 A320 6176−6178,6180,6182−6184,6187,6188,61


92,6193,6195,6198,6202,6204,6206−6209
,6212,6213,6215−6218,6220,6223−6226,6
228,6229,6231,6234,6235,6237,6239,624
0,6242,6243,6246−6248,6251,6254,6257−
6260,6262,6265,6267,6270,6274,6275,62
78,6280−6284,6287−6289,6292,6293,6296
,6297,6300−6302,6304,6309,6311,6315,6
317,6318,6320−6323,6325,6327−6329,633
1−6333,6336,6338−6341,6343,6345,6347,
6348,6350,6352,6353,6355−6358,6360−63
62,6365,6367,6369−6370,6372−6375,6377
−6379,6381,6383,6386,6388,6392,6394,6
397,6400,6402,6403,6405,6408,6410−641
3,6416−6418,6421−6424,6426,6428,6430,
6431,6434,6436,6441,6442,6444−6447,64
49,6450,6452,6455,6457,6458,6460,6463
,6465−6467,6470,6471,6474,6476,6480,6
481,6483,6485−6487,6489,6492,6494,649
7,6498,6500,6502,6503,6505,6507,6509,
6510,6513,6516,6518,6521,6522,6524,65
25,6527−6529,6533,6535,6536,6538,6540
−6542,6544,6546,6547,6549,6550,6553,6
555,6557,6559,6561,6562,6564−6566,656
8,6570−6572,6576−6578,6580,6582−6584,
6586,6587,6589,6591,6594,6596−6598,66
04−6608,6614,6616,6619,6622,6624,6626
,6628,6631,6633−6637,6643,6646,6651,6
655,6661,6662,6665,6668,6669,6675,668
0,6681,6683,6686,6689,6690,6692,6706,
6708,6713,6715,6717,6739−9999

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 NovPage 9
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge and Trailing Edge Devices − General Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−50−00 NovPage01/1410
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE

1. Structural Arrangement

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

1 Skins and Plating Chapter 57−51−11


2 Trailing Edge Structure Complete Chapter 57−51−21
3 Attachment Fittings and Brackets Chapter 57−51−36
4 Ribs Chapter 57−51−12
5 Access Panels and Doors Chapter 57−51−37
6 Strips, Closing Plates and Seals Chapter 57−51−26
NOTE: Refer to SRM 57−50−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the Modi
fication/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−51−00 AugPage 1
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge - Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-51-00 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

1. Skins and Plating − Trailing Edge − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Overwing Panel (Before MSN0250) Figure 2
1 Overwing Panel (After MSN0250) Figure 3
2 Fixed Underwing Panel (2 Wheel Bogie) Figure 4
2 Fixed Underwing Panel − 4 Wheel Bogie Figure 5
(After Modification 20139J0016)
3 Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (Be Figure 6
fore Modification 26562J1658)
3 Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (Af Figure 7
ter Modification 26562J1658)
4 Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins Figure 8
(Before Modification 26563J1663)
4 Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins Figure 9
(After Modification 26563J1663 and Be
fore Modification 32881J2383)
4 Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins Figure 10
(After Modification 32881J2383)
5 Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bot Figure 11
tom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
6 Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Pan Figure 12
el between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Be
fore Modification 20329J0094)
6 Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Pan Figure 13
el between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (After
Modification 20329J0094)
6 Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Pan Figure 14
el between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (After
Modification 26173J1636)
6 Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Pan Figure 15
el between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (After
Modification 28490J2062)
7 Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 Figure 16
(Before Modification 20265J0080)
7 Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 Figure 17
(After Modification 20265J0080 and Be
fore Modification 160004J3252)
7 Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 Figure 18
(After Modification 160004J3252)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−50−00 Page Block 001, where you can find the

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 1
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 2
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 3
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (Before MSN0250)


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 4
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (Before MSN0250)


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 5
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (Before MSN0250)


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 6
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (Before MSN0250)


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 7
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel Composite D57540801000 PB201


001
1A Panel Composite D57540801002 PB201 A20167J0030
003
1B Panel Composite D57540801004 PB201 A22574J0561
005
5 Angle, top L165 D57540802204
205
1.6 (0.063)
10 Angle, top L165 D57540803204
205
1.6 (0.063)
15 Angle, top L165 D57540804204
205
1.6 (0.063)
20 Angle, bottom L165 D57540804202
203
1.6 (0.063)
20A Angle, bottom L165 D57540804208 A20139J0016
209
1.6 (0.063)
25 Capping L165 D57540804206
207
1.6 (0.063)
25A Capping L165 D57540804210 A20139J0016
211
1.6 (0.063)
30 Channel L165 D57540804200
201
1.6 (0.063)
35 Angle, bottom L165 D57540803202
203
1.6 (0.063)
40 Capping L165 D57540803206
207
1.6 (0.063)
45 Channel L165 D57540803208
209
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540800, D57540802, D57540803, D57540804

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 8
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Angle, bottom L165 D57540802202


203
1.6 (0.063)
55 Capping L165 D57540802206
207
1.6 (0.063)
55A Capping L165 D57540802210 A20167J0030
211
1.6 (0.063)
60 Channel L165 D57540802200
201
1.6 (0.063)
60A Channel L165 D57540802208 A20167J0030
209
1.6 (0.063)
65 Tube, distance BS6128−2 D57541345200
Type
PFCC21/22
−alternative ma BS6128
terial Part 8 Type
PFCC81
65A Tube, distance BS6128−2PFCC2 D57541345202 A20167J0030
1/22
−alternative ma BS6128 A20167J0030
terial Part 8 Type
PFCC81
70 Beam L164 D57540805200
201
1.2 (0.047)
75 Cleat L164 D57540814212
213
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L164 D57540814200
201
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L164 D57540814204
205
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L164 D57540814208
209
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540801, D57540802, D57540805

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage 9
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80 Cleat L164 D57540814214


215
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L164 D57540814202
203
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L164 D57540814206
207
1.2 (0.047)
−alternative L164 D57540814210
211
1.2 (0.047)
85 Beam L164 D57540805202
203
1.2 (0.047)
90 Beam, extruded BAEM4050 D57540813202
203
95 Cleat L164 D57540815202
1.2 (0.047)
100 Cleat L164 D57540815200
1.2 (0.047)
105 Beam, extruded BAEM4050 D57540813200
201
110 Packing L164 D57540816200
1.6 (0.063)
115 Beam L164 D57540805204
205
1.2 (0.047)
115A Beam L164 D57540805210 A20979J0405
211
1.6 (0.063)
120 Beam, extruded BAEM4050 D57540813206
207
125 Cleat L164 D57540815206
1.2 (0.047)
125A Cleat L164 D57540815208 A20979J0405
1.6 (0.063)
130 Cleat L164 D57540815204
1.2 (0.047)
135 Beam, extruded BAEM4050 D57540813204
ASSY Dwg.: D57540805

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1310
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140 Beam L164 D57540805206


207
1.2 (0.047)
145 Strap L164 D57540817200
1.6 (0.063)
145A Strap L164 D57540817204 A20979J0405
205
1.6 (0.063)
150 Plate L165 D57950180208
1 (0.039)
155 Plate L165 D57950180202
1 (0.039)
160 Plate L165 D57950180204
1 (0.039)
165 Plate L165 D57950180205
1 (0.039)
170 Plate L165 D57950180206
207
1 (0.039)
175 Plate L165 D57950180200
1 (0.039)
180 Strip BAEM1010 D57540825200
(J1478) 201
185 Strip BAEM1010 D57540825204
(J1478) 205
190 Strip BAEM1010 D57540825202
(J1478) 203
195 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540811202
200 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540811203
205 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540818206
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
210 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540806206
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
215 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540818208
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
ASSY Dwg.: D57540800, D57540805, D57540806, D57540811, D57540818, D57540825,
D57541800

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1311
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

220 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540806208


−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
225 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540818210
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
230 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540806210
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
235 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540810200
235A Bracket, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540810202 A20979J0405
240 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540810201
240A Bracket, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540810203 A20979J0405
245 Strip BAEM1010 D57540826202
(J1478) 203
250 Strip BAEM1010 D57540826204
(J1478)
255 Strip BAEM1010 D57540826200
(J1478)
260 Bracket L164 D57940037200
1.2 (0.047)
265 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540807202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
270 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540820202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
275 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540808202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
280 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540821202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
285 Link BAEM1213 D57540809200
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
ASSY Dwg.: D57540806, D57540807, D57540808, D57540809, D57540810, D57540818,
D57540820, D57540821, D57540826, D57541800

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1312
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

290 Clamp, bottom BAER0363 D29040034214


−alternative BAER1008 D29040034200
295 Clamp, top BAER0363 D29040034216
−alternative BAER1008 D29040034202
300 Bracket, brake L168 D29040094200
pipe 201
305 Bracket S02−0206−2 D29058818200
201
310 Angle L165 D29058818202
203
1.6 (0.063)
315 Reinforcing L165 D57540802212
320 Strap L164 D57540817202
1.6 (0.063)
325 Bracket, brake L168 D29040096200
pipe 201
325A Bracket, brake L168 D29053221200 A21045J0416
pipe 201
330 Packing L164 D57540816200
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D29040034, D29058818, D57540800, D57540802, D57540805

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1313
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1314
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1315
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1316
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1317
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1318
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1319
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1320
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1321
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel (After MSN 0250)


Figure 3 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1322
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel Composite D57540801006 PB201


007
1A Panel Composite D57540801010 PB201 A151172J3117
011
5 Beam, fwd J4346 D57541802200
202
5A Beam, fwd J4346 D57541802204 A23169J0791
206
10 Angle, top L165 D57540802204 B23169J0971
205
1.6(0.063)
15 Angle, bottom L165 D57540802202 B23169J0971
203
1.6(0.063)
20 Capping L165 D57540802206 B23169J0971
207
1.6(0.063)
25 Channel L165 D57540802200 B23169J0971
201
1.6(0.063)
30 Beam, mid J4346 D57541803200
202
30A Beam, mid J4346 D57541803204 A23169J0791
206
30B Beam, mid J4346 D57541803208 A26925P4576
210
30C Beam, mid J4346 D57541803212 A33372J2479
214
35 Angle, top L165 D57540803204 B23169J0971
205
1.6(0.063)
40 Angle, bottom L165 D57540803202 B23169J0971
203
1.6(0.063)
45 Capping L165 D57540803206 B23169J0971
207
1.6(0.063)
50 Channel L165 D57540803208 B23169J0971
209
1.6(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540800, D57540802, D57540803, D57541800, D57541803

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1323
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Beam, aft J4346 D57541804200


202
55A Beam, aft J4346 D57541804204 A23169J0791
206
55B Beam, aft J4346 D57541804208 A26925P4576
210
55C Beam, aft J4346 D57541804212 A33372J2479
214
60 Angle, top L165 D57540804204 B23169J0971
205
1.6(0.063)
65 Angle, bottom L165 D57540804208 B23169J0971
209
1.6(0.063)
70 Capping L165 D57540804210 B23169J0971
211
1.6(0.063)
75 Channel L165 D57540804200 B23169J0971
201
1.6(0.063)
80 Tube, distance BS6128−2PFCC2 D57541345202
1/22
−alternative ma BS6128
terial Part 8 Type
PFCC81
85 Beam L164 D57540805200
201
1.2(0.047)
85A Beam L164 D57540805254 A23169J0791
255
1.2(0.047)
85B Beam L164 D57540805262 A38580J2875
263
1.2(0.047)
90 Cleat L164 D57540814212 B38580J2875
213
1.2(0.047)
95 Cleat L164 D57540814214 B38580J2875
215
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540800, D57540801, D57540804, D57540805, D57541800, D57541804

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1324
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100 Beam L164 D57540805202


203
1.2(0.047)
100A Beam L164 D57540805256 A38580J2875
257
1.2(0.047)
105 Beam, extruded BAEM4050 D57540813202
203
105A Beam, extruded ABM2−2022 D57540813208 A38580J2875
209
110 Cleat L164 D57540815202
1.2(0.047)
115 Cleat L164 D57540815200
1.2(0.047)
120 Strap L164 D57540817202
1.6(0.063)
125 Beam, extruded BAEM4050 D57540813200
201
130 Packing L164 D57540816200
1.6(0.063)
135 Beam L164 D57540805204
205
1.2(0.047)
135A Beam L164 D57540805258 A38580J2875
259
1.2(0.047)
140 Cleat L164 D57540815206
1.2(0.047)
140A Cleat L164 D57540815212 A38580J2875
213
1.2(0.047)
145 Cleat L164 D57540815204
1.2(0.047)
150 Strap L164 D57540817204
1.6(0.063)
155 Beam, extruded BAEM4050 D57540813204
155A Beam, extruded ABM2−2022 D57540813210 A38580J2875
211
ASSY Dwg.: D57540800, D57540805

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1325
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

160 Beam L164 D57540805208


209
1.6(0.063)
160A Beam L164 D57540805252 A23169J0791
253
1.6(0.063)
160B Beam L164 D57540805260 A38580J2875
261
1.6(0.063)
165 Beam L164 D57540805210
211
1.6(0.063)
165A Beam L164 D57540805280 A38580J2875
281
1.6(0.063)
170 Plate, support L164 D57550179200 A23169J0791
201
2.5(0.098)
170A Plate, support L164 D57550179202 A25694J1583
203 A26352J1712
2.5(0.098)
175 Packer L164 D57550181200 A23169J0791
2.5(0.098)
180 Packer L164 D57550181202 A23169J0791
2.5(0.098)
185 Packer L164 D57550181204 A23169J0791
2.5(0.098)
190 Cleat L164 D57550180202 A23169J0791
203
1.2(0.047)
195 Cleat L164 D57550180200 A23169J0791
201
1.2(0.047)
200 Clamp, top BAER0363 D29040034216
−alternative S27−1008 D29040034202
200A Clamp ABR6−0123 D29040034218 A26925P4576
−alternative ABR6−1021 D29040034220 A26925P4576
205 Clamp, bottom BAER0363 D29040034214
−alternative S27−1008 D29040034200
ASSY Dwg.: D29040034, D57540800, D57540805, D57541800

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1326
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

205A Clamp ABR6−0123 D29040034218 A26925P4576


−alternative ABR6−1021 D29040034220 A26925P4576
210 Bracket, brake L168 D29040094200
pipe 201
210A Bracket, brake L168 D29040094204 A26925P4576
pipe 205
215 Strip J4178 D57540825200
201
220 Strip J4178 D57540825204
205
225 Strip J4178 D57540825202
203
230 Strip J4178 D57540826200
235 Strip J4178 D57540826204
240 Strip J4178 D57540826202
203
245 Plate L165 D57950180202
1(0.039)
250 Plate L165 D57950180206
207
1(0.039)
255 Plate L165 D57950180200
1(0.039)
260 Plate L165 D57950180204
1(0.039)
265 Plate L165 D57950180208
1(0.039)
270 Bracket L164 D57940037200
201
1.2(0.047)
275 Bracket, brake L168 D29053221200
pipe 201
280 Plate L165 D57541809200
285 Bracket, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540810202
285A Bracket, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540810206 A38598J2902
290 Bracket, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540810203
290A Bracket, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540810207 A38598J2902
295 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540811202
ASSY Dwg.: D57540800, D57540810, D57540811, D57540825, D57540826, D57541800,
D57541802

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1327
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

300 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540811203


305 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540806206
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
310 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540818206
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
315 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540806208
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
320 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540818208
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
325 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540806210
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
330 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540818210
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
335 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540808202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
340 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540821202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
345 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540807202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
350 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540820202
−alternative ma DTD5130A−T736
terial 51
355 Block, cover L97 D57250974202 A20632J0275
203
355A Block, cover L97 D57250974204 A25147J1441
205
355B Block, cover ABM1−2007 D57250974206 A26352J1712
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57540806, D57540807, D57540808, D57540811, D57540818, D57540820,
D57540821, D57541252

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1328
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

360 Block ABM1−1005 D57558528202 A25694J1583


203 ASB57−1099
365 Plate ABM1−7018 D57558528200 A25694J1583
201 ASB57−1099
365A Plate ABM1−7018 D57558528204 A25694J1583
205 ASB57−1099
370 Packer L164 D57550012200
1.6(0.063)
375 Plate, cover L109 D57550233200
380 Plate, cover L109 D57550235200
385 Plate, cover L109 D57550234200
390 Packer L109 D57550236202
1.6(0.063)
395 Packer L109 D57550236200
1.6(0.063)
400 Packer L109 D57550236204
1.6(0.063)
405 Packer L109 D57550236210
1.6(0.063)
410 Packer L109 D57550236208
1.6(0.063)
415 Packer L109 D57550238206
1.6(0.063)
420 Packer L109 D57550238208
1.6(0.063)
425 Cleat L164 D57540814216 A38580J2875
217
1.2(0.047)
430 Cleat L164 D57540814218 A38580J2875
219
1.2(0.047)
435 Cleat L164 D57540814220 A38580J2875
221
1.2(0.047)
440 Cleat L164 D57540814222 A38580J2875
223
1.2(0.047)
445 Cleat L164 D57540815210 A38580J2875
211
1.2(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540801, D57540805, D57550237, D57550238, D57550239, D57558528

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1329
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

450 Cleat L164 D57540815208


1.6(0.047)
455 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D5754081234 A151172J3117
235
460 Core, honeycomb S27−1007 D5754081224 A151172J3117
225
ASSY Dwg.: D57540801, D57540805

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1330
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel (2 Wheel Bogie)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1331
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel (2 Wheel Bogie)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1332
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel (2 Wheel Bogie)


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1333
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel (2 Wheel Bogie)


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1334
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel (2 Wheel Bogie)


Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1335
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, underwing Composite D57541315002 PB201


003
−adaptation Composite D57548538000 PB201
001
5 Fitting, support BAEM1213 D57540455200
201
−alternative ma DTD5130A
terial
10 Plate, seal L109 D57541258202
203
0.8(0.032)
−alternative ma L164
terial
15 Seal BAER0584 D57541284200
(J4253)
20 Angle, seal re L109 D57541258200
tainer 201
1 (0.039)
−alternative ma L164
terial
25 Rod, assembly SARMA−No− D57540850222
TDF27309
ASSY Dwg.: D57541316

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1336
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel − 4 Wheel Bogie (After Modification 20139J0016)


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1337
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel − 4 Wheel Bogie (After Modification 20139J0016)


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1338
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel − 4 Wheel Bogie (After Modification 20139J0016)


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1339
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel − 4 Wheel Bogie (After Modification 20139J0016)


Figure 5 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1340
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, underwing Composite D57541323000 PB201


001
5 Fitting, support BAEM1213 D57540455200
201
−alternative ma DTD5130A
terial
10 Plate, seal L109 D57541353202
203
0.8 (0.032)
−alternative ma L164
terial
15 Seal J4253 D57541352200
20 Angle, seal re L109 D57541353200
tainer 201
1 (0.039)
−alternative ma L164
terial
25 Rod, assembly SARMA−No− D57540850222
TDF27309
ASSY Dwg.: D57541329

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1341
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (Before Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1342
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (Before Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1343
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (Before Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 6 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1344
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, top L165 D57541278200


201
1.6 (0.063)
1A Skin, top L165 D57550068200 A21571J0548
201
1.6 (0.063)
5 Skin, bottom L165 D57540264200
201
5A Skin, bottom L165 D57550069200 A21571J0548
201
10 Member, edge L165 D57540271200
201
1.6 (0.063)
10A Member, edge L165 D57550097200 A21571J0548
201
2 (0.079)
15 Block, filler L168 D57540274200
201
20 Strip, rubbing TA2 D57540275200
2 (0.079)
20A Strip, rubbing TA2 D57550096200 A21571J0548
2 (0.079)
−alternative TA2 D57540275200 A21571J0548
2 (0.079)
25 Rib, closing L164 D57541233200
201
1 (0.039)
25A Rib, closing L164 D57550085200 A21571J0548
201
1 (0.039)
30 Member, edge L165 D57540271202
203
1 (0.047)
30A Angle, lower L165 D57550098200 A21571J0548
rear 201
2 (0.079)
35 Cleat, trailing L165 D57541234200
edge 201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225, D57540270, D57541231, D57550060, D57550080, D57550083

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1345
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

40 Bracket, welded L59 D57540276004


assembly 005
−alternative L59 D57540276000
001
45 Block, filler L168 D57540274202
203
50 Rib, closing L164 D57541233202
203
1 (0.039)
50A Rib, closing L164 D57550085202 A21571J0548
203
1 (0.039)
55 Cleat, trailing L165 D57541234202
edge 203
1.6 (0.063)
60 Bracket, welded L59 D57540276006
assembly 007
−alternative L59 D57540276002
003
65 Skin, top L165 D57540272200
201
1.6 (0.063)
65A Skin, top L165 D57550081200 A21571J0548
201
1.6 (0.063)
70 Bracket, attach BAEM0135 D57540277200
ment (J4250) 201
70A Bracket, attach BAEM0135 D57550077200 A21571J0548
ment (J4476) 201
−alternative BAEM1213 D57550077202 A21571J0548
203
75 Skin, bottom L165 D57540273200
201
1.6 (0.063)
75A Skin, bottom L165 D57550082200 A21571J0548
201
1.6 (0.063)
80 Core, honeycomb 5052/F40−0025 D57541231200
HEXCELL 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540270, D57541231, D57550080, D57550083

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1346
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80A Core, honeycomb 5052/F40−0025 D57550083200 A21571J0548


HEXCELL 201
85 Block, trailing BAEM1213 D57541265200
edge
−alternative ma DTD5130
terial
−alternative ma BAEM4050
terial
85A Block, trailing BAEM1213 D57550083202 A21571J0548
edge
90 Seal BAER1004 D57541486200
(J4181)
95 Retainer L164 D57541485200
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540270, D57541231, D57550083

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1347
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1348
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1349
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 7 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1350
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, top L165 D57555661204


205
1.6(0.063)
1A Skin, top L165 D57555661206 A31609J2196
207
1.6(0.063)
5 Reinforcing, L165 D57555681206
skin 1.6(0.063)
10 Skin, bottom L165 D57555662202
203
2(0.079)
15 Strip, rubbing S524 D57555695204
2(0.079)
20 Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690222
223
20A Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690232 A31609J2196
233
25 Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690220
221
25A Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690230 A31609J2196
231
30 Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690218
219
30A Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690228 A319609J2196
229
35 Skin, sloping L165 D57555690212
diaphragm 213
1.6(0.063)
40 Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690216
217
40A Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690226 A31609J2196
227
45 Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690214
215
45A Wedge ABM3−1029 D57555690224 A319609J2196
225
50 Block, trailing L165 D57555685200
edge 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57555660, D57555690

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1351
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Reinforcing, L165 D57555681208


skin 209
1.6(0.063)
60 Stiffener, bot L165 D57555683200
tom skin 201
1.2(0.047)
65 Stiffener, bot L165 D57555683202
tom skin 203
1.2(0.047)
70 Stiffener, bot L165 D57555683204
tom skin 205
1.2(0.047)
75 Stiffener, bot L165 D57555683206
tom skin 207
1.2(0.047)
80 Stiffener, bot L165 D57555683208
tom skin 209
1.2(0.047)
85 Packer L167 D57555655200
85A Packer L167 D57555655202 A319609J2196
90 Reinforcing, L165 D57555682208
skin 209
1.6(0.063)
90A Reinforcing, L165 D57555682210 A319609J2196
skin 1.6(0.063)
95 Block, trailing L165 D57555686200 B31609J2196
edge 201
100 Seal J4324 D57541709200
201
105 Cleat L165 D57555656202
203
1.2(0.047)
110 Bracket L165 D57555656200
201
1.2(0.047)
115 Cleat L164 D57541276202
203
1.2(0.047)
120 Retainer J4178 D57541274200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57555660

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1352
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (Before Modification 26563J1663)


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1353
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (Before Modification 26563J1663)


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1354
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (Before Modification 26563J1663)


Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 FebPage01/1455
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, top L165 D57541063200


201
5 Skin, bottom L165 D57541064202
203
1.6 (0.063)
10 Skin, bottom L165 D57541064200
201
1.6 (0.063)
10A Skin, bottom L165 D57541064204 A20666J0320
205
1.6 (0.063)
15 Core, honeycomb BAEM4051 D57541066200
Type 5
20 Skin, top L165 D57541068200
201
25 Strip, rubbing TA2 D57541066208
30 Block, trailing BAEM1213 D57541066204
edge made from
D575412652
00
35 Skin, bottom L165 D57541069200
201
40 Channel L109 D57541058200
201
1.6 (0.063)
45 Member L164 D57541070200
201
1.2 (0.047)
50 Angle L109 D57541066202
1 (0.039)
55 Block, closing L97 D57541075200
ASSY Dwg.: D57540467, D57541066, D57541558

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 FebPage01/1456
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 26563J1663 and Before
Modification 32881J2383)
Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1357
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 26563J1663 and Before
Modification 32881J2383)
Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1358
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, top L165 D57555601200


201
1.6 (0.063)
15 Skin, bottom L165 D57555602000
001
20 Spar, outboard ABM3−1029 D57555612200
fwd 201
25 Spar, inboard ABM3−1029 D57555613200
fwd 201
30 Spar, mid outer L165 D57555614204
205
1.6 (0.063)
35 Spar, mid outer L165 D57555614202
203
1.6 (0.063)
40 Spar, mid outer L165 D57555614200
201
1.6 (0.063)
45 Spar, mid in ABM3−1029 D57555616200
board 201
50 Spar, mid in ABM3−1029 D57555615200
board 201
55 Cleat ABM3−1029 D57555619200
201
60 Angle L165 D57555620200
201
1.4 (0.055)
65 Angle L165 D57555620202
203
1.4 (0.055)
70 Angle L165 D57555620204
205
1.4 (0.055)
75 Angle L165 D57555620206
207
1.4 (0.055)
80 Spar, rear L165 D57555617210
211
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57555600

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1359
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

85 Spar, rear L165 D57555617208


209
1.6 (0.063)
90 Spar, rear L165 D57555617206
207
1.6 (0.063)
95 Spar, rear L165 D57555617204
205
1.6 (0.063)
100 Spar, rear L165 D57555617202
203
1.6 (0.063)
105 Spar, rear L165 D57555617200
201
1.6 (0.063)
110 Rib L97 D57555609200
201
115 Rib L97 D57555610200
201
120 Rib L97 D57555611200
201
125 Rib, mid ABM3−1029 D57555607200
201
130 Strip, rubbing S80 D57555603200
135 Rib, inboard ABM3−1029 D57555606200
201
140 Rib, outboard ABM3−1029 D57555608200
201
145 Member, Z L97 D57555618200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57555600

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1360
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 32881J2383)


Figure 10 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1361
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 32881J2383)


Figure 10 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1362
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud − Top and Bottom Skins (After Modification 32881J2383)


Figure 10 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1363
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, top ABM3−1029 D57550240200


201
5 Skin, bottom ABM3−1029 D57550242200
201
10 Bush, plain S64−2Q231
15 Bush, flanged DTD197A D57540458200
ASSY Dwg.: D57550241, D57550251

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1364
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1365
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1366
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1367
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1368
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1369
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1370
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1371
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top and Bottom Skins between Spoilers 1 and 2
Figure 11 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1372
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, top L109 D57540332200


201
1A Skin, top L109 D57541648200 A20463J0190
201
1B Skin, top L109 D57550006200 A21811J0637
201 B160004J3252
−preferred alte L109 D57550006202 A29993J2484
native 203
1C Skin, top L109 D57559156202 A160004J3252
203
5 Skin, top L109 D57540331200 B21811J0637
201
10 Spring, flexible TA59 D57540347000 B20463J0190
trailing edge 001
assembly
15 Skin, extension TA59 D57541609200
trailing edge 201
2 (0.079)
20 Strip, rubbing TA2 D57541609204 A32241J2331
205 A34659J2409
2 (0.079)
−preferred alte TA2 D57541609202
native 203
2 (0.079)
20A Strip, rubbing TA2 D57541609206 A22625J0825
207 A160004J3252
2 (0.079)
25 Spring, flexible TA59 D57540348000 B20463J0190
trailing edge 001
assembly
30 Skin, bottom L109 D57540333200
201
1.2 (0.047)
30A Skin, bottom L109 D57541647200 A20463J0190
201
1.2 (0.047)
30B Skin, bottom L109 D57550053200 A21811J0637
201
1.2 (0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540302, D57541609, D57541650, D57550040, D57559063

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1373
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30C Skin, bottom L109 D57550053202 A22625J0825


203 B160004J3252
1.2 (0.047)
30D Skin, bottom L109 D57559168204 A160004J3252
205
1.4 (0.055)
35 Skin, bottom L109 D57540334204
205
1.6 (0.063)
35A Skin, bottom L109 D57541646200 A20463J0190
201
1.6 (0.063)
35B Skin, bottom L109 D57550007200 A21811J0637
201
1.6 (0.063)
35C Skin, bottom L109 D57550007202 A22625J0825
203 A160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
40 Plate,reinforce L109 D57558766204 A32241J2331
ment 205 A34659J2409
1.6 (0.063)
45 Joint plate, D57558766200 A32241J2331
kinked 201 A34659J2409
2 (0.079)
made from
ITEM 15
50 Extension plate, TA59 D57558766202 A32241J2331
kinked 203 A34659J2409
1.2 (0.047)
55 Pad aft up− Torlon D57550047200
stop,inbd 4301
60 Pad aft up− Torlon D57550046200
stop,outbd 4301 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540302, D57541650, D57550040, D57558766, D5758534

Key to Figure 11

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1374
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Be
fore Modification 20329J0094)
Figure 12 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1375
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Be
fore Modification 20329J0094)
Figure 12 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1376
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, top L109 D57540352200


201
5 Member, edge L109 D57540364200
201
1 (0.039)
10 Angle L109 D57540370200
201
0.8 (0.031)
15 Packer L109 D57540368200
201
0.4 (0.016)
20 Member, edge L109 D57540365200
201
1 (0.039)
25 Spring, trailing TA59 D57540350000
edge assembly 001
30 Angle L109 D57540369200
201
0.8 (0.031)
35 Honeycomb BAEM0102 D57540366202
Type 5 203
40 Honeycomb BAEM0102 D57540366200
Type 5 201
45 Panel, bottom L109 D57540367200
201
1 (0.039)
50 Member, edge L109 D57540363200
201
1 (0.039)
55 Member, edge L109 D57540362200
201
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540221, D57540366

Key to Figure 12

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1377
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 20329J0094)
Figure 13 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1378
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 20329J0094)
Figure 13 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1379
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 20329J0094)
Figure 13 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1380
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, top skin Composite D57541460000 PB201


001 51−77−13
5 Spring, trailing TA59 D57540350000
edge assembly 001
10 Buttstrap L109 D57540317200
201
2 (0.079)
15 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57541101200
201
20 Core, honeycomb BAER1007−1/8− D57541460202
4 203
25 Core, honeycomb BAER1007−1/8− D57541460204
4 205
ASSY Dwg.: D57541460, D57541461

Key to Figure 13

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1381
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 26173J1636)
Figure 14 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1382
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 26173J1636)
Figure 14 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1383
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 26173J1636)
Figure 14 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1384
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, top skin Composite D57550192000 PB201


001 51−77−13
5 Spring, trailing TA59 D57540350000
edge assembly 001
10 Buttstrap L109 D57540317200
201
2 (0.079)
15 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57541101200
201
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57550192214
215
ASSY Dwg.: D57541461, D57550192

Key to Figure 14

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1385
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 28490J2062)
Figure 15 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1386
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 28490J2062)
Figure 15 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1387
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge Falsework − Top Skin Panel between Spoiler 5 and Aileron (Af
ter Modification 28490J2062)
Figure 15 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1388
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, top skin Composite D57550193000 PB201


001 51−77−13
5 Spring, trailing TA59 D57540350000
edge assembly 001
10 Buttstrap L109 D57540317200
201
2 (0.079)
15 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57541101200
201
20 Core, honeycomb ABR3−0070 D57550192214
215
ASSY Dwg.: D57550192, D57559152

Key to Figure 15

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1389
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 16 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1390
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 16 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1391
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, bonded Composite D57546015200 PB201


201 51−77−12
5 Seal, aileron BAER0575 D57546015220
(J4296) 221
10 Plate, aileron L164 D57546015214
seal (J4177)
ASSY Dwg.: D57546015

Key to Figure 16

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1392
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (After Modification 20265J0080 and Be
fore Modification 160004J3252)
Figure 17 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1393
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (After Modification 20265J0080 and Be
fore Modification 160004J3252)
Figure 17 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1394
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, bonded Composite D57546015232 PB201


233 51−77−12
5 Seal, aileron BAER0575 D57546015228
(J4296) 229
5A Seal, aileron BAER0575 D57546015246 A22680J0855
(J8074) 247
10 Plate, aileron L111 D57546015230
seal (J4301)
15 Stiffener L164 D57546015224
225
2 (0.079)
15A Stiffener L164 D57546015250 A24418J1277
251
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57546015

Key to Figure 17

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1395
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 18 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1396
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 18 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1397
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 18 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/1398
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Panel Assembly − Aileron Upper 2 (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 18 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/13A1
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel 2A, bonded Composite D57557018206


207
5 Panel 2B, bonded Composite D57557019206
207
10 Stiffener A L164 D57557026202
203
2 (0.079)
15 Seal, retainer J4301 D57557016200
20 Seal, aileron J8074 D57557017200
201
25 Stiffener B L164 D57557027202
203
2 (0.079)
30 Seal, retainer J4301 D57557028200
35 Seal, aileron J8074 D57557032200
201
40 Seal, plate L164 D57557051200
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57557018, D57557019, D57557029, D57557064

Key to Figure 18

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 NovPage01/13A2
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Overwing Panel and Fixed Underwing Panel.

NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−77−10.


NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter
51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Allowable Damage
A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the panels that
follow:
− Overwing Panel
− Fixed Underwing Panel.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 101.
3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Scratches, Cracks
and Gouges
Delamination and
Overwing Panel 4.A. A, C
Debonding
Dents and Perfo
ration Damage
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Scratches, Cracks
and Gouges
Delamination and
Fixed Underwing Panel 4.B. A, C
Debonding
Dents and Perfo
ration Damage
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101
4. Skins and Plating − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 102.

A. Overwing Panel

(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to the Overwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 102
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced
Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282


(Reinforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (refer


to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3 for the procedure).

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Types of Damage

(a) For the specific types of damage that can occur on the Overwing
Panel, refer to the Tables 103 thru 105.

(b) For definition about the types of damage, refer to Chapter


51−77−10, Paragraph 2.

(4) Distance Between Damaged/Repaired Areas

(a) Refer to the Tables 103 thru 105, to find out the distances al
lowed between damaged/repaired areas.

(b) Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.B, for the measurement


procedure to be followed.

(5) Component Zoning


(a) The Overwing Panel is divided into structural repair zones. Refer
to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.C, for general information about
component repair zones.

(b) The repair zones applicable to components in this paragraph are


shown in Figure 101.
(6) Allowable and Repairable Damage Limits

(a) For the allowable and repairable damage limits applicable to each
repair zone, you must refer to Tables 103 thru 105 as follows:
− refer to Repair Zone A given in the Table 103
− refer to Repair Zone B given in the Table 104
− refer to Repair Zone C given in the Table 105.
(b) For specific materials to be used in repairs, refer to Chapter
57−51−11, Page Block 201.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Overwing Panel, Repair Zones


Figure 101

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
SCRATCHES, ≤ 0.3 CHAPTER
≤ 200 ≤ 10 (0.012) 51−77−13, PARA
CRACKS AND −
(7.874) (0.394) GRAPH 2.I.
GOUGES <2>
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
GRAPH 3.A.
≤ 22 ≤ 225 ALL
− REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
(0.866) (0.349) DEPTHS
TEMPORARY REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
CHAPTER
≤ 30 ≤ 700 ALL 57−51−11, PAGE
DELAMINATION − WITHIN 2 500 3L (WHERE L
(1.181) (1.085) DEPTHS PERMANENT A BLOCK 201, PARA
AND DEBONDING FH IS THE MAXI
GRAPH 5.D. OR NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
MUM DIMENSION
<3> 5.I. OF DAMAGE)
CHAPTER
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 ALL
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA
(3.15) (7.75) DEPTHS
GRAPH 5.D. OR
5.I.
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
DENTS AND ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
PERFORATION ≤ 22 ≤ 225 DEPTHS 51−77−13, PARA
DAMAGE −
(0.866) (0.349) THROUGH GRAPH 2.I.
<3> COMPONENT
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
GRAPH 3.A.
Overwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone A (Structural
Attachment Area)
Table 103

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
ALL 51−77−12, PARA
≤ 30 ≤ 700 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.A. OR
− TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
(1.181) (1.085) THROUGH CHAPTER
COMPONENT 51−77−13, PARA
GRAPH 2.I.
CHAPTER
DENTS AND 51−77−12, PARA
3L (WHERE L
PERFORATION ALL GRAPH 3.C. OR
IS THE MAXI
DAMAGE ≤ 30 ≤ 700 DEPTHS WITHIN 2 500 CHAPTER NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
− PERMANENT A MUM DIMENSION
(1.181) (1.085) THROUGH FH 57−51−11, PAGE
<3> OF DAMAGE)
COMPONENT BLOCK 201, PARA
GRAPH 5.D. OR
5.I.
CHAPTER
ALL
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 DEPTHS
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA
(3.15) (7.75) THROUGH
GRAPH 5.D. OR
COMPONENT
5.I.
Overwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone A (Structural
Attachment Area)
Table 103
<1> For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

<2> Damage to the surface ply only, no damage to the underlying plies.

<3> No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D to a fastener, where D is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the centre of the fastener
hole.

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
≤ 0.3 51−77−12, PARA 3L (WHERE L
SCRATCHES,
≤ 200 ≤ 10 (0.012) GRAPH 2.A. OR IS THE MAXI
CRACKS AND − TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
(7.874) (0.394) CHAPTER MUM DIMENSION
GOUGES <2> 51−77−13, PARA OF DAMAGE)
GRAPH 2.I.
Table 104

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
SCRATCHES, ≤ 0.3 CHAPTER
≤ 200 ≤ 10 (0.012) WITHIN 2 500
CRACKS AND − PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
(7.874) (0.394) FH
GOUGES <2> GRAPH 3.A.
≤ 22 ≤ 225 ALL
− REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
(0.866) (0.349) DEPTHS
TEMPORARY REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
CHAPTER
DELAMINATION ≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 ALL 57−51−11, PAGE
− WITHIN 2 500
AND DEBONDING (1.772) (2.48) DEPTHS PERMANENT A BLOCK 201, PARA
FH
GRAPH 5.J. OR
<3>
5.K.
CHAPTER
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 ALL 57−51−11, PAGE
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY
(3.15) (7.75) DEPTHS BLOCK 201, PARA
GRAPH 5.J.
CHAPTER 3L (WHERE L
51−77−12, PARA IS THE MAXI
NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
GRAPH 2.A. OR MUM DIMENSION
ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER OF DAMAGE)
≤ 22 ≤ 225 DEPTHS 51−77−13, PARA

(0.866) (0.349) THROUGH GRAPH 2.I.
COMPONENT
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−13, PARA
FH
DENTS AND GRAPH 2.H.
PERFORATION CHAPTER
DAMAGE 51−77−12, PARA
<3> GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
ALL 51−77−13, PARA
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.I.

(1 772)
(1.772) (2 48)
(2.48) THROUGH
COMPONENT CHAPTER
57−51−11, PAGE
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A BLOCK 201, PARA
FH
GRAPH 5.J. OR
5.K.
Overwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone B (General
Honeycomb Area)
Table 104

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
DENTS AND ALL CHAPTER 3L (WHERE L
PERFORATION ≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 DEPTHS 57−51−11, PAGE IS THE MAXI
DAMAGE − PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
(3.15) (7.75) THROUGH BLOCK 201, PARA MUM DIMENSION
<3> COMPONENT GRAPH 5.J. OF DAMAGE)
Overwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone B (General
Honeycomb Area)
Table 104
<1> For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

<2> Damage to the surface ply only, no damage to the underlying plies.

<3> No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D to a fastener, where D is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the centre of the fastener
hole.

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
≤ 100 ≤ 10 ≤ 0.9 51−77−13, PARA

(3.937) (0.394) (0.035) GRAPH 2.I.
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA 3L (WHERE L
SCRATCHES, FH
GRAPH 3.C. IS THE MAXI
CRACKS AND NO 25 (0.984)
(0 984) NO LIMIT
CHAPTER MUM DIMENSION
GOUGES
51−77−12, PARA OF DAMAGE)
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
≤ 0.3 CHAPTER
≤ 200 ≤ 10 (0.012) 51−77−13, PARA

(7.874) (0.394) GRAPH 2.I.
<2>
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
GRAPH 3.A.
Overwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone C (Flange
Area)
Table 105

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
≤ 22 ≤ 225 ALL 51−77−13, PARA

(0.866) (0.349) DEPTHS GRAPH 2.I.
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
GRAPH 3.A.
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
DELAMINATION CHAPTER
AND DEBONDING 51−77−13, PARA
GRAPH 2.I.
<3>
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 ALL CHAPTER

(1.772) (2.48) DEPTHS 51−77−12, PARA
3L (WHERE L
GRAPH 3.B. OR
IS THE MAXI
WITHIN 2 500 CHAPTER NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
PERMANENT A MUM DIMENSION
FH 57−51−11, PAGE
OF DAMAGE)
BLOCK 201, PARA
GRAPH 5.G. OR
5.H. OR 5.L.
CHAPTER
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 ALL
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA
(3.15) (7.75) DEPTHS
GRAPH 5.G. OR
5.H. OR 5.L.
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
DENTS AND ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
PERFORATION ≤ 22 ≤ 225 DEPTHS 51−77−13, PARA
DAMAGE −
(0.866) (0.349) THROUGH GRAPH 2.I.
<3> COMPONENT
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
GRAPH 3.A.
Overwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone C (Flange
Area)
Table 105

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
51−77−13, PARA
ALL GRAPH 2.I.
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 DEPTHS CHAPTER

(1.772) (2.48) THROUGH 51−77−12, PARA
DENTS AND 3L (WHERE L
COMPONENT GRAPH 3.B. OR
PERFORATION IS THE MAXI
DAMAGE WITHIN 2 500 CHAPTER NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
PERMANENT A MUM DIMENSION
FH 57−51−11, PAGE
<3> OF DAMAGE)
BLOCK 201, PARA
GRAPH 5.G. OR
5.H. OR 5.L.
CHAPTER
ALL
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 DEPTHS
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA
(3.15) (7.75) THROUGH
GRAPH 5.G. OR
COMPONENT
5.H. OR 5.L.
Overwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone C (Flange
Area)
Table 105
<1> For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

<2> Damage to the surface ply only, no damage to the underlying plies.

<3> No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D to a fastener, where D is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the centre of the fastener
hole.

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 106.
B. Fixed Underwing Panel

(1) This paragraph contains the allowable damage and related data appli
cable to the Fixed Underwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 106
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced
Wing).
<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282
(Reinforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the
necessary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(2) Damage Evaluation


Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (refer
to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3 for the procedure).

(3) Types of Damage

(a) For the specific types of damage that can occur on the Fixed Un
derwing Panel, refer to the Tables 107 thru 109.
(b) For definition about the types of damage, refer to Chapter
51−77−10, Paragraph 2.

(4) Distance Between Damaged/Repaired Areas

(a) Refer to the Tables 107 thru 109, to find out the distances al
lowed between damaged/repaired areas.
(b) Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.B, for the measurement
procedure to be followed.

Page 111
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(5) Component Zoning

(a) The Fixed Underwing Panel is divided into structural repair


zones. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.C, for general in
formation about component repair zones.

(b) The repair zones applicable to components in this paragraph are


shown in Figure 102.

(6) Allowable and Repairable Damage Limits


(a) For the allowable and repairable damage limits applicable to each
repair zone, you must refer to Tables 107 thru 109 as follows:
− refer to Repair Zone A given in the Table 107
− refer to Repair Zone B given in the Table 108
− refer to Repair Zone C given in the Table 109.

(b) For specific materials to be used in repairs, refer to Chapter


57−51−11, Page Block 201.

Page 112
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Underwing Panel, Repair Zones


Figure 102

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 PagesAug113/114
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
SCRATCHES, ≤ 0.3 CHAPTER
≤ 200 ≤ 10 (0.012) 51−77−13, PARA
CRACKS AND −
(7.874) (0.394) GRAPH 2.I.
GOUGES <2>
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
GRAPH 3.A.
≤ 15 ≤ 160 ALL
− REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
(0.591) (0.248) DEPTHS
TEMPORARY REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
≤ 30 ≤ 700 ALL CHAPTER
DELAMINATION − WITHIN 2 500 57−51−11, PAGE
AND DEBONDING (1.181) (1.085) DEPTHS PERMANENT A
FH BLOCK 201, PARA
<3> GRAPH 5.E.
3L (WHERE L
CHAPTER IS THE MAXI
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 ALL 57−51−11, PAGE NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY MUM DIMENSION
(3.15) (7.75) DEPTHS BLOCK 201, PARA OF DAMAGE)
GRAPH 5.E.
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
≤ 15 ≤ 160 DEPTHS 51−77−13, PARA

(0.591) (0.248) THROUGH GRAPH 2.I.
DENTS AND COMPONENT
PERFORATION CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
DAMAGE PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
GRAPH 3.A.
<3>
CHAPTER
ALL 51−77−12, PARA
≤ 30 ≤ 700 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.A. OR
− TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
(1.181) (1.085) THROUGH CHAPTER
COMPONENT 51−77−13, PARA
GRAPH 2.I.
Fixed Underwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone A
(Structural Attachment Area)
Table 107

Page 115
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−13, PARA
ALL GRAPH 2.B. OR
≤ 30 ≤ 700 DEPTHS WITHIN 2 500 CHAPTER
− PERMANENT A
(1.181) (1.085) THROUGH FH 57−51−11, PAGE
DENTS AND COMPONENT BLOCK 201, PARA 3L (WHERE L
PERFORATION GRAPH 5.E. OR IS THE MAXI
DAMAGE NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
5.F. MUM DIMENSION
<3> OF DAMAGE)
CHAPTER
ALL
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 DEPTHS
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA
(3.15) (7.75) THROUGH
GRAPH 5.E. OR
COMPONENT
5.F.
Fixed Underwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone A
(Structural Attachment Area)
Table 107
<1> For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

<2> Damage to the surface ply only, no damage to the underlying plies.

<3> No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D to a fastener, where D is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the centre of the fastener
hole.

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
SCRATCHES, ≤ 0.3 CHAPTER
≤ 200 ≤ 10 (0.012) 51−77−13, PARA
CRACKS AND −
(7.874) (0.394) GRAPH 2.I. 3L (WHERE L
GOUGES <2>
CHAPTER IS THE MAXIMUM
WITHIN 2 500 NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA DIMENSION OF
FH DAMAGE)
GRAPH 3.A.
≤ 22 ≤ 225 ALL
DELAMINATION − REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
(0.866) (0.349) DEPTHS
AND DEBONDING
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 ALL
<3> − TEMPORARY REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
(1.772) (2.48) DEPTHS

Page 116
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 ALL WITHIN 2 500 57−51−11, PAGE
− PERMANENT A
(1.772) (2.48) DEPTHS FH BLOCK 201, PARA
DELAMINATION GRAPH 5.E.
AND DEBONDING
CHAPTER
<3>
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 ALL 57−51−11, PAGE
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY
(3.15) (7.75) DEPTHS BLOCK 201, PARA
GRAPH 5.E.
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
≤ 22 ≤ 225 DEPTHS 51−77−13, PARA

(0.866) (0.349) THROUGH GRAPH 2.I.
COMPONENT
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−13, PARA
FH
GRAPH 2.H. 3L (WHERE L
CHAPTER IS
S THE
H MAXIMUM
MAX MUM
NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
51−77−12, PARA DIMENSION OF
GRAPH 2.A. OR DAMAGE)
DENTS AND TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
PERFORATION 51−77−13, PARA
DAMAGE ALL GRAPH 2.I.
<3> ≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 DEPTHS CHAPTER

(1.772) (2.48) THROUGH 51−77−13, PARA
COMPONENT GRAPH 2.B. OR
WITHIN 2 500 CHAPTER
PERMANENT A
FH 57−51−11, PAGE
BLOCK 201, PARA
GRAPH 5.E. OR
5.F.
CHAPTER
ALL
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 DEPTHS
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA
(3.15) (7.75) THROUGH
GRAPH 5.E. OR
COMPONENT
5.F.
Fixed Underwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone B (Gen
eral Honeycomb Area)
Table 108

Page 117
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

<1> For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

<2> Damage to the surface ply only, no damage to the underlying plies.
<3> No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D to a fastener, where D is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the centre of the fastener
hole.

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
≤ 100 ≤ 10 ≤ 0.9 51−77−13, PARA

(3.937) (0.394) (0.035) GRAPH 2.I.
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
SCRATCHES, FH
GRAPH 3.C.
CRACKS AND
GOUGES CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
≤ 0.3 CHAPTER
≤ 200 ≤ 10 (0.012) 51−77−13, PARA

(7.874) (0.394) GRAPH 2.I.
<2>
3L (WHERE L
CHAPTER
WITHIN 2 500 IS THE MAXI
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
FH MUM DIMENSION
GRAPH 3.A.
OF DAMAGE)
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
≤ 22 ≤ 225 ALL 51−77−13, PARA

(0.866) (0.349) DEPTHS GRAPH 2.I.
DELAMINATION CHAPTER
AND DEBONDING WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FH
<3> GRAPH 3.A.
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 ALL GRAPH 2.A. OR
− TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
(1.772) (2.48) DEPTHS CHAPTER
51−77−13, PARA
GRAPH 2.I.
Table 109

Page 118
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
CHAPTER
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 ALL WITHIN 2 500
− PERMANENT A BLOCK 201, PARA
(1.772) (2.48) DEPTHS FH
GRAPH 5.D. OR
DELAMINATION 5.G. OR 5.H.
AND DEBONDING
CHAPTER
<3>
57−51−11, PAGE
≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 ALL
− PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA
(3.15) (7.75) DEPTHS
GRAPH 5.D. OR
5.G.
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
51−77−13, PARA
ALL GRAPH 2.I.
3L (WHERE L
≤ 22 ≤ 225 DEPTHS CHAPTER
− IS THE MAXI
(0.866) (0.349) THROUGH 51−77−12, PARA NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
MUM DIMENSION
COMPONENT GRAPH 3.A. OR OF DAMAGE)
WITHIN 2 500 3.C. OR CHAPTER
PERMANENT A
FH 57−51−11, PAGE
DENTS AND BLOCK 201, PARA
PERFORATION GRAPH 5.D. OR
DAMAGE 5.H.
<3>
CHAPTER
51−77−12, PARA
GRAPH 2.A. OR
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY
CHAPTER
ALL 51−77−13, PARA
≤ 45 ≤ 1 600 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.I.

(1.772)
(1 772) (2 48)
(2.48) THROUGH
COMPONENT CHAPTER
57−51−11, PAGE
WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A BLOCK 201, PARA
FH
GRAPH 5.D. OR
5.G. OR 5.H.
Fixed Underwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone C
(Flange Area)
Table 109

Page 119
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE
INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM
TYPE OF DAM <1> TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED NUMBER OF
AGE LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED DAMAGES REPAIRS
(IIR) DAMAGES
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
DENTS AND CHAPTER
ALL 3L (WHERE L
57−51−11, PAGE
PERFORATION ≤ 80 ≤ 5 000 DEPTHS IS THE MAXI
DAMAGE − PERMANENT A IMMEDIATELY BLOCK 201, PARA NO 25 (0.984) NO LIMIT
(3.15) (7.75) THROUGH MUM DIMENSION
GRAPH 5.D. OR
<3> COMPONENT OF DAMAGE)
5.G.
Fixed Underwing Panel − Allowable Damage Limits and Repairs for Zone C
(Flange Area)
Table 109
<1> For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS for further instructions.

<2> Damage to the surface ply only, no damage to the underlying plies.

<3> No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D to a fastener, where D is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the centre of the fastener
hole.

Page 120
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING − REPAIRS

1. General

The repairs in this topic apply to damage that you find on the Trailing
Edge Skins and Plating and is applicable as follows:
− Fixed Underwing Panel
− Overwing Panel
− Fixed Shroud Structure.

The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: The repairs contained within Paragraphs 5.A. and 5.B. are not appli
cable to the A320−200, weight variants 011 and 012.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For details of the necessary repairs and the areas of allowable dam
age on the skins and plating, refer to Chapter 57−51−11, Page Block
101.

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS, SEALANTS AND STRUCTURE PAINTS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS INCLUDED IN
THE REFERENCED PROCEDURES.

WARNING: USE SOLVENT/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. THESE MATERI
ALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. YOU MUST:

− OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS


− PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

− NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH

− NOT SMOKE

− NOT BREATHE THE GAS

− GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
− THE FLIGHT CONTROLS

− THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES

− LANDING GEAR AND RELATED DOORS

− COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY−LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
LANDING GEAR.

CAUTION: USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED CLEANING MATERIALS AND SOLUTIONS OR THEIR
EQUIVALENTS. THE SURFACE PROTECTION COULD BE DAMAGED IF UNSPECIFIED
MATERIALS ARE USED. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE MANUFACTURERS MIXING,
APPLICATION AND TREATMENT INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOLLOWED.
CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION, THE AREA SURROUNDING
THE REPAIR MUST BE COVERED WITH PLASTIC FOIL AND MASKING TAPE.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE CONTAINING NO WEIGHT VARIANT EFFECTIVITY TABLE


REFER TO THE WEIGHT VARIANT EXCLUSION TABLE IN PARAGRAPH 23, GIVEN
IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


Skin Damage to all Structures 51−77−12 For the repair applicabili
ty, refer to the column
’Action or Repair’ given in
SRM Chapter 57−51−11,
Page Block 001
Sandwich Structures SRM Chap For the repair applicabili
ter ty, refer to the column
51−77−13 ’Action or Repair’ given in
SRM Chapter 57−51−11, Page
Block 001
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Repair of the Overwing Panel (Within the 5.A. A, C
Allowable Damage Limits). This repair is −
INACTIVE since revision dated August 01/14 INACTIVE INACTIVE
Repair of the Fixed Underwing Panel (Within
the Allowable Damage Limits). This repair 5.B. A, C

is INACTIVE since revision dated August INACTIVE INACTIVE
01/14
Not Ap
Repair of the Fixed Shroud Structure 5.C. 201
plicable
Wet Lay−Up Repair for Non−Perforating Damage 5.D. − A
Wet Lay−Up Repair − One Skin Damaged 5.E. − A
Wet Lay−Up Repair − Both Skins Damaged 5.F. − A
Wet Lay−Up Repair of Edge Band Structure 5.G. − A
Wet Lay−Up Repair of Edge Band Structure
5.H. − A
and Ramp
Hot−Bond Repair with Pre−Preg Plies for
5.I. − A
Non−Perforating Damage
Hot−Bond Repair with Two Sided Access 5.J. − A
Hot−Bond Repair Using Composite Doubler 5.K. − A
Hot−Bond Repair of Edge Band Structure and
5.L. − A
Ramp
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Trailing Edge Skins and Plating
A. Repair of Overwing Panel Damage

NOTE: This repair is INACTIVE since Revision dated August 01/14.

(1) Repair General

(a) In this repair, damage to the overwing panel is applicable to


the skin surfaces and edges and is categorised under the follow
ing headings:

− Repair Instructions for Scratches, Cracks and Gouges

− Repair Instructions for Dents and Holes in the Skin and Honey
comb
− Repair Instructions for Disbonds and Delaminations

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Repair Instructions for Crushed Edges

− Repair Instructions for Delaminated Edges.


(2) Repair Materials

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Laminating Resin A/R Hysol EA9396 or


− Laminating Resin A/R Ciba Geigy LY5052/HY5052
− Adhesive A/R Material No. 08−001C
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51−30−00)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materi
als.

NOTE: Any room temperature repair that has already been done in
accordance with the Structural Repair Manual and uses the
resins given in SRM Chapter 51−77−11, is acceptable.
(3) Repair Instructions for Scratches, Cracks and Gouges

(a) Replace temporary repairs with permanent repairs at the next con
venient time.

(b) Do a temporary repair for damage equal to or less than 200.00 mm


(7.874 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph
2.A.).

(c) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 200.00 mm (7.874


in.) in length and one ply in depth (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−77−12, Paragraph 3.A.).
(d) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 100.00 mm (3.940
in.) in length and up to four plies in depth (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph 3.C.).

(4) Repair Instructions for Dents and Holes in the Skin and Honeycomb

(a) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 25.00 mm (0.980


in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 2.C.).

(b) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 100.00 mm (3.940


in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph
2.A.(3)).

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: WHEN HEAT CAN ONLY BE APPLIED TO THE SURFACE OF THE REPAIR
AREA AND THE THICKNESS OF THE HONEYCOMB PLUG IS LIMITED TO
10.00 MM (0.393 IN.), THE HEAT TRANSMISSION IS NOT SUFFICIENT
TO MAKE A CORRECTLY BONDED REPAIR.
CAUTION: WHEN HEAT CAN ONLY BE APPLIED TO THE SURFACE OF THE REPAIR
AREA AND THE OPPOSITE SURFACE OF THE PANEL, THE THICKNESS OF
THE PANEL IS LIMITED TO 20.00 MM (0.787 IN.) IF THE THICKNESS
IS MORE THAN 20.00 MM (0.787 IN.), THE HEAT TRANSMISSION IS NOT
SUFFICIENT TO MAKE A CORRECTLY BONDED REPAIR.
(5) Repair Instructions for Disbonds and Delaminations
(a) Do a repair for a delamination in the honeycomb region for
damage greater than 20.00 mm (0.787 in.) in length (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51-77-13, Paragraph 2.A.(2)).
(b) Do a repair for a delamination in the solid laminates for damage
less than 60.00 mm (2.360 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.A.(2)).
(c) Do a repair in the honeycomb region for damage greater than
30.00 mm (1.180 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13,
Paragraph 2.D.(1)).
(d) Do a repair for minor disbonding with damage less than or equal
to 30.00 mm (1.180 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.D.)
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE TO ZONES 2 AND 3 ONLY. (REFER TO SRM
CHAPTER 57-51-11, PAGE BLOCK 101).
(6) Repair Instructions for Crushed Edges
(a) Identify the type of plies (Refer to SRM Chapter 57-51-11, Page
Block 001).
(b) Identify the manufacturer of the plies (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-33-00, Page Block 001).
(c) Do a repair of the edge structure (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.F.) (For GFRP read CFRP).
(7) Repair Instructions for Delaminated Edges
(a) Use a non-destructive test technique to find the size of the
damage (Refer to NTM Chapter 51-10-06, Page Block 401).
(b) Examine the delaminated area to see if there is a fluid path
that could let moisture get to the honeycomb.
(c) If there is a fluid path, do a repair (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.G).
(d) If there is no fluid path, repair the damaged area as follows:

Printed in Germany
57-51-11 Feb
Page 205
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Clean the damaged area with cleaning agent (Material No.


11−026). Make sure that the damaged area is completely dry.
2 Prepare the adhesive (Material No. 08−001C) and put the adhe
sive into the delaminated area with a syringe.

CAUTION: DO NOT CLAMP THE PANEL TOO TIGHT AS THIS WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE.

3 Clamp the repair area.


4 Clean off any unwanted adhesive with cleaning agent (Material
No. 11−026).

5 Let the adhesive cure at room temperature in accordance with


the suppliers data sheet.
NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

6 Restore the surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−75−12,


Page Block 200).

B. Repair of Fixed Underwing Panel


NOTE: This repair is INACTIVE since Revision dated August 01/14.

(1) Repair General

WARNING: OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS IN THE REFERENCED PROCE
DURES.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE ANY HOT−BONDING METHODS ON THE FIXED UNDERWING
PANEL REPAIR SCHEME.

(a) In this repair, damage to the underwing panel is applicable to


the skin surfaces and edges and is categorised under the follow
ing headings:
− Repair Instructions for Scratches, Cracks and Gouges

− Repair Instructions for Dents and Holes in the Skin and Honey
comb

− Repair Instructions for Disbonds and Delaminations


− Repair Instructions for Crushed Edges

− Repair Instructions for Delaminated Edges.

(2) Repair Materials

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


- Laminating Resin A/R Hysol EA9396 or
- Laminating Resin A/R Ciba Geigy LY5052/HY5052
- Adhesive A/R Material No. 08-001C
- Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11-026 (Refer to
SRM Chapter 51-35-00)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-11 for all other repair
materials.
NOTE: Any room temperature repair that has already been done in
accordance with the Structural Repair Manual and uses the
resins given in SRM Chapter 51-77-11, is acceptable.
(3) Repair Instructions for Scratches, Cracks and Gouges
(a) Replace temporary repairs with permanent repairs at the next
convenient time.
(b) Do a temporary repair for damage equal to or less than 200.00 mm
(7.874 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-12, Paragraph
2.A.).
(c) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 200.00 mm (7.874
in.) in length and one ply in depth (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-12, Paragraph 3.A.).
(d) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 100.00 mm (3.940
in.) in length and up to four plies in depth (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51-77-12, Paragraph 3.C.).
(4) Repair Instructions for Dents and Holes in the Skin and Honeycomb
(a) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 100.00 mm (3.937
in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13, Paragraph
2.A.(2)).
(b) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 25.00 mm (0.984
in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13, Paragraph 2.B.).
(c) Do a repair for damage equal to or less than 100.00 mm (3.937
in.) in length and goes through the thickness of the panel
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13, Paragraph 2.E.).
(d) Do a repair to the edge structure for damage equal to or less
than 20.00 mm (0.787 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.F.).

Printed in Germany
57-51-11 Feb
Page 207
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Do a repair for damage to the solid edge, honeycomb or the


adjacent area equal to or less than 20.00 mm (0.787 in.) in
length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13, Paragraph 2.G.).
(f) Do a repair for damage that is up to half the thickness of the
honeycomb and equal to or less than 100.00 mm (3.937 in.) in
length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13, Paragraph 2.A.(1)).
(5) Repair Instructions for Disbonds and Delaminations
(a) Do a repair for a delamination in the honeycomb region for
damage greater than 20.00 mm (0.787 in.) in length (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51-77-13, Paragraph 2.A.(2)).
(b) Do a repair for a delamination in the solid laminates for damage
less than 60.00 mm (2.360 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.A.(2)).
(c) Do a repair in the honeycomb region for damage greater than
30.00 mm (1.180 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13,
Paragraph 2.D.(1)).
(d) Do a repair for minor disbonding with damage less than or equal
to 30.00 mm (1.180 in.) in length (Refer to SRM Chapter 51-77-13
, Paragraph 2.D.)
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE TO ZONES 2 AND 3 ONLY (REFER TO SRM
CHAPTER 57-51-11, PAGE BLOCK 101).
(6) Repair Instructions for Crushed Edges
(a) Identify the type of plies (Refer to SRM Chapter 57-51-11, Page
Block 001).
(b) Identify the manufacturer of the plies (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-33-00, Page Block 001).
(c) Do a repair of the edge structure (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.F.) (For GFRP read CFRP).
(7) Repair Instructions for Delaminated Edges
(a) Use a non-destructive test technique to find the size of the
damage (Refer to NTM Chapter 51-10-06, Page Block 401).
(b) Examine the delaminated area to see if there is a fluid path
that could let moisture get to the honeycomb.
(c) If there is a fluid path, do a repair (Refer to SRM Chapter
51-77-13, Paragraph 2.G).
(d) If there is no fluid path, repair the damaged area as follows:
1 Clean the damaged area with cleaning agent (Material No.
11-026). Make sure the damaged area is completely dry.

Printed in Germany
57-51-11 Feb
Page 208
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Prepare the adhesive (Material No. 08−001C) and put the adhe
sive into the delaminated area with a syringe.
CAUTION: DO NOT CLAMP THE PANEL TOO TIGHT AS THIS WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE.

3 Clamp the repair area.

4 Clean off any unwanted adhesive with cleaning agent (Material


No. 11−026).
5 Let the adhesive cure at room temperature in accordance with
the supplier’s data sheet.

NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat


(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).
6 Restore the surface protection (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−75−12,
Page Block 200).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATIONS


160001J3282 AND 160500J3283.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS NOT APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160080J3705 ON AIRCRAFT BEFORE MODIFICATION 32881J2383.

C. Repair of the Fixed Shroud Structure


This paragraph contains the removal and installation repair instructions
and related data applicable to the fixed shroud structure.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This repair details the procedure to replace the Fixed Shroud
Assembly. This repair procedure details the steps to:

− Remove the Fixed Shroud Assembly


− Install the Fixed Shroud Assembly.

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) This repair to replace the fixed shroud structure can be only
performed on the following part numbers:
− D57540467 (before modification 20666J0320)
− D57541588 (after modification 20666J0320)
− D57555600 (after modification 26563J1663)
− D57550251 (after modification 32881J2383).

(2) Repair Materials

(a) For these repairs use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Fixed Shroud Assembly 1 Refer to IPC Chapter 57−51−05


− Polysulfide Sealant − Low AR Material No. 06AEA1 (Refer to
Adhesion Brushable CML)
− Non Aqueous Cleaner − Gen AR Material No. 08BAA9 (Refer to
eral CML)
− Non Aqueous Cleaner − Non AR Material No. 08BPA1 (Refer to
Structural Use CML)
− Textile − Lint Free Cotton AR Material No. 14SBA1 (Refer to
CML)
− Non−Metallic Scraper 1 Local Resources
(3) Repair instructions for removal of the fixed shroud assembly

NOTE: Throughout this procedure remove and install all fasteners in


accordance with Chapter 51−42−11.
(a) Prepare the fixed shroud structure for removal and place the
aircraft in a maintenance configuration (refer to AMM Subtask
57−51−15−860−051−A).
(b) Open, safety and tag the circuit breakers (refer to AMM Subtask
57−51−15−865−054−A).
(c) Put a support below the wedge of the shroud box to prevent move
ment after the fixed shroud structure is removed from the air
craft (refer to Figure 201, Sheets 1 and 2).

(d) Remove the two shroud box hinge point bolts which attach to the
inboard edge of the fixed shroud structure (refer to Figure 201,
Sheet 2). Retain the bolts.

CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE OR ADJUST THE TURNBUCKLES AT THIS STEP.

(e) Remove the inboard, intermediate and outboard turnbuckle bolts


from the fixed shroud (refer to Figure 201, Sheets 3, 4 and 5).
Retain the bolts.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Disconnect the bonding lead from the outboard rib but leave it
attached to the outboard turnbuckle (refer to Figure 201, Sheet
5). Retain the bolt.

(g) Remove the inboard, intermediate and outboard bolts at the top of
the fixed shroud assembly (refer to Figure 201, Sheets 3, 4 and
5).

(h) Break the bond of the sealant along the sealing plates (refer to
Figure 201, Sheet 2) where the upper wing skin touches the fixed
shroud.

(i) Carefully lift out the fixed shroud assembly.

(4) Repair instructions for installation of the new fixed shroud assembly
NOTE: Throughout this procedure remove and install all fasteners in
accordance with Chapter 51−42−11.

(a) Remove the remaining old sealant from the upper wing skin with a
non−metallic scraper, lint free cotton (Material No. 14SBA1) and
cleaning agent (Material No. 08BAA9 or 08BPA1).
(b) Apply a coat of sealant (Material No. 06AEA1) to the surface
area on the upper wing skin where it contacts with the fixed
shroud sealing plate (refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

(c) Carefully lift the new structure to the mating part.


(d) Install the outboard, intermediate and inboard top bolts.

(e) Torque load the top bolts to the following values (refer to
Chapter 51−49−00):

− Torque the outboard bolts between 3 N.m (2.21 lbf.ft) to 5 N.m


(3.69 lbf.ft)
− Torque the inboard and intermediate bolts between 2 N.m (1.48
lbf.ft) to 5 N.m (3.69 lbf.ft).

(f) Secure the bolts with split pins (refer to PMS Chapter 01−05−44).

(g) Install the outboard, intermediate and inboard turnbuckle bolts.


(h) Torque load the turnbuckle bolts to the following values (refer
to Chapter 51−49−00):

− Torque the outboard bolts between 3 N.m (2.21 lbf.ft) to 5 N.m


(3.69 lbf.ft)

− Torque the inboard and intermediate bolts between 2 N.m (1.48


lbf.ft) to 5 N.m (3.69 lbf.ft).

(i) Secure the bolts with split−pins (refer to PMS Chapter 01−05−44).

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(j) Attach the bonding lead to the fixed shroud on the outboard rib.
Do a check for electrical continuity (refer to AMM Task
20−28−00−912−004−A).

(k) Install the two bolts between the fixed shroud structure and the
shroud box.

(l) Torque the two bolts between 3 N.m (2.21 lbf.ft) to 5 N.m (3.69
lbf.ft) (refer to Chapter 51−49−00).
(m) Do a check to make sure that the fixed shroud is flush with all
the adjoining structure. The fixed shroud may be overflush or
underflush to a maximum of 1 mm (0.04 in) in the line of flight
(IN LOF) (± 10°) and 0.5 mm (0.02 in) across the line of flight
(A LOF).
(n) If the fixed shroud is out of the above limits, adjust the turn
buckles to get the correct aerodynamic profile.

(o) Secure the turnbuckles with locking wire (refer to AMM Task
20−11−11−911−054−A).
(p) Remove the support from below the shroud box trailing edge wedge.

(q) Close up and fully retract the flaps (refer to AMM Subtask
57−51−15−410−051−A).

(r) Remove the safety clips and the tags and close the circuit
breakers (refer to AMM Subtask 57−51−15−865−055−A).

(s) Remove the equipment (refer to AMM Subtask 57−51−15−942−051−A).

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Fixed Shroud Structure


Figure 201 (sheet 1)

Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Fixed Shroud Structure


Figure 201 (sheet 2)

Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Fixed Shroud Structure


Figure 201 (sheet 3)

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Fixed Shroud Structure


Figure 201 (sheet 4)

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of the Fixed Shroud Structure


Figure 201 (sheet 5)

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
D. Wet Lay−Up Repair for Non−Perforating Damage

This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Overwing Panel and Fixed Underwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the structural attachment area (Zone A) on the
overwing panel and the flange area (Zone C) on the fixed under
wing panel.

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials.

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for


ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (refer to
weight of 285 g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b))
− Laminating Resin A/R Hysol EA9396 or Ciba Geigy
LY5052/HY5052
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.

(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).

(c) Do a wet lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph


3.D.(1) using the specific materials listed above.

NOTE: Fixed underwing panel is cured at 120°C manufactured struc


ture. The skin temperature must not exceed 95°C.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
E. Wet Lay−Up Repair − One Skin Damaged

This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Fixed Underwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the structural attachment area (Zone A) and gen
eral honeycomb area (Zone B).

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials.

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for


ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (refer to
weight of 285 g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b))
− Laminating Resin A/R Hysol EA9396 or Ciba Geigy
LY5052/HY5052
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

(3) Repair Instructions

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.

(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).

(c) Do a wet lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph


2.A.(2) using the specific materials listed above.
NOTE: Cured at 120°C manufactured structure. The skin temperature
must not exceed 95°C.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.

F. Wet Lay−Up Repair − Both Skins Damaged

This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Fixed Underwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the structural attachment area (Zone A) and gen
eral honeycomb area (Zone B).

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials.

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for


ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (refer to
weight of 285 g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b))
− Laminating Resin A/R Hysol EA9396 or Ciba Geigy
LY5052/HY5052
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.


(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).
(c) Do a wet lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 2.E.
using the specific materials listed above.

NOTE: Cured at 120°C manufactured structure. The skin temperature


must not exceed 95°C.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.

G. Wet Lay−Up Repair of Edge Band Structure


This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Overwing Panel and Fixed Underwing Panel.

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the flange area (Zone C).

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials.

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for


ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (refer to
weight of 285 g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b))
− Laminating Resin A/R Hysol EA9396 or Ciba Geigy
LY5052/HY5052
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.


(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).

(c) Do a wet lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph


2.F.(1) using the specific materials listed above

NOTE: Fixed underwing panel is cured at 120°C manufactured struc


ture. The skin temperature must not exceed 95°C.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.

H. Wet Lay−Up Repair of Edge Band Structure and Ramp

This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Overwing Panel and Fixed Underwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).
<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the flange area (Zone C).
(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.

(2) Repair Materials.

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for
ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (refer to
weight of 285 g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b))
− Laminating Resin A/R Hysol EA9396 or Ciba Geigy
LY5052/HY5052
− Solvent, General Purpose A/R CML No. 11−026
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.

(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).

(c) Do a wet lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph


2.G.(1) using the specific materials listed above.

NOTE: Fixed underwing panel is cured at 120°C manufactured struc


ture. The skin temperature must not exceed 95°C.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.

I. Hot−Bond Repair with Pre−Preg Plies for Non−Perforating Damage

This paragraph contains the specific hot−bond repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Overwing Panel.

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the structural attachment area (Zone A).

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials.

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon pre− A/R This fabric is to be used for


preg Fabric at a fiber hot−bond cured repairs using
areal weight not less than pre−pregs and film adhesives
285 g/m for each of the (refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
original plies replaced, Paragraph 6.B.(8)(b))
with associated film adhe
sive
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.


(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).

(c) Do a hot−bond repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph


3.D.(2) using the specific materials listed above.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 210.

J. Hot−Bond Repair with Two Sided Access

This paragraph contains the specific hot−bond repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Overwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 210
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).
<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re
inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the general honeycomb area (Zone B).

Page 227
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials.

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon pre− A/R This fabric is to be used for


preg Fabric at a fiber hot−bond cured repairs using
areal weight not less than pre−pregs and film adhesives
285 g/m for each of the (refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
original plies replaced, Paragraph 6.B.(8)(b))
with associated film adhe
sive
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.
NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.


(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).
(c) Do a hot−bond repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph
2.A.(3) using the specific materials listed above.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 211.

K. Hot−Bond Repair Using Composite Doubler

This paragraph contains the specific hot−bond repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Overwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type

Page 228
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 211
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).

<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification


38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the general honeycomb area (Zone B).

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials.

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon pre− A/R This fabric is to be used for


preg Fabric at a fiber hot−bond cured repairs using
areal weight not less than pre−pregs and film adhesives
285 g/m for each of the (refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
original plies replaced, Paragraph 6.B.(8)(b))
with associated film adhe
sive
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).

(c) Do a hot−bond repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 2.C.


using the specific materials listed above.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 212.

L. Hot−Bond Repair of Edge Band Structure and Ramp


This paragraph contains the specific hot−bond repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Overwing Panel.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 <1> 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 <1>
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 <2> 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <3>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 212
<1> Only applicable before modification 160001J3282 (Reinforced Wing).

<2> Applicability includes aircraft after modifications 160001J3282 (Re


inforced Wing) and 160500J3283 (Sharklet).
<3> Weight variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the flange area (Zone C).

(b) Refer to the repair zone tables in Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block
101 to find the damage types and limits.

(2) Repair Materials.

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−51−11 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

The information that follows, details the specific repair materials


that must be used where applicable.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon pre− A/R This fabric is to be used for


preg Fabric at a fiber hot−bond cured repairs using
areal weight not less than pre−pregs and film adhesives
285 g/m for each of the (refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
original plies replaced, Paragraph 6.B.(8)(b))
with associated film adhe
sive
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

NOTE: Any repair already performed under room temperature and uses
resins given in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.
(3) Repair Instructions
(a) Remove any temporary repair that has been done.

(b) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at ± 45° (refer to Chapter 57−51−11 Page Block 001).

(c) Do a hot−bond repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph


2.G.(2) using the specific materials listed above.

(d) Restore the original surface protection (refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−51−11 PagesFeb231/232
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE RIBS

1. Trailing Edge Ribs − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Rear False Spar − Riblets Figure 2
2 Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (Before Figure 3
Modification 21811J0497)
2 Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After Figure 4
Modification 21811J0497 and Before Modi
fication 160004J3252)
2 Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After Figure 5
Modification 160004J3252)
3 Riblets Between Main Ribs 10 and 14 Figure 6
4 Flap Support Rib Figure 7
5 Riblets Between Main Ribs 15 and 22 Figure 8
6 Ribs Between Spoiler 5 and Aileron Figure 9
NOTE: Refer to SRM 57−50−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the Modifi
cation/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage 2
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rear False Spar - Riblets


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Riblet BAEM1003 D57540447200 Replace


201
5 Riblet BAEM1003 D57540448200 Replace
201
10 Riblet BAEM1003 D57541282200 Replace
201
15 Riblet BAEM1003 D57540450200 Replace
201
20 Riblet BAEM1003 D57540451200 Replace
201
25 Bracket L164 D92440098200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
30 Bracket, hydrauÈ L165 D57950192200 Replace A20672J0321
lic 1.60(0.063)
35 Bracket, hydrauÈ L165 D57950193200 Replace
lic 1.20(0.047)
35A Bracket, hydrauÈ L165 D57950193202 03 Replace A20672J0321
lic 1.20(0.047)
40 Bracket L165 D57950194200 A20672J0321
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540852, D57540853, D57540854, D57540855, D57540856

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage 4
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (Before Modification 21811J0497)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (Before Modification 21811J0497)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (Before Modification 21811J0497)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (Before Modification 21811J0497)


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage 8
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (Before Modification 21811J0497)


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57540309200


201
5 Rib BAEM1213 D57541641200
203
10 Rib BAEM1213 D57541640200
201
15 Rib L110 D57541593200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
20 Rib L110 D57541644200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
25 Rib L110 D57541594200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
30 Rib L110 D57540322200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
35 Rib L110 D57540321200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
40 Angle L110 D57541642202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
45 Bracket L165 D57940000200 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
50 Plate, reinforcÈ L109 D57541643200 Replace
ing 1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57540302, D57541650, D57548542

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage01/0310
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

55 Post, support BAEM1213 D57541623200


outbd 201
60 Post, support BAEM1213 D57541622200
inbd 201
65 Diaphragm L110 D57541642200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
70 Cleat L164 D57541604200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
75 Bracket, support L164 D57541612200
201
80 Diaphragm L110 D57541605200 Replace
201
2.00(0.079)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
85 Stiffener L109 D57540346200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
-alternative maÈ L165
terial
90 Bracket, bonding L164 D57540910200 Replace
0.90(0.035)
95 Plate, support L165 D57940033204 Replace
1.40(0.055)
100 Plate, support L165 D57940033206 Replace
1.40(0.055)
105 Angle, support L165 D57940033200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
110 Angle, support L165 D57940033202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
115 Block L165 D57940336200 Replace
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57541650

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage01/0311
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

120 Member, Z L109 D57540335200 Replace


201
1.60(0.063)
-alternative maÈ L165
terial
125 Cleat L110 D57540323202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
130 Angle, skin L110 D57541593204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
135 Angle, attachment L110 D57541593202 Replace A21809J0602
203
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164 A21809J0602
terial
140 Bracket L165 D57541636200 Replace
145 Angle, attachment L110 D57541594202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
-alternative maÈ L164 A21809J0602
terial
150 Angle, attachment L110 D57540330202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
155 Diaphragm BAEM1213 D57540329200 Replace
201
160 Bracket L97 D57541653200 Replace
201
-alternative maÈ L168
terial
165 Shim BS1449304S16 D57540302316 Replace
0.50(0.020)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541644, D57541650, D57548542

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage01/0312
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

170 Packer L164 D57540302302 Replace


2.50(0.098)
175 Pad, stop L168 D57541596200 Replace
201
175A Block, seating Torlon 4301 D57550016200 Replace A21809J0602
201
180 Pad, stop BAEM1003 D57541596210 Replace
211
185 Strip, wear L109 D57541651200 Replace
2.00(0.079)
-alternative maÈ L164
terial
185A Pad, aft upstop Torlon 4301 D57550047200 Replace A21809J0602
inbd
190 Pad, upstop L168 D57541597200 Replace
201
-alternative maÈ L165
terial
190A Pad, upstop Torlon 4301 D57550017200 Replace A21809J0602
201
195 Pad, upstop L168 D57541652204 Replace
205
195A Pad, upstop Torlon 4301 D57550048200 Replace A21809J0602
201
200 Block, seating L168 D57541652200 Replace
201
-alternative maÈ L165
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57541650

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-12 FebPage01/0313
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After Modification 21811J0497 and Before Modi
fication 160004J3252)
Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After Modification 21811J0497 and Before Modi
fication 160004J3252)
Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After Modification 21811J0497 and Before Modi
fication 160004J3252)
Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After Modification 21811J0497 and Before Modi
fication 160004J3252)
Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After Modification 21811J0497 and Before Modi
fication 160004J3252)
Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1218
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57540309202


203
5 Rib BAEM1213 D57541641204
207
10 Rib BAEM1213 D57541640202
203
10A Rib BAEM1213 D57541640204 03 A22625J0825
205
15 Rib L110 D57550008200
201
−alternative ma L164
terial
20 Rib BAEM1213 D57550009200
201
20A Rib BAEM1213 D57550009202 03 A22625J0825
203
25 Bracket L165 D57940000200 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
30 Angle L110 D57550051202 Replace
203
1.40(0.055)
−alternative ma L164
terial
35 Fork, support BAEM1213 D57550039200 Replace
201
40 Diaphragm L110 D57550051200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
−alternative ma L164
terial
45 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57550038200 Replace
201
50 Cleat L110 D57550041200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57550040

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Stiffener L109 D57540346200 Replace


201
1.60(0.063)
−alternative ma L165
terial
60 Bracket, bonding L164 D57540910200 Replace
0.90(0.035)
65 Plate, support L165 D57940033204 Replace
1.40(0.055)
67 Plate, support L165 D57940033206 Replace
1.40(0.055)
70 Angle, support L165 D57940033200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
75 Angle, support L165 D57940033202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
80 Block L168 D57550043200 Replace
201
85 Member, Z L109 D57550052200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
−alternative ma L165
terial
85A Member, Z L109 D57550052202 03 Replace A22625J0825
203
1.60(0.063)
90 Cleat L110 D57550008202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
95 Angle L110 D57540330202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
−alternative ma L164
terial
100 Diaphragm L110 D57550033200 Replace
201
2.00(0.079)
−alternative ma L164
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57550040

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1220
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

100A Diaphragm L110 D57550033202 03 Replace A22625J0825


203
2.00(0.079)
−alternative ma L164
terial
105 Shim BS1449304S16 D57540302316 Replace
0.50(0.020)
−alternative BS1449304S16 D57540302314
0.25(0.010)
110 Packer L164 D57550042202 Replace
3.00(0.118)
−alternative ma L165
terial
115 Packer L164 D57540302302 Replace
2.50(0.098)
120 Pad, upstop Torlon 4301 D57550045200 Replace
201
125 Pad, upstop Torlon 4301 D57550046200 Replace
201
130 Pad, upstop Torlon 4301 D57550047200 Replace
135 Pad, upstop Torlon 4301 D57550044200 Replace
140 Packer L110 D57550177200 Replace A22625J0825
1.60(0.063)
145 Pad, assembly BAER0575/65 D57550174000 Replace A22625J0825
001
150 Pad, assembly BAER0575/65 D57550175000 Replace A22625J0825
001
ASSY Dwg.: D57550040

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After modification 160004J3252)


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After modification 160004J3252)


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After modification 160004J3252)


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoilers 1 and 2 (After modification 160004J3252)


Figure 5 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57540309202


203
5 Angle L164 D57559155200
201
1.4 (0.055)
10 Doubler L164 D57559154202
1.4 (0.055)
15 Rib BAEM1213 D57559064202
203
20 Angle L165 D57559165200
201
1.6 (0.063)
25 Rib L110 D57550008200
201
30 Rib, T/E WX4592 ABM3−1029 D57559157208
209
35 Rib BAEM1213 D57559065204
205
40 Angle L110 D57559158204
205
1.4 (0.055)
45 Fork, support BAEM1213 D57550039200
201
50 Diaphragm L110 D57559158200
201
1.6 (0.063)
55 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57550038200
201
60 Cleat L110 D57550041200
201
1.6 (0.063)
65 Stiffener L109 D57540346200
201
70 Plate, support L165 D57940033204
1.4 (0.055)
75 Block L168 D57550043200
201
80 Member, Z L109 D57550052202
203
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57550008, D57559063, D57559158

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

85 Plate, support L165 D57940033206


1.4 (0.055)
90 Packer L164 D57540302302
2.5 (0.098)
95 Angle L110 D57540330202
203
1.6 (0.063)
100 Shim BS1449304S16 D57540302316
0.5 (0.020)
105 Pad BAER575/65 D57550175200
201
110 Packer L110 D57550177200
1.6 (0.063)
115 Packer L164 D57550042202
2.2 (0.087)
120 Diaphragm L110 D57550033202
203
2 (0.079)
125 Pad BAER0575/65 D57550174200
201
130 Packer L164 D57559063202
2 (0.079)
135 Diaphragm L165 D57559166200
201
2 (0.079)
140 Packer L164 D57559063200
2.5 (0.098)
145 Cleat L110 D57550008202
203
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57550008, D57559063

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Riblets Between Main Ribs 10 and 14


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Riblets Between Main Ribs 10 and 14


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Riblet, A BAEM1003 D57540160200


201
1A Riblet, A BAEM1003 D57540160202 A20167J0030
203
5 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540411200
1.6 (0.063)
10 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540412200
lic 201
1.2 (0.047)
15 Angle BAEM1003 D57540439200
201
15A Angle BAEM1003 D57540439202 A20167J0030
203
20 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57940001200
1.6 (0.063)
25 Bracket, assem L165 D57940002202
bly 1.6 (0.063)
30 Riblet, C BAEM1003 D57540162200
201
35 Bracket L164 D92440040200
201
0.9 (0.035)
40 Riblet, B BAEM1003 D57540161200
201
45 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57940035200
lic 201
50 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540414200
201
1.6 (0.063)
55 Riblet, D BAEM1003 D57540163200
201
55A Riblet, D BAEM1003 D57540163202 A20167J0030
203
60 Tag, bonding L164 D57541283200
1 (0.039)
65 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540417200
1.6 (0.063)
70 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540416200
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540175, D57540176, D57540177, D57540178, D57541404, D57541406,
D57541407

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Riblet, E BAEM1003 D57540164200


(MSN00010012) 201
75A Riblet, E BAEM1003 D57540164202
(MSN00130021) 203
75B Riblet, E BAEM1003 D57559071200 A20167J0030
201
−alternative BAEM1003 D57540164204
205
80 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540418200
lic 202
1.2 (0.047)
85 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540419202
lic 203
1.2 (0.047)
90 Riblet, F BAEM1003 D57540165200
201
90A Riblet, F BAEM1003 D57540165202 A20167J0030
203
95 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540421200
1.6 (0.063)
100 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540422202
lic 203
1.6 (0.063)
105 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540420208
210
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540179, D57540180, D57541348, D57541408, D57541409

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1231
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Support Rib


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Support Rib


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, support L109 D57540196200 Replace


rib 1.60(0.063)
5 Bracket, flap BAEM1213 D57540282202 Replace
roller 203
10 Plate, support L109 D57540197200 Replace
rib 1.60(0.063)
15 Support BAEM1003 D57540379200 Replace
201
20 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57940003200 Replace
lic 1.20(0.047)
25 Bracket, bonding L164 D57540910200 Replace
0.90(0.037)
30 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57940004200 Replace
lic 201
1.20(0.047)
35 Bracket L164 D92440041200 Replace B20609J0261
201
0.90(0.035)
40 Rib, inbd BAEM1213 D57540194200 03
201
45 Rib, outbd BAEM1213 D57540195200 03
201
50 Rib, cruise BAEM1218 D57541805202 A20167J0030
roller 203
50A Rib, cruise BAEM1213 D57541805208 A22608J0815
roller 209
ASSY Dwg.: D57540283, D57540285, D57540437, D57541806

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Riblets Between Main Ribs 15 and 22


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 FebPage01/1335
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Riblets Between Main Ribs 15 and 22


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 FebPage01/1336
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Riblets Between Main Ribs 15 and 22


Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 FebPage01/1337
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57940005202 Replace


lic 206
5 Riblet, G BAEM1003 D57540166202
203
10 Bracket, steady BAEM1003 D57541251200 Replace
201
15 Riblet, J BAEM1003 D57540168200
201
20 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540381206 Replace
lic 212
1.60(0.063)
25 Riblet, K BAEM1003 D57540169200
201
30 Bracket, pipe L156 D29040905202 Replace
clamp 203
1.60(0.063)
−alternative ma L164
terial
35 Riblet, L BAEM1003 D57540170200
201
−alternative BAEM1003 D57559077200 01
201
40 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57940011200 Replace
lic 201
1.20(0.047)
45 Plate L164 D57541502200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
45A Plate L164 D57541502202 03 A22539J0717
203
1.20(0.047)
50 Riblet, M BAEM1003 D57540171200
201
55 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540432200 Replace
lic 201
1.20(0.047)
60 Angle BAEM1003 D57540167200 Replace
201
65 Plate L165 D57540186222 Replace
223
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540181, D57540183, D57540184, D57540185, D57540186

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Riblet, N BAEM1003 D57540172200


201
70A Riblet, N BAEM1003 D57541718200 03
201
−alternative BAEM1003 D57559073200
201
75 Bracket L164 D92440061000 Replace
0.90(0.035)
80 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540433200 Replace
lic 202
1.20(0.047)
85 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57940036200 Replace
lic 1.60(0.063)
90 Riblet, P BAEM1003 D57540173200
201
90A Riblet, P BAEM1003 D57541710200 03 A20609J0261
201
95 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540434200 Replace A20609J0261
lic 204
1.20(0.047)
100 Bracket L164 D92440038200 Replace B20609J0261
201
0.90(0.035)
105 Packer L164 D92440038202 Replace B20609J0261
203
2.00(0.079)
110 Riblet, Q BAEM1003 D57540174202 B20609J0261
203
115 Bracket L164 D92440039200 Replace B20609J0261
0.90(0.035)
120 Riblet, Q BAEM1003 D57541711200 A20609J0261
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540187, D57540188, D57540189, D57541714, D57541715, D57541719

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 NovPage01/1239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoiler 5 and Aileron


Figure 9 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 AugPage01/1340
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoiler 5 and Aileron


Figure 9 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 AugPage01/1341
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Ribs Between Spoiler 5 and Aileron


Figure 9 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 AugPage01/1342
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib BAEM1213 D57540216200


201
1A Rib BAEM1213 D57540216202 03 A20167J0030
203
5 Rib BAEM1213 D57540213200
201
10 Rib BAEM1213 D57540218200
201
15 Strap L109 D57540356200
201
1.6 (0.063)
20 Rib BAEM1213 D57540217200
201
25 Diaphragm L109 D57540354200
201
1.6 (0.063)
30 Angle L110 D57540357200
201
1.2 (0.047)
35 Diaphragm L110 D57540355200
201
2 (0.079)
40 Diaphragm L110 D57540358200
201
2 (0.079)
45 Cleat L110 D57540359200
201
1.6 (0.063)
50 Angle L109 D57540361202
203
1.6 (0.063)
50A Angle L164 D57541499200 03 A20265J0080
201
1.6 (0.063)
50B Angle L164 D57541499208 A22499J0793
209 B154290J3653
1.6 (0.063) B154290J3698
B154289J3612
55 Plate, throat L109 D57540360204 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540219, D57540220, D57541420, D57559149

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 AugPage01/1343
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60 Angle L109 D57540360202


203
1.6 (0.063)
60A Angle L109 D57541497200 03 A20609J0261
201
1.6 (0.063)
65 Bracket L164 D92440050202
0.9 (0.035)
65A Bracket L164 D92440234200 A20609J0261
201
1 (0.039)
70 Bracket L164 D92440233200 A20609J0261
201
1 (0.039)
75 Bracket BAEM1003 D57541191200
201
1.6 (0.063)
80 Bracket L110 D57541338200
201
1.6 (0.063)
85 Plate, tapered L165 D57558522212 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only)
90 Packer, tapered L165 D57558522208 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only)
95 Strap (MSN0258 L109 D57558522220 A23192J0984
Only) 221
1.6 (0.063)
100 Packer, tapered L165 D57558522206 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only)
105 Plate, tapered L165 D57558522210 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only)
110 Packer, plate L165 D57558522214 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only) 2.5 (0.098)
115 Angle, upper L165 D57558522202 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only) 203
2.5 (0.098)
120 Plate, joint L165 D57558522200 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only) 1.6 (0.063)
125 Angle, lower L165 D57558522204 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only) 205
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540219, D57540220, D57541420, D57558522

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 AugPage01/1344
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

130 Packer, plate L165 D57558522216 A23192J0984


(MSN0258 Only)
135 Diaphragm L109 D57558522218 A23192J0984
(MSN0258 Only)
140 Cleat, false ABS5064A038 D57557080200 A154290J3653
work 201 A154290J3698
A154289J3612
ASSY Dwg.: D57558522, D57558575

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 Pages 45/46
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RIBS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−51−12 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SHROUD BOX STRUCTURE

1. Shroud Box Structure - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Shroud Box Structure Figure 2
2 Shroud Box Structure (After Modification Figure 3
21571J0548)
3 Fixed Shroud Structure (After Figure 4
Modification 26563J1663)
4 Shroud Box Structure (After Modification Figure 5
26562J1658)
5 Fixed Shroud Structure (After Figure 6
Modification 32881J2383)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-50-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 1
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure


Figure 2 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 8
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure


Figure 2 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Diaphragm L164 D57540227200


201
1.20(0.047)
5 Angle L164 D57541215206 Replace
207
10 Diaphragm L165 D57540227202
203
1.20(0.047)
15 Reinforcing L164 D57540858200 Replace
201
20 Cleat L164 D57541215200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
25 Strap, tension BAEM0135 D57540278206 Replace
J4251 207
30 Bracket L164 D57540227204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
35 Diaphragm L165 D57540228200
201
1.20(0.047)
40 Angle L164 D57541215204 Replace
205
45 Diaphragm L165 D57540228204
205
1.20(0.047)
50 Strap, tension BAEM0135 D57540278204 Replace
J4251 205
55 Bracket L164 D57540228204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
60 Diaphragm L164 D57540229200
201
1.20(0.047)
65 Angle L164 D57541215202 Replace
203
70 Diaphragm L165 D57540229202
203
1.20(0.047)
75 Strap, tension BAEM0135 D57540278202 Replace
J4251 203
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

80 Bracket L164 D57540229204 Replace


205
1.20(0.047)
85 Angle L164 D57541219200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
90 Angle L164 D57541219202 Replace
1.20(0.047)
95 Diaphragm L164 D57540230200
201
1.20(0.047)
100 Angle L164 D57541215200 Replace
201
105 Diaphragm L165 D57540230202
203
1.20(0.047)
110 Strap, tension BAEM0135 D57540278200 Replace
J4251 201
115 Bracket L164 D57540230204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
120 Seal BAER0584 D57541264200 Replace
J4253 201
1.20(0.047)
120A Seal BAER0584 D57541264200 Replace A20581J0242
J4253 201
1.20(0.047)
125 Angle BAEM0135 D57540249200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
130 Stiffener L164 D57541271200 Replace
201
1.00(0.039)
135 Bracket, mounting L168 D57540232200 Replace
201
140 Nutplate L164 D57541225200 Replace
201
1.00(0.039)
145 Rib, machined L97 D57540226200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

150 Seal, retainer L164 D57541289200 Replace


201
1.00(0.039)
155 Seal, retainer L164 D57541291200 Replace
201
1.00(0.039)
160 Seal BAER0584 D57541291200 Replace
Medium 201
1.00(0.039)
165 Bracket, mount L97 D57540233200
ing 201
170 Bracket, mount L97 D57540234200
ing 201
175 Seal, retainer L164 D57541288200 Replace
201
1.00(0.039)
180 Seal, retainer L164 D57541288200 Replace
201
2.50(0.098)
185 Seal BAER0575/55 D57541292200 Replace
J4247 2.50(0.098)
190 Plug BAER1004 D57541292200 Replace
Grade A 2.50(0.098)
195 Cleat, support L164 D57541287200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
200 Plate, throat L97 D57541287200 Replace
205 Bracket, ma L168 D57540237200
chined
210 Rib, machined L97 D57540231200
201
215 Bracket, ma L168 D57540238200 B21571J0548
chined 201
220 Nutplate L164 D57541224200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
225 Seal, rib 34 BAEM3120 D57541227200 Replace
Neoprene
230 Plate, seal L164 D57541226200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225, D57550060

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0912
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

235 Plate, reinforc L165 D57540239200 Replace


ing 201
240 Retainer L164 D57540242200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
245 Seal, rubber BAER1004 D57540259200 Replace
J4181
250 Plate, throat L164 D57540240200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
255 Nutplate L164 D57540237200 Replace
260 Stiffener, front BAEM0135 D57540245200 Replace
spar J4255 201
265 Stiffener, front BAEM0135 D57540244200 Replace
spar 201
270 Stiffener, front BAEM0135 D57540245202 Replace
spar J4255 203
275 Boom, top BAEM0135 D57541221200 Replace
201
Made from
D575412162
02
280 Stiffener, front BAEM0135 D57540245204 Replace
spar J4255 205
285 Reinforcing L164 D57541228200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
290 Bracket L164 D57540279200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
295 Bracket, attach L164 D57541277200 Replace
ment 1.20(0.047)
300 Bracket L164 D57541222200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
305 Boom, btm BAEM0135 D57541221202 Replace
203
Made from
D575412172
00
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225, D57540243

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0913
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

310 Retainer BAEM1010 D57540250200 Replace


J4178
315 Bracket, brake L168 D29040092200 Replace
pipe 201
320 Packing L164 D57540263200 Replace
2.50(0.098)
325 Retainer BAEM1010 D57540250202 Replace
J4178
330 Doubler L164 D57541223200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
335 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540246200 Replace
340 Packing L164 D57540247200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
345 Bracket, front L168 D57541229202 Replace
spar 203
350 Web L164 D57540243200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
355 Packing L164 D57540248200 Replace
2.50(0.098)
360 Boom, upper L165 D57540253204 Replace
205
1.60(0.063)
365 Stiffener BAEM0135 D57541220200 Replace
J4255
370 Angle, attach L164 D57541215202 Replace
ment 203
1.20(0.047)
375 Stiffener BAEM0135 D57541220202 Replace
J4255
380 Angle, attach L164 D57541215204 Replace
ment 205
1.20(0.047)
385 Stiffener BAEM0135 D57541220204 Replace
J4255
390 Angle, attach L164 D57541215206 Replace
ment 207
1.20(0.047)
395 Stiffener BAEM0135 D57541220206 Replace
J4255
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225, D57540243, D57540253

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0914
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

400 Angle, attach L164 D57541215200 Replace


ment 201
1.20(0.047)
405 Boom, lower L165 D57540253202 Replace
J4255 203
1.60(0.063)
410 Stiffener BAEM0135 D57541220208 Replace
J4255
415 Web L165 D57540253200 Replace
201
420 Seal BAER0584 D57541317202 Replace
Hard 2.50(0.098)
425 Strip, retaining L164 D57541317206 Replace
1.60(0.063)
430 Seal BAER0584 D57541317204 Replace
Hard 2.50(0.098)
435 Plate, sealing L164 D57541317200 Replace
Hard 201
1.60(0.063)
440 Strip, retaining L164 D57541317208 Replace
1.60(0.063)
445 Plate, nut BAEM1010 D57540256206 Replace
J4178
450 Strip, retaining L164 D57540258204 Replace
1.60(0.063)
455 Seal, dust BAER0571 D57540260204 Replace
Neoprene 2.50(0.098)
460 Plate BAEM1010 D57540256200 Replace
J4178
465 Plate L164 D57541230202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
470 Plate L164 D57541230204 Replace
1.20(0.047)
475 Plate L164 D57541230200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
480 Strip, retaining L164 D57540258202 Replace
1.60(0.063)
485 Seal, dust BAER0571 D57540260202 Replace
Neoprene 2.50(0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225, D57540253

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0915
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

490 Plate BAEM1010 D57540256202 Replace


J4178
495 Strip, retaining L164 D57540258200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
500 Seal, dust BAER0571 D57540260200 Replace
Neoprene 2.50(0.098)
505 Plate L164 D57540257202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
−alternative L164 D57540257200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
510 Spar, Z L164 D57540254200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
515 Plate L164 D57540255202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
520 Plate L164 D57540255200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
525 Plate L164 D57540255204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
530 Plate BAEM1010 D57540256204 Replace
J4178 1.20(0.047)
535 Plate L164 D57541213200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
540 Strip, retaining L164/L89 D57541268200 Replace
J4177
545 Seal, aerodynam BAER1004 D57540262200 Replace
ic J4174 201
550 Sleeve, rubber BAER3147 D57540261202 Replace
J4249 203
1.20(0.047)
555 Strip, attach L164/L89 D57541269200 Replace
ment J4177 1.60(0.063)
560 Seal, rubber BAER1004 D57540261200 Replace
J4174 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0916
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

565 Packing, rubber BAER1004B D57540261200 Replace


wedge J4174
570 Panel, access L165 D57540267200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
575 Strap, outboard L165 D57541266202 Replace
1.60(0.063)
580 Stiffener L165 D57541214200 Replace
201
1.00(0.039)
585 Web L165 D57540266200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
590 Stiffener L165 D57541214202 Replace
203
1.00(0.039)
595 Stiffener L165 D57541214204 Replace
205
1.00(0.039)
600 Strap, inboard L165 D57541266200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
605 Panel, access L165 D57540267202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
610 Plate L164 D57540268200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
615 Bracket, ma L168/T651 D57541270200 Replace
chined 201
620 Stiffener L164 D57540265200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
625 Bracket L97 D57541279200 Replace
201
630 Stiffener L164 D57540265202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
635 Stiffener L164 D57540265204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0917
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

640 Bracket L97 D57541296200 Replace


201
645 Stiffener L164 D57540265206 Replace
207
1.20(0.047)
650 Stiffener L164 D57540265208 Replace
209
1.20(0.047)
655 Packing L164 D57541272200 Replace
2.00(0.079)
660 Cleat L164 D57541276200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
665 Cleat L164 D57541276202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
670 Bracket L164 D57541275200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
675 Retainer L164 D57541274202 Replace
203
1.00(0.039)
675A Retainer BAEM1010 D57541274200 03 Replace A20581J0242
J4178 201
680 Seal BAER0584 D57541273200 Replace
J4253 201
680A Seal BAER0584 D57541709200 03 Replace A20581J0242
J4324 201
685 Plug, end BAER0575−55 D57541299200 Replace B20581J0242
Light Grey
690 Plug, joint BAER0584 D57541300200 Replace B20581J0242
Medium Grey
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0918
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0219
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0220
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0221
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0222
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0223
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0224
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0225
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 21571J0548)


Figure 3 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Diaphragm L164 D57550063200


201
1.20(0.047)
5 Diaphragm L164 D57550063202
203
1.20(0.047)
10 Reinforcing L164 D57541211200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
15 Cleat L164 D57541212200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
20 Strap, tension J4251 D57540278206 Replace
207
25 Diaphragm L164 D57550064200
201
1.20(0.047)
30 Diaphragm L164 D57550064202
203
1.20(0.047)
35 Strap, tension J4251 D57540278204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
40 Diaphragm L164 D57550065200
201
1.20(0.047)
45 Diaphragm L164 D57550065202
203
1.20(0.047)
50 Strap, tension J4251 D57540278202 Replace
203
55 Angle L164 D57541219200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
60 Angle L164 D5754119202 Replace
1.20(0.047)
65 Diaphragm L164 D57550066200
201
1.20(0.047)
70 Diaphragm L164 D57550066202
203
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57550060

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0228
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

75 Strap, tension J4251 D57540278200 Replace


201
80 Angle BAEM0135 D57540249200
201
85 Seal J4253 D57541264202 Replace
203
90 Stiffener L164 D57541271202 Replace
203
1.00(0.039)
95 Bracket, mounting L168 D57540232200 Replace
201
100 Nutplate L164 D57541224200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
105 Rib, machined L97 D57550062200
201
110 Seal, retainer L164 D57541289200 Replace
201
1.00(0.039)
115 Seal, retainer L164 D57541291200 Replace
201
2.50(0.098)
120 Seal BAER0584 D57541295200 Replace
Hard 201
125 Bracket, mounting L97 D57540233200 Replace
201
130 Bracket, mounting L97 D57540234200 Replace
201
135 Seal, retainer L164 D57541288200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
140 Seal, retainer L164 D57541290200 Replace
2.50(0.098)
145 Seal J4247 D57541292200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
150 Plug BAER1004 D57541294200 Replace
Grade A
155 Cleat, support L164 D57541287200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
160 Plate, throat L97 D57541218200 Replace
165 Bracket L168 D57540237200 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57550060

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

170 Rib L97 D57550067200 Replace


201
175 Bracket ABM3-1029 D57540238204 Replace A21850J0638
205
-alternative L168 D57540238202 Replace
203
180 Seal, rib BAER0571-55 D57541227200 Replace
185 Plate, seal L164 D57541226200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
190 Plate, reinforcÈ L165 D57540239200 Replace
ing 201
2.00(0.079)
195 Retainer L164 D57540242200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
200 Seal, rubber J4181 D57540259200 Replace
205 Plate, throat L164 D57540240200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
210 Bush, flange S80 D57540236200 Replace
210A Bush, plain DTD197 S64-2P220 Replace A21850J0638
215 Bush, plain DTD197 S64-2P250 Replace
215A Bush, plain DTD197 S64-2P220 Replace A21850J0638
220 Bush, slider S80 D57540241200 Replace
225 Bush, plain DTD197 S64-20220 Replace
230 Nutplate L164 D57541224200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
235 Stiffener J4255 D57540245200 Replace
201
240 Stiffener BAEM4050 D57540244200 Replace
201
245 Stiffener J4255 D57540245202 Replace
203
250 Stiffener J4255 D57540245204 Replace
205
255 Reinforcing L164 D57541228200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57550060

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 NovPage01/0230
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

260 Bracket L168 D57541229202 Replace


203
265 Bracket L164 D57540279200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
270 Bracket L168 D57541277200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
275 Bracket L164 D57541222200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
280 Spar L165 D57550071200
201
4.50(0.177)
285 Boom, lower BAEM0135 D57541221202
203
Made from
D575412172
00
290 Bracket L168 D2904092200 Replace
201
295 Bracket BAEM1213 D57550079200 Replace
300 Cover L164 D57540252200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
305 Doubler L164 D57541223200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
310 Seal BAER0584 D57541317204 Replace
Hard 2.50(0.098)
315 Strip, retaining L164 D57541317206 Replace
1.60(0.063)
320 Seal BAER0584 D57541317202 Replace
Hard 2.50(0.098)
325 Plate, sealing L164 D57541317200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
330 Strip, retaining L164 D57541317208 Replace
1.60(0.063)
335 Stiffener J4255 D57541220200 Replace
340 Stiffener J4255 D57541220202 Replace
345 Stiffener J4255 D57541220204 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57550060

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0931
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

350 Stiffener J4255 D57541220206 Replace


355 Boom, lower L165 D57550072202
203
1.60(0.063)
360 Stiffener J4255 D57541220208 Replace
365 Spar L165 D57550072200
201
2.80(0.110)
370 Plate L164 D57550084200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
375 Spar L165 D57550073200
201
2.80(0.110)
−alternative L164 D57550170200
201
1.60(0.063)
380 Channel L164 D57550074200 Replace
201
1.40(0.055)
385 Plate, reinforc L164 D57550170204 Replace
ing 1.20(0.047)
390 Plate J4178 D57540256200 Replace
395 Plate J4178 D57540256204 Replace
400 Plate, reinforc L164 D57550170202 Replace
ing 1.20(0.047)
405 Seal J4174 D57540262200 Replace
201
410 Strip, retaining J4177 D57541268200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
415 Packing BAER1004B D57540261206 Replace
420 Strip, attach J4177 D57541269200 Replace
ment 1.60(0.063)
425 Seal J4174 D57540261200 Replace
201
430 Nutplate L164 D57540268200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
435 Stiffener J4474 D57550078200 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57550060

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/0932
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

440 Web L165 D57550070200


201
1.60(0.063)
445 Stiffener J4474 D57550078202 Replace
450 Stiffener J4474 D57550078204 Replace
455 Cover L164 D57540269200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
460 Skin L165 D57550069200
201
2.00(0.079)
465 Stiffener L164 D57540265200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
470 Bracket L97 D57541296200 Replace
201
475 Stiffener L164 D57540265202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
480 Stiffener L164 D57540265204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
485 Stiffener L164 D57540265206 Replace
207
1.20(0.047)
490 Stiffener L164 D57540265208 Replace
209
1.20(0.047)
495 Seal J4324 D57541709200 Replace
201
500 Cleat L164 D57541276200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
505 Cleat L164 D57541276202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
510 Bracket L164 D57541275200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
515 Retainer J4178 D57541274200 Replace
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57550060

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 NovPage01/0233
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud Structure (After Modification 26563J1663)


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0434
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud Structure (After Modification 26563J1663)


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0435
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud Structure (After Modification 26563J1663)


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0436
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Lug, attachment L164 D57541479200


1.60(0.063)
5 Rib BAEM1213 D57540464200
201
5A Rib BAEM1213 D57541547200 A20666J0332
201
10 Cleat BAEM1213 D57440483202
203
15 Rib BAEM1213 D57540479200
201
15A Rib BAEM1213 D57541549200 A20666J0332
201
20 Rib BAEM1213 D57540471200
201
20A Rib BAEM1213 D57541553200 A20666J0332
201
25 Bracket, bonding L164 D57540910200
0.90(0.035)
30 Cleat L110 D57541065200
1.60(0.063)
35 Cleat L110 D57541067200
201
1.60(0.063)
40 Bracket BAEM1213 D57540474202
−alternative BAEM1213 D57540474200
45 Bracket BAEM1213 D57540475202
45A Bracket BAEM1213 D57540475210
211
−alternative BAEM1213 D57540475202
203
50 Rib BAEM1213 D57541053200
201
55 Cleat L110 D57541060200
1.60(0.063)
60 Rib L110 D57541050200
1.60(0.063)
65 Angle L109 D57541072200
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540467, D57541547, D57541549, D57541558

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/1037
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Rib L97 D57541054200


201
75 Cleat L97 D57541055020
0
201
80 Rib L110 D57541051200
201
1.60(0.063)
85 Channel L110 D57541057200
201
1.60(0.063)
90 Spar, forward BAEM1213 D57540480200
201
95 Cleat L97 D57541056200
201
100 Rib L110 D57541052200
201
1.60(0.063)
105 Angle L110 D57541071200
1.60(0.063)
110 Cleat BAEM1213 D57540482200
201
115 Bracket S80 D57541281200
120 Channel L110 D57541058200
201
1.60(0.063)
125 Spar, forward BAEM1213 D57540481200
201
130 Cleat L110 D57541073200
201
1.60(0.063)
135 Cleat BAEM1213 D57541256200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540467

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 JunPage01/1038
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0241
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0242
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0243
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0244
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Structure (After Modification 26562J1658)


Figure 5 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Diaphragm, WX666 L97 D57555673200


201
5 Rib, machined L97 D57555668202
WX666 203
10 Retainer, seal L165 D57555698202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
15 Reinforcing, skin L165 D57555682204 Replace
WX1727 1.60(0.063)
15A Reinforcing, skin L165 D57555682210 A31609J2196
WX1727 1.60(0.063)
20 Seal J4181 D57555699200 Replace
25 Bracket L168 D57540237200 Replace
30 Bracket L168 D57540238202 Replace
203
35 Rib, machined L97 D57555671204
205
35A Rib, machined L97 D57555671206 A31609J2196
207
40 Packer L165 D57555694200 Replace
2.00(0.079)
45 Rib, machined L97 D57555667200
WX379 201
50 Rib, machined L97 D57555669200
WX1069 201
55 Rib, machined L97 D57555670200
WX1414 201
60 Washer, throat L165 D57555687200 Replace
60A Washer, throat L165 D57555687202 A31609J2196
65 Diaphragm, WX379 L97 D57555672202
203
70 Diaphragm, WX1069 L97 D57555674200
201
75 Diaphragm, WX1414 L97 D57555675200
201
80 Bracket L168 D57559187204 Replace
205
80A Bracket L168 D57559187206 A31609J2196
207
ASSY Dwg.: D57555660, D57555694

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 NovPage01/0347
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

85 Bracket L168 D57559186202 Replace


203
85A Bracket ABM3-1029 D57559186206 A31609J2196
207
90 Angle L164 D57559230200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
95 Rib, machined L97 D5755689202 Replace
WX59 203
100 Bracket L168 D57559185200 Replace
201
105 Plug BAER1004 D57541294200 Replace
Grade A
110 Carrier, seal L97 D57555658200 Replace
201
115 Support, seal L165 D57555692204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
-alternative L165 D57555692202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
120 Seal ABS5203-01 D57555659200 Replace
201
125 Baseplate, seal L164 D57559188200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
130 Seal, rib 34 BAER0571-55 D57541227200
135 Plate, seal L164 D57541226200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
140 Carrier, seal ABS5202-01 D57555691202 Replace
203
140A Carrier, seal ABS5202-02 D57555691210 A31609J2196
211
145 Support, seal L165 D57555693200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
145A Support, seal L165 D57555693202 A31609J2196
203
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57555660, D57555666, D57555679

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 NovPage01/0348
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

150 Seal ABS5203-01 D57555679200 Replace


155 Bracket, hinge ABM3-1029 D57555653200 Replace
201
160 Bracket L168 D57559217202 Replace
203
160A Bracket ABM3-1029 D57559217206 A31609J2196
207
165 Spar, front L97 D57555663200
201
165A Spar, front L97 D57555663204 A31609J2196
205
170 Nutplate L164 D57540251200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
175 Bracket ABM3-1029 D29040092202 Replace
203
180 Retainer J4178 D57540250202 Replace
180A Retainer J4178 D57540250208 A31609J2196
185 Fitting, hoist L97 D57541296000 Replace
BAEP4607C 001
190 Bracket L165 D57555657200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
195 Retainer J4178 D57540250200 Replace
195A Retainer J4178 D57540250206 A31609J2196
200 Fitting, hoist L97 D57541279000 Replace
BAEP4607C 001
205 Retainer J4178 D57540250204 Replace
210 Retainer L164 D57541277200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
215 Strip, retaining L165 D57555654204 Replace
1.60(0.063)
220 Seal ABR4-0085 D57555654208 Replace
Hard
225 Seal ABR4-0085 D57555654214 Replace
Hard
-alternative ABR4-0085 D57555654206 Replace
Hard
ASSY Dwg.: D57555660, D57555696

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 NovPage01/0349
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

230 Strip, retaining L165 D57555654212 Replace


1.60(0.063)
-alternative L165 D57555654202 Replace
1.60(0.063)
235 Plate L165 D57555654210 Replace
211
1.60(0.063)
-alternative L165 D57555654200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
235A Plate L165 D57555654216 A31609J2196
217
1.60(0.063)
240 Cover L164 D57540252200 Replace
1.20(0.047)
245 Seal, U/C leg J4253 D57541264202 Replace
door 203
250 Angle, seal ABM2-2022 D57555697202 Replace
203
250A Angle, seal ABM2-2022 D57555697204 A31609J2196
205
255 Spar, mid L97 D57555664200
201
255A Spar, mid L97 D57555664206 A31609J2196
207
260 Angle, closing L165 D57555684200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
265 Seal ABS5206-01 D57555680200 Replace
270 Seal ABS5204-01 D57555677200 Replace
201
275 Seal J4249 D57555677204 Replace
205
280 Seal ABS5202-01 D57555691208 Replace
209
280A Seal ABS5202-02 D57555691216 A31609J2196
217
285 Spar, rear L165 D57555665200
201
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57555660

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 NovPage01/0350
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

290 Spar, rear L165 D57555665202


203
1.60(0.063)
295 Spar, rear L165 D57555665204
205
1.60(0.063)
300 Spar, rear L165 D57555665206
207
1.60(0.063)
305 Spar, rear L165 D57555665208
209
1.60(0.063)
310 Cleat L165 D57555688200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57555660

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 NovPage01/0351
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Fixed Shroud Structure (After Modification 32881J2383)


Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57-51-21 FebPage01/0452
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strip, Rubbing S80 D57550250200


5 Bracket. Bonding L164 D57540910204
10 Lug, Inboard ABP9−4324B D57550245000
Bottom
20 Lug, Outboard ABP9−4324B D57550249000
Bottom 001
30 Bracket, Bonding L164 D57540910200
40 Lug, Center Bot ABP9−4324B D57550247000
tom 001
50 Lug, Top ABM3−1029 D57550243200
ASSY Dwg.: D57550251

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 Pages 53/54
Jun 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGES − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGES − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−51−21 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS, CLOSING PLATES AND SEALS

1. Strips, Closing Plates and Seals − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Seal − Rear False Spar Figure 2
2 Buttstrap − Fixed Underwing Panel Figure 3
3 Sealing Plate − Fixed Shroud Figure 4
4 Seal Plates and Buttstraps Forward of Figure 5
Spoilers
5 Seal Assembly − T/E Falsework Figure 6
6 Top and Bottom Joint Plates (Before Figure 7
Modification 20167J0057)
6 Top and Bottom Joint Plates (After Mod Figure 8
ification 20167J0057)
7 Buttstraps − Shroud Panel T/E Falsework Figure 9
8 Buttstraps − T/E Falsework Figure 10
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−50−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage 2
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal - Rear False Spar


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-26 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Seal, support BAEM1003 D57540857202


(J4327) 203
5 Seal J4174 D57540890200
Dunlop Rub 201
ber
10 Plate J4177 D57540890210
ASSY Dwg.: D57540425, D57540890

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Buttstrap - Fixed Underwing Panel


Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-26 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap L109 D57540454202 Replace


203
5.00(0.197)
-alternative maÈ L165
terial
-alternative L109 D57540454200 03 Replace
201
5.00(0.197)
1A Buttstrap L109 D57540454204 03 Replace A24015J1145
205
5.00(0.197)
-alternative maÈ L165
terial
ASSY Dwg.: D57541316, D57541329

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-26 FebPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Sealing Plate − Fixed Shroud


Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 FebPage 7
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, sealing L109 D57541061200


inboard 1 (0.039)
1A Plate, sealing L109 D57541061202 A20661J0319
inboard 1 (0.039)
1B Plate, sealing L165 D57555622202 A26563J1663
inboard 1 (0.039)
5 Plate, sealing L109 D57541062200
outboard 1 (0.039)
5A Plate, sealing L109 D57541062202 A20661J0319
outboard 1 (0.039)
5B Plate, sealing L165 D57555621202 A26563J1663
outboard 1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540465, D57555600

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 FebPage 8
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Plates and Buttstraps Forward of Spoilers


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 FebPage 9
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Plates and Buttstraps Forward of Spoilers


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 FebPage01/0810
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Plates and Buttstraps Forward of Spoilers


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 FebPage01/0811
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Plates and Buttstraps Forward of Spoilers


Figure 5 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-26 FebPage01/0212
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Plates and Buttstraps Forward of Spoilers


Figure 5 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 FebPage01/0913
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Plates and Buttstraps Forward of Spoilers


Figure 5 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 FebPage01/0814
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap L110 D57541159200 B22024J0687


201
1.6 (0.063)
5 Buttstrap L110 D57541158200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
10 Plate BAEM1213 D57541157200
10A Plate ABM3−1029 D57541157202 A39108J2942
15 Buttstrap L110 D57541136200
1.6 (0.063)
18 Buttstrap L110 D57550128200 A22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
20 Plate BAEM1213 D57541156200
201
25 Plate BAEM1213 D57541155200
201
30 Buttstrap L110 D57541154200
201
1.6 (0.063)
30A Buttstrap L110 D57541154202 A20265J0080
203
1.6 (0.063)
35 Bracket L164 D57541475202
1.2 (0.047)
40 Buttstrap L110 D57541153200
201
1.6 (0.063)
40A Buttstrap L110 D57541153202 A20265J0080
203 B22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
45 Plate, seal as See Note D57541116004
sembly Figure 5 005
Sheet 4
45A Plate, seal as See Note D57541116002 A20265J0080
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 4
45B Plate, seal as See Note D57541675000
sembly Figure 5 002
Sheet 4
ASSY Dwg.: D57541175, D57541686, D57550148, D57550153

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1015
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45C Plate, seal as See Note D57550152000 A22024J0687


sembly Figure 5 001
Sheet 6
45D Plate, seal as See Note D57550152004 A25149J1449
sembly Figure 5 005
Sheet 6
50 Plate, seal J4228 D57541113202
50A Plate, seal J4228 D57541672212
214
50B Plate, seal L110 D57550111200 A22024J0687
2 (0.079)
55 Plate, seal as See Note D57541117004
sembly Figure 5 005
Sheet 4
55A Plate, seal as See Note D57541117002 A20265J0080
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 4
55B Plate, seal as See Note D57541676000
sembly Figure 5 002
Sheet 4
55C Plate, seal as See Note D57550115000 A22024J0687
sembly Figure 5 001
Sheet 6
55D Plate, seal as See Note D57550115002 A25149J1449
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 6
55E Plate, seal as ABRI−0021 D57550115004 A39108J2942
sembly 005
55F Plate, seal as ABRI−0021 D57557001000 A150463J3083
sembly 001
60 Plate BAEM1213 D57541152200
65 Buttstrap L110 D57541151200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
70 Buttstrap L110 D57541150200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
75 Plate L109 D57541149200
80 Buttstrap L110 D57541148200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541175, D57541686, D57550148, D57550153, D57550159

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1016
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

85 Buttstrap L110 D57541147200 B22024J0687


201
1.6 (0.063)
90 Plate, seal as See Note D57541115002
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 4
90A Plate, seal as See Note D57541674000 A20265J0080
sembly Figure 5 002
Sheet 4
90B Plate, seal as See Note D57550150000 A22024J0687
sembly Figure 5 001
Sheet 6
90C Plate, seal as See Note D57550150002 A25149J1449
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 6
95 Plate, seal J4228 D57541113202
95A Plate, seal J4228 D57541672208
210
95B Plate, seal L110 D57550111200 A22024J0687
2 (0.079)
100 Buttstrap L110 D57541146200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
105 Buttstrap L110 D57541145200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
110 Buttstrap L110 D57541144200
201
1.6 (0.063)
110A Buttstrap L110 D57541144202 A20167J0030
203 B22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
115 Buttstrap L110 D57541143200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
120 Buttstrap L110 D57541142200 B22024J0687
201
1.6 (0.063)
125 Plate, seal as See Note D57541114004
sembly Figure 5 005
Sheet 4
ASSY Dwg.: D57541175, D57541686, D57550148, D57550159

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1017
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

125A Plate, seal as See Note D57541114002 A20265J0080


sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 4
125B Plate, seal as See Note D57541673000
sembly Figure 5 002
Sheet 4
125C Plate, seal as See Note D57550112000 A22024J0687
sembly Figure 5 001
Sheet 6
125D Plate, seal as See Note D57550112002 A25149J1449
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 6
130 Plate, seal J4228 D57541113202
130A Plate, seal J4228 D57541672204
206
130B Plate, seal L110 D57550111200 A22024J0687
135 Plate BAEM1213 D57541160200
140 Buttstrap L110 D57541141200
201
1.6 (0.063)
140A Buttstrap L110 D57541141000
001
1.6 (0.063)
140B Buttstrap L110 D57550129000 A22024J0687
001
1.6 (0.063)
140C Buttstrap L110 D57550129002 A38749J2931
003
1.6 (0.063)
145 Buttstrap L110 D57541140200
201
1.6 (0.063)
145A Buttstrap L110 D57541140202 A20167J0030
203 B22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
150 Buttstrap L110 D57541139200
201
1.6 (0.063)
150A Buttstrap L110 D57541139202 A20167J0030
203 B22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541175, D57541686, D57550148, D57550149

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1018
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

155 Buttstrap L110 D57541138200


201
1.6 (0.063)
155A Buttstrap L110 D57541138202 A20167J0030
203 B22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
160 Buttstrap L110 D57541137200
201
1.6 (0.063)
160A Buttstrap L110 D57541137202 A20167J0030
203 B22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
165 Plate, seal as See Note D57541112002
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 4
165A Plate, seal as See Note D57541671000
sembly Figure 5 002
Sheet 4
165B Plate, seal as See Note D57550110000 A22024J0687
sembly Figure 5 001
Sheet 6
165C Plate, seal as See Note D57550110002 A25149J1449
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 6
170 Plate, seal J4228 D57541113202
170A Plate, seal J4228 D57541672200
202
170B Plate, seal L110 D57550111200 A22024J0687
175 Buttstrap L110 D57541135200 B22024J0687
201
2 (0.079)
180 Buttstrap L110 D57541134200 B22024J0687
201
185 Buttstrap L110 D57541133200
2 (0.079)
190 Buttstrap L110 D57541132200
201
1.6 (0.063)
195 Buttstrap L110 D57541131200
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541174, D57541175, D57541686, D57550148, D57550159

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1019
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

200 Seal, plate J4229 D57541107200


201
205 Seal, plate J4229 D57541108204
205
205A Seal, plate J4229 D57541679200
202
205B Seal, plate L110 D57550109200 A22024J0687
201
2 (0.079)
210 Seal, plate J4229 D57541109202
210A Seal, plate J4229 D57541678200
202
210B Seal, plate L110 D57550108200 A22024J0687
2 (0.079)
215 Plate, seal as See Note D57541110002
sembly Figure 5 003
Sheet 4
215A Plate, seal as See Note D57541677000
sembly Figure 5 002
Sheet 4
215B Plate, seal as See Note D57550107000 A22024J0687
sembly Figure 5 001
Sheet 6
220 Seal, plate J4229 D57541111200
201
220A Seal, plate L110 D57550106200 A22024J0687
201
2 (0.079)
225 Buttstrap L110 D57541136202
1.6 (0.063)
230 Buttstrap L110 D57550128202 A22024J0687
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541174, D57541685, D57541686, D57550146, D57550147, D57550151,
D57550158

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1020
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Assembly − T/E Falsework


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1021
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Seal Assembly − T/E Falsework


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1022
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Seal, assembly D57640027002 Replace


003
1A Seal, assembly D57640027004 03 Replace A25230J1455
005
5 Seal BAER1004A D57640027202 Replace
203
5A Seal ABR4−0082 D57640027214 03 Replace A25230J1455
215
10 Plate, back L164 D57640027204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
10A Plate, back L164 D57640027212 03 Replace A25230J1455
213
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57640027, D57640030

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1023
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (Before Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1024
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (Before Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1025
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (Before Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 7 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1026
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap BAEM1213 D57541100200 Replace


201
5 Strap BAEM1213 D57541237200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
10 Bracket L164 D57541238210 Replace
211
1.20(0.047)
15 Bracket L164 D57541237210 Replace
211
1.20(0.047)
20 Strap L164 D57541237202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
25 Strap L164 D57541237204 Replace
205
1.60(0.063)
30 Strap L164 D57541237206 Replace
207
1.60(0.063)
35 Strap L164 D57541237208 Replace
209
1.60(0.063)
40 Packer, tapered L164 D57541197210 Replace
2.00(0.079)
45 Strap J4224 D57541102200 Replace
201
50 Bracket L164 D57541238212 Replace
213
1.20(0.047)
55 Strap L164 D57541238200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
60 Strap L164 D57541238202 Replace
203
1.60(0.063)
65 Strap L164 D57541238204 Replace
205
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541197, D57541198

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1027
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Strap L164 D57541238206 Replace


207
1.60(0.063)
75 Strap L164 D57541238208 Replace
209
1.60(0.063)
80 Packer L164 D57541198212 Replace
0.90(0.035)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541198

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 JunPage01/1028
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (After Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1229
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (After Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1330
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (After Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 8 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1331
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (After Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 8 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1232
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Top and Bottom Joint Plates (After Modification 20167J0057)


Figure 8 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1333
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap BAEM1213 D57541490200


201
1A Strap BAEM1213 D57541490210 A22499J0793
211
1B Strap ABM3−1029 D57541490212 A32408J2268
213 B160004J3252
1C Strap ABM3−1029 D57541490214 A160004J3252
215 B154290J3653
B154290J3698
B154289J3612
1D Strap ABS5064A038 D57557078200 A154290J3653
201 A154290J3698
B160077J3717
1E Strap ABS5064A038 D57558577204 A160077J3717
205
5 Bracket L164 D57541238210 A160004J3252
211
1.2 (0.047)
10 Strap L164 D57541498200
201
1.6 (0.063)
10A Strap L164 D57541498208 A32408J2268
209 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
10B Strap L165 D57557065200 A160004J3252
201 B154290J3653
1.6 (0.063) B154290J3698
B154289J3612
10C Strap ABS5064A025 D57557077200 A154290J3653
201 A154290J3698
B160077J3717
10D Strap ABS5064A025 D57558577200 A160077J3717
201
15 Strap L164 D57541498202
203
1.6 (0.063)
15A Strap L164 D57541498210 A32408J2268
211 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541433, D57541490, D57541498, D57557058, D57558575, D57558577

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1334
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

15B Strap L165 D57557052200 A160004J3252


201 B154290J3653
2 (0.079) B154290J3698
B154289J3612
15C Strap ABS5064A025 D57557076200 A154290J3653
201 A154290J3698
B160077J3717
15D Strap ABS5064A025 D57558577202 A160077J3717
203
20 Strap L164 D57541429200
201
1.6 (0.063)
20A Strap L164 D57541429208 A32408J2268
209 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
20B Strap L165 D57557039200 A160004J3252
201
2 (0.079)
25 Strap L164 D57541429202
203
1.6 (0.063)
25A Strap L164 D57541429212 A32408J2268
213 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
25B Strap L165 D57557040200 A160004J3252
201
2 (0.079)
30 Strap L164 D57541498204
205
1.6 (0.063)
30A Strap L164 D57541498216 A32408J2268
217 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
30B Strap L165 D57557025200 A160004J3252
201
2 (0.079)
35 Strap L164 D57541498206
207
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541429, D57541464, D57557058, D57558575, D57558577

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1335
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

35A Strap L164 D57541498218 A32408J2268


219 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
35B Strap L165 D57557010200 A160004J3252
201
2 (0.079)
40 Strap assembly J4224 D57541491000
001
40A Strap assembly J4224 D57541491004 A22499J0793
005 A160004J3252
45 Strap L164 D57541496200
201
1.6 (0.063)
45A Strap L164 D57541496228 A32408J2268
229 A160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
50 Strap L164 D57541496202
203
1.6 (0.063)
50A Strap L164 D57541496230 A32408J2268
231 A160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
55 Bracket L164 D57541496222 A160004J3252
223
1.2 (0.047)
60 Strap L164 D57541496212 B160004J3252
213
0.8 (0.031)
65 Strap L164 D57541496206 A160004J3252
207
1.6 (0.063)
70 Strap L164 D57541496208
209
1.6 (0.063)
70A Strap L164 D57541496234 A32408J2268
235 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
70B Strap L164 D57557015200 A160004J3252
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57541433, D57541464, D57541496, D57557056, D57557058

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1336
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Strap L164 D57541496204


205
1.6 (0.063)
75A Strap L164 D57541496232 A32408J2268
233 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
75B Strap L164 D57557014200 A160004J3252
201
2.4 (0.094)
80 Strap L164 D57541496210
211
1.6 (0.063)
80A Strap L164 D57541496236 A32408J2268
237 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
80B Strap L164 D57557009200 A160004J3252
201
2.4 (0.094)
85 Packer, tapered L164 D57541358200 B160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
90 Packer, tapered L164 D57541357200 B160004J3252
2 (0.079)
95 Strap L164 D57557063200 A160004J3252
201
0.8 (0.031)
100 Strap, cleat L164 D57557012200 A160004J3252
201
0.8 (0.031)
105 Bracket L164 D57541238210 B154290J3653
211 B154290J3698
1.2 (0.047) B154289J3612
ASSY Dwg.: D57541464, D57541496, D57557056

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1337
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Buttstraps − Shroud Panel T/E Falsework


Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1238
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57541101200


201
5 Buttstrap L109 D57540317200
201
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540221

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1239
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Buttstraps − T/E Falsework


Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 AugPage01/1240
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540345200


201
5 Buttstrap BAEM1213 D57540326200
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540303

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 Pages 41/42
Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS − CLOSING PLATES − SEALS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


153932J3545 AND MODIFICATION 153904J3544.

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

1. General

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Trailing Edge (T/E) Buttstrap Fasteners and Seal Plate Assembly Fas
teners between Ribs 10 and 20. This data is valid for the aircraft
shown in Table 101.

NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to SRM


Chapter 51−73−00.
NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to SRM
Chapter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


SRM Chapter 51−11−00).

C. After rework the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the al
lowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded refer to the column ACTION OR REPAIR in SRM Chapter 57−51−26 Page
Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−51−26 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

If a repair is not available, contact AIRBUS.

2. Allowable Damage
A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Fasteners
that attach the T/E Buttstraps and Seal Plate Assemblies between Ribs 10
and 20.

B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.
3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Temporary Allow
able Damage Lim
its for Broken 4.A.(1)(a) C
T/E Buttstrap Fasteners and Seal or Missing Fas
Plate Assembly
y Fasteners between Ribs teners
10 and 20 Permanent Repair
of Broken or
4.A.(1)(b) A
Missing Fasteners
by Replacement
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
4. T/E Buttstrap Fasteners and Seal Plate Assembly Fasteners − Allowable Damage
A. Broken or Missing Fasteners (between Ribs 10 and 20)
(1) Broken or missing fasteners are allowed at the T/E Buttstraps and
Seal Plate Assemblies, but you must replace the fasteners at the
following intervals:

(a) Any broken or missing fasteners in less than 350 Flight Hours
(this includes end fasteners and fasteners that are adjacent to
each other). The total number of broken or missing fasteners must
be less than 25% of the total number of fasteners in any one
strip. (Refer to Chapter 51−40−00).

You must protect fastener holes with High Speed Tape (CML No.
08−052) until the fasteners are replaced (Refer to Chapter
51−77−12 Paragraph 2.A.).

(b) If the number of fasteners which are broken or missing on any


one strip is more than 25% of the total number of fasteners on
that strip, you must replace the fasteners before the next
flight, or alternatively, contact AIRBUS for further instruction.
(2) For the location of broken or missing fasteners on the T/E Butts
traps and Seal Plate Assemblies, refer to Figure 101.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−51−26 Feb 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Buttstrap Fasteners and Seal Plate Assembly Fasteners between Ribs 10 and 20
Figure 101

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 PagesJun103/104
01/10
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STRIPS CLOSING PLATES AND SEALS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−51−26 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MOUNTING SUPPORTS

1. Mounting Supports - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Beam, Flap Track 1 Figure 2
2 Beam, Flap Track 2 Figure 3
3 Beam, Flap Track 3 Figure 4
4 Beam, Flap Track 4 Figure 5
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-50-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 NovPage 1
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 1


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 FebPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Upstop 3.7164.1 D57572014200 Replace


201
5 Plate, bearing 1.4548.9-12 D57572019200 Replace
-alternative maÈ 1.4545.4
terial
10 Track 1 3.7164.1 D57572011202
203
-alternative 3.7164.1 D57572011200
201
10A Track 1 3.7164.1 D57572011206
207
-alternative 3.7164.1 D57572011204
205
10B Track 1 3.7164.1 D57572011210 A24379K3662
211
-alternative 3.7164.1 D57572011208 A24379K3662
209
10C Track 1 3.7164.1 D57572011214
215
-alternative 3.7164.1 D57572011212
213
15 Plate, friction 1.4548.9-12 D57572018200 Replace
-alternative maÈ 1.4545.4
terial
20 Plate, end 3.4364T7351-3 D57572016200 Replace
5
25 Upstop, 40 deg. 3.4364T7351-6 D57572015200 Replace
0 201
25A Upstop, 35 deg. 3.4364T7351-6 D57572015202 Replace A20804J0343
0 203
25B Upstop, variable 3.4364T7351-6 D57572015204 Replace A21707K1813
0 205
30 Bonding, sheet 3.7164.1 D57572055200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
35 Bonding, sheet 2.1247.74 D57572025204 Replace
0.50(0.020)
ASSY Dwg.: D57572010

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 FebPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 MayPage 5
01/06
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage 6
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 AugPage 7
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 AugPage 8
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 AugPage 9
01/04
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 AugPage01/0410
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 AugPage01/0411
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 AugPage01/0412
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 2


Figure 3 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57-51-33 AugPage01/0413
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Pad, anti−chafe BS2572 D57540093200


Type F1
5 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540562200 B33513J2373
(J4241) 201
10 Buttstrap L109 D57541372200
15 Plate, packing L109 D57540566200 B20672J0321
1.6 (0.063)
20 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540562202 B33513J2373
(J4241) 203
25 Bracket, bonding S527 D57540055200
1.2 (0.047)
25A Bracket, bonding S527 D57540055206 A26570J1769
1.2 (0.047)
30 Bracket L97 D57540553200
201
35 Bracket L97 D57540554200
201
40 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540547200
0.3 (0.012)
41 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540547202
0.4 (0.016)
42 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540547204
0.5 (0.020)
45 Pin, aft spigot S99 D57540081200
45A Pin, aft spigot S99 D57551028200 A24659J1352
50 Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57540067000
beam 001
50A Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57540067002 A20661J0319
beam 003
50B Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57541761000 A20672J0321
beam 001
50C Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57541761002 A33513J2373
beam 003
made from
D575413342
00
55 Washer, saddle L165 D57540051200
60 Contact, bonding TA11 D57540952200
60A Contact, bonding TA2 D57551086200 A34880J2380
ASSY Dwg.: D57541030, D57541530, D57541752, D57550055, D57550200

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1314
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

65 Strap, joint TA59 D57540089200


201
70 Track, flap BAEM4045 D57540066000 PB101
70A Track, flap BAEM4045 D57540066002 PB101 A34880J2380
75 Web TA59 D57540071200
201
75A Web L109 D57541371200 A20265J0080
201
75B Web L109 D57541786200 A20672J0321
201
75C Web L109 D57541786202 A26570J1769
203
80 Fitting, aft BAEM1218 D57540043200
beam
80A Fitting, aft BAEM1218 D57541755200
beam
85 Bracket S527 D57551021202
203
90 Bracket L164 D57551021208 A21405J0568
209
1.6 (0.063)
95 Bracket, kink BAEM1213 D57540088200
100 Bracket L164 D57551021200
201
1.6 (0.063)
105 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57540060200
201
110 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540548200
0.3 (0.012)
111 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540548202
0.4 (0.016)
112 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540548204
0.5 (0.020)
115 Web TA59 D57541371202
203
115A Web TA59 D57541785202 A27840J1988
203
120 Plate, packing L109 D57540565200 B20672J0321
0.5 (0.020)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541030, D57541530, D57541752, D57550055, D57550200

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1315
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

125 Fitting, spigot L168 D57540073200


125A Fitting, spigot L168 D57541758200 A21405J0568
130 Fitting, fwd TA11 D57540072200
spigot
130A Fitting, fwd TA11 D57541757200 A21405J0568
spigot
135 Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57540069000 PB101
beam
135A Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57541760000 PB101 A21405J0568
beam
140 Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57540069001 PB101
beam
140A Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57541760001 PB101 A21405J0568
beam
145 Channel, flap BAEM4045 D57540068200
beam
145A Channel, flap BAEM4045 D57541759000 A21405J0568
beam
150 Stop, top TA56 D57540095200
150A Stop, top ABM3−1029 D57540095202 A34880J2380
155 Bracket L164 D57551021206 A21405J0568
207
1.6 (0.063)
160 Pad, bearing S533 D57540083200
160A Pad, bearing S533 D57540083202 A20661J0319
2.5 (0.098)
160B Pad, bearing S144 D57551031200 A24659J1352
161 Plate, packing L165 D57541028200
1 (0.039)
162 Plate, packing L165 D57541028202
0.5 (0.020)
163 Plate, packing L165 D57541028204
2 (0.079)
164 Plate, packing L165 D57541028206
1.6 (0.063)
165 Plate, packing L165 D57541028208
2.5 (0.098)
166 Plate, packing L165 D57541028210
167 Plate, packing L165 D57541028212
ASSY Dwg.: D57541030, D57541033, D57541752, D57550055, D57550200

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1316
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

168 Plate, packing L165 D57541028214


169 Plate, packing L165 D57541028220
0.25 (0.010)
170 Bush, support L168 D57540552200 B20672J0321
201
175 Ring, support L165 D57541762200
2 (0.079)
180 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540562206 B33513J2373
(J4241) 207
185 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540562204 B33513J2373
(J4241) 205
190 Saddle L165 D57540090200
195 Bracket, bonding S527 D57540059200
1.6 (0.063)
195A Bracket, bonding S527 D57541734200 A20672J0321
1.6 (0.063)
200 Web L109 D57541785200
201
200A Web L109 D57541785204 A26570J1769
205
205 Plate, side L109 D57540563200 B26570J1769
201
1.6 (0.063)
205A Plate, side L109 D57540563214 A21228J0402
215
1.6 (0.063)
210 Plate, bottom L109 D57540563204 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063) A21228J0402
215 Plate, bottom L109 D57540564204 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063) A21228J0402
220 Plate, side L109 D57540564200 B26570J1769
201
1.6 (0.063)
225 Plate, top L109 D57540564202 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
230 Plate, top L109 D57540563202 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
235 Mounting, rear L164 D57551046200 A26570J1769
240 Mounting, rear L164 D57551046202 A26570J1769
ASSY Dwg.: D57541030, D57541033, D57541752, D57550055, D57551752

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1317
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

245 Angle L165 D57540046202


1.6 (0.063)
250 Cleat L165 D57540046204
1.6 (0.063)
255 Diaphragm L165 D57540046200
1.6 (0.063)
260 Angle L165 D57540047202
1.6 (0.063)
265 Cleat L165 D57540047204
1.6 (0.063)
270 Diaphragm L165 D57540047200
1.6 (0.063)
275 Packing L165 D57541359202
0.2 (0.008)
280 Cleat L165 D57541362200
1.6 (0.063)
285 Diaphragm L165 D57541380200
1.6 (0.063)
290 Packing L165 D57541359200
0.2 (0.008)
295 Diaphragm L165 D57541379200
1.6 (0.063)
300 Saddle L165 D57540090202
305 Angle, support L168 D57540076200
310 Diaphragm, sup L168 D57540075200
port
315 Cleat L165 D57540077200
2 (0.079)
320 Angle, side L165 D57540085202
2 (0.079)
325 Angle, top L165 D57540085204
2 (0.079)
330 Diapragm, kink L165 D57540085200
2 (0.079)
335 Packing L165 D57541359206
0.2 (0.008)
340 Diaphragm, kink L165 D57541366202
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541030, D57541530

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1318
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

345 Cleat L165 D57541362206


2 (0.079)
350 Diaphragm, sup L168 D57541756200
port
355 Angle L165 D57540048202
1.6 (0.063)
360 Cleat L165 D57540954212
1.6 (0.063)
365 Diaphragm L165 D57540048200
1.6 (0.063)
370 Angle L165 D57540049202
375 Diaphragm L165 D57540049200
1.6 (0.063)
380 Angle L165 D57540050202
1.6 (0.063)
385 Diaphragm L165 D57540050200
1.6 (0.063)
390 Packing L165 D57541539208
0.2 (0.008)
395 Diaphragm L165 D57541381200
1.6 (0.063)
400 Cleat L165 D57541362202
1.6 (0.063)
405 Packing L165 D57541359210
0.2 (0.008)
410 Diaphragm L165 D57541382200
1.6 (0.063)
415 Packing L165 D57541359212
0.2 (0.008)
420 Diaphragm L165 D57541383200
1.6 (0.063)
425 Cleat L165 D57540078204
2 (0.079)
430 Diaphragm L165 D57540078200
2 (0.079)
435 Angle L165 D57540078202
2 (0.079)
440 Packing L165 D57541359204
0.2 (0.008)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541030, D57541530, D57541752

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1319
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

445 Diapragm L165 D57541365200


2 (0.079)
450 Cleat L165 D57541362204
2 (0.079)
455 Diaphragm, fail L165 D57540042200
safe 1.6 (0.063)
455A Diaphragm, fail L165 D57541763200 A20672J0321
safe 1.6 (0.063)
460 Diaphragm, fail L165 D57540041200
safe 1.6 (0.063)
465 Fitting, aft L168 D57540074200
spigot
470 Mounting, rear L97 D57555020320 A33513J2373
0
201
475 Plate, packing L165 D57541028222 A154125J3227
0.6 (0.024)
480 Plate, packing L165 D57541028224 A154125J3227
0.7 (0.028)
485 Plate, packing L165 D57541028226 A154125J3227
0.8 (0.031)
490 Plate, packing L165 D57541028228 A154125J3227
0.9 (0.035)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541033, D57541530, D57541752, D57550200

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1320
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1321
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1322
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1323
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1324
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1325
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1326
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1327
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 3


Figure 4 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1328
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Pad, anti−chafe BS2572 D57540093200


Type F1
5 Bracket, bonding S527 D57540055202
1.2 (0.047)
10 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540647200
0.3 (0.012)
11 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540647202
0.4 (0.016)
12 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540647204
0.5 (0.020)
15 Spigot, failsafe S99 D57540129200
20 Pin, after spig S99 D57540118200
ot
20A Pin, after spig S99 D57551029200
ot
25 Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57540101000
beam 001
25A Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57540101002 A20661J0319
beam 003
25B Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57541771000 A20672J0321
beam 001
25C Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57541771002 A21405J0514
beam 003
25D Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57541771004 A33513J2373
beam 005
made from
D575413352
00
30 Contact, bonding TA11 D57540953200
30A Contact, bonding TA2 D57551087200 A34880J2380
35 Strap TA59 D57540968200
201
40 Angle L165 D57540954202 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
45 Cleat L165 D57540954212 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
50 Packing L165 D57541360208 A20265J0080
0.2 (0.008)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541031, D57541531, D57541753, D57550056, D57550201

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1329
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

55 Diaphragm L165 D57541385200 A20265J0080


1.6 (0.063)
60 Angle L165 D57540954206 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
65 Packing L165 D57541360210 A20265J0080
0.2 (0.008)
70 Diaphragm L165 D57540954204
1.6 (0.063)
70A Diaphragm L165 D57541387200 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
75 Track, flap BAEM4045 D57540100000 PB101
001
75A Track, flap BAEM4045 D57541773000 PB101 A20672J0321
75B Track, flap BAEM4045 D57541773002 PB101 A34880J2380
80 Fitting, aft BAEM1218 D57540106200
beam
80A Fitting, aft BAEM1218 D57541765200 A20672J0321
beam
85 Channel, flap BAEM4045 D57540102000
beam 001
85A Channel, flap BAEM4045 D57541769000 A20672J0321
beam 001
90 Cleat L165 D57541363204 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
95 Bracket L97 D57540653202
203
100 Packer, adapta S527
tion solution
105 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540648200
0.3 (0.012)
106 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540648202
0.4 (0.016)
107 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540648204
0.5 (0.020)
110 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540662202 B33513J2373
(J4241) 203
115 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540662200 B33513J2373
(J4241) 201
120 Fitting, spigot L168 D57540108200
ASSY Dwg.: D57541031, D57541531, D57541753, D57550201

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1330
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

120A Fitting, spigot L168 D57541768200 A20672J0321


125 Fitting, fwd TA11 D57540107200
spigot
125A Fitting, fwd TA11 D57541767200 A20672J0321
spigot
130 Saddle L165 D57540090200
1.6 (0.063)
135 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57540116200
outer 201
140 Cleat L168 D57541774200
201
145 Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57540103000
beam 001
145A Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57541770000 A20672J0321
beam 001
150 Saddle L165 D57540090202
1.6 (0.063)
155 Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57540103002
beam 003
155A Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57541770002 A20672J0321
beam 003
160 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57540117200
inner 201
165 Angle L165 D57540954202 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
170 Diaphragm L165 D57540954208 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
175 Web, flap beam TA59 D57541374202 A21405J0514
203
180 Web, flap beam TA59 D57541373202 A21405J0514
203
185 Buttstrap L109 D57541375200 A20265J0080
190 Stop, top TA10 D57540112200
201
190A Stop, top TA56 D57541772200 A20672J0321
190B Stop, top ABM3−1029 D57541772202 A34880J2380
195 Bracket, bonding S527 D57540059200
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541031, D57541531, D57541753, D57550201

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1331
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

195A Bracket, bonding S527 D57541734200 A20672J0321


1.6 (0.063)
200 Washer, saddle L165 D57540052200
1.6 (0.063)
205 Angle, top L165 D57540123204 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
210 Bracket, kink BAEM1213 D57540126200
215 Diaphragm, kink L165 D57540123200 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
220 Angle, side L165 D57540123202 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
225 Web TA59 D57540104200 B20265J0080
201
230 Web, flap beam TA59 D57540105200 B20265J0080
201
235 Angle L165 D57540954210 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
240 Diaphragm L165 D57540954208 B20265J0080
245 Packing L165 D57541360206
0.2 (0.008)
250 Diaphragm, kink L165 D57541367200
255 Web L109 D57541787200 A20265J0080
201
255A Web L109 D57541374200 A20661J0319
201
260 Cleat L165 D57541363206
0.2 (0.008)
265 Web L109 D57541788200 A20265J0080
201
265A Web L109 D57541373200 A20661J0319
201
270 Packing L109 D57541360212
0.2 (0.008)
275 Diaphragm L165 D57541388200
1.6 (0.063)
280 Pad, bearing S99 D57540120200
201
280A Pad, bearing S99 D57540120204 A20661J0319
205
ASSY Dwg.: D57541031, D57541033, D57541531, D57541753

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1332
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

280B Pad, bearing S144 D57551032200 A24659J1352


201
285 Pad, bearing S99 D57540120202 B20661J0319
203
285A Pad, bearing S99 D57540120206 A20661J0319
207
285B Pad, bearing S144 D57551032202 A24659J1352
203
286 Plate, packing L165 D57541028200
1 (0.039)
287 Plate, packing L165 D57541028202
0.5 (0.020)
288 Plate, packing L165 D57541028204
2 (0.079)
289 Plate, packing L165 D57541028206
1.6 (0.063)
290 Plate, packing L165 D57541028208
2.5 (0.098)
291 Plate, packing L165 D57541028210
292 Plate, packing L165 D57541028212
293 Plate, packing L165 D57541028214
295 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540662204 B33513J2373
(J4241) 205
300 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540662206 B33513J2373
(J4241) 207
305 Support, plate L168 D57540652200
305A Support, plate L168 D57550058200 A20672J0321
310 Packing L109 D57540665200 B20672J0321
2 (0.079)
315 Plate, top L109 D57540564202 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
320 Plate, side L109 D57540564200 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
325 Plate, bottom L109 D57540564204 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
330 Plate, bottom L109 D57540563204 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
335 Plate, side L109 D57540563200 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541031, D57541033, D57541753

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1333
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

340 Plate, top L109 D57540563202 B26570J1769


1.6 (0.063)
345 Cleat L165 D57541363202
1.6 (0.063)
350 Packing L165 D57541360202
0.2 (0.008)
355 Diaphragm L165 D57540113000 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
360 Angle L165 D57540113204 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
365 Angle L165 D57540113202 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
370 Fitting, aft L168 D57541024200
spigot R/H
375 Fitting, aft L168 D57540109200
spigot L/H
380 Angle, side L168 D57540111200
mounting 201
385 Saddle, spigot L165 D57541026200
fitting 2 (0.079)
390 Diaphragm, top L168 D57540110200 B20672J0321
mounting
390A Diaphragm, top L165 D57541026200
mounting 2 (0.079)
395 Cleat L165 D57541363208
2 (0.079)
400 Packing L165 D57541360204
0.2 (0.008)
405 Diaphragm L165 D57541368200
2 (0.079)
410 Mounting, rear L164 D57551046202 A26570J1769
415 Mounting, rear L164 D57551046200 A26570J1769
420 Mounting, rear L97 D57550204200 A33513J2373
201
425 Plate, packing L165 D57541028222 A154125J3227
0.6 (0.024)
430 Plate, packing L165 D57541028224 A154125J3227
0.7 (0.028)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541031, D57541033, D57541531, D57541753, D57550056, D57550201

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1334
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

435 Plate, packing L165 D57541028226 A154125J3227


0.8 (0.031)
440 Plate, packing L165 D57541028228 A154125J3227
0.9 (0.035)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541033

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1335
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1336
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1337
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1338
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1339
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1340
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1341
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1342
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1343
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Beam, Flap Track 4


Figure 5 (sheet 9)

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1344
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Pad, anti−chafe BS2572 D57540093200


Type F1 0.8 (0.031)
5 Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57540971000
beam 001
5A Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57540971002 A20661J0319
beam 003
5B Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57541781000 A20672J0321
beam 001
5C Flange, flap BAEM4042 D57541781002 A33513J2373
beam 003
made from
D575413362
00
10 Bracket, bonding S527 D57550055204
1.2 (0.047)
10A Bracket, bonding S527 D57550055210 A26570J1769
1.2 (0.047)
15 Bracket, support L97 D57540753200
201
20 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540747200
0.3 (0.012)
22 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540747202
0.4 (0.016)
23 Shim, upper BS1449 D57540747204
0.5 (0.020)
25 Spigot, failsafe S99 D57540990200
30 Pin, aft spigot S99 D57540986200
30A Pin, aft spigot S99 D57551030200 A24659J1352
35 Fitting, aft L168 D57541025200
spigot
35A Fitting, aft L168 D57540978200
spigot
40 Washer, saddle L165 D57540051200
1.6 (0.063)
45 Stop, top TA10 D57541000200
201
45A Stop, top TA10 D57541782200 A20672J0321
201
45B Stop, top ABM3−1029 D57541782202 A34880J2380
ASSY Dwg.: D57541032, D57541532, D57541754, D57550057, D57550202

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1345
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50 Contact, bonding TA11 D57540952200


50A Contact, bonding TA2 D57551088200 A34880J2380
55 Strap, joint TA59 D57540992200
201
60 Track, flap BAEM4045 D57540970000 PB101
001
60A Track, flap BAEM4045 D57541783000 PB101 A20672J0321
60B Track, flap BAEM4045 D57541783002 PB101 A34880J2380
65 Fitting, aft BAEM1218 D57540998200
beam
65A Fitting, aft BAEM1218 D57541775200 A20672J0321
beam
70 Web, flap beam TA59 D57540974200
201
70A Web, flap beam TA59 D57541376200 A20661J0319
201
70B Web, flap beam TA59 D57541790200 A20672J0321
201 B30076J2104
70C Web, flap beam L109 D57541790202 A30076J2104
203 A33513J2373
B160004J3252
70D Web, flap beam L109 D57541790204 A160004J3252
205
75 Bracket, kink BAEM1213 D57540991200
80 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57540984200
201
85 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540748200
0.3 (0.012)
87 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540748202
0.4 (0.016)
88 Shim, lower BS1449 D57540748204
0.5 (0.020)
90 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540762202 B33513J2373
(J4241) 203
95 Plate, packing L109 D57540765200 B20672J0321
100 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540762200 B33513J2373
(J4241) 201
105 Web, flap beam TA59 D57541376202 A20661J0319
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57541032, D57541532, D57541754, D57550057, D57550202

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1346
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

105A Web, flap beam TA59 D57541789202 A20672J0321


203
110 Diaphragm, spig L168 D57540977200
ot
110A Diaphragm, spig L168 D57541778200 A20672J0321
ot
115 Fitting, fwd TA11 D57540976200
spigot
115A Fitting, fwd TA11 D57541777200 A20672J0321
spigot
120 Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57540973000 PB101
beam 001
120A Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57541780000 PB101 A20672J0321
beam 001
125 Channel, flap BAEM4045 D57540972000
beam 001
125A Channel, flap BAEM4045 D57541779000 A20672J0321
beam 001
130 Angle L165 D57541003206 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
135 Angle L165 D57541003214 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
140 Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57540973002 PB101
beam 003
140A Angle, bottom BAEM4045 D57541780002 PB101 A20672J0321
beam 003
145 Saddle L165 D57540090200
1.6 (0.063)
150 Angle L165 D57541002204 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
155 Diaphragm L165 D57541003212 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
160 Angle L165 D57541002204 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
165 Diaphragm L165 D57541003204 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
170 Packing L165 D57541361206 A20265J0080
0.2 (0.008)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541032, D57541532, D57541754, D57550057

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1347
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

175 Packing L165 D57541361210 A20265J0080


0.2 (0.008)
180 Diaphragm L165 D57541393200 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
185 Diaphragm L165 D57541391200 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063) B160004J3252
185A Diaphragm L165 D57541391202 A160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
190 Web, flap beam TA59 D57540975200 B20661J0319
201
190A Web, flap beam L109 D57541377200 A20661J0319
201
190B Web, flap beam L109 D57541789200 A20672J0321
201
190C Web, flap beam L109 D57541789204 A26570J1769
205 B160004J3252
190D Web, flap beam L109 D57541789206 A160004J3252
207
195 Bracket, bonding S527 D57540059200
1.6 (0.063)
195A Bracket, bonding S527 D57541734200 A20672J0321
1.6 (0.063)
200 Web, flap beam TA59 D57541377202
203
200A Web, flap beam TA59 D57541789202 A26570J1769
203
205 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540762204 B33513J2373
(J4241) 205
210 Angle, support BAEM1003 D57540762206 B33513J2373
(J4241) 207
215 Plate, support L168 D57540752200
215A Plate, support L165 D57550059200 A20672J0321
220 Bracket, support BAEM1213 D57540985200
201
225 Plate, side L109 D57540563200
201
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541032, D57541532, D57541754, D57550057, D57550202

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1348
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

225A Plate, side L109 D57540563214 A21228J0402


215
1.6 (0.063)
230 Plate, bottom L109 D57540563204 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
235 Plate, bottom L109 D57540564204 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
240 Plate, side L109 D57540764200 B26570J1769
201
1.6 (0.063)
245 Plate, top L109 D57540764202 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
250 Buttstrap L109 D57541378200 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
255 Plate, top L109 D57540563202 B26570J1769
1.6 (0.063)
260 Mounting, rear L164 D57551046200 A26570J1769
265 Mounting, rear L164 D57551046204 A26570J1769
270 Saddle L165 D57540090202
1.6 (0.063)
275 Angle L165 D57541003202 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
280 Angle L165 D57541003204 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
285 Diaphragm L165 D57541003200 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
290 Packing L165 D57541361204 A20265J0080
0.2 (0.008)
295 Diaphragm L165 D57541390200 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063) B160004J3252
295A Diaphragm L165 D57541390202 A160004J3252
1.6 (0.063)
300 Cleat L165 D57541364204 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
305 Diaphragm L165 D57541392200 A20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
310 Packing L165 D57541361208 A20265J0080
0.2 (0.008)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541032, D57541532, D57550057, D57550202

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1349
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

315 Cleat L165 D57541364200 A20265J0080


1.6 (0.063)
320 Angle L165 D57541003210 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
325 Angle L165 D57541002204 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
330 Diaphragm L165 D57541003208 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
335 Pad, bearing S99 D57540120202
203
335A Pad, bearing S99 D57540120206 A20661J0319
207
335B Pad, bearing S144 D57551032202 A24659J1352
203
340 Pad, bearing S99 D57540120200
201
340A Pad, bearing S99 D57540120204 A20661J0319
205
340B Pad, bearing S144 D57551032200 A24659J1352
201
341 Plate, packing L165 D57541028200
1 (0.039)
342 Plate, packing L165 D57541028202
0.5 (0.020)
343 Plate, packing L165 D57541028204
2 (0.079)
344 Plate, packing L165 D57541028206
1.6 (0.063)
345 Plate, packing L165 D57541028208
2.5 (0.098)
346 Plate, packing L165 D57541028210
347 Plate, packing L165 D57541028212
348 Plate, packing L165 D57541028214
349 Plate, packing L165 D57541028216
350 Plate, packing L165 D57541028218
352 Angle, side L165 D57540981202 A20265J0080
2 (0.079)
355 Angle L165 D57540085204 B20265J0080
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541032, D57541033, D57541532

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1350
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

360 Diaphragm L165 D57540981204 B20265J0080


2 (0.079)
365 Packing L165 D57541361202 A20265J0080
0.2 (0.008)
365A Diaphragm, kink L165 D57541369200 A20265J0080
2 (0.079)
370 Cleat L165 D57541364206 A20265J0080
2 (0.079)
380 Plate, saddle L165 D57540053200
1.6 (0.063)
385 Cleat L168 D57541784200 A20672J0321
201
390 Diaphragm, top L168 D57541776200 A20672J0321
mounting 201
395 Diaphragm L165 D57541389200 B20672J0321
1.6 (0.063)
400 Diaphragm L165 D57541361200 B20672J0321
0.2 (0.008)
405 Cleat L165 D57541364202 B20672J0321
1.6 (0.063)
410 Angle L165 D57541002202 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
415 Diaphragm L165 D57541002200 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
420 Angle L165 D57541002204 B20265J0080
1.6 (0.063)
425 Diaphragm, top L168 D57540979200 B20672J0321
mounting 201
430 Diaphragm, top L168 D57540980202 B20672J0321
mounting 203
435 Mounting, rear L97 D57550205200 A33513J2373
201
440 Plate, packing L165 D57541028222 A154125J3227
0.6 (0.024)
445 Plate, packing L165 D57541028224 A154125J3227
0.7 (0.028)
450 Plate, packing L165 D57541028226 A154125J3227
0.8 (0.031)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541032, D57541033, D57541532, D57541754, D57550202

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1351
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

455 Plate, packing L165 D57541028228 A154125J3227


0.9 (0.035)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541033

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 FebPage01/1352
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MOUNTING SUPPORTS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.

1. General

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
Flap Track Beams 1, 2, 3 and 4 and is valid for the aircraft shown in
Table 101.
NOTE: For definition of allowable damage refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Minor Damage, refer to Chapter
51−73−00.

NOTE: For general procedures on Repair of Corroded Areas, refer to Chap


ter 51−74−00.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
A320−200
A320 200 012, 013, 016, 018
014 <1>
015 <2>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> A320−200, weight Variant 014 is valid for paragraphs 4.B., 4.C. and
4.D. only.

<2> A320−200, Weight Variant 015 is valid for paragraphs 4.A., 4.B. and
4.D. only.

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

B. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


Chapter 51−11−00).

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

C. After rework, the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the
allowable limits stated have not been exceeded. When the limits are ex
ceeded refer to the column ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ in Chapter 57−51−33 Page
Block 001 to determine if a repair is available.

If a repair is not available, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Check for cracks by detailed visual inspection. If no cracks are


visible check for cracks to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802. If cracks
are visible or detected you must contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: Apply protective treatment to the damaged area after blending (Re
fer to Chapter 51−21−11).

NOTE: Restore the original standard of paint scheme (Refer to Chapter


51−75−12).
2. Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE CHAPTER STRUCTURAL RE
PAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to Flap Track Beam
components that follow:
− Wear Mark Limits and Permissible Grinding Measurements for Flap Track
Beam 1
− Track Surfaces and Edges of Flap Track Beams 2, 3 and 4
− Lower Angles of Flap Track Beams 2 and 4, because of contact with the
Flap Fairing Seal Retainer
− Upper Flange of Flap Track Beams 2 and 4, because of chafing with the
adjacent electrical loom.

NOTE: For the removal of the interference condition between the Flap
Track Beam Lower Angles and the Flap Fairing Seal Retainer, refer
to Chapter 57−55−11 Page Block 201.
B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 102.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

INSPECTION
CRITERIA/ REPAIR
DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH INSTRUCTION REF
TYPE CATEGORY
ERENCE
Flap Track Beam 1 − Wear
Mark Limits and Permissi
ble Grinding Measurements Rework 4.A. A −
Wear limits ≤ 0.5 mm
(0.02 in.)
Flap Track Beam 1 − Wear
Mark Limits and Permissi
ble Grinding Measurements
Rework 4.A. B 57−51−33−1−001−00
Wear limits > 0.5 mm
(0.02 in.) and ≤ 0.8 mm
(0.031 in.)
Wear Lim
its,
Burrs,
Flap Track Beams 2, 3 and
Sharp 4.B. A −
4, Surfaces and Edges
Edges and
Repair
Actions
Wear Lim
Flap Track Beams 2 and 4, its and
4.C. A −
Lower Angles Repair
Actions
Wear Lim
Flap Track Beams 2 and 4, its and
4.D. A −
Upper Flange Repair
Actions
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
4. Mounting Supports − Allowable Damage
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE/REWORK MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTER
VALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−51−33−1−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR
INSTRUCTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DE
PARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
A. Flap Track Beam 1 − Wear Mark Limits and Permissible Grinding Measure
ments

For location of allowable wear−mark limits and the permissible grinding


limits on flap track beam 1, refer to Figure 101 (sheets 1 and 2).

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: WHEN YOU CARRY OUT REPAIRS TO SHARP EDGES AND BURRS, DO NOT RE
MOVE MATERIAL FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE DWELL PIT. IF THE SURFACE OF
THE DWELL PIT IS ROUGH OR UNEVEN, CONTACT AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS NOT APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 160080


ON AIRCRAFT BEFORE MODIFICATION 33513.

B. Flap Track Beams 2, 3 and 4, Surfaces and Edges − Wear Limits, Burrs,
Sharp Edges and Repair Actions
For the types and location of damage allowed on Flap Track Beams 2, 3
and 4 and the wear depths in each area, refer to Figure 102, sheet 1.
− Areas 1 and 2 − top roller wear along the centre line of the top
surface
− Areas 3 and 4 − main roller wear underneath the track on both sides
− Area 5 − side roller wear along the edges of the track on both sides.
For the repair action to be taken for burrs and sharp edges on the
track surfaces, refer to Figure 102, sheet 2.

All burrs and sharp edges must be removed to provide a flat face on the
Track surfaces.

CAUTION: DO NOT OVERHEAT THE MATERIAL DURING BLENDING.


CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS NOT APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 160080
ON AIRCRAFT BEFORE MODIFICATION 33513.

C. Flap Track Beams 2 and 4, Lower Angles − Wear Limits and Repair Actions

This damage is caused by contact with the Flap Fairing Seal Retainer.
Blend out the damage to obtain a smooth polished contour over a distance
of 20 x D, where D is the depth of damage after blending. Refer to
Chapter 51−74−00 Paragraph 9, for blending Titanium.

All burrs and sharp edges must be removed to provide a flat face on the
Track surfaces.

Blend corner damage in a forward and aft direction of the Beam, make
sure that dimensions Y and Z are not exceeded. Refer to Figure 103.

After blending use High Frequency Eddy Current to check for cracks in
the blended area, refer to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802. Use the Titanium
Calibration standard, refer to NTM Task 51−63−01−001.

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MANUFACTUR
ER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS NOT APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 160080


ON AIRCRAFT BEFORE MODIFICATION 33513.

D. Flap Track Beams 2 and 4, Upper Flange − Wear Limits and Repair Actions

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) This damage is caused by chafing with the adjacent electrical loom.
Visually examine the Upper Flange of Flap Track Beams 2 and 4 for
damage, refer to NTM Task 51−90−00−001.

(2) Blend out the damaged area to a smooth polished contour of 10:1 ra
tio in the forward and aft directions of the Beam only. Refer to
Chapter 51−73−00.

(3) Remove all burrs and sharp edges.


(4) Make sure that the damage is within the allowable damage limits giv
en in Figure 104.

(5) After blending use High Frequency Eddy Current to check for cracks
in the blended area, refer to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802. If cracks
are visible or detected do the procedure given in Paragraphs 4.D.(2)
thru 4.D.(4) again until the cracks are removed. If damage remains,
contact AIRBUS.

(6) Use Chemical Conversion Coating (CML No. 13−002) and apply protective
coating to all the blended areas. Refer to Chapter 51−21−11.

(7) Apply Epoxy Primer (CML No. 16−006) to all the blended areas within
16 hours from the application of Chemical Conversion Coating (CML No.
13−002). Refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track Beam 1 − Wear Mark Limits and Permissible Grinding Measurements
Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track Beam 1 − Wear Mark Limits and Permissible Grinding Measurements
Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track Beams 2, 3 and 4 − Wear Limits and Repair Actions


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track Beams 2, 3 and 4 − Wear Limits and Repair Actions


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track Beams 2 and 4 − Lower Angles


Figure 103

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Flap Track Beams 2 and 4 − Upper Flange


Figure 104

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 PagesAug111/112
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MOUNTING SUPPORTS − REPAIRS

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

1. General
This repair is applicable when you want to replace a Flap Track on the
Flap Track Beam Assemblies 2, 3 and 4.

The General Repairs are listed in Table 201.

The Specific Repairs and the necessary parts lists to replace a Flap Track
on the Flap Track Beam Assemblies 2, 3 and 4 are given in Table 202.
For details of necessary repairs and the areas of allowable damage refer to
SRM Chapter 57−51−33, Page Block 101.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to SRM Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to SRM Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE FLAP TRACK BEAM


REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (REFER TO AMM CHAPTER 57−51−33 PAGE BLOCK
401).
WARNING: PUT A WARNING NOTICE IN THE COCKPIT TELLING PERSONS NOT TO OPERATE
THE FLAPS OR SLATS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU APPLY SEALANT.
IT IS A SKIN IRRITANT.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT METAL.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this
− −
section.
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 Nov 01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 −
201
Typical Flap Track Beam Assembly
Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 −
202
Fastener Hole Identification Scheme
Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − 203
Replacement Parts List − Flap Track 2 (Sheet 1)
Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − 5.A. 203 A
Replacement Parts List − Flap Track 3 (Sheet 2)
Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − 203
Replacement Parts List − Flap Track 4 (Sheet 3)
Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 −
Method for Reproducing Fastener Positions in 204
Undrilled Tracks
Specific Repairs
Table 202
NOTE: Refer to each repair paragraph to determine the applicability.
5. Flap Tracks Beams 2, 3 and 4

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS NOT APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 160080 ON AIR


CRAFT BEFORE MODIFICATION 33513.
A. Replacement of Flap Tracks 2,3 and 4

NOTE: The allowable damage given in this topic, is applicable only to


the Weight Variants shown in Table 203.

This data is necessary to ensure the correct repair is used for


each aircraft.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General


(a) This repair details two procedures for fitting a replacement ti
tanium Flap Track to the Flap Track Beam Assemblies 2, 3 and 4.

The two procedures include the removal of the beam from the
wing.

It is not necessary to re−rig the beam to the wing because:


− the same beam is re−fitted to the wing

− the original position of the track on the beam is reproduced


accurately

− the shims between the track and the beam are replaced without
change.
NOTE: Before aircraft MSN 085 the Flap Track 2 is not inter
changeable. Replacement tracks for these aircraft will be
supplied undrilled and without zinc spray.
NOTE: For Aircraft MSN 085 onwards, fully machined, pre−drilled
and zinc sprayed tracks will be supplied.
NOTE: Before aircraft MSN 092 Flap Tracks 3 and 4 have a differ
ent hole pattern (Pre−Mod 20672). Replacement tracks for
these aircraft will be supplied undrilled and without zinc
spray. Fully Machined, Pre−drilled and zinc sprayed replace
ment tracks will be supplied for later aircraft (Refer to
Figure 201 and Figure 202).

(2) Repair Materials

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) For this repair use only the materials that follow:

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Track − Flap No.2 1 Refer to Figure 203


2 Track − Flap No.3 1 Refer to Figure 203
3 Track − Flap No.4 1 Refer to Figure 203
4 Bolt, Csk, Blind A/R ASNA0081B3
5 Bolt, Csk, Blind − 1st A/R NAS1752L3
oversize
6 Bolt, Csk, Blind A/R ASNA0081B4
7 Bolt, Csk, Blind − 1st A/R NAS1752L4
oversize
8 Bolt, Prot. Hd., Blind − A/R NAS7153L4
1st oversize
9 Bolt, Prot. Hd., Blind A/R ASNA0082B5
10 Bolt, Prot. Hd., Blind − A/R NAS1753L5
1st oversize
11 Bolt, Prot. Hd., Blind A/R ASNA0082B6
12 Bolt, Univ. Hd. − 1st A/R NSA5479BVX5
oversize
13 Bolt, Univ. Hd. − 2nd A/R NSA5479BVY5
oversize
14 Bolt, Hex. Hd. A/R NAS6705−6
15 Bolt, Hex. Hd. − 1st over A/R ABS0114X5
size
16 Bolt, Hex. Hd. − 2nd over A/R ABS0114Y5
size
17 Nut A/R
NSA5474−5K7
18 Nut A/R
NSA5474−6K7
19 Washer − Flat recessed 2
NSA5379−5C
20 Washer − Flat recessed 2
NSA5379−6C
21 Washer 4
AN960KD516
22 Washer 4
AN960KD516L
23 Washer 4
AN960KD616L
24 Cleaner, Lotoxane A/R
Material No.11−026 (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−35−00)
25 Improved Adhesion Epoxide A/R Material No.16−006B (Refer to
Primer SRM Chapter 51−35−00)
26 Chemical Conversion Coating A/R Material No.13−002 (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−35−00)
27 Sealant, PR1422B A/R Material No.09−002 (Refer to SRM
Chapter 51−35−00)

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

28 Stainless Steel Shim A/R BS1449GRD304S16


29 Abrasive Cloth A/R Grade 320
NOTE: Refer to Replacement Fastener Schedule Figure 203 (Sheets
1, 2 and 3) for fastener grip lengths at each hole posi
tion. The grip lengths change to suit different Beam Assem
blies. You must know the Part Nos. of the Beam Assembly
before you can find which fastener to use.

Because of assembly tolerances the grip lengths can change


by one size plus or minus.

(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the Flap, Flap Track Fairing and Flap Track Carriage from
the Wing.
Remove the damaged Flap Track Beam Assembly from the wing. Refer
to AMM Chapter 57−51−33 Page Block 401.

(b) Remove the Flap Track from the Beam Assembly as follows (Refer
to Figure 201):

1 Remove the aft stop, top stop and contact bondings (2), and
joint straps (2).

2 Remove all remaining fasteners which attach the Flap Track to


the Beam Assembly.

3 Break the sealant bond and remove the Flap Track from the Beam
Assembly.

(c) Clean off the sealant from the Beam Assembly and the parts you
have removed.

(d) Examine all the parts and the Beam Assembly for signs of damage.
Examine the fastener holes carefully. Perform an NDT inspection
using the dye penetrant method if necessary (Refer to NTM Chapter
51−80−00). Report any damage you find to AIRBUS.

(e) Measure and record the ovality of holes 1 thru 23 (Refer to Fig
ure 202). If the ovality is more than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) at
any hole you must report it to AIRBUS. Early Aircraft (MSN’s 1
to 21) have Titanium side webs. All other aircraft have side
webs made from L109 Aluminium Alloy (Alloy type 2024 clad T3).

NOTE: Steps (f)thru (r) are only required for Flap Track 2 (be
fore MSN 085) and Flap Tracks 3 and 4 (before MSN 092).
The replacement tracks for these aircraft will be supplied
undrilled and without zinc spray.

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) You must use the removed damaged track as a master to repeat the
existing hole pattern. The method you must use to reproduce the
hole pattern requires a CNC machine. You must reproduce the hole
positions within 0.01 mm (0.0004 in.) of the original position.
The track should be checked for longitudinal straightness. If
it’s straightness is not acceptable, contact AIRBUS.

(g) Locate the damaged track against Datum ’X’ and ’Y’ stops on the
machine table. Clamp the track to the table. Make sure that Da
tum ’Y’ is straight within 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) when clamped. Re
cord the hole centers of holes 1 thru 23. Make allowance for any
ovality found (Refer to Figure 204).

(h) Remove the damaged track from the machine table. Locate the re
placement track on the machine table against the same Datum
stops. Clamp in position.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT MET
AL.

(i) Drill ream clearance holes 1 thru 23 in the replacement track at


the original positions (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11) (Refer to
Figure 204).

(j) Machine countersinks for holes 3 thru 23 (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−46−11). Produce corner radius/chamfer to suit flap track draw
ing (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11) (Refer to Figure 203, Sheet
1, 2 or Sheet 3). Deburr all the holes.

(k) Repeat steps (g) thru (j) for holes 1 thru 23 in the opposite
flange of the flap track.

(l) Locate the damaged track against Datum ’X’ stop for hole posi
tions 24 thru 35 (Refer to Figure 204). Clamp in position. Es
tablish Datum ’Z’. Record the hole centers of holes 24 thru 35
from Datums ’X’ and ’Z’.

(m) Remove the damaged track from the machine table. Locate the re
placement track on the machine table against the same stop. Clamp
in position. Establish Datum ’Z’.

WARNING: USE THE APPROVED EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU DRILL OR CUT MET
AL.

(n) Drill ream clearance holes 24 thru 35 at the original positions


(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−44−11 ) (Refer to Figure 202).
(o) Machine countersinks for holes 30 thru 33 (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−46−11). Produce corner radius/chamfer to suit Flap Track draw
ing (Refer to Figure 203, Sheets 1, 2 or 3). Deburr all holes.

(p) Flap track 3 and 4 only.


Machine a local spotface at the lower surface of hole 29a (Refer
to Figure 202, View ’B’).

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(q) Lightly abrade surfaces for application of primer (Refer to Fig


ure 204).
NOTE: Mask areas that must not be painted.

(r) Apply primer (Material No.16−006B) (Refer to SRM Chapter


51−35−00) to prepared areas (Refer to Figure 204).

(s) Locate the replacement Flap Track to the Beam Assembly. Use two
6.32/6.27 mm (0.249/0.247 in.) diameter fasteners each side to
obtain the best fit at all holes 1 thru 23. Each side, one fas
tener should be fitted in each of the two groups of holes, ref
erence 3−5 and 21−23. Check the alignment of the holes 30 thru
33 using the specified fastener.

(t) Locate the top stop and joint straps to the flap track assembly
and check for a good fit (Refer to Figure 201).

CAUTION: IF YOU NEED TO OVERSIZE HOLE NUMBERS 3 THRU 23 AND 30 THRU


33 USE THE FOLLOWING METHOD. THE NEXT NOMINAL SIZE FASTEN
ERS ARE NOT TO BE USED AT THESE POSITIONS (REFER TO FIGURE
202).
(u) If any of the holes 3 thru 23 and 30 thru 33 are not in line
you must oversize the hole as follows:

1 You must increase the initial nominal size fastener hole by up


to 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) diameter larger than the clearance fit
specified in SRM Chapter 51−44−11, Table 6.

NOTE: AIRBUS must be informed if further oversizing is re


quired.

2 You must increase the hole to clearance diameter for first


oversize fastener as specified in SRM Chapter 51−44−11, Table
6.

3 You must increase the first oversize hole by up to 0.05 mm


(0.002 in.) diameter larger than the clearance specified in SRM
Chapter 51−44−11, Table 6.

NOTE: Hole numbers 1, 2 and 24 thru 29 can be oversized up to


the next nominal fastener size if necessary (Refer to
Figure 202).

(v) If necessary you must fettle the flange to achieve a good fit
with the flap track (Refer to Figure 201). Allow for a thickness
of primer. If there is a clearance greater than 0.10 mm (0.004
in.) at this joint you must fit a stainless steel shim. Apply
chemical conversion coating (Material No.13−002) and primer (Mate
rial No.16−006B) to the fettled surface. Apply primer only to the
stainless steel shim (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−35−00).

NOTE: AIRBUS must be informed of any other build problems.

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(w) Dry assemble the flap track and beam assembly with the top stop
and joint straps. Select and fit fasteners from Figure 203,
Sheets 1, 2 or 3.

(x) Fit the aft stop to the beam assembly. Locate by way of holes
in the aft fitting lugs. Use the two bolts removed from the dam
aged assembly.

(y) If necessary you must fettle the upper surface of the aft stop
to achieve a good fit. Allow for a thickness of primer. If there
is a clearance greater than 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) at this joint you
must fit a stainless steel shim. Apply chemical conversion coat
ing (Material No.13−002) and primer (Material No.16−006B) to the
fettled surface. Apply primer only to the stainless steel shim
(Refer to SRM Chapter 51−35−00).

(z) Oversize holes 34 and 35 in the aft stop up to 0.1 mm (0.004


in.) if necessary to achieve alignment.

(aa)Dismantle the trial flap track beam assembly.


(ab)Apply sealant (Material No.09−002) (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−35−00) to all joint faces of the flap track and the beam as
sembly.

(ac)Reassemble the parts with the shims, if applicable, between the


flap track and the flange (Refer to Figure 201). Use fasteners
at holes 3 thru 23 and 30 thru 33 to locate the assembly. Make
sure that the shim, if fitted, is not moved.

(ad)Remove fasteners from holes 3 thru 23 and 30 thru 33 in se


quence. Apply sealant (Material No.09−002) (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−35−00) to each fastener and replace (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−42−11).

(ae)Wet assemble the two joint straps with fasteners at holes 1 and
2 (Refer to Figure 201) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11).

(af)Wet assemble the top stop and bonding contacts with fasteners at
holes 27 thru 29. Wet assemble fasteners at holes 24 thru 26
with the specified washers located (Refer to Figure 203, Sheet
1, 2 or 3) (Refer to SRM Chapter 51−42−11). Torque tighten the
fasteners to 13/14 Nm.

(ag)Wet assemble the aft stop with fasteners at holes 34 and 35 with
the specified washers located (Refer to Figure 203, Sheet 1, 2
or 3). Install the bolts thru the aft stop and the lugs of the
aft stop fitting (Refer to Figure 201) (Refer to SRM Chapter
51−42−11). Torque tighten the fasteners to 13/14 Nm.

NOTE: Threaded fasteners that are not damaged may be reused. For
nuts, check the condition of the thread, hexagon, coating
and locking torque. For bolts, check the condition of the
thread, head and coating.

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(ah)Reinstall the flap track beam assembly to the wing (Refer to AMM
Chapter 57−51−33 Page Block 401).
Reinstall the flap track carriage and adjust the roller preload.

Fit the flap and flap track fairing.

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − Typical Flap Track Beam Assembly


Figure 201

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − Fastener Hole Identification Scheme


Figure 202

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − Replacement Parts List − Flap Track


2
Figure 203 (sheet 1)
Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − Replacement Parts List − Flap Track


3
Figure 203 (sheet 2)
Page 213
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − Replacement Parts List − flap Track


4
Figure 203 (sheet 3)
Page 214
Printed in Germany
57−51−33 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Flap Tracks 2, 3 and 4 − Method for Reproducing Fastener


Positions in Undrilled Tracks
Figure 204

Printed in Germany
57−51−33 PagesMay215/216
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

1. Trailing Edge Attachment Fittings − Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− General Arrangement Figure 1


1 Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Rear Figure 2
False Spar
2 Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Mid Figure 3
Rear Spar
3 Attachment Brackets − Outer Rear Spar Figure 4
4 Aileron Hinge Support and Jack Attach Figure 5
ment Brackets
5 Aileron Support Structure (Before Modi Figure 6
fication 20265J0080)
5 Aileron Support Structure (After Modifi Figure 7
cation 20265J0080 and Before Modifica
tion 160004J3252))
5 Aileron Support Structure (After Modifi Figure 8
cation 160004J3252)
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57−50−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage 1
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage 2
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Rear False Spar


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 Pages 3/4
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Rear False Spar


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 Pages 5/6
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Rear False Spar


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 MayPage 7
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Rear False Spar


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 MayPage 8
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, upper BAEM1213 D57540460200


outboard 201
1A Bracket, upper BAEM1213 D57541533200 A20666J0320
outboard 201
5 Bracket, upper BAEM1213 D57540461200
inboard 201
5A Bracket, upper BAEM1213 D57541534200 A20666J0320
inboard 201
10 Shim BS1449−304S16 D57541351208 B20666J0320
0.25 (0.010)
15 Shim BS1449−304S16 D57541351224
0.25 (0.010)
15A Shim BS1449−304S16 D57541351228 A20666J0320
0.13 (0.005)
20 Bracket, lower BAEM1213 D57540463200
inboard 201
20A Bracket, lower BAEM1213 D57541539200 A20666J0320
inboard 201
25 Bracket, lower BAEM1213 D57540462200
outboard 201
25A Bracket, lower BAEM1213 D57541538200 A20666J0320
outboard 201
30 Shim BS1449−304S16 D57541351220
0.13 (0.005)
35 Shim BS1449−304S16 D57541351202
0.5 (0.020)
40 Plate, side in L97 D57541261200
board 201
45 Channel L97 D57541263200
50 Plate, side out L97 D57541262200
board 201
55 Bracket, out BAEM1213 D57540470200
board shroud 201
55A Bracket, out BAEM1213 D57541550200 A20666J0320
board shroud 201
60 Cleat, outboard BAEM1213 D57540469200
shroud 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57252122, D57540466, D57540484, D57541260, D57541351, D57541520

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 MayPage 9
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60A Cleat, outboard BAEM1213 D57541551200 A20666J0320


shroud 201
65 Shim BS1449−304S16 D57541202210
0.81 (0.032)
70 Bracket, beam BAEM1213 D57540400200
support
70A Bracket, beam S07−1213 D57540400212 A32266J2276
support 213
75 Bracket, beam BAEM1213 D57540401200
support
80 Bracket, flap BAEM4041 D57540021000
drive 2 001
80A Bracket, flap BAEM4041 D57540021002 A39865J2985
drive 2 003
85 Bracket, lever TA11 D57540395200
stop 2
90 Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57540138000
chined 001
90A Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57540138004 A20167J0030
chined 005
90B Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57541450000 A20403J0160
chined 001
95 Plate, cuddle L168 D57541398200 A20167J0030
201
100 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540135200
201
100A Bracket hinge ABM3−1030 D57540135206 A32649J2349
207
105 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57540136200
201
105A Bracket hinge ABM3−1030 D57540136206 A32649J2349
207
105B Bracket hinge ABM3−1030 D57558106200 A150222J3038
201
110 Washer, cuddle L109 D57540012200 B32649J2349
115 Washer, cuddle L109 D57540012204 B32649J2349
120 Washer, cuddle L109 D57540012202 B32649J2349
125 Washer, cuddle L109 D57540012206 B32649J2349
ASSY Dwg.: D57251399, D57540011, D57540013, D57540208, D57540287, D57541400,
D57541455, D57541522

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 MayPage01/1210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

130 Bracket BAEM1003 D57541194200


201
135 Bracket, support L97 D57541325200 B20167J0030
201
140 Bracket, support L97 D57541326200 B20167J0030
lower 201
145 Bracket, steady BAEM1213 D57541399200 A20167J0030
bearing 201
150 Bracket BAEM1003 D57541193202
203
155 Stiffener, L110 D57548528202
adaptation solu 203
tion 1.2 (0.047)
160 Bracket BAEM1003 D57541193200
201
165 Bracket, mid BAEM1213 D57540478200
mounting 201
170 Cleat, lower mid BAEM1213 D57540477200
201
170A Cleat, lower mid ABM3−1029 D57540477202 A151604J3137
203
175 Packing L165 D57540486210
0.5 (0.020)
180 Shim BS1449−304S16 D57540486208
0.38 (0.010)
185 Plate, cuddle L165 D57541327200
190 Plate, cuddle L165 D57541328200
201
195 Bush flanged DTD197 D57540134200
200 Bush, plain S64−3W310
ASSY Dwg.: D57540138, D57540485, D57541207, D57541208, D57541324, D57541400,
D57548528

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 Pages 11/12
May 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Mid Rear Spar


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 Pages 13/14
Aug 01/09
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Mid Rear Spar


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0915
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Mid Rear Spar


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0916
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets and Fittings − Mid Rear Spar


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0917
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, ma BAEM1213 D57950131204


chined (J4479)
5 Bracket, ma BAEM1213 D57950131202
chined (J4479)
10 Bracket L164 D92440035200 B20609J0261
201
0.9 (0.035)
15 Fitting, ma L164 D57540139000
chined 001
15A Fitting, ma L164 D57540139004 A20167J0030
chined 005
15B Fitting, ma L164 D57541451000 A20403J0160
chined 001
20 Bracket BAEM1003 D57540428200
201
20A Bracket BAEM1003 D57541396200 A20167J0030
201
25 Plate, lipped L165 D57540429200
1.6 (0.063)
25A Plate, lipped L165 D57541397200 A20167J0030
1.6 (0.063)
30 Bracket, lever TA11 D57558504200
stop 3 201
35 Bracket, beam BAEM1213 D57548548204
support
40 Bracket, beam BAEM1213 D57540400210
support
45 Bracket, flap BAEM4041 D57540022002 A20167J0030
drive 3 003
50 Bracket L97 D57548532200
201
50A Bracket L97 D57541195204 A20167J0030
205
55 Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57540140000
chined 001
55A Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57540140004 A20167J0030
chined 005
55B Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57541452000 A20403J0160
chined 001
ASSY Dwg.: D57540140, D57540288, D57540374, D57540430, D57541209, D57541401,
D57541416, D57541427, D57541452, D57541456, D57950131, D92440035

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0918
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

60 Bracket L164 D92440036200 B20403J0160


201
0.9 (0.035)
65 Bracket BAEM1003 D57540906200
201
70 Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540420200
1.6 (0.063)
70A Plate, hydraulic L165 D57540420210 A20167J0030
1.6 (0.063)
75 Bracket BAEM1003 D57540389200
201
80 Bracket BAEM1003 D57541196202
203
85 Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57540141000
chined 001
85A Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57541453004 A20167J0030
chined 005
90 Bracket, beam BAEM1213 D57540399202
support
95 Bracket, beam BAEM1213 D57540398202
support
100 Bracket, flap BAEM4041 D57540023002
drive 4 003
105 Bracket, lever BAEM1213 D57541793200 A20804J0343
stop 4 201
105A Bracket, lever BAEM1213 D57540027200 A21279J0462
stop 4 201
110 Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57540142000
chined 001
110A Fitting, ma BAEM4037 D57541454004 A20403J0160
chined 005
115 Fitting, hinge BAEM1213 D57540154200
spoiler 4
115A Fitting, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540154208 A32649J2349
spoiler 4
120 Fitting, hinge BAEM1213 D57540155200
spoiler 5 201
120A Fitting, hinge ABM3−1029 D57540155208 A32649J2349
spoiler 5 209
ASSY Dwg.: D57540132, D57540141, D57540286, D57540291, D57540389, D57540907,
D57541210, D57541453, D57541459, D92440036

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0919
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

125 Bracket BAEM1003 D57540427200


201
130 Bracket, hydrau L165 D57540424202
lic 206
1.2 (0.047)
135 Fitting, hinge BAEM1213 D57540153200
spoiler 2 and 3
135A Fitting, hinge BAEM1213 D57540153202 A20167J0030
spoiler 2 and 3
135B Fitting, hinge ABM3−1030 D57540153208 A32649J2349
spoiler 2 and 3
140 Washer support L165 D57540382200 B32649J2349
145 Bush flanged DTD197 D57540134200
150 Bush, plain S64−3W310
ASSY Dwg.: D57540139, D57540153, D57541280, D57541418

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 NovPage01/1020
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Attachment Brackets − Outer Rear Spar


Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0921
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, strut BAEM1213 D57540206200 Replace


201
5 Bracket L97 D57541199200 Replace
201
10 Bracket, ma BAEM1213 D57950131200 Replace
chined
ASSY Dwg.: D57540384, D57541200, D57950130

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0922
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Hinge Support and Jack Attachment Brackets


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0923
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Hinge Support and Jack Attachment Brackets


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0924
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Hinge Support and Jack Attachment Brackets


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0925
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Bracket, bonding L164 D57540910200


5 Bracket, aileron BAEM1218 D57540151200
jack 201
10 Bracket, aileron BAEM1218 D57540150200
jack 201
15 Bracket BAEM1213 D57550101200 A21664J0589
201
20 Frame, support BAEM1213 D57540200200
20A Frame, support BAEM1213 D57541690200 A20604J0250
25 Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57540909202 B20265J0080
tacle 203
−adaptation BAEM1003 D57540909200
201
25A Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57541356200 A20265J0080
tacle 201
25B Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57541356202 A22499J0793
tacle 203
30 Bracket, hinge BAEM1218 D57540143200
201
30A Bracket, hinge ABEM1030 D57540143202 A34661J2451
203
35 Packing L164 D57548527200 B20265J0080
1 (0.063)
40 Bracket L164 D92440227202 A20604J0250
203
1 (0.039)
40A Bracket L164 D92440236200 A20609J0261
201
1 (0.039)
45 Frame, support BAEM1213 D57540201200
45A Frame, support ABM3−1029 D57541691002 A20604J0250
B160004J3252
45B Frame, support ABM3−1029 D57557041000 A160004J3252
50 Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57540908202
tacle 203
−adaptation BAEM1003 D57540908200
201
50A Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57541355200 A20265J0080
tacle 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540292, D57540297, D57540298, D57540300, D57541436

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/1226
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50B Bracket BAEM1003 D57541355202 A22499J0793


203
55 Bracket, hinge BAEM1003 D57540144200
201
55A Bracket, hinge ABEM1030 D57540144202 A34661J2451
203 B160004J3252
55B Bracket, hinge ABM3−1030 D57557008200 A160004J3252
201
60 Frame, support BAEM1213 D57540202200
60A Frame, support BAEM1213 D57541692200 A20604J0250
B160004J3252
60B Frame, support ABM3−1029 D57557042200 A160004J3252
65 Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57540436202
tacle 203
−adaptation BAEM1003 D57540436200
201
65A Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57541354200 A20265J0080
tacle 201
65B Bracket, recep BAEM1003 D57541354202 A22499J0793
tacle 203
70 Bracket, hinge BAEM1218 D57540145200
201
70A Bracket, hinge ABEM1030 D57540145202 A34661J2451
203 B160004J3252
70B Bracket, hinge ABM3−1030 D57557007200 A160004J3252
201
75 Bracket L164 D92440227200
201
1 (0.039)
80 Frame, support BAEM1213 D57540203202
−adaptation BAEM1213 D57540203200 B20265J0080
85 Bracket, hinge BAEM1218 D57540148202 B160004J3252
203
−adaptation BAEM1218 D57540148200 B20265J0080
201
85A Bracket, hinge ABM3−1030 D57557021200 A160004J3252
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540293, D57540294, D57540296, D57540300, D57541425, D57541436

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/1227
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Bracket, hinge BAEM1218 D57540146200 B160004J3252


201
90A Bracket, hinge ABM3−1030 D57557022200 A160004J3252
201
95 Beam, tie S07−1213 D57540204200
201
1 (0.039)
95A Beam, tie BAEM1213 D57541428200 A20265J0080
201
95B Beam, tie S07−1213 D57550102200 A21664J0589
201 B22499J0793
−adaptation BAEM1213 D57558513200 B22499J0793
201
95C Beam, tie S07−1213 D57550102202 A22499J0793
203 B154289J3612
95D Beam, tie S07−1213 D57550102204 A154289J3612
205
100 Plate, sealing L164 D57540300260 B20265J0080
261
1.2 (0.047)
105 Bracket S02−0147−2 D57540441200 B34661J2451
201
110 Bracket S02−0147−2 D57940034200
201
110A Bracket S02−0147−2 D57940038200 A20609J0261
201 B34661J2451
115 Bracket L164 D92440129200
201
1 (0.039)
115A Bracket L164 D92440238200 A20609J0261
1 (0.039)
120 Bracket L165 D57940056200 A20604J0250
201
120A Bracket L165 D57951951200 A21405J0514
201 B34661J2451
125 Bracket L165 D57940057200 A20604J0250
201
125A Bracket L165 D57951950200 A21405J0514
201 B34661J2451
ASSY Dwg.: D57540003, D57540292, D57540293, D57540294, D57540295, D57540300,
D57541424, D57541436, D57940034, D57940038

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/1328
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Support Structure (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0929
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Support Structure (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0930
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Support Structure (Before Modification 20265J0080)


Figure 6 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0931
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Post L164 D57541236212 Replace


213
1.20(0.047)
5 Post L164 D57541236210 Replace
211
1.20(0.047)
10 Post L164 D57541236208 Replace
209
1.20(0.047)
15 Post L164 D57541236222 Replace
1.20(0.047)
20 Post L164 D57541236206 Replace
207
1.20(0.047)
25 Post L164 D57541236220 Replace
1.20(0.047)
30 Post L164 D57541236204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
35 Rail, top L164 D57541236202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
40 Rail, bottom L164 D57541236200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
45 Stiffener L164 D57541236216 Replace
1.20(0.047)
50 Diaphragm L164 D57541235228 Replace
229
1.20(0.047)
55 Cleat L164 D57541236214 Replace
215
1.20(0.047)
60 Bracket L164 D92440050202 Replace
0.90(0.035)
65 Bracket L164 D57541235204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
70 Bracket L164 D57541235226 Replace
227
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541192

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0932
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

75 Bracket L164 D92440050200 Replace


201
0.90(0.035)
80 Bracket L164 D57541235202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
85 Bracket L164 D57541235200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
90 Diaphragm L164 D57541235224 Replace
225
1.20(0.047)
95 Plate L164−T4 D57541239202 Replace
203
1.20(0.047)
100 Cleat, support L164 D57541235218 Replace
219
1.20(0.047)
105 Cleat, support L164 D57541235214 Replace
215
1.20(0.047)
110 Plate L164−T4 D57541239204 Replace
205
1.20(0.047)
115 Plate L164−T4 D57541239200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
120 Plate L164−T4 D57541235212 Replace
213
1.20(0.047)
ASSY Dwg.: D57541192

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0933
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Support Structure (After Modification 20265J0080 and Before Modifica


tion 160004J3252)
Figure 7 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/1234
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Support Structure (After Modification 20265J0080 and Before Modifica


tion 160004J3252)
Figure 7 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/1235
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Angle ABM3−1029 D57541492200 Replace B21811J0637


201
5 Angle ABM3−1029 D57541482200 Replace B21811J0637
201
10 Angle ABM3−1029 D57541481200 Replace B21811J0637
201
15 Packing L165 D57541489200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
15A Packing L165 D57541489206 Replace A24093J1195
2.00(0.079)
20 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57541472200 Replace
201
20A Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57541721200 03 Replace A20609J0261A
201
20B Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550002200 03 Replace A21345J0586
201
20C Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550002202 03 Replace A23012J0856
203
20D Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550002204 03 Replace A24418J1277A
205
25 Bracket L164 D92440146200 Replace
201
0.90(0.035)
25A Bracket L164 D92440232200 03 Replace A20609J0261
201
1.00(0.039)
30 Packing L165 D57541489204 Replace
2.00(0.079)
35 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57541473200 Replace
201
35A Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550003200 03 Replace A21345J0586
201
35B Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550003202 03 Replace A23012J0856
203
35C Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550003204 03 Replace A24418J1277A
205
40 Angle ABM3−1029 D57541493200 Replace B21811J0637
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57541465, D57550001

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0936
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

45 Bracket L164 D92440146200 Replace


201
0.90(0.035)
45A Bracket L164 D92440239200 03 Replace A20609J0261
201
1.00(0.039)
50 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57541474200 Replace
201
50A Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550004200 03 Replace A21345J0586
201
50B Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550004202 03 Replace A23012J0856
203
50C Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550004204 03 Replace A24418J1277A
205
55 Angle ABM3−1029 D57541494200 Replace B21811J0637
201
60 Angle L164 D92440147200 Replace
0.90(0.035)
60A Angle L164 D92440242200 03 Replace A20609J0261
201
1.00(0.039)
65 Angle ABM3−1029 D57541483200 Replace B21811J0637
201
70 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57541488200 Replace
201
70A Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550005200 03 Replace A21345J0586
201
70B Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550005202 03 Replace A23012J0856
203
70C Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57550005204 03 Replace A24418J1277A
205
75 Angle ABM3−1029 D57541480200 Replace B21811J0637
201
80 Bracket L164 D92440231200 Replace A20609J0261
201
1.00(0.039)
85 Cleat ABM3−1029 D57550184202 Replace A24418J1277A
203
ASSY Dwg.: D57541465, D57550001

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0937
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

90 Cleat L165 D57550185202 Replace A24418J1277A


203
2.50(0.098)
95 Cleat L165 D57550186202 Replace A24418J1277A
203
2.50(0.098)
100 Cleat L165 D57550187204 Replace A24418J1277A
205
2.50(0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57550001

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/0938
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Support Structure (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 8 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/1339
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Support Structure (After Modification 160004J3252)


Figure 8 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 AugPage01/1340
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57557031200


201
5 Cleat ABM3−1029 D57557045200 B154290J3653
201 B154290J3698
B154289J3612
5A Cleat ABS5064A038 D57557079200 A154290J3653
201 A154290J3698
A154289J3612
10 Packer L165 D57550195202 B154290J3653
B154290J3698
B154289J3612
15 Packing L165 D57541489204
2 (0.079)
20 Packing L165 D57541489206 B154289J3612
2.5 (0.098)
25 Packing L165 D57541489200
1 (0.039)
30 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57557030200
201
35 Bracket L164 D92440239200
201
1 (0.039)
40 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57557024200
201
45 Diaphragm ABM3−1029 D57557023200
201
50 Bracket L164 D92440231200
201
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57557060, D57558575

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 Pages 41/42
Aug 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE ATTACHMENT FITTINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General

No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any


damage contact AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 PagesNov101/102
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE ATTACHMENT FITTINGS − REPAIRS

1. General

No General and/or Specific Repairs specified. In case of any damage contact


AIRBUS.

Printed in Germany
57−51−36 PagesNov201/202
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS

1. Access Panels and Doors - Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO


- General Arrangement Figure 1
1 Aileron Lower Access Panel 575/675MB Figure 5
2 Aileron Lower Access Panel 575/675LB Figure 5
3 Aileron Lower Access Panel 575/675KB Figure 5
4 T/E Access Panel 575/675JB Figure 4
5 T/E Access Panel 575/675HB Figure 3
6 T/E Access Panel 575/675GB Figure 3
7 T/E Access Panel 575/675FB Figure 3
8 T/E Access Panel 575/675EB Figure 3
9 T/E Access Panel 575/675DB Figure 3
10 T/E Access Panel 575/675CB Figure 3
11 T/E Access Panel 575/675BB Figure 3
12 T/E Access Panel 575/675AB Figure 3
13 T/E Access Panel 573/673FB Figure 3
14 T/E Access Panel 573/673CB Figure 2
15 Outboard Access Panel 574/674BB Figure 7
16 T/E Access Panel 573/673BB Figure 2
17 Inboard Access Panel 574/674AB (Before Figure 8
Modification 27953J1829)
18 Inboard Access Panel 574/674AB (After Figure 9
Modification 27953J1829)
19 T/E Access Panel 573/673AB Figure 2
20 Shroud Box Panel 572/672BB Figure 10
21 Shroud Box Panel 572/672BB Figure 10
22 Shroud Box Panel 572/672AB Figure 10
23 Aileron Upper Access Panel 575/675AT Figure 5
24 Cover Plate Rear False Spar 573/673DB Figure 6
25 Cover Plate Rear False Spar 573/673DB Figure 6
NOTE: Refer to SRM Chapter 57-50-00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage 1
01/03
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

General Arrangement
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 FebPage 2
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 4 to Rib 9


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage 3
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 4 to Rib 9


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage 4
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 4 to Rib 9


Figure 2 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 FebPage 5
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 4 to Rib 9


Figure 2 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 FebPage 6
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 4 to Rib 9


Figure 2 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage 7
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate L109 D57540861200 Replace


1.60(0.063)
1A Plate L109 D57540861202 03 Replace A22499J0783
1.60(0.063)
5 Strap BAEM1003 D57541695200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540860200 Replace
(J4224) 201
10 Strap BAEM1003 D57541694200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540859200 Replace
(J4224) 201
15 Strap L97 D57540858200 Replace
201
20 Panel, bonded See Note D57546000230 PB201
Figure 2 231
-alternative See Note D57546000232 03 PB201
Figure 2 233
25 Foot BAEM1003 D57541186200 PB201
25A Foot BAEM1003 D57541186202 PB201 A22499J0793
30 Plate, locking BAEM1003 D57541179200 Replace
35 Seal See Note D57546000240 Replace
Figure 2 241
-alternative See Note D57546000238 Replace
Figure 2 239
40 Channel, flap L111 D57546000242 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L164 D57546000236 Replace
(J4177)
45 Foot BAEM1003 D57541187200 Replace
45A Foot BAEM1003 D57541187202 Replace A22499J0793
50 Strap L97 D57540864200 Replace
201
55 Strap BAEM1003 D57541725200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540863200 Replace
(J4224) 201
60 Strap L97 D57540862200 Replace
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540425, D57546000

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage 8
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

65 Packing L109 D57540862202 Replace


203
70 Foot BAEM1003 D57541188200 Replace
-alternative (at BAEM1003 D57541183200 Replace
stn WX4113.5 (J4224)
only)
70A Foot BAEM1003 D57541188202 Replace A22499J0793
-alternative (at BAEM1003 D57541183202 Replace
stn WX4113.5 (J4224)
only)
75 Seal, flap See Note D57546001240 Replace
Figure 2 241
-alternative See Note D57546001238 Replace
Figure 2 239
75A Seal, flap See Note D57546001240 Replace A22499J0793
Figure 2 241
80 Channel, flap L111 D57546001242 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L164 D57546001236 Replace
(J4177)
85 Panel, bonded See Note D57546001230 PB201
Figure 2 231
-alternative See Note D57546001232 PB201
Figure 2 233
90 Foot BAEM1003 D57541189200 Replace
90A Foot BAEM1003 D57541189202 Replace A22499J0793
95 Packing L109 D57540864202 Replace
203
5.00(0.197)
100 Strap L97 D57541654200 Replace
201
105 Plate, seal L109 D57540865200 Replace
201
3.00(0.118)
105A Plate, seal L109 D57540865202 03 Replace A22499J0793
3.00(0.118)
110 Panel, bonded See Note D57546047000 PB201
Figure 2 001
110A Panel, bonded See Note D57546047004 PB201 A22499J0793
Figure 2 005
ASSY Dwg.: D57540425, D57540862, D57540864, D57546001

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage 9
01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

115 Seal, flap See Note D57546047200 Replace


Figure 2 201
120 Channel, flap L111 D57546047202 Replace
seal (J4301)
125 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546000244 Replace A22499J0793
245
130 Seal, PTFE J8067 D57546000246 Replace A22499J0793
247
135 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546000258 Replace A22499J0793
259
140 Seal, PTFE J8067 D57546000260 Replace A22499J0793
145 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546001258 Replace A22499J0793
259
150 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546047230 Replace A22499J0793
231
155 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546047232 Replace A22499J0793
233
ASSY Dwg.: D57546000, D57546001, D57546047

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0210
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 9 to Rib 22


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0211
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 9 to Rib 22


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0412
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 9 to Rib 22


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0213
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 9 to Rib 22


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0214
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 9 to Rib 22


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0215
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 9 to Rib 22


Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0216
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panels - Rib 9 to Rib 22


Figure 3 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0217
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strap BAEM1003 D57540868200 Replace


(J4224) 201
5 Strap BAEM1003 D57541696200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540867200 Replace
(J4224) 201
10 Panel, access L109 D57541624200 Replace
(J4224) 201
15 Seal See Note D57541629200 Replace
Figure 3 201
20 Seal See Note D57541629202 Replace
Figure 3 203
25 Panel See Note D57546048000 Replace
Figure 3 001
30 Foot BAEM1003 D57541190202 Replace
30A Foot BAEM1003 D57541190204 Replace A22499J0793
35 Plate, locking L165 D57541179200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
35A Plate, locking, L165 D57541179202 01 Replace A34111J2421
Rib 14 1.00(0.039)
40 Channel, flap L111 D57546049202 Replace
seal (J4301) 1.00(0.039)
45 Seal, flap J4298 D57546049200 Replace
201
50 Foot BAEM1003 D57541181200 Replace
50A Foot BAEM1003 D57541181202 Replace A22499J0793
55 Plate, seal L165 D57546017202 Replace
1.40(0.055)
60 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546049204 Replace
(J4225)
65 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546004206 Replace
(J4225)
70 Channel, flap L164 D57546004242 Replace
seal (J4177)
-alternative L164 D57546004236 Replace
(J4177)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540426, D57541631, D57546004, D57546049

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0418
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

75 Seal, flap See Note D57546004240 Replace


Figure 3 241
-alternative See Note D57546004238 Replace
Figure 3 239
80 Foot BAEM1003 D57541183200 Replace
(J4224)
80A Foot BAEM1003 D57541183202 Replace A22499J0793
(J4224)
85 Panel, bonded See Note D57546004234 PB201
Figure 3 235
-alternative See Note D57546004232 PB201
Figure 3 233
90 Foot BAEM1003 D57541184200 Replace
90A Foot BAEM1003 D57541184202 Replace A22499J0793
95 Packing L109 D57540871202 Replace
5.00(0.197)
100 Strap BAEM1003 D57540871200 Replace
(J4325) 3.00(0.118)
105 Strap BAEM1003 D57541698200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540870200 Replace
(J4224) 201
105A Strap BAEM1003 D57541698200 Replace A22499J0793
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540870200 Replace
(J4224) 201
110 Strap BAEM1003 D57541697200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540869200 Replace
(J4224) 201
115 Strap BAEM1003 D57540872200 Replace
(J4325) 201
3.00(0.118)
120 Packing L109 D57540872202 Replace
5.00(0.197)
125 Foot BAEM1003 D57541185200 Replace
ASSY Dwg.: D57540426, D57540872, D57546004

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0419
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

130 Panel, bonded See Note D57546005234 PB201


Figure 3 235
-alternative See Note D57546005232 PB201
Figure 3 233
135 Channel, flap L111 D57546005242 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L164 D57546005236 Replace
(J4177)
140 Seal J4298 D57546005240 Replace
241
-alternative J4298 D57546005238 Replace
239
145 Foot BAEM1003 D57541182200 Replace
145A Foot BAEM1003 D57541182202 Replace A22499J0793
150 Plate, P seal L165 D57546019202 Replace
nut 1.40(0.055)
-alternative L165 D57546016200 Replace
1.40(0.055)
155 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546005206 Replace
(J4225) 207
160 Strap BAER1003 D57541702200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAER1003 D57540876200 Replace
(J4224) 201
165 Strap BAER1003 D57541701200 Replace
(J4224) 201
-alternative BAER1003 D57540875200 Replace
(J4224) 201
170 Strap BAER1003 D57541700200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAER1003 D57540874200 Replace
(J4224) 201
175 Strap BAER1003 D57541699200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAER1003 D57540873200 Replace
(J4224) 201
180 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546006206 Replace
(J4225) 207
ASSY Dwg.: D57540426, D57546005, D57546006, D5754605

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0420
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

185 Plate, P seal L165 D57546019202 Replace


nut 1.40(0.055)
-alternative L165 D57546019200 Replace
1.40(0.055)
190 Panel, bonded See Note D57546006234 PB201
Figure 3 235
-alternative See Note D57546006232 PB201
Figure 3 233
195 Channel, flap L111 D57546006242 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L1674 D57546006236 Replace
(J4177)
200 Seal, flap J4298 D57546006240 Replace
241
-alternative J4298 D57546006238 Replace
239
205 Seal, side grade BAER1004 D57546006208 Replace
B (J4225) 209
210 Strap L109 D57540880200 Replace
201
215 Strap BAEM1003 D57541705200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540879200 Replace
(J4224) 201
220 Strap BAEM1003 D57541704200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540878200 Replace
(J4224) 201
225 Strap BAEM1003 D57541703200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540877200 Replace
(J4224) 201
230 Plate, P seal L165 D57546018202 Replace
nut 1.40(0.055)
-alternative L165 D57546018200 Replace
1.40(0.055)
235 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546007208 Replace
(J4225) 209
ASSY Dwg.: D57540426, D57546006, D57546007

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0421
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

240 Seal, flap J4298 D57546007246 Replace


247
-alternative J4298 D57546007238 Replace
239
245 Channel, flap L111 D57546007242 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L164 D57546007240 Replace
(J4177)
250 Panel, bonded See Note D57546007248 PB201
Figure 3 249
-alternative See Note D57546007236 PB201
Figure 3 237
255 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546007206 Replace
(J4225) 207
260 Plate L109 D57540882202 Replace
203
5.00(0.197)
265 Plate L109 D57540882200 Replace
201
3.00(0.118)
270 Strap L97 D57540881200 Replace
201
275 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546008206 Replace
(J4225) 207
280 Panel, bonded See Note D57546008244 PB201
Figure 3 245
-alternative See Note D57546008230 PB201
Figure 3 231
285 Seal, flap J4298 D57546008246 Replace
247
-alternative J4298 D57546008234 Replace
235
290 Channel, flap L111 D57546008242 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L164 D57546008232 Replace
(J4177)
295 Plate, locking L165 D57541178200 Replace
1.00(0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540426, D57546007, D57546008

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0422
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

300 Strap BAEM1003 D57541708200 Replace


(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540891200 Replace
(J4225) 201
305 Strap L197 D57540884200 Replace B22275J0737
310 Strap L97 D57540885200 Replace B22275J0737
315 Strap L109 D57540888200 Replace B22275J0737
201
1.60(0.063)
320 Strap BAEM1003 D57541706200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540883200 Replace
(J4224) 201
320A Strap BAEM1003 D57541706200 Replace
(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540883200 Replace
(J4224) 201
325 Packing L109 D57541706202 Replace
203
-alternative L109 D57540883202 Replace
203
330 Panel, bonded See Note D57546009242 PB201
Figure 3 243
-alternative See Note D57546009230 PB201
Figure 3 231
335 Seal, flap J4298 D57546009240 Replace
241
-alternative J4298 D57546009234 Replace
235
340 Channel, flap L111 D57546009238 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L164 D57546009232 Replace
(J4177)
345 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546009206 Replace
207
350 Strap L97 D57550167200 Replace
201
ASSY Dwg.: D57540426, D57546009

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0423
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

355 Strap BAEM1003 D57541707200 Replace


(J4325) 201
-alternative BAEM1003 D57540887200 Replace
(J4225) 201
360 Strap L97 D57540886200 Replace
201
365 Seal, side BAER1004 D57546010206 Replace
(J4225) 207
370 Panel, bonded See Note D57546010230 PB201
Figure 3 231
-alternative See Note D57546010232 PB201
Figure 3 233
370A Panel, bonded See Note D57546010232 03 PB201 A22499J0793
Figure 3 233
375 Seal, flap J4298 D57546010244 Replace
245
380 Channel, flap L111 D57546010242 Replace
seal (J4301)
-alternative L164 D57546010238 Replace
(J4177)
385 Foot BAEM1003 D57541180208 Replace
209
-alternative BAEM1003 D57541180202 Replace
203
385A Foot BAEM1003 D57541180210 Replace A22499J0793
211
390 Strap L97 D57541603200 Replace
201
395 Packer L109 D57541626200 Replace
201
400 Cleat, flap seal L110 D57541627200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
405 Cleat, flap seal L110 D57541628200 Replace
201
1.60(0.063)
410 Strip L110 D57541630200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540426, D57541631, D57546010

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0424
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/OR C OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE PARTNUMBER REPAIR SB/RC

415 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546049232 Replace A22499J0793


233
0.30(0.012)
420 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546049234 Replace A22499J0793
235
0.30(0.012)
425 Seal, PTFE J8067 D57546000260 Replace A22499J0793
0.30(0.012)
430 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546004258 Replace A22499J0793
259
0.30(0.012)
435 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546005262 Replace A22499J0793
263
0.30(0.012)
440 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546006258 Replace A22499J0793
259
0.30(0.012)
445 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546007260 Replace A22499J0793
261
0.30(0.012)
450 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546008260 Replace A22499J0793
261
0.30(0.012)
455 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546009258 Replace A22499J0793
259
0.30(0.012)
460 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546010260 Replace A22499J0793
261
0.30(0.012)
465 Seal, PTFE J8067 D57546010262 Replace A22499J0793
263
0.30(0.012)
ASSY Dwg.: D57546000, D57546004, D57546005, D57546006, D57546007, D57546008,
D57546009, D57546010, D57546049

Key to Figure 3

Printed in Germany
57-51-37 NovPage01/0425
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T/E Access Panel Inboard of Aileron


Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 NovPage01/1026
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, bottom L109 D57540353200


201
1A Skin, bottom L109 D57540353204 A22775J0805
205
1B Skin, bottom L109 D57557003200 A151573J3220
201
5 Strap L97 D57541103200
201
10 Skin, bottom L109 D57540353202
203
2.5 (0.098)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540222

Key to Figure 4

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 NovPage01/1027
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Upper and Lower Access Panels


Figure 5 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1328
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Upper and Lower Access Panels


Figure 5 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1329
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Upper and Lower Access Panels


Figure 5 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1330
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Upper and Lower Access Panels


Figure 5 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1331
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Upper and Lower Access Panels


Figure 5 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1332
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Aileron Upper and Lower Access Panels


Figure 5 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1333
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, bonded See Note D57546014002 PB101


Figure 5 003 PB201
1A Panel, bonded See Note D57546014020 PB101 A22680J0855
Figure 5 021 PB201 B154289J3612
1B Panel, bonded See Note D57557082002 PB101 A154289J3612
Figure 5 003 PB201
5 Panel, bonded See Note D57546011008 PB201
Figure 5 009
5A Panel, bonded See Note D57546011018 PB201 A22499J0793
Figure 5 019
10 Panel, bonded See Note D57546012200 PB201
Figure 5 201
10A Panel, bonded See Note D57546012242 03 PB201 A20265J0080
Figure 5 243
10B Panel, bonded See Note D57546012266 03 PB201 A22499J0793
Figure 5 267
15 Panel, bonded See Note D57546013200 PB201
Figure 5 201
15A Panel, bonded See Note D57546013244 03 PB201 A20265J0080
Figure 5 245
15B Panel, bonded See Note D57546013268 03 PB201 A22499J0793
Figure 5 269
20 Seal, aileron See Note D57546014224
Figure 5 225
20A Seal, aileron See Note D57546014228 A20265J0080
Figure 5 229
20B Seal, aileron See Note D57546014258 A22680J0855
Figure 5 260 B154289J3612
20C Seal, aileron See Note D57557082210 A154289J3612
Figure 5 212
25 Plate, aileron L164 D57546014219
seal (J4177)
25A Channel, aileron L111 D57546014223 03 A20265J0080
seal (J4301) B154289J3612
25B Channel, aileron J4301 D57557082214 A154289J3612
seal
30 Plate, aileron L164 D57546013219
seal (J4177)
ASSY Dwg.: D57546011, D57546012, D57546013, D57546014, D57557082

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1334
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

30A Channel, aileron L111 D57546013246 03 A20265J0080


seal (J4301)
30B Channel, aileron L111 D57546013246 AFR/
seal (J4301) AC293599(MSN214
0)
AFR/
AC293600(MSN214
0)
30C Channel, aileron L111 D57546013276 A34038J2472
seal (J4301)
35 Seal, aileron See Note D57546013228
Figure 5 229
35A Seal, aileron See Note D57546013240 A20265J0080
Figure 5 241
35B Seal, aileron See Note D57546013240 AFR/
Figure 5 241 AC293599(MSN214
0)
AFR/
AC293600(MSN214
0)
35C Seal, aileron See Note D57546013274 A34038J2472
Figure 5 275
40 Plate, aileron L164 D57546012219
seal (J4177)
40A Channel, aileron L111 D57546012246 A20265J0080
seal (J4301)
45 Seal, aileron See Note D57546012228
Figure 5 229
45A Seal, aileron See Note D57546012244 A20265J0080
Figure 5 245
50 Plate, clamping L165 D57546011244
245
1.4 (0.055)
55 Seal, aileron See Note D57546011234
Figure 5 235
60 Stiffener, in L164 D57546012232
board 233
2 (0.079)
65 Stiffener, out L164 D57546012234
board 235
2 (0.079)
ASSY Dwg.: D57546011, D57546012, D57546013, D5756012

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1335
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

70 Stiffener, in L164 D57546013232


board 233
(MSN00229999) 1.6 (0.063)
75 Stiffener, out L164 D57546013234
board(MSN00229999 235
) 1.6 (0.063)
80 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546014254 A22499J0793
255 B154289J3612
0.3 (0.012)
80A Seal, PTFE J8066 D57557082206 A154289J3612
207
0.3 (0.012)
85 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546014256 A22499J0793
257 B154289J3612
0.3 (0.012)
85A Seal, PTFE J8066 D57557082208 A154289J3612
209
0.3 (0.012)
90 Seal, PTFE J8067 D57546014252 A22499J0793
253 B154289J3612
0.3 (0.012)
90A Seal, PTFE J8066 D57557082204 A154289J3612
205
0.3 (0.012)
95 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546014250 A22499J0793
251 B154289J3612
0.3 (0.012)
95A Seal, PTFE J8066 D57557082202 A154289J3612
203
0.3 (0.012)
100 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546011260 A22499J0793
261
0.3 (0.012)
105 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546011264 A22499J0793
265
0.3 (0.012)
110 Seal, PTFE J8067 D57546011266 A22499J0793
0.3 (0.012)
115 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546011262 A22499J0793
263
0.3 (0.012)
ASSY Dwg.: D57546011, D57546013, D57546014, D57557082

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1336
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

120 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546013260 A22499J0793


261
0.3 (0.012)
125 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546013266 A22499J0793
267
0.3 (0.012)
130 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546013264 A22499J0793
265
0.3 (0.012)
135 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546013262 A22499J0793
263
0.3 (0.012)
140 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546012258 A22499J0793
259
0.3 (0.012)
145 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546012264 A22499J0793
265
0.3 (0.012)
150 Seal, PTFE J8067 D57546012262 A22499J0793
263
0.3 (0.012)
155 Seal, PTFE J8066 D57546012260 A22499J0793
261
0.3 (0.012)
ASSY Dwg.: D57546012, D57546013

Key to Figure 5

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1337
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Cover Plate Rear False Spar 573/673DB


Figure 6 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1038
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Cover Plate Rear False Spar 573/673DB


Figure 6 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1039
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Plate, cover L164 D57250355200


2 (0.079)
5 Plate, clamp LH L164 D57250360200
2 (0.079)
10 Plate L164 D57250360202
2 (0.079)
15 Plate L164 D57250359200
2 (0.079)
20 Plate, cover LH L164 D57250351202
2 (0.079)
20A Plate, cover LH L164 D57256649200 A150445J3058
1.2 (0.047)
25 Plate, cover RH L164 D57250352200
2 (0.079)
25A Plate, cover RH L164 D57256649202 A150445J3058
1.2 (0.047)
30 Plate, clamp L164 D57250356200
2 (0.079)
35 Plate L164 D57250357200
2 (0.079)
40 Plate L164 D57250357202
2 (0.079)
45 Spacer L164 D57256647200 A150445J3058
50 Flat grommet LH ABR4−0112 D57256648200 A150445J3058
1 (0.039)
55 Flat grommet RH ABR4−0112 D57256648202 A150445J3058
1 (0.039)
ASSY Dwg.: D57250350, D57256650

Key to Figure 6

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1040
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outboard Access Panel 574/674BB


Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1041
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Carrier L110 D57250962206 Replace


207
1.20(0.047)
5 Carrier L110 D57250962204 Replace
1.20(0.047)
10 Packer L165 D57250959212 Replace
213
2.00(0.078)
15 Stiffener BAEM1010 D57250957204 Replace
(J4021)
20 Carrier L110 D57250962200 Replace
25 Stiffener BAEM1010 D57250957202 Replace
(J4021)
30 Carrier L110 D57250962202 Replace
1.20(0.047)
35 Panel L110 D57250957200 Replace
201
35A Panel L165 D57250957224 02 Replace A27953J1829
225
35B Panel L165 D57250957226 02 Replace A34320J2574
227
40 Bracket, hinge BAEM1213 D57250964200 Replace B27953J1829
2.50(0.098)
45 Seal J4308 D57250957210 Replace B27953J1829
50 Strip L110 D57250957209 Replace B27953J1829
ASSY Dwg.: D57250957, D57250959

Key to Figure 7

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1042
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Inboard Access Panel 574/674AB (Before Modification 27953J1829)


Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1043
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Packer L110 D57250961202 Replace


2.50(0.098)
5 Stiffener BAEM1010 D57250956202 Replace
(J4021)
10 Stiffener BAEM1010 D57250956204 Replace
(J4021)
15 Carrier, ring L110 D57250961200 Replace
201
1.20(0.047)
20 Clamp, string L110 D57250956206 Replace
1.20(0.047)
25 Seal J4308 D57250956208 Replace
Precision
Rubbers No
F.908
30 Panel, access L110 D57250956200 Replace
201
30A Panel, access L110 D57250956228 Replace A22662J0804
229
ASSY Dwg.: D57250956, D57250958

Key to Figure 8

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1044
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Inboard Access Panel 574/674AB (After Modification 27953J1829)


Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1245
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Panel, access L165 D57255004206


207
−adaptation L165 D57258680200 A33988J2518
202 B153791J3298
made from
D572550042
06
207
1A Panel, access L165 D57255004208 A153791J3298
210
5 Packer L110 D57250961202
2.5 (0.098)
10 Carrier, ring L110 D57250961200 B153791J3298
201
10A Carrier, ring L110 D57250961208 A153791J3298
210
15 Stiffener J4021 D57255004202
20 Stiffener J4021 D57255004204
25 Block, angle ABM3−1029 D57255005202 B153791J3298
203
25A Block, angle ABM3−1029 D57255005202 A153791J3298
206
ASSY Dwg.: D57250961, D57255004, D57255005, D57255006, D57257740

Key to Figure 9

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 AugPage01/1246
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Shroud Box Panels


Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1047
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Cover L164 D57540252200 Replace


1.20(0.047)
5 Cover L164 D57540269200 Replace
1.60(0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57540225

Key to Figure 10

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 JunPage01/1048
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO


PARAGRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU
018 EXCEPT FOR AILERON UPPER ACCESS PANEL.

1. General

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.
A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the Trailing Edge Access Panels and is valid for the aircraft shown in
Table 101.

NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories, refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> Weight Variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

2. Allowable Damage
A. The allowable damage data in this topic is applicable to the Access Pan
els given in Table 102 and Figure 101.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NUMBER PANEL DESCRIPTION PANEL IDENT NUMBER


1 Aileron Lower Access Panel 575MB/675MB
2 Aileron Lower Access Panel 575LB/675LB
3 Aileron Lower Access Panel 575KB/675KB
4 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575HB/675HB
5 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575GB/675GB
6 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575FB/675FB
7 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575EB/675EB
8 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575DB/675DB
9 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575CB/675CB
10 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575BB/675BB
11 Trailing Edge Access Panel 575AB/675AB
12 Trailing Edge Access Panel 573CB/673CB
13 Trailing Edge Access Panel 573BB/673BB
14 Trailing Edge Access Panel 573AB/673AB
Aileron Upper Access Panel − only be
15 fore modification 160001/J3282 AND 575AT/675AT
160500/J3283
Panel General Arrangement
Table 102
B. For the Description and Criteria of allowable damage in this topic, re
fer to Table 103.

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Scratches, Cracks
and Gouges
Delamination and 4.A. thru
Access Panels A, C
Debonding 4.E.
Dents and Perfo
ration Damage
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 103
4. Access Panels − Allowable Damage
A. Damage Evaluation

Do a damage evaluation before you repair the damaged structure (Refer to


Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3 for the procedure).

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B. Types of Damage

(1) For definition about the types of damage, refer to Chapter 51−77−10,
Paragraph 2.

(2) For specific types of damage that can occur on the Access Panels,
refer to Tables 104 and 105.

C. Distance Between Damaged/Repaired Areas

(1) Refer to Tables 104 and 105, to find out the distances allowed be
tween damaged/repaired areas.

(2) Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.B, for the measurement proce
dure to be followed.

D. Component Zoning
(1) The Access Panels are divided into structural repair Zones.

Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.C, for general information


about component repair Zones.

(2) The repair Zones applicable to components in this topic are shown in
Figure 102, (Sheets 1 and 2).
E. Allowable and Repairable Damage Limits

(1) For the allowable and repairable damage limits applicable to each
repair Zone, you must refer to Tables 104 and 105, as follows:
− for Repair Zone A, refer to the Table 104
− for Repair Zone B, refer to the Table 105.

(2) Where applicable, the actual number of permitted damages for each
repair zone are shown in Tables 104 and 105.
(3) No damage is allowed within a distance of 3 x D of a fastener
(where D is the diameter of the fastener and is measured from the
center of the fastener hole).

For both Repair Zones A and B this limitation does not apply to
damage for scratches, cracks and gouges.

F. For the specific materials to be used in repairs, refer to Chapter


57−51−37, Page Block 201.

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Access Panels − General Arrangement (Panels 1 thru 15)


Figure 101

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Access Panels − Repair Zones and Panel Construction


Figure 102 (sheet 1)

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Access Panels − Repair Zones and Panel Construction


Figure 102 (sheet 2)

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM


TYPE OF DAM
DAM TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED DAMAGES: REPAIRS NUMBER OF
AGE REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) (IIR) mm (in) mm (in) DAMAGES
CHAPTER
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA 3L (WHERE L
SCRATCHES,
≤40 ≤10 ≤0.375 GRAPH 2.A. IS THE MAXI
CRACKS AND − NO 25 (0
(0.984)
984) NO LIMIT
(1.575) (0.394) (0.015) CHAPTER MUM DAMAGE
GOUGES WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA DIMENSION)
FLIGHT HOURS
GRAPH 3.A.
CHAPTER
TEMPORARY
C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA
<2>
DELAMINATION ≤10 ≤80 ALL GRAPH 2.A.

AND DEBONDING (0.394) (0.124) DEPTHS CHAPTER
PERMANENT WITHIN 2 500
(NOT APPLICA A 51−77−12, PARA
<2> FLIGHT HOURS
BLE TO PAN GRAPH 3.A. THE SUM
ELS 1, 2 AND CHAPTER OF THE
4 THRU 14) TEMPORARY
C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA AREAS TO
<1> ≤22 ≤225 ALL <2>
GRAPH 2.A. BE LESS

(0 866)
(0.866) (0 349)
(0.349) DEPTHS THAN 1
PERMANENT WITHIN 2 500 PAGE BLOCK 201, 3L (WHERE L
A 100 mm
<2> FLIGHT HOURS PARAGRAPH 5.A. IS THE MAXI
NO 25 (0
(0.984)
984) (1 705
(1.705
CHAPTER MUM DAMAGE in) IN A
ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA DIMENSION)
200 mm
DENTS AND ≤10 ≤80 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.A. (7.874

PERFORATION (0.394) (0.124) THRU COM CHAPTER in) DI
PONENT WITHIN 2 500 AMETER
DAMAGE (NOT PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA
FLIGHT HOURS CIRCLE
APPLICABLE TO GRAPH 3.A.
PANELS 1, 2 CHAPTER
AND 4 THRU ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA
14) <1> ≤22 ≤225 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.A.

(0.866)
(0 866) (0.349)
(0 349) THRU COM
PONENT WITHIN 2 500 PAGE BLOCK 201,
PERMANENT A
FLIGHT HOURS PARAGRAPH 5.A.
Allowable and Repairable Damage Limits for Access Panels 1 thru 15 − Repair
Zone A − The Plain Laminate/Syntactic Core
Table 104
<1> Refer to paragraph 4.E.(3), for damage around fasteners.

<2> Edge delaminations only, otherwise a repair is not required.

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 PagesFeb107/108
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE: For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS
for further instructions.

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 PagesFeb109/110
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE SIZE INSPECTION MINIMUM DISTANCE ’X’ BETWEEN MAXIMUM


TYPE OF DAM
DAM TYPE OF REPAIR REPAIR TO BE
LENGTH WIDTH AREA DEPTH REPAIR REFERENCE REQUIRED DAMAGES: REPAIRS NUMBER OF
AGE REPAIR CATEGORY PERFORMED
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) (IIR) mm (in) mm (in) DAMAGES
CHAPTER
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA 3L (WHERE L
SCRATCHES, ≤0.125
≤80 ≤10 GRAPH 2.A. IS THE MAXI
CRACKS AND − (0 005)
(0.005) NO 25 (0
(0.984)
984) NO LIMIT
(3.15) (0.394) CHAPTER MUM DAMAGE
GOUGES <1> WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA DIMENSION)
FLIGHT HOURS
GRAPH 3.A.
≤10 ≤80 ALL
− REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
(0.394) (0.124) DEPTHS
DELAMINATION
TEMPORARY REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
AND DEBONDING
<2> ≤30 ≤400 ALL PAGE BLOCK 201, THE SUM
− WITHIN 2 500
(1.181) (0.62) DEPTHS PERMANENT A PARAGRAPH 5.B OR OF THE
FLIGHT HOURS AREAS TO
5.C.
BE LESS
CHAPTER
THAN 1
ALL TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA 3L (WHERE L
100 mm
≤10 ≤80 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.A.
NO
IS THE MAXI
25 (0.984) (1.705
− MUM DAMAGE
AMAG
(0.394) (0.124) THRU COM CHAPTER in) IN A
PONENT WITHIN 2 500 DIMENSION)
PERMANENT A 51−77−12, PARA 200 mm
DENTS AND FLIGHT HOURS
GRAPH 3.A. (7.874
PERFORATION in) DI
DAMAGE <2> CHAPTER
TEMPORARY C IMMEDIATELY 51−77−12, PARA AMETER
ALL
CIRCLE
≤30 ≤400 DEPTHS GRAPH 2.A.

(1.181) (0.62) THRU COM PAGE BLOCK 201,
PONENT WITHIN 2 500
PERMANENT A PARAGRAPH 5.B OR
FLIGHT HOURS
5.C.
Allowable and Repairable Damage Limits for Access Panels 3 and 15 − Repair
Zone B − The General Honeycomb Core Area (Includes Associated Ramp and Cor
ner Radii)
Table 105
<1> Assumes damage to surface ply only and there is no damage to underlying plies.

<2> Refer to paragraph 4.E.(3), for damage around fasteners.

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 PagesFeb111/112
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE: For damage that exceeds the limits in this table, contact AIRBUS
for further instructions.

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 PagesFeb113/114
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS − REPAIRS

1. General

The repair data in this topic applies to damage that you find on the com
posite structure of the Access Panels on the Trailing Edge.
The general repairs in this topic are listed in Table 201.

The specific repairs in this topic are listed in Table 202.

NOTE: For detailed definition of Repair Categories refer to Chapter


51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


NOTE: You must refer to Page Block 101 to find the correct repair to use
for the damage you have.

2. Safety Precautions

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK WITH CFRP MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND THE LOCAL REGULATIONS. USE PROTEC
TIVE GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A FILTER MASK WHEN YOU CUT, ABRADE OR
DRILL CFRP MATERIALS. DO NOT USE THESE MATERIALS NEAR A FLAME,
SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE THE DUST WITH A
VACUUM CLEANER. IF YOU GET THE DUST ON YOUR SKIN, REMOVE IT WITH
SOAP AND A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER. IF YOU GET THE DUST IN YOUR
EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER. GET MEDICAL AID.
IF YOU GET THE DUST IN YOUR LUNGS, GO OUTDOORS IMMEDIATELY AND
BREATHE FRESH AIR. GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION: OBEY THE FLIGHT HOUR RESTRICTIONS AND DAMAGE DATA CONTAINED IN THE
REPAIR ZONE TABLES IN SRM CHAPTER 57−51−37 PAGE BLOCK 101.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER TO PARA


GRAPH 3 GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

3. Repair Schemes for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER REMARKS


There are no General Repairs applicable for this top
− −
ic.
General Repairs
Table 201

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Repair Schemes for Specific Repairs

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Wet Lay−Up Repair for non−Perforating Damage 5.A.
Not Ap
Ap
Wet Lay−Up Repair − One Skin Damaged 5.B. A
plicable
Wet Lay−Up Repair − Both Skins Damaged 5.C.
Specific Repairs
Table 202
5. Access Panels − Repairs
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU
018 EXCEPT FOR AILERON UPPER ACCESS PANEL.
A. Wet Lay−Up Repair for non−Perforating Damage

This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Access Panels on the Trailing Edge. This
data is valid for the aircraft shown in the Table 203 and is necessary
to find the correct repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
<1> Weight Variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair General

(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the plain laminate/syntactic core.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Refer to the Repair Zone Tables in Page Block 101 to find the
damage types and limits.
(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for
ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
weight of 285g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b)).
− Hysol EA9396A/B A/R Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
CML). This resin is to be used
in wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2)) OR
− Hysol LY5052/HY5052 A/R Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
CML). This resin is to be used
in wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2)).
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
CML).
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.


(b) Any room temperature repair that has already been done in accor
dance with the Structural Repair Manual and uses the resins given
in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

(c) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at +/− 45° (Refer to Page Block 001).

(d) Do a Wet Lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph


3.D.(1) using the specific materials listed above.
(e) Restore the original surface protection (Refer to Chapter
51−75−12).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU
018 EXCEPT FOR AILERON UPPER ACCESS PANEL.
B. Wet Lay−Up Repair − One Skin Damaged

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Access Panels on the Trailing Edge. This
data is valid for the aircraft shown in the Table 204 and is necessary
to find the correct repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
<1> Weight Variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the General Honeycomb Core Area (Includes
Associated Ramp and Corner Radii).

(b) Refer to the Repair Zone Tables in Page Block 101 to find the
damage types and limits.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for


ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
weight of 285g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b)).
− Hysol EA9396A/B A/R Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
CML). This resin is to be used
in wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2)) OR
− Hysol LY5052/HY5052 A/R Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
CML). This resin is to be used
in wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2)).
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
CML).
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

(b) Any room temperature repair that has already been done in accor
dance with the Structural Repair Manual and uses the resins given
in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

(c) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at +/− 45° (Refer to Page Block 001).
(d) Do a Wet Lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph
2.A.(2) using the specific materials listed above.

(e) Restore the original surface protection (Refer to Chapter


51−75−12).
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE DATA IS ALSO APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION


160001/J3282 AND 160500/J3283 FOR A320−200 WEIGHT VARIANTS 008 THRU
018 EXCEPT FOR AILERON UPPER ACCESS PANEL.
C. Wet Lay−Up Repair − Both Skins Damaged

This paragraph contains the specific wet lay−up repair materials and re
lated data applicable to the Access Panels on the Trailing Edge. This

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

data is valid for the aircraft shown in the Table 205 and is necessary
to find the correct repair.

AIRCRAFT TYPE WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200
006, 007
008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013,
A320−200 014, 016, 017, 018
015 <1>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
<1> Weight Variant 015 also includes aircraft after modification
38525K11750 (C.G. extended at MTOW).

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ‘Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC


TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give the necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair General

(a) This scheme details a permanent repair that can be used to re
pair damage to the General Honeycomb Core Area (Includes
Associated Ramp and Corner Radii).
(b) Refer to the Repair Zone Tables in Page Block 101 to find the
damage types and limits.

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−51−37 Feb 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(2) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− 5H Satin Weave Carbon Fab A/R This fabric is to be used for


ric at a fiber areal wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
weight of 285g/m Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8)(b)).
− Hysol EA9396A/B A/R Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
CML). This resin is to be used
in wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2)) OR
− Hysol LY5052/HY5052 A/R Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
CML). This resin is to be used
in wet lay−up repairs (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2)).
− Cleaning Agent A/R Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
CML).
(3) Repair Instructions

(a) Refer to Chapter 51−77−11 for all other repair materials.

(b) Any room temperature repair that has already been done in accor
dance with the Structural Repair Manual and uses the resins given
in Chapter 51−77−11 is acceptable.

(c) Each damaged ply must be replaced with a carbon ply of equal
weight and construction. You must lay up the repair plies in the
same direction as the original plies with the cover ply placed
at +/− 45° (Refer to Page Block 001).
(d) Do a Wet Lay−up repair, refer to Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 2.E
using the specific materials listed above.

(e) Restore the original surface protection (Refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−51−37 PagesFeb207/208
01/15
STRUCTURALREPAIRMANUAL

INBOARDFLAP

1. Modification/ServiceBulletinList

ThislistshowsthemodificationsandtheManufacturerSerialNumber(MSN)
oftheaircraftswhichhavethesemodifications.Modificationswiththesame
number,butdifferentsuffixlettershowadifferenteffectivity,referto
column’S’.

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURERSERIALNUMBER) BULLETIN

20463J0190 A320 0024−9999


20463J0190 A A320 0024−0059
20463J0190 B A320 0017−0426,0433
20463J0190 C A320 0060−9999
20463J0190 D A320 0017−0426
20463J0190 E A320 0017−0495
20516K0985 A320 0060−0426
20516K0985 A A320 0104−0426
20516K0985 B A320 0061−0063,0069−0072,0078,0083,
0086−0088,0093−0094,0100−0102,
0104−0426,0433
20516K0985 C A320 0061−0063,0069−0072,0078,0083,
0086−0088,0093−0094,0100−0102,
0104−0426
20516K0985 D A320 0061−0063,0069−0072,0078,0083,
0086−0088,0093−0094,0100−0102,
0104−9999
20533K1954 A320 0060−0426
20533K1954 A A320 0060−9999
22664K2572 A320 0427−9999
22664K2572 A A320 0427−0495
22664K2572 B A320 0427−0559
22664K2572 C A320 0427−0615
22664K2572 D A320 0455,0471,0496−9999
22664K2572 E A320 0496−9999
22664K2572 F A320 0427−9999
22664K2572 G A320 0427−0567
22664K2572 H A320 0427−0923
22664K2572 J A320 0496−0923
22664K2572 K A320 0496−0734
22664K2572 L A320 0427−0924
22664K2572 M A320 0455,0471,0496−0734
22664K2572 N A320 0427−0734
22664K2572 P A320 0427−1078
22664K2572 Q A320 0427−0492

Page1
57−52−00 Aug01/05
Printed in Germany
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

22664K2572 R A320 0427−2648,2650−2660


22841K2735 A320 0496−9999
22998K2533 A320 0060−9999
23775K3401 A320 0496−9999
23775K3401 A A320 0496−2648, 2650−2660
24283K3645 A320 0596−9999
24283K3645 A A320 0596−4333,4340−4342,4355,4362,4365,
4378,4401,4423−4424,4429,4528−9999
24283K3645 B A320 0568−2506
24283K3645 C A320 0596−2506
24750J1392 A320 0561−9999
24750J1392 A A320 0568−9999
24750J1392 B A320 0568−0595
24750J1392 C A320 0568−4333,4340−4342,4355,4362,4365,
4378,4401,4423−4424,4429,4528−9999
25775K4742 A320 0735−9999
25775K4742 A A320 0735−2739
25775K4742 B A320 0751−9999
25775K4742 C A320 0751−2737
25775K4742 D A320 0735−2737
26578K4920 A320 0735−0924
26578K4920 A A320 0735−9999
26578K4920 B A320 0735−2508
26712K4940 A320 0925−9999
26712K4940 A A320 0925−1078
26712K4940 B A320 0925−2508
27775K6006 A320 0925−9999
27775K6006 A A320 0925−2508
27775K6006 B A320 0925−2506
33438K8402 A320 2322−9999
33775K9201 A320 2509−4907,4911,4919,4929,4938,4946,
4967,4977,4987,4997
33775K9201 A A320 2509−4333,4340−4342,4355,4362,
4365,4378,4401,4423−4424,4429
34676K9676 A320 2509−9999
34676K9676 A A320 2649,2661−9999
34676K9676 B A320 2509−2647,2651−2658
34676K9676 C A320 2509−6032,6034−9999
34676K9676 D A320 2649,2661−6032,6034−9999
34801K9481 A320 2649,2661−9999
34801K9481 A A320 2649,2661−4997
34801K9481 B A320 4999−9999
35461J2581 A320 2740−9999

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 NovPage 2
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

37633K11541 A320 2509−4333,4340−4342,4355,4362,4365,


4378,4401,4423−4424,4429
152192K15183 A320 4908−4909,4912−4918,4920−4928,
4930−4937,4939−4944,4947−4965,
4968−4975,4978−4986,4988−4996,
4999−9999
152192K15183 A A320 4908−4909,4912−4918,4920−4928,
4930−4937,4939−4944,4947−4965,
4968−4975,4978−4986,4988−4996,
4999−6032,6034−9999

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 NovPage 3
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Inboard Flap − Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 AugPage 4
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Structural Arrangement

(Refer to Figure 1)

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

1 Skins and Plating Chapter 57−52−11


2 Structure Complete (Ribs and Spars) Chapter 57−52−21

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Pages 5/6
Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP

1. General

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.
CAUTION: FOR ALL ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, RE
FER TO PARAGRAPH 3, GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: THE REWORKED AREA MUST BE CHECKED TO ENSURE THAT THE ALLOWABLE
DAMAGE LIMITS HAVE NOT BEEN EXCEEDED. WHEN THE LIMITS ARE EXCEEDED
A REPAIR IS NECESSARY. REFER TO THE COLUMN ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ IN
THE IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK.

CAUTION: FOR ALLOWABLE DAMAGE CONTAINING NO WEIGHT VARIANT EFFECTIVITY


TABLE, REFER TO THE WEIGHT VARIANT EXCLUSION TABLE, PARAGRAPH 23,
GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the inboard flap structure. This data is necessary to find the correct
repair procedure.

NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For the definition of repair categories, refer to Chapter 51−11−14.

NOTE: For damage/repair data recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


2. Damage Evaluation

Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage evaluation.
Refer to Chapter 51−77−10 for data.

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria


NOTE: No dents are allowed (especially no large smooth dents) in CFRP−Skin
in Zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. In case of any visible damages (e.g.
scratches, abrasions, indentions) NDT−inspection (e.g. tapping test,
refer to NTM Task 51−10−03−280−801 or woodpecker test, refer to NTM
Task 51−10−19−280−801 or US−test) is required.
NOTE: For damage on metallic parts that require a HFEC inspection, please
refer to Chapter 51−11−11 Paragraph 1.D. for additional information.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PARA REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE
GRAPH CATEGORY
Scratches 8.A.
Abrasions 8.D.
Inboard Flap Zone 1 Delaminations 8.H. C
Debondings 8.L.
Penetrations 8.Q.
A
Scratches 8B
8.B.
C
A
Abrasions 8E
8.E.
C
Cracks 8.G. C
A
Debondings 8M
8.M.
C
Inboard
b d Flap
l Zone 2 Dents in aluminum
skin with depth less
A
than 0.5 mm (0.020
in)
8O
8.O.
Dents in aluminum
skin with depth
C
greater than 0.5 mm
(0.020 in)
Penetrations 8.R. C
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Inboard Flap Zone 3 Delaminations 8I
8.I.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P. <1>
Penetrations 8.S. C
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Inboard Flap Zone 4 Delaminations 8I
8.I.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P. <1>
Penetrations 8.T. C
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PARA REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE
GRAPH CATEGORY
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Inboard Flap Zone 5 Delaminations 8J
8.J.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P.
<1>
Penetrations 8.U.
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Inboard Flap Zone 6 Delaminations 8K
8.K.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P.
<1>
Penetrations 8.V.
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Delaminations 8K
8.K.
Inboard Flap Zone 7 C
Debondings 8.N. A
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P.
<1>
Penetrations 8.W.
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 101
<1> For repair category contact AIRBUS.

4. Minimum Distance of Adjacent Damage

The minimum distance to adjacent damage is related to the allowable damage


sizes. Refer to Figure 102 if there are more than one damage in the same
location. If the distance is less than permitted treat both damages as one.
5. Repair Zones

The inboard flap structure is divided into repair zones. These repair zones
show the zones of different structural importance of the component. When
you do a damage evaluation (Refer to Paragraph 2.), you must refer to the

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

repair zone data. The repair zone data for the inboard flap structure are
in Figure 101.
6. Allowable Damage

An allowable damage is a damage for which a structural repair is not nec


essary.

If this kind of damage has rough or sharp edges, smooth out the edges with
the correct abrasive cloth and restore the surface paint, if necessary. Re
place the surface paint, if necessary.

7. Repair Limits

A. The repair limits give the time limits in which a temporary or permanent
repairs must be performed. These time limits are given in Flight Cycles
(FC). To find the above given repair limits data, applicable to the dam
aged area, you must know the subsequent data.
− the repair zone applicable to the damaged area,
− the area, length or depth (as applicable) of the damage,
− the type of structure (for example monolithic or honeycomb),
− the type of damage (for example scratches, abrasion, cracks, delamina
tions, debondings and penetrations)
8. Inboard Flap − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 102.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 103. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 26578K4920.
FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI
CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−52−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

A. Inboard Flap − Zone 1 Scratches

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 1 scratches on


sandwich leading edges before modification 26578K4920 and monolithic
leading edges after modification 26578K4920 and is effective as
follows:

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 102
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 1 scratches allowable damage data, refer to Figure 103.


CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 103.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 104. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

B. Inboard Flap − Zone 2 Scratches

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 2


scratches on aluminum Sandwich trailing edge and is effective as
follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 103
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 2 scratches allowable damage data, refer to Figure 104.

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 104.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 105. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS REPAIR OR CONTACT AIR
BUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

C. Inboard Flap − Zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Scratches

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 3, 4,


5, 6 and 7 scratches on upper and lower shells. This data is ef
fective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 104
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 scratches allowable damage data, refer to


Figure 105.

NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 105 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 105.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 106. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 26578K4920.
FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI
CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−52−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

D. Inboard Flap − Zone 1 Abrasions

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 1 abrasions on


sandwich leading edges before modification 26578K4920 and monolithic
leading edges after modification 26578K4920 and is effective as
follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 105
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
For zone 1 abrasions allowable damage data, refer to Figure 106.

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 106.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 107. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

E. Inboard Flap − Zone 2 Abrasions

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 2 abrasions


and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 106
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 2 abrasions allowable damage data, refer to Figure 107.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 107.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 108. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS REPAIR OR CONTACT AIR
BUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

F. Inboard Flap − Zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Abrasions

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 3, 4,


5, 6 and 7 abrasions and is effective as follows:

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 107
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 abrasions allowable damage data, refer to


Figure 108.
NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 108 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 108.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 109. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

G. Inboard Flap − Zone 2 Cracks

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 2 cracks on


aluminum sandwich structure and are effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 108
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 2 cracks allowable damage data, refer to Figure 109.

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 109.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 110. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 26578K4920.
FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI
CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−52−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

H. Inboard Flap − Zone 1 Delaminations

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 1 delamina


tions on sandwich leading edges before modification 26578K4920 and
monolithic leading edges after modification 26578K4920 and is ef
fective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 109
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
For zone 1 delaminations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 110.

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 110.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 111. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS REPAIR OR CONTACT AIR
BUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

I. Inboard Flap − Zone 3 and 4 Delaminations

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 3 and
4 delaminations and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 110
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 3 and 4 delaminations allowable damage data, refer to Figure


111.
NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 111 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.
CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 111.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 112. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS REPAIR OR CONTACT AIR
BUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

J. Inboard Flap − Zone 5 Delaminations

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 5 de
laminations and is effective as follows:

Page 111
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 111
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 5 delaminations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 112.


NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 112 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 112.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 113. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS REPAIR OR CONTACT AIR
BUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


K. Inboard Flap − Zone 6 and 7 Delaminations

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 6 and
7 delaminations and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 112
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 112
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For zone 6 and 7 delaminations allowable damage data, refer to Figure


113.
NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 113 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 113.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 114. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


26578K4920.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN INCHAPTER 57−52−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


L. Inboard Flap − Zone 1 Debondings

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 1 debondings


on sandwich leading edges before modification 26578K4920 and is ef
fective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 113
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 1 debondings allowable damage data, refer to Figure 114.

Page 113
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 114.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 115. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

M. Inboard Flap − Zone 2 Debondings

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 2 debondings


of aluminum sandwich structure and are effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 114
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 2 debondings allowable damage data, refer to Figure 115.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 115.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 116. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

N. Inboard Flap − Zone 7 Debondings

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 7 debondings


and are effective as follows:

Page 114
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 115
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 7 debondings allowable damage data, refer to Figure 116.


NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 116 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 116.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

O. This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 2 dents in


the aluminum skin. This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table
116.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 116
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Do an Eddy Current inspection of the surrounding area to check for


further damage, refer to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802.

(2) For zone 2 dents in aluminum skin allowable damage data, refer to
Figure 117.

Page 115
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
P. For zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 dents in CFRP skin allowable damage data,
refer to Figure 118.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 117.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 119. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 26578K4920.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN INCHAPTER 57−52−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


Q. Inboard Flap − Zone 1 Penetrations

NOTE: These allowable damage limits are applicable to zone 1 penetrations


on sandwich leading edges before modification 26578K4920 and mono
lithic leading edge after modification 26578K4920 and is effective
as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 117
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 1 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 119.

Page 116
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 118.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

R. This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 2 penetra


tions. This data is valid for the aircraft shown in Table 118.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 118
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 2 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 120.


CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 119.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 121. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS REPAIR OR CONTACT AIR
BUS.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

S. Inboard Flap − Zone 3 Penetrations


NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 3 pe
netrations and is effective as follows:

Page 117
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 119
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

For zone 3 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 121.


NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 121 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 120.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 122. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS REPAIR OR CONTACT AIR
BUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


T. Inboard Flap − Zone 4 Penetrations

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 4 pe
netrations and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 120
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 118
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

For zone 4 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 122.

NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 122 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 22664K2572.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

U. For zone 5 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 123.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

V. For zone 6 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 124.

NOTE: For allowable damage data, contact AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

W. For zone 7 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 125.

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay119/120
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Inboard Flap − Upper and lower Surface Repair Zones Definition


Figure 101

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay121/122
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Minimum Distance between two Areas of Damage


Figure 102

Page 123
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 103

Page 124
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 104

Page 125
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 105

Page 126
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 106

Page 127
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 107

Page 128
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 108

Page 129
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 109

Page 130
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 110 (sheet 1)

Page 131
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 110 (sheet 2)

Page 132
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 111

Page 133
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 112

Page 134
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 113

Page 135
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 114

Page 136
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 115

Page 137
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 116

Page 138
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 117

Page 139
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 118

Page 140
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 119 (sheet 1)

Page 141
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 119 (sheet 2)

Page 142
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 120

Page 143
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 121

Page 144
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 122

Page 145
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 123

Page 146
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 124

Page 147
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Inboard Flap


Figure 125

Page 148
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP

1. General

A. This topic contains general repair procedures for the inboard flap. Refer
to Paragraph 3. to find the repair scheme for these repair procedures.
NOTE: For the definition of the repair categories, refer to Chapter
51−11−14.

NOTE: For damage/repair data recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: Refer to each repair to determine the repair applicability.


B. There are also specific repair procedures for the inboard flap in the
subsequent repair subjects:
− Chapter 57−52−11 Skins and Platings

C. The structure of the inboard flap is divided into repair zones. For
location of repair zones refer to Chapter 57−52−00 Page Block 101.

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Safety Precautions

There are risks to you and other persons when you work with composite re
pair materials. To minimize risks, read and obey the warnings given below.

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
ADHESIVES AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.
WARNING: WEAR THE CORRECT PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FILTER MASK WHEN YOU CUT,
ABRADE OR DRILL COMPOSITE MATERIALS. THE DUST FROM COMPOSITE MA
TERIALS CAN GET INTO YOUR LUNGS OR ONTO YOUR SKIN AND CAUSE INJU
RIES. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE DUST WITH A VACUUM CLEANER.

WARNING: CARBON DUST IS ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE AND CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.


WHEN YOU WORK WITH CFRP COMPOSITE MATERIALS, IMMEDIATELY REMOVE
DUST WITH A VACUUM CLEANER.

WARNING: USE AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER WHEN YOU USE MAIN ELECTRIC POWER ON
THE AIRCRAFT. YOU MUST ONLY USE POWER TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH
ARE EXPLOSION PROOF.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIRS CONTAINING NO WEIGHT VARIANT EFFECTIVITY TABLE REFER
TO THE WEIGHT VARIANT EXCLUSION TABLE, PARAGRAPH 23, GIVEN IN THE
INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE REFER TO PARAGRAPH


3, GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.
CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR AREA GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS, IF NECESSARY.
3. Repair Scheme

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE (IIR)
Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Re
pair of Inner and Outer
8.A. 201 A −
Skin) (Before Modification
26578K4920)
Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Re
pair of Inner and Outer
8.Z. 224 A −
Skin) (After Modification
26578K4920)

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE (IIR)
Skin Repair − Covered with A
Metal Strap,
p, Zone 1 (Be
8B
8.B. 202 −
fore Modification
26578K4920) C

Skin Repair − Covered with A <7>


Metal Strap,
Strap Zone 1 (After 8 AA
8.AA. 225 −
Modification 26578K4920) C <8>
Delamination Clamp
p Repair,
p , A −
8C
8.C. 203
Zone 1, 3 and 4 C <2> −
Skin Repair (High Speed
8.D. 204 C <2> −
Tape Repair)
Skin Repair − Fill with
Resin, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 8.E. 205 A −
and 7
Skin Repair − Cover with
Plies, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 8.F. 206 A −
and 7
Outer Skin Repair, Zone 1,
3, 4 and 5
This repair is inactive 8.G. 207 − −
since Revision dated Aug
01/11
Minor Debonding Repair,
8.H. − <1> −
Zone 1 and 2
Removal of Scratches and
Abrasions by Burnishing, 8.I. − <1> −
Zone 2
Crack Cover Skin Repair,
8.J. 208 A −
Zone 2
Skin Repair − Fill Core
and Dent with Resin, Zone 8.K. 209 A −
2
Skin Repair − Fill Dent
8.L. 210 A −
with Resin
External Bonded Metal Dou
8.M. 211 A −
bler Repair, Zone 2

Table 201

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE (IIR)
External Bonded Metal Dou
bler and Core Repair, Zone 8.N. 212 A −
2
Upper and Lower Skin and
8.O. 213 A −
Core Repair, Zone 2
Skin − Stringer Repair, A <3> −
Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Re 8.P. 214 B <4> 57−52−00−2−002−00
pair)
i) C <5> −
Skin − Stringer Repair A <3> −
with External Doubler,
Doubler 8Q
8.Q. 215
Zone 3 and 4 B <6> 57−52−00−2−003−00

Skin − Stringer − Rib Re


Re A <3> −
pair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush 8.R. 216 B <4> 57−52−00−2−004−00
Repair)
i) C <5> −
Skin − Stringer − Rib Re A <3> −
pair with External Dou 8S
8.S. 217
bler, Zone 3 and 4 B <6> 57−52−00−2−005−00
A <3> −
Skin Repair,
Repair Zone 3 and 4
8.T. 218 B <4> 57−52−00−2−007−00
(Flush Repair)
C <5> −
Cushion Attachment Tempo
8.Y. 223 C
rary Repair
Cushion Attachment Perma
8.U. 219 A −
nent Repair
Skin Repair
p with External A <3> −
8V
8.V. 220
Doubler, Zone 3 and 4 B <6> 57−52−00−2−006−00
Skin − Rib Repair with A <3> −
External Doubler,
Doubler Zone 3 8W
8.W. 221
and 4 B <6> 57−52−00−2−008−00

Table 201

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE (IIR)
Skin − Spar Repair, Zone A <3> −
6 (Flush
(Fl h Repair)
R i)
8.X. 222 57−52−00−2−009−00
This repair is inactive B <4>
INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
since revision dated Nov
01/14 C <5> −
Outer Skin Repair, Zone 3,
8.AB. 226 A −
4 and 5

Table 201
<1> For the relevant repair category, refer to SRM Chapter 57−52−00 Page
Block 101

<2> For the Temporary repair life limitation, refer to SRM Chapter 57−52−00
Page Block 101.

<3> This repair category is only applicable for repair option B (upper
shell and lower shell).

<4> This repair category is only applicable for repair option A (lower
shell).

<5> This repair category is only applicable for repair option A (upper
shell) and repair option C (lower shell).
<6> This repair category is only applicable for repair option A (upper
shell and lower shell) and repair option C (lower shell).

<7> This repair category is only applicable for the repair option B and C.

<8> This repair category is only applicable for the repair option A.

4. Damage Evaluation
Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage evaluation.
Refer to Chapter 51−77−00, Paragraph 3..

5. Special Tools

To work with composite materials, it is necessary to use special tools.


Here are some examples:
− Explosion − proof tools are necessary if you will cause CFRP dust.
− Tools to cut or drill pre−cured CFRP materials must have very hard cut
ting edges, for example cutting wheels with diamond edges and twist−drills
made from high−speed steel.
− Tools to drill composite materials must have specially shaped cutting
edges.

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Refer to Chapter 51−77−00 to find data about all the tools and equipment
necessary to make composite repairs.
6. Repair Materials

A. General

All the materials necessary to make a repair are shown in the applicable
Repair Material List.
7. Repair Environment

Before you make a permanent repair, you must make sure that you have the
correct environmental conditions (for example when the aircraft is in a
warm and dry aircraft hangar). It is important that the repair environment
is clean and has constant room temperature (18 C (64.4 F°) thru 30 C°
(86.0 F°)) and atmospheric humidity (not more than 75 %) during the repair
procedure.

8. Inboard Flap − Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 202.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION
26578K4920.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


A. Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials refer to Chapter


51−77−11.

NOTE: For the repair procedure applicable after modification 26578K4920,


refer to Paragraph 8.Z..

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − zone 1 (repair
of inner and outer skin) and is effective as follows:

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 202
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Internal Doubler 1 See Figure 201


2 Honeycomb Core Plug 1 See Figure 201
3 Blind Fastener AR See Figure 201
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to
Cloth) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m
Fiber Dry Fabric) Plain Weave) (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00) and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−091 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−092 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Adhesive) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(1))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to
pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to


pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Adhesive) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(1))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−086
pound (Epoxy Resin and
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B(2)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Special Material (Glass AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) 51−33−00)
(2) Repair Instructions (Sandwich Leading Edge) (Refer to Figure 201)

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Remove the damaged material. Cut out the damaged skin and honey
comb core to the correct shape and dimension (Refer to Figure
201).

(c) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

(d) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(e) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.
(f) Manufacture the internal doubler (Item 1).

1 Make a forming block with the correct shape to assist in the


manufacture of the doubler.

2 Prepare the internal doubler with room temperature procedure


(Refer to Figure 201).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033)


or special material (carbon fiber dry fabric) (Material No.
05−088) in dimensions which allow corrections after curing.

b Put a parting film over the forming block.

c Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090).
d Apply a layer of laminating resin to the forming block sur
face with a brush or a spatula.

e Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.

f Do the steps 8.A.(2)(f)2d and 8.A.(2)(f)2e for each repair


layer until the original skin thickness is reached. For layer
order refer to Figure 201.

g Cover the wet layers with a peel ply and a parting film.
h Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating
resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

3 Prepare the internal doubler with hot bonding procedure.

a Cut the special material (carbon fiber fabric prepreg) (Mate


rial No. 05−091 or 05−092) in dimension which allow correc
tions after curing.

b Put a parting film over the faying surface of the forming


block.

c Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).
d Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the faying
surface of the forming block.

e Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the carbon prepreg layer to the edges.
f Remove the release paper from the patch.

g Do the steps 8.A.(2)(f)3c thru 8.A.(2)(f)3f for each carbon


prepreg layer until the original skin thickness is reached.
For layer order refer to Figure 201.

h Cover the repair patch with peel−ply as necessary to reach


the correct resin content. Allow to cure under heat and
pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Remove heating equipment and peel−ply. Cut the internal doubler
to correct dimension (Refer to Figure 201).
(h) Put the internal doubler in the correct repair position.

(i) Mark and drill holes for the blind fasteners (Item 3) in accor
dance with Figure 201.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
201.
(j) Deburr the fastener holes.

(k) Prepare the faying surfaces of the internal doubler and repair
area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.M.(2)).

(l) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive)
(Material No. 08−078) or (epoxy resin and hardener, adhesive)
(Material No. 08−086) to the faying surfaces of the internal
doubler and the repair area.

(m) Install the internal doubler with blind fasteners (Item 3) in


accordance with Figure 201.
NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter
51−42−00.

(n) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2).

(o) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive) (Ma
terial No. 08−078) or bonding and adhesive compound (two compo
nent epoxy adhesive) (Material No. 08−010) with repair material
for composite structures (thickening agent) (Material No. 05−089).

(p) Apply mixed adhesive to the structure and the surface of the
honeycomb core plug (Refer to Figure 201).
(q) Put the honeycomb core plug in the correct repair position.

(r) Remove the excess resin from the core with a spatula.

(s) Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(t) Abrade flush to the honeycomb or skin surface depending on the


repair option A thru C.

(u) Manufacture the repair layers (Refer to Option A, B or C, Figure


201).

1 Room temperature repair procedure.


a Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033
or special material (carbon fiber dry fabric) (Material No.
05−088) to the correct dimensions.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

b Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No.08−090).

c Apply a layer of laminating resin to the structure with a


brush or a spatula.

d Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.

e Do the steps 8.A.(2)(u)1c and 8.A.(2)(u)1d for each repair


layer until the original skin thickness is reached. For re
pair layer order refer to Figure 201.
f Cover the wet layers with a special material (glass cloth)
(Material No. 05−033), a peel ply and a parting film.

g Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating


resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

h Remove vacuum equipment and the unwanted resin from the re
pair area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade
280 first and then finish with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass layer.

2 Hot bonding repair procedure.

a Cut the special material (carbon fiber fabric prepreg) (Mate


rial No. 05−091 or 05−092) to the correct dimensions (Refer
to Figure 201.

b Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).

c Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the faying
surface of the repair area.

d Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the repair layer to the edges.

e Remove the release paper from the patch.


f Do the steps 8.A.(2)(u)2a thru 8.A.(2)(u)2e for each repair
layer necessary until the original skin thickness is reached.
For repair layer order refer to Figure 201.

g Cover the repair−patch with a glass prepreg and a peel−ply as


necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to cure
under heat and pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

Page 211
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

h After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply


and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then
finish with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass repair layer.

(v) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(w) Do an inspection of the repair.

(x) Restore the surfaces protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 212
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)


Figure 201

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug213/214
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 26578.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

B. Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − covered with
metal strap, zone 1 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

NOTE: For the repair procedure applicable after modification 26578, refer
to Paragraph 8.AA..

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 202


2 Support Rib 1 Refer to Figure 202
3 Support Rib (Alternative) 1 Refer to Figure 202
4 Angle 1 Refer to Figure 202
5 Self Adhesive Aluminum Tape AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to
(High Speed Tape) Figure 202)
− Fastener AR Refer to Figure 202
− Special Material (Glass AR STYLE 120, Material No. 05−033
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 20−031 (Refer to
posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−018B (Refer to
pound (Plastic Bonding) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Fuel Tank Sealant AR Material No. 09−001D (Refer to
polysulphide) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Interfay Sealant) AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure (Refer to Figure 202).

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Mark the repair area in accordance with Figure 202.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and honeycomb core to the correct shape
and dimensions.

NOTE: Observe the different cutouts for the different options.

(d) Deburr the edge of the cutout.

(e) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.
(f) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).
(3) Repair Procedure Option A (Temporary Repair − Doubler with blind
fastener)

(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 202


sheet 2).

2 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is longer than 300


mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 2) and angle
(Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) as shown in Fig
ure 202, sheet 6 and 7.
3 Transfer drill the existing holes to the doubler and drill the
additional holes in the doubler as shown in Figure 202.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
202.

4 If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib and
angle or alternative support rib (Refer to Figure 202).

5 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

6 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:


− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (two component epoxy adhesive)
(Material No. 08−010) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No 08−078) with repair material for
composite structures (thickening agent) (Material No. 20−031).

(c) Fill the honeycomb core in the repair area with mixed adhesive
in accordance with Figure 202.

(d) Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).


(e) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (plastic bonding) (Material No.
08−018B) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhe
sive) (Material No. 08−078).

(f) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (plastic bonding) (Material


No. 08−018B) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste
adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) and a special material (glass
cloth) (Material No. 05−033) to the edges of the structure (Refer
to Figure 202, sheet 2).

(g) Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).


(h) Transfer drill the existing holes of the doubler to the CFRP−skin
as shown in Figure 202.

NOTE: Install the support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or al
ternative support rib (Item 3) to the doubler, if spanwise
cutout length is longer than 300 mm (11.811 in).
(i) Position all repair parts in the repair area with pins and
clamps.

(j) Drill the existing fastener holes in the final diameter.

(k) Install all fasteners wet with sealant (interfay sealant) (Mate
rial No. 09−005) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consis
tency) (Material No. 09−013) in accordance with Figure 202, sheet
2.

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.
NOTE: Recommendation for fastener Type MS21140 − Dip the lower
part of the fastener in primer (e.g. Material No. 16−001D)
and install fastener within 5 min. This improves the corro
sion resistance from fastener steel to aluminum structure.

(l) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(m) Do an inspection of the repair.

(n) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(4) Repair Procedure Option B (Permanent with bonded Doubler)

(a) Manufacture the repair parts


1 Cut the doubler (Item 1) to the correct dimensions (Refer to
Figure 202 sheet 3).

2 Chamfer the doubler as shown in Figure 202 sheet 3.

3 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is longer than 300


mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 2) and angle
(Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) as shown in Fig
ure 202 sheet 6 and 7.

4 Transfer drill the existing holes to the doubler as shown in


Figure 202.
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
202.

5 If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib


(Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item
3) (Refer to Figure 202).
6 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.


7 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002)
8 Install the support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alter
native support rib (Item 3) to the doubler, if spanwise cut−out
length is longer than 300 mm (11.811 in).

(b) Do steps 8.B.(3)(b) thru 8.B.(3)(g) as given in Paragraph


8.B.(3).
(c) Position the doubler in the repair area.

(d) Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and allow the adhesive to
cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(e) Drill the existing fastener holes to the final diameter and
install the fasteners wet with sealant (interfay sealant) (Mate
rial No. 09−005) or sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulphide) (Ma

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

terial No. 09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush con


sistency) (Material No. 09−013).
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
202.

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

NOTE: Recommendation for fastener Type MS21140 − Dip the lower


part of the fastener in primer (e.g. Material No. 16−001D)
and install fastener within 5 min. This improves the corro
sion resistance from fastener steel to aluminum structure.

(f) Apply a bead of sealant (interfay sealant) (Material No. 09−005)


or sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulphide) (Material No.
09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Ma
terial No. 09−013) to the edge of the doubler (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(g) Clean the repair area and repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(h) Do an inspection of the repair area.

(i) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

(5) Repair Procedure Option B (Temporary Repair − with bonded Doubler)

(a) Do steps 8.B.(4)(a)1 thru 8.B.(4)(a)8 as given in Paragraph


8.B.(4)(a).

(b) Fill the honeycomb core in the repair area with sealant (interfay
sealant) (Material No. 09−005) or sealant (fuel tank sealant
polysulphide) (Material No. 09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) in accordance with
Figure 202 sheet 3.

(c) Install the support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alterna
tive support rib (Item 3) to the doubler (Item 1), if spanwise
cut−out length is longer than 300 mm (11.811 in).

(d) Apply sealant (interfay sealant) (Material No. 09−005) or sealant


(fuel tank sealant polysulphide) (Material No. 09−001D) or seal
ant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013)
at the sandwich structure as shown in Figure 202 sheet 2.

(e) Position the doubler in the repair area.

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Drill the existing fastener holes in the final diameter.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
202.

(g) Install the fasteners wet with sealant (interfay sealant) (Mate
rial No. 09−005) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consis
tency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: For fastener installations and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

NOTE: Recommendation for fastener Type MS21140 − Dip the lower


part of the fastener in primer (e.g. Material No. 16−001D)
and install fastener within 5 min. This improves the corro
sion resistance from fastener steel to aluminum structure.
(h) Remove excessive sealant.

(i) Clean the repair area and repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(j) Do an inspection of the repair area.

(k) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(6) Repair Procedure Option C (Permanent Doubler Repair with Blind Fas
tener in Front Spar)

Do all steps given in Paragraph 8.B.(3).


NOTE: Obey the special preparation of the damaged structure given in
Figure 202 sheet 4.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 50 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT) OR 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).
(7) Repair Procedure Option D (Temporary with High Speed Tape, refer to
Figure 202)

(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 202


sheet 5).
2 If the cutout length is more than 300 mm (11.811 in), prepare
the support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative
support rib (Item 3) as shown in Figure 202 sheet 6 and 7.

3 If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib


(Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item
3) (Refer to Figure 202 sheet 6 and 7).

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004).
5 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).
(b) Cut the self adhesive aluminum tape (high speed tape) (Material
No. 08−052) to the required length (Refer to Figure 202 sheet
5).

(c) Apply high speed tape on the repair area to close the honeycomb
core and remove wrinkles and any trapped air below the high
speed tape, refer to Figure 202 sheet 5.

NOTE: Applicable only for temporary repair with 50 FC (FH not


relevant).

(d) Apply sealant (interfay sealant) (Material No. 09−005) or fuel


tank sealant polysulphide (Material No. 09−001D) or sealant (cor
rosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) on the
repair area to close the honeycomb core and apply sealant layer
on the contact surfaces between doubler and CFRP structure (Refer
to Figure 202 sheet 5).

NOTE: Applicable only for temporary repair with 1 000 FC (FH not
relevant).

(e) If necessary drill the holes in the support rib (Item 2) and
angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) to the final
diameter.
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
202.

(f) If necessary install the fastener in the support rib (Item 2)


and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) wet with
sealant (interfay sealant) (Material No. 09−005) or fuel tank
sealant polysulphide (Material No. 09−001D) or sealant (corrosion
inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Recommendation for fastener Type MS21140 − Dip the lower


part of the fastener in primer (e.g. Material No. 16−001D)
and install fastener within 5 min. This improves the corro
sion resistance from fastener steel to aluminum structure.

(g) Position all the repair parts in the repair area with pins and
clamps.

(h) Cut the high speed tape (Material No. 08−052) to the required
length, refer to Figure 202 sheet 5.

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Apply five layers of high speed tape on the doubler. For the
directions of applying high speed tape, refer to Figure 202 sheet
5.

(j) Remove wrinkles and trapped air below the layers of high speed
tape.

(k) Do the inspections of the repair area.

(l) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug223/224
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug225/226
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug227/228
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug229/230
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug231/232
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug233/234
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesAug235/236
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 7)

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

C. Delamination Clamp Repair, Zone 1, 3 and 4

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: This repair is only valid on monolithic skin.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Fastener AR See Figure 203

− Sealant AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to


Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure (Refer to Figure 203).
(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003).

(b) Mark a net out of equilateral triangles with the edge length of
6 times hole diameter (Refer to Figure 203).
(c) Mark all fastener centers in the repair area.

(d) Drill the correct hole diameter.

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) For large delaminations perform the repair in steps. Start dril
ling at the outer hole locations. Install the correct fastener
into the holes before you drill the next fastener hole. This
prevents an enlargement of the delamination.

(f) Install the fasteners with sealant (Material No. 09−013) as shown
in Figure 203 (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

(g) Remove the unwanted sealant with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003).

(h) Do an inspection of the repair.


(i) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Delamination Clamp Repair, Zone 1, 3 and 4


Figure 203

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

D. Skin Repair (High Speed Tape Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin (high speed tape
repair) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to


pound (Self Adhesive Alu Chapter 51−35−00)
minum Tape)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure (Refer to Figure 204).

(a) Do the repair given in Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph 2.A.

(b) Do an inspection of the repair.

(c) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 241
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair (High Speed Tape Repair)


Figure 204

Page 242
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

E. Skin Repair − Fill with Resin, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: This repair − fill with resin is applicable for damage to the
skin, zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to


posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−017A (Refer to
pound (Flexible Structural Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 205).

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.
(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.D.).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).

(c) Dry the sandwich structure (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.G.)

(d) Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin) (Material No.
08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (flexible structural
adhesive) (Material No. 08−017A) with repair material for compos
ite structures (thickening agent) (Material No. 05−089).
(e) Fill the damaged area with mixed adhesive and cover it with a
parting film (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 3.B.(2)).

(f) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with the material specifica
tions.
(g) Remove the parting film.

(h) Smooth the repair area to the component contour with abrasive
cloth grade 280 and complete with cloth grade 400.

(i) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.E.).

(j) Do an inspection of the repair.

(k) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Fill with Resin Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7


Figure 205

Page 245
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

F. Skin Repair − Cover with Plies, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: This repair is only applicable, if overlap or scarf does not af
fect metal surface of the trailing edge.

NOTE: This repair − cover with plies is applicable for damage to the
skin, zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 246
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to


Cloth) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m
Fiber Dry Fabric) Plain Weave) (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−017A (Refer to
pound (Flexible Structural Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042A (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. No. 11−004 (Refer
thane Methyl Chloroform) to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−33−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Carbon Tape AR DAN 1050 A35/A40 EP 125 (Refer
to Chapter 51−33−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions Room Temperature Repair

(a) Remove the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.D.(2)).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).

(c) Option A (Refer to Figure 206).

Page 247
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Prepare bonding and adhesive compound (flexible structural adhe


sive) (Material No. 08−017A) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No.08−051).

2 Fill the damage area with adhesive and cover it with a parting
film (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 3.B.(2)).

3 Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

4 Remove the parting film.


5 Use abrasive cloth grade 280 to smooth cured adhesive to com
ponent contour.

6 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 4.E.).

7 Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033) or


special material (carbon fiber dry fabric) (Material No.
05−088) to the correct dimensions.
NOTE: Use the following ply orientation: ±45, 0/90, ±45, until
required thickness is reached.

8 Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090).
9 Apply a layer of laminating resin to the repair area with a
brush or spatula.

10 Put the repair layer in its repair position. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and excess
resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the repair
layer to the edges.

11 Remove the parting film.

12 Do the steps 8.F.(2)(c)9 thru 8.F.(2)(c)11 for each repair lay


er necessary for the room temperature repair until original
thickness is reached.

13 Cover with a peel−ply and a parting film. Apply pressure with


a vacuum bag and let the resin cure according to supplier’s
data sheet.
14 Remove vacuum equipment, peel−ply and unwanted resin after cur
ing and smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280 and
complete with abrasive cloth grade 400.

15 Do an inspection of the repair.

16 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 248
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Option B (Refer to Figure 206).

1 Do the steps 8.F.(2)(c)7 thru 8.F.(2)(c)16 in repair procedure


option A.

NOTE: Obey the special preparation of the damaged structure


given in Figure 206.

(3) Repair Procedure − Hot Bonding Repair (Refer to Figure 206)

NOTE: Remove all heat affected fasteners (> +80.0 C° (176.0 F°))
within the heating−zone.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MATERIALS HAVE REACHED AMBIENT TEMPERA
TURE BEFORE YOU REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS. DO NOT THIN
ADHESIVE FILM BY EXTENDING OR FOLDING. TOUCH ADHESIVE FILM
OF PREPREG FABRIC ONLY WITH CLEAN WHITE GLOVES TO PREVENT
MATERIAL CONTAMINATION. COMPLETE REPAIR BEFORE ’OUT OF RE
FRIGERATION’ TIME LIMIT HAS EXPIRED (REFER TO MATERIAL SPEC
IFICATION).

(a) Remove the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.D.(2)).
(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).

(c) Option A (Refer to Figure 206).

NOTE: Find out the number and the orientation of the repair plies
at the tapered edges.

1 Prepare bonding and adhesive compound (flexible structural adhe


sive) (Material No. 08−017A) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051).

2 Fill the damaged area with adhesive and cover it with a part
ing film (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 3.B.).

3 Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

4 Remove the parting film.

5 Use abrasive cloth grade 280 to smooth cured adhesive to com


ponent contour.

6 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 4.E.).
7 Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)
(Material No. 08−042) or bonding and adhesive compound (adhe
sive film) (Material No. 08−042A) to size and put it on so

Page 249
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

that the film covers the full repair area (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.B.(3) and (4)).
8 Cut the carbon tape to the correct dimensions.

9 Remove the release paper from the carbon tape (one side only).

10 Put the exposed face of the carbon tape on the repair area
(for ply orientation refer to Figure 206).
11 Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from the
center of the layer to the edges.

12 Remove the release paper from the patch.

13 Repeat steps 8.F.(3)(c)9 thru 8.F.(3)(c)12 until required thick


ness is reached.
14 Cover with a layer of glass prepreg and allow to cure under
heat and pressure. Apply the pressure by using a vacuum bag
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.).

15 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).


16 Do an inspection of the repair.

(d) Option B (Refer to Figure 206).

NOTE: Find out the number and the orientation of the repair plies
at the tapered edges.
1 Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)
(Material No. 08−042) or bonding and adhesive compound (adhe
sive film) (Material No. 08−042A) to size and put it on the
repair area so that the film covers the full repair area (Re
fer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.B.(3) and (4)).
2 Cut the carbon tape to the correct dimensions.

3 Remove the release paper from the carbon tape (one side only).

4 Put the exposed face of the carbon tape on the repair area
(for ply orientation refer to Figure 206).
5 Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from the
center of the layer to the edges.

6 Remove the release paper from the patch.

7 Repeat steps 8.F.(3)(d)3 thru 8.F.(3)(d)6 until required thick


ness is reached.

8 Cover the carbon tape with a glass−prepreg and a peel−ply as


necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to cure

Page 250
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag


(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.).
9 After cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply and the
unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive cloth to
smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then finish with
grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass repair layer.


10 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

11 Do an inspection of the repair.


12 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Cover with Plies Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7


Figure 206

Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

G. Outer Skin Repair, Zone 1, 3, 4 and 5

NOTE: This repair is inactive since Revision dated Aug 01/11.


NOTE: For Zone 3, 4 and 5, refer to Paragraph 8.AB. and Figure 226.

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: This repair is only applicable if overlap or scarf does not affect
metal surface of the trailing edge.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 or 08−090


pound (Laminating Resin) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2))
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Fabric (Dry)) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m
Fabric (Dry)) Plainweave) (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
Epoxy Prepreg Carbon Tape AR Material No. DAN 1050 A 35/A 40
(Refer to Chapter 51−33−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR Ciba/916G − 120 (Refer to Chap
ter 51−33−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Procedure − Room Temperature Repair (RT) (Refer to Figure 207
sheet 1).
(a) Remove the surface Protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 4.D.(2)).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).
(c) Cut the special material (dry fabric repair plies) (Material No.
05−033 or 05−088) to the correct dimensions.

Page 253
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (laminating resin) (Materi
al No. 08−070 or 08−090).
(e) Apply a layer of laminating resin to the repair area with a
brush or spatula.

(f) Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and excess
resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the repair layer
to the edges.

(g) Remove the parting film.

(h) Do the steps (e) thru (g) for each repair layer necessary for
the RT repair until the original skin thickness is reached in
accordance with the repair layer order. (Repair layer orienta
tion: ±45°, 0°/90°, ±45°.....0° in spanwise direction).

(i) Cover the wet−up layer with a glass−fabric and peel−ply and a
parting film.

(j) Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the adhesive cure
(Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(k) After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive paper grade 280
and complete with grade 400.

(l) Do an inspection of the repair.


(m) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−21−00).

(3) Repair Procedure − Hot Bonding Repair (Refer to Figure 207 sheet 2).

NOTE: Remove all heat affected fasteners (> +80 C° (176.0 F°)) within
the heating−zone.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MATERIALS HAVE REACHED AMBIENT TEMPERA
TURE BEFORE YOU REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS. DO NOT THIN
ADHESIVE FILM BY EXTENDING OR FOLDING. TOUCH ADHESIVE FILM
OF PREPREG FABRIC ONLY WITH CLEAN WHITE GLOVES TO PREVENT
MATERIAL CONTAMINATION. COMPLETE REPAIR BEFORE ’OUT OF RE
FRIGERATION’ TIME LIMITS HAS EXPIRED (REFER TO MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION).

(a) Remove the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.D.(2)).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).
(c) Find out the number and the orientation of the repair plies at
the tapered edges.

Page 254
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)
(Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A) to size and put it on so that
the film covers the full repair area.

(e) Cut the Carbon Tape to size.

(f) Remove the release paper from the Carbon Tape (One side only).

(g) Put the exposed face of the Carbon Tape on the repair area (Re
fer to Figure 207 for lay−up sequence).
(h) Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from the
center of the layer to the edges.

(i) Remove the release paper from the patch.

(j) Do the steps (e) thru (i) for each repair layer.
(k) Cover the repair layers with one layer of Glass Prepreg and a
peel−ply as necessary to reach the correct resin contents.

(l) Allow to cure under heat and pressure by using a vacuum bag (Re
fer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.).
(m) After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, the peel−ply
and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then finish
with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass layer.


(n) Do an inspection of the repair.

(o) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Skin Repair Zone 1, 3, 4 and 5


Figure 207 (sheet 1)

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Skin Repair Zone 1, 3, 4 and 5


Figure 207 (sheet 2)

Page 257
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.
H. Minor Debonding Repair, Zone 1 and 2

(1) Repair Procedure

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.E.).

(b) Do the repair given in Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 2.D.

(c) Do an inspection of the repair.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

I. Removal of Scratches and Abrasions by Burnishing, Zone 2

(1) Repair Procedure

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.E.).

(b) Do the repair in accordance with Chapter 51−73−00, Paragraph 4.

(c) Do an inspection of the repair.


(d) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 258
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MATERIALS HAVE REACHED AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BE
FORE YOU REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS. DO NOT THIN ADHESIVE FILM BY
EXTENDING OR FOLDING. TOUCH ADHESIVE FILM OF PREPREG FABRIC ONLY
WITH CLEAN WHITE GLOVES TO PREVENT MATERIAL CONTAMINATION. COMPLETE
REPAIR BEFORE ’OUT OF REFRIGERATION’ TIME LIMIT HAS EXPIRED (REFER
TO MATERIAL SPECIFICATION).
CAUTION: TO REMOVE PAINT FROM METAL SKIN, YOU CAN USE PAINT STRIPPERS. MAKE
SURE THAT THESE CHEMICALS DO NOT TOUCH COMPOSITE OR CFRP MATERIAL
AND OBEY PRECAUTIONS.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

J. Crack Cover Skin Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.
NOTE: This repair for crack in skin of the trailing edge is only appli
cable for Zone 2 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 259
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 See Figure 208


− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042A (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure A − Room Temperature Repair (Refer to Figure 208)

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Stop−drill crack with diameter 3.2 mm (0.126 in) and deburr.
(c) Dry the sandwich structure (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.G.).

(d) Manufacture the doubler (Item 1) as given in Chapter 51−77−13,


Paragraph 3.A.(2).

NOTE: For dimensions of the doubler refer to Figure 208.


(e) Pretreat the sandwich skin as given in Chapter 51−77−13, Para
graph 3.A.(1).

(f) Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive)
(Material No. 08−078).
(g) Apply a layer of adhesive evenly to the repair area and to the
doubler surface. Optimum total adhesive layer thickness is be
tween 0.2 mm (0.008 in) and 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(h) Put the doubler (Item 1) in the correct position on the repair
area (Refer to Figure 208).
(i) Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the adhesive cure
(Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(j) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
Page 260
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Apply a bead of sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)


(Material No. 09−013) to the edge of the doubler (Refer to Chap
ter 51−76−11).

(l) Do an inspection of the repair.

(m) Restore the surface protection.

(3) Repair Procedure B − Hot Bonding Repair (Refer to Figure 208).


(a) Do steps (a) thru (e) of repair procedure option A.

(b) Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)
(Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A) to size and put it on so that
the film covers the full repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 4.B.(3) and (4)).
(c) Put the doubler (Item 1) in the correct positions on the repair
area (Refer to Figure 208).

(d) Let the adhesive film cure under heat and pressure. Apply pres
sure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
5.D.).
(e) Do steps (j) thru (m) in repair procedure option A.

Page 261
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Crack Cover Repair, Zone 2


Figure 208

Page 262
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
CAUTION: FOR THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY AND THE SIZE LIMITATION, REFER TO
CHAPTER 57−52−00 PAGE BLOCK 101.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


K. Skin Repair − Fill Core and Dent with Resin, Zone 2

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 or 08−017A


pound (Dent Filler) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010A (Refer to
pound (Low Viscosity Adhe Chapter 51−35−00)
sive)
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure − Room Temperature Repair (Refer to Figure 209)

NOTE: Observe the different Materials. Refer to Repair Material List.


(a) If the dent is deeper than 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) fill the honeycomb
with bonding and adhesive compound (low viscosity adhesive) (Ma
terial No. 08−010A).

(b) Fill the dent with bonding and adhesive compound (dent filler)
(Material No. 08−051 or 08−017A) or bonding and adhesive compound
(low viscosity adhesive) (Material No. 08−010A) mixed with spe
cial material (thickening agent) (Material No. 05−089).

(c) Do all steps given in Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 3.E.

Page 263
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Fill Core and Dent with Resin, Zone 2


Figure 209

Page 264
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 210.
CAUTION: FOR THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY AND THE SIZE LIMITATION, REFER TO
CHAPTER 57−52−00 PAGE BLOCK 101.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


L. Skin Repair − Fill Dent with Resin

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 210
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTECTION.


(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to


ethyl−ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−017A or 08−051
pound (Adhesive) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure − Room Temperature Repair (Refer to Figure 210).
(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003).

(b) Rub down the paint in the dented area, extend the rubbed down
area up to 10 mm (0.394 in.) around the dent.

Page 265
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Mask off the adjacent area, which has not to be treated, with
masking tape and paper.
(d) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.
08−017A or 08−051) with special material (thickening agent) (Ma
terial No. 05−089) to a homogeneous paste.

(e) Fill the dent with mixed filler paste. Use a spatula to blend
the paste into the skin contour.
(f) Let the paste cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat


(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

(g) Rub down cured filler to a smooth finish with emery cloth (Grade
280).

(h) If the required contour is not obtained, repeat steps (e) thru
(g).

(i) Do an inspection of the repair.


(j) Restore the paint finish in accordance with Chapter 51−23−11.

Skin Repair − Fill Dent with Resin


Figure 210

Page 266
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 211.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

M. External Bonded Metal Doubler Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation (Refer to Chapter 51−77−10).

NOTE: For max. spanwise length of the cutout, refer to Chapter 57−52−00
Page Block 101, Allowable Damage Limits for Debonding in Zone 2.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials, refer to Chapter


51−77−11.
NOTE: This external bonded metal doubler repair is applicable for zone 2
and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 211
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 External Doubler 1 See Figure 211


− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−007 (181 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))

Page 267
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to


posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042A (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047A (Refer to
pound Splice (Adhesive Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Film) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047B (Refer to
pound Splice Adhesive Film Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
(120 Deg C) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
pound (Bonding Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to
pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Fuel Tank Sealant AR Material No. 09−001D (Refer to
Polysulfide) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Anti−Cor AR Material No. 16−001D (Refer to
rosion Primer, Polyure Chapter 51−35−00)
thane)

Page 268
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR Ciba/916 G−120 (Refer to Chapter


51−33−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure.

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION (REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3).

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTEC


TION.
(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.
(c) Remove the fasteners if necessary (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(d) Secure the internal scattered fragments of the fasteners with low
viscosity adhesive (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(3)).

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE UNDERLAYING HONEYCOMB CORE.

(e) Cut the damaged skin along the cut line until the skin material
can be removed (Refer to Figure 211).

(f) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner and
smooth the edges of the cutout.

NOTE: Make sure that all edges of cutout are smooth.


(g) Abrade the mating surface of skin lightly with abrasive cloth
grade 400 to obtain a sufficiently rough surface and retain part
of the adhesive bond primer (greenish color). Prevent damage on
the protected surface (CAA layer (greyish)).

(h) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

CAUTION: IF THE TRAILING EDGE IS NOT REMOVED, FOLLOWING NOTE SHOULD


BE CONSIDERED TO AVOID ANY HEAT DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THER
MAL LOADS AL/CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND
THE CFRP−FLANGE OF THE REAR SPAR: THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED
BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SURFACE AT THE REAR SPAR DOES
NOT EXCEED 95.0 C° (203.0 F°).

(i) Protect EXPOSED CAA−layer with special material (bonding primer)


(Material No. 08−055), refer to Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2).

Page 269
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Treat and protect exposed bare area (bonding primer) (Material


No. 08−055) in accordance with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1(b).(3) or
(4) or (5).

NOTE: The procedure in Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2) can be used


as alternative for small areas.

NOTE: To avoid the removal of the trailing edge an optional cure


cycle can be used as follows:
Curing time:

Drying time: 30 minutes at room temperature

And

2 hours at 95.0 C° (203.0 F°).


(3) Prepare the external doubler.

(a) Cut the external doubler (Item 1) in the correct shape and di
mension (Refer to Figure 211).

(b) Clean the external doubler with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004).
(c) Treat and protect the external doubler with bonding and adhesive
compound (bonding primer) (Material No. 08−055) in accordance
with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.2.(b) (CAA + Material No. 08−055) or
Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(3) or (4) or (5).

(4) Repair Procedure Option A. (Room Temperature Repair)


(a) Fill the honeycomb core with adhesive (Refer to Figure 211).

1 Mix bonding and adhesive compound (two component epoxy adhe


sive) (Material No. 08−010) or bonding and adhesive compound
(two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) with repair ma
terial for composite structures (thickening agent) (Material No.
05−089).

2 Fill the upper portion of the honeycomb core with the mixed
adhesive with a brush or spatula (Refer to Figure 211).

3 Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.


NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

(b) Prepare the repair filler.

1 Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033) or


special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−007) in the
correct dimensions.

Page 270
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090).

3 Apply a layer of laminating resin to the faying surface with a


brush or a spatula.

4 Put a glass fabric layer in its repair position. Remove


wrinkles, air bubbles and excess resin with a roller. Do this
from the center of the repair layer to the edges.

5 Do step 3 and 4 for each repair layer until the original


thickness is reached in accordance with repair layer order (Re
fer to Figure 211).
6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s
data sheet.

7 After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280
and complete with grade 400.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(d) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive)
(Material No. 08−078) to the faying surface of the repair area
and the doubler.
(e) Install the external doubler.

(f) Apply a vacuum bag and let the adhesive cure in accordance with
supplier’s data sheet (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).
(5) Repair Procedure Option B. (Hot Bonding Repair)

Page 271
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: TO AVOID ANY HEAT−DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THERMAL LOADS AL/


CFRP) TO THE FASTENER, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND THE CFRP−
FLANGE OF THE REAR−SPAR, FOLLOWING NOTES SHOULD BE CONSID
ERED:

THERE IS NO NECESSITY FOR REMOVAL OF THE TRAILING EDGE, IF

A) THE DOUBLER−EDGE HAS A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 150 MM (5.906


IN) TO THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW
OR

B) THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SUR


FACE AT THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW, DOES NOT EXCEED 95 C° (203
F°).

HEAT APPLICATION SHOULD BE ONLY IN THE AREA OF REPAIR/EX


TERNAL DOUBLER. SEE ALSO SRM 51−77−11, PARAGRAPH 5.D.
(INSTALLATION OF VACUUM BAG AND HEATING EQUIPMENT).

IN GENERAL USE THE INFORMATIONS GIVEN IN SRM 51−77−11 (MA


TERIAL HANDLING AND PREPARATION).

(a) Fill the honeycomb core with adhesive (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(5)).

1 Prepare foaming bonding and adhesive compound splice (adhesive


film) (Material No. 08−047A) or bonding and adhesive compound
splice adhesive film (120 deg c) (Material No. 08−047B).
2 Apply the adhesive ply to the honeycomb core (Refer to Figure
211).

3 Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply the pres
sure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 5.D. and Paragraph 4.C.(5)).
(b) Prepare the repair filler.

1 Cut the epoxy prepreg glass fabric in the correct dimensions.

2 Remove the release paper from the prepreg fabric ply (One side
only).
3 Put the exposed face of the prepreg fabric ply on the core
surface.

4 Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from the


center of the repair layer to the edges.

5 Remove the release paper from the patch.


6 Do step 8.M.(5)(b)2 thru 8.M.(5)(b)5 for each repair layer un
til the original skin thickness is reached in accordance with
repair layer order (Refer to Figure 211).

Page 272
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

7 Allow to cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by using


a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.).
8 After curing, remove the unwanted adhesive from the repair
area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280
first and then finish with grade 400.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(d) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.


08−042) or bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film) (Materi
al No. 08−042A) to the faying surface of the repair area and
install the external doubler (Item 1).
(e) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).

(6) If necessary wet install the fastener in accordance with Figure 211.
NOTE: To improve the corrosion resistance of the fastener dip the
lower part of the fastener in structure paint (anti−corrosion
primer, polyurethane) (Material No. 16−001D) and install fasten
er within 5 minutes.

(7) In case of damage at the edge area prepare the rear closure in ac
cordance with Figure 211.

(8) Seal all open edges of the doubler with sealant (corrosion inhibiting
brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013 or sealant (fuel tank sealant
polysulfide) (Material No. 09−001D).

(9) Do an inspection of the repair.


(10) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay273/274
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler Repair, Zone 2


Figure 211 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay275/276
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler Repair, Zone 2


Figure 211 (sheet 2)

Page 277
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 212.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

N. External Bonded Metal Doubler and Core Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation (Refer to Chapter 51−77−10).

NOTE: For max. spanwise length of the cutout, refer to Chapter 57−52−00
Page Block 101, Allowable Damage Limits for Penetration Zone 2.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials, refer to Chapter


51−77−11.
NOTE: This external bonded metal doubler and core repair is applicable
for zone 2 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 212
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 External Doubler 1 See Figure 212


2 Honeycomb Core Plug 1 See Figure 212
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to
Cloth) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)

Page 278
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to


pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042A (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047A (Refer to
pound Splice (Adhesive Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Film) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047B (Refer to
pound Splice Adhesive Film Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
(120 Deg C) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
pound (Bonding Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to
pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−086 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin and Chapter 51−35−00)
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Interfay Sealant) AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Glass AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) 51−33−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure.

Page 279
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION (REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3).
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTEC
TION.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.

(c) Remove the fasteners if necessary (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(d) Secure the internal scattered fragments of the fasteners with low
viscosity adhesive (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(3)).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE OPPOSITE SKIN IF THAT SKIN IS
NOT TO BE REPAIRED.

(e) Cut the damaged skin along the cut line until the skin and the
damaged honeycomb core material can be removed (Refer to Figure
212).
(f) Smooth the edges of the cutout.

(g) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

(h) Abrade the mating surface of skin lightly with abrasive cloth
grade 400 to obtain a sufficiently rough surface and retain part
of the adhesive bond primer (greenish color). Prevent damage on
the protected surface (CAA layer (greyish)).

(i) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

CAUTION: IF THE TRAILING EDGE IS NOT REMOVED, FOLLOWING NOTE SHOULD


BE CONSIDERED TO AVOID ANY HEAT DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THER
MAL LOADS AL/CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND
THE CFRP−FLANGE OF THE REAR SPAR:THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED
BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SURFACE AT THE REAR SPAR DOES
NOT EXCEED 95 C° (203.0 F°).
(j) Protect EXPOSED CAA−layer with special material (bonding primer)
(Material No. 08−055), refer to Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2).
Treat and protect exposed bare area (bonding primer) (Material

Page 280
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

No. 08−055) in accordance with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1(b).(3) or


(4) or (5).
NOTE: The procedure in Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2) can be used
as alternative for small areas.

NOTE: To avoid the removal of the trailing edge an optional cure


cycle can be used as follows:

Drying time:
30 minutes at room temperature

And

Curing time:

2 hours at 95 C° (203.0 F°)


(3) Prepare the external doubler.

(a) Cut the external doubler (Item 1) in the correct shape and di
mension (Refer to Figure 212).

(b) Clean the external doubler with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004).
(c) Treat and protect the external doubler with bonding and adhesive
compound (bonding primer) (Material No. 08−055) in accordance
with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.2.(b) (CAA + Material No. 08−055) or
Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(3) or (4) or (5).
(4) Repair Procedure Option A (Room Temperature Repair).

(a) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter


51−77−11, Paragraph 4.I.).

(b) Fill the honeycomb core with adhesive.

1 Mix bonding and adhesive compound (two component epoxy adhe


sive) (Material No. 08−010) or bonding and adhesive compound
(two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) with repair ma
terial for composite structures (thickening agent) (Material No.
05−089).

2 Fill the honeycomb core surface with the mixed adhesive with a
spatula and position the core in the repair area (Refer to
Figure 212).

3 Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

Page 281
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4 After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280
and complete with abrasive cloth grade 400.
NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(d) Apply bonding and adhesive Compound (epoxy resin and hardener,
adhesive) (Material No. 08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound
(two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) to the mating
surface of the repair area and the doubler.

(e) Install the external doubler (Item 1).


(f) Apply a vacuum bag and let the adhesive cure in accordance with
supplier’s data sheet.

NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat


(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).
(5) Repair Procedure Option B (Hot Bonding Repair).

CAUTION: TO AVOID ANY HEAT−DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THERMAL LOADS AL/


CFRP) TO THE FASTENER, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND THE CFRP−
FLANGE OF THE REAR−SPAR, FOLLOWING NOTES SHOULD BE CONSID
ERED:
− THERE IS NO NECESSITY FOR REMOVAL OF THE TRAILING EDGE,
IF

A) THE DOUBLER−EDGE HAS A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 150 MM (5.906


IN) TO THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW

OR
B) THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SUR
FACE AT THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW, DOES NOT EXCEED 95 C°
(203.0 F°).

− HEAT APPLICATION SHOULD BE ONLY IN THE AREA OF REPAIR/


EXTERNAL DOUBLER. SEE ALSO CHAPTER 51−77−11, PARAGRAPH 5.D.
(INSTALLATION OF VACUUM BAG AND HEATING EQUIPMENT).

IN GENERAL USE THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN CHAPTER 51−77−11


(MATERIAL HANDLING AND PREPARATION).

(a) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter


51−77−11, Paragraph 4.I.).
(b) Apply foaming bonding and adhesive compound splice (adhesive
film) (Material No. 08−047A) or bonding and adhesive compound
splice adhesive film (120 deg c) (Material No. 08−047B) to all

Page 282
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

surfaces of the honeycomb core and position the honeycomb core in


the repair area.
(c) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).

(d) After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280
and complete with abrasive cloth grade 400.
(e) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.


08−042) or bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film) (Materi
al No. 08−042A) to the faying surface of the repair area.

(g) Install the external doubler and allow to cure under heat and
pressure. Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5)).
(6) If necessary install the fastener in accordance with Figure 212.

(7) In case of damage of the edge area prepare the rear closure in ac
cordance with Figure 212.

(8) Seal all open edges with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consis
tency) (Material No. 09−013) or sealant (interfay sealant) (Material
No. 09−005) (Refer to Figure 212).

(9) Do an inspection of the repair.

(10) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay283/284
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 212 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay285/286
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 212 (sheet 2)

Page 287
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 213.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

O. Upper and lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation (Refer to Chapter 51−77−10).

NOTE: For max. spanwise length of the cutout, refer to Chapter 57−52−00
Page Block 101, Allowable Damage Limits for Penetrations in Zone 2.

NOTE: Protect the surrounding composite structure appropriate (center−box


and trailing edge closure) when you use chemical paint stripper,
see also Chapter 51−75−11.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials, refer to Chapter


51−77−11.

NOTE: This upper and lower skin and core repair is applicable for zone 2
and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 213
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler AR See Figure 213
2 Honeycomb Core Plug 1 See Figure 213
− Fastener AR See Figure 213
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−007 (181 Style)
cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))

Page 288
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)


cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042A (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047A (Refer to
pound Splice (Adhesive Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Film) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047B (Refer to
pound Splice Adhesive Film Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
(120 Deg C) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
pound (Bonding Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to
pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−086 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin and Chapter 51−35−00)
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR 08−090 (Refer to Chapter
pound (Epoxy Resin) 51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Interfay Sealant) AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)

Page 289
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to


thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR CIBA/916 G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−33−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure

(a) Remove the surface finish from the repair area.

(b) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.
(c) Remove the fasteners if necessary (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(d) Secure the rest of the fasteners with low viscosity adhesive
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(3)).

(e) Cut the damaged skin along the cut line until the skin and dam
aged core material can be removed (Refer to Figure 213).

(f) Make sure that all edges of cutout are smooth.

(g) Remove all unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

(h) Abrade the mating surface of skin lightly with abrasive cloth
grade 400 to obtain a sufficiently rough surface and retain part
of the adhesive bond primer (greenish color). Prevent damage on
the protected surface (CAA layer (greyish)).

(i) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).
CAUTION: IF THE TRAILING EDGE IS NOT REMOVED, FOLLOWING NOTE SHOULD
BE CONSIDERED TO AVOID ANY HEAT DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THER
MAL LOADS AL/CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND
THE CFRP−FLANGE OF THE REAR SPAR:

THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SURFACE


AT THE REAR SPAR DOES NOT EXCEED 95 C° (203.0 F°).

WARNING: BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUND (MATERIAL NO. 08−055) IS DAN


GEROUS.

(j) Protect EXPOSED CAA−layer with special material (bonding primer)


(Material No. 08−055), refer to Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2).
Treat and protect exposed bare area (bonding primer) (Material

Page 290
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

No. 08−055) in accordance with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1(b).(3) or


(4) or (5).
NOTE: The procedure in Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2) can be used
as alternative for small areas.

NOTE: To avoid the removal of the trailing edge an optional cure


cycle can be used as follows:

Drying time:
30 minutes at room temperature

And

Curing time:

2 hours at 95 C° (203.0 F°)


(k) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.I.).

(3) Repair procedure Option A (Room Temperature Repair).

(a) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (two component epoxy adhesive)
(Material No. 08−010) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) with repair material for
composite structures (thickening agent) (Material No. 05−089).

(b) Fill the honeycomb core surface with mixed adhesive. Refer to
Figure 213 and position the core in the repair area.
NOTE: Support core during curing by appropriate device.

(c) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

(d) After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive paper grade 280
and complete with grade 400.

(e) Manufacture the doubler (Item 1) in accordance with Figure 213.


(f) Clean the doubler with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

(g) Treat and protect the external doubler with bonding and adhesive
compound (bonding primer) (Material No. 08−055) in accordance
with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.2.(b) (CAA + Material No. 08−055) or
Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(3) or (4) or (5).

(h) Install the doubler (Item 1) in the correct position with clamps.

(i) Transfer drill the holes in the doubler if required in accordance


with Figure 213.

Page 291
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(j) Remove the doubler and deburr the holes if required in accordance
with Figure 213.
(k) Clean the doubler and the repair area with cleaning agent (meth
yl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichlo
roethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(l) Prepare bonding and adhesive Compound (epoxy resin and hardener,
adhesive) (Material No. 08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound
(two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078).

(m) Apply the adhesive to the mating surfaces of the doubler and the
repair area.

(n) Position the doubler with the adhesive and secure it with clamps
or a vacuum bag.

(o) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

(p) Remove the vacuum bag or the clamps and unwanted adhesive from
the repair area.

(q) Install the fastener in accordance with Figure 213.


(r) Apply special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033) or
special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−007) with bonding
and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite resin) (Material No.
08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin) (Material
No. 08−090), in case of rear closure according to version 4 in
Figure 213.

(s) Seal edges of the doubler with sealant (interfay sealant) (Mate
rial No. 09−005) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consis
tency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).
(t) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(u) Do an inspection of the repair and restore the surface protection


(Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).
(4) Repair procedure Option B (Hot Bonding Repair).

(a) Prepare bonding and adhesive compound splice (adhesive film) (Ma
terial No. 08−047A) or bonding and adhesive compound splice adhe
sive film (120 deg c) (Material No. 08−047B).
(b) Install the honeycomb core plug with foaming adhesive in the
correct position as shown in Figure 213.

NOTE: Support the core during curing by appropriate device.

Page 292
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: TO AVOID ANY HEAT−DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THERMAL LOADS AL/


CFRP) TO THE FASTENER, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND THE CFRP−
FLANGE OF THE REAR−SPAR, FOLLOWING NOTES SHOULD BE CONSID
ERED:

− THERE IS NO NECESSITY FOR REMOVAL OF THE TRAILING EDGE,


IF

A) THE DOUBLER−EDGE HAS A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 150 MM (5.906


IN) TO THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW
OR

B) THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SUR


FACE AT THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW, DOES NOT EXCEED 95 C°
(203.0 F°).
− HEAT APPLICATION SHOULD BE ONLY IN THE AREA OF REPAIR/EX
TERNAL DOUBLER. SEE ALSO CHAPTER 51−77−11, PARAGRAPH 5.D.
(INSTALLATION OF VACUUM BAG AND HEATING EQUIPMENT).

IN GENERAL USE THE INFORMATIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER 51−77−11


(MATERIAL HANDLING AND PREPARATION).
(c) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).

(d) After the curing time, grind the core to the correct shape if
necessary.
(e) Manufacture the doubler (Item 1) in accordance with Figure 213.

(f) Clean the doubler with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Mate


rial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl chlo
roform) (Material No. 11−004).
(g) Treat the doubler with bonding and adhesive compound (bonding
primer) (Material No. 08−055).

(h) Install the doubler in the correct position with clamps and
transfer the additional holes in the doubler if required in ac
cordance with Figure 213.
(i) Remove the doubler and deburr the holes if required in accordance
with Figure 213.

(j) Remove the waste with a vacuum cleaner.

(k) Clean the doubler and the repair area with cleaning agent (meth
yl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichlo
roethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

Page 293
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(l) Cut the bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.
08−042) or bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film) (Materi
al No. 08−042A) to the correct dimensions.

(m) Lay−up the adhesive film on the repair area (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.B.). Remove any wrinkles or air bubbles
with a roller or similar device.

(n) Install the doubler in the correct position with clamps.


(o) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).

(p) If necessary install the fastener in accordance with Figure 213.


(q) Apply special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033) or
special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−007) with bonding
and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite resin) (Material No.
08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin) (Material
No. 08−090), in case of rear closure according to version 4 in
Figure 213.

(r) Seal edges of the doubler with sealant (interfay sealant) (Mate
rial No. 09−005) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consis
tency) (Material No. 09−013 (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

(s) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Do an inspection of the repair and restore the surface protection


(Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 294
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 213 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay295/296
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 213 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay297/298
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 213 (sheet 3)

Page 299
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 214.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A (LOWER SHELL), THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED
AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−52−00−2−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT
AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH
IN 25 200 FC FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER SHELL).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH


IN 35 600 FC FOR REPAIR OPTION C (LOWER SHELL).

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

P. Skin − Stringer Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.
NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − stringer re
pair, zone 3 and 4 (flush repair) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 214
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 300
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Cover Plate AR See Figure 214
2 L−Profile AR See Figure 214
3 U−Profile AR See Figure 214
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions:

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 214).

Page 301
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and stringer structure including all
delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,


which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the edges of the cutout.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.

(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (option A).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 214.

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot−curing carbon tapes (option
B).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
214).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) (Valid for the
Lower Surface, Zone 3 and 4).
NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 214 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

2 Apply protective treatment of the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3)


(Refer to Chapter 51−23−00):

Page 302
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)


− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up


composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No.08−090) to the relevant re
pair parts with a brush or a spatula.

4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) on the surface of the repair parts.
NOTE: Overlapping by min. 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges
(Refer to Figure 214).

5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.

(k) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(l) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(m) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.


(n) If necessary, apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)
(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) to the internal repair
parts (one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(o) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(p) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.

(q) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

Page 303
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(r) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(s) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.
(u) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.

(v) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.


(w) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(x) Do an inspection of the repair.


(y) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 304
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 214 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay305/306
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 214 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay307/308
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 215.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER AND LOWER SHELL) AND REPAIR OPTION C
(LOWER SHELL), THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−52−00−2−003−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

Q. Skin − Stringer Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − stringer repair
with external doubler, zone 3 and 4 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 215
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 309
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler AR See Figure 215
2 L−Profile AR See Figure 215
3 Solid Shim AR See Figure 215
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions:

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area. Refer to Figure 215.

Page 310
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and stringer structure including all
delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,


which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the edges of the cutout.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.

(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.Q.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 215 (Refer to 51−26−11).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot−curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.Q.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
215).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) (Valid for the
Lower Surface, Zone 3 and 4.
NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step 8.Q.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 215 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

2 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3)


(Refer to Chapter 51−23−00):

Page 311
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)


− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up


composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No.08−090) to the relevant re
pair parts with a brush or a spatula.

4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) on the surfaces of the repair parts.
NOTE: Overlapping by min. 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges
(Refer to Figure 215).

5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.

(k) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(l) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(m) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.


(n) If necessary, apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)
(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) to the internal repair
parts (one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(o) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(p) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.

(q) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

Page 312
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(r) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(s) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.
(u) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.

(v) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.


(w) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(x) Do an inspection of the repair.


(y) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay313/314
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 215 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay315/316
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 215 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay317/318
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 216.
CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH
IN 25 200 FC FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER SHELL).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH


IN 35 600 FC FOR REPAIR OPTION C (LOWER SHELL).

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A (LOWER SHELL), THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED
AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−52−00−2−004−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT
AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

R. Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.
NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − stringer − rib
repair, zone 3 and 4 (flush repair) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 216
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 319
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Cover Plate 1 See Figure 216
2 L−Profile AR See Figure 216
3 Rib Flange AR See Figure 216
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 216).

Page 320
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and stringer structure including dela
mination to the correct repair shape and dimension.
NOTE: Cutouts have to be parallel and perpendicular to the
stringers, which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the edges of the cutout.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step (f).
1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac
cordance with Figure 216 (Refer to 51−26−11).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot−curing carbon tapes (Option
B).
NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
216).
NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in
the middle of the repair area.

(j) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) (Valid for Lower
Surface, Zone 3 and 4)
NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 216 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.


2 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3)
(Refer to Chapter 51−23−00):
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)

Page 321
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material


No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up


composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No.08−090) to the relevant re
pair parts with a brush or a spatula.

4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) on the surfaces of the repair parts.

NOTE: Overlapping by min. 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges


(Refer to Figure 216).

5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.
(k) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.
(l) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(m) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(n) If necessary, apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)


(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078) to the internal repair parts
(one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(o) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(p) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.
(q) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(r) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

Page 322
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(s) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.

(u) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(v) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(w) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(x) Do an inspection of the repair.

(y) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay323/324
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 216 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay325/326
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 216 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay327/328
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 216 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay329/330
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 217.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER AND LOWER SHELL) AND REPAIR OPTION C
(LOWER SHELL), THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−52−00−2−005−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

S. Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − stringer − rib
repair with external doubler, zone 3 and 4 and is effective as
follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 217
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 331
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Cover Plate 1 See Figure 217
2 L−Profile AR See Figure 217
3 Rib Repair Angle AR See Figure 217
4 Local − Shim AR See Figure 217
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 217).

Page 332
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and stringer structure including all
delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,


which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the edges of the cutout.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.

(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness (Item 1 and 2) depend on the mean


skin thickness as determined in Step 8.S.(2)(f). Repair−part
thickness (Item 3) depends on the rib thickness.

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 217 (Refer to 51−26−11).
(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot−curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness (Item 1 and 2) depend on the mean


skin thickness as determined in Step 8.S.(2)(f). Repair
part thickness (Item 3) depends on the rib thickness.
1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac
cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
217).

NOTE: Repair part (Item 1 and 2) lay−up is the original lay−up


of the skin in the middle of the repair area.
(j) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) (Valid for the
Lower Surface, Zone 3 and 4.)

NOTE: Repair parts thickness (Item 1 and 2) depend on the mean


skin thickness as determined in Step 8.S.(2)(f).
1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac
cordance with Figure 217 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).

Page 333
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

2 Apply protective treatment of the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4)


(Refer to Chapter 51−23−00):
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).
3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up
composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090) to the relevant
repair parts with a brush or a spatula.

4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) on the surfaces of the repair parts.

NOTE: Overlapping by min. 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges


(Refer to Figure 217).

5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.
6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s
data sheet.

(k) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) in the repair position
with clamps.
NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the
repair parts.

(l) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.
(m) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(n) If necessary, apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)


(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) to the internal repair
parts (one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(o) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(p) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.
NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data
sheet.

Page 334
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(q) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(r) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(s) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(t) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.

(u) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(v) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(w) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(x) Do an inspection of the repair.

(y) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay335/336
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 217 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay337/338
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 217 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay339/340
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 218.
CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH
IN 25 200 FC FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER SHELL).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH


IN 35 600 FC FOR REPAIR OPTION C (LOWER SHELL).

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A IN THE LOWER SHELL, THIS REPAIR MUST BE IN
SPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE
(IIR) IS 57−52−00−2−007−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL RE
PAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING
DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

T. Skin Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.
NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin repair, zone 3
and 4 (flush repair) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 218
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 341
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Cover Plate 1 See Figure 218
2 Internal Doubler 1 See Figure 218
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 218).

Page 342
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin structure including all delaminations to
the correct repair shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,


which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the edges of the cutout.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.

(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.T.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Figure 218 (Refer to 51−26−11).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot−curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.T.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
218).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) (Valid for the
Lower Surface, Zone 3 and 4).
NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step 8.T.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Figure 218 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

2 Apply protective treatment of the repair parts (Item 1 and 2)


(Refer to Chapter 51−23−00):

Page 343
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)


− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up


composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No.08−090) to the relevant re
pair parts with a brush or a spatula.

4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) on the surface of the repair parts.
NOTE: Overlapping by minimum 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges
(Refer to Figure 218).

5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.

(k) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) in the repair position
with screw pins.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(l) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.

(m) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(n) If necessary, apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)


(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078) to the internal repair parts
(one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(o) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.


(p) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.

(q) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(r) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

Page 344
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(s) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.

(u) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(v) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(w) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(x) Do an inspection of the repair.

(y) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay345/346
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 218 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay347/348
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 218 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay349/350
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 219.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

U. Cushion Attachment Permanent Repair

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 219
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 L−Profile 1 See Figure 219


2 Solid Shim 1 See Figure 219
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 219)

(a) Remove the cushion from the repair area.

(b) For better access remove also the opposite cushion seal of the
outer flap.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003).

(d) Prepare the L−profile (Item 1) in accordance with Figure 219.

Page 351
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Attach the L−profile (Item 1) in the repair position as shown in


Figure 219.
NOTE: If necessary remove existing clip (Refer to Figure 219).

(f) Drill the pilot−holes through the L−profile (Item 1) and the
vertical web.

(g) Remove the L−profile and deburr the holes.


(h) Install the L−profile (Item 1) with screw pins.

(i) Prepare the optional shim (Item 2) if necessary in accordance


with Figure 219.

(j) Install the cushion−seal and the optional shim (Item 2).
(k) Drill the pilot−holes through the carrier−plate of the cushion−
seal and the repair parts (Item 1 and 2).

(l) Remove the cushion−seal and all repair parts.

(m) Drill additional pilot−holes for the nut−plates in the L−profile


and deburr all holes.
(n) Install the repair part (Item 1 and 2) in the repair position
with screw pins.

(o) Drill all holes to final diameter for the correct fastener.

(p) Remove the repair parts and deburr all holes.


(q) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

(r) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (1) and (2) (Refer
to Chapter 51−21−11):
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).
(s) Install the correct nut−plate to the L−profile (Item 1).

(t) Install the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) wet with sealant (corro
sion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) in the
repair position with the correct fastener in accordance to Figure
219 (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11, fastener installation and remov
al).

Page 352
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(u) Replace the nut−plates and the fasteners at lower flange of rib
14 (Refer to Figure 219).
(v) Reinstall the cushion in the correct position.

(w) Do an inspection of the repair area.

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay353/354
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Cushion Attachment Repair


Figure 219

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay355/356
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 220.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER AND LOWER SHELL) AND REPAIR OPTION C
(LOWER SHELL), THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−52−00−2−006−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

V. Skin Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin repair with ex
ternal doubler, zone 3 and 4 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 220
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 357
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler 1 See Figure 220
2 L−Profile 1 See Figure 220
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 220).

Page 358
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin structure including all delaminations to
the correct repair shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,


which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the edges of the cutout.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.

(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Figure 220 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes. (Op
tion B).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
220).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) (Valid for the
Lower Surface, Zone 3 and 4).
NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step (f).

1 Prepare the repair (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accordance


with Figure 220 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

2 Apply protective treatment of the repair parts (Item 1 thru 2)


to Chapter 51−23−00):

Page 359
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)


− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up


composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No.08−090) to the relevant re
pair parts with a brush or a spatula.

4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) on the surfaces of the repair parts.
NOTE: Overlapping by min. 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges
(Refer to Figure 220).

5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.

(k) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) in the repair position
with screw pins.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(l) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.

(m) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(n) If necessary, apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)


(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078) to the internal repair parts
(one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(o) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.


(p) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.

(q) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(r) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

Page 360
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(s) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.

(u) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(v) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(w) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(x) Do an inspection of the repair.

(y) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay361/362
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 220 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay363/364
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 220 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay365/366
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 221.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER AND LOWER SHELL) AND REPAIR OPTION C
(LOWER SHELL), THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS.
THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−52−00−2−008−00 AND
IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF
THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE
NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

W. Skin − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − rib repair with
external doubler, zone 3 and 4 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 221
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 367
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler 1 See Figure 221
2 L−Profile AR See Figure 221
3 Rib Repair Angle 1 See Figure 221
4 Filler AR See Figure 221
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11), Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 221).

Page 368
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Cut out the damaged skin, stringer and rib structure including
all delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,
which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the edges of the cutout.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (option A).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.W.(2)(f).
1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac
cordance with Figure 221 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (option
B).
NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step 8.W.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
221).
NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in
the middle of the repair area.

(j) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) (Valid for the
Lower Surface, Zone 3 and 4).
NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step 8.W.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in accordance


with Figure 221 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.


2 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4)
(Refer to Chapter 51−23−00):
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)

Page 369
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material


No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up


composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090) to the relevant
repair parts with a brush or a spatula.

4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) on the surfaces of the repair parts.

NOTE: Overlapping by min. 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges


(Refer to Figure 221).

5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.
(k) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.
(l) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(m) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(n) If necessary apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)


(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) to the internal repair
parts (one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(o) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(p) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.
(q) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(r) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

Page 370
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(s) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.

(u) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(v) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(w) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(x) Do an inspection of the repair area.

(y) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay371/372
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 221 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay373/374
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 221 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay375/376
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR OPTION A IN THE LOWER SHELL, THIS REPAIR MUST BE IN
SPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE
(IIR) IS 57−52−00−2−009−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL RE
PAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING
DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH


IN 25 200 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT) FOR REPAIR OPTION A (UPPER SHELL).
CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITH
IN 35 600 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT) FOR REPAIR OPTION C (LOWER SHELL).

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT TABLE.

X. Skin − Spar Repair Zone 6 (Flush Repair)


NOTE: This repair is inactive since revision dated Nov 01/14.

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − spar repair,
zone 6 (flush repair) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 222
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 377
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Skin Doubler AR See Figure 222
2 L−Profile (Spar) AR See Figure 222
3 L−Profile (Skin) AR See Figure 222
4 Skin−Filler AR See Figure 222
5 F/S Flange Filler AR See Figure 222
6 F/S Spar Filler AR See Figure 222
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.2.)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2))
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the leading−edge.

Page 378
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Repair the leading−edge in accordance with Chapter 57−52−00,


Paragraph 8.A. and/or 8.G.
(c) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 222).

(d) Cut out the damaged skin and spar structure including all dela
minations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Cutouts in the skin have to be parallel and perpendicular


to the spar and stringer. Cutouts in the spar have to be
parallel and perpendicular to the skin.

(e) Deburr the edges of the cutouts.

(f) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(g) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer and spar. Calculate
the average thickness with the measured values to determine the
mean skin thickness.
(h) Repeat step 8.X.(2)(g) at the spar to get the mean spar thick
ness.

(i) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(j) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).


NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in steps 8.X.(2)(g) and 8.X.(2)(h).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 6) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 222 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).

(k) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean thickness as de


termined in steps 8.X.(2)(g) and 8.X.(2)(h).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 6) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
222).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(l) Manufacture the aluminum repair parts (Option C) Valid for the
Lower Surface, Zone 3 and 4.

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in steps 8.X.(2)(g) and 8.X.(2)(h).

Page 379
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Prepare the repair (Item 1 thru 6) as necessary accordance with


Figure 222 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

2 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Item 1 thru 6)


(Refer to Chapter 51−23−00):
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

NOTE: Do the following steps 8.X.(2)(l)3 thru 8.X.(2)(l)6 only


for assembly with CFRP.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

3 Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up


composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive
compound (epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090) to the relevant
repair parts with a brush or a spatula.
4 Put one layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.
05−033) on the surfaces of the repair parts.

NOTE: Overlapping by min. 15 mm (0.591 in) around the edges


(Refer to Figure 221).
5 Cover the layer with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air
bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

6 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.
(m) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 6) in the repair position
and secure it with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(n) Drill the pilot−holes through the repair parts and the skin.
NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(o) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(p) If necessary, apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin)


(Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part

Page 380
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078) to the internal repair parts


(one side only).
NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(q) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(r) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.
NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data
sheet.

(s) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.
(t) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(u) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(v) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.

(w) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.

(x) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

(y) Install the leading edge.

(z) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).
(aa)Do an inspection of the repair.

(ab)Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay381/382
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin−Spar Repair, Zone 6 (Flush Repair)


Figure 222 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay383/384
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin−Spar Repair, Zone 6 (Flush Repair)


Figure 222 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay385/386
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 223.
CAUTION: THESE REPAIRS MUST BE CARRIED OUT LATEST WITHIN 100 FC, CONDITION
AL ON A VISUAL INSPECTION EVERY 20 FC. INFORM YOUR PLANING DE
PARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION


INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS 57−52−00−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED
IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. IN
FORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY
INFORMATION.

CAUTION: THESE REPAIRS MUST BE REPLACED BY THE PERMANENT REPAIR WITHIN NEXT
6 000 FH OR 4 500 FC OR 20 MONTHS WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

Y. Cushion Attachment Temporary Repairs

NOTE: These repairs are applicable for two different cases of damage at
the cushion seal attachment:
CASE 1: If only one screw is sheared off, it is required to per
form a temporary repair using a:

− New screw (Refer to Paragraph 8.Y.(3)) or

− Blind fastener (Refer to Paragraph 8.Y.(4)).

CASE 2: If both screws are sheared off, it is required to perform


a temporary repair using:

− New screws (Refer to Paragraph 8.Y.(3)) or

− Blind fasteners (Refer to Paragraph 8.Y.(4)) or

− An external doubler (Refer to Paragraph 8.Y.(2)).


NOTE: This repair is applicable for cushion attachment temporary repairs
and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 223
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 387
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 223


2 Fastener 2 NAS 6703−7
3 Washer 2 NAS 1149−C0316R
4 Fastener AR NAS 1133E or equivalent
5 Blind Fastener AR NAS 1919C05 or equivalent
6 Washer AR NAS 1149C0363R
7 Conical Washer AR Refer to Chapter 51−71−15
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Cushion Attachment Temporary Repair with an external doubler

(a) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 223)


1 Cut the doubler (Item 1) to the correct dimensions (Refer to
Figure 223) and deburr the edges.
2 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003).

3 Remove the necessary fastener in the repair area (Refer to


Figure 223).
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
223.

4 Position doubler and transfer−drill existing attachment holes


(Refer to Figure 223).

5 Remove the repair part and deburr the holes.


6 Apply protective treatment to the surface of the doubler (Refer
to Chapter 51−21−11).

7 Apply sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material


No. 09−013) to the faying surface of the doubler.
8 Install the doubler with the correct fastener and washers (Item
2 and 3).

9 Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion in
hibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to
Chapter 51−76−11).
10 Do an inspection of the repair.

Page 388
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Cushion Attachment Temporary Repair with new screws

(a) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 223)


1 Remove any remaining fragments of the sheared off screw.

NOTE: If necessary install a conical washer (Item 7) to fill


the countersink.

2 Install the new fastener and washer (Item 4 and 6).


(4) Cushion Attachment Temporary Repair with a blind fastener

(a) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 223)

1 Drill out the thread of the insert up to 4.8 mm (0.189 in).

NOTE: If necessary install a conical washer (Item 7) to fill


the countersink.

2 Install the blind fastener with the washer (Item 5 and 6).

Page 389
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Cushion Attachment Temporary Repairs


Figure 223

Page 390
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 224.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE IS ONLY APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
26578K4920.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

Z. Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials refer to Chapter


51−77−11.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − zone 1 (repair
of inner and outer skin) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 224
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 391
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Back Plate AR See Figure 224


− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to
Cloth) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m
Fiber Dry Fabric) Plain Weave) (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00) and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−091 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−092 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042A (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Adhesive) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(1))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−086
pound (Epoxy Resin and
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B(2)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Special Material (Glass AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) 51−33−00)
(2) Repair Instructions (Monolithic Leading Edge) (Refer to Figure 224)

Page 392
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Remove the damaged material. Cut out the damaged skin to the
correct shape and dimension (Refer to Figure 224).

(c) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.
(d) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(e) Make the repair layers (Refer to Option A or B, Figure 224).

1 Room temperature repair procedure (Refer to Figure 224)


a If skin is penetrated:
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding
− Install back plate (Item 1) using bonding and adhesive com
pound (epoxy resin and hardener, adhesive) (Material No.
08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste
adhesive) (Material No. 08−078). Use clamp to apply pres
sure on the back plate (item 1).

b Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033)


or Special Material (Carbon Fiber Dry Fabric) (Material
No.05−088) to the correct dimensions.

c Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No.08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090).
d Apply a layer of laminating resin to the surface with a
brush or a spatula.

e Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.
f Do the steps 8.Z.(2)(e)1d and 8.Z.(2)(e)1e for each repair
layer until the original skin thickness is reached. For layer
order refer to Figure 224.

g Cover the wet layers with a special material (glass cloth)


(Material No. 05−033), peel ply and a parting film.
h Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating
resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

Page 393
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

i Remove vacuum equipment and the unwanted resin from the re
pair area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade
280 first and then finish with grade 400.

2 Hot bonding repair procedure

a If skin is penetrated:
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding
− Install back plate (Item 1) using bonding and adhesive com
pound (epoxy resin and hardener, adhesive) (Material No.
08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste
adhesive) (Material No. 08−078). Use clamp to apply pres
sure on the back plate (item 1).
b Cut the special material (carbon fiber fabric prepreg) (Mate
rial No. 05−091 or 05−092) to the correct dimension.

c Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive


film) (Material No. 08−042) or bonding and adhesive compound
(adhesive film) (Material No. 08−042A) on the mating surfaces
of the repair area.
d Put a parting film over the faying surface of the forming
block.

e Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).
f Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the faying
surface of the repair area.

g Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the carbon prepreg layer to the edges.
h Remove the release paper from the patch.
i Do the steps 8.Z.(2)(e)2e thru 8.Z.(2)(e)2h for each carbon
prepreg layer until the original skin thickness is reached.
For layer order refer to Figure 224.

j Cover the repair patch with a glass pre−peg and a peel−ply


as necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to
cure under heat and pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

k After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply


and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then
finish with grade 400.

l Do not remove the glass repair layer.

Page 394
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(g) Do an inspection of the repair.

(h) Restore the surfaces protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay395/396
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)


Figure 224

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay397/398
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 225.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE IS ONLY APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 26578.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

AA. Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − covered with
metal strap, zone 1 and is effective as follows:

NOTE: For general requirements applicable for this repair, refer to Chap
ter 51−70−20.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 225
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 399
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 225


2 Support Rib 1 Refer to Figure 225
3 Support Rib (Alternative) 1 Refer to Figure 225
4 Angle 1 Refer to Figure 225
5 Filler 2 Refer to Figure 225
6 Self Adhesive Aluminum Tape AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to
(High Speed Tape) Figure 225)
− Fastener AR Refer to Figure 225
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to
Cloth) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−018B (Refer to
pound (Plastic Bonding) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Fuel Tank Sealant AR Material No. 09−001D
Polysulfide)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Anti−Cor AR Material No. 16−001D (Refer to
rosion Primer, Polyure Chapter 51−35−00)
thane)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Repair Instructions (Monolithic Repair) (Refer to Figure 225)

(a) Preparation of the damaged structure (Refer to Figure 225)

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
1 Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

2 Mark the repair area in accordance with Figure 225.

Page 400
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Cut out the damaged skin to the correct shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Observe the different cutouts for the different options.


4 Deburr the edge of the cutout.

5 Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

6 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT RE


PAIR WITHIN 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

(b) Repair Procedure Option A (Temporary Repair − with bonded Dou


bler)
1 Make the repair parts

a Cut the doubler (Item 1) and filler (Item 5) to the correct


dimensions.

b Chamfer the doubler (Item 1) as shown in Figure 225, sheet


2.

c If the cutout length in spanwise direction is more than 300


mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 2) and angle
(Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) as shown in
Figure 225, sheet 5 and 6.
d If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib
(Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item
3) (Refer to Figure 225).

e Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

f Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:


− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Mate
rial No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

2 Install the support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alter


native support rib (Item 3) to the doubler (Item 1) and filler
(Item 5), if spanwise cut−out length is more than 300 mm
(11.811 in).

Page 401
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Apply sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulfide) (Material No.


09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)
(Material No. 09−013) at the mating surface as shown in Figure
225, sheet 2.

4 Position the repair parts to the repair area (Refer to Figure


225).

5 If necessary drill the holes in the support rib (item 2) and


angle (item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) to the fi
nal diameter.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
225.

6 If necessary install the fastener in the support rib (item 2)


and angle (item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) wet
with sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulfide) (Material No.
09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)
(Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: For fastener installations and removal, refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

7 To improve the corrosion resistance of the fastener type


MS21140 dip the lower part of the fastener in structure paint
(anti−corrosion primer, polyurethane) (Material No. 16−001D) and
install fastener within 5 minutes.
8 Remove excessive sealant.

9 Clean the repair area and repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
10 Do an inspection of the repair area.

11 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(c) Repair Procedure Option B (Permanent Repair with bonded Doubler)

1 Make the repair parts


a Cut the doubler (Item 1) and filler (Item 5) to the correct
dimensions.

b Chamfer the doubler (Item 1) as shown in Figure 225, sheet


3.
c If the cutout length in spanwise direction is more than 300
mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 2) and angle
(Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) as shown in
Figure 225, sheet 5 and 6.

Page 402
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

d Transfer drill the existing holes to the repair parts and


drill the additional holes in the doubler (Item 1) and filler
(Item 4) as shown in Figure 225.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Fig
ure 225.

e If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib


(Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item
3) (Refer to Figure 225).

f Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.


g Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Mate
rial No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).
2 Install the support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alter
native support rib (Item 3) to the doubler (Item 1) and filler
(Item 5), if spanwise cut−out length is longer than 300 mm
(11.811 in).

3 Cut the special material (glass layer) (Material No. 05−033) to


the correct dimensions.

4 Position the glass layer (Material No. 05−033) in the repair


area as shown in Figure 225.

5 Mix bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive)


(Material No. 08−078).
6 Apply bonding and adhesive compound (plastic bonding) (Material
No. 08−018B) or (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)
and a layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.
05−033) to the edges of the structure (Refer to Figure 225,
sheet 3).
7 Let the bonding and adhesive compound (plastic bonding) (Mate
rial No. 08−018B) or (two part paste adhesive) (Material No.
08−078) cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

8 Position the repair parts to the repair area, refer to Figure


225.

9 Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the bonding and
adhesive compound (plastic bonding) (Material No. 08−018B) or

Page 403
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) to cure (Refer


to supplier’s data sheet).
10 Drill the existing fastener holes to the final diameter and
install the fasteners wet with sealant (fuel tank sealant poly
sulfide) (Material No. 09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting
brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
225.

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

11 To improve the corrosion resistance of the fastener dip the


lower part of the fastener in structure paint (anti−corrosion
primer, polyurethane) Material No.16−001D and install fastener
within 5 minutes.

12 Apply a bead of sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulfide) (Mate


rial No. 09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush con
sistency) (Material No. 09−013) to the edge of the doubler
(Item 1) and filler (Item 4) (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

13 Clean the repair area and repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
14 Do an inspection of the repair area.

15 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(d) Repair Procedure Option C (Permanent Repair with bolted Doubler)

1 Make the repair parts


a Cut the doubler (Item 1) and filler (Item 5) to the correct
dimensions.

b If the cutout length in spanwise direction is more than 300


mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 2) and angle
(Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) as shown in
Figure 225, sheet 5 and 6.

c Transfer drill the existing holes to the repair parts and


drill the additional holes in the doubler (Item 1) and filler
(Item 5).

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Fig
ure 225.

d If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib


(Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item
3) (Refer to Figure 225).

Page 404
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

e Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING (CAA) IS DANGEROUS.

f Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:


− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Mate
rial No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

g If necessary fill existing countersinks in the nose skin with


countersunk repair washers (Refer to Chapter 51−71−15).

h Apply layer of special material (glass cloth) (Material No.


05−033) to the edges of the cutout (Refer to Figure 225,
sheet 3) and all contact surfaces between doubler and CFRP
structure.

2 Transfer drill the existing holes of the doubler (Item 1) and


filler (Item 5) to the CFRP−skin as shown in Figure 225.
NOTE: Install the support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or
alternative support rib (Item 3) to the doubler (Item 1)
and filler (Item 5), if span−wise cut−out length is more
than 300 mm (11.811 in).

3 Position all repair parts in the repair area with pins and
clamps.

4 Drill the existing fastener holes to the final diameter.

5 Install all fasteners.


NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter
51−42−00.

6 To improve the corrosion resistance of the fastener dip the


lower part of the fastener in structure paint (anti−corrosion
primer, polyurethane) (Material No.16−001D) and install fastener
within 5 minutes.
7 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

8 Do an inspection of the repair.

9 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).


NOTE: Obey the special preparation of the damaged structure
given in Figure 225, sheet 3.

Page 405
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT RE


PAIR WITHIN 50 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT) OR 1 000 FC (FH NOT
RELEVANT).

(e) Repair Procedure Option D (Temporary Repair with High Speed Tape)

1 Make the repair parts.

a Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure


225 sheet 4.
b If the cutout is more than 300 mm (11.811 in), prepare the
support rib (Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative sup
port rib (Item 3) (Refer to Figure 225 sheet 5 and 6).

c If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib


(Item 2) and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item
3) (Refer to Figure 225 sheet 5 and 6).

d Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No.


11−003 or 11−004).

e Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:


− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Mate
rial No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

2 Apply sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulfide) (Material No.


09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)
(Material No. 09−013) at the mating surfaces (doubler/CFRP) as
shown in the Figure 225 sheet 4.

NOTE: If sealant is applied, this temporary repair is valid for


1 000 FC (FH not relevant) otherwise this temporary re
pair is valid for 50 FC (FH not relevant).
3 Position all repair parts in the repair area (Refer to Figure
225 sheet 4.

4 If necessary drill the holes in the support rib (Item 2) and


angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) to the fi
nal diameter
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
225.

5 If necessary install the fastener in the support rib (Item 2)


and angle (Item 4) or alternative support rib (Item 3) wet
with sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulfide) (Material No.

Page 406
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)


(Material No. 09−013).
NOTE: For fastener installation and removal, refer to Chapter
51−42−00.

6 Cut the Self adhesive aluminum tape (high speed tape) (Material
No. 08−052) to the required length (Refer to Figure 225 sheet
4.).
7 Apply five layers of high speed tape on the doubler. For the
direction of applying high speed tape, Refer to Figure 225
sheet 4.

8 Remove wrinkles and trapped air below the layers of high speed
tape.
9 Do an inspection of the repair area.

10 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay407/408
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay409/410
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay411/412
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay413/414
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay415/416
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay417/418
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 6)

Page 419
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 226.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

AB. Outer Skin Repair, Zone 3, 4 and 5

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials refer to Chapter


51−77−11.

NOTE: This repair is only applicable for damage to the outer skin repair
zone 3, 4 and 5 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 226
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary data
about all weight variants and their required information for allow
able damage and repair applicability.

Page 420
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Back Plate AR See Figure 226


− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m2
Fiber Dry Fabric) Plain Weave) (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−091 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−092 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B(2)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions (Monolithic Repair) (Refer to Figure 226)

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Remove the damaged material. Cut out the damaged skin to the
correct shape and dimension (Refer to Figure 226).

(c) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

Page 421
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(e) Make the repair layers (Refer to option A or B, Figure 226).

1 Room temperature repair procedure (Refer to Figure 226)

a If skin is penetrated
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding
− Install back plate (Item 1) with adhesive. Use clamp to
apply pressure on the back plate (item 1).

b Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033)


or special material (carbon fiber dry fabric) (Material No.
05−088) to the correct dimensions.

c Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090).

d Apply a layer of laminating resin to the structure with a


brush or a spatula.

e Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.
f Do the steps 8.AB.(2)(e)1d and 8.AB.(2)(e)1e for each repair
layer until the original skin thickness is reached. For re
pair layer order refer to Figure 226.

g Cover the wet layers with a special material (glass cloth)


(Material No. 05−033), a peel ply and a parting film.
h Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating
resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

i Remove vacuum equipment and the unwanted resin from the re
pair area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade
280 first and then finish with grade 400.
2 Hot bonding repair procedure (Refer to Figure 226)

a If skin is penetrated
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding

Page 422
Printed in Germany
57−52−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Install back plate (Item 1) with adhesive. Use clamp to


apply pressure on the back plate (item 1).
b Cut the special material (carbon fiber fabric prepreg) (Mate
rial No. 05−091 or 05−092) to the correct dimensions.

c Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive


film) (Material No. 08−042) on the matching surfaces of the
repair area.
d Put a parting film over the mating surface of the forming
block.

e Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).
f Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the mating
surface of the repair area.

g Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the repair layer to the edges.

h Remove the release paper from the patch.


i Do the steps 8.AB.(2)(e)2e thru 8.AB.(2)(e)2h for each carbon
prepreg layer until the original skin thickness is reached.
For repair layer order refer to Figure 226.

j Cover the repair−patch with a glass prepreg and a peel−ply as


necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to cure
under heat and pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

k After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply


and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then
finish with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass repair layer.

(f) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(g) Do an inspection of the repair.

(h) Restore the surfaces protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay423/424
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Skin Repair, Zone 3, 4 and 5


Figure 226

Printed in Germany
57−52−00 PagesMay425/426
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP − SKINS AND PLATING

1. Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Rubbing Strip Figure 1


− Upper and Lower Skin Figure 2
− Upper Surface − Skin− and Stringer− Figure 3 (sheet 1 thru 3)
Thickness
− Lower Surface − Skin− and Stringer− Figure 3 (sheet 4 thru 6)
Thickness
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−52−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 NovPage 1
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strip
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 AugPage 2
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056200 PB101


PB201
1A Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056212 03 PB101 A22664K2572G
PB201
1B Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056218 PB101 A24750J1392B
ABS5689A20 PB201
1C Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056226 01 PB101 A24283K3645C
ABS5689A20 PB201 A37633K11541
5 Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056202 PB101
PB201
5A Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056214 03 PB101 A22664K2572G
PB201
5B Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056220 PB101 A24750J1392B
ABS5689A20 PB201
5C Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056226 PB101 A24283K3645C
ABS5689A20 PB201 A37633K11541
10 Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056206 PB101
PB201
10A Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056216 03 PB101 A22664K2572G
PB201
10B Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056222 PB101 A24283K3645B
ABS5689A20 PB201 A33775K9201A
15 Strip, rubbing 1.4541 D57570056208 PB101
PB201
15A Strip, rubbing 1.4544.9 D57570056210 03 PB101 A22664K2572G
DIN65389AG1−5 211 PB201
1.5 (0.059)
15B Strip, rubbing 1.4544.9 D57570056224 PB101 A24750J1392A
DIN65389AG1−5 225 PB201 A34676K9676C
1.5 (0.059)
20 Strip, rubbing 5.1129.3 D57570358200
LN9298A800
ASSY Dwg.: D57570050, D57570357, D57570500, D57570505, D57570650

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 NovPage 3
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and Lower Skin


Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 FebPage 4
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Shell, upper Composite D57570130000 PB101


001 PB201
1A Shell, upper Composite D57570560000 PB101 A22664K2572H
001 PB201
1B Shell, upper Composite D57570640002 PB101 A27775K6006B
003 PB201 A33775K9201
1C Shell, upper Composite D57570640004 A152192K15183A
005
5 Shell, lower Composite D57570140000 PB101
001 PB201
5A Shell, lower Composite D57570140002 03 PB101 A20516K0985
003 PB201
5B Shell, lower Composite D57570570000 PB101 A22664K2572A
001 PB201
5C Shell, lower Composite D57570570002 PB101 A22664K2572J
003 PB201
5D Shell, lower Composite D57570578002 PB101 A27775K6006A
003 PB201
5E Shell, lower Composite D57570578004 PB101 A34676K9676B
005 PB201
5F Shell, lower Composite D57570578006 PB101 A34801K9481A
007 PB201
5G Shell, lower Composite D57570578008 PB101 A34801K9481B
009 PB201
10 Skin, above T42C D57570086200 PB101
ABS5043D008 201 PB201
0.8 (0.031)
10A Skin, above T42C D57570086202 PB101 A20463J0190A
ABS5043D008 203 PB201
0.8 (0.031)
10B Skin, above T42 D57570086204 PB101 A20463J0190C
ABS5043D006 205 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
15 Skin, below T42C D57570087200 PB101
ABS5043D008 201 PB201
0.8 (0.031)
15A Skin, below T42C D57570087202 PB101 A20463J0190A
ABS5043D008 203 PB201
0.8 (0.031)
ASSY Dwg.: D57570085, D57570125, D57570510, D57570511, D57570512, D57570513

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 NovPage 5
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

15B Skin, below T42 D57570087204 PB101 A20463J0190C


ABS5043D006 205 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
20 Box, nose assy Composite D57570078000 PB101
001 PB201
20A Box, nose assy Composite D57570078002 PB101 A20463J0190E
003 PB201
20B Box, nose assy Composite D57570515000 PB101 A22664K2572K
001 PB201
20C Box, nose assy Composite D57570516000 PB101 A26578K4920B
001 PB201
20D Box, nose assy Composite D57570516002 A34676K9676C
003
ASSY Dwg.: D57570075, D57570085, D57570505, D57570513

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 NovPage 6
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper Surface − Skin− and Stringer−Thickness


Figure 3 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Pages 7/8
Feb 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper Surface − Skin− and Stringer−Thickness


Figure 3 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Pages 9/10
Feb 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper Surface − Skin− and Stringer−Thickness


Figure 3 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Pages 11/12
Feb 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Lower Surface − Skin− and Stringer−Thickness


Figure 3 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Pages 13/14
Feb 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Lower Surface − Skin− and Stringer−Thickness


Figure 3 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Pages 15/16
Feb 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Lower Surface − Skin− and Stringer−Thickness


Figure 3 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Pages 17/18
Feb 01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT PARAGRAPH.

CAUTION: FOR ALL ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, REFER
TO PARAGRAPH 3, GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

1. General

A. This topic contains allowable damage data for the skins and plating of
the Inboard Flap. Allowable damage is damage for which a structural re
pair is not necessary. You must remove the damage down to a smooth con
tour and compare with the allowable limits given in the relevant Chap
ter.

NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.

NOTE: For the definition of repair categories, refer to Chapter 51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.


B. After rework the damaged area must be checked to make sure that the al
lowable limits have not been exceeded. When the limits are exceeded a
repair is necessary. Refer to the column ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ in the iden
tification page block.
2. Allowable Damage

A. This allowable damage data is applicable for skins and plating and is
effective as follows:

(1) Rubbing Strip/Plate/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable


Limits (Figure 101).
B. For general allowable damage data, refer to Chapter 57−52−00, Page Block
101.

NOTE: For DESCRIPTION and CRITERIA of allowable damage given in this


Chapter, refer to Table 101.
3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Inboard Flap − Allowable Damage for
Wear Mark/Dent/
Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/ 4.A. A, C
Debonding
Abrasion Resistant Paint
Allowable Damage Description and Criteria
Table 101

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4. Skins and Plating − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 102.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 22664, 24750, 26712, 151076, 38030 AND SB 57−1163.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY ALLOWABLE DAMAGE MUST BE REPLACED BY PERMANENT RE


PAIR SOLUTION WITHIN 200 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 OR
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

A. Inboard Flap − Allowable Damage for Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/


Abrasion Resistant Paint

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 102
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all the weight variants and their required information
for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) This allowable damage data is applicable for Rubbing Strip/Plate/Pads


and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint on Inboard Flap.
(2) Compare the damage in accordance with Figure 101.
(3) For allowable damage limits and repair/action, refer to Table 103.

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable Lim


its
Figure 101 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug103/104
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable Lim


its
Figure 101 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug105/106
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable Lim


its
Figure 101 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug107/108
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable Lim


its
Figure 101 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug109/110
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable Lim


its
Figure 101 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug111/112
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable Lim


its
Figure 101 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug113/114
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips/Plates/Pads and Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint − Allowable Lim


its
Figure 101 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug115/116
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DESCRIPTION LIMITATIONS TYPE OF REPAIR TO BE PERFORMED ACTION


Temporary Immediately
Wear mark > 0.15
0 15 mm (0.006
(0 006 in)
Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Rubbing Strip (Bonded) <1> Dent depth > 0.3 mm (0.012 in) Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Temporary Immediately
Debonding
Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Wear mark > 0.8 mm (0.031 in)
Rubbing Plate (Riveted) Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Dent depth > 0.3 mm (0.012 in) For Repair,
p , refer to Chapter
p 57−52−11,
,
Temporary Immediately Page Block 201
Wear mark > 0.15
0 15 mm (0.006
(0 006 in)
Rubbing Pad (Bonded) Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Dent depth > 0.3 mm (0.012 in) Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Temporary Immediately
Wear Resistant Paint Wear mark > 0.07
0 07 mm (0.003
(0 003 in)
Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Temporary Immediately
Abrasion Resistant Paint Wear mark > 0.15
0 15 mm (0.006
(0 006 in)
Permanent Within 200 FC (FH not Relevant)
Allowable Damage Limits and Repair/Action
Table 103
<1> − For Inboard Flap before Modification 22664 replacement of rubbing strips by wear resistant paint is not allowed.

− For Inboard Flap after Modification 22664, 24750 and 26712 replacement of rubbing strips by wear resistant paint is allowed.

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug117/118
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SKINS AND PLATING

1. General

These repairs are applicable for skins and plating of the Inboard Flap. Re
fer to Chapter 57−52−00, Page Block 101 for the repair zones and allowable
damage data. The general repairs are listed in Table 201, the specific re
pairs are listed in Table 202. The appropriate repairs are described in
more detail in the relevant Chapter.

NOTE: For the definition of repair categories, refer to Chapter 51−11−14.

NOTE: Refer to each repair to determine the repair applicability.


NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Safety Precautions

There are risks to you and other persons when you work with composite re
pair materials. To prevent risks, read and obey the warnings and cautions
given below:

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUND, SEALANT, SPECIAL MATERIAL AND STRUC
TURE PAINT. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.

WARNING: WEAR THE CORRECT PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FILTER MASK WHEN YOU CUT,
ABRADE OR DRILL COMPOSITE MATERIALS. THE DUST FROM COMPOSITE MA
TERIALS CAN GET INTO YOUR LUNGS OR ONTO YOUR SKIN AND CAUSE YOU
INJURY. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE DUST WITH A VACUUM CLEANER.

WARNING: CARBON DUST IS ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE AND CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.


WHEN YOU WORK WITH CFRP COMPOSITE MATERIALS IMMEDIATELY REMOVE
DUST WITH A VACUUM CLEANER.

WARNING: USE AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER WHEN YOU USE MAINS ELECTRIC POWER ON
THE AIRCRAFT. YOU MUST ONLY USE POWER TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT THAT ARE
EXPLOSION PROOF.

CAUTION: USE ONLY SPECIFIED CLEANING MATERIALS AND SOLUTIONS OR THEIR


EQUIVALENTS. THE SURFACE PROTECTION COULD BE DAMAGED IF UNSPECIFIED
MATERIALS ARE USED. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE MANUFACTURER’S MIX
ING, APPLICATION AND TREATMENT INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOLLOWED.

CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND ELEC


TRICAL SYSTEMS, THE AREA SURROUNDING THE REPAIR MUST BE COVERED
WITH PLASTIC FOIL MASKING TAPE.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS, IF NECESSARY.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIRS CONTAINING NO WEIGHT VARIANT EFFECTIVITY TABLE REFER


TO THE WEIGHT VARIANT EXCLUSION TABLE, PARAGRAPH 23, GIVEN IN THE
INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE REFER TO PARAGRAPH


3, GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3. Repair Scheme for General Repairs

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner
57-52-00 201
and Outer Skin)
Skin Repair - Covered with Metal
57-52-00 202
Strip, Zone 1
Delamination Clamp Repair, Zone 1, 3
57-52-00 203 -
and 4
Skin Repair, Zone 1 and 2 (High
57-52-00 204 -
Speed Tape Repair)
Skin Repair - Fill with Resin, Zone
57-52-00 205 -
1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7
Skin Repair - Cover with Plies, Zone
57-52-00 206 -
1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7
Outer Skin Repair, Zone 1, 3, 4 and
57-52-00 207 -
5
Miner Debonding Repair, Zone 1 and 2 57-52-00 - -
Removal of Scratches and Abrasions by
57-52-00 - -
Burnishing, Zone 2
Crack Cover Skin Repair, Zone 2 57-52-00 208 -
Skin Repair - Fill Core and Dent
57-52-00 209 -
with Resin, Zone 2
Skin Repair - Fill Dent with Resin 57-52-00 210 -
External Bonded Metal Doubler Repair,
57-52-00 211 -
Zone 2
External Bonded Metal Doubler and
57-52-00 212 -
Core Repair, Zone 2
Upper and Lower Skin and Core Repair,
57-52-00 213 -
Zone 2
Skin - Stringer Repair, Zone 3 and 4
57-52-00 214 -
(Flush Repair)
Skin - Stringer Repair with External
57-52-00 215 -
Doubler, Zone 3 and 4
Skin - Stringer - Rib Repair, Zone 3
57-52-00 216 -
and 4 (Flush Repair)

Table 201

Printed in Germany
57-52-11 Feb
Page 203
01/05
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR PROCEDURE CHAPTER FIGURE REMARKS


Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with
57−52−00 217 −
External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4
Skin Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Re
57−52−00 218 −
pair)
Cushion Attachment Temporary Repair 57−52−00 219 −
Cushion Attachment Permanent Repair 57−52−00 223 −
Skin Repair with External Doubler,
57−52−00 220 −
Zone 3 and 4
Skin − Rib Repair with External Dou
57−52−00 221 −
bler, Zone 3 and 4
Skin − Spar Repair, Zone 6 (Flush
57−52−00 222 −
Repair)
General Repairs
Table 201

4. Repair Scheme for Specific Repairs

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION
CATEGORY
REFERENCE
Temporary Repair of Rub
bing Strip, applying High
Speed Tape to partially
debonded Rubbing Strip 5.D. 204 57−52−11−2−001−00
C
This repair is inactive INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
and superseded by Para
graph 5.F. since Revision
dated Aug 01/12.
Temporary Repair of Rub
bing Strip, replacing dam
aged Rubbing Strip (com
plete/partial) by High
Speed Tape 5.B. 202 57−52−11−2−002−00
C
This repair is inactive INACTIVE INACTIVE INACTIVE
and superseded by Para
graph 5.E. since Revision
dated Aug 01/12.
<1>
Specific Repairs

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION
CATEGORY
REFERENCE
Repair of Rubbing Strip
with Sealant, complete/
partial replacement
This repair is inactive 5.A. 201
A −
and superseded by Para INACTIVE INACTIVE
graph 5.G. since Revision
dated Aug 01/12.
<1>
Repair of Rubbing Strip
with Adhesive Tape, com
plete/partial replacement
5.C. 203
This repair is inactive A −
since Revision dated Aug INACTIVE INACTIVE
01/12.
<1>
Temporary Repair of Rub
bing Strip/Pad or Wear/
5.E. 205 C −
Abrasion Resistant Paint
with High Speed Tape
Temporary Repair of par
tially debonded Rubbing 5.F. 206 C −
Strip with High Speed Tape
Replacement of Rubbing
Strip/Rubbing Pad with 5.G. 207 A −
Sealant
Replacement of riveted
5.H. 208 A −
Rubbing Plate
Repair of Wear Resistant
5.I. 209 A −
Paint for Upper Skin
Repair of Wear/Abrasion
Resistant Paint for Lower 5.J. 210 A −
Skin and Leading Edge
Specific Repairs
Table 202
<1> The repair with partial replacement is inactive since Revision dated
Feb 01/11.

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5. Skins and Plating − Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT TABLE.

A. Repair of Rubbing Strip with Sealant, complete/partial replacement

NOTE: This repair is inactive and superseded by Paragraph 5.G. since Re
vision dated Aug 01/12.

NOTE: For allowable damage limits and repair zones for the inboard flap
upper and lower surfaces refer to Figure 201 (sheet 3).

NOTE: These repairs are applicable if a complete rubbing strip or a sec


tion of a rubbing strip is damaged.

NOTE: This is a typical repair to be carried out on detached or torn


rubbing strips.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Rubbing Strip AR Refer to Figure 201


2 Rubbing Strip AR Refer to Figure 201
3 Rubbing Strip AR Refer to Figure 201
4 Rubbing Strip AR Refer to Figure 201
− Interfay Sealant AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−018A (Refer to
thane Finish Paint (Exter Chapter 51−35−00)
nal Application))
− Emery Cloth AR Grade 240
(2) Repair Procedure, complete replacement.

(a) Mark repair area in accordance with Figure 201.

(b) Remove damaged rubbing strip and sealant up to normal interfaces


using wooden spatula.
(c) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke
tone) (Material No. 11−003 or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

NOTE: For cleaning with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004) use paper or pure−cotton
cloths only. Do not use fabrics containing synthetic mate
rials. Synthetics are dissolved by cold solvents and form
an oil film which produces a nonadhesive surface.

(d) Prepare new rubbing strip. For ease of handling, new rubbing
strip may be split into three parts (Refer to Figure 201).

(e) Roughen mating surface of new rubbing strip using emery cloth
(grade 240).

(f) Clean rubbing strip with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Apply even coat of interfay sealant (Material No. 09−005) or


(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013),
0.25 mm (0.01 in) thick, to both mating surfaces.

(h) Mate parts and work entrapped air from between mating surfaces by
rolling firmly with rubber roller or similar device from center
to outer periphery of rubbing strip. Surface should be smooth and
even.
(i) Apply uniform and constant pressure to rubbing strip with a vac
uum bag or other suitable means. If a vacuum bag is used, main
tain a vacuum of between 0.4 bar (5.81 psi) and 0.6 bar (8.71
psi).

NOTE: The curing period depends on temperature (Refer to Chapter


51−24−00).

NOTE: If position of rubbing strip is not correct or if bubbles


appear, the entire rubbing strip must be removed and reaf
fixed.

(j) Seal circumference of rubbing strip with interfay sealant (Mate


rial No. 09−005) or (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Ma
terial No. 09−013) in accordance with Figure 201.

(k) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(l) Apply structure paint (polyurethane finish paint (external ap
plication)) (Material No. 16−018A) to sealant with a 3 mm (0.118
in) thru 5 mm (0.197 in) overlap onto the rubbing strip.

(3) Repair Procedure, partial replacement.


NOTE: This repair information is inactive since Revision dated Feb
01/11.

(a) Mark repair area in accordance with Figure 201 .

NOTE: The minimum distance from a rubbing strip butt joint to a


spoiler corner has to be 100 mm (3.94 in.).
NOTE: The minimum spanwise length of the partial replacement and
the remaining rubbing strip is 300 mm (11.81 in.).

WARNING: DURING CUTTING OF THE DAMAGED SECTION OF THE RUBBING STRIP


CAUTION MUST BE TAKEN NOT TO CAUSE ANY CUTTER GOUGES ON THE
FLAP PANEL AND NOT TO CAUSE ANY DEBONDINGS AT THE END OF
THE REMAINING RUBBING STRIP PORTION.

(b) Cut out the damaged section of the rubbing strip and remove the
sealant up to normal interface using wooden spatula.

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004 ).
NOTE: For cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or 11−004 ) use
paper or pure−cotton cloth only. Do not use fabrics con
taining synthetic materials. Synthetics are dissolved by
cold solvents and form an oil film which produces a non
adhesive surface.
(d) Cut new rubbing strip to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure
201).

(e) Roughen mating surface of new rubbing strip using emery cloth
(grade 240).

(f) Clean rubbing strip with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004 ).

(g) Apply even coat of sealant (Material No. 09−013 ), 0.25 mm


(0.010 in.) thick, to both mating surfaces.

(h) Mate parts and work entrapped air from between mating surfaces by
rolling firmly with rubber roller or similar devise from center
to outer periphery of rubbing strip. Surface should be smooth and
even.

(i) Apply uniform and constant pressure to rubbing strip with a vac
uum bag or other suitable means. If a vacuum bag is used, main
tain a vacuum of between 0.4 bar (5.81 psi) and 0.6 bar (8.71
psi).

NOTE: The curing period depends on temperature (Refer to Chapter


51−24−00 ).

NOTE: If position of rubbing strip is not correct or if bubbles


appear, the entire rubbing strip must be removed and reaf
fixed.

(j) Seal circumference of rubbing strip with sealant (Material No.


09−013 ) in accordance with Figure 201 .

(k) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004 ).

(l) Apply structure paint (Material No. 16−018A ) to sealant with a


3 mm (0.118 in.) thru 5 mm (0.197 in.) overlap onto the rubbing
strip.

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strip Repair with Sealant


Figure 201 (sheet 1)

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strip Repair with Sealant


Figure 201 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug211/212
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strip Repair with Sealant


Figure 201 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug213/214
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT TABLE.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT CORRECT CLEARANCES ARE MAINTAINED AROUND CONTROL SUR
FACES AND MOVING COMPONENTS WHEN DOING REPAIRS.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION


INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS SRI 57−52−11−2−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN
THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM THE NECESSARY INFORMA
TION.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR SOLU


TION WITH IN 5 000 FH (FC NOT RELEVANT).

B. Temporary Repair of Rubbing Strip, replacing damaged Rubbing Strip com


plete/partial by High Speed Tape

NOTE: This repair is inactive and superseded by Paragraph 5.E. since Re
vision dated Aug 01/12.

NOTE: For allowable damage limits and repair zones for the inboard flap
upper and lower surfaces Refer to Figure 202 (sheet 2).
NOTE: The repair with partial replacement is inactive since Revision
dated Feb 01/11.

NOTE: These repairs are applicable if a complete rubbing strip or a sec


tion of a rubbing strip is damaged.

NOTE: This is a temporary protection method only applicable if skin under


the rubbing strip is not damaged.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required in formation for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to


pound (Self Adhesive Alu Chapter 51−35−00)
minium Tape)
− Interfay Sealant AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure

(a) Mark the repair area in accordance with Figure 202 .

(b) Cut out the damaged area in accordance with Chapter 51−27−00 and
remove the rubbing strip and sealant by using a wooden spatula.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CFRP−STRUCTURE.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003 or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) 11−004).
NOTE: For cleaning with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma
terial No. 11−003 or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) 11−004) use paper or pure−cotton cloths only. Do
not use fabrics containing synthetic materials. Synthetic
materials are dissolved by cold solvents and form an oil
film which produces a non−adhesive surface.
(d) To build up the area of cutout in the rubbing strip, it is nec
essary to prepare sufficient strips of bonding and adhesive com
pound (self adhesive aluminium tape) (Material No. 08−052), refer
to Figure 202. If the cutout is greater than the width of the
tape, then prepare sufficient strips to be laid with a butt
joint between strips. The butt joint in successive layers should
not be positioned over the one below. A minimum of three layers
of High Speed Tape is required.

(e) Position the prepared strips of High Speed Tape in the repair
area, refer to Figure 202. The strips should be laid in the

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

direction of flight (Direction of the flap travel), and at a


right angle to the existing rubbing strip.
NOTE: Take care not to cause any cutter gouges to the flap
structure during trimming off the high speed tape after ap
plication.

(f) Use a roller to remove wrinkles and any trapped air from the
strips of tape. Work from the center of the tape to the edges.
NOTE: Do this step as each layer is applied.

(g) Apply interfay sealant (Material No. 09−005) or (corrosion inhib


iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013 to the front and
rear edges of the tape.
NOTE: If repair solution 2 is carried out, the application of
sealant is optional.

(h) Do a check of the flap in accordance with the Aircraft Mainte


nance Manual , (AMM) Chapter 57−52−00, to ensure that the clear
ance for the flap is correct and no fouling takes place.

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Temporary Repair of Rubbing Strip, replacing damaged Rubbing Strip (complete)


by High Speed Tape
Figure 202 (sheet 1)
Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Temporary Repair of Rubbing Strip, replacing damaged Rubbing Strip (complete)


by High Speed Tape
Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug219/220
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT TABLE.
C. Repair of Rubbing Strip with adhesive tape, complete/partial replacement

NOTE: This repair is inactive since Revision dated Aug 01/12.

NOTE: These repairs are applicable if a complete rubbing strip or a sec


tion of a rubbing strip is damaged.

NOTE: This is a typical repair to be carried out on detached or torn


rubbing strip.

NOTE: For allowable damage limits and repair zones for the inboard flap
upper and lower surface refer to Figure 203 (sheet 3).

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Rubbing Strip 1 Refer to Figure 203


2 Rubbing Strip 1 Refer to Figure 203
3 Rubbing Strip 1 Refer to Figure 203
4 Rubbing Strip 1 Refer to Figure 203
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−066 (Refer to
pound (Acrylic Pressure Chapter 51−35−00)
Sensitive Tape)
− Interfay Sealant AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−018A (Refer to
thane Finish Paint (Exter Chapter 51−35−00)
nal Application))
− Emery Cloth AR Grade 240
(2) Repair Procedure, complete replacement.

(a) Mark repair area in accordance with Figure 203.

(b) Remove damaged rubbing strip and adhesive tape up to normal in
terface using wooden spatula.
(c) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke
tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

NOTE: For cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No.


11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl chloro
form) (Material No. 11−004) use paper or pure−cotton cloth
only. Do not use fabrics containing synthetics materials.
Synthetics are dissolved by cold solvents and form an oil
film which produces a nonadhesive surface.

(d) Prepare new rubbing strip. For ease of handling, new rubbing
strip may be split into three parts (Refer to Figure 203).

(e) Roughen mating surface of new rubbing strip using emery cloth
(grade 240).

(f) Clean rubbing strip with Cleaning Agent (Methyl−Ethyl−Ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or Cleaning Agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Affix adhesive tape to prepared rubbing strip by pressing adhe


sive tape firmly against rubbing strip using hands or cloth to
avoid detaching tape when removing protective film.

NOTE: The adhesive tape must be free from air bubbles or creases.
If bubbles or creases appear, remove adhesive tape and af
fix a new one.

(h) Position the rubbing strip on the flap. Starting at one end re
move the protective film and progressively and smoothly press the
rubbing strip onto flap, making sure that the entire strip is
free of creases and bubbles.

NOTE: The rubbing strip cannot be corrected once it has adhered


to the flap. It must be removed if it is incorrectly posi
tioned or if it contains creases or air bubbles.

(i) If the rubbing strip is placed correctly without creases and air
bubbles, press rubbing strip firmly and evenly on the flap, using
a rubber roller.

(j) Seal circumference of rubbing strip with interfay sealant (Mate


rial No. 09−005) or (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Ma
terial No. 09−013) in accordance with Figure 203.

(k) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(l) Apply structure paint (polyurethane finish paint (external ap
plication)) (Material No. 16−018A) to sealant with a 3 mm (0.118
in) thru 5 mm (0.197 in) overlap onto the rubbing strip.

(3) Repair Procedure, partial replacement


NOTE: This repair information is inactive since Revision dated Feb
01/11.

(a) Mark repair area in accordance with Figure 203 .

NOTE: The minimum distance from a rubbing strip butt joint to a


spoiler corner has to be 100 mm (3.94 in.).
NOTE: The minimum spanwise length of the partial replacement and
the remaining rubbing strip is 300 mm (11.81 in.).

WARNING: DURING CUTTING OF THE DAMAGED SECTION OF THE RUBBING STRIP


CAUTION MUST BE TAKEN NOT TO CAUSE ANY CUTTER GOUGES ON THE
FLAP PANEL AND NOT TO CAUSE ANY DEBONDINGS AT THE END OF
THE REMAINING RUBBING STRIP PORTION.

(b) Cut out the damaged section of the rubbing strip and remove the
sealant up to normal interface using wooden spatula.

Page 223
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004 ).
NOTE: For cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or 11−004 ) use
paper or pure−cotton cloth only. Do not use fabrics con
taining synthetic materials. Synthetics are dissolved by
cold solvents and form and oil film which produces a non
adhesive surface.
(d) Cut new rubbing strip to the correct dimension (Refer to Figure
203 ).

(e) Roughen mating surface of new rubbing strip using emery cloth
(grade 240).

(f) Clean rubbing strip with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004 ).

(g) Affix adhesive tape to prepared rubbing strip by pressing adhe


sive tape firmly against rubbing strip using hands or cloth to
avoid detaching tape when removing protective film.
NOTE: The adhesive must be free from air bubbles or creases. If
bubbles or creases appear, remove adhesive tape and affix a
new one.

(h) Position the rubbing strip on the flap. Starting at one end re
move the protective film and progressively and smoothly press the
rubbing strip onto flap, making sure that the entire strip is
free of creases and bubbles.

NOTE: The rubbing strip cannot be corrected once it has adhered


to the flap. It must be removed if it is incorrectly posi
tioned or if it contains creases or air bubbles.
(i) If the rubbing strip is placed correctly without creases and air
bubbles, press rubbing strip firmly and evenly on the flap, using
a rubber roller.

(j) Seal circumference of rubbing strip with sealant (Material No.


09−013 ) in accordance with Figure 203 .
(k) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004 ).

(l) Apply structure paint (Material No. 16−018A ) to sealant with


a 3 mm (0.118 in) thru 5 mm (0.197 in) overlap onto the rubbing
strip.

Page 224
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strip Repair with adhesive tape


Figure 203 (sheet 1)

Page 225
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strip Repair with adhesive tape


Figure 203 (sheet 2)

Page 226
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strip Repair with adhesive tape


Figure 203 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug227/228
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT TABLE.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION
INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−52−11−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE
STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM THE NECESSARY INFORMA
TION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR WITHIN NEXT 20
MONTHS.

D. Temporary Repair of Rubbing Strip, applying High Speed Tape to partially


debonded Rubbing Strip.

NOTE: This repair is inactive and superseded by Paragraph 5.F. since Re
vision dated Aug 01/12.

NOTE: This repair is only applicable if the debonding does not exceed
50% of chordwise rubbing strip width.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary data
about all weight variants and their required information for allow
able damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to


pound (Self Adhesive Alu Chapter 51−35−00)
minium Tape)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(b) Mark debonded areas.

Page 229
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Cut the high speed tape (Item 1) to the required dimensions (Re
fer to Figure 204).
(d) Apply the prepared high speed tape strips to the debonded areas
(Refer to Figure 204).

(e) If required, restore the surface finish (Refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

(f) Do an inspection of the repair.

Page 230
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Temporary Repair of debonded Rubbing Strip with High Speed Tape


Figure 204

Page 231
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MODIFICATION 38030,
151076 AND 24750.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR SOLU


TION WITHIN 200 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 OR BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

E. Temporary Repair of Rubbing Strip/Pad or Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint


with High Speed Tape

NOTE: This repair is applicable for upper side of the inboard flap.

NOTE: This is a temporary protection method only applicable if skin under


the rubbing strip or wear/abrasion resistant paint is not damaged.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to


pound (High Speed Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Interfay Sealant AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure

Page 232
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Mark the repair area in accordance with Figure 205.

(b) Remove the damage in accordance with the damaged parts and Figure
205:
− Cut out the damaged area in the rubbing strip, refer to Chap
ter 51−27−00 and remove the rubbing strip and sealant by using
a wooden spatula.
− Remove the wear/abrasion resistant paint in the damaged area,
refer to Chapter 51−75−11.

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CFRP−STRUCTURE.


(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026).

NOTE: For cleaning with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026)
use paper or pure−cotton cloths only. Do not use fabrics
containing synthetic materials. Synthetic materials are dis
solved by cold solvents and form an oil film which produces
a non−adhesive surface.

(d) To build up the damaged area, it is necessary to prepare suffi


cient strips of High Speed Tape, refer to Figure 205. If the
cutout is greater than the width of the tape, then prepare suf
ficient strips to be laid with a butt joint between strips. The
butt joint in successive layers should not be positioned over the
one below. Cover the damage with three layers of High Speed
Tape.
(e) Position the prepared strips of High Speed Tape in the repair
area, refer to Figure 205. The strips should be laid in the
direction of flight (Direction of the flap travel), and at a
right angle to the existing rubbing strip.
NOTE: Take care not to cause any cutter gouges to the flap
structure during trimming of the high speed tape after ap
plication.

(f) Use a roller to remove wrinkles and any trapped air from the
strips of tape. Work from the center of the tape to the edges.

NOTE: Do this step as each layer is applied.


(g) Apply interfay sealant (Material No. 09−005) or corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency (Material No. 09−013) to the front and
rear edges of the tape.

NOTE: If repair solution 2 is carried out, the application of


sealant is optional.

(h) Restore surface protection if necessary, refer to Chapter


51−75−12.

Page 233
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Do a check of the flap in accordance with the AMM Chapter


57−52−00, to ensure that the clearance for the flap is correct
and no fouling takes place.

Page 234
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Temporary Repair of Rubbing Strip/Pad or Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint with


High Speed Tape
Figure 205 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug235/236
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Temporary Repair of Rubbing Strip/Pad or Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint with


High Speed Tape
Figure 205 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug237/238
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MODIFICATION 24750 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 151076 OR 38030.

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR SOLU


TION WITHIN 200 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 OR BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

F. Temporary Repair of partially debonded Rubbing Strip with High Speed Tape

NOTE: This repair is only applicable if the debonding does not exceed
50% of chordwise rubbing strip.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary data
about all weight variants and their required information for allow
able damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to


pound (High Speed Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026).
(b) Mark debonded areas.

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Cut the high speed tape to the required dimensions (Refer to
Figure 206).
NOTE: Cover the damage with three layers of high speed tape.

(d) Apply the prepared high speed tape strips to the debonded areas
(Refer to Figure 206).

(e) If required, restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter


51−75−12).

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Temporary Repair of partially debonded Rubbing Strip with High Speed Tape
Figure 206

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug241/242
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MODIFICATION 24750 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 151076 OR 38030.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 OR BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

G. Replacement of Rubbing Strip/Rubbing Pad with Sealant


NOTE: This repair is applicable for the complete replacement of a bonded
rubbing strip/pad.

NOTE: After Modification 22664 a damaged rubbing strip can also be re
placed by wear resistance paint.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Rubbing Strip AR Refer to Figure 207


2 Rubbing Pad AR Refer to Figure 207
− Interfay Sealant AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−018A (Refer to
thane Finish Paint (Exter Chapter 51−35−00)
nal Application))
− Emery Cloth AR Grade 240
(2) Repair Procedure

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Mark repair area in accordance with Figure 207.

(b) Remove damaged rubbing strip/pad and sealant up to normal inter


faces using wooden spatula.

(c) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No.
11−026).

NOTE: For cleaning with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026)
use paper or pure−cotton cloths only. Do not use fabrics
containing synthetic materials. Synthetics are dissolved by
cold solvents and form an oil film which produces a non
adhesive surface.
(d) Manufacture the repair part.

NOTE: Rubbing strips/pad can be replaced by a new part or


manufactured locally, refer to Chapter 57−52−11 Identifica
tion Page Block 001 and Figure 207.
(e) Roughen mating surface of new rubbing strip using emery cloth
(grade 240).

(f) Clean the repair part with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026).

(g) Apply even coat of interfay sealant (Material No. 09−005) or


(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013),
0.25 mm (0.01 in) thick, to both mating surfaces.

(h) Mate parts and work entrapped air from between mating surfaces by
rolling firmly with rubber roller or similar device from center
to outer periphery of the repair part. Surface should be smooth
and even.

(i) Apply uniform and constant pressure to the repair part with a
vacuum bag or other suitable means. If a vacuum bag is used,
maintain a vacuum of between 0.4 bar (5.80 psi) and 0.6 bar
(8.70 psi).
NOTE: The curing period depends on temperature (Refer to Chapter
51−24−00).

NOTE: If position of the repair part is not correct or if


bubbles appear, the entire repair part must be removed and
reaffixed.

(j) Seal circumference of the repair part with interfay sealant (Ma
terial No. 09−005) or (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)
(Material No. 09−013) in accordance with Figure 207.

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No.
11−026).

(l) Apply structure paint (polyurethane finish paint (external ap


plication)) (Material No. 16−018A) to sealant with a 3 mm (0.118
in) thru 5 mm (0.197 in) overlap onto the rubbing strip.

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesMay245/246
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Rubbing Strip/Rubbing Pad with Sealant


Figure 207 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug247/248
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of Rubbing Strip/Rubbing Pad with Sealant


Figure 207 (sheet 2)

Page 249
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 210.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 22664.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 OR BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

H. Replacement of riveted Rubbing Plate

NOTE: These repairs are applicable only for riveted parts.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 210
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Rubbing Plate (Riveted) AR 1.4544.9 or AMS5510 or AMS5512,
refer to Figure 208
− Interfay Sealant AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−026 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Polyurethane Finish Paint AR Material No. 16−018A (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure
(a) Mark repair area in accordance with Figure 208.
(b) Remove the fasteners in the damaged part, refer to Chapter
51−42−11.

(c) Remove the damaged rubbing plate and the remaining sealant.

Page 250
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Clean repair area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No.
11−026).

NOTE: For cleaning with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026)
use paper or pure−cotton cloths only. Do not use fabrics
containing synthetic materials. Synthetics are dissolved by
cold solvents and form an oil film which produces a non
adhesive surface.

(e) Manufacture the Rubbing Plate (Refer to Figure 208).

NOTE: Rubbing plate can be replaced by a new part or manufactured


locally, refer to Chapter 57−52−11 Identification Page Block
001 and Figure 208.

(f) The existing fastener holes must be reused.

Transfer the position of the existing holes to the repair part.

NOTE: Put the repair part in position to transfer drill existing


holes where possible or use the removed part as a template.
NOTE: Obey the minimum distance of 6 +/− 2 mm (0.24 +/− 0.08 in)
at rubbing plate and rubbing strip junctions. This distance
must be kept in case of replacing a complete rubbing plate
between repair part and adjacent rubbing strip.

(g) Drill the fastener holes to the required size, refer to Figure
208 and Chapter 51−44−00.

NOTE: Use oversize fastener if required, refer to Chapter


51−43−00.

(h) Countersink the fastener holes, refer to Chapter 51−46−11.


(i) Deburr the fastener holes.

(j) Roughen mating surface of new rubbing plate using emery cloth
(grade 240).

(k) Clean rubbing plate with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026).

(l) Apply sealant to the mating surfaces.

(m) Put the repair part in position and install the fasteners wet
with sealant.
NOTE: Make sure that the installation process is completed during
the curing time of the sealant.

Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(n) Seal circumference of rubbing plate with interfay sealant (Mate


rial No. 09−005) or (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Ma
terial No. 09−013) in accordance with Figure 208.

NOTE: Sealant must be flush with upper surface of rubbing plate


and rubbing strip.

(o) Clean the area carefully with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (Material No. 11−026).
(p) If necessary, restore the surface protection in the repair area,
refer to Chapter 51−75−12.

(q) Apply structure paint (polyurethane finish paint (external ap


plication)) (Material No. 16−018A) to sealant with a 3 mm (0.12
in) thru 5 mm (0.2 in) overlap onto the rubbing plate.

Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of riveted Rubbing Plate


Figure 208 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug253/254
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Replacement of riveted Rubbing Plate


Figure 208 (sheet 2)

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 211.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 151076 AND 38030.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 OR BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

I. Repair of Wear Resistant Paint for Upper Skin

NOTE: This repair is applicable for upper side of the inboard flap.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 211
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Wear Resistant Paint AR CA8100 PRC DESOTO (Refer to AIMS
04−04−027)
(2) Repair Procedure

(a) Mark the repair area, refer to Figure 209.


(b) Remove the damaged wear resistant paint, refer to Chapter
51−75−11.

NOTE: Wear Resistant Paint must be removed completely or partial


ly. The replacement by Metal Rubbing Strips is allowed as
an alternative.
(c) Apply the wear resistant paint on the repair area, refer to Fig
ure 209 and AIMS 04−04−027.

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−52−11 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Wear Resistant Paint for Upper Skin


Figure 209

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug257/258
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 212.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 OR BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

J. Repair of Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint for Lower Skin and Leading Edge

NOTE: This repair is applicable for lower side of the inboard flap.

NOTE: This repair is applicable only for lower skin and leading edge.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 212
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Wear Resistant Paint AR CA8100 PRC DESOTO (Refer to AIMS
04−04−027)
2 Abrasion Resistant Paint AR Refer to Production Drawing, be
fore Modification 151076
(2) Repair Procedure

(a) Mark the repair area, refer to Figure 210.


(b) Remove the damaged wear/abrasion resistant paint, refer to Chap
ter 51−75−11.

NOTE: Wear/abrasion Resistant Paint must be removed completely or


partially. The replacement of abrasion resistant paint by
wear resistant paint is allowed as an alternative.
(c) Apply the wear/abrasion resistant paint on the repair area.

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesMay259/260
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint for Lower Skin and Leading Edge
Figure 210 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug261/262
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Repair of Wear/Abrasion Resistant Paint for Lower Skin and Leading Edge
Figure 210 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−11 PagesAug263/264
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP − STRUCTURE COMPLETE

1. Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Spar Box − Rib 1 thru Rib 7 Figure 1 (sheet 1)


− Spar Box − Rib 8 thru Rib 14 Figure 1 (sheet 2)
− Rib 9 and Rib 10 Before Modification Figure 1 (sheet 3)
22664K2572
− Rib 9 and Rib 10 After Modification Figure 1 (sheet 4)
22664K2572L
− Rib 9 and Rib 10 After Modification Figure 1 (sheet 5)
26712K4940
− Stiffener between Rib 12 and Rib 13 Be Figure 1 (sheet 6)
fore Modification 22664K2572
− Stiffener between Rib 12 and Rib 13 Af Figure 1 (sheet 7)
ter Modification 22664K2572
− Rib 14 Figure 1 (sheet 8)
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−52−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 MayPage 1
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spar Box − Rib 1 thru Rib 7


Figure 1 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 AugPage 2
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Spar Box − Rib 8 thru Rib 14


Figure 1 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 AugPage 3
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 9 and Rib 10 Before Modifikation 22664K2572


Figure 1 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 FebPage 4
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 9 and Rib 10 After Modifikation 22664K2572L


Figure 1 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 FebPage 5
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 9 and Rib 10 After Modification 26712K4940


Figure 1 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 FebPage 6
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stiffener between Rib 12 and Rib 13 Before Modification 22664K2572


Figure 1 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 FebPage 7
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Stiffener between Rib 12 and Rib 13 After Modification 22664K2572


Figure 1 (sheet 7)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 FebPage 8
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rib 14
Figure 1 (sheet 8)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 AugPage 9
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Rib, end, inside T7351 D57570095200


DAN26H63 201
1A Rib, end, inside T7351 D57570095202 A20463J0190C
DAN26H63 203
5 Angle, connect Composite D57570181054 B22664K2572E
ing
5A Angle, rib 2 T42 D57570546210 A22664K2572R
ABS5044A020 211
2.0 (0.079)
10 Angle, connect Composite D57570184000 B22664K2572E
ing 001
10A Angle, rib 1 T42 D57570546208 A22664K2572R
ABS5044A020 209
2.0 (0.079)
15 Angle, connect Composite D57570181048 B22664K2572E
ing
15A Angle, rib 2 T42 D57570546212 A22664K2572R
ABS5044A020 2.0 (0.079)
20 Angle, connect Composite D57570181046 B22664K2572
ing
25 Angle, connect Composite D57570181044 B22664K2572
ing
30 Angle, connect Composite D57570181042 B22664K2572
ing
35 Angle, connect Composite D57570181040 B22664K2572
ing
40 Lug, hoisting D57570234000
assy 001
40A Lug, hoisting D57570234002 A22664K2572
assy 003 A34676K9676C
45 Rib 7 Composite D57570164000
001
45A Rib 7 T42 D57570541200 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 201 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
50 Rib 6 Composite D57570163000
001
50A Rib 6 T42 D57570540200 A22664K2572A
ABS5044A022 201
2.2 (0.087)
ASSY Dwg.: D57570085, D57570125, D57570510

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 MayPage01/1510
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

50B Rib 6 T42 D57570540202 A22664K2572E


ABS5044A022 203 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
55 Rib 5 Composite D57570162000
001
55A Rib 5 T42 D57570539200 A22664K2572A
ABS5044A022 201
2.2 (0.087)
55B Rib 5 T42 D57570539202 01 A22664K2572E
ABS5044A022 203 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
60 Rib 4 Composite D57570161000
001
60A Rib 4 T42 D57570538200 A22664K2572A
ABS5044A022 201
2.2 (0.087)
60B Rib 4 T42 D57570538202 A22664K2572E
ABS5044A022 203 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
65 Rib 3 Composite D57570160000
001
65A Rib 3 T42 D57570537200 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 201 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
70 Lug, hoisting D57570230000
assy 001
70A Lug, hoisting D57570230002 A22664K2572
assy 003 A34676K9676C
75 Rib, nose, inner T7351 D57570084200
DAN26H80 201
75A Rib, nose, inner T7351 D57570084204 A22664K2572M
DAN26H80 205
75B Rib, nose, inner T7351 D57570084206 A26578K4920
DAN26H80 207
80 Track 1, rib D57570208000
assy 001
80A Track 1, rib D57570208002 A22664K2572
assy 003
80B Track 1, rib D57570208006 A23775K3401A
assy 007
ASSY Dwg.: D57570075, D57570125, D57570210, D57570505, D57570510

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 NovPage01/1311
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

80C Track 1, rib D57570652002 A34676K9676D


assy 003
85 Angle, reinforc Composite D57570183000 B22998K2533
ing 001
90 Angle, reinforc Composite D57570183002 B22998K2533
ing 003
95 Angle, reinforc Composite D57570183004 B22998K2533
ing 005
100 Profile, sealing Composite D57570097000
100A Profile, sealing T7351 D57570088200 A25775K4742
DAN26H20
105 Profile, sealing Composite D57570097002
105A Profile, sealing T7351 D57570088202 03 A25775K4742D
DAN26H20
105B Profile, sealing T7351 D57570088204 A35461J2581
DAN26H20
110 Angle, connect Composite D57570181028 B22664K2572
ing
115 Rib 13 Composite D57570168000
001
115A Rib 13 T42 D57570545200 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 201 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
120 Angle, connect Composite D57570181030 B22664K2572
ing
125 Rib 12 Composite D57570167000
001
125A Rib 12 T42 D57570544200 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 201 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
130 Lug, hoisting D57570232000
assy 001
130A Lug, hoisting D57570232002 A22664K2572
assy 003 A34676K9676C
135 Rib 11 Composite D57570166000
001
135A Rib 11 T42 D57570543200 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 201 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
ASSY Dwg.: D57570085, D57570125, D57570510, D57570512

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 MayPage01/1512
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

140 Angle, connect Composite D57570181032 B22664K2572


ing
145 Angle, connect Composite D57570181038 B22664K2572
ing
150 Rib 8 Composite D57570165000
001
150A Rib 8 T42 D57570542200 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 201 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
155 Angle, reinforc Composite D57570183006 A20533K1954
ing 007
160 Profile, con T351 D57570171218 B22998K2533
necting ABS5044A016 1.6 (0.063)
165 Profile, con T42 D57570171212 B22664K2572
necting ABS5044A016 213
1.6 (0.063)
165A Angle, rib 9 T42 D57570546204 A22664K2572L
ABS5044A022 205
2.2 (0.087)
170 Profile, con D57570171005
necting 004
170A Profile, con T42 D57570171215 A20533K1954
necting ABS5044A016 214
1.6 (0.063)
170B Angle, rib 10 T42 D57570546202 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 203 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
175 Profile, con D57570171004
necting 005
175A Profile, con T42 D57570171214 A20533K1954
necting ABS5044A016 215
1.6 (0.063)
175B Angle, rib 10 T42 D57570546203 A22664K2572
ABS5044A022 202 A34676K9676C
2.2 (0.087)
180 Strip T351 D57570289200 B22664K2572
ABS5044A010 201
1.0 (0.039)
185 Elbow D57570370000 B20516K0985D
185A Elbow DAN2000T6 D57570370206 A20516K0985C
ASSY Dwg.: D57570075, D57570125, D57570510

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 NovPage01/1313
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

190 Strip, Ti 3.7164.1 D57570290200 B22664K2572


LN9297−3.2 201
195 Bracket 3.4364T7351 D57570296200 03 B20533K1954A
DAN26−40 201
195A Bracket 3.4364T7351 D57570296202 A20533K1954
DAN26−40 203
200 Filler 3.7164.1 D57570290202 B22664K2572
LN9297H20
205 Angle D57570365000 B22664K2572
205A Angle D57570365002 A22664K2572L
210 Bracket 3.4364T7351 D57570295200 B20533K1954A
DAN26−40 201
210A Bracket 3.4364T7351 D57570295202 A20533K1954
DAN26−40 203
215 Rib, nose T7351 D57570104200 B20533K1954A
DAN26H100 201
215A Rib, nose T7351 D57570104202 A20533K1954
DAN26H100 203
215B Rib, nose T7351 D57570104204 A22664K2572L
DAN26H100 205
220 Spar, front Composite D57570150008
009
220A Spar, front, T7351 D57570533200 A22664K2572N
inside DAN26H40 201
220B Spar, front, T7351 D57570533204 A26578K4920
inside DAN26H40 205
220C Spar, front, T7351 D57570535200 A26712K4940
inside DAN26H40 201 A34676K9676C
225 Track 2 D57570202202 B22664K2572
203
made from
D57570201208
225A Track 2 D57570202204 01 A22664K2572L
205
made from
D57570201208
230 Profile, con T42 D57570171213 B22664K2572
necting ABS5044A016 212
1.6 (0.063)
ASSY Dwg.: D57570125, D57570295, D57570510, D57570511, D57570553

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 NovPage01/1314
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

230A Angle, rib 9 T42 D57570546205 A22664K2572L


ABS5044A022 204
2.2 (0.087)
235 Spar, auxiliary T42 D57570093200
ABS5043D012 201
1.2 (0.047)
235A Spar, auxiliary T42 D57570093202 A20463J0190
ABS5043D012 203
1.2 (0.047)
240 Spar, rear Composite D57570151000
001
240A Spar, rear T7351 D57570534200 A22664K2572N
DAN26H30 201
240B Spar, rear T7351 D57570534202 A26578K4920
DAN26H30 203
240C Spar, rear T7351 D57570536200 A26712K4940B
DAN26H32 201
240D Spar, rear T7351 D57570536202 A34676K9676C
DAN26H32 203
245 Profile, con T42 D57570171213 B22664K2572
necting ABS5044A016 212
1.6 (0.063)
245A Angle, rib 9 T42 D57570546205 A22664K2572L
ABS5044A022 204
2.2 (0.087)
250 Spar, front, T7351 D57570533202 A22664K2572L
outside DAN26H40 203
250A Spar, front, T7351 D57570535202 A26712K4940
outside DAN26H40 203 A34676K9676C
255 Bracket assy D57570553000 A22664K2572L
001
260 Strip, AL T42 D57570549200 A22664K2572L
ABS5044A020 201
2.0 (0.079)
265 Strip, TI 3.7164.1 D57570548200 A22664K2572L
LN9297H32 201
270 Strip, front T351 D57570546200 A22664K2572L
spar/rib 10 ABS5044A022 2.2 (0.087)
275 Bracket, rib 9 T7351 D57570629200 A26712K4940
DAN26H60 A34676K9676C
ASSY Dwg.: D57570085, D57570125, D57570510, D57570511, D57570512

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 NovPage01/1315
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

280 Bracket T7351 D57570618200 A26712K4940


DAN26H20 201 A34676K9676C
285 Angle, el. T351 D57570632202 A26712K4940B
ABS5044A016 203
1.6 (0.063)
285A Angle, el. D57570632000 A34676K9676C
001
1.6 (0.063)
290 Strip, lightning T351 D57570617200 A26712K4940
protection ABS5044A016 1.6 (0.063) A34676K9676C
295 Doubler, track 2 T42 D57570558200 A26712K4940
ABS5044A060 201 A34676K9676C
300 Angle D57570365002 A26712K4940
A34676K9676C
305 Rib 10 T7451 D57570607200 A26712K4940
DAN26F130 201 A34676K9676C
310 Rib 9, assy D57570608000 A26712K4940B
001
310A Rib 9, assy D57570608002 A34676K9676C
003
315 Angle, connect Composite D57570181040 B20533K1954A
ing
315A Angle, connect Composite D57570181056 A20516K0985
ing
320 Angle Composite D57570169002
320A Stiffener, T7351 D57570547202 A22664K2572
stringer 4 DAN26H32 203 A34676K9676C
325 Plate Composite D57570169004 B22664K2572
330 Angle, stiffener D57570287000 B22664K2572
335 Angle, connect Composite D57570181040 B22664K2572
ing
340 Angle, stiffener D57570287002 B22664K2572
assy
345 Angle, stiffener D57570287004 B22664K2572
350 Angle Composite D57570169002 B22664K2572
355 Angle, connect Composite D57570181040 B22664K2572
ing
360 Bearing, pylon T7351 D57570303202
DAN26H50 203
ASSY Dwg.: D57570125, D57570304, D57570510, D57570511, D57570512

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 NovPage01/1316
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

360A Bearing, pylon T7351 D57570659200 A34676K9676A


ABS5064A100 201
365 Angle, bearing T7351 D57570351200 B34676K9676A
DAN26H30 201
370 Angle, bearing T7351 D57570350200 B34676K9676A
DAN26H30 201
375 Stiffener, T7351 D57570547200 A22664K2572
stringer 3 DAN26H60 201 A34676K9676C
380 Bracket assy D57570281000
001
380A Bracket assy D57570281002 A22664K2572
003
385 Rib, outer end T7351 D57570283204
DAN26H70 205
385A Rib, outer end T7351 D57570283206 A22664K2572N
DAN26H70 207
385B Rib, outer end T7351 D57570283208 A26578K4920A
DAN26H70 209
390 Angle, connect Composite D57570181052 B22664K2572F
ing
395 Angle T42 D57570357200
LN9496A270 201
395A Angle T42 D57570357204 A33438K8402
LN9496A270 205
400 Fitting, nose T7351 D57570282204
DAN26H40 205
400A Fitting, nose T7351 D57570282206 A22664K2572N
DAN26H40 207
400B Fitting, nose T7351 D57570282208 A26578K4920A
DAN26H40 209
405 Rib, end, out T42 D57570096200
side ABS5043D014 201
1.4 (0.055)
405A Rib, end, out T7351 D57570098206 A20463J0190
side DAN26H55 207
410 Rib, end, out T7351 D57570098202 B20463J0190
side DAN26H10
415 Rib, end, out T7351 D57570098200 B20463J0190
side DAN26H16 201
ASSY Dwg.: D57570075, D57570085, D57570125, D57570279, D57570280, D57570304,
D57570357, D57570510, D57570658

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 MayPage01/1517
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

420 Angle T3 D57570352200


ABS5043D016 201
1.6 (0.063)
420A Angle T3 D57570352202 A22664K2572
ABS5043D016 203 A34676K9676C
1.6 (0.063)
425 Elbow D57570370000 B20516K0985D
425A Elbow DAN2000T6 D57570370206 A20516K0985C
430 Angle, connect Composite D57570181014
ing
430A Angle, rib 14 T351 D57570546206 A22664K2572
ABS5044A016 1.6 (0.063) A34676K9676C
ASSY Dwg.: D57570075, D57570125, D57570510

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 NovPage01/1318
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP - STRUCTURE COMPLETE

1. General
No General and/or Specific Allowable Damage specified. In case of any damÈ
age contact AIRBUS INDUSTRIE.

Printed in Germany
57-52-21 Page 101
Feb 01/02
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP − STRUCTURE COMPLETE

1. General

This topic contains repair procedures for damage to the inboard flap struc
ture. The applicable repairs are shown in Table 201 and are described in
more detail in the text that follows.

NOTE: For the definition of repair categories, refer to Chapter 51−11−14.

NOTE: For damage/repair data recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

2. Safety Precautions
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUND, SEALANT, SPECIAL MATERIAL AND STRUC
TURE PAINT. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.
CAUTION: USE ONLY SPECIFIED CLEANING MATERIALS AND SOLUTIONS OR THEIR
EQUIVALENTS. THE SURFACE PROTECTION COULD BE DAMAGED IF UNSPECIFIED
MATERIALS ARE USED. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE MANUFACTURER’S MIX
ING, APPLICATION AND TREATMENT INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOLLOWED.

CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND ELEC


TRICAL SYSTEMS, THE AREA SURROUNDING THE REPAIR MUST BE COVERED
WITH PLASTIC FOIL MASKING TAPE.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: HIDDEN DAMAGE CAN LEAD TO FAILURE OF THE REPAIR OR SURROUNDING


STRUCTURE.
3. Repair Scheme

REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE
CATEGORY
Inboard−Flap Track No. 2 Fairing−Bracket
4.A. 201 A
− Replacement
Table 201
4. Inboard−Flap Structure Complete − Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE TABLE 202.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

A. Inboard−Flap Track No. 2 Fairing−Bracket − Replacement

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−52−21 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

This repair is for the removal and replacement of a damaged inboard−flap


track No. 2 fairing−bracket.
NOTE: This repair is only applicable after Modification 22664K2572 and
before Modification 26712K4940.

NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−52−00 Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

NOTE: For the general requirements applicable for this repair, refer to
Chapter 51−70−20.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 202
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Fairing Bracket 1 Refer to Figure 201
2 Hi−Lok Pin 2 Refer to Figure 201
3 Hi−Lok Pin 2 Refer to Figure 201
4 Hi−Lok Collar 4 Refer to Figure 201

− Sealant (Corrosion inhibit AR Material No. 09−013, refer to


ing brush consistency) Chapter 51−35−00
− Cleaning agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003, refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−11
− Structure paint (Flexible AR Material No. 16−021A, refer to
polyurethane) Chapter 51−35−00
(2) Repair Instructions, refer to Figure 201

(a) Remove the inboard flap from the wing, refer to AMM Chapter
27−54−61 Page Block 401.

(b) Put the flap on an appropriate jig.

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−52−21 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Disassemble the track No. 2 area as necessary to get access to


the track No. 2 fairing bracket, refer to CMM Chapter
57−52−21Page Block 301.

(d) Remove the fasteners from the fairing bracket. Remove the fairing
bracket, refer to Figure 201, Sheet 2.

NOTE: Take precautions to prevent damage to the flap Carbon−Fibre


Reinforced−Plastic (CFRP) skin.
(e) Increase the diameter of the 3 inspection/drain holes from 10 mm
(0.394 in.) to 15 mm (0.591 in.), refer to Figure 201, Sheet 2.

NOTE: This will help with the removal of the fastener tails (use
low mechanical feed per cutting edge to avoid delamination,
consider also PMS 01−03−33, Paragraph 3).
(f) Remove all the fastener tails from the internal structure of the
flap.

(g) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003).
(h) Examine the repair area and flap CFRP skin. If damage is found
contact AIRBUS.

(i) Use the bracket as a template and transfer drill the existing
holes from the bracket to the new serviceable bracket, refer to
Figure 201, Sheet 2.
NOTE: For margin data and rivet spacing, refer to Chapter
51−47−00. If oversize rivets are used, refer to Chapter
51−43−00.

(j) Position and clamp the new bracket to the flap with locating
pins.
(k) Check the alignment of the new holes in the bracket and the at
tachment holes in the flap:
− If the holes in the bracket align with the holes in the flap
do steps (l) thru (ae).
− If there is any off−set and the holes do not align contact
AIRBUS.
(l) Ream all the holes to their final size, refer to Figure 201,
Sheet 2.

NOTE: Use transition fit for Hi−Lok fastener installation, refer


to Chapter 51−44−11.
(m) Remove the bracket and deburr all the holes.

(n) Clean the repair area and bracket with cleaning agent (methyl−
ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003).

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−52−21 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(o) Apply sealant (Corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material


No. 09−013) to the mating surface of the bracket.
(p) Position the bracket and install the applicable fasteners wet
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013), refer to Figure 201, Sheet 2 and Chapter 51−42−11.

NOTE: It is important that all the fasteners are installed within


the application life of the sealant. If this is not pos
sible, install at least every third fastener within the ap
plication life of the sealant. Refer to Chapter 51−76−00
for the application life of the sealant.

(q) Seal the edges of bracket with sealant (corrosion inhibiting


brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013), refer to Chapter
51−24−00.

(r) Let the sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material


No. 09−013) cure.

NOTE: For the curing time of the sealant (corrosion inhibiting


brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013), refer to the
manufacturer’s instructions.

(s) Apply structure paint (flexible polyurethane) (Material No.


16−021A) to the sealant bead of the bracket edges, refer to
Chapter 51−23−00.
(t) Pin the lever assy and angle to the bracket, refer to Figure
201, Sheet 1.

(u) Transfer drill the additional pilot hole from the bracket through
the lever assy.

(v) Drill the additional pilot hole to the same size as existing
holes in lever assy.

(w) Transfer drill the remaining 3 holes from the lever assy through
the bracket.

(x) Ream all the holes to their final size, refer to Figure 201,
Sheet 1.

NOTE: Use transition fit for Hi−Lok fastener installation, refer


to Chapter 51−44−11.

(y) Remove the lever assy and angle and deburr all the holes.

(z) Examine the holes in the lever assy:


− If the holes in the lever assy are ≤ 8 mm (0.315 in.) do
steps (aa) thru (ae).
− If the holes in the lever assy are > 8 mm (0.315 in.) replace
the lever assy.

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−52−21 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(aa)Apply sealant (Corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material


No. 09−013) to the mating surface of the lever assy and angle.
(ab)Position the lever assy and angle and install the applicable
fasteners wet with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consisten
cy) (Material No. 09−013), refer to Figure 201, Sheet 1 and
Chapter 51−42−11.

NOTE: It is important that all the fasteners are installed within


the application life of the sealant. If this is not pos
sible, install at least every third fastener within the ap
plication life of the sealant. Refer to Chapter 51−76−00
for the application life of the sealant.

(ac)Let the sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material


No. 09−013) cure.

NOTE: For the curing time of the sealant (corrosion inhibiting


brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013), refer to the
manufacturer’s instructions.

(ad)Install and assemble all the items removed from the track No. 2
area to get access to bracket in step (c), refer to CMM Chapter
57−52−21 Page Block 301.

(ae)Install the flap to the wing, refer to AMM Chapter 27−54−61 Page
Block 401.

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 PagesMay205/206
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Inboard−Flap Track No. 2 Fairing−Bracket − Replacement


Figure 201 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 PagesNov207/208
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Inboard−Flap Track No. 2 Fairing−Bracket − Replacement


Figure 201 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 PagesNov209/210
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Inboard−Flap Track No. 2 Fairing−Bracket Pilot Holes


Figure 201 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 PagesNov211/212
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Dimensions for the Manufacture of the Inboard−Flap Track No. 2 Fairing−Brack


et
Figure 201 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−52−21 PagesMay213/214
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

OUTBOARD FLAP

1. Modification/Service Bulletin List

This list shows the modifications and the MSN of the aircrafts which have
these modifications. Modifications with the same number, but different suf
fix letter show a different effectivity, refer to column ’S’.

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

20002K0001 A320 0004−0339


20002K0001 A A320 0004−0595
20002K0001 B A320 0004−9999
20007K0013 A320 0004−9999
20463J0190 A320 0004−9999
20463J0190 A A320 0340−9999
20516K1113 A320 0060−9999
21347K2202 A320 0004−0339
21347K2202 A A320 0060−0339
21347K2202 B A320 0090−0339
21347K2202 C A320 0340−9999
21347K2202 D A320 0002−0089
21347K2202 E A320 0090−2003
21347K2202 F A320 0002−2003
21347K2202 G A320 0004−2003
21347K2202 H A320 2006−9999
21347K2202 J A320 0596−9999
21347K2202 K A320 0090−2003
21958K1568 A320 0340−0594
21958K1568 A A320 0340−9999
21958K1568 B A320 0340−2003
21958K1568 C A320 0060−9999
21958K1568 D A320 0060−2003
22103K2250 A320 57−1038
22703K2663 A320 0340−9999
22703K2663 A A320 0340−0426
22703K2663 B A320 0427−9999
22703K2663 C A320 0427−0594
22703K2663 D A320 0596−9999
22703K2663 E A320 0340−0594
22703K2663 F A320 0427−2003
24283K3645 A320 0596−9999
24283K3645 A A320 0596−0702
24283K3645 B A320 0596−0924
24283K3645 C A320 0596−2003

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 NovPage 1
01/08
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MODIFICATION/ EFFECTIVITY SERVICE


PROPOSAL S A/C (MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER) BULLETIN

26712K4940 A320 0925−9999


26712K4940 A A320 0925−2003
31601K7402 A320 2006−9999
31601K7402 A A320 2006−2321
31601K7402 B A320 2322−9999
31601K7402 C A320 2006−4333,4340−4342,4355,4362,4365,
4378,4401,4423−4424,4429
31601K7402 D A320 2006−4907,4911,4919,4929,4938,4946,
4967,4977,4987,4997
33438K8402 A320 2322−9999
151076K14000 A320 4335−4339,4343−4354,4356−4361,
4363−4364,4366−4376,4379−4400,
4402−4421,4426,4431−9999
152192K15183 A320 4908−4909,4912−4918,4920−4928,
4930−4937,4939−4944,4947−4965,
4968−4975,4978−4986,4988−4996,
4999−9999

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 MayPage 2
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outboard Flap − Structural Arrangement


Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 FebPage 3
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Structural Arrangement

(Refer to Figure 1)

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

1 Skins and Plating Chapter 57−53−11


2 Structure Complete (Ribs and Spars) Chapter 57−53−21

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 FebPage 4
01/07
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

OUTBOARD FLAP

1. General

CAUTION: OBEY THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIR
CRAFT TYPE GIVEN IN TABLE 101.
CAUTION: FOR ALL ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE, RE
FER TO PARAGRAPH 3, GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: THE REWORKED AREA MUST BE CHECKED TO ENSURE THAT THE ALLOWABLE
DAMAGE LIMITS HAVE NOT BEEN EXCEEDED. WHEN THE LIMITS ARE EXCEEDED
A REPAIR IS NECESSARY. REFER TO THE COLUMN ’ACTION OR REPAIR’ IN
THE IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK.

A. This topic contains the allowable damage and related data applicable to
the outboard flap structure. This data is necessary to find the correct
repair procedure.

NOTE: For the definition of allowable damage, refer to Chapter 51−11−11.


NOTE: For the definition of repair categories, refer to Chapter 51−11−14.

NOTE: For damage/repair data recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 012,
A320−200
A320 200 013, 014, 018
011, 016 <1>
015, 017 <2>
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 101
<1> Only applicable to Paragraph 8.A., 8.B., 8.C., 8.D., 8.E., 8.F.,
8.G., 8.H., 8.I., 8.J., 8.K., 8.L., 8.M., 8.N., 8.O., 8.Q., 8.R.,
8.S. and 8.T..
<2> Only applicable to Paragraph 8.A., 8.B., 8.C., 8.D., 8.E., 8.F.,
8.G., 8.H., 8.I., 8.J., 8.K., 8.L., 8.M., 8.N., 8.O., 8.Q. and
8.R..

NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the


INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 101
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Damage Evaluation

Before you repair the damaged structure you must do a damage evaluation.
Refer to Chapter 51−77−10 for data.

3. Allowable Damage Description/Criteria

NOTE: No dents are allowed (especially no large smooth dents) in CFRP−Skin


in Zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. In case of any visible damage (e.g.
scratches, abrasions, indentions) NDT−inspection (e.g. tapping test,
woodpecker test or US−test) is required.

NOTE: For damage on metallic parts that require a HFEC inspection, please
refer to Chapter 51−11−11 Paragraph 1.D. for additional information.

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Scratches 8.A.
Abrasions 8.D.
Outboard Flap Zone 1 Delaminations 8.H. C
Debondings 8.L.
Penetrations 8.Q.
A
Scratches 8B
8.B.
C
A
Abrasions 8E
8.E.
C
Cracks 8.G. C
A
Debondings 8M
8.M.
Outboard Flap Zone 2 C
Dents in aluminum skin
with depth less than A
0.5 mm (0.020 in)
8O
8.O.
Dents in aluminum skin
with depth greater than C
0.5 mm (0.020 in)
Penetrations 8.R. C
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102

Page 102
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Outboard Flap Zone 3 Delaminations 8I
8.I.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P. <2>
Penetrations 8.S. C
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Outboard Flap Zone 4 Delaminations 8I
8.I.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P. <2>
Penetrations 8.T. C
Scratches <1> 8.C. C
Abrasions <1> 8.F. C
A
Outboard Flap Zone 5 Delaminations <1> 8J
8.J.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P. <2>
Penetrations 8.U. <2>
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Outboard Flap Zone 6 Delaminations 8K
8.K.
C
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P. <2>
Penetrations <1> 8.V. <2>
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102

Page 103
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REPAIR
DESCRIPTION CRITERIA/TYPE PARAGRAPH
CATEGORY
Scratches 8.C. C
Abrasions 8.F. C
A
Delaminations 8K
8.K.
Outboard Flap Zone 7 C
Debondings 8.N. A
Dents in CFRP skin 8.P. <2>
Penetrations 8.W. <2>
Allowable Damage Description/Criteria
Table 102
<1> Only applicable before Modification 31601K7402.

For the effectivity of the given Modification, refer to the Modifica


tion/Service Bulletin List in Chapter 57−53−00 Page Block 001.

<2> For repair category, contact AIRBUS.

4. Minimum Distance of Adjacent Damage


The allowable damage sizes relate to a minimum distance of adjacent damage.
Refer to Figure 102 if there are more than one damage in the same loca
tion. If the distance is less than permitted treat both damage as one.

5. Repair Zones
The outboard flap structure is divided into repair zones. These repair
zones show the zones of different structural importance of the component.
When you do a damage evaluation (Refer to Paragraph 2.) you must refer to
the repair zone data. The repair zone data for the outboard flap structure
are in Figure 101.
6. Allowable Damage

An allowable damage is a damage for which a structural repair is not nec


essary.

If this kind of damage has rough or sharp edges, smooth out the edges with
the correct abrasive cloth and restore the surface paint, if necessary. Re
place the surface paint, if necessary.

7. Repair Limits

A. The repair limits give the time limits in which a temporary or permanent
repairs must be performed. These time limits are given in Flight Cycle
(FC). To find the above given repair limits data, applicable to the dam
aged area, you must know the subsequent data.
− the repair zone applicable to the damaged area,

Page 104
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− the area, length or depth (as applicable) of the damage,


− the type of structure (for example monolithic or honeycomb),
− the type of damage (for example scratches, abrasions, cracks, delamina
tions, debondings and penetrations).

8. Outboard Flap − Allowable Damage

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 103. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 24283K3645.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


A. Outboard Flap − Zone 1, Scratches

NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable to zone 1 scratches for


sandwich leading edges before modification 24283K3645 and monolithic
leading edges after modification 24283K3645.

For zone 1 scratches allowable damage data, refer to Figure 103.


CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 104. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

B. Outboard Flap − Zone 2, Scratches

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 2


scratches on aluminum sandwich structure.
For zone 2 scratches allowable damage data, refer to Figure 104.

Page 105
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 105. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: FOR ZONE 5 THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFI
CATION 31601K7402.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

C. Outboard Flap − Zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, Scratches


For zone 3, 4, 5 (only before Modification 31601K7402), 6 and 7
scratches allowable damage data, refer to Figure 105.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 106. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.
CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 24283K3645.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

D. Outboard Flap − Zone 1, Abrasions


NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable to zone 1 abrasions for
sandwich leading edges before modification 24283K3645 and monolithic
leading edges after modification 24283K3645.

For zone 1 abrasions allowable damage data, refer to Figure 106.

Page 106
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 107. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

E. Outboard Flap − Zone 2, Abrasions


NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 2
abrasions on aluminum sandwich structure.

For zone 2 abrasions allowable damage data, refer to Figure 107.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 108. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: FOR ZONE 5 THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFI
CATION 31601K7402.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


F. Outboard Flap − Zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Abrasions

For zone 3, 4, 5 (only before Modification 31601K7402), 6 and 7 abra


sions allowable damage data, refer to Figure 108.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 109. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

G. Outboard Flap − Zone 2, Cracks


NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 2
cracks on aluminum sandwich structure.

For zone 2 cracks allowable damage data, refer to Figure 109.

Page 107
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 110. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 24283K3645.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

H. Outboard Flap − Zone 1, Delaminations


NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable to zone 1 delaminations
for sandwich leading edges before modification 24283K3645 and mono
lithic leading edges after modification 24283K3645.

For zone 1 delaminations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 110.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 111. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


I. Outboard Flap − Zone 3 and 4, Delaminations

For zone 3 and 4 delaminations allowable damage data, refer to Figure


111.

NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 111 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 31601K7402.

Page 108
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 112. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


31601K7402.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

J. Outboard Flap − Zone 5, Delaminations


For zone 5 (only before Modification 31601K7402) delaminations allowable
damage data, refer to Figure 112.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 113. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

K. Outboard Flap − Zone 6 and 7, Delaminations


For zone 6 and 7 delaminations allowable damage data, refer to Figure
113.

NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 113 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 31601K7402.

Page 109
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 114. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


24283K3645.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

L. Outboard Flap − Zone 1, Debondings


NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable to zone 1 debondings for
sandwich leading edges before modification 24283K3645.

For zone 1 debondings allowable damage data, refer to Figure 114.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 115. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001


AND BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


M. Outboard Flap − Zone 2, Debondings

NOTE: This allowable damage and repair data is applicable to zone 2 de
bondings of aluminum sandwich structure.

For zone 2 debondings allowable damage data, refer to Figure 115.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 116. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


N. Outboard Flap − Zone 7, Debondings

For zone 7 debondings allowable damage data, refer to Figure 116.

NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 116 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 31601K7402.

Page 110
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

O. For zone 2 dents in aluminum skin allowable damage data, refer to Figure
117.

(1) Do an Eddy Current inspection of the surrounding area to check for


further damage, refer to NTM Task 51−10−08−250−802.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND
BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

P. For zone 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 dents in CFRP skin allowable damage data,


refer to Figure 118.
CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 119. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THESE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ARE APPLICABLE BEFORE AND AFTER MOD
IFICATION 24283K3645.

FOR THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO MODIFI


CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

Q. Outboard Flap − Zone 1, Penetrations

NOTE: This allowable damage data is applicable to zone 1 penetrations for


sandwich leading edges before modification 24283K3645 and monolithic
leading edges after modification 24283K3645.
For zone 1 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 119.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

R. For zone 2 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 120.

Page 111
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 121. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

S. Outboard Flap − Zone 3, Penetrations


For zone 3 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 121.

NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 121 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 31601K7402.

CAUTION: THE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE AND REWORK MUST NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS GIVEN
IN FIGURE 122. IN CASE OF EXCEEDING LIMITS, REPAIR OR CONTACT
AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


T. Outboard Flap − Zone 4, Penetrations

For zone 4 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 122.

NOTE: The allowable damage limits given in Figure 122 are applicable be
fore and after Modification 31601K7402.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.

U. For zone 5 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 123.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
V. For zone 6 (only before Modification 31601K7402) penetrations allowable
damage data, refer to Figure 124.

NOTE: For allowable damage data, contact AIRBUS.

CAUTION: THIS ALLOWABLE DAMAGE IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND


BEFORE MODIFICATION 160500.
W. For zone 7 penetrations allowable damage data, refer to Figure 125.

Page 112
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outboard Flap Repair Zone Definition


Figure 101

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay113/114
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

How to measure the Distance between Damaged Areas


Figure 102

Page 115
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap Zone 1
Figure 103

Page 116
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 104

Page 117
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 105

Page 118
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 106

Page 119
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 107

Page 120
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 108

Page 121
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 109

Page 122
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flaps


Figure 110 (sheet 1)

Page 123
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flaps


Figure 110 (sheet 2)

Page 124
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 111

Page 125
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 112

Page 126
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 113

Page 127
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap Zone 1
Figure 114

Page 128
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 115

Page 129
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 116

Page 130
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 117

Page 131
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 118

Page 132
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 119 (sheet 1)

Page 133
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 119 (sheet 2)

Page 134
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 120

Page 135
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 121

Page 136
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 122

Page 137
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 123

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 124

Page 138
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Allowable Damage and Repair Limits for the Outboard Flap


Figure 125

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay139/140
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

OUTBOARD FLAP

1. General

A. This topic contains general repair procedures for the outboard flap. Re
fer to Paragraph 3. to find the repair scheme for these repair proce
dures.

NOTE: For a detailed definition of the Repair Categories, refer to Chap


ter 51−11−14.

NOTE: For Damage/Repair Data Recording, refer to Chapter 51−11−15.

NOTE: Refer to each repair to determine the repair applicability.


B. There are also specific repair procedures for the outboard flap in the
subsequent repair subjects:
− Chapter 57−53−11 Skins and Platings.

C. The structure of the outboard flap is divided into repair zones. For
location of repair zones refer to Chapter 57−53−00, Page Block 101.

Page 201
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2. Safety Precautions

There are risks to you and other persons when you work with composite re
pair materials. To minimize risks, read and obey the warnings given below.

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

WARNING: OBEY THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE CLEANING AGENTS,
ADHESIVES AND PAINTS. THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS.
WARNING: WEAR THE CORRECT PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FILTER MASK WHEN YOU CUT,
ABRADE OR DRILL COMPOSITE MATERIALS. THE DUST FROM COMPOSITE MA
TERIALS CAN GET INTO YOUR LUNGS OR ONTO YOUR SKIN AND CAUSE INJU
RIES. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE DUST WITH A VACUUM CLEANER.

WARNING: CARBON DUST IS ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE AND CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.


WHEN YOU WORK WITH CFRP COMPOSITE MATERIALS, IMMEDIATELY REMOVE
DUST WITH A VACUUM CLEANER.

WARNING: USE AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER WHEN YOU USE MAIN ELECTRIC POWER ON
THE AIRCRAFT. YOU MUST ONLY USE POWER TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH
ARE EXPLOSION PROOF.
CAUTION: FOR REPAIR EFFECTIVITY RELATED TO AIRCRAFT TYPE REFER TO PARAGRAPH
3, GIVEN IN THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SRM.

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY PER AIRCRAFT TYPE, WEIGHT VARIANT
AND REPAIR GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT REPAIR.

CAUTION: OBEY THE GIVEN INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE WHICH LEADS TO THE
APPLICABLE INSPECTION PROGRAM DEFINED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR IN
SPECTIONS (SRI) OF THE SRM, IF NECESSARY.

3. Repair Scheme

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Re
pair of Inner and Outer 8.A. 201 A −
Skin) <5>
Skin Repair − Covered A −
with Metal Strap
Strap, Zone 1 8B
8.B. 202
<5> C −
Delamination Clamp
p Repair,
p , A −
8C
8.C. 203
Zone 1, 3 and 4 C −

Table 201

Page 202
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Skin Repair, (High Speed
8.D. 204 C <7> −
Tape Repair)
Skin Repair − Fill with
Resin, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 8.E. 205 A −
6 and 7
Skin Repair − Covered
with Plies, Zone 1, 3, 4, 8.F. 206 A −
6 and 7
Skin Repair − Covered
8.F. 206 A −
with Plies, Zone 5 <1>
Outer Skin Repair, Zone
1, 3 and 4
This repair is inactive 8.G. 207 − −
since Revision dated Aug
01/11
Outer Skin Repair, Zone 5
<1>
This repair is inactive 8.G. 207 − −
since Revision dated Aug
01/11
Minor Debonding Repair,
8.H. − <2> −
Zone 1 and 2
Removal of Scratches and
Abrasions by Burnishing, 8.I. − <2> −
Zone 2
Crack Cover Skin Repair,
8.J. 208 A −
Zone 2
Skin Repair − Fill Core
and Dent with Resin, Zone 8.K. 209 A −
2
Skin Repair − Fill Dent
8.L. 210 A −
with Resin, Zone 2
External Bonded Metal
8.M. 211 A −
Doubler Repair, Zone 2
External Bonded Metal
Doubler and Core Repair, 8.N. 212 A −
Zone 2

Table 201

Page 203
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Upper and Lower Skin and
8.O. 213 A −
Core Repair, Zone 2
Trailing Edge − Plate Re
8.P. 214 A −
pair, Zone 2
Skin − Stringer Repair, A <3> −
Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Re 8Q
8.Q. 215
pair) C <4> −
Skin − Stringer − Rib Re A <3> −
pair with External Dou 8R
8.R. 216
bler, Zone 3 and 4 B <4> 57−53−00−2−002−00
Skin − Stringer − Rib Re A <3> −
pair Zone 3 and 4 (Flush
pair, 8S
8.S. 217
Repair) C <4> −
Skin − Stringer − Rib Re A <3> −
pair with Repair Angle
Angle, 8T
8.T. 218
Zone 3 and 4 B <4> 57−53−00−2−003−00
Skin Repair,
p , Zone 3 and 4 A <3> −
8U
8.U. 219
(Flush Repair) C <4> −
Cushion Attachment Tempo
8.Z. 224 C −
rary Repairs
Cushion Attachment Perma
8.V. 220 A −
nent Repair
Skin Repair
p with External A <3> −
8W
8.W. 221
Doubler, Zone 3 and 4 B <4> 57−53−00−2−004−00
Skin − Rib Repair with A <3> −
External Doubler,
Doubler Zone 3 8X
8.X. 222
and 4 B <4> 57−53−00−2−005−00
Skin − Spar Repair, Zone
6 (Flush Repair) <1> A <3> −
8.Y. 223
This repair is inactive
INACTIVE INACTIVE
since revision dated No C <4> −
vember 01/14
Skin Repair − Covered A −
with Metal Strap
Strap, Zone 1 8 AA
8.AA. 225
<6> C −

Table 201

Page 204
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INSPECTION
REPAIR
REPAIR PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH FIGURE INSTRUCTION REF
CATEGORY
ERENCE
Outer Skin Repair, Zone
8.AB. 226 A −
3, 4 and 5
Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Re
pair of Inner and Outer 8.AC. 227 A −
Skin) <6>

Table 201
<1> Only applicable before Modification 31601K7402.

<2> For the relevant repair category, refer to SRM Chapter 57−53−00 Page
Block 101

<3> This repair category is only applicable for repair option B (upper
shell and lower shell).
<4> This repair category is only applicable for repair option A (lower
shell).

<5> Only applicable before Modification 24283K3645.

<6> Only applicable after Modification 24283K3645.

<7> For the temporary repair life limitation, refer to SRM Chapter
57−53−00, Page Block 101.

4. Damage Evaluation

Before you repair the damaged structure you must do a damage evaluation.
Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.
5. Special Tools

To work with composite materials, it is necessary to use special tools.


Here are some examples:
− Explosion−proof tools are necessary if you will cause CFRP dust.
− Tools to cut or drill pre−cured CFRP materials must have very hard cut
ting edges, for example cutting wheels with diamond edges and twist−drills
made from high−speed steel.
− Tools to drill composite materials must have specially shaped cutting
edges.

Refer to Chapter 51−77−00 to find data about all the tools and equipment
necessary to make composite repairs.
6. Repair Materials

A. General

Page 205
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

All the materials necessary to make a repair are shown in the applicable
Repair Material List.
7. Repair Environment

Before you make a permanent repair, you must make sure that you have the
correct environmental conditions (for example when the aircraft is in a
warm and dry aircraft hangar).

It is important that the repair environment is clean and has constant room
temperature (18 C° (64.4 F°) thru 30 C° (86.0 F°)) and atmospheric humidity
(not more than 75%) during the repair procedure.

8. Outboard Flap − Repairs

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 202.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION


24283K3645.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

A. Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 202
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 206
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Internal Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 201


2 Honeycomb Core Plug 1 Refer to Figure 201
3 Blind Fastener 1 Refer to Figure 201

− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style),


Fabric (dry)) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m2
Fabric (dry)) Plainweave), (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 or 08−090
pound (Laminating Resin) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2))
− Special Material (Epoxy AR Material No. 05−091 or 05−092
Prepreg Carbon Fabric) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(9))
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 or 08−078
pound (Core Filler) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(1))
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Paste) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−003 or 11−004
(Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to
pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 201).

Page 207
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

WARNING: THE CFRP DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(b) Remove the damaged material. Cut out the damaged skin and honey
comb core to the correct shape and dimension (Refer to Figure
201).
(c) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

(d) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

(e) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.

(f) Manufacture the internal doubler (Item 1).

1 Make a forming block with the correct shape to assist in the


manufacture of the doubler.
2 Prepare the internal doubler with room temperature procedure
(Refer to Figure 201).

a Cut the special material (glass fabric) (Material No. 05−033)


or special material (carbon fabric) (Material No. 05−088) in
dimensions which allow corrections after curing.

b Put a parting film over the forming block.

c Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (laminating resin) (Ma


terial No. 08−070 or 08−090).

d Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (laminating


resin) to the forming block surface with a brush or a spatu
la.

e Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.

f Do the steps d and e for each repair layer until the origi
nal skin thickness is reached. For repair layer order refer
to Figure 201.

g Cover the wet layers with a peel ply and a parting film.
h Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating
resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

Page 208
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 Prepare the internal doubler with hot bonding procedure.

a Cut the special material (carbon prepreg) (Material No.


05−091 or 05−092) in dimensions which allow corrections after
curing.

b Put a parting film over the faying surface of the forming


block.

c Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).

d Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the faying
surface of the forming block.

e Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the repair layer to the edges.
f Remove the release paper from the patch.

g Do the steps c thru f for each carbon prepreg layer until


the original skin thickness is reached. For repair layer or
der refer to Figure 201.

h Cover the repair patch with peel−ply as necessary to reach


the correct resin content. Allow to cure under heat and
pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

(g) Remove heating equipment and peel−ply and cut the internal dou
bler to correct dimension (Refer to Figure 201).
(h) Put the internal doubler in the correct repair position.

(i) Mark and drill holes for the blind fasteners (Item 3), in accor
dance with Figure 201.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
201.

(j) Deburr the fastener holes.

(k) Prepare the faying surfaces of the internal doubler and repair
area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.M.(2).
(l) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.
08−078) to the faying surfaces of the internal doubler and the
repair area.

(m) Install the internal doubler with blind fasteners in accordance


with Figure 201.
(n) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2).

Page 209
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(o) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (core filler) (Material No.
08−078 or 08−010) with special material (thickening agent) (Mate
rial No. 05−089).

(p) Apply mixed adhesive to the structure and the surface of the
honeycomb core plug (Refer to Figure 201).

(q) Put the honeycomb core plug in the correct repair position.

(r) Remove the excess resin from the core with a spatula.
(s) Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(t) Abrade flush to the honeycomb or skin surface depending on the


repair option A thru C.

(u) Manufacture the repair layers (Refer to Option A, B or C, Figure


201).

1 Room temperature repair procedure.

a Cut the special material (carbon fabric) (Material No.


05−033) or special material (glass fabric) (Material No.
05−088) to the correct dimension.

b Mix the laminating resin (Material No. 08−070 or 08−090).

c Apply a layer of laminating resin to the structure with a


brush or a spatula.

d Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.

e Do the steps c and d for each repair layer until the origi
nal skin thickness is reached. For repair layer order refer
to Figure 201.

f Cover the wet layers with a special material (glass fabric


layer) (Material No. 05−033), a peel ply and a parting film.

g Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating


resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).
h Remove vacuum equipment and the unwanted resin from the re
pair area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade
280 first and then finish with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass layer.

2 Hot bonding repair procedure.

Page 210
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

a Cut the special material (carbon prepreg) (Material No.


05−091 or 05−092) to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure
201).

b Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive


film) (Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A) on the faying surfaces
of the repair area.

c Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).

d Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the faying
surface of the repair area.

e Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the repair layer to the edges.
f Remove the release paper from the patch.

g Do the steps a thru f for each repair layer until the origi
nal skin thickness is reached. For repair layer order refer
to Figure 201.

h Cover the repair−patch with a glass prepreg ply and a peel−


ply as necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to
cure under heat and pressure by using a vacuum bag. (Refer
to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5).

i After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply


and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then
finish with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass repair layer.

(v) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).
(w) Do an inspection of the repair.

(x) Restore the surfaces protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug211/212
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)


Figure 201

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug213/214
01/11
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 203.
CAUTION: THESE REPAIRS ARE ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 24283.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

B. Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1.


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 203
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 215
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 1 Refer to Figure 202


2 Doubler 2 1 Refer to Figure 202
3 Support Rib 1 Refer to Figure 202
4 Support Rib (Alternative) AR Refer to Figure 202
5 Angle 1 Refer to Figure 202
6 Self Adhesive Aluminum Tape AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to
(High Speed Tape) Figure 202)

− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−003 or 11−004


(Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−018B (Refer to
pound (Plastic Bonding) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Fuel Tank Sealant AR Material No. 09−001D (Refer to
Polysulfide) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Interfay Sealant) AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 20−031 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Glass AR Glass Fabric (120 Style) Materi
Fabric (dry)) al No. 05−033 (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure (Refer to Figure 202).

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

Page 216
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Mark the repair area in accordance with Figure 202.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and honeycomb core to the correct shape
and dimensions.

NOTE: Observe the different cutouts for the various options.

(d) Deburr the edge of the cutout.

(e) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.
(f) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

CAUTION: THE TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

(3) Repair Procedure Option A (Temporary − Doubler with blind fastener)


(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 202


sheet 2).

2 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is longer than 300


mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 3) and angle
(Item 5) or alternative support rib (Item 4) as shown in Fig
ure 202 sheet 6 and 7.

3 Transfer drill the existing holes to the doubler and drill the
additional holes in the doubler as shown in Figure 202.
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
202.

4 If necessary, mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib


and the angle (Refer to Figure 202).
5 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING IS DANGEROUS.

6 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Refer to Chap


ter 51−21−11):
− Chromic acid anodizing (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane primer) (Material No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane grey top coat) (Material No.
16−002).

(b) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (core fillers) (Material No.
08−010 or 08−078) with special material (thickening agent) (Mate
rial No. 20−031).

Page 217
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Fill the honeycomb core in the repair area with mixed adhesive
in accordance with Figure 202.
(d) Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(e) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (plastic bonding) or (two part
paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−018B or 08−078).

(f) Apply adhesive and a glass−layer to the edges of the structure


(Refer to Figure 202 sheet 2).
(g) Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(h) Transfer drill the existing holes of the doubler to the CFRP−skin
as shown in Figure 202.

NOTE: Install the support rib and angle or the alternative sup
port rib to the doubler, if spanwise cut−out length is
longer than 300 mm (11.811 in).

(i) Position all repair parts in the repair area with pins and
clamps.
(j) Drill the existing fastener holes in the final diameter.

(k) Install all fasteners wet with sealant (Material No. 09−001D or
09−013 or 09−005) in accordance with Figure 202 sheet 2.

NOTE: For fastener MS21140 dip the lower part in primer (Material
No. 16−001) and install fastener within 5 minutes to im
prove the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to in
ternal aluminum structure.

(l) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

(m) Do an inspection of the repair.


(n) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(4) Repair Procedure Option B (Permanent − Bonded doubler)

(a) Manufacture the repair parts.


1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 202
sheet 3).

2 Chamfer the doubler as shown in Figure 202 sheet 3.

3 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is longer than 300


mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 3) and angle
(Item 5) or alternative support rib (Item 4) as shown in Fig
ure 202 sheet 6 and 7.

Page 218
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4 Transfer drill the existing holes to the doubler as shown in


Figure 202.
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
202.

5 If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib and
angle (Refer to Figure 202).

6 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING IS DANGEROUS.

7 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Refer to Chap


ter 51−21−11):
− Chromic acid anodizing (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane primer) (Material No. 16−001)
− structure paint (polyurethane grey top coat) (Material No.
16−002).

8 Install the support rib and angle or alternative support rib to


the doubler, if spanwise cut−out length is longer than 300 mm
(11.811 in).
(b) Do steps (b) thru (g) as given in Paragraph 8.B.(3).

(c) Position the doubler in the repair area.

(d) Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and allow the adhesive to
cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).
(e) Drill the existing fastener holes in the final diameter and
install the fasteners wet with sealant (Material No. 09−001D or
09−013 or 09−005).
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
202.

NOTE: For fastener MS21140 dip the lower part in primer (Material
No. 16−001) and install fastener within 5 minutes to im
prove the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to in
ternal aluminum structure.
NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter
51−42−00.

(f) Apply a bead of sealant (Material No. 09−001D or 09−013 or


09−005) to edge of the doubler (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

(g) Clean the repair area and repair parts with cleaning agent (Ma
terial No. 11−003 or 11−004).

(h) Do an inspection of the repair area.

Page 219
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(i) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

(5) Repair Procedure Option B (Temporary − Bonded doubler)

(a) Do step 1 thru 8 as given in Paragraph 8.B.(4)(a).

(b) Fill the honeycomb core in the repair area with sealant (Material
No. 09−001D or 09−013 or 09−005) in accordance with Figure 202
sheet 3.

(c) Install the support rib and angle or alternative support rib to
the doubler, if spanwise cut−out length is longer than 300 mm
(11.811 in).
(d) Apply sealant at the sandwich structure as shown in Figure 202
sheet 3.

(e) Position the doubler in the repair area.

(f) Drill the existing fastener holes in the final diameter.


NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
202.

(g) Install the fasteners wet with sealant (Material No. 09−001D or
09−013 or 09−005).

NOTE: For fastener MS21140 dip the lower part in primer (Material
No. 16−001) and install fastener within 5 minutes to im
prove the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to in
ternal aluminum structure.

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.
(h) Remove excessive sealant.

(i) Clean the repair area and repair parts with cleaning agent (Ma
terial No. 11−003 or 11−004).

(j) Do an inspection of the repair area.


(k) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(6) Repair Procedure Option C (Permanent − Doubler with blind fastener in


front spar)

(a) Do all steps given in Paragraph 8.B.(3)


NOTE: Obey the special preparation of the damaged structure given
in Figure 202 sheet 4.

Page 220
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 50 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT) OR 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).
(7) Repair Procedure Option D (Temporary with High Speed Tape, refer to
Figure 202)

(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 202


sheet 5).
2 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is more than 300 mm
(11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 3) and angle (Item
5) or the alternative support rib (Item 4) as shown in Figure
202 sheet 6 and 7.
3 If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib and
angle or alternative support rib (Refer to Figure 202).

4 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004).

5 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:


− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

(b) Cut the self adhesive aluminum tape (high speed tape) (Material
No. 08−052) to the required length (Refer to Figure 202 sheet
5).

(c) Apply high speed tape on the repair area to close the honeycomb
core and remove wrinkles and any trapped air below high speed
tape, refer to Figure 202 sheet 5.
NOTE: Applicable only for temporary repair with 50 FC (FH not
relevant).

(d) Apply sealant (interfay sealant) (Material No. 09−005) or fuel


tank sealant polysulfide (Material No. 09−001D) or sealant (cor
rosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) on the
repair area to close the honeycomb core and apply a sealant lay
er on the contact surfaces between doubler and CFRP structure
(Refer to Figure 202 sheet 5).

NOTE: Applicable only for temporary repair with 1 000 FC (FH not
relevant).

Page 221
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) If necessary drill the holes in the support rib and angle or al
ternative support rib to the final diameter.
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
202.

(f) If necessary install the fastener in the support rib and angle
or alternative support rib wet with sealant (interfay sealant)
(Material No. 09−005) or fuel tank sealant polysulphide (Material
No. 09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)
(Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: For fastener MS21140 dip the lower part in primer (Material
No. 16−001) and install fastener within 5 minutes to im
prove the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to in
ternal aluminum structure.

(g) Position all the repair parts in the repair area with pins and
clamps.

(h) Cut the high speed tape (Material No. 08−052) to the required
length, refer to Figure 202 sheet 5.
(i) Apply five layers of high speed tape (Material No. 08−052) on
the doubler. For the directions of applying high speed tape, re
fer to Figure 202 sheet 5.

(j) Remove wrinkles and trapped air below the layers of high speed
tape.

(k) Do the inspection of the repair area.

(l) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 222
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug223/224
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug225/226
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug227/228
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug229/230
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug231/232
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 6)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesAug233/234
01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 202 (sheet 7)

Page 235
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 204.
CAUTION: FOR TEMPORARY REPAIR LIFE LIMITATIONS, REFER TO CHAPTER 57−53−00
PAGE BLOCK 101.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


C. Delamination Clamp Repair, Zone 1, 3 and 4

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: This delamination clamp repair in zone 1, 3 and 4 is only applica


ble to the outboard flap and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 204
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Fastener AR Refer to Figure 203
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure (Refer to Figure 203).

(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003).

(b) Lay up a net out of equilateral triangles with the edge length
of 6 times hole diameter (Refer to Figure 203).

(c) Mark all fastener centers in the repair area.

Page 236
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Drill the correct hole diameter.

(e) For large delaminations perform the repair in steps. Start dril
ling at the outer hole locations. Install the correct fastener
into the holes before you drill the next fastener hole. This
prevents an enlargement of the delamination.

(f) Install the fasteners with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush


consistency) (Material No. 09−013) as shown in Figure 203 (Refer
to Chapter 51−76−11).

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

(g) Remove the unwanted sealant with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003).
(h) Do an inspection of the repair.

(i) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 237
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Delamination Clamp Repair, Zone 1, 3 and 4


Figure 203

Page 238
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 205.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

D. Skin Repair, (High Speed Tape Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3..

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin, (high speed tape
repair) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 205
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Cleaning Agent AR Material No 11−003 (Refer to


Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to
pound (High Speed Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure (Refer to Figure 204).

(a) Do the repair given in Chapter 51−77−12, Paragraph 2.A..

(b) Do an inspection of the repair.

(c) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 239
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, (High Speed Tape Repair)


Figure 204

Page 240
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 206.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

E. Skin Repair − Fill with Resin, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3..

NOTE: This repair − fill with resin is applicable for damage to the
skin, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 and is effective as follows

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 206
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 or 08−017A


pound (Adhesive) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 205).

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.D.).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).

Page 241
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Dry the Sandwich Structure (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.G.).
(d) Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (Adhesive) (Material No.
08−051 or 08−017A) with special material (thickening agent) (Ma
terial No. 05−089).

(e) Fill the damaged area with mixed adhesive and cover it with a
parting film (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 3.B.(2)).
(f) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with the material specifica
tions.

NOTE: Optimum performance is achieved after post−curing. Curing


cycle shall be in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.
(g) Remove the parting film.

(h) Smooth the repair area to the component contour with abrasive
cloth grade 280 and complete with cloth grade 400.

(i) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003)
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.E.).
(j) Do an inspection of the repair.

(k) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 242
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Fill with Resin Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Figure 205

Page 243
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 207.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

F. Skin Repair − Cover with Plies, Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3..

NOTE: This repair is only applicable, if overlap or scarf does not af
fect metal surface of the trailing edge.

NOTE: This repair − cover with plies is applicable for damage to the
skin, zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 207
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 244
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 or 08−090


pound (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2))
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−003 or 11−004
(Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−33−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−017A or 08−051
pound (Adhesive) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to
Fabric (dry)) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (Refer to
Fabric (dry)) Chapter 51−35−00) (190 g/m2
Plainweave) (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Adhesive Film AR DAN 1050 A35/A40 EP 125 (Refer
to Chapter 51−33−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions Room Temperature Repair

(a) Remove the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.D.(2)).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).

(c) Option A (Refer to Figure 206).

1 Prepare bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.


08−017A or 08−051)
2 Fill the damage area with adhesive and cover it with a parting
film (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 3.B.(2)).

3 Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

Page 245
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4 Remove the parting film.

5 Use abrasive cloth grade 280 to smooth cured adhesive to com


ponent contour.

6 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.E.).

7 Cut the special material (dry fabric repair plies) (Material


No. 05−033 or 05−088) to the correct dimensions.
NOTE: Use the following ply orientation: ± 45, 0/90 ± 45, until
required thickness is reached.

8 Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (laminating resin) (Mate


rial No. 08−070 or 08−090) and apply a layer of laminating
resin to the repair area with a brush or spatula.

9 Put the repair layer in its repair position. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and excess
resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the repair
layer to the edges.
10 Remove the parting film.

11 Do the steps 8.F.(2)(c)8 thru 8.F.(2)(c)10 for each repair lay


er until original thickness is reached.

12 Cover with a peel ply and a parting film. Apply pressure with
a vacuum bag and let the resin cure according to supplier’s
data sheet.

13 Remove vacuum equipment, peel−ply and unwanted resin after cur


ing. Smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280 and com
plete with abrasive cloth grade 400.
14 Do an inspection of the repair.

15 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(d) Option B (Refer to Figure 206).

1 Do the steps 7 thru 15 in repair procedure option A.


NOTE: Obey the special preparation of the damaged structure
given in Figure 206.

(3) Repair Procedure − Hot Bonding Repair (Refer to Figure 206).

NOTE: Remove all heat affected fasteners (> 80 C° (176. F°)) within
the heating zone.

Page 246
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MATERIALS HAVE REACHED AMBIENT TEMPERA
TURE BEFORE YOU REMOVE PROTECT COVERINGS. DO NOT THIN ADHE
SIVE FILM BY EXTENDING OR FOLDING. TOUCH ADHESIVE FILM OF
PREPREG FABRIC ONLY WITH CLEAN WHITE GLOVES TO PREVENT MA
TERIAL CONTAMINATION. COMPLETE REPAIR BEFORE ’OUT OF REFRIG
ERATION’ TIME LIMIT HAS EXPIRED (REFER TO MATERIAL SPECIFI
CATION).

(a) Remove the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.D.(2)).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).

(c) Option A (Refer to Figure 206).


NOTE: Find out the number and the orientation of the repair plies
at the tapered edges.

1 Prepare bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.


08−017A or 08−051).
2 Fill the damage area with adhesive and cover it with a parting
film (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 3.B.).

3 Let the adhesive cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

4 Remove the parting film.


5 Use abrasive cloth grade 280 to smooth cured adhesive to com
ponent contour.

6 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.E.).

7 Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)


(Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A) to size and put it on so that
the film covers the full repair area (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.B.(3) and (4)).

8 Cut the carbon tape to the correct dimensions.


9 Remove the release paper from the carbon tape (on side only).

10 Put the exposed face of the carbon tape on the repair area
(For ply orientation refer to Figure 206).

11 Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller, work from the


center of the patch.
12 Remove the release paper from the patch.

13 Repeat steps 9 thru 12 until required thickness is reached.

Page 247
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

14 Cover with a layer of Glass Prepreg and allow to cure under


heat and pressure. Apply the pressure by using a vacuum bag
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.).

15 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

16 Do an inspection of the repair.

(d) Option B (Refer to Figure 206).


NOTE: Find out the number and the orientation of the repair plies
at the tapered edges.

1 Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)


(Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A) to size and put it on the re
pair area so that the film covers the full repair area (Refer
to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.B.(3) and (4)).

2 Cut the carbon tape to the correct dimensions.

3 Remove the release paper from the carbon tape (one side only).

4 Put the exposed face of the carbon tape on the repair area
(For ply orientation refer to Figure 206).

5 Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller, work from the


center of the patch.

6 Remove the release paper from the patch.


7 Repeat steps 3 thru 6 until required thickness is reached.

8 Cover the carbon−tape with a glass−prepreg and a peel−ply as


necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to cure
under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.).
9 After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply and
the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive cloth
to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then finish with
grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass repair layer.


10 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004).

11 Do an inspection of the repair.

12 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 248
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Cover with Plies Zone 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Figure 206

Page 249
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 208.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

G. Outer Skin Repair, Zone 1, 3, 4, and 5

NOTE: This repair is inactive since Revision dated Aug 01/11.

NOTE: For Zone 3, 4 and 5, refer to Paragraph 8.AB. and Figure 226.
NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3..

NOTE: This Repair is only applicable if overlap or scarf does not affect
metal surface of the trailing edge.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 208
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 250
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 or 08−090


pound (Laminating Resin) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(2))
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Fabric (dry)) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (Refer to
Fabric (dry)) Chapter 51−35−00) 190 g/m2
Plainweave (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11 Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Epoxy Prepreg Carbon Tape AR Material No. DAN 1050 A 35/A 40
(Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR Ciba/916G − 120 (Refer to Chap
ter 51−33−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Procedure − Room Temperature Repair (RT) (Refer to Figure 207
sheet 1).

(a) Remove the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.D.(2)).
(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).

(c) Cut the special material (dry fabric repair plies) (Material No.
05−033 or 05−088) to the correct dimensions.
(d) Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (laminating resin) (Materi
al No. 08−070 and 08−090) and apply a layer of laminating resin
to the repair area with a brush or spatula.

(e) Put one repair layer onto the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and excess
resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the repair layer
to the edges.

(f) Remove the parting film.

Page 251
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Do the steps (d) thru (f) for each repair layer necessary for
the RT repair until the original skin thickness is reached in
accordance with the repair layer order (Repair layer orientation:
±45°, 0°/90°, ±45°.....0° in spanwise direction).

(h) Cover the wet−up layer with a glass−fabric, a peel−ply and a


parting film.

(i) Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag. Let the adhesive cure (Re
fer to supplier’s data sheet).

(j) After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive paper grade 280
and complete with grade 400.

(k) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−21−00).


(l) Do an inspection of the repair.

(3) Repair Procedure − Hot Bonding Repair (Refer to Figure 207 sheet 2).

NOTE: Remove all Heat affected fastener (> 80 C° (176.0 F°)) within
the heating zone.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MATERIALS HAVE REACHED AMBIENT TEMPERA
TURE BEFORE YOU REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS. DO NOT THIN
ADHESIVE FILM BY EXTENDING OR FOLDING. TOUCH ADHESIVE FILM
OF PREPREG FABRIC ONLY WITH CLEAN WHITE GLOVES TO PREVENT
MATERIAL CONTAMINATION. COMPLETE REPAIR BEFORE ’OUT OF RE
FRIGERATION’ TIME LIMITS HAS EXPIRED (REFER TO MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION).

(a) Remove the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.D.(2)).

(b) Prepare the repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph


4.M.(2)(a) 11 thru 17).
(c) Find out the number and the orientation of the repair plies at
the tapered edges.

(d) Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)
(Material No. 08−042 or Material No. 08−042A) to size and put it
on so that the film covers the full repair area.

(e) Cut the carbon tape to size.

(f) Remove the release paper from the carbon tape (one side only).

(g) Put the exposed face of the carbon tape on the repair area (Re
fer to Figure 207 for lay−up sequence).

(h) Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller, work from the cen
ter of the patch to the edge.

(i) Remove the release paper from the patch.

Page 252
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(j) Do the steps (d) thru (i) for each repair layer.

(k) Cover the repair layer with one layer of glass prepreg and a
peel−ply as necessary to reach the correct resin contents.

(l) Cure the repair according to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.

(m) After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, the peel−ply
and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then finish
with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass layer.

(n) Do an inspection of the repair.

(o) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 253
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Skin Repair Zone 1, 3, 4 and 5


Figure 207 (sheet 1)

Page 254
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Skin Repair Zone 1, 3, 4 and 5


Figure 207 (sheet 2)

Page 255
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 209.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

H. Minor Debonding Repair, Zone 1 and 2

(1) Repair Procedure

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation (Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3).

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 012, 014
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 209
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give nec
essary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.
(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.E).

(b) Do the repair in accordance with Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 2.D.

(c) Do an inspection of the repair.


CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 210.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

I. Removal of Scratches and Abrasions by Burnishing, Zone 2


(1) Repair Procedure

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation (Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3).

Page 256
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200
006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 012, 014
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 210
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give nec
essary data about all weight variants and their required in
formation for allowable damage and repair applicability.

(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004) (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.E).

(b) Do the repair in accordance with Chapter 51−73−00, Paragraph 4.

(c) Do an inspection of the repair.

(d) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).


CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 211.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


J. Crack Cover Skin Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: This crack cover skin repair in zone 2 is only applicable to the
outboard flap and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 211
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 257
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MATERIALS HAVE REACHED AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
BEFORE YOU REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS. DO NOT THIN ADHESIVE
FILM BY EXTENDING OR FOLDING. TOUCH ADHESIVE FILM OF PREPREG
FABRIC ONLY WITH CLEAN WHITE GLOVES TO PREVENT MATERIAL CON
TAMINATION. COMPLETE REPAIR BEFORE ’OUT OF REFRIGERATION’ TIME
LIMIT HAS EXPIRED (REFER TO MATERIAL SPECIFICATION).

CAUTION: TO REMOVE PAINT FROM METAL SKIN, YOU CAN USE PAINT STRIPPERS.
MAKE SURE THAT THESE CHEMICALS DO NOT TOUCH COMPOSITE OR CFRP
MATERIAL AND OBEY PRECAUTIONS.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 208


− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure A − Room Temperature Repair (Refer to Figure 208)

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Stop−drill crack with diameter 3.2 mm (0.126 in) and deburr.

(c) Dry the sandwich structure as given in Chapter 51−77−11, Para


graph 4.G.
(d) Manufacture the doubler (Item 1) as given in Chapter 51−77−13,
Paragraph 3.A.(2).

NOTE: For dimensions of the doubler refer to Figure 208.

(e) Pretreat the sandwich skin as given in Chapter 51−77−13, Para


graph 3.A.(1).

(f) Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive)
(Material No. 08−078).

(g) Apply a layer of adhesive evenly to the repair area and to the
doubler surface. Optimum total adhesive layer thickness is be
tween 0.2 mm (0.008 in) and 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

Page 258
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Put the doubler (Item 1) in the correct position on the repair
area (Refer to Figure 208).
(i) Apply pressure by using vacuum bag and let the adhesive cure
(Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

(j) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(k) Apply a bead of sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency)
(Material No. 09−013) to the edge of the doubler (Refer to Chap
ter 51−76−11).

(l) Do an Inspection of the repair.


(m) Restore the surface protection.

(3) Repair Procedure B − Hot Bonding Repair (Refer to Figure 208).

(a) Do steps 8.J.(2)(a) thru 8.J.(2)(e) in repair procedure option A.

(b) Cut one layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film)
(Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A) to size and put it on so that
the film covers the full repair area (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 4.B.(3) and (4)).

(c) Put the doubler (Item 1) in the correct positions on the repair
area (Refer to Figure 208).
(d) Let the adhesive film cure under heat and pressure. Apply pres
sure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
5.D.).

(e) Do steps 8.J.(2)(j) thru 8.J.(2)(m) in repair procedure option A.

Page 259
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Crack Cover Skin Repair, Zone 2


Figure 208

Page 260
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 212.
CAUTION: FOR THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY AND THE SIZE LIMITATION, REFER TO
CHAPTER 57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK 101.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


K. Skin Repair − Fill Core and Dent with Resin, Zone 2

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 All
A320−200 All
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 212
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
(1) Repair Material

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 or 08−017A


pound (Dent Filler) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010A (Refer to
pound (Low Viscosity Adhe Chapter 51−35−00)
sive)
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure − Room Temperature Repair (Refer to Figure 209)

NOTE: Observe the different Materials. Refer to the Repair Material


List.

(a) If the dent is deeper than 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) fill the honeycomb
with bonding and adhesive compound (low viscosity adhesive) (Ma
terial No. 08−010A).
(b) Fill the dent with bonding and adhesive compound (dent filler)
(Material No. 08−051 or 08−017A) or with bonding and adhesive
compound (low viscosity adhesive) (Material No. 08−010A) mixed
with thickening agent (Material No. 05−089).

(c) Do all steps given in Chapter 51−77−13, Paragraph 3.E.

Page 261
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Fill Core and Dent with Resin, Zone 2


Figure 209

Page 262
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Aug 01/12
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 213.
CAUTION: FOR THE REPAIR APPLICABILITY AND SIZE LIMITATION, REFER TO CHAPTER
57−53−00 PAGE BLOCK 101.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.


L. Skin Repair − Fill Dent with Resin, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 All
A320−200 All
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 213
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTECTION.


(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to


ethyl−ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−017A or 08−051
pound (Adhesive) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Special Material (Thicken AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
ing Agent) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Procedure − Room Temperature Repair (Refer to Figure 210)
(a) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane) (Materi
al No. 11−004).

Page 263
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Rub down the paint in the dented area, extend the rubbed down
area up to 10 mm (0.39 in.) around the dent.
(c) Mask off the adjacent area, which must not be treated, with
masking tape and paper.

(d) Mix bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive) (Material No.


08−017A or 08−051) with special material (thickening agent) (Ma
terial No. 05−089) to a homogeneous paste.
(e) Fill the dent with the mixed filler paste. Use a spatula to
blend the paste into the skin contour.

(f) Let the paste cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat


(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

(g) Rub down cured filler to a smooth finish with emery cloth (Grade
280).

(h) If the required contour is not obtained, repeat steps (e) thru
(h).
(i) Do an inspection of the repair.

(j) Restore the paint finish in accordance with Chapter 51−23−11.

Page 264
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Fill Dent with Resin, Zone 2


Figure 210

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 214.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

M. External Bonded Metal Doubler Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.
NOTE: For max. spanwise length of the cutout refer to Chapter 57−53−00
Page Block 101, Figure 115, allowable damage limits for debondings,
zone 2.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials refer to Chapter


51−77−11.
NOTE: This external bonded metal doubler repair in zone 2 is only appli
cable to the outboard flap, aluminum sandwich construction and is
effective as follows:

Page 265
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 214
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTECTION.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 External Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 211


− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) or 05−007 (181 Style) (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047A (Refer to
pound Splice (Adhesive Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Film) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047B (Refer to
pound Splice Adhesive Film Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
(120 Deg C) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
pound (Bonding Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))

Page 266
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to


pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
posite Structures (Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Fuel Tank Sealant AR Material No. 09−001D (Refer to
Polysulfide) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Anti−Cor AR Material No. 16−001D (Refer to
rosion Primer, Polyure Chapter 51−35−00)
thane)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR Ciba/916 G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−33−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.
(c) Remove the fasteners if necessary (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11).

(d) Secure the internal scattered fragments of the fasteners with low
viscosity adhesive (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(3)).

(e) Cut the damaged skin along the cut line until the skin can be
removed (Refer to Figure 211).

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE UNDERLAYING HONEYCOMB CORE.

(f) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner and
smooth the edges of the cutout.
NOTE: Make sure that all edges of the cutout are smooth.

Page 267
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Abrade the mating surface of skin lightly with abrasive cloth
grade 400 to obtain a sufficiently rough surface and retain part
of the adhesive bond primer (greenish color). Prevent damage on
the protected surface (CAA layer (greyish)).

(h) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

CAUTION: IF THE TRAILING EDGE IS NOT REMOVED, FOLLOWING NOTE SHOULD


BE CONSIDERED TO AVOID ANY HEAT DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THER
MAL LOADS AL/CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND
THE CFRP−FLANGE OF THE REAR SPAR:

THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SURFACE


AT THE REAR SPAR DOES NOT EXCEED 95 C° (203 F°).
WARNING: BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUND (MATERIAL NO. 08−055) IS DAN
GEROUS.

(i) Protect EXPOSED CAA−layer with special material (bonding primer)


(Material No. 08−055), refer to Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2).
Treat and protect exposed bare area (bonding primer) (Material
No. 08−055) in accordance with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1(b).(3) or
(4) or (5).

NOTE: The procedure in Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2) can be used


as alternative for small areas.

NOTE: To avoid the removal of the trailing edge an optional cure


cycle can be used as follows:

Drying time: 30 minutes at room temperature

Curing time: 2 hours at 95 C° (203 F°).


(3) Prepare the external doubler.

(a) Cut the external doubler (Item 1) in the correct shape and di
mension (Refer to Figure 211).

(b) Clean the external doubler with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004).
(c) Treat and protect the external doubler with bonding and adhesive
compound (bonding primer) (Material No. 08−055) in accordance
with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.2.(b) (CAA + Material No. 08−055) or
Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(3) or (4) or (5).
(4) Repair Procedure Option A (Room Temperature Repair)

(a) Fill the honeycomb core with adhesive (Refer to Figure 211).

Page 268
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Mix core filler (bonding and adhesive compound (two component


epoxy adhesive) (Material No. 08−010) or bonding and adhesive
compound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)) with
repair material for composite structures (thickening agent) (Ma
terial No. 05−089).

2 Fill the upper portion of the honeycomb core with the mixed
adhesive with a brush or spatula (Refer to Figure 211).
3 Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat


(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

(b) Prepare the repair filler.


1 Cut the glass fabric (special material (glass cloth) (Material
No. 05−033 or 05−007)) in the correct dimensions.

2 Mix the laminating resin (bonding and adhesive compound (wet


lay up composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or repair materi
al for composite structures (epoxy resin) (Material No.
08−090)) and apply a layer of laminating resin to the mating
surface with a brush or a spatula.

3 Put a glass fabric layer (special material (glass cloth) (Mate


rial No. 05−033 or 05−007)) in its repair position. Remove
wrinkles, air bubbles and excess resin with a roller. Do this
from the center of the repair layer to the edges.

4 Do step 8.M.(4)(b)2 and 8.M.(4)(b)3 for each repair layer until


the original thickness is reached in accordance with repair
layer order (Refer to Figure 211).

5 Let the laminating resin cure in accordance with supplier’s


data sheet.

6 After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280
and complete with grade 400.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(d) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive)
(Material No. 08−078) to the faying surface of the repair area
and the doubler.
(e) Install the external doubler.

(f) Apply a vacuum bag and let the adhesive cure in accordance with
supplier’s data sheet (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).
(5) Repair Procedure Option B (Hot Bonding Repair).

Page 269
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: TO AVOID ANY HEAT−DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THERMAL LOADS AL/


CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND THE CFRP−
FLANGE OF THE REAR−SPAR, FOLLOWING NOTES SHOULD BE CONSID
ERED:

THERE IS NO NECESSITY FOR REMOVAL OF THE TRAILING EDGE, IF

A) THE DOUBLER−EDGE HAS A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 150 MM (5.906


IN) TO THE REAR−SPAR ROW.
OR

B) THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SUR


FACE AT THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW, DOES NOT EXCEED 95 °C (203
°F).

HEAT APPLICATION SHOULD BE ONLY IN THE AREA OF REPAIR/EX


TERNAL DOUBLER. SEE ALSO CHAPTER 51−77−11, PARAGRAPH 5.D.
(INSTALLATION OF VACUUM BAG AND HEATING EQUIPMENT)

IN GENERAL USE THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN CHAPTER 51−77−11


(MATERIAL HANDLING AND PREPARATION).

(a) Fill the honeycomb core with foaming adhesive (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5)).

1 Prepare foaming adhesive (bonding and adhesive compound spice


(adhesive film) (Material No. 08−047A) or bonding and adhesive
compound splice adhesive film (120 deg c) (Material No.
08−047B)).
2 Apply the adhesive ply to the honeycomb core (Refer to Figure
211).

3 Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure
by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
5.D. and Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

(b) Prepare the repair filler.

1 Cut the epoxy prepreg glass fabric in the correct dimensions.

2 Remove the release paper from the prepreg fabric ply (one side
only).
3 Put the exposed face of the prepreg fabric ply on the core
surface.

4 Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from the


center of the repair layer to the edges.
5 Remove the release paper from the patch.

Page 270
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

6 Do step 8.M.(5)(b)2 thru 8.M.(5)(b)5 for each repair layer un


til the original skin thickness is reached in accordance with
repair layer order (Refer to Figure 211).

7 Allow to cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by using


a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.D.).

8 After curing, remove the unwanted adhesive from the repair


area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280
first and then finish with grade 400.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(d) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film) (Material No.
08−042 or 08−042A) to the faying surface of the repair area and
install the external doubler (Item 1).

(e) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).

(6) If necessary wet install the fastener in accordance with Figure 211.

NOTE: If fastener MS21140 is used, dip the lower part of the fasten
er in structure paint (anti−corrosion primer, polyurethane) (Ma
terial No. 16−001D) and install fastener within 5 minutes. This
improves the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to inter
nal aluminum structure.

(7) In case of damage at the edge area prepare the rear closure in ac
cordance with Figure 211.

(8) Seal all open edges of the doubler with sealant (corrosion inhibiting
brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) or sealant (fuel tank seal
ant polysulfide) (Material No. 09−001D).

(9) Do an inspection of the repair.

(10) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay271/272
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler Repair, Zone 2


Figure 211 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay273/274
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler Repair, Zone 2


Figure 211 (sheet 2)

Page 275
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 215.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

N. External Bonded Metal Doubler and Core Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For max. spanwise length of the cutout refer to Chapter 57−53−00
Page Block 101, Figure 120.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials refer to Chapter


51−77−11.
NOTE: This external bonded metal doubler and core repair in zone 2 is
only applicable to the outboard flap, aluminum sandwich construction
and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 215
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.
CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC
TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTECTION.


(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 External Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 212


2 Honeycomb Core Plug 1 Refer to Figure 212
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to
Cloth) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))

Page 276
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to


posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047A (Refer to
pound Splice (Adhesive Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Film) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047B (Refer to
pound Splice Adhesive Film Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
(120 Deg C) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(5))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
pound (Bonding Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to
pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−086 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin and Chapter 51−35−00)
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
posite Structures (Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Interfay Sealant) AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−33−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure.

Page 277
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.

(c) Remove the fasteners if necessary (Refer to Chapter 51−42−21).

(d) Secure the internal scattered fragments of the fasteners with low
viscosity adhesive (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(3)).
(e) Cut the damaged skin along the cut line until the skin and dam
aged honeycomb core material can be removed (Refer to Figure
212).

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE OPPOSITE SKIN IF THAT SKIN IS


NOT TO BE REPAIRED.

(f) Smooth the edges of the cutout.

(g) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

(h) Abrade the mating surface of skin lightly with abrasive cloth
grade 400 to obtain a sufficiently rough surface and retain part
of the adhesive bond primer (greenish color). Prevent damage on
the protected surface (CAA layer (greyish)).

(i) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).
CAUTION: IF THE TRAILING EDGE IS NOT REMOVED, FOLLOWING NOTE SHOULD
BE CONSIDERED TO AVOID ANY HEAT DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THER
MAL LOADS AL/CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND
THE CFRP−FLANGE OF THE REAR SPAR:

THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SURFACE


AT THE REAR SPAR DOES NOT EXCEED 95 C° (203 F°).

(j) Protect EXPOSED CAA−layer with special material (bonding primer)


(Material No. 08−055), refer to Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2).
Treat and protect exposed bare area (bonding primer) (Material
No. 08−055) in accordance with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1(b).(3) or
(4) or (5).

NOTE: The procedure in Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2) can be used


as alternative for small areas.

NOTE: To avoid the removal of the trailing edge an optional cure


cycle can be used as follows:
Drying time: 30 minutes at room temperature

Curing time: 2 hours at 95 C° (203 F°).

Page 278
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(3) Prepare the external doubler.

(a) Cut the external doubler (Item 1) in the correct shape and di
mension (Refer to Figure 212).

(b) Clean the external doubler with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003 or 11−004).

(c) Treat and protect the external doubler with bonding and adhesive
compound (bonding primer) (Material No. 08−055) in accordance
with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.2.(b) (CAA + Material No. 08−055) or
Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(3) or (4) or (5).

(4) Repair Procedure Option A (Room Temperature Repair).

(a) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter


51−77−11, Paragraph 4.I.).

(b) Fill the honeycomb core with adhesive.

1 Mix bonding and adhesive compound (two component epoxy adhe


sive) (Material No. 08−010) or bonding and adhesive compound
(two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) with repair ma
terial for composite structures (thickening agent) (Material No.
05−089).

2 Fill the honeycomb core surface with the mixed adhesive with a
spatula and position the core in the repair area (Refer to
Figure 212).
3 Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat


(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

4 After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280
and complete with abrasive cloth grade 400.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(d) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin and hardener,
adhesive) (Material No. 08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound
(two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078) to the faying
surface of the repair area and the doubler.

(e) Install the external doubler (Item 1).


(f) Apply a vacuum bag and let the adhesive cure in accordance with
supplier’s data sheet.

NOTE: The cure time can be decreased by the application of heat


(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 5.E.).

Page 279
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(5) Repair Procedure Option B (Hot Bonding Repair).

CAUTION: TO AVOID ANY HEAT−DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THERMAL LOADS AL/


CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS. THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND THE CFRP−
FLANGE OF THE REAR−SPAR, FOLLOWING NOTES SHOULD BE CONSID
ERED:

THERE IS NO NECESSITY FOR REMOVAL OF THE TRAILING EDGE, IF

A) THE DOUBLER−EDGE HAS A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 150 MM (5.906


IN) TO THE REAR−SPAR ROW

OR

B) THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SUR


FACE AT THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW, DOES NOT EXCEED 95 °C (203
°F).
HEAT APPLICATION SHOULD BE ONLY IN THE AREA OF REPAIR/EX
TERNAL DOUBLER. SEE ALSO CHAPTER 51−77−11, PARAGRAPH 5.D.
(INSTALLATION OF VACUUM BAG AND HEATING EQUIPMENT)

IN GENERAL USE THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN CHAPTER 51−77−11


(MATERIAL HANDLING AND PREPARATION).
(a) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.I.).

(b) Apply foaming adhesive (bonding and adhesive compound spice


(adhesive film) (Material No. 08−047A) or bonding and adhesive
compound splice adhesive film (120 deg c) (Material No. 08−047B))
to all surfaces of the honeycomb core and install the honeycomb
core into the repair area.

(c) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).
(d) After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive cloth grade 280
and complete with abrasive cloth grade 400.

(e) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Apply bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film) (Material No.
08−042 or 08−042A) to the faying surface of the repair area.

(g) Install the external doubler and allow to cure under heat and
pressure. Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

(6) If necessary install the fastener in accordance with Figure 212.

Page 280
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(7) In case of damage at the edge area prepare the rear closure in ac
cordance with Figure 212.
(8) Seal all open edges with sealant (interfay sealant) (Material No.
09−005) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) (Refer to Figure 212).

(9) Do an inspection of the repair.

(10) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay281/282
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 212 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay283/284
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

External Bonded Metal Doubler and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 212 (sheet 2)

Page 285
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 216.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

O. Upper and Lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For maximum spanwise length of the cutout refer to Chapter 57−53−00
Page Block 101, Figure 120.

NOTE: Protect the surrounding composite structure appropriate (center−box


and trailing edge closure) when you use chemical paint stripper,
see also Chapter 51−75−11.

NOTE: This upper and lower skin and core repair in zone 2 is only ap
plicable to the outboard flap, aluminum sandwich construction and
is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 216
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTECTION.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler AR Refer to Figure 213
2 Honeycomb Core Plug 1 Refer to Figure 213
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−007 (181 Style)
Cloth) or 05−033 (120 Style) (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00) (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))

Page 286
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to


posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−010 (Refer to
pound (Two Component Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047A (Refer to
pound Spice (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−047B (Refer to
pound Splice Adhesive Film Chapter 51−35−00)
(120 Deg C)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
pound (Bonding Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00)
ite Resin)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−074 (Refer to
pound (Masking Tape) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−086 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin and Chapter 51−35−00)
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
posite Structures (Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00)
Resin)
− Sealant (Interfay Sealant) AR Material No. 09−005 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−33−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure.

Page 287
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Remove the surface finish from the repair area.

(b) Put some bonding and adhesive compound (masking tape) (Material
No. 08−074) around the outer edge of the overlap area. This will
help you to remove unwanted adhesive from the repair area.

(c) Remove the fasteners if necessary (Refer to Chapter 51−42−21).

(d) Secure the rest of the fasteners with low viscosity adhesive
(Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(3)).
(e) Cut the damaged skin along the cut line until the skin and dam
aged core material can be removed (Refer to Figure 213).

(f) Make sure that all edges of the cutout are smooth.

(g) Remove all unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.


(h) Abrade the mating surface of skin lightly with abrasive cloth
grade 400 to obtain a sufficiently rough surface and retain part
of the adhesive bond primer (greenish color). Prevent damage on
the protected surface (CAA layer (greyish)).
(i) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

CAUTION: IF THE TRAILING EDGE IS NOT REMOVED, FOLLOWING NOTE SHOULD


BE CONSIDERED TO AVOID ANY HEAT DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THER
MAL LOADS AL/CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND
THE CFRP−FLANGE OF THE REAR SPAR:

THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SURFACE


AT THE REAR SPAR DOES NOT EXCEED 95 C° (203 F°).

WARNING: BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUND (MATERIAL NO. 08−055) IS DAN


GEROUS.
(j) Protect EXPOSED CAA−layer with special material (bonding primer)
(Material No. 08−055), refer to Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2).
Treat and protect exposed bare area (bonding primer) (Material
No. 08−055) in accordance with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1(b).(3) or
(4) or (5).
NOTE: The procedure in Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(2) can be used
as alternative for small areas.

NOTE: To avoid the removal of the trailing edge an optional cure


cycle can be used as follows:

Drying time: 30 minutes at room temperature


+

Curing time: 2 hours at 95 C° (203 F°)

Page 288
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(k) Prepare the honeycomb core plug (Item 2) (Refer to Chapter


51−77−11, Paragraph 4.I.).
(3) Repair procedure Option A (Room Temperature Repair).

(a) Mix core filler (bonding and adhesive compound (two component
epoxy adhesive) (Material No. 08−010) or bonding and adhesive
compound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078)) with re
pair material for composite structures (thickening agent) (Materi
al No. 05−089).

(b) Fill the honeycomb core surface with mixed adhesive. Refer to
Figure 213 and position the core in the repair area.

NOTE: Support core during curing by appropriate device.


(c) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

(d) After curing, smooth the surface with abrasive paper grade 280
and complete with grade 400.

(e) Manufacture the doubler (Item 1) in accordance with Figure 213.

(f) Clean the doubler with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003 or
11−004).

(g) Treat and protect the external doubler with bonding and adhesive
compound (bonding primer) (Material No. 08−055) in accordance
with Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.2.(b) (CAA + Material No. 08−055) or
Chapter 51−77−13 3.A.1.(b).(3) or (4) or (5).

(h) Install the doubler (Item 1) in the correct position with clamps.

(i) If necessary transfer drill the additional holes in the doubler.

(j) If necessary remove the doubler and deburr the holes.


(k) Clean the doubler and the repair area with cleaning agent (meth
yl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichlo
roethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(l) Prepare bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin and hardener,
adhesive) (Material No. 08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound
(two part paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078).

(m) Apply the adhesive to the mating surfaces of the doubler and the
repair area.

(n) Position the doubler with the adhesive and secure it with clamps
or a vacuum bag.
(o) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

(p) Remove the vacuum bag or the clamps and unwanted adhesive from
the repair area.

Page 289
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(q) If necessary install the fastener in accordance with Figure 213.

(r) Apply glass fabric (special material (glass cloth) (Material No.
05−033 or 05−007)) with laminating resin (bonding and adhesive
compound (wet lay up composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or
repair material for composite structures (epoxy resin) (Material
No.08−090)), in case of rear closure according to version 4 in
Figure 213.
(s) Seal edges of the doubler with sealant (interfay sealant) (Mate
rial No. 09−005) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consis
tency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

(t) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(u) Do an inspection of the repair and restore the surface protection


(Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(4) Repair procedure Option B (Hot Bonding Repair).


(a) Prepare foaming adhesive (bonding and adhesive compound splice
(adhesive film) (Material No. 08−047A) or bonding and adhesive
compound splice adhesive film (120 deg c) (Material No.
08−047B)).

(b) Install the honeycomb core plug with foaming adhesive in the
correct position as shown in Figure 213.

NOTE: Support the core during curing by appropriate device.

Page 290
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: TO AVOID ANY HEAT−DAMAGES (OVERHEATING, THERMAL LOADS AL/


CFRP) TO THE FASTENERS, THE SURFACE−SEALANT AND THE CFRP−
FLANGE OF THE REAR−SPAR, FOLLOWING NOTES SHOULD BE CONSID
ERED:

THERE IS NO NECESSITY FOR REMOVAL OF THE TRAILING EDGE, IF

A) THE DOUBLER−EDGE HAS A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 150 MM (5.906


IN) TO THE REAR−SPAR ROW
OR

B) THE TEMPERATURE, MEASURED BY THERMOCOUPLES ON THE AL−SUR


FACE AT THE REAR−SPAR RIVET−ROW, DOES NOT EXCEED 95 °C (203
°F).

HEAT APPLICATION SHOULD BE ONLY IN THE AREA OF REPAIR/EX


TERNAL DOUBLER. SEE ALSO CHAPTER 51−77−11, PARAGRAPH 5.D.
(INSTALLATION OF VACUUM BAG AND HEATING EQUIPMENT)

IN GENERAL USE THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN CHAPTER 51−77−11


(MATERIAL HANDLING AND PREPARATION).

(c) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).

(d) After the curing time, grind the core to the correct shape if
necessary.
(e) Manufacture the doubler (Item 1) in accordance with Figure 213.

(f) Clean the doubler with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Mate


rial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl chlo
roform) (Material No. 11−004).

(g) Treat the doubler with bonding and adhesive compound (bonding
primer) (Material No. 08−055).

(h) Install the doubler in the correct position with clamps and
transfer the additional holes in the doubler if required in ac
cordance with Figure 213.

(i) Remove the doubler and deburr the holes if required in accordance
with Figure 213.

(j) Remove the waste with a vacuum cleaner.

(k) Clean the doubler and repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−
ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroe
thane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(l) Cut the bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film) (Material
No. 08−042 or 08−042A) to the correct dimensions.

Page 291
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(m) Lay−up the adhesive film on the repair area (Refer to Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 4.B.). Remove any wrinkles or air bubbles
with a roller or similar device.

(n) Install the doubler in the correct position with clamps.

(o) Let the adhesive cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by
using a vacuum bag (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
4.C.(5)).
(p) If necessary install the fastener in accordance with Figure 213.

(q) Apply glass fabric (special material (glass cloth) (Material No.
05−033 or 05−007)) with bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up
composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or repair material for
composite structures (epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090), in case
of rear closure according to version 4 in Figure 213.

(r) Seal edges of the doubler with sealant (Interfay sealant) (Mate
rial No. 09−005) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consis
tency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).
(s) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)
(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(t) Do an inspection of the repair and restore the surface protection


(Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 292
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and Lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 213 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay293/294
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and Lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 213 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay295/296
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and Lower Skin and Core Repair, Zone 2


Figure 213 (sheet 3)

Page 297
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 217.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

P. Trailing Edge − Plate Repair, Zone 2

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This trailing edge − plate repair in zone 2 is only applicable to


the outboard flap, aluminum sandwich construction and is effective
as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 217
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 298
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE CAA−LAYER WHILE REMOVING SURFACE PROTECTION.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Upper Skin 1 Refer to Figure 214


2 Lower Skin 1 Refer to Figure 214
3 Aluminum Plate 1 Refer to Figure 214
4 Core Plug 1 Refer to Figure 214
− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−007 (181 Style)
Cloth) or 05−033 (120 Style) (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 05−089 (Refer to
posite Structures (Thicken Chapter 51−35−00)
ing Agent)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−001B (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin and Chapter 51−35−00)
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 or 08−042A
pound (Adhesive Film) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−055 (Refer to
pound (Bonding Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Repair Material for Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
posite Structures (Epoxy Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Epoxy Prepreg Glass Fabric AR Ciba/916 G−120 (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00)
(2) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

Page 299
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Make a cut along the cut−line and remove the trailing edge −
plate completely (Refer to Figure 214).
(b) Deburr the edge of the cutout.

(c) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

(d) Abrade the mating surface of the repair area.

(e) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Protect CAA−layer with bonding and adhesive compound (bonding


primer) (Material No. 08−055).

(3) Repair Procedure Option A


(a) Prepare the repair parts.

1 Manufacture the upper and lower skin.

a Cut the upper−skin (Item 1) and the lower−skin (Item 2) in


the correct shape and dimensions (Refer to Figure 214).
NOTE: Use the original skin thickness.

b Deburr the edges.

c Clean the skin with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Ma


terial No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
d Treat the skin with bonding and adhesive compound (bonding
primer) (Material No. 08−055).

2 Manufacture the aluminum plate.

a Cut the aluminum plate (Item 3) in the correct shape and di
mensions.

b Chamfer the edge in accordance with Figure 214.

c Clean the aluminum plate with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ke


tone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane
methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
d Treat the aluminum plate with bonding and adhesive compound
(bonding primer) (Material No. 08−055).

3 Manufacture the honeycomb core plug.

a Cut the honeycomb core plug (Item 4) in the correct shape


and dimension (Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.J.).

Page 300
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(b) Prepare core filler (bonding and adhesive compound (epoxy resin
and hardener, adhesive) (Material No. 08−001B) or bonding and
adhesive compound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078)).

(c) Mix a portion of core filler with repair material for composite
structures (thickening agent) (Material No. 05−089).

(d) Fill the surfaces and edges of the honeycomb core plug with
mixed adhesive.
(e) Position the honeycomb core plug (Item 4) as prepared previously
and the aluminum plate (Item 3) with adhesive between upper and
lower skin (Item 1 and 2) and secure it with clamps or appropri
ate devices (Refer to Figure 214).
NOTE: Do not destroy the honeycomb core.

NOTE: Optimum total adhesive layer thickness is between 0.2 mm


(0.008 in) and 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(f) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

(g) Prepare the outer Glass Edge with room temperature (RT) repair
plies (Refer to Figure 214).

1 Cut the glass fabric repair plies (special material (glass


cloth) (Material No. 05−033 or 05−007)) in the correct dimen
sions.
2 Mix the laminating resin (bonding and adhesive compound (wet
lay up composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or repair materi
al for composite structures (epoxy resin) (Material No.08−090)).

3 Apply a layer of laminating resin to the faying surface with a


brush or a spatula.
4 Put the first glass fabric ply (special material (glass cloth)
(Material No. 05−033 or 05−007)) in its repair position. Remove
wrinkles, air bubbles and excess resin with a roller.

5 Do steps 8.P.(3)(g)3 and 8.P.(3)(g)4 for each repair ply until


the thickness (T) (T= 1 mm (0.039 in) − 1.5 mm (0.059 in)) is
reached.

NOTE: Observe the last repair layer is the longest ply (Refer
to Figure 214).

6 Cover the edge with a vacuum bag.


7 Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

8 After curing, smooth the surface of the edge, if required.

9 Seal all open edges with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush


consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

Page 301
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

10 Do an inspection of the repair.

11 Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).


(4) Repair Procedure Option B with RT−curing resin.

(a) Prepare the repair parts.

1 Manufacture the upper and lower skin as shown in repair proce


dure option A, paragraphs 8.P.(3)(a)1a thru 8.P.(3)(a)1d.
(b) Prepare the glass core with room temperature (RT) repair plies
(Refer to Figure 214).

1 Cut the glass fabric repair plies (special material (glass


cloth) (Material No. 05−033) or special material (glass cloth)
(Material No.05−007)) in the correct dimensions. This will help
to allow corrections after curing.

2 Apply a layer of laminating resin (bonding and adhesive com


pound (wet lay up composite resin) (Material No. 08−070) or
repair material for composite structures (epoxy resin) (Material
No.08−090)) to a Forming Block with a brush or a spatula.
3 Put the first glass fabric ply on the laminating resin and
cover it with a parting film. Remove wrinkles, air bubbles and
excess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges.
4 Remove the parting film.

5 Do steps 8.P.(4)(b)2 thru 8.P.(4)(b)4 for each repair ply until


the core thickness (T = 6.5 mm (0.256 in)) is reached.

6 Let the resin cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet or


apply pressure by using a vacuum bag.
NOTE: Curing by using pressure and a vacuum bag is optional.

(c) Cut the glass core to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure
214).

(d) Clean the glass core with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(e) Prepare adhesive (bonding and adhesive Compound (epoxy resin and
hardener, adhesive) (Material No. 08−001B) or bonding and adhe
sive compound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078)).
(f) Apply adhesive to the upper and lower skin (Item 1 and 2).

NOTE: Optimum total adhesive layer thickness is between 0.2 mm


(0.008 in) and 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

Page 302
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Position the glass core, the upper and lower skin to the exist
ing trailing edge structure and secure it with clamps or a vacu
um bag.

NOTE: Use appropriate devices not destroying the existing sandwich


structure.

(h) Let the adhesive cure in accordance with supplier’s data sheet.

(i) Prepare the outer glass edge as shown in repair procedure option
A, paragraphs 8.P.(3)(g)1 thru 8.P.(3)(g)8.

(j) Seal all open edges with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush con
sistency) (Material No. 09−013).

(k) Do an inspection of the repair.


(l) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(5) Repair Procedure Option B with hot−curing resin.

(a) Prepare the repair parts.

1 Manufacture the upper and lower skin as shown in repair proce


dure option A, paragraphs 8.P.(3)(a)1a thru 8.P.(3)(a)1d.

(b) Prepare the glass core with prepreg repair plies.

1 Cut the epoxy prepreg glass fabric in the correct dimensions.


This will help to allow corrections after curing.
2 Remove the release paper from the prepreg (one side only).

3 Put the exposed face of the prepreg ply on the faying surface
of a forming block.

4 Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from the


center of the repair layer to the edges.
5 Remove the release paper from the patch.

6 Do steps 8.P.(5)(b)2 thru 8.P.(5)(b)5 for each repair layer un


til the core thickness ’T’ (T = 6.5 mm (0.256 in)) is reached.
Repair layer order is optional (Refer to Figure 214).
7 Allow to cure under heat and pressure. Apply pressure by using
a vacuum bag (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

8 After cure time, remove the vacuum equipment. Use abrasive


cloth to prepare the filler for bonding. Use grade 280 first
and then finish with grade 400.
(c) Cut the glass core to correct dimension (Refer to Figure 214).

Page 303
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Clean the glass core with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(e) Cut the bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive film) (Material
No. 08−042 or 08−042A) in the size of upper and lower skin.

(f) Apply the adhesive film to the upper and lower skin.

(g) Position the glass core, the upper and lower skin to the exist
ing trailing edge structure and secure it with clamps or a vacu
um bag.

(h) Let the adhesive film allow to cure under heat and pressure. Ap
ply pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to supplier’s data
sheet).

(i) Prepare the outer glass edge as shown in repair procedure A,


paragraphs 8.P.(3)(g)1 thru 8.P.(3)(g)8.

(j) Seal all open edges with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush con
sistency) (Material No. 09−013).
(k) Do an inspection of the repair.

(l) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 304
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Trailing Edge − Plate Repair, Zone 2


Figure 214

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay305/306
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 218.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL IS A TEMPORARY REPAIR AND MUST
BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR SOLUTION WITHIN 42 800 FLIGHT
CYCLES / FLIGHT HOURS NOT RELEVANT.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

Q. Skin − Stringer Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This skin − stringer repair in zone 3 and 4 (flush repair) is only
applicable to the outboard flap and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 218
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 307
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Cover Plate 1 Refer to Figure 215
2 L−Profile AR Refer to Figure 215
3 U−Profile AR Refer to Figure 215
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions:

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 215).

WARNING: THE CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and stringer structure including all
delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,
which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the cutout edge of the repair area.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

Page 308
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

(Valid for lower surface, zone 3.)


NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step 8.Q.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 215 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11, Paragraph
2.).
(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

(Valid for zone 3 and 4).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.Q.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
215).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.
(k) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.


(m) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com
pound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)) to the
internal repair parts (one side only).

NOTE: Max. liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(n) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(o) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.

Page 309
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(q) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(r) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(s) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it by
sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No.
09−013) for final installation.

(t) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(u) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant.

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(v) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).
(w) Do an inspection of the repair.

(x) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 310
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 215 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay311/312
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 215 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay313/314
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 219.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED
INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−53−00−2−002−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT
AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

R. Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This skin − stringer − rib repair with external doubler in zone 3
and 4 is only applicable to the outboard flap, CFRP monolithic
structure and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 219
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 315
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 216
2 L−Profile AR Refer to Figure 216
3 Solid Shim AR Refer to Figure 216
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 216).

WARNING: THE CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and stringer structure including all
delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,
which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the cutout edge of the repair area.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

Page 316
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A), refer to Figure
216 sheet 1.
Only valid for lower surface, zone 3.

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.R.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 216 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11, Paragraph
2.).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.R.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
216).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.
(k) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.


(m) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com
pound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)) to the
internal repair parts (one side only).

NOTE: Max. liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(n) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(o) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.

Page 317
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(q) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(r) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(s) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it by
sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No.
09−013) for final installation.

(t) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(u) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant.

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(v) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).
(w) Do an inspection of the repair.

(x) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 318
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 216 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay319/320
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 216 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay321/322
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 220.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL IS A TEMPORARY REPAIR AND MUST
BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR SOLUTION WITHIN 42 800 FLIGHT
CYCLES / FLIGHT HOURS NOT RELEVANT.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

S. Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This skin − stringer − rib repair in zone 3 and 4 (flush repair)
is only applicable to the outboard flap, CFRP monolithic structure
and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 220
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 323
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 217
2 L−Profile AR Refer to Figure 217
3 Rib Repair Angle AR Refer to Figure 217
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 217).

WARNING: THE CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin and stringer structure including all
delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must to be parallel and perpendicular to the
stringers, which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the cutout edge of the repair area.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

Page 324
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

Only valid for lower surface, zone 3.


NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as
determined in Step 8.S.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 217 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11, Paragraph
2.).
(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.S.(2)(f).
1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) as necessary in ac
cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
217).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.
(j) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 3) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(k) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.


NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(m) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound


(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com
pound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)) to the
internal repair parts (one side only).

NOTE: Max. liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(n) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.


(o) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure n installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.
(p) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

Page 325
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(q) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(r) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(s) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it by
sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No.
09−013) for final installation.
(t) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.

(u) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant.

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(v) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(w) Do an inspection of the repair.

(x) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 326
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 217 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay327/328
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 217 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay329/330
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 217 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay331/332
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 221.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED
INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−53−00−2−003−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT
AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

T. Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with Repair Angle, Zone 3 and 4

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This skin − stringer − rib repair with repair angle in zone 3 and
4 is only applicable to the outboard flap, CFRP monolithic struc
ture and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 221
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 333
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Cover Plate 1 Refer to Figure 218
2 L−Profile AR Refer to Figure 218
3 Rib Repair Angle AR Refer to Figure 218
4 Solid−Shim AR Refer to Figure 218
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 218).

WARNING: THE CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin, stringer and rib structure including
all delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,
which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the cutout edge of the repair area.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

Page 334
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

Only valid for lower surface, zone 3.


NOTE: Repair−parts (Item 1 and 2) thickness depend on the mean
skin thickness as determined in Step 8.T.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 218 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11, Paragraph
2.).
(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.T.(2)(f). Repair−part Item 3 thickness
depends on the rib thickness.

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac


cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
218).

NOTE: Repair part (Item 1 and 2) lay−up is the original lay−up


of the skin in the middle of the repair area.

(j) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.
(k) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.


(m) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com
pound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)) to the
internal repair parts (one side only).

NOTE: Max. liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(n) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(o) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.

NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data


sheet.

Page 335
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(p) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.

(q) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(r) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(s) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it by
sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No.
09−013) for final installation.

(t) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(u) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant.

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(v) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).
(w) Do an inspection of the repair.

(x) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 336
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with Repair Angle, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 218 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay337/338
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Stringer − Rib Repair with Repair Angle, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 218 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay339/340
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 222.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL IS A TEMPORARY REPAIR AND MUST
BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR SOLUTION WITHIN 42 800 FLIGHT
CYCLES / FLIGHT HOURS NOT RELEVANT.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

U. Skin Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This skin repair (flush repair) in zone 3 and 4 is only applicable
to the outboard flap, CFRP monolithic structure and is effective as
follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 222
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 341
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 Cover Plate 1 Refer to Figure 219
2 Internal Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 219
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 219).

WARNING: THE CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin structure including all delaminations to
the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,
which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the cutout edge of the repair area.

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

Page 342
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Only valid for lower surface, zone 3.

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.U.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Figure 219 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11, Paragraph
2.).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.U.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
219).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) in the repair position
with screw pins.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(k) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.


(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(m) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound


(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com
pound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)) to the
internal repair parts (one side only).
NOTE: Max. liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(n) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(o) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.
NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data
sheet.

(p) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.
(q) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

Page 343
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(r) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(s) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it by
sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No.
09−013) for final installation.

(t) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.


(u) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant.

NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(v) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(w) Do an inspection of the repair.

(x) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 344
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, Zone 3 and 4 (Flush Repair)


Figure 219

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay345/346
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 223.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 33438K8402.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

V. Cushion Attachment Permanent Repair


NOTE: This repair replaces the temporary repair Figure 224.

NOTE: For post modification 33438K8402 repair, contact AIRBUS.

NOTE: This cushion attachment permanent repair is only applicable to the


outboard flap and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 223
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Z−Profile 1 Refer to Figure 220


2 Solid Shim 1 Refer to Figure 220
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 220).

Page 347
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(a) Remove the cushion from the repair area.

(b) For better access remove also the opposite cushion seal of the
inner flap.

(c) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003).

(d) Prepare the z−profile (Item 1) in accordance with Figure 220.


(e) Attach the z−profile (Item 1) in the repair position as shown in
Figure 220.

NOTE: If necessary remove existing clip (Refer to Figure 220).

(f) Pilot−drill through the z−profile (Item 1) and the rib−web for
the blind−rivets.
(g) Remove the z−profile and deburr the holes.

(h) Install the z−profile (Item 1) with screw pins.

(i) Prepare the optional shim (Item 2) if necessary in accordance


with Figure 220.
(j) Install the cushion−seal and the optional shim (Item 2) in ac
cordance to Figure 220.

(k) Drill pilot holes through the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) and
the carrier−plate of the cushion−seal.
(l) Remove the cushion−seal and all repair parts.

(m) Drill additional pilot holes for the nut−plates and deburr all
holes.

(n) Remove the rubber on the carrier−plate locally around the new
holes.

NOTE: This will help you to have a metallic attachment area for
the screw−heads.

(o) Install the z−profile and the optional shim (Item 1 and 2) in
the repair position with screw pins.
(p) Drill all holes to final diameter for the correct fastener.

(q) Remove the repair parts.

(r) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003).

Page 348
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING IS DANGEROUS.

(s) Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Item 1 and 2)


(Refer to Chapter 51−21−11).
− Chromic acid anodizing (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11).
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001).
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

(t) Install the correct nut−plates to the z−profile (Item 1).

(u) Attach the repair parts (Items 1 and 2) wet with sealant (corro
sion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) in the
repair position with the correct fastener in accordance to Figure
220 (Refer to Chapter 51−42−11, fastener installation and remov
al).

(v) Replace the nut−plate and the insert at lower flange of rib 1
(Refer to Figure 220).

(w) Reinstall the cushion in the correct position.

(x) Do an inspection of the repair area.

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay349/350
01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Cushion Attachment Permanent Repair


Figure 220

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay351/352
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 224.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED
INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−53−00−2−004−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT
AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

W. Skin Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This skin repair with external doubler in zone 3 and 4 is only
applicable to the outboard flap, CFRP monolithic structure and is
effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 224
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 353
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 221
2 L−Profile AR Refer to Figure 221
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Wash AR Material No. 16−020 (Refer to
Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 221).

WARNING: THE CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin structure including all delaminations to
the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,
which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the cutout edge of the repair area.

Page 354
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

Only valid for lower surface, zone 3.

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.W.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Figure 221 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11, Paragraph
2.).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.W.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) as necessary in accor


dance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
221).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.

(j) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 and 2) in the repair position
with screw pins.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(k) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.

(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.


(m) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com
pound (two part paste adhesive) 08−078)) to the internal repair
parts (one side only).
NOTE: Max. liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(n) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

Page 355
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(o) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.
NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data
sheet.

(p) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.
(q) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(r) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(s) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it by
sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No.
09−013) for final installation.

(t) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.

(u) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant.
NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(v) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).
(w) Do an inspection of the repair area.

(x) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 356
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 221 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay357/358
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 221 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay359/360
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 225.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED
INTERVALS. THE INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE (IIR) IS
57−53−00−2−005−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPEC
TIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT
AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

X. Skin − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: This skin − rib repair with external doubler in zone 3 and 4 is
only applicable to the outboard flap, CFRP monolithic structure and
is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 225
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 361
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 External Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 222
2 L−Profile 1 Refer to Figure 222
3 Rib Repair Angle 1 Refer to Figure 222
4 Filler 1 Refer to Figure 222
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001 (Refer to
thane Anti Corrosion Prim Chapter 51−35−00)
er)
− Structure Paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002 (Refer to
thane Top Coat, Grey) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Structure Paint (Wash AR Material No. 16−020 (Refer to
Primer) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
(CAA)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 222).

WARNING: THE CFRP−DUST IS DANGEROUS.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin, stringer and rib structure including
all delaminations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.
NOTE: Cutouts must be parallel and perpendicular to the stringers,
which results in rectangular shapes.

(d) Deburr the cutout edge of the repair area.

Page 362
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(e) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(f) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer. Calculate the av
erage thickness with the measured values to determine the mean
skin thickness.
(g) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(h) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).

Only valid for lower surface, zone 3.

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.X.(2)(f).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 4) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 222 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11, Paragraph
2.).

(i) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

(Valid for zone 3 and 4).

NOTE: Repair−parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.X.(2)(f).
1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 2) as necessary in ac
cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
222).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin in


the middle of the repair area.
(j) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 2) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.

(k) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.


NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(l) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.

(m) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound


(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com

Page 363
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

pound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No. 08−078)) to the


internal repair parts (one side only).
NOTE: Max. liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

(n) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

(o) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.
NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data
sheet.

(p) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.
(q) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(r) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(s) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it by
sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No.
09−013) for final installation.

(t) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.

(u) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant.
NOTE: Fasteners for cover plate must be installed last.

(v) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).
(w) Do an inspection of the repair area.

(x) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 364
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 222 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay365/366
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Rib Repair with External Doubler, Zone 3 and 4


Figure 222 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay367/368
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN THE RELEVANT TABLE.
CAUTION: REPAIR OPTION ’A’ FOR LOWER SHELL IS A TEMPORARY REPAIR AND MUST
BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR SOLUTION WITHIN 42 800 FLIGHT
CYCLES / FLIGHT HOURS NOT RELEVANT.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS ONLY APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 31601K7402. FOR


THE EFFECTIVITY OF THE GIVEN MODIFICATION, REFER TO THE MODIFI
CATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST GIVEN IN CHAPTER 57−50−00 PAGE BLOCK
001.

Y. Skin − Spar Repair, Zone 6 (Flush Repair)

NOTE: This repair is inactive since revision dated November 01/14.

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For skin repair in zone 6 after modification 31601K7402, contact


Airbus.

NOTE: This skin − spar repair in zone 6 (flush repair) is only applica
ble to the outboard flap, CFRP monolithic structure and is effec
tive as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 016
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 226
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 369
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 Nov 01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE PROTEC


TION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS


1 L−Profile (Spar) AR Refer to Figure 223
2 L−Profile (Spar) AR Refer to Figure 223
3 Skin−Filler AR Refer to Figure 223
4 F/S Spar Flange AR Refer to Figure 223
5 F/S Spar Filler AR Refer to Figure 223
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−051 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Sealant (Corrosion Inhibit AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
ing Brush Consistency) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.
(2) Repair Instructions

(a) Remove the leading−edge.


(b) Repair the leading−edge in accordance with Chapter 57−53−00,
Paragraph 8.A. and/or 8.G.
(c) Mark out the repair area (Refer to Figure 223).

(d) Cut out the damaged skin and spar structure including all dela
minations to the correct repair shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Cutouts in the skin have to be parallel and perpendicular


to the spar and stringer. Cutouts in the spar have to be
parallel and perpendicular to the skin.

(e) Deburr the edges of the cutouts.


(f) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(g) Measure the thickness of the skin material at inboard and out
board edge of the cutout between the stringer and spar. Calculate

Page 370
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

the average thickness with the measured values to determine the


mean skin thickness.
(h) Repeat step 8.Y.(2)(g) at the spar to get the mean spar thick
ness.

(i) Select material to the correct thickness for the repair parts.

(j) Manufacture the titanium repair parts (Option A).


Valid for lower surface, zone 6 in proximity of zone 3.

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.Y.(2)(g) and 8.Y.(2)(h).

1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 5) as necessary in ac


cordance with Figure 223 (Refer to Chapter 51−26−11).
(k) Manufacture the repair parts with hot curing carbon tapes (Option
B).

NOTE: Repair parts thickness depend on the mean skin thickness as


determined in Step 8.Y.(2)(g) and 8.Y.(2)(h).
1 Prepare the repair parts (Item 1 thru 5) as necessary in ac
cordance with Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C. (Refer to Figure
223).

NOTE: Repair part lay−up is the original lay−up of the skin and
the original lay−up of the spar in the middle of the re
pair area.

(l) Attach the repair parts (Item 1 thru 5) in the repair position
with clamps.

NOTE: Pay attention to the correct sequence−installation of the


repair parts.
(m) Pilot−drill through the repair parts and the skin.

NOTE: If possible, replace the clamps with screw pins after pi
lot−drilling.

(n) Remove the repair parts and deburr the holes.


(o) If necessary apply liquid shim (bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−051) or bonding and adhesive com
pound (two part paste adhesive) (Material No.08−078)) to the in
ternal repair parts (one side only).

NOTE: Maximum liquid shim thickness is 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


(p) Cover the opposite side with a parting film.

Page 371
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(q) Install the repair parts with screw pins and let the liquid shim
cure in installed position.
NOTE: For liquid shim curing process refer to supplier’s data
sheet.

(r) After the liquid shim has cured, drill and countersink, where
applicable, the holes in the repair parts to the final diameter
for the fastener.
(s) Remove all repair parts and deburr the holes.

(t) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(u) Remove the parting film from the repair parts and replace it
with sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material
No. 09−013) for final installation.

(v) Attach the repair parts in the correct position.

(w) Install the correct fastener in the repair area wet with sealant
(corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

(x) Install the leading edge.

(y) Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (corrosion inhib
iting brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013) (Refer to Chapter
51−76−11).

(z) Do an inspection of the repair area.

(aa)Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 372
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Spar Repair, Zone 6 (Flush Repair)


Figure 223 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesNov373/374
01/14
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin − Spar Repair, Zone 6 (Flush Repair)


Figure 223 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay375/376
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 227.
CAUTION: THESE REPAIRS MUST BE CARRIED OUT LATEST WITHIN 100 FC, CONDITION
AL ON A VISUAL INSPECTION EVERY 20 FC. INFORM YOUR PLANING DE
PARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY INFORMATION.

CAUTION: THESE REPAIRS MUST BE INSPECTED AT DEFINED INTERVALS. THE INSPEC


TION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE IS 57−53−00−2−001−00 AND IS DESCRIBED IN
THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS (SRI) SECTION OF THE SRM. INFORM
YOUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT AND PROVIDE THEM WITH THE NECESSARY IN
FORMATION.

CAUTION: THESE REPAIRS MUST BE REPLACED BY THE PERMANENT REPAIR WITHIN NEXT
6000 FH OR 4500 FC OR 20 MONTHS WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

Z. Cushion Attachment Temporary Repairs

NOTE: These repairs are applicable for two different cases of damage at
the cushion seal attachment:
CASE 1:

If only one screw is sheared off (screw in hole ’A’, ’C’ or ’D’),
it is required to perform a temporary repair using a

− new screw (Refer to Paragraph 8.Z.(3)) or

− blind fastener (Refer to Paragraph 8.Z.(4)).


CASE 2:

If two screws are sheared off (screws in hole ’A’ and ’C’, ’A’ and
’D’ or ’C’ and ’D’), it is required to perform a temporary repair
using
− new screws (Refer to Paragraph 8.Z.(3)) or

− blind fasteners (Refer to Paragraph 8.Z.(4)) or

− an external doubler (Refer to Paragraph 8.Z.(2)).

Page 377
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 ALL
A320−200 ALL
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 227
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 Refer to Figure 224


2 Fastener 2 NAS 6703−7
3 Washer 2 NAS 1149−C0316R
4 Fastener AR NAS 1133E or Equivalent
5 Blind Fastener AR NAS1919C05 or Equivalent
6 Washer AR NAS1149C0363R
7 Conical Washer AR Refer to Chapter 51−71−15

− Cleaning Agent AR Material No. 11−003 or 11−004


(Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
− Sealant AR Material No. 09−013 (Refer to
Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Cushion Attachment Temporary Repair with an external doubler

(a) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 224)

1 Cut the doubler (Item 1) to the correct dimensions (Refer to


Figure 224) and deburr the edges.

2 Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003
or 11−004).

3 Remove the necessary fastener in the repair area (Refer to


Figure 224).

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
224.

4 Position doubler and transfer−drill existing attachment holes


(Refer to Figure 224).
5 Remove the repair part and deburr the holes.

Page 378
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

6 Apply protective treatment to the surface of the doubler (Refer


to Chapter 51−21−11).
7 Apply sealant (Material No. 09−013) to the faying surface of
the doubler.

8 Install the doubler with the correct fastener and washers (Item
2 and 3).

9 Fill all gaps of the repair area with sealant (Material No.
09−013) (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

10 Do an inspection of the repair.

(3) Cushion Attachment Temporary Repair with new screws

(a) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 224)


1 Remove any remaining fragments of the sheared off screw.

2 Install the new fastener and washer (Item 4 and 6).

NOTE: If necessary install a conical washer (Item 7) to fill


the countersink.
(4) Cushion Attachment Temporary Repair with a blind fastener

(a) Repair Instructions (Refer to Figure 224).

1 Drill out the thread of the insert of hole ’D’ up to 4.9 mm


(0.193 in.).
NOTE: If necessary install a conical washer (Item 7) to fill
the countersink.

2 Install the blind fastener with the washer (Item 5 and 6).

Page 379
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Cushion Attachment Temporary Repairs


Figure 224

Page 380
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 228.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS ONLY APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION 24283.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

AA. Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1.

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 228
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 381
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Doubler 1 1 Refer to Figure 225


2 Doubler 2 1 Refer to Figure 225
3 Support Rib 1 Refer to Figure 225
4 Alternative Support Rib 1 Refer to Figure 225
5 Angle 1 Refer to Figure 225
6 Filler 2 Refer to Figure 225
7 Self Adhesive Aluminum Tape AR Material No. 08−052 (Refer to
(High Speed Tape) Figure 225)

− Glass Layer AR Glass Layer (120 Style) Material


No. 05−033 (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
ethyl− ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00)
Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−018B (Refer to
pound (Plastic Bonding) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Chromic Acid Anodizing AR Refer to Chapter 51−21−11
− Structure paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−001
thane Primer)
− Structure paint (Polyure AR Material No. 16−002
thane Grey Top Coat)
− Sealant AR Material No. 09−013 or 09−001D
(Refer to Chapter 51−35−00)
(2) Preparation of the damaged structure (Refer to Figure 225).

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11, PARAGRAPH 3.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Mark the repair area in accordance with Figure 225.

(c) Cut out the damaged skin to the correct shape and dimensions.

NOTE: Observe the different cutouts for the various options.

(d) Deburr the edge of the cutout.


(e) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

Page 382
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

(3) Repair Procedure Option A (Temporary Repair with bonded doubler)

(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 225


Sheet 2).
2 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is longer than 300
mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 3) and angle
(Item 5) or alternative support rib (Item 4) as shown in Fig
ure 225 Sheet 5 and 6.
3 If necessary, mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib
and angle or alternative support rib (Refer to Figure 225).

4 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No.


11−003).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING IS DANGEROUS.


5 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Refer to Chap
ter 51−21−11):
− Chromic acid anodizing (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane primer) (Material No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane grey top coat) (Material No.
16−002).
(b) Install the support rib and angle or alternative support rib to
the doubler and filler (Item 6), if spanwise cutout length is
more than 300 mm (11.811 in).
(c) Apply sealant (Material No. 09−013 or 09−001D) to the doubler and
the repair area.

(d) Position the repair parts in the repair area (Refer to Figure
225).

NOTE: For fastener MS21140 dip the lower part in primer (Material
No. 16−001) and install fastener within 5 minutes to im
prove the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to in
ternal aluminum structure.

(e) If necessary drill the holes in the support rib and angle or al
ternative support rib to the final diameter.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
225.

Page 383
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) If necessary install the fastener in the support rib and angle
or alternative support rib wet with sealant (Material No. 09−013
or 09−001D).

NOTE: For fastener installations and removal, refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

(g) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003).

(h) Do an inspection of the repair.


(i) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(4) Repair Procedure Option B (Permanent Repair with bonded doubler)

(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 225


Sheet 3).

2 Chamfer the doubler as shown in Figure 225 Sheet 3.

3 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is more than 300 mm


(11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 3) and angle (Item
5) or alternative support rib (item 4) as shown in Figure 225
Sheet 5 and 6.

4 Transfer drill the existing holes to the doubler as shown in


Figure 225.

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
225.

5 If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib and
angle or alternative support rib (Refer to Figure 225).

6 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No.


11−003).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING IS DANGEROUS.

7 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Refer to Chap


ter 51−21−11):
− Chromic acid anodizing (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane primer) (Material No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane grey top coat) (Material No.
16−002).

8 Install the support rib and angle or alternative support rib to


the doubler, if spanwise cut−out length is more than 300 mm
(11.811 in).
(b) Cut the special material (glass fabric) (Material No. 05−033) to
the correct dimensions.

Page 384
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(c) Position the glass fabric (Material No. 05−033) in the repair
area as shown in figure 225.
(d) Apply adhesive (Material No. 08−018B or 08−078) to the doubler
and the repair area.

(e) Position the doubler in the repair area.

(f) Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and allow the adhesive to
cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).
(g) Drill the existing fastener holes in the final diameter and
install the fasteners wet with sealant (Material No. 09−013 or
09−001D).

NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
225.

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

NOTE: For fastener MS21140 dip the lower part in primer (Material
No. 16−001) and install fastener within 5 minutes to im
prove the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to in
ternal aluminum structure.

(h) Apply a bead of sealant (Material No. 09−013 or 09−001D) to edge


of the doubler (Refer to Chapter 51−76−11).

(i) Clean the repair area and repair parts with cleaning agent (Ma
terial No. 11−003).

(j) Do an inspection of the repair area.

(k) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

(5) Repair Procedure Option C (Permanent Repair with bolted doubler)


(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 225


Sheet 3.

2 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is longer than 300


mm (11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 3) and angle
(Item 5) or alternative support rib (Item 4) as shown in Fig
ure 225 Sheet 5 and 6.

3 Transfer drill the existing holes to the doubler and drill the
additional holes in the doubler as shown in Figure 225.
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data refer to Figure
225.

Page 385
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4 If necessary, mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib


and angle or alternative support rib (Refer to Figure 225).
5 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No.
11−003).

WARNING: CHROMIC ACID ANODIZING IS DANGEROUS.

6 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts (Refer to Chap


ter 51−21−11):
− Chromic acid anodizing (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane primer) (Material No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane grey top coat) (Material No.
16−002).

7 If necessary fill existing countersinks in the nose skin with


countersunk repair washers (Refer to Chapter 51−71−15).
(b) Apply a glass−layer (Material NO. 05−033) to the edges of the
cutout (Refer to Figure 225 Sheet 3), and all contact surfaces
between doubler and CFRP structure.

(c) Transfer drill the existing holes of the doubler to the CFRP−skin
as shown in Figure 225.

NOTE: Install the support rib and angle to the doubler, if span
wise cut−out length is longer than 300 mm (11.811 in).

(d) Position all repair parts in the repair area with pins and
clamps.
(e) Drill the existing fastener holes in the final diameter.

(f) Install all fasteners wet with sealant (Material No. 09−013 or
09−001D) in accordance with Figure 225 Sheet 3.
NOTE: For fastener MS21140 dip the lower part in primer (Material
No. 16−001) and install fastener within 5 minutes to im
prove the corrosion resistance from fastener steel to in
ternal aluminum structure.

(g) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (Material No. 11−003).

(h) Do an inspection of the repair.


(i) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

CAUTION: THIS TEMPORARY REPAIR MUST BE REPLACED BY A PERMANENT REPAIR


WITHIN 50 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT) OR 1 000 FC (FH NOT RELEVANT).

(6) Repair Procedure Option D (Temporary repair with High Speed Tape)
(a) Manufacture the repair parts.

Page 386
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 Cut the doubler to the correct dimensions (Refer to Figure 225


sheet 4).
2 If the cutout length in spanwise direction is more than 300 mm
(11.811 in), prepare the support rib (Item 3) and angle (Item
5) or alternative support rib (Item 4) (Refer to Figure 225
sheet 5 and 6).

3 If necessary mark and drill pilot holes in the support rib and
angle or alternative support rib (Refer to Figure 225 sheet 5
and 6).

4 Clean the repair parts with cleaning agent (Material No.


11−003).
5 Apply protective treatment to the repair parts:
− Chromic acid anodizing (CAA) (Refer to Chapter 51−21−11)
− Structure paint (polyurethane anti corrosion primer) (Material
No. 16−001)
− Structure paint (polyurethane top coat, grey) (Material No.
16−002).

(b) Apply sealant (fuel tank sealant polysulfide) (Material No.


09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibiting brush consistency) (Ma
terial No. 09−013) at the mating surfaces (doubler/CFRP) as shown
in the Figure 225 sheet 4.

NOTE: If sealant is applied, this temporary repair is valid for 1


000 FC (FH not relevant) otherwise this temporary repair is
valid only for 50 FC (FH not relevant).

(c) Position all repair parts in the repair area (Refer to Figure
225 sheet 4).

(d) If necessary drill the holes in the support rib and angle or al
ternative support rib to the final diameter.
NOTE: For fastener type, pitch and margin data, refer to Figure
225 sheet 5.

(e) If necessary install the fastener in the support rib and angle
or alternative support rib wet with sealant (fuel tank sealant
polysulfide) (Material No. 09−001D) or sealant (corrosion inhibit
ing brush consistency) (Material No. 09−013).

NOTE: For fastener installation and removal, refer to Chapter


51−42−00.

(f) Cut the self adhesive aluminum tape (high speed tape) (Material
No. 08−052) to the required length (Refer to Figure 225 sheet
4).

Page 387
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(g) Apply five layers of high speed tape on the doubler. For the
directions of applying high speed tape, refer to Figure 225,
Sheet 4).

(h) Remove wrinkles and trapped air below the high speed tape

(i) Do the inspection of the repair area.

(j) Restore the surface protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Page 388
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay389/390
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay391/392
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 3)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay393/394
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 4)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay395/396
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 5)

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay397/398
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair − Covered with Metal Strap, Zone 1


Figure 225 (sheet 6)

Page 399
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 229.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE
MODIFICATION 160500.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160080.

AB. Outer Skin Repair, Zone 3, 4 and 5

NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10, Paragraph 3.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials refer to Chapter


51−77−11.

NOTE: This repair is only applicable for damage to the outer skin repair
zone 3, 4 and 5 and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 229
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23 ’Weight Variant Information’ in the INTRODUC
TION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary data
about all weight variants and their required information for allow
able damage and repair applicability.

Page 400
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Back Plate AR See Figure 226


− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (120 Style)
Cloth) (Refer to Chapter 51−35−00 and
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph
6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m2
Fiber Dry Fabric) Plain Weave) (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00 and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−091 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−092 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B(2)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
(2) Repair Instructions (Monolithic Repair) (Refer to Figure 226)

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.

(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.


(b) Remove the damaged material. Cut out the damaged skin to the
correct shape and dimension (Refer to Figure 226).

(c) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.

Page 401
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(d) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(e) Make the repair layers (Refer to option A or B, Figure 226).

1 Room temperature repair procedure (Refer to Figure 226)

a If skin is penetrated
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding
− Install back plate (Item 1) with adhesive. Use clamp to
apply pressure on the back plate (item 1).

b Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033)


or special material (carbon fiber dry fabric) (Material No.
05−088) to the correct dimensions.

c Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090).

d Apply a layer of laminating resin to the structure with a


brush or a spatula.

e Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.
f Do the steps 8.AB.(2)(e)1d and 8.AB.(2)(e)1e for each repair
layer until the original skin thickness is reached. For re
pair layer order refer to Figure 226.

g Cover the wet layers with a special material (glass cloth)


(Material No. 05−033), a peel ply and a parting film.
h Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating
resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

i Remove vacuum equipment and the unwanted resin from the re
pair area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade
280 first and then finish with grade 400.
2 Hot bonding repair procedure (Refer to Figure 226)

a If skin is penetrated
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding

Page 402
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Install back plate (Item 1) with adhesive. Use clamp to


apply pressure on the back plate (item 1).
b Cut the special material (carbon fiber fabric prepreg) (Mate
rial No. 05−091 or 05−092) to the correct dimensions.

c Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive


film) (Material No. 08−042) on the matching surfaces of the
repair area.
d Put a parting film over the mating surface of the forming
block.

e Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).
f Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the mating
surface of the repair area.

g Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the repair layer to the edges.

h Remove the release paper from the patch.


i Do the steps 8.AB.(2)(e)2e thru 8.AB.(2)(e)2h for each carbon
prepreg layer until the original skin thickness is reached.
For repair layer order refer to Figure 226.

j Cover the repair−patch with a glass prepreg and a peel−ply as


necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to cure
under heat and pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

k After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply


and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then
finish with grade 400.

NOTE: Do not remove the glass repair layer.

(f) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).
(g) Do an inspection of the repair.

(h) Restore the surfaces protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay403/404
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Skin Repair, Zone 3, 4 and 5


Figure 226

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay405/406
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: OBEY THE REPAIR EFFECTIVITY PER WEIGHT VARIANT AND AIRCRAFT TYPE
GIVEN IN TABLE 230.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR PROCEDURE IS ONLY APPLICABLE AFTER MODIFICATION
24283K3645.

CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS APPLICABLE BEFORE MODIFICATION 160001 AND BEFORE


MODIFICATION 160500.

AC. Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)


NOTE: Before you repair the damaged structure, you must do a damage
evaluation. Refer to Chapter 51−77−10.

NOTE: For handling and preparation of repair materials refer to Chapter


51−77−11.

NOTE: This repair is applicable for damage to the skin − zone 1 (repair
of inner and outer skin) and is effective as follows:

AIRCRAFT WEIGHT VARIANT


A320−100 000, 001, 002
000, 001, 002, 003, 004, 005,
A320−200 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011,
012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018
Effectivity per Weight Variant and Aircraft Type
Table 230
NOTE: Refer to Paragraph 23. ’Weight Variant Information’ in the
INTRODUCTION of the SRM. Tables in the subparagraphs give necessary
data about all weight variants and their required information for
allowable damage and repair applicability.

Page 407
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/15
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(1) Repair Materials

ITEM NOMENCLATURE QTY MATERIAL/REMARKS

1 Back Plate AR See Figure 227


− Special Material (Glass AR Material No. 05−033 (Refer to
Cloth) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−088 (190 g/m
Fiber Dry Fabric) Plain Weave) (Refer to Chapter
51−35−00) and Chapter 51−77−11,
Paragraph 6.B.(8))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−091 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Special Material (Carbon AR Material No. 05−092 (Refer to
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(9))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−042 (Refer to
pound (Adhesive Film) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−070 (Refer to
pound (Wet Lay Up Compos Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
ite Resin) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−078 (Refer to
pound (Two Part Paste Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
Adhesive) 51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(1))
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−086
pound (Epoxy Resin and
Hardener, Adhesive)
− Bonding and Adhesive Com AR Material No. 08−090 (Refer to
pound (Epoxy Resin) Chapter 51−35−00 and Chapter
51−77−11, Paragraph 6.B.(2))
− Cleaning Agent (Methyl− AR Material No. 11−003 (Refer to
Ethyl−Ketone) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Cleaning Agent (Trichloroe AR Material No. 11−004 (Refer to
thane Methyl Chloroform) Chapter 51−35−00)
− Peel−Ply Cloth AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B(2)
− Parting Film AR Refer to Chapter 51−77−11, Para
graph 3.B.(2)
− Special Material (Glass AR CIBA 916G−120 (Refer to Chapter
Fiber Fabric Prepreg) 51−33−00)
(2) Repair Instructions (Monolithic Leading Edge) (Refer to Figure 227)

Page 408
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CAUTION: ONLY USE A MECHANICAL PROCEDURE TO REMOVE THE SURFACE


PROTECTION. REFER TO CHAPTER 51−75−11 PARAGRAPH 3.
(a) Remove the surface protection from the repair area.

(b) Remove the damaged material. Cut out the damaged skin to the
correct shape and dimension (Refer to Figure 227).

(c) Remove the waste from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.
(d) Clean the repair area and the repair parts with cleaning agent
(methyl−ethyl−ketone) (Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent
(trichloroethane methyl chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(e) Make the repair layers (Refer to Option A or B, Figure 227).

1 Room temperature repair procedure (Refer to Figure 227)


a If skin is penetrated:
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding
− Install back plate (Item 1) using bonding and adhesive com
pound (epoxy resin and hardener, adhesive) (Material No.
08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste
adhesive) (Material No. 08−078). Use clamp to apply pres
sure on the back plate (item 1).

b Cut the special material (glass cloth) (Material No. 05−033)


or Special Material (Carbon Fiber Dry Fabric) (Material No.
05−088) to the correct dimensions.

c Mix the bonding and adhesive compound (wet lay up composite


resin) (Material No. 08−070) or bonding and adhesive compound
(epoxy resin) (Material No. 08−090).
d Apply a layer of laminating resin to the surface with a
brush or a spatula.

e Put one repair layer on the laminating resin. Cover the layer
with a parting film and remove wrinkles, air bubbles and ex
cess resin with a roller. Do this from the center of the re
pair layer to the edges. Remove the last parting film.
f Do the steps 8.AC.(2)(e)1d and 8.AC.(2)(e)1e for each repair
layer until the original skin thickness is reached. For layer
order refer to Figure 227.

g Cover the wet layers with a special material (glass cloth)


(Material No. 05−033), peel ply and a parting film.
h Apply pressure by using a vacuum bag and let the laminating
resin cure (Refer to supplier’s data sheet).

Page 409
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

i Remove vacuum equipment and the unwanted resin from the re
pair area. Use abrasive cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade
280 first and then finish with grade 400.

2 Hot bonding repair procedure

a If skin is penetrated:
− Make back plate (Item 1) to suit the penetration damage
− Drill a hole in back plate (Item 1) for threading and
clamping during bonding
− Install back plate (Item 1) using bonding and adhesive com
pound (epoxy resin and hardener, adhesive) (Material No.
08−086) or bonding and adhesive compound (two part paste
adhesive) (Material No. 08−078). Use clamp to apply pres
sure on the back plate (item 1).
b Cut the special material (carbon fiber fabric prepreg) (Mate
rial No. 05−091 or 05−092) to the correct dimension.

c Apply a layer of bonding and adhesive compound (adhesive


film) (Material No. 08−042) on the mating surfaces of the
repair area.
d Put a parting film over the faying surface of the forming
block.

e Remove the release paper from the carbon prepreg ply (one
side only).

f Put the exposed face of the carbon prepreg ply on the faying
surface of the repair area.

g Remove wrinkles or air bubbles with a roller. Do this from


the center of the carbon prepreg layer to the edges.

h Remove the release paper from the patch.


i Do the steps 8.AC.(2)(e)2e thru 8.AC.(2)(e)2h for each carbon
prepreg layer until the original skin thickness is reached.
For layer order refer to Figure 227.

j Cover the repair patch with a glass pre−peg and a peel−ply


as necessary to reach the correct resin content. Allow to
cure under heat and pressure by using a vacuum bag (Refer to
Chapter 51−77−11, Paragraph 4.C.(5)).

k After the cure time, remove the heating equipment, peel−ply


and the unwanted adhesive from the repair area. Use abrasive
cloth to smooth the repair. Use grade 280 first and then
finish with grade 400.
l Do not remove the glass repair layer.

Page 410
Printed in Germany
57−53−00 May 01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(f) Clean the repair area with cleaning agent (methyl−ethyl−ketone)


(Material No. 11−003) or cleaning agent (trichloroethane methyl
chloroform) (Material No. 11−004).

(g) Do an inspection of the repair.

(h) Restore the surfaces protection (Refer to Chapter 51−75−12).

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay411/412
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Skin Repair, Zone 1 (Repair of Inner and Outer Skin)


Figure 227

Printed in Germany
57−53−00 PagesMay413/414
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

OUTBOARD FLAP − SKINS AND PLATING

1. Identification Scheme

ITEM NOMENCLATURE REFER TO

− Rubbing Strips Figure 1


− Upper and Lower Shell Figure 2 (sheet 1 and 2)
− Upper Surface − Skin Thickness Figure 3 (sheet 1)
− Upper Surface − Stringer Thickness Figure 3 (sheet 2 and 3)
− Lower Surface − Skin Thickness Figure 4 (sheet 1)
− Lower Surface − Stringer Thickness Figure 4 (sheet 2 and 3)
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 57−53−00, Page Block 001, where you can find the
Modification/Service Bulletin List.

Printed in Germany
57−53−11 NovPage 1
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Rubbing Strips
Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57-53-11 MayPage 2
01/05
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680206 PB101


DIN59381−0.2 PB201
1A Strip, rubbing 1.4544.9 D57571680210 03 PB101 A22703K2663F
DIN65389AG1−5 211 PB201
1.5 (0.059)
1B Strip, rubbing 1.4544.9 D57574352200 PB101 A31601K7402
DIN65389AG1−5 201 PB201
1.5 (0.059)
5 Strip, rubbing 1.4544.9 D57571680212 PB101 A22703K2663F
DIN65389AG0−4 0.4 (0.016) PB201 A31601K7402C
5A Strip, rubbing 1.4544.9 D57574294202 PB101 A151076K14000
DIN65389AG1 203 PB201
1.0 (0.039)
10 Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680208 PB101 B22703K2663B
DIN59381−0.2 PB201
10A Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680214 03 PB101 A22703K2663F
DIN59381−0.2 PB201 A31601K7402C
15 Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680202 PB101 B22703K2663B
DIN59381−0.2 PB201
15A Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680216 03 PB101 A22703K2663F
DIN59381−0.2 PB201 A31601K7402C
20 Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680204 PB101 B22703K2663B
DIN59381−0.2 PB201
20A Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680218 03 PB101 A22703K2663C
DIN59381−0.2 PB201
20B Strip, rubbing 1.4541.9 D57571680222 03 PB101 A24283K3645C
DIN59381−0.2 PB201 A31601K7402C
25 Strip, rubbing 5.1129.3 D57570358200
LN9298A800
25A Strip, rubbing 5.1129.3 D57570358200 ASB57−1038
LN9298A800
ASSY Dwg.: D57570435, D57571301, D57571680, D57574201

Key to Figure 1

Printed in Germany
57−53−11 NovPage 3
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and Lower Shell


Figure 2 (sheet 1)

Printed in Germany
57-53-11 MayPage 4
01/05
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Upper and Lower Shell


Figure 2 (sheet 2)

Printed in Germany
57-53-11 MayPage 5
01/05
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

1 Skin, upper Composite D57571230002 PB101


003 PB201
1A Skin, upper Composite D57571230004 PB101 A24283K3645B
005 PB201
1B Skin, upper Composite D57571230006 PB101 A26712K4940A
007 PB201
1C Skin, upper Composite D57574241000 PB101 A31601K7402D
001 PB201
1D Skin, upper Composite D57574241002 PB101 A152192K15183
003 PB201
5 Skin, upper, T3 D57571601270 PB101
Trailing edge ABS5043D006 271 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
10 Skin, lower, T3 D57571601272 PB101
Trailing edge ABS5043D006 273 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
15 Skin, lower Composite D57571250204 PB101
205 PB201
15A Skin, lower Composite D57571250206 PB101 A20002K0001A
207 PB201
15B Skin, lower Composite D57571250208 PB101 A24283K3645B
209 PB201
15C Skin, lower Composite D57571250210 PB101 A26712K4940A
211 PB201
15D Skin, lower Composite D57574203000 PB101 A31601K7402D
001 PB201
15E Skin, lower Composite D57574203002 PB101 A152192K15183
003 PB201
20 Skin, upper, T3 D57571621200 PB101
Trailing edge ABS5043D006 201 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
20A Skin, upper, T3 D57571621260 PB101 A20007K0013
Trailing edge ABS5043D006 261 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
25 Skin, lower, T3 D57571621202 PB101
Trailing edge ABS5043D006 203 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
ASSY Dwg.: D57571200, D57571207, D57571208, D57571601, D57571621, D57574200,
D57574201

Key to Figure 2

Printed in Germany
57−53−11 NovPage 6
01/13
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFICATION THICKNESS IN I ACTION STATUS


ITEM NOMENCLATURE AND/OR MM(IN.) AND/ OR (MOD/PROP)
SECTION CODE OR PARTNUMBER C REPAIR SB/RC

25A Skin, lower, T3 D57571621262 PB101 A20007K0013


Trailing edge ABS5043D006 263 PB201
0.6 (0.024)
30 Doubler T3 D57571621208
ABS5044A014 209
1.4 (0.055)
33 Sheet T3 D57571620250
ABS5044A025 251
2.5 (0.098)
35 Leading edge, Composite D57571190150 PB101
section 6, assy 151 PB201
35A Leading edge, Composite D57571195150 PB101 A22703K2663E
section 6, assy 151 PB201
35B Leading edge 6 Composite D57571197000 PB101 A24283K3645C
001 PB201
35C Leading edge 6 Composite D57574268000 PB101 A31601K7402
001 PB201
40 Leading edge, Composite D57571180150 PB101
secti

You might also like